EDC15+-Funktionsbeschreibung-P12-VG2.de.en.pdf

bosch

0

Functional Description EDC15 + P120 - VG2

© All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002

DS / ESA

Page 2

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2

Contents 1

OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................ 1-1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7

2

Notes on the structure and use ............................................ 1-1 .......... Definitions ................................................. ........................................ 1-2 Naming conventions ................................................. ..................................... 1-2 Symbole........................................................................................................... 1-3 Characteristic space ........................................................................................................ 1-6 Abbreviations ................................................. .................................................. 1-7 RCOS - operating states ............................................... ................................. 1-9 1.7.1 Initialisierung.......................................................................................... 1-9 1.7.2 Recovery................................................................................................. 1-9 1.7.3 Operational .............................................. ............................................... 1-9 1.7.4 Restart - treatment ............................................ ................................ 1-10

QUANTITY CALCULATION ................................................. ................................... 2.1 2.2

2.3

2.4

2.5 2.6

2.7 2.8

2-1

Survey ......................................................................................................... 2-1 Startup ................................................. .................................................. . 2-5 2.2.1 Start quantity calculation .............................................. ........................... 2-5 2.2.2 Start quantity control .............................................. .............................. 2-8 Begrenzungsmenge........................................................................................ 2-11 2.3.1 Smoke limitation and turbo boost limit .................................... 2-12 2.3.2 Torque limitation .............................................. ........................ 2-16 2.3.3 fixes the limitation amount ............................................ ........ 2-18 Idle controller ................................................. ............................................... 2-24 2.4.1 crossing detection .............................................. ....................................... 2-25 2.4.2 Set-up select .............................................. ............................. 2-27 2.4.3 desired idle speed calculation .............................................. ............ 2-30 2.4.4 Control Algorithm .............................................. .................................... 2-38 Desired quantity ................................................. .............................................. 2-41 PWG filter and driving behavior ............................................. ......................... 2-41 2.6.1 Double Analog PWG ............................................. ............................. 2-42 2.6.2 speed-dependent ride ............................................. ......... 2-53 2.6.3 Speed-dependent driving behavior .................................. 2-53 2.6.4 Torque Gradient ............................................ ........... 2-57 Fuel cut-off ................................................. ......................................... 2-60 Cruise control ................................................. ..................... 2-62 2.8.1 Examination of Breaking ............................................ ........... 2-67 2.8.2 GRA on wheel torque ............................................ ............................. 2-70 2.8.3 Execution of the selected function ........................................... ......... 2-72 2.8.4 Description of the GRA states ........................................... .............. 2-76 2.8.5 GRA-target acceleration ............................................ ......................... 2-87 2.8.6 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) ......................................... .................. 2-88 2.8.7 Status Display, shutdown and application notes .... 2-91 Arbeitsdrehzahlregelung................................................................................ 2-94 2.9.1 Overview .............................................. ................................................ 2 - 94 2.9.2 Variable working speed control ............................................. ........... 2-96 2.9.3 Fixed Work speed control ............................................. .............. 2-104

2.9


DS / ESA

Contents

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2

2:10 maximum speed limit ................................................ ........... 2-105 2.10.1 Evaluation of the request via Niveau1 and Allrad1 ................ 2-107 2.10.2 Setpoint tracking .............................................. .......................... 2-110 2.10.3 Initialization of the setpoint ............................................ ............... 2-113 2.10.4 Controller parameters selection .............................................. .................... 2-113 2.10.5 HGB PI controller ........................................... ...................................... 2-113 2:11 External quantity engagement ............................................... .............................. 2-114 2.11.1 drag torque limit for CVT ................................ 2-116 2.11.2 External control units engaged ............................................. .............. 2-117 2.11.3 EGS intervention ............................................. ........................................ 2-119 2.11.4 ASR intervention ............................................. ........................................ 2-126 2.11.5 MSR intervention ............................................. ....................................... 2-128 2.11.6 ASG intervention ............................................. ....................................... 2-132 2:12 Active Ruckeldämpfer ............................................... ................................ 2-141 2.12.1 transition detection .............................................. ................................... 2-141 2.12.2 Set-up select .............................................. ......................... 2-141 2.12.3 Control Algorithm .............................................. ................................ 2-150 2:13 smoothness controller ................................................ ............................................. 2-154

3

EXHAUST FEEDBACK ................................................. .............................................. 3-1 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7

4

CHARGE PRESSURE CONTROL ................................................. ............................................. 4-1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6

5

Survey ......................................................................................................... 3-1 Mengenauswahl............................................................................................... 3-2 Process value ................................................. .......................................... 3-3 3.3.1 Plausibility check of the air mass measurement ....................................... 3-4 Sollwertberechnung......................................................................................... 3-9 Regulator ............................................................................................................ 3-12 3.5.1 function while driving ............................................ ........................... 3-13 Driving an EGR cooler bypass valve .......................................... . 3-17 Monitoring and Shutdown ............................................... ...................... 3-18 3.7.1 Monitoring of control error ............................................ ........ 3-18 3.7.2 Abschaltung.......................................................................................... 3-19 3.7.3 Monitoring the status line ............................................ ................ 3-25

Survey ......................................................................................................... 4-1 Setpoint generation ................................................. .............................................. 4-2 Regelung.......................................................................................................... 4-4 4.3.1 loader noise suppression .............................................. ................... 4-7 Steuerung......................................................................................................... 4-8 Adaptation of the control parameters ............................................... ........................... 4-9 Abschaltung................................................................................................... 4-11 4.6.1 Shutdown due to permanent control offset ............................... 4-13 4.6.2 Shutdown due to cold start ............................................ .................... 4-13

OTHER FUNCTIONS ................................................ ............................................. 5-1 5.1

Glühzeitsteuerung............................................................................................ 5-1 5.1.1 Glühkerzenansteuerung .............................................. ............................ 5-1 5.1.2 Determination of Glühanforderung ............................................ ................ 5-6 5.1.3 Description of the states of glow time ................................ 5-7


19 April 2002

Contents

DS / ESA

Page 4

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2

5.2 5.3 5.4

5.5 5.6

5.7

5.8

5.9 5:10 5:11 5:12 5:13

5.1.4 "pushing" for the glow plugs 3 Generation ......................................... 5-12 5.1.5 Protection of GSK 3 from overheating ......................................... ............. 5-12 5.1.6 sum fault diagnosis .............................................. .......................... 5-13 GSK3 ............................................. 5.1.7 Diagnosis ....................................... 5-13 5.1.8 Coding GSK3 ............................................. ..................................... 5-15 Fuel cooling ................................................. ......................................... 5-18 Air compressor ................................................. ......................................... 5-19 5.3.1 Conditions for lockout ............................................ .............. 5-20 Kühlwasserheizung........................................................................................ 5-30 5.4.1 switch-on condition .............................................. ................................. 5-32 5.4.2 Abschaltung.......................................................................................... 5-33 Motorlagersteuerung...................................................................................... 5-35 Ecomatic........................................................................................................ 5-36 5.6.1 Ecomaticfunktion via digital input ............................................ 5-37 ..... 5.6.2 Ecomaticfunktion with CAN ............................................ ...................... 5-37 5.6.3 'engine' / 'a motor' command (from the gearbox control unit MSG) ... 5-38 Coolant temperature control ............................................... .................... 5-40 5.7.1 Overview .............................................. ................................................ 5 - 40 5.7.2 Coolant Thermostat control ............................................ .............. 5-41 5.7.3 Education of bits "characteristic map cooling": ........................................ .......... 5-43 5.7.4 radiator fan control ............................................ ............................. 5-44 5.7.5 radiator fan output stage control ............................................ .......... 5-48 5.7.6 Education of the relative cooling power for CAN ....................................... 5 - 52 5.7.7 caster and caster pump ............................................ .................. 5-53 Thermostatdiagnose....................................................................................... 5-57 5.8.1 State Description "Enable Diagnostics" ....................................... 5-58 5.8.2 Error detection .............................................. ..................................... 5-60 5.8.3 temperature calculation model and ambient temperature calculation 5-61 Flexible service interval indicator ................................................ ................... 5-63 Generator excitation ................................................. ........................................ 5-64 Odometer ................................................. ............................................ 5-65 EOBD - odometer ............................................... ................................ 5-66 Misfire Detection ................................................. .............................. 5-68 5.13.1 General .............................................. .......................................... 5-68 5.13.2 Monitoring conditions .............................................. .................. 5-68 5.13.3 Delayed detection start / early detection end ................. 5-69 5.13.4 misfire detection .............................................. ............................... 5-70 5.13.5 Test Result .............................................. .......................................... 5-71 Betriebsstundenzähler.................................................................................... 5-72 Electrical fuel pump / TAV ............................................. ........................ 5-73 5.15.1 Electrical fuel pump / TAV during the initialization phase .... 5-73

5:14 5:15

6

ERROR HANDLING ................................................. ............................................... 6-1 6.1 6.2

Survey ......................................................................................................... 6-1 Fehlervorentprellung ................................................. ...................................... 6-2 6.2.1 defect detection .............................................. ...................................... 6-2 6.2.2 Intact recognition .............................................. ........................................ 6-2 6.2.3 Testzustand............................................................................................. 6-3 6.2.4 caster - Low voltage K15 .......................................... ............. 6-3 Data set parameters for each error path ............................................... .................. 6-4

6.3 © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA

Contents

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2

6.4

6.5

6.6

6.7 6.8 6.9 7

6.3.1 Environmental conditions .............................................. ................................. 6-4 6.3.2 debounce counter for error entry ............................................ .................. 6-5 6.3.3 debounce Error Clear ............................................ .............. 6-6 6.3.4 Priority and Readiness ............................................ ............................... 6-7 Data set parameters for each error ............................................... ......................... 6-8 6.4.1 debouncing for entry and healing .......................................... ............ 6-8 6.4.2 Error type (fbwE.. T Low byte) .............................................. ................ 6-8 6.4.3 Memory codes .............................................. ......................................... 6-11 Fehlerspeicherverwaltung.............................................................................. 6-13 6.5.1 Driving Cycle (DC) .......................................... .................................... 6-15 6.5.2 Warm Up Cycle (WUC) ......................................... .............................. 6-15 6.5.3 General Data set parameters ............................................. .............. 6-15 Fehlerspeicher................................................................................................ 6-18 6.6.1 Behaviour at full fault memory ........................................... ......... 6-20 6.6.2 Freeze frame ............................................. ............................................ 6-20 Activation of the MIL - lamp ............................................. ......................... 6-22 Control of the system lamp ............................................... ....................... 6-23 Terminology used ................................................ ...................................... 6-24

DIAGNOSIS .................................................................................................................. 7-1 7.1 7.2

7.3

Survey ......................................................................................................... 7-1 Standard protocol ................................................ ........................................... 7-2 7.2.1 Establish communication .............................................. ........................... 7-2 7.2.2 Communication sequence .............................................. ............................ 7-3 Standard telegram contents ................................................ ............................. 7-5 Read 7.3.1 SG identification ........................................... ................................ 7-6 Read 7.3.2 RAM cells ........................................... ....................................... 7-9 Read 7.3.3 ROM / EPROM cells ......................................... ........................ 7-10 7.3.4 Clear the fault memory ............................................. ............................ 7-10 7.3.5 Diagnostics end ............................................. ......................................... 7-11 7.3.6 Read fault memory ............................................. ................................ 7-11 7.3.7 ADC channel read ............................................ ...................................... 7-12 7.3.8 Acknowledge .............................................. .......................................... 7-13 7.3.9 No Acknowledge ............................................. ..................................... 7-13 Read 7.3.10 SG addresses ............................................ .................................. 7-13 7.3.11 Parameter coding .............................................. .............................. 7-14 Read 7.3.12 E2PROM ............................................. ...................................... 7-14 Write E2PROM 7.3.13 ............................................. ............................... 7-15 7.3.14 Login Request ............................................. ........................................ 7-16 Read 7.3.15 measurements ............................................. ...................................... 7-20 7.3.16 actuator test Initiate / continue turn ........................................... 7-20 ....... 7.3.17 normalized values read ............................................ ........................ 7-21 7.3.18 Overview adaptation ............................................. ............................. 7-27 Read 7.3.19 adjustment ............................................. .................................... 7-29 7.3.20 test adaptation ............................................. ................................... 7-29 Save 7.3.21 adjustment ............................................. ............................. 7-29 7.3.22 Initiate basic setting ............................................. ..................... 7-30 Normalized 7.3.23 Initiate basic setting ............................................ 7-31 ....... 7.3.24 Entering Ableichwerten by VAG tester ............................... 7-33 OBDII protocol ................................................ ............................................ 7-34

7.4 © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002

Contents

DS / ESA

Page 6

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2

7.5

7.6 7.7

7.4.1 Establish communication .............................................. ......................... 7-34 7.4.2 Communication sequence .............................................. .......................... 7-35 7.4.3 Initialization by WUP ............................................ ...................... 7-37 7.4.4 Time definition .............................................. .......................................... 7-38 7.4.5 Error handling .............................................. ................................... 7-38 OBDII telegram contents ................................................ .............................. 7-39 Read 7.5.1 Emissions-related information ............................................ ........ 7-39 7.5.2 Freeze frame read ............................................ .................................... 7-42 Read 7.5.3 Emission-related errors ............................................ ..................... 7-43 Delete 7.5.4 Emissions-related information ............................................ 7-44 .... 7.5.5 reading of test results ............................................ .................. 7-44 7.5.6 Current emission-related reading errors ........................................... ........ 7-51 7.5.7 Reading of vehicle information ............................................ 7-51 ...... 7.5.8 Control unit acknowledge ............................................ ........................ 7-55 7.5.9 Diagnosis - Start ............................................ ........................................ 7-56 Description of the parameter fields ............................................... ................ 7-57 Fehlercodes.................................................................................................... 7-60 7.7.1 Fehlercodeliste...................................................................................... 7-60 McMess ......................................................................................................... 7-61

7.8 8

MONITORING CONCEPT ................................................. ........................................ 8-1 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8 8.9 8:10 8:11 8:12 8:13 8:14 8:15 8:16 8:17 8:18 8:19 8:20 8:21 8:22 8:23 8:24 8.25 8:26 8:27 8:28 8:29

Survey ......................................................................................................... 8-1 Exhaust gas recirculation (ARF) .............................................. .................................. 8-2 Exhaust gas recirculation actuator (AR1, AR2, AR3) .......................................... ............. 8-2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) ............................................ .......................... 8-3 Working speed controller (ADR) .............................................. ............................ 8-4 Atmospheric pressure sensor (ADF) .............................................. ....................... 8-4 Battery voltage (U_bat) .............................................. ............................... 8-4 Brake Centre (BCC, BRK) ............................................ ............................... 8-5 Onboard supply control unit (BSG) .............................................. ................................ 8-6 CAN bus (CA0) ............................................. ................................................. 8 -7 Crash detection (CRA) ............................................ ..................................... 8-8 Electric fan - power amplifier (GER) ............................................ ......................... 8-10 External lot of intervention / transmission (Exme) ........................................... 8-12 ...... External lot of intervention / brake (ABS) ........................................... ............ 8-13 External lot of intervention / Automatic Transmission (ASG/VL30) ......... 8-15 Road speed signal (FGG) .............................................. ................. 8-18 FGR control panel, variant LT2 ............................................. ......................... 8-19 FGR control panel, Variant VW ............................................. ......................... 8-19 FGR control panel, Variant VW CAN, "locked-off" .................... 8-20 Glow relay (GLR) .............................................. ............................................. 8-21 Glow time (GZS) .............................................. ................................. 8-22 Main relay (HRL) .............................................. ........................................... 8-22 Heating requirement (HZA) .............................................. ........................... 8-24 Highest speed limit (HGB) .............................................. 8-24 ..... Hydraulic fan - power amplifier (HYL) ............................................ ........................... 8-25 Kickdown switch (KIK) .............................................. ................................. 8-25 Terminal 15 (KL15) ............................................. .......................................... 8-25 Air Relay (KLI) .............................................. ............................................ 8-26 Instrument Cluster CAN message (KBI) ........................................... ........... 8-26


DS / ESA

Contents

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2

8:30 8:31 8:32 8:33 8:34 8:35 8:36 8:37 8:38 8:39 8:40 8:41 8:42 8:43 8:44 8:45 8:46 8:47 8:48 8:49 8:50 8:51 8:52

8:53 8:54 8:55 8:56 8:57 8:58

8:59

Fuel temperature sensor (KTF) .............................................. ................... 8-27 Coolant thermostat - power amplifier (TST) ............................................ ............ 8-28 Cooling water heating (KWH) .............................................. ............................ 8-29 KWH Relay 1 (GSK1) ............................................ ...................................... 8-29 KWH relay 2 (GSK2) ............................................ ...................................... 8-29 Boost pressure sensor (LDF) .............................................. ................................... 8-30 Boost pressure control (LDR) .............................................. ............................... 8-32 Boost pressure plate (LDS) .............................................. ................................... 8-38 Mass air flow sensor (MAF) .............................................. .............................. 8-38 Air temperature sensor (LTF) .............................................. ............................. 8-40 MIL - Lamp (MIL) ............................................ ........................................... 8-40 Lag pump - power amplifier (ZWP) ............................................ .................... 8-40 Oil temperature sensor (OTF) .............................................. ............................... 8-41 Pedal sensor (PWG) .............................................. .................................... 8-42 Reference voltage (U_REF) .............................................. ........................... 8-48 Lighting system (SYS) .............................................. ....................................... 8-48 Ambient temperature sensor (UTF) .............................................. ................ 8-49 Water temperature sensor on the radiator outlet (WTK) ....................................... 8-50 Water temperature sensor on the cylinder head outlet (WTF) ............................. 8-50 RME sensor (RME) ............................................ .......................................... 8-51 Analog / digital converter (TAD) ............................................ .......................... 8-52 Shutdown due to system error ............................................... ................... 8-53 Tachometer (DZG) .............................................. ...................................... 8-58 8.52.1 defect detection .............................................. .................................. 8-58 8.52.2 healing .............................................. ................................................. 8 -59 Electrical shut-off valve (ELAB) ............................................. ................ 8-60 Electric fuel pump (EKP) ............................................. ................. 8-61 Refrigerant pressure sensor (KMD) .............................................. ....................... 8-61 Solenoid valve plate - power amplifier (MVS) ............................................ .............. 8-61 Amount repeaters (HDK) .............................................. .............................. 8-62 Amount interlocking (MES) .............................................. ................................. 8-64 8.58.1 defect detection .............................................. .................................. 8-64 8.58.2 healing .............................................. ................................................. 8 -64 Needle movement sensor (NBF) .............................................. ......................... 8-65 8.59.1 defect detection .............................................. .................................. 8-65 8.59.2 healing .............................................. ................................................. 8 -66 redundant pedal sensor (PGS) ............................................. .................. 8-67 Injection start control (SBR) .............................................. ........................... 8-67 Control unit (SG) .............................................. .............................................. 8-68 Tankabschaltventil (TAV) .............................................. ............................... 8-73 Summarized system error ................................................ .................... 8-74

8.60 8.61 8.62 8.63 8.64 9

INPUT AND OUTPUT SIGNALS .............................................. ........................... 9-1 9.1

Eingangssignale............................................................................................... 9-1 9.1.1 Digitaleingänge....................................................................................... 9-1 9.1.2 Analog inputs .............................................. ........................................ 9-7 9.1.3 tachometer .............................................. ......................................... 9-15 9.1.4 needle movement sensor .............................................. ........................... 9-16 9.1.5 Speed Measurement .............................................. ............... 9-17 9.1.6 Analog-K15 evaluation ........................................... ......................... 9-21


19 April 2002

Contents

DS / ESA

Page 8

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2

9.2

10

9.1.7 PWM signal crash ............................................ .................................... 9-22 9.1.8 Evaluation refrigerant pressure signal ............................................. ........ 9-24 Output signals ................................................. ........................................... 9-25 9.2.1 beginning of injection plate .............................................. .................................. 9-25 9.2.2 boost pressure plate .............................................. ..................................... 9-25 9.1.3 exhaust gas recirculation actuator 1 ............................................. ............................ 9-26 9.1.4 exhaust gas recirculation actuator 2 ............................................. ............................ 9-26 9.1.5 Elektrolüfter.......................................................................................... 9-26 9.1.6 Hydro fan .............................................. ............................................. 9-26 9.1.7 Coolant Thermostat .............................................. .............................. 9-26 9.1.8 Interlocking amount .............................................. .................................... 9-26 9.1.9 Glührelaissteller.................................................................................... 9-26 9.1.10 TD signal ............................................. .............................................. 9-28 9.1.11 TQS / MFA / VBS - Signal ........................................ ........................ 9-29 9.1.12 consumption calculation .............................................. ......................... 9-31 9.1.13 MUX signal ............................................. .......................................... 9-31

CAN ........................................................................................................................ 10-1 10.1 Overview ....................................................................................................... 10-1 10.2 DPRAM layout ............................................... .............................................. 10-2 10.3 Überwachung................................................................................................. 10-4 10.3.1 Excluding the CAN monitor ........................................... 10-6 ..... 10.3.2 suppression of errors of the external control device intervention ........... 10-6 10.4 Data Exchange ................................................ .............................................. 10-7 10.5 Configuration of the messages .............................................. ........................ 10-9 10.6 Structure of the messages .............................................. ................................. 10-10 10.7 version of the CAN data definition ............................................ ................. 10-11 10.8 Embassies ................................................ .................................................. 10-12 10.8.1 Overview - CAN object using ........................................... 10-12 .... 10.8.2 Sent message - Engine 1 ......................................... ............... 10-13 10.8.3 Sent message - Engine 2 ......................................... ............... 10-17 10.8.4 Sent message - Engine 3 ......................................... ............... 10-19 10.8.5 Sent message - Engine 5 ......................................... ............... 10-22 10.8.6 Sent message - Engine 6 ......................................... ............... 10-25 10.8.7 Sent message - Engine 7 ......................................... ............... 10-26 10.8.8 Sent message - MotorFlexia ........................................... 10-28 ....... 10.8.9 Sent message - MSG_Transportprotokoll ............................. 10-31 10.8.10 Sent message - MSG_Transportkanal1 ............................... 10-32 10.8.11 Sent message - GRA ........................................... ................ 10-34 10.8.12 Sent message - GRA_Neu ........................................... 10-35 ........ 8/10/13 Received message - brake 1 .......................................... 10-37 ....... 8/10/14 Received message - brake 3 .......................................... 10-40 ....... 8/10/15 Received message - Transmission 1 ......................................... 10-41 ...... 8/10/16 Received message - Gear 2 ......................................... 10-44 ...... 8/10/17 Received message - Combination 1 .......................................... 10-46 ........ 8/10/18 Received message - Combination 2 .......................................... 10-48 ....... 8/10/19 Received message - Airbag 1 .......................................... 10-50 ........ 8/10/20 Received message - BSG_Last ........................................... 10-52 ..... 8/10/21 Received message - Clima 1 .......................................... 10-54 ......... 8/10/22 Received message - GRA ........................................... ............. 10-56


DS / ESA

Contents

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2

8/10/23 Received message - GRA_Neu ........................................... 10-57 .... 8/10/24 Received message - ADR 1 ......................................... ........... 10-59 8/10/25 Received message - eavesdropping channel ........................................... . 10-61 8/10/26 Received message - Transportkanal1 ...................................... 10-61 8/10/27 Received message - Niveau1 ........................................... 10-62 ........ 8/10/28 Received message - Allrad1 ........................................... 10-65 ......... 10.9 CAN Interpreter........................................................................................... 10-67 10:10 normalization of the messages .............................................. ......................... 10-68 10.10.1 Received moments ............................................. ....................... 10-69 10.10.2 Sent moments ............................................. .......................... 10-69 10:11 Transportprotokoll....................................................................................... 10-74 10.11.1 Overview .............................................. .......................................... 10-74 10.11.2 protocol handler .............................................. ............................... 10-74

11

CASTER ............................................................................................................... 11-1 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4

12

PUMP CONTROL ................................................. ........................................... 12-1 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7

13

Survey ....................................................................................................... 11-1 Actuator stop position adjust it ............................................... .......................... 11-6 Voltage stabilizer test ................................................. ............................. 11-7 Monitoring module test (gate array test) .............................................. 11-10 .......

Survey ....................................................................................................... 12-1 Fuel temperature correction ................................................. ...................... 12-2 Position preset ................................................. .......................................... 12-3 Quantity control Interlocking ................................................. ...................... 12-4 ELAB control ................................................ ....................................... 12-6 ELAB released in the start-up operation .............................................. ....................... 12-6 ELAB Test..................................................................................................... 12-7

SPRAY STARTING SYSTEM ................................................. ........................................ 13-1 13.1 Overview ....................................................................................................... 13-1 13.2 Generation of setpoint ................................................ ............................................. 13-2 13.2.1 Dynamic advance ............................................. ................. 13-4 13.2.2 setpoint corrections .............................................. .............................. 13-5 13.2.3 advance after start ............................................ ...................... 13-6 13.2.4 advance at start ............................................ ........................ 13-6 13.3 Process value ................................................ ......................................... 13-7 13.4 Regelung........................................................................................................ 13-8

14

CONTROL DEVICE CODE ............................................... .................................... 14-1 14.1 Coding ...................................................................................................... 14-1 14.2 CAN-Freischaltung........................................................................................ 14-2 14.2.1 Overview .............................................. .............................................. 14-2 14.2.2 Signal Configuration .............................................. .............................. 14-3 14.2.3 Error handling .............................................. ................................. 14-6

APPENDIX A UMPROGRAMMIERANLEITUNG ............................................... .......................... A-1 Motor-specific data ................................................ ........................................... A-1 Control engineering functions ................................................ .................................... A-2 © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002

Contents

DS / ESA

Page 10

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y 281 S01 120 - VG2

P controller, the I-controller (time and speed sync) ..................................... ..... A-3 Time Synchronous DT1 .............................................. ............................... A-4 Time Synchronous DT1 element with nonlinear coefficient .......................... A-5 Speed Synchronous DT1 .............................................. ....................... A-6 Time Synchronous PT1 .............................................. ................................ A-7 Speed Synchronous PT1 .............................................. ........................ A-7 Time Synchronous PT2 element .............................................. ................................ A-8 Speed Synchronous D2T2 member .............................................. ..................... A-9 Time Synchronous PDT1 member (Lead Lag) .......................................... .............. A-9 Speed Synchronous PDT1 member (Lead Lag) .......................................... ...... A-9 Amplifiers ............................................................................................................... A-11 Endstufenbausteine....................................................................................... A-11 Donor passwords ehwEST_ ................................................ ........................... A-12

APPENDIX B DEFINITION OF GROUP NUMBERS ............................................. .................. B-1 FGR / ACC via login enabled (comFGR_opt nonzero) ....................... B-6 ADR Plus.........................................................................................................B-6 ADR minus .....................................................................................................B-6 Handbremskontakt...........................................................................................B-6 ADR ein...........................................................................................................B-6 ADR recovery (LT2 control panel) ............................................ ............ B-6

APPENDIX C SCHEDULING ....................................................................................................C-1 Aktivierungsraster.....................................................................................................C-1 maximum throughput times "critical path" ............................................ .............. C-3 APPENDIX D LIST OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ............................................. ..................... D-1 APPENDIX E LIST OF ERROR CODES ............................................. .................................... E-1 APPENDIX F LIST of the error ............................................. ........................................ F-1 APPENDIX G LIST OF olda'S ............................................. ............................................ G-1 ANNEX H LIST OF PINS SG ............................................ ............................................ H-1 ANNEX I UNIVERSAL INTERFACE ASCET ........................................... .................... I-1 Activation ................................................................................................................ I-1 Adressen..................................................................................................................... I-2 Monitoring ............................................................................................................. I-3 Of intervention ................................................................................................................. I-3 Limitation of bypass values ............................................. ...................................... I-3


DS / ESA

Contents

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 1-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

1 Overview The information in this document is confidential. A passing without written Consent of Robert Bosch GmbH is not permitted. For any damages as a result of Reprogramming assumes no responsibility Robert Bosch GmbH.

1.1 Notes on the structure and use The modularization of EDC15 software is function-oriented in function groups. Each Functional group has a function group name and a two-character abbreviation. The 2 character abbreviation is the first 2 characters of all names (symbols), and in the texts Drawings are used. In block letters are the overview pictures of the individual functions specified. Monitoring concept (including self-diagnosis (ed)) / Troubleshooting (fb) Configuration (CO) Control engineering functions (rf) Input signals:

Quantity calculation (mr) and Quantity metering (zm)

Digital inputs (di)

Output signals: Exhaust gas recirculation plate

Injection start control (sb) or Control beginning (ab) in the CR or conveying beginning calculation (Fn) in PDE

Analog inputs (on)

Tachometer (dz) Exhaust gas recirculation (AR) Secondary speed sensor (dz)

Boost pressure plate . . . . . .

Boost pressure control (ld) Vehicle speed sensor (fg) Glow time (gs)

TD - signals

Air compressor (kl)

TQ - Signal

Cooling water heating (kh)

MUX - signal (pb)

Kühlmittelthermostatst. (Km) Ecomatic (ec) Radiator fan control (ku) Misfire Detection (mr) Fl. Service interval indicator (si) Diagnosis (xc) CAN (ca) © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002

Survey -Notes on the structure and use

DS / ESA

Page 1-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

1.2 Definition of terms Term Input

Explanation -

Representation at the left edge of a Drawing

Output at the right edge of a Drawing Message Message At formation exchange between SG functions OLDAdient the output of intermediate resultsDatensatzalle modifiable by an adjustment Data (fixed value, characteristic curves, maps) .. Put placeholders for letters and numbers represent their importance in the respective chapter is explained Read-only single value or software switch Software switch Allows you to configure the individual SW Functions DAMOS - switch subset of software switch may onlybe changed by running DAMOS

1.3 Naming Conventions All names used in text and figures are according to the following Scheme built: jjtXXXXXXX (maximum 10 characters) jj

2 character abbreviation of the function group (lowercase)

t

Name type from the following list (lowercase) -

b c e m o w

Bit variable Byte (character) variable Equate or set constant Message Olda address Word variable / fixed value

To forgive XXXXXXX 1 to 7 characters left

(Uppercase or lowercase)

Examples: -

anmWTF Message (m) water temperature (WTF) of analog value processing (To) -dzmNmitMessage (m) Speed (NMIT) the speed measurement (dz) -fboSDZGOLDA address (o) of the path speed encoder (SDZG) of the Error handling (fb) -fbwHAEUF_I data word (w) Frequency counter initial value (HAEUF_I) of the Error handling (fb)


DS / ESA

Overview - Definitions

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 1-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

1.4 Symbols Subsequently, the single Bosch-K5 symbols are listed below: Absolute amount AMOUNT

Limit

I element

IT1 element IT1

I

PI-element PI

P-element P

PID element PID

PT2 element

DT1 element DT1

CONTROLS

RAMP

PT1 element PT1

Ramp

PT2

Ramp, rising RAMP

SRC

Signal Range Check

Timer

Characteristic KL

Dead time DEAD TIME

TIMER

Map KF

Characteristic space KR

Hysteresis, rising

Hysteresis, falling

Hysteresis, 3x

MIN

Minimum, 2 inputs

MAX

Maximum, 2 inputs

COUNTER

Counter, falling edge

Minimum, 3 inputs

MAX

Maximum, 3 inputs

COUNTER

MIN

Counter, rising edge

ENT Contusion

Debouncing

Switch, 2 inputs, 1 output


Switch, 1 input, 2 outputs


The shorting switch


19 April 2002

Overview - Symbols

DS / ESA

Page 1-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2


The shorting switch


a

a

=

Comparator

Compared to the same

a

a

a> b

a <= b

Compare for greater

b

b

X

a
Compare for less

a> = b

Compare for greater or equal to

b

b

a

Compare for less or equal to

Bit position

Addition

Division

Multiplication

b

Subtraction

& Empty gate

&

AND, 2 inputs

AND, 3 inputs

& & &

AND, 4 inputs

=1

XOR, 2 inputs

AND, 5 inputs

AND, 6 inputs

>1 >1

OR, 2 inputs

OR, 3 inputs

>1 >1 >1

OR, 4 inputs

OR, 5 inputs

1

Inverter

Inversion

OR, 6 inputs

S

Q

RS flip-flop

R


DS / ESA

Overview - Symbols

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 1-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Text

Block start / end

Text

Function call

Text

Statement

Text Text

Text Text

Statement

Statement with number

Decision

Connector


19 April 2002

Overview - Symbols

DS / ESA

Page 1-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

1.5 Characteristic space The calculation algorithm of a characteristic space is generally explained here. z-source

High Byte

Low Byte

00 FF HEX HEX ...

KL

Select Curve

x = 0 ... 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Standardization 100 HEX 0 ... 0996

Value of x.ten Characteristic field

Final value

x-source y-source KF

x maps x = 1 ... 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Th value of x +1. Characteristic field

Illustration: CHARACTERISTIC SPACE The final value is formed from a 4-dimensional interpolation. The 4-dimensional Interpolation is linear interpolation between outputs of two maps simulated. In response to the third input variable (z-source) is calculated using the Select Curve (the conversion must have SBK_EKF) (baseline 00 00 HEX ... xx 00 HEX) a pair of switches operated. The lower switch is always one step further than the upper switch. The pair of switches selects each x maps the input variables x and y-source-to-source a map pair. The choice from the x maps done by the "high byte" of the Select Curve value (0 ≤ x ≤ n). Between the output values of the characteristic fields KF (x) and KF (x +1) is linearly interpolated. For this purpose, the difference of the above output values with the normalized "low byte" of the selection curve multiplied, and the result of the characteristic field KF (x) is added. This results in the final output value.


DS / ESA

Overview - characteristic space

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 1-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

1.6 Abbreviations ADC ADF AG4 ARD ARF ASR

Analog-to-digital converter Atmospheric pressure sensor Automatic transmission (4-speed) Active Ruckeldämpfung Exhaust gas recirculation Traction control

BRE BRK

Brake contact redundant brake contact

CAN

Controller Area Network

DIA DKS DPRAM DZG

Diagnosis Throttle Actuator Dual Port RAM Speed encoder

I/O EAB EDC EEPROM

O signals EAB (VP) or EHAB (RP) Electronic Diesel Control Electrical Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory

EHAB ELAB EPW

Electrohydraulic parking structure Electrical shut-off device Electro-pressure transducer

FGG

Vehicle speed sensor

GAZ GF GRA GRL GSK GZS

Glow indicator Memory factor Cruise control Glow relay Glow plug Glow time / device

HDK HFM

Half difference shorting ring encoders Hot-film air mass meter

IWZ

Incremental angle-time system

KF KL KLI KS KTF KUP KW

Map Characteristic Air Compressor Short circuit Fuel temperature sensor Coupling Crankshaft / Crank angle

LDF LDR LDS LGS

Boost pressure sensor Boost pressure control Boost pressure plate Empty gas switch

LL LLR LMM LRR LTF

Neutral Idle controller Air flow meter Smoothness controller Air temperature sensor

MD MES MSA

Moment Amount amplifiers signal Volume, injection start and Emission control ECM Solenoid valve plate Air mass Amount

MSG MVS M_L M_E N NBF Commercial vehicles NW N_LL

Number of revolutions Needle-movement sensor Commercial vehicles Camshaft Idle speed

OBD

On-board diagnostics

Olda

On-line data analysis

PBM PID Car PSG PWG PWM P_ATM P_L

Pulse-width modulation Parameter identification Passenger cars Pump controller Pedal position sensor Pulse-width modulation Atmospheric pressure Charge pressure

RAM ROM RP RWG

Random Access Memory Read Only Memory Series pump Regelweggeber

SB SBR SG SNYC

Start of injection Injection start control Control unit Sync pulse

t T0 T_K T_L T_S T_W TDS TV TQS

Time Sampling Fuel temperature Air temperature Intake manifold Water temperature Speed signal Duty cycle Amount of signal


19 April 2002

Index - Abbreviations

DS / ESA

Page 1-8

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

U_Batt

Battery voltage

V VP VSO

Speed Distribution pump Adjustment 100 (real-time Application system) Variable turbine geometry VW Diagnostic Tester

VTG VAG WTF

Water temperature sensor

Z ZMS

Number of cylinders Dual mass flywheel system


DS / ESA

Index - Abbreviations

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 1-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

1.7 RCOS - operating states The operating system differentiates between 3 system states. At a time the system takes exactly one of these states: 1.7.1 Initialization A Initialization place after a power-up or a K15 - level change from low to high and instead can also be initiated by the operating system (after occurrence of several Recoveries s, u). The initialization is used to set the computer core to a defined Condition and is performed when it is assumed that the processor in an in With regard to the application of undefined state. The duration of the initialization is typically in the range of 200 ms.

1.7.2 Recovery A Recovery takes place under the assumption that a fault condition has occurred in the system, the by restarting (= Reset + execution of Recovery - functions) in an error-free Condition can be performed. The goal of recovery is that the remuneration and To restart application programs during operation without the driving noticeably is affected. In the case of recovery, it is assumed that in a system to the total Part defined state. The duration of a recovery of the order of 1 ms. The occurrence of Recoveries is time-monitored, too frequent recoveries lead to a Initialization.

1.7.3 Operational This is the "normal" operating state of the control unit. The state Operational is after Reached the end of the initialization or recovery. Only in this state, for the driving operation necessary functions performed.

HW reset & NOT watchdog OV

HW reset & Watchdog OV & Rst Cnt> = 3

HW reset & Watchdog OV & Rst Cnt <3

Restart & Rst Cnt <3

Restart

Restart & Rst Cnt> = 3

Initialization

Recovery

RE CV -R ea dy

IT IN &3 rt sta> = Re-Cnt tRs

y ad Re

R Rs est t-C type nt & <3

Operational

Figure OPMODES: Operating conditions


19 April 2002

Overview - RCOS - operating states

DS / ESA

Page 1-10

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

1.7.4 Restart - treatment The operating system detects a critical misconduct, it triggers a restart. Through this Process is brought into the state of the system recovery. The recovery routines of the individual Tasks can read the restart cause and take appropriate action. The respective Cause of error in the Low byte of Olda edoRSTCD displayed: Value (hex) 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F

Cause of error Hardware initialization (no error) Timeout during initialization (first task) Timeout Recovery (1 task) Error in the external RAM test Timeout during initialization (other task) Timeout Recovery (other task) Incorrect system tables in the EPROM version Error reading the bit pattern in the EPROM Error reading the bit pattern in the external RAM Checksum of the EPROM incorrect Invalid restart entry point Watchdog expired during Operational Zero job is not active Exceeded deadline of a task Inconsistent Gültig_Bits (int RAM) Exceeded Resource Deadline Illegal interrupt after PEC 0 *) Illegal interrupt after PEC 1 Illegal interrupt after PEC 2 **) Illegal interrupt after PEC 3 Illegal interrupt after PEC 4 Illegal interrupt after PEC 5 Illegal interrupt after PEC 6 Illegal interrupt after PEC 7 Invalid trap or interrupt entry point Stack not empty at end of task Stack overflow Stack underflow Undefined opcode Protection Fault Illegal Word Operand Access Illegal Instruction Access

*)

Possible cause: extreme over frequency on MES-0

**)

Possible cause: extreme over frequency to FGG-1


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 1-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Value (hex) Cause of error 20 Access to non-configured bus 21 Illegal Class B HW Trap 22 Illegal NMI interrupt 23 Detuning on the overrun 24 Index in dzmDZGPER has overflowed 25 User stack overflow 26 User stack underflow 27 A / D channel number out of step 28 Checksum of the EPROM (residual) incorrectly (with CR function switch invalid) 29 Series controller with application data set 2A CAN module blocked Ready line 2B Differnet. Number of power amplifier modules - number made use of amplifiers 2C Series of measurements is, although started 2D Main relay has stuck 2E The internal ROM checksum incorrect 2F Exceeded task - Deadline a 100ms 30 wrong CS-lines-Number (for CR: KWP 2000 Flash EPROM programming start) 31Falsche form identifier in EPROM 32Fehler XpressNet the RAM test 33falsche addr-line-number 34reserviert (at CR: Critical iwz implausibility) 35Falsche gate array identification 36KWP 2000 Flash EPROM programming start (at CR: Flash Programming enabled on restart) 37Fehler in data-bus test 38Softwareinkompatibilitaet (at CR: digital Einsprungbedingungen lie on) 39falsche form identifier in Flash 3Areserviert (at CR: Master / Slave Communication failure) 3BFehler in RAM Connection Test 3CFehler in CS-agility test 3DFehler for address bus test 3Efehlerhafte CC215 data bus connection The differences between V and CR result from the different mask versions.

High byte of the message edmRSTCD: 00h ... during initialization / recovery 10h ... while Operational in previous initialization 30h ... while in previous Operational Recovery


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 1-12

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The high byte of the restart code was extended by a further position. At Restart Code 80xxh jumped the control unit in the high-level Flash programming. The numbers in Low byte then have other meanings (ie the error numbers of the self-diagnosis) from the The following table can be removed. VALUE (hex) 19 1A 1F 24 27 50-61 7F

Cause of error EPROM Checksumfehler Page 36 faulty ext. RAM EPROM Checksumfehler (Page 32,33,37-62) Error in SW Kompatibilitaetstest defective masks identifier in EPROM (Page 36) Faulty bit patterns in EPROM High-level programming entry-level flash (via recovery)


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2 Quantity Calculation 2.1

Survey

The amount calculated is divided because of the different required response times in three Subtasks. Maps and characteristic curves are calculated essentially synchronously. The dynamic response to the motor behavior required for some parts of a variable-speed synchronous Calculation, while the position control of the quantity metering is done with a high repetition rate. Speed synchronous tasks are generally coupled to the Drehzahlinterrupt, However, at least every 32 ms (mathematics limit for speed synchronous controller) and not more often than every 6 ms (for CR 1.3 ms; VP44 at 6.4 ms) enabled. Functional sets the amount calculated as follows: -

Startup Driving

The movement is further subdivided into: -

Limiting amount Idle controller Desired quantity Active Ruckeldämpfer Smoothness controller

The injection system specific functions are described in Chapter quantity metering. An overview can be found in the figures MERE01 (volume calculation) and MERE02 (Driving). The speed synchronous part of the crowd control calculated from the current driving or Motor state, and the calculated speed, the required fuel amount to the to achieve desired operating point or to keep. The amount determined desire of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR and synchronously Desired quantity mrmM_EWUN be after the start dropping as the current injection quantity mrmM_EAKT accepted. If the sum of the value of the limiting amount mrmM_EBEGR, is from the time synchronous request only the amount corresponding to reduced Part (command desired amount mrmM_EWUSO) accepted. This part is called the operating point change Size on the amount of input Ruckeldämpfers assets included in the system. Possible ARD quantities are ignored in coasting mode after the time mrwSCHTIxG (output dependent). After the addition of the partial results of the synchronous speed LLR, ARD and LRR takes place Implementation of the quantity desire in Chapter quantity metering.


19 April 2002

Quantity calculation

DS / ESA

Page 2-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrmM_EAKTmrmM_EPUM P

mrmSASTAT E

mrmM_EMOT X

4

3

mroM_APUM P

3

RAMP

Speed synchronous

Switching logic fürSchubabschaltung MERESA01

Time sync

mrmSTART_ B

mrmM_EFAH R

mrmM_EKOR R

mrmM_EMOT

Speed synchronous

Time sync

Kraftstofftemp./Düsenkorrektur ZUME01

MEREST01MEREST02 MEREST03MEREST04

Start mrmM_ESTA R dzmNmitanmWTFanmK TFmrmSTA_AGL

mrmM_EWU mrmM_EWU NL NR

mrmPWGPB M

mroM_EFAHf mroM_EAKTf

MERE02 Driving

Figure MERE01: Quantity calculation


DS / ESA

Overview - Survey

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroM_EAKTf

mroM_EFAHf

mrmM_EMOT

mrmSTART_ Smoothness B controller mrmM_ELRRme mrmM_EBEGRnge

mrmM_ESTA R

+ mrwABegOKL CONTROLS (dzmNmit)

MERELR01

mrmM_EARD dzmNmitdzmNaktfgmFGAKTmr mM_EMOTmrmSTART_BdzmS EGMdzmABTAS MEREAR01MEREAR0 AktiverRuckeldä dzmN_ARD mpfer 2MEREAR03MEREAR 04

Speed synchronous mrmM_EWUS O

mroM_EWUB E

mroM_ELLBE

Time sync

MIN

MIN

mrmM_EBEG R

mrmM_ELLR Speed synchronous

MERELL01 Idle controller

MEREBG01 Limiting quantity

mrmM_EWU mrmM_EWU mrmPWGPB NL NR M mrmM_EWU N

Desired quantity

MEREWU01

Time sync

armM_ListdzmNmitmrmBEGa anmPWGdimLGSdimBRKdimBREdimKUPdimAG4dzmN mrmLLR_AGLklmN_LLKLMkhmN_LLKWHmrmN_LLDI AGLmrmBEGmAGLanmWTF mitmrmM_EAKTphmPBM_T2dimFGxfgmFGAKTfgmBES AanmWTFfgm_VzuNdzmNmitmrmPWGfimrmM_EFGRfg fgmFGAKT CHfgm_VzuNmrmM_EBEGRmrmM_EPWG mFGAKTdimBREdimKUPmrmSTART_BanmUTFanmUB ATT

Figure MERE02: driving © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002

Quantity calculation - Overview

DS / ESA

Page 2-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrmdM_EFF (output-input of the reference-forming element ARD) mroM_WUBE

mrmM_EIST6 MIN

mrmM_EWUN6

CONTROLS

mrmM_EBEGR mroM_ELLBE mrmM_EWUS6

mrmM_ESOL6 CONTROLS

mrmM_EBEGR

Figure MERE03: Quantity calculation for Motor6 Embassy

The EGS uses the engine intervention to reduce acceleration peaks, and requires the actual torque for hydraulic control. The desired torque is for the push / train detection, and Requires control of the converter clutch. For the output of the engine indicated torque via CAN (Motor6 embassy) in addition to the actual amount calculating the "actual injection quantity" mrmM_EIST6 for Motor6-IsMoment, and the "target injection quantity" mrmM_ESOL6 calculated for Motor6-set torque. On However, these two quantities are the influences of the ARD fault regulator, the smoothness controller and EGS engagement not to be imaged, which requires a certain "Parallel calculation". Both sets are not used for the actual injection, but after the Conversion used in moments only for the CAN outputs of Motor6 message. The Evaluation of these moments takes place in the gear-SG. The "target injection quantity" mrmM_ESOL6 furthermore does not include the influence of the ARD-reference-forming element, allowing for a "preemptive Injection amount "can be determined, which in the transmission before the actual SG Injection can be cheap.


DS / ESA

Overview - Survey

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.2

Startup

The boot process is divided into a starting quantity calculation and in a starting volume control. The starting quantity calculation assumes a static base amount mroM_ESTIP, adds a adjustable via VAG tester mrmSTA_AGL value and a time-dependent correction value. The Start quantity control are the starting amount freely and turns it off again. 2.2.1 Start quantity calculation S

dimK50

mro_ZMsta.4

Q

Meshed starters

R

KF

mrwSTMGxKF anmT_MOT

mroM_ESTIP Starting quantity of map

dzmNmit

KF

mrwSTMGRKF

mroM_EStKo anmKTF

KF

mrwSTMKoKF

mroM_ESTI2

dzmNmit 1 - mrwSTA_END

mroM_ESAB Starting quantity correction

mrwSTA_END

mrmSTA_AGL CONTROLS

mrwSTA_MAX Min: 0 dzmNmit <= mrwSTA_END mroM_ESTAG

dzmNmit> = mrwSTNMIN2

>1 mrmM_ESTAR> = mrwST._GM

Starting quantity increase

dzmNmit> mrwSTNMIN1

mroM_ESTF

& t> mrwST._WZ

mroM_ESTvo

mrwST._MI mroM_ESTER I

dzmNmit <> 0

S

Q TIMER

R

anmT_MOT KL

mrwSTMFRKL Start flow cutoff for Dual-mass flywheel MEREST1A

mro_ZMsta.3


19 April 2002

Quantity calculation - Startup

DS / ESA

Page 2-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Figure MEREST01: starting quantity Base amount: The lower the engine temperature, the higher the initial amount must be to good cold start allow the speed dependency is to prevent unnecessary smoke of the engine. The base value is the mroM_ESTIP by the starting amount map depending on Engine temperature anmT_MOT and the speed dzmNmit specified. Additionally, for VP44 Injection an additional additive correction to leakage at high fuel temperatures and low speeds to compensate. Before recognizing a real positive edge at dimK50 (transition initialization - Driving-SW shall not be deemed edge) the initial amount mrwSTMGRKF map is used. The first positive Edge at dimK50 (= starter meshing olda mro_ZMsta.4 = 1) in an RS flip-flop stored and causes the switch to the start amount map mrwSTMGxKF. A faulty terminal X (eg fuse failure) or a start without a starter (eg Pushing) is started with the start of a characteristic diagram mrwSTMGRKF. Application Note: The starting amount map must be applied so that if error in shear mode (fbbERUC_S) no amount is output, that is, above the speed threshold, the amount mrwUW_SNGR Be zero. The map contains mrwSTMGxKF quantities even at low speeds and high Engine temperature, to obtain short start times. The map mrwSTMKoKF must aplliziert for other than VP44 injection pump with zero be. anmKTF
mrwSTK_GM Limit amount

mrwSTW_GM

mrwSTK_WZ Waiting period

mrwSTW_WZ

mrwSTK_MI mrwSTW_MI

Mengeninkrement

Figure MEREST02: Selection of the fuel temperature-dependent parameters Starting quantity balance: The starting amount adjustment value mrmSTA_AGL (initialized with cowAGL_STA) is on the maximum adjustment value mrwSTA_MAX and the minimum balance value 0 limited. Above the Abgleichenddrehzahl mrwSTA_END is not corrected the starting amount. Starting quantity increase: The starting amount of increase depends on the fuel temperature and ensures safe Cold start. At speeds

DS / ESA

Overview - Startup

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

frozen when the resulting initial amount mrmM_ESTAR the temperature-dependent Limit amount mrwSTW_GM or mrwSTK_GM or the speed of the threshold mrwSTNMIN2 reaches or exceeds. Only when this condition has been reached, the Start increasing amount be terminated by lowering the speed under mrwSTNMIN1 again (Integrator = 0). The choice of fuel temperature-dependent parameters is done once at "Ignition on" after a delay of the temperature threshold mrwST_TKsw. This Delay (mrwWTCNTKT * 20ms) is to be applied such that, when selection of the fuel temperature dependent parameter already has a valid fuel temperature. At Receipt of the fuel temperature via CAN is the time to initial reception to taken into account. Disconnection of the starting quantity during an applicable time to improve the cold start The starting amount can be used for an applicable period, determined from anmT_MOT via the characteristic mrwSTMFRKL be turned off. The timer is started when the first time a Speed is determined (dzmNmit greater than 0). anmUBATT - anmUBATT (K) (k mrwSTZUmit) mro_STBatt mrwSTZUmit. 20

anmUBATT

a

a> = b

mrwSTZMSdU

b

cowK50_var

&

anmUBATT> mrwSTZMSU mro_ZMsta.0 dimK50

mro_ZMsta.1

&

dzmNmit> = mrwSTZMSN a

dzmNmit

a
mro_STNBT

anmT_MOT KL

mrwSTNB_KL

mro_ZMsta.2 TIMER

mrwSTZMSt1 mro_ZMsta.3

>1

S

&

Q

TIMER

mrwSTZMSt R a

a
b

KL

mrwSTNO_KL

Figure MEREST1A: Start flow cutoff for dual-mass flywheel


19 April 2002

Overview - Startup

DS / ESA

Page 2-8

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Disconnection of the starting quantity to avoid resonance of the dual mass flywheel Is decoupled from the engine when starting the starter, it shows the battery voltage during a positive voltage swing. If this exceeds positive gradient of the battery voltage mro_STBatt, calculated from the average difference of the battery voltages between the last mrwSTZUmit Program cycles, the value mrwSTZMSdU, and at this time the battery voltage greater mrwSTZMSU, as a condition for a launch abort is satisfied. Alternatively, on the Variant switch cowK50_var be applied to the Run Out back on the falling edge dimK50 (starters) are detected. To allow a reliable detection of the Start Out back is the Start Out back at speeds greater than or equal to the applicable operating speed threshold mrwSTZMSN accepted. If at this time a rising edge (mro_ZMsta.1) the Speed dzmNmit smaller than a motor temperature-dependent threshold mro_STNBT (determined from the characteristic mrwSTNB_KL) as the starting quantity mroM_ESTER is for the time mrwSTZMSt off. Otherwise, a timer is started mrwSTZMSt1. If after this time the Mro_STNO speed threshold (determined from the characteristic curve mrwSTNO_KL) is not reached, it is the starting amount mroM_ESTER also shut mrwSTZMSt for the time. This Trips can be done per cycle only once.

By this measure, the critical for a start-resonance speed range is excluded and the maximum allowed for the persistence time mrwSTZMSt1 in a resonance. The number of periods of the main program for the averaging of the voltage rise mrwSTZUmit is also limited to the values 1 to 10. The acquisition is carried out of the application date therefore only in the initialization. Furthermore, the conditions are only calculated and the OLDAs updated until the start bit is set. 2.2.2 Start quantity control

mrmSTART_B

mrmSTART_B

dzmNmit = 0

&

fbbEDZG_L

| Loading pressure change |> mrwST_dPL

t> = mrwST_SPZ

&

dzmUMDRK15> = mrwUM_abK15

>1

a

dzmNmit

a> b b

anmT_MOT MAX KL

mrwSTNABKL mrmEAB_Dz dimK15 = 0

& fbbEK15_P

Figure MEREST03: Start shedding

In PDE the MAX Education provides that the message mrmEAB_Dz (then = 0) due to the Lack of ELAB function.


DS / ESA

Overview - Startup

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroM_ESTER MIN

mrmM_ESTAR

dzmNmit <= mrwSTNMIN1

& t
mrwST._GM

& >1

zmmSYSERR.0

mrmSTW_fr

mrmSTART_B


Figure MEREST04: ELAB quantity metering and release Normal case: The set after the start bit Steuergeräteinitialisierung mrmSTART_B will be stopped when a motor temperature dependent start dropping speed deleted. The start dropping speed is determined from the characteristic mrwSTNABKL determined as a function of engine temperature anmT_MOT. At funktionierendemDrehzahlgeber (zmmSYSERR.0 = 0; see monitoring concept"Summarized System Error"), after switching on the supply voltage of the Control device, the start quantity mrmM_ESTAR and for systems with ELAB also the ELAB at Zero speed (dzoNmit = 0) to share. Range mrmSTART_B (bit-coded): -0 = start shedding 1 = Start condition -16 = transition from a broken caster to start condition

32 = restart by Ecomatic Speed sensor - monitor the Start (see Monitoring concept): The speed sensor can be monitored via the change in the charge pressure anmLDF. Varies the pressure at the speed dzoNmit = 0 (was always 0 since terminal 15) by more than the Delta pressure threshold mrwST_dPL an error fbbEDZG_L is reported and the start bit deleted. The absolute value of the supercharge pressure change after the 400 ms anmLDF Initialization and the current anmLDF formed. No error is reported if the LDF in this cycle ever was defective (fbosLDF, fboSLDP).

Terminal 15 - Monitoring the Start: If during the start-up process by the driver "ignition off" desired (dimK15 = 0) and is not Error in the evaluation circuit terminal 15 (fbbEK15_P), the start bit is also cleared. At slaked start bit mrmSTART_B remains frozen the starting amount mrmM_ESTAR. Noise pulse suppression: Due to interference from the starter is observing the speed for a Start shedding lock time mrwST_SPZ suppressed after the beginning of the boot process. A mapping also takes place until a minimum number (mrwUM_abK15) of engine revolutions since K15 A (DzmUMDRK15) is reached. When the starting procedure triggered by the ECOMATIC, then at Speed dzmNmit ≠0, the starting shedding lock time mrwST_SPZ suppressed. No Starter Activity: If, after the start Glühbeginn minimum speed mrwSTNMIN1 not within the turn-off mrwST_OFZ + preheating time is exceeded or only a speed sensor is defective, the Quantity metering and ELAB blocked again. Start with ELAB test (see Monitoring concept):


19 April 2002

Overview - Startup

DS / ESA

Page 2-10

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

At certain intervals, the ELAB is tested during the boot process. see also Operating hours counter (monitoring approach)


DS / ESA

Overview - Startup

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.3

Limiting amount

The limitation amount is composed of the parts of smoke, torque limiting and Correction options together: mrmM_EWUNL mrmGANG mrmM_EAKT dzmNmit anmLTF anmSTF armM_List ldmP_Llin ldmADF mrmASGSTAT

dzmNmit ldmADF fgm_VzuN dimKIK zmmVEAKTIV mroBM_ETUR

Smoking and Turbo feed limit

mrmBEGmAGL dzmNmit fgmFGAKT anmWTF anmWTF_CAN anmOTF anmLTF ldmADF anmTTF anmKTF mrmSTART_B

mrmBM_ESER

Torque limit

MEREBG02

mroBM_ENSU

Korreketur the Limiting amount MEREBG2A

mroBM_ESE1

dzmNmit fgmFGAKT anmWTF mrmSTART_B dzmDNDT2u fboSDZG

MEREBG03

mroBM_VE

Limiting amount active in VE MEREBG2B

Korreketur the Limiting amount mrmM_EBEGR MEREBG3A zmmF_KRIT.3 Shutdown due System errors SYS_FEHL

dzmNmit mrmM_EAKT zmmVEAKTIV

Figure MEREBG01: limiting amount


19 April 2002

Quantity calculation -Limiting amount

DS / ESA

Page 2-12

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.3.1 Smoke limitation and turbo boost limit

ldmADF ldmP_Llin

mroBEG_P

cowBEG_BOO mroPkorr mroBM_ERAU

KF

cowBEG_P_L

mrwPKOR_KF

KF

mrwPBRA_KF anmWTF armM_List

mroM_Lk

anmSTF anmLTF

Smoke limit

Ramp mrwBRA_DEK Smoke characteristics space difference between last and new value at the switching

mroBEG_T KF

MEREBG2D

KR

mrwMKOR_KF

mrwBRA_KL mrwBRAxKR

cowBEG_STF dzmNmit

mroBM_KTB

mrmM_EAKT

KF

Amounts of smokecorrection

KF

mrwKTB_KF

mrwBRA_KF

mrwKTB_TD mroBM_EKTB

anmKTF

zmmBM_ADD

MAX

zmmVEAKTIV

>1

MAX

cowRauchKR

mroBM_ERKT

mrmGANG <= mrwTSBgang

&

mrwTSB_NU
mroTSBits.1 off delay mroTSBits.0 see description

mrwTSB_MEU
mroTSBKLTF

anmLTF

mroBM_ETUR

KL

mrwTSTLKL

RAMP

ldmADF

mroTSBKADF

mroTSB_STG

Turbo boostlimit

KL

mrwTSADpKL mroBM_ERKT
mrwTSADnKL mroBM_ERKT
&

mroTSBits.3

mrmM_EWUNL
MAX

Figure MEREBG02: Smoke limitation + Turbo boost limit


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Smoke limit: The allowable fuel quantity (amount of smoke) is determined from a smoke limit map, In order to avoid excessive smoke emission. Is via the switch cowBEG_BOO defines whether the Smoke limitation is calculated with mass air flow or intake manifold pressure. In cowBEG_BOO = 0, the smoke limit with mrwBRAxKR as a function of the corrected Air mass and the speed mroM_Lk dzmNmit calculated. The corrected air mass mroM_Lk is calculated with mrwMKOR_KF from air mass armM_List and temperature. If the Pre-injection is switched off (zmmVEAKTIV = 0) or is not the selection of the smoke characteristic map applied (cowRauchKR = 0) as the amount of smoke from the map mrwBRA_KF is determined. To a lot of jump when switching from mrwBRAxKR and mrwBRA_KF (or vice versa) is to avoid the always valid shortly after switching value from a map subtracted from the current value and the final value as the target for the current to ramp 0 taken mrwBRA_DEK. The output of the ramp is added to the final value:

Output Input (T = 0) (T +1)

RAMP

mroBM_ERDF

mrwBRA_DEK

zmmVEAKTIV edge

Figure MEREBG2D: ramp between smoke control maps In cowBEG_BOO = 1, the boundary with smoke mrwPBRA_KF as a function of the corrected mroPkorr intake manifold pressure and the speed dzmNmit calculated. The corrected MroPkorr intake manifold pressure is calculated with mrwPKOR_KF of pressure and temperature. With the CowBEG_P_L switch selects whether atmospheric pressure ldmADF or boost pressure ldmP_Llin is used. With the switch cowBEG_STF is selected, whether with anmLTF (CowBEG_STF = 0) or anmSTF (cowBEG_STF = 1) should be corrected.

System specific amount of smoke correction: With zmmBM_ADD can einspritzsystemabhängege additive correction of the smoke limit be made. Amount of smoke correction as a function of fuel temperature: At high fuel temperatures to a correction of the amount of the smoke map be calculated, made to the softer the injection pump due to temperature-dependent leakage losses to compensate. Thus, smoke avoided be. The correction affects only subtractive on the amount of smoke map mroBM_ERAU. About the correction map mrwKTB_KF with the input variables mrmM_EAKT and dzmNmit, is normalized to 100 ° C above the reference temperature mrwKTB_TD amount mroBM_KTB


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-14

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

calculated. The amount of smoke mroBM_EKTB correction is restricted to positive values and is subtracted from the amount of smoke, i.e., is at fuel temperatures below mrwKTB_TD no Correction is performed. The result mroBM_ERKT is also limited to positive values. Turbo boost limit: The sudden increase of the engine torque at the onset of the turbocharger is by the Advanced Turbo boost limit (TSB) are reduced. Once the connection conditions mrmGANG <= mrwTSBgang

AND

mrwTSB_NU
AND

mrwTSB_MEU
shall


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

the

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-15

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroBM_ESE1

dzmNmit mroBM_VERp anmWTF

KF

mrwBMVE_KF a

a
mrmM_EAKT

b

&

mroVEB_STA.1 off delay mroVEB_STA.0 see description

zmmVEAKTIV Ramp end on a rising edge and Ramp not yet started: Rampeninitalwert mroBM_VERp = (k-1)

mrwVEBstgS

mroBM_VE RAMP

Ramp Rate anmWTF mroVEB_STA.3

KL

old ramp value

mrwVEBsLKL mroBM_VERp
mrmM_EAKT

Figure MEREBG2B: ramp limitation amount active in VE

m roBM _ESE1 m ro BM _VE m rm M _EAKT m rm M _EW UNL m roBM _VERp

ZMM VEAKTIV Switch-off delay mroVEB_ST A.0 Turn On Delay m roVEB_STA.1 Initialization mroVEB_ST A.2 Reinitialization w ith m RMM _EAKT mroVEB_ST A.3

Figure MEREBG2C: typical limiting amount sequence active in VE


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-16

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.3.2 Torque limit Limiting amount at preaktivmroBM_VE MEREBG2B

Smoke limit Turbo boost limit MEREBG02

mroBM_ETUR

mroBM_ESER MIN

Switching off the Turboschubbegrenzg at kickdown MEREBG21

mroBM_ETUK

dzmNmit mroBM_EMOM ldmADF

MIN

mroBM_ESE1 MIN

KF

mrwBDB_KF dzmNmit fgm_VzuN

Ramp mrwADB_DEK, between maps to final value reached

KF

mrwADB_KF

KF

mrwADB2_KF zmmVEAKTIV mrmBM_ASG

dzmNmit

mroBM_EMO2

KL

mrwBDB2_KL mrwM_EMAX mrwASG_BGR.0 mrmASGSTAT.13

&

dimKIK

Figure MEREBG2A: torque limiter

Torque limitation: The torque limitation amount mroBM_EMOM is from the minimum of the characteristic fields mrwBDB_KF (dzmNmit, ldmADF) and mrwADB_KF (dzmNmit, fgm_VzuN) or mrwADB2_KF (dzmNmit, fgm_VzuN and zmmVEAKTIV = 1), is formed. To avoid crowd jumps will switch between the maps mrwADB_KF and mrwADB2_KF realized via a ramp with maximum gradient mrwADB_DEK (Method see smoke control / Fig. MEREBG2D).


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-17

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Torque limitation in ASG-ECO mode: For the ASG-ECO mode is a second torque limiting amount mrmBM_ASG determined from the map mrwBDB2_KL available. This can be activated via the label mrwASG_BGR.0. If now the ASG-ECO mode released (mrmASGSTAT.13 = 1) and Kik-down is not actuated (dimKIK = 0), so goes the calculated torque limitation mroBM_EMO2 in the Mimnimalauswahl with a.

Off the turbo boost limit at kick-down: This gives the driver the opportunity despite turbo thrust limiting the full engine power retrieve, this can be turned off at kick-down. For this purpose, at applied Kick-down (dimKIK = 1) and active turbo boost limit (mroTSBits.0 = 1 OR mroTSBits.1 = 1) a maximum selection between amount of smoke and turbo boost correction amount created and displayed on mroBM_ETUK. This function can be about the label off mrwTSB_KIK. In the absence of effective kick-down in the maximum selection is the Label mrwBM_ERKT one. For runtime reasons, the olda mroBM_ETUK 20ms after mroBM_ETUR output.

mroBM_ETUK

mroBM_ETUR MAX

mroBM_ERKT mrwBM_ERKT dimKIK mrwTSB_KIK

& fboSKIK mroTSBits.1

>1 mroTSBits.0

Figure MEREBG21: TSB bypass by kickdown


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-18

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.3.3 fixes the limitation amount

Smoke limit Turbo boost limit MEREBG02 mrmBM_ESER Torque limit MEREBG2A

1 Quantity adjustment

mrmBEGmAGL CONTROLS

mrwBEAmMAX mrwBEAmMIN

cowV_AGL_B = 2

mroBM_EERH

mroBM_WT dzmNmit

mroBM_EVSU MAX

anmT_MOT

Water temperature-dependent Full load increase

KF

mrwBWT_KF mrwBEG_NTU
ldmADF

mrwBPL_KF mrwBWT_ADF anmWTF_CAN mroBMEFKOC fgmFGAKT

1

KF

Overheating protection water

mrwBUE_KF mrwBEG_UNS
mroBMEFOEL Overheating protection oil

1

KF

mrwBOEL_KF cowBEG_OEL Depending on altitude Speed correction

mroBMEFATM ldmADF

KF

mrwBATM_KF mroBMEFTT

mrmBMEF

mroBM_ENSU

MIN

anmTTF

KF

1

Fuel cooling

mrwBTT_KF xcwPKSKon / off mroBMELFT anmLTF

Overheating protection Charge-air temperature

KF

mrwBLFT_KF Fuel cooling by Switching program reduction mrmB_DSP

mroBMEFKT anmKTF

KF

mrwBKT_KF

mrwBEHdsp

Figure MEREBG03: corrections to the limiting amount © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-19

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Service Volume adjustment via VAG tester: About the software switch cowV_AGL_B defines whether the quantity adjustment multiplicative effect on to the limitation amount or take place in the additive quantity metering Description of the software switch cowV_AGL_B: Bit position 0 1

Decimal comment 1See quantity metering 2multiplikativer balance the limitation amount mrmBM_ESER with mrmBEGmAGL (substitute value cowAGLmBEG). The adjusted value is bounded between mrwBEAmMIN and mrwBEAmMAX.

Water Temperature-dependent Vollasterhöhung: Is between the speed threshold mrwBEG_NTU and the speed threshold mrwBEG_NTO which determines the increase amount mroBM_EERH. This amount is composed of the Map mrwBWT_KF (formed from dzmNmit and anmT_MOT) to a correction factor of the map mrwBPL_KF (formed from anmT_MOT and ldmP_lin (or variant switch mrwBWT_ADF the atmospheric pressure ldmADF)) acting multiplicatively. The amount mroBM_EERH is determined to provide a better starting with a cold engine. The Maximum limit of amount mrmBM_ESER and increase amount mroBM_EERH is to Summarized limiting amount mroBM_EVSU and further processed. Is between the speed threshold mrwBEG_NTU and the speed threshold mrwBEG_NTO from the characteristic map as a function of boost pressure mrwBWT_KF (or variant switch mrwBWT_ADF selectable above atmospheric pressure) and water temperature on the map mrwBPL_KF a correction factor formed on the increase amount mroBM_EERH as a function the water temperature and the speed anmWTF dzmNmit determined to a cold engine to enable better start. The maximum limit of amount mrmBM_ESER and Increase amount mroBM_EERH is summarized to limit quantity mroBM_EVSU and further processed. Overheat protection on the water temperature: The chef protection quantity factor mroBMEFKOC is from the overheating protection map mrwBUE_KF as a function of water temperature via CAN anmWTF_CAN and the Speed fgmFGAKT determined. However, this feature is only within the Speed limits mrwBEG_UNS and mrwBEG_ONS active. Overheating protection above the oil temperature: About the map mrwBOEL_KF is with the current speed dzmNmit and the oil temperature anmOTF the limiting factor mroBMEFOEL amount calculated. With the software switch cowBEG_OEL the quantity limit in dependence on the oil temperature is turned on (= 1) or off (= 0). Overheating protection via the charge air temperature: About the map mrwBLFT_KF is with the current speed and the dzmNmit Charge air temperature anmLTF the limiting factor mroBMELFT amount calculated. Height-dependent speed correction: About the map mrwBATM_KF is with the current speed and the dzmNmit Atmospheric pressure ldmADF the limiting factor mroBMEFATM amount calculated.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-20

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Fuel temperature dependent speed adjustment and fuel cooling: About the map mrwBKT_KF is with the current speed and the dzmNmit Fuel temperature anmKTF the limiting factor mroBMEFKT amount calculated. About the map mrwBTT_KF is with the current speed and the dzmNmit Tank inlet temperature anmTTF the limiting factor mroBMEFTT amount calculated. About Diagnosis password can xcwPKSKon turned this limitation, via xcwPKSKoff be turned off. Fuel cooling system by switching point reduction: From the minimum of protection against overheating water - oil - fuel - tank inlet temperature and - charge air temperature, the factor mrmBMEF is formed, with the limitation amount on mroBM_ENSU is reduced. Falls below the additional factor mrmBMEF the value mrwBEHdspU, dialing with mrmB_DSP via CAN on the transmission circuit program in carried the upshift at niedereren speeds. MrmBMEF exceeds the value mrwBEHdspO, the original circuit program is re-elected.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-21

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Corrections to the mroBM_ENSU Limiting amount MEREBG03

mroBM_EERS

dzmNmit

Transition to defective or healing

MIN

KL

mroM_EBG

mrwBEM_KL

Shutdown due zmmF_KRIT.3 System errors SYS_FEHL

RAMP

mrwBEG_ANH mrwBEG_ABS

dzmNmit KL

mrwBdnN_KL

mroM_EBGvo

mroM_Edndt anmWTF MIN

mroDNDTfi

dzmDNDT2u

KF

mrwBdn_KF

PT1

RAMP

mrwBdnF_GF mrwBdnS_GF

mrwBdn_ANH mrwBdn_ABS

fgmFGAKT
Ramp slope at Switching mrwBdn_v

>1

mrmWH_POSb.3

mrmM_EBEGR TIMER

mrwBEG_ZMt

>1

fboSDZG = 0 mrmSTART_B

&

dzmNmit
>1 zmmSINKSYN = 0 mrmSTART_B

&

dzmNmit
Figure MEREBG3A: corrections to the limiting amount


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-22

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Quantity limitation on system failure: With the software switches cowFMEBEG1, cowFMEBEG2, cowFMEBEG3 and cowFMEBEG4 is applied, in which system errors limited to a speed-dependent compensation amount should be. (See Monitoring concept: Shutdown due to system errors), the speed-dependent compensation amount is mroBM_EERS from the equivalent amount characteristic mrwBEM_KL formed as a function of speed dzmNmit. When a system problem (zmmF_KRIT.3 = 1) occurs, the amount mroM_EBG on the ramp mrwBEG_ABS to the minimum of the speed-dependent compensation amount, and the mroBM_EERS Limiting amount mroBM_ENSU introduced. The heal of the system error, the amount mroM_EBG over the ramp mrwBEG_ANH is to the amount mroBM_ENSU introduced. Limiting a function of the rotational speed acceleration: The speed acceleration of the last two revolutions is dzmDNDT2u on falling Acceleration filtered using mrwBdnF_GF, with increasing acceleration with mrwBdnS_GF filtered. With the map mrwBdn_KF and the characteristic mrwBdnN_KL is dependent on this filtered acceleration of the water temperature and the rotational speed of a Limiting amount mroM_Edndt determined. This is a limitation of the acceleration controlled, the inputs for the water temperature and speed in this case has the purpose that, when bestimmtenWassertemperaturenundbeibestimmtenDrehzahlbereichendie Acceleration limit or less can be eliminated. Having a switch at speeds below mrwBdn_v or selector lever in mrmWH_POSb.1 (N) or .3 (P) is the acceleration limit are turned on. The minimum of the quantity mroM_Edndt and mroM_EBG is with switched acceleration limit mroM_EBGvo passed. When switching off and on the acceleration limitation acts the ramp mrwBdn_ANH or mrwBdn_ABS to avoid crowd jumps.

Flow cutoff to avoid resonance due to the dual mass flywheel: If when driving (mrmSTART_B = 0), the speed by further brakes below the threshold mrwBEG_ZMN falls and no error in DZG path exists (fboSDZG = 0) or when driving (MrmSTART_B = 0), the rotational speed falls below the threshold and at the same time mrwBEG_ZMF Speed detection is out of sync (zmmSINKSYN = 0), then the limiting amount mrmM_EBEGR switched to 0, and the time mrwBEG_ZMt started. Is not the condition more fulfilled, then after the time mrwBEG_ZMt the amount released. Changes the condition during the time mrwBEG_ZMt runs, then the time at each change of not fulfilled restarted on met.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-24

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.4

Idle controller

For the idle speed control, a PI controller is employed. To optimize the speed synchronous Processing are selected synchronously different parameter sets and available provided. The desired idle speed is dependent on the operating condition of the vehicle switched.

anmWTF fgmFGAKT mrmLLR_AGL klmN_LLKLM khmN_LLKWH mrmN_LLDIA mrmSICH_F anmUBATT dzmNmit mrmN_LLCAN mrmLLR_PWD dimBRE fboSBRE

anmWTF fgmFGAKT mrmPWG_roh dzmNmit mrmM_EFGR mrmM_EADR dimBRE dimKUP mrmN_LLBAS mrmSICH_F mrmMSR_AKT mrmLLRIAnt mrmLLRPAnt

mrmN_LLBAS

Calculation Desired idle speed MERELL03

mrmCASE_L mrmLLIINIT

Set-up select for the idle speed control

Idle controller

MERELL02

MERELL05

mrmM_ELLR mrmLLRIAnt mrmLLRPAnt mroLLRDAnt

mrmGANG dzmNmit mrmSTART_B fgmFGAKT dzmNmit

Crossing detection MEREGG01

Figure MERELL01: Overview idle controller


DS / ESA

Overview - Idle controller

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-25

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.4.1 crossing detection The transition detection determines the gear used for parameter selection of the idle controller and the assets Ruckeldämpfers.

mrwVNF_VNX fgmFGAKT

a

mroVzuNfil a

mrmGANG

MIN b

PT1

b

fgwVNF_GF mrwGANG_

dzmNmit

mrmNfilt PT1

mrwFGF_GF mrwGANGCAN.0 mrmGTRGANG

mrmEGS_akt

Monoflop

>1

mrwGANGCAN.1

Figure MEREGG01: crossing detection There is a possibility that transition of vehicle speed and engine speed information to determine or to take over from the CAN message transmission 1. The selection is made by mrwGANGCAN. Description of the software switch mrwGANGCAN: Bitpos. 0 1

Decimal comment 10: transition information from vehicle speed and engine speed 1: transition information via CAN 2Only effective in mrwGANGCAN.0 = 1 0: accept transition information directly from mrmGTRGANG 1: evaluation with inclusion of "active circuit" bits.

Transition information from vehicle speed and engine speed: To speed dzmNmit to the dynamics of the driving speed fgmFGAKT adapt, there is a PT1 filtering on mrwFGF_GF. It is the ratio of the vehicle speed fgmFGAKT formed to speed mrmNfilt filtered and smoothed over another PT1 element. Before PT1 filtering the v / n ratio mroVzuNfil is limited to mrwVNF_VNX. If the mrmNfilt filtered speed zero, and the V / N ratio is set to zero. The result is a filtered value of the V / N ratio mroVzuNfil. The gear selection is done mrmGANG then the application data mrwGANG_2 to mrwGANG_7.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-26

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Gear mrmGANG 7

6

5

4

3

2

1 V/N mroVzuNfil 0

mrwGANG_2 mrwGANG_4 mrwGANG_3 mrwGANG_5 mrwGANG_6 mrwGANG_7 fgwDA._VNX

Figure MEREAR02: crossing detection for the parameters defining ARD and LLR

Transition information about CAN: If the bit mrwGANGCAN.1 not set, then the goal transition information from the transmission mrmGTRGANG transferred directly. When this bit mrwGANGCAN.1 the value of mrmGTRGANG is only at the falling Edge of mrmEGS_akt (S_SG - "active circuit" from gear 1) taken. This has the Purpose that a newly engaged gear is not detected until after the end of circuit


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-27

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.4.2 Set-up select

mrmGANG MIN

= 5 (5th gear)

Gear

>1=

dimKUP >1= &

fgmFGAKT
Clutch / neutral gear

The engine is cold

anmWTF

mrwTWH_ ..

& mrwLLR_Anf> 0 Approach

dzmNmit> mrmN_LLBAS mrmPWG_roh> 0

F

E

D

C

B

A

9

8

7

6

&

fgmFGAKT> mrwLLR_UBR

5

4

3

2

1

0

mrmCASE_L

! FboSFGG Brakes

dimBRE ! FboSBRE ! DimKUP cowVAR_GTR == 1

dzmNmit
>1=

Idle controller inactive

dzmNmit> mrwLLR_AUS

Quantity request State machine

Feedforward control is not locked

"Feedforward"

dzmNmit

&

Feedforward calculate

dzmNmit
&

Freeze integrator &

(MrmLLRIAnt + mrmLLRPAnt)
>1=

& dzmNmit> mrmN_LLBAS

& mrmSICH_F >1=

mrmPWG_roh> 0

>1=

mrmMSR_AKT> 0 Quantity request mrmM_EFGR> 0 mrmM_EADR> 0

Figure MERELL02: Parameter selection for the idle speed control


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-28

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

This subtask meets the parameter selection for the idle speed control (LLR) of the Input variables water temperature anmWTF and driving speed ratio to speed mroVzuNfil. Switching between the states of cold / warm is done with hysteresis. In the State of "cold" are two parameter sets are available, one for the uncoupled and coupled powertrain. With a cold engine is no specific input Parameter switching. For driving in the aisles with a warm engine, five sets of parameters provided. Are represented by the small differences in the parameters in the higher gears from 5 Transition (mrmGANG> = 5), the parameters of the 5th Ganges used. Furthermore, at Optimize the speed synchronous processing, the following operating conditions in control bits summarized and sent with the message "state of the LLR" mrmCASE_L:

-

-

-

"Approach - conditions": mrwLLR_Anf> 0 Speed dzmNmit> desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS PWG raw mrmPWG_roh> 0 Engine is warm "Brakes - conditions": Current Speed fgmFGAKT> Threshold velocity at Brakes mrwLLR_UBR Path vehicle speed sensor fboSFGG not defective Brake applied dimBRE = 1 Brake signal path fboSBRE not defective Clutch not disengaged dimKUP = 0 Transmission type is manual transmission (cowVAR_GTR = 1). "Idle controller inactive - conditions": DzmNmit speed speed limit LLR from mrwLLR_AUS. In this case remains under the speed synchronous LLR calculation.

AND AND AND

AND AND AND AND AND

OR

- "Feedforward control is not locked - conditions" Implemented by a state machine with two states, locked / feedforward disabled (initial value). The feedforward control is not switched blocked by locked when at least one of the following cases is true: (Speed dzmNmit> set speed mrmN_LLBAS + range mrwLLR_DNV window) AND quantity request or Speed dzmNmit> set speed mrmN_LLBAS + tax offset mrwLLRK_VD or mrwLLRW_VD In the "locked" state is switched when the desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS is exceeded or reached.

- "Feedforward calculate - conditions" Not gesperrtUND feedforward Speed dzmNmit

DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-29

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

- "Freeze Integrator - conditions" no safety case mrmSICH_F ((Speed dzmNmit> set speed mrmN_LLBAS (Quantity request LLR I component + P component
AND AND OR

OR AND

- "Quantity request - conditions" PWG raw mrmPWG_roh> 0 MSR amount of active engagement, mrmMSR_AKT> 0 Desired amount of GRA mrmM_EFGR> 0 Desired amount of ADR mrmM_EADR> 0

anmWTF

OR OR OR

mrmLLIINIT KL

mrwSTINILL

MERELL06: Initial value for the integrator

With the characteristic mrwSTINILL as a function of water temperature anmWTF is the Initial value of the LLR integrator in the message mrmLLIINIT provided. Description of Message mrmCASE_L: WertHEX 0001H 0002H 0003H 0004H 0005H 0010H 0020H 0040H 0100H 0200H 0400H 0800H 1000H 2000H

Decimal 1 2 3 4 5 16 32 64 256 512 1024 2048 4096 8192

Comment The first Gear is engaged The second Gear is engaged The third Gear is engaged The 4th Gear is engaged The 5th Gear is engaged Clutch is pressed or backlash active The engine is cold Approach A quantity request is available Freeze the integrator of the idle controller The feedforward control (D element) is calculated Feedforward control state is not locked The idle control is not active State braking is active


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-30

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.4.3 desired idle speed calculation

anmT_MOT fgmFGAKT ldmADF mrmLLR_AGL dzmUMDRsta

Target idle speed mrmLL_ZIEL Calculation MERELL3C

mrmLLR_PWD

LL-raising beimroLLpwg defective PWG MERELL3D

mrmN_LLDIA mrwLLR_AUS

mrwLLR_NSF

MIN

khmN_LLKWH

klmN_LLKLM

LL-raising by UTF mrmLLUTF and air compressor MERELL3A

mrmN_LLBAS MAX MAX RAMP

anmT_MOT

LL-raising fürmrmLLWTF KAT-response MERELL3B

anmUBATT

LL-raising durchmrmN_LLBAT low U Bat MERELL04

mrmBSG_Anf

LL-raising durchmrmN_LLBSG BSG request MERELL07

CAN - Klima1

LL-raising durchmrmN_LLKLI KLI request CAN MERELL08

mrmN_LLCAN

LL-raising by mroN_LLCA2 CVT request MERELL3E

mrwLLR_ANH mrwLLR_ABS

RAMP

mrwLLR_AN2 mrwLLR_AB2 mrmSICH_F <> 0

Figure MERELL03: idle target speed calculation


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-31

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

If a deviation between the currently acting desired idle speed and mrmN_LLBAS recognized the desired new desired idle speed, then an increase in the Desired idle speed via a ramp with the pitch mrwLLR_ANH, or a reduction with the increment mrwLLR_ABS. An exception is the occurrence of the safety case. The increase is made abruptly. The back is likewise a Ramp with the pitch mrwLLR_ABS. The desired idle speed increase is dependent on the Operating condition of the vehicle between various default values, characteristics and Balance values switched: In the initialization phase, the desired idle speed with the maximum value of the Maps mrwWTAD_KF, mrwLLW_KL and mrwLTW_KL preset. anmT_MOT =
& mrmSTART_B TIMER

mrwLLR_tTW mrwLLR_SOL mrwLLR_FAR

fboSFGG

& fgmFGAKT mrwLLRVFOH mrwLLRVFUH anmT_MOT KL

mrwLTW_KL anmT_MOT ldmADF

mroLLsoll KF

mrwWTAD_KF dzmUMDRsta a

mroLLumdr

anmT_MOT

a
KL

mrwWTUMDKL

mrmLL_ZIEL

mrmLLR_AGL CONTROLS

mrwLLA_MAX mrwLLA_MIN

Figure MERELL3C: Target idle speed calculation Motor temperature-dependent increase: As long as the number of revolutions after start shedding dzmUMDRsta less than a calculated Number of mroLLumdr turns to start dropping (from the characteristic mrwWTUMDKL as Function of anmT_MOT) is, the result is the desired idle speed to mroLLsoll, one by the Map mrwWTAD_KF specified function of ldmADF and anmWTF.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-32

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

For the time mrwLLR_tTW after the launch, the desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS results from the characteristic mrwLTW_KL as a function of engine temperature anmT_MOT. If in this period, the Engine temperature anmT_MOT rises above the threshold applicative mrwLLR_TW, is an equally driving speed dependent value used. Speed-dependent increase or decrease: Below the administrable Hystereschwelle mrwLLRVFOH is the idle target speed of Value assigned mrwLLR_SOL, above this hysteresis is on mrwLLR_FAR connected. This occurs only when no error is present FGG. Increase by VAG tester: The idle setpoint speed via the diagnostic interface with the balance value mrmLLR_AGL (initialized with cowAGL_LLR) are matched additive. Before that is mrmLLR_AGL to the maximum adjustment value mrwLLA_MAX in a positive direction and to the minimum balance value mrwLLA_MIN limited in the negative direction. Increase caused by defective PWG: In a plausibility error PWG - mrmSICH_F brake is on safety idling speed mrwLLR_NSF switched. If the PWG detection via potentiometer / switch (cowVAR_PWG = 0), then with a defective PWG (FbbEPWG_H, fbbEPWG_L or fbbEPWP_A) the idle speed mroLLpwg to the value mrwLLR_PWD raised. In PWG acquisition with a doppelanalogem PWG (cowVAR_PWG = 1) with a defective PWG (mrmLLR_PWD = 1) the idle speed when the brake mroLLpwg (dimBRE = 1) or with a defective path fboSBRE to the value mrwLLR_PWB, otherwise on mrwLLR_PWD placed. mrwLLR_PWD fbbEPWG_H fbbEPWG_L

>1

fbbEPWP_A

mroLLpwg mrwLLR_PWB fboSBRE | | dimBRE mrmLLR_PWD cowVAR_PWG

Figure MERELL3D: LL-raising by defective PWG

Increase in basic setting: The desired idle speed the diagnosis can mrmN_LLDIA the desired idle speed to Increasing influence calculation limit of the LLR mrwLLR_AUS. Increase by cooling water heating: With active cooling water heating, the idle speed to the value khmN_LLKWH is raised. Detection resting vehicle as a condition of speed increase idle © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-33

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

For the release of the desired idle speed increases to resting as a condition vehicle be recognized that is, Vehicle speed is 0 and there is no error in the error path FGG. At Vehicles with Automatikgetrieb is also queried whether the transmission is in park or Neutral position, the transmission is not active, and whether the gear selector in park or Neutral position (mrmWH_POSb.1 or .3) is located. The condition can by the Software switch cowFUN_LLA be turned on and off. (CowFUN_LLA = 1 Stationary car ... as a condition for desired idle speed increases; cowFUN_LLA = 0 no release condition Stationary car, so no speed increase for functions the Stationary car mrmLLN_ANH = 1 as a condition have).

mrmWH_POSb.1 == 1 (grade N) mrmWH_POSb.3 == 1 (grade P) mrm_P_N == 1 (target gear P or N)

>1

&

mrmEGS_akt == 0

>1 cowVAR_GTR == 1 (manual transmission) fgmFGAKT == 0

mrmLLN_ANH

& fboSFGG == 0 cowFUN_LLA

Figure MERELL09: Stationary car as a condition of speed increase idle


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-34

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Battery Voltage-dependent increase: If the battery voltage anmUBATT at a speed greater mrwNBATEIN longer than the Time mrwTBATEIN below the threshold mrwUBATEIN, the desired idle speed is to at least mrwN_LLBAT raised. The desired idle speed is at a standstill (condition Resting vehicle mrmLLN_ANH = 1) or at a speed dzoNmit> mrwN_LLBAT + mrwDN_EIN and start shedding (mrmSTART_B = 0 debounced with mrwTBATSTA) is raised and released for maximum generation. The battery voltage rises above anmUBATT mrwUBATAUS and the increased idling speed is reached, then after the time the mrwTBATAUS Desired idling speed of mrmN_LLBAT withdrawn. The withdrawal of the Desired idle speed is only at a speed dzoNmit> mrmN_LLBAS + mrwDN_EIN. Application Note: mrwUBATEIN must be less than mrwUBATAUS.

mrmSTART_B

1 DEAD TIME

mrwTBATSTA anmUBATT
&

&

dzmNmit> = mrwNBATEIN

DEAD TIME

mrwTBATEIN dzmNmit> mrwN_LLBAT + mrwDN_EIN

S

>1

Q

mrmLLN_ANH R

anmUBATT> mrwUBATAUS

&

DEAD TIME

mrwN_LLBAT

mrmN_LLBAT

mrwTBATAUS dzmNmit> mrmN_LLBAS + mrwDN_EIN

Figure MERELL04: Idle speed increase depending on the battery voltage Increase due to demand of the onboard control unit BSG: ÜberBSG_LastBotschaftBit1.0kannvomBordnetzsteuergeräteine Desired idle speed increase is requested. If an increase is requested, it is at a speed dzmNmit> mrwN_LLBSG + mrwDN_EIN2 or at standstill (condition Resting vehicle mrmLLN_ANH = 1), the increased idle target speed mrwN_LLBSG to Maximum generation released in the desired idle speed calculation. Turns off the request, the increased idle speed mrwN_LLBSG is again withdrawn. Returns may only be at a speed dzmNmit> mrmN_LLBAS + mrwDN_EIN2. mrmBSG_Anf == 1

& dzmNmit> mrwN_LLBSG + mrwDN_EIN2

>1 mrmLLN_ANH

S

Q mrmBSG_Anf == 0

& dzmNmit> mrmN_LLBAS + mrwDN_EIN2

R

mrwN_LLBSG

mrmN_LLBSG

Figure MERELL07: Idle speed increase due to demand of the BSG


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-35

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Increase due to demand of the climate control unit via CAN message Clima1: Via Clima1 message bit 1.0 (S_KLB) and bit 1.4 (S_KPZ) the climate control unit, a Desired idle speed increase is requested. If an increase is requested, it is at the vehicle is stationary (mrmLLN_ANH = 1) or at a speed dzmNmit> mrwN_LLKLI + MrwDN_EIN3 the increased idle target speed mrwN_LLKLI for maximum education in the Desired idle speed calculation released. The bit S_KPZ the message Clima1 can with the Software switch cowFUN_KPZ = 0 as the condition for a speed increase hidden be. Note: In the case that both inputs of the flip-flops are 1 applies mrmN_LLKLI = 0

dzmNmit> mrwN_LLKLI + mrwDN_EIN3

>1 mrmLLN_ANH mrmCAN_KLI.0 = 1 (S_KLB)

S

&

Q

m rm CAN_KLI.4 = 1 (S_KPZ) R

1 mrwN_LLKLI

cowFUN_KPZ

mrmN_LLKLI

fbbEKLI_Q = 0 dzmNmit> mrmN_LLBAS + mrwDN_EIN3

& fbbEKLI_Q mrmCAN_KLI.0 = 0 (S_KLB) m rm CAN_KLI.4 = 0 (S_KPZ)

>1

0 cowFUN_KPZ

Figure MERELL08: Idle speed increase request by CAN message Clima1

Increase by Getriebe2 message: In the Getriebe2 message can be requested from the VL30-gear a desired idle speed. This is limited to the maximum value mrwCVTNLLM and then the CAN reception task transmitted as mrmN_LLCAN the LL target speed calculation. If the VL30 request disabled (cowFUN_CVT.0 = 0) mrmN_LLCAN is always sent zero and thus the Intervention in the N_LL calculation prevented. See also Chapter monitoring and CAN. The demand for raising the idle speed is achieved by the engine control unit when the mrmN_LLCAN required speed is not greater than the sum of the engine speed and dzmNmit a tolerable speed increase mrwCVTNtol. In this case mrmN_LLCAN goes directly into the Maximum formation of a target speed calculation. If the maximum tolerated idle Speed increase exceeded by the requested idling speed, the value is mroN_LLCA1 (MrwCVTNtol + dzmNmit) frozen and in the formation of the maximum target speed calculation fed. Only when the rotational speed exceeds the value of dzmNmit mrmN_LLCAN, the Raising the idling speed on the frozen and allowed mrmN_LLCAN speed value aufgetaut.Um to meet the demand for a brisk increase the idle speed, is the ramp mrwLLR_AN2 effect as soon as the approved target speed is greater mroN_LLCA2 than the actual idle speed mrmN_LLBAS. Is the actual idle speed is greater than mroN_LLCA2 so aufmroN_LLCA2 is heruntergerampt by mrwLLR_AB2.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-36

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

However mrwLLR_AN2 or-_AB2 are only used when all other Desired idle speed specifications are smaller than mroN_LLCA2. MrwLLR_AN2 and mrwLLR_AB2 have to be applied faster than mrwLLR_ANH or mrwLLR_ABS.

mrmN_LLCAN

mroN_LLCA2

dzmNmit mrmN_LLBAS MAX

mrwCVTNtol

mroN_LLCA1

Figure MERELL3E: Idle speed increase by Getriebe2 Embassy

Increase over UTF and Air Compressor: An idle speed increase takes place when o) the line CPI-E is activated (dimKLI = 1) AND o) the hysteresis mrwUTF1_ .. (ambient temperature anmUTF) is active The desired idle speed is set to mrmLLUTF mrwHOT_NLL when o) the line CPI-E is activated (dimKLI = 1) AND o) the hysteresis mrwUTF2_ .. (ambient temperature anmUTF) is active AND o) the UTF-evaluation is no faulty (anmUTF_STA = FALSE) o) the transmission is in P - and N - position (mrm_P_N received via CAN) OR if no machine - gear is available.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-37

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

If one of the above conditions are not met, the desired idle speed is mrmLLUTF raised to the value klmN_LLKLM. The P - N or - position of the Automatic transmission is detected by the message mrm_P_N (see chapter "CAN") queried will. The query on mrm_P_N (1 = gear selector lever of the CAN - automatic transmission to P or causes position) that with a gear selection, the car is moving, this - to N Speed increase for security reasons can not take place. The Transmission Type (manual or automatic without CAN or automatic with CAN) is the function switch cowVAR_C5 detected.

anmUTF mrwUTF1_ ..

&

mroLLUTF.8

dimKLI

mrwUTF2_ ..

&

mroLLUTF.7

anmUTF_STA = 0 mrm_P_N

>1 cowVAR_C5 mrwHOT_NLL klmN_LLKLM

mrmLLUTF

Figure MERELL3A: idle up about UTF and air compressor The increased idle speed is in the message mrmLLUTF the setpoint calculation for Provided. Please also note the application instructions in section "Input and Output signals "concerning ambient temperature anmUTF note! Increase after start: To the KAT - to improve response after the start, the idle speed after Resetting of the start bit mrmSTART_B increased. The increase is only once within a Driving cycle effect. The motor temperature dependent idle - starting speed is mrmLLWTF the map mrwLLW_KL removed. It is ineffective when the speed dzoNmit the Threshold mrw_nWTF exceeds or if the time mrw_tWTF since resetting of the start bit has elapsed.

anmT_MOT

mrmLLWTF KL

mrwLLW_KL

t> mrw_tWTF

>1 dzmNmit> mrw_nWTF

Figure MERELL3B: idle up after start


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-38

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.4.4 Control Algorithm mrmSTART_B

>1 Bit 12 (LLR inactive)

mrmCASE_L mrwLL .. ES mrmLLIINIT

mrmLLRIAnt I mrwLLI ... Bit 5 (cold)

mrwLLR_MXk mrwLLR_MXw Limit

mrmLLRPAnt mrmN_LLBAS P mrwLLP ...

mrwLLR_MXk mrwLLR_MXw

Bit 5 (cold) Limit

Bit 5 (cold)

mrmM_ELLR Limit

mrwLLR_MXk mrwLLR_MXw

dzmNmit DT1 mrwLLD ... mrwLLG ...

Hyperbola mrwDHyp ...

mroLLRDAnt

Figure MERELL05: idle controller For the idle speed control, a PI controller is employed. Against the undershoot of the speed below the desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS after the start or in a fall, gas is a Pilot logic (DT1) installed. It should be noted that when traveling at idle speed range the controller by the ARD on a PID2T2 - will be extended structure.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-39

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

For the Programmflußsteuerung or for selecting the control parameters for P, I - Controls and DT1 Element is used to synchronously certain operating state in the message mrmCASE_L (see Set-up select idle controller). If the control bit is reset "LLR inactive", the calculation of the controller with a the proposed parameter sets performed in this order: State

mroCASE_LL

P component I share

D component

GF

One-step quantity

Error in mrmCASE_L

10000000 00000000

mrwLLPWK_

mrwLLIWK_

mrwLLDWK_

mrwLLGWK_

mrwLLWK_ES

Brakes

00100000 xxxxxxxx

mrwLLPBr_

mrwLLIBr_

mrwLLDBr_

mrwLLGBr_

mrwLLBr_ES

Backlash / KUP + engine to warm 00000000 00010000

mrwLLPWK_

mrwLLIWK_

mrwLLDWK_

mrwLLGWK_

mrwLLWK_ES

Backlash / KUP + engine cold

00000000 00110000

mrwLLPKK_

mrwLLIKK_

mrwLLDKK_

mrwLLGKK_

mrwLLKK_ES

The engine is cold

00000000 00100000

mrwLLPKG_

mrwLLIKG_

mrwLLDKG_

mrwLLGKG_

mrwLLKG_ES

Approach

00000000 01000000

mrwLLPAF_

mrwLLDAF_

mrwLLGAF_

5 Gear

00000000 00000101

mrwLLP5G_

mrwLLI5G_

mrwLLD5G_

mrwLLG5G_

mrwLL5G_ES

4 Gear

00000000 00000100

mrwLLP4G_

mrwLLI4G_

mrwLLD4G_

mrwLLG4G_

mrwLL4G_ES

3 Gear

00000000 00000011

mrwLLP3G_

mrwLLI3G_

mrwLLD3G_

mrwLLG3G_

mrwLL3G_ES

2 Gear

00000000 00000010

mrwLLP2G_

mrwLLI2G_

mrwLLD2G_

mrwLLG2G_

mrwLL2G_ES

1 Gear

00000000 00000001

mrwLLP1G_

mrwLLI1G_

mrwLLD1G_

mrwLLG1G_

mrwLL1G_ES

x

x

When you start shedding the integrator with the value from the message LLR - Integrator Initialization mrmLLIINIT preset. The differentiator has the task after start shedding and decreasing speed in Speed window mrwLLRK_VD and mrwLLRW_VD above idle speed the Speed profile to influence such that when the target idle speed, the actual Idle speed control can be recorded by means of a PI controller. The D component is not continuously engaged. It will only be on when it enhancing effect on the idle speed quantity and other conditions and LLR states are fulfilled. Furthermore, the injection of the differential fraction is determined weighted in Dependence of the difference between the actual speed and target idle speed. These soft Intrusion causes an asymptotic approximation to the defined setpoint speed. The Feedforward component of the differential quantity is carried out by multiplication by a function value a hyperbola, wherein said independent variable is the difference between the hyperbolic Idle-base and current speed is. The equation of the barge is: mrwDHyp. _ Z mrwDHyp. _ NMRmn _LLBAS -dzmNmit The launching of the D component is permitted only when gas fall to an undercutting of the To prevent setpoint speed. The activation of the D component in the parameter selection decided. In reaching the idle speed and the feedforward control block (bit B of mrmCASE_L is 0) is the I - Percentage of current D-part and added to mrwLLR_MXk or mrwLLR_MXw limited. If the I component already greater than the limit, it will remain unchanged.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-40

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

There is also the possibility that the parameter set-dependent one-step amount mrwLL .. _ES to Define that the respective idle integrator upon reaching the idling speed (less current time synchronous request quantity mrmM_EWUN) must not fall below. The logic is with the passing of the speed threshold desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS + I - Regulators Small-signal window width mrwLL .. I_F released. The calculated subsets (integrator, PI - fraction) and the total amount of PI + DT1 - Share respectively to zero amount and maximum LLR - limited quantity. The result is a lot of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR sent. The maximum amount is when engine is cold (bit 5 of mrmCASE_L) mrwLLR_MXk. Turns Hysteresis on warm engine over so the maximum amount to the value mrwLLR_MXw is out, and this value is only achieved when the limited amount this value for the first time is below. Turns the hysteresis on cold engine to the maximum amount of the value mrwLLR_MXk occupied. The integrator is therefore not highly integrated with the maximum amount is exceeded, he must descend integrate but still. So that cracks are long reaction times and avoided. Application Note: The value for the maximum amount of cold mrwLLR_MXk must have the maximum amount of warm mrwLLR_MXw lie.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-41

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.5

Desired quantity dzmNmit

mrmPWG_roh anwPWG dimLGS dimBRE dimBRK dimKUP fgmFGAKT dzmNmit mrmBI_SOLL mrmMD_Rrel

mrmPWGfi

mrmM_EPWG Performance: 1) n-dependent FV 2) v-dependent FV

mrmM_EPWGR

MEREFVxx

dimFGx fgmFGAKT fgmBESCH dzmNmit fgm_VzuN dimBRE mrmM_EBEGR mrmM_EPWG

Ground Speed control

dimADx dimHAN fgmFGAKT dzmNmit mrmM_EWUN mrmM_EBEGR

Working speed control

fgm_VzuN mrmM_EPWG mrmM_EFGR mroM_EBEGR fgmFGAKT mrmV_SOLEE

Determination of the PWG-value for the transmission MEREEX02

MEREEX12

mrmM_EFGR

MEREGRxx

mrmM_EADR

MEREADxx

Höchstgeschwindigkeitsbegrenzung

External Amount of intervention

mrmPWGPBM mrmPWGPGI

mrmM_EWUNF mrmM_EWUN mrmM_EWUNL mrmM_EWUNR mrmINARD_D

dimAG4 mrmFGR_roh mrmM_MOT mrmM_ELLR fgmFGAKT mrmEGS_roh mrmEGS_CAN mrmASR_roh mrmASR_CAN mrmMSR_roh mrmMSR_CAN mrmASG_roh mrmASG_CAN mrmASG_tsy mrmBI_SOLL mrmFG_ABS mrmAUSBL

mrmM_EHGB

MEREHGxx

Figure MEREWU01: Desired quantity

2.6

PWG filter and driving behavior

About the drivability map is the influence of the accelerator pedal (= driver's request) and a engine or vehicle-specific size in a PWG - driver's desired quantity mrmM_EPWG mapped. Depending on the position of the DAMOS - cowFUN_FVH switch it is possible to Engine speed-dependent driving behavior characteristic field with the direct determination of mrmM_EPWG select (cowFUN_FVH = 0), or a driving speed dependent output torque to use map-with subsequent correction by the translation of gear / axle (CowFUN_FVH = 1). For various controller functions in addition also a PWG is -


19 April 2002

Quantity calculation - Desired quantity

DS / ESA

Page 2-42

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Driver's desired amount of "raw" mrmM_EPWGR determined to even the amount of value available corresponding value mrmPWG_roh - to which the unfiltered PWG provide.

In PWG with potentiometer / switch the message anmPWG is copied to the message mrmPWG_lwo, is a double analog PWG configured corresponds mrmPWG_lwo the leerwegoptimierten PWG Position (anmPWG + mroPW_OFFS). 2.6.1 Double Analog PWG 2.6.1.1 Leerwegoptimieren at doppelanalogem PWG The required with a view to secure greater application Leerweg double analog of a PWGS compared to a PWG with potentiometer / switch is minimized by using the learning function. In exceptional cases (transient fields, high resistance, altered PWG) is a given greater Leerweg used. This function is configured via cowFUN_DPG: Decimal comment 0No learning 2Lernen enabled


DS / ESA

Quantity calculation -PWG filter and driving behavior

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-43

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The structure is shown in Figure Leerwegoptimierens MERELW01:

Default normalization

SG - Initialization

Caster

F

G

D

Driving

E

A

Learning safe Idle position

C

PWG - Idle B

B

Figure MERELW01: States Leerwegoptimierung


19 April 2002

Quantity calculation - PWG filter and driving behavior

DS / ESA

Page 2-44

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Labels and fixed values: Name mrwPWc1min mrwPWc1max mrwPWc2max mrwPW_Tol mrwPW_dp mrwPWdUmax mrwPW_diMX mrwPW_Tmax mrwPW1_fiH mrwPW1_fiL anmU_PWG anmU_PGS mroU_PGSx2 mroPW_cmax mroPW_dp mrmPW_cmax mrmPW_dp edmPW_cmax edmPW_dp mroPWLLPos mroPW_MAX mrmPW_OFFS mroPW_Stat mroPW_Hist mroPW_DAbd

Importance electr. Limit the lowest tolerance range detection idle position PWG [mv] electr. Top limit tolerance range detection idle position PWG [mV] electr. Top limit tolerance range detection idle position PGS [mV] Tolerance range for Lernfkt. internal monitoring; Defaultnormierungsgr. [MV] allowed synchronism difference in the idling range [mV] maximum allowable change PWG for recognition "pedal does not move" [mV / s] Debouncing tracking error [1] Time threshold for detection component changes [us] Filter constant "rising" [1] Filter constant "falling" [1] Analog value PWG [mV] Analog value PGS [mV] Factor 2-corrected analog value PGS [mV] measured idle position [mV] measured synchronism difference [mV] learned idle position [mV] trained synchronism difference [mV] stored idle position [mV] stored synchronism difference [mV] secured idle position PWG [mV] maximum allowed offset PWG [%] Current offset PWG [%] Status Leerweg learning [1] traversed states [1] Transition conditions [1]

When SG-initialization, the learning values from the EEPROM (trained electrical Neutral edmPW_cmax, gelerntes plausibility window edmPW_dp) taken. The Idle position with mroPWLLPos = edmPW_cmax + + edmPW_dp mrwPW_Tol (Tolerance value) is calculated. Then (transfer of "F") in the status "driving" (MroPW_Stat.3) changed. If the vehicle is in "PWG idle", then the current position of the PWG and PGS measured. If the idle exit (transition "B"), this position is learned and the State "driving" recognized. If an implausibility or an error in the DA-PWG detection on, is in the state Changed "Default normalization" and a larger Leerweg allowed. In the "trailing" the learned values are stored in the E2PROM. The currently valid state is returned in the Statusolda mroPW_Stat, the currently traversed states appear on the Olda mroPW_Hist, transition conditions in the Olda mroPW_DAbd. The increased by a factor of 2 sensor voltage anmU_PGS is on the Olda mroU_PGSx2 output.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-45

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Importance of Bedingungsolda mroPW_DAbd: Bitpos. 0 1 2

3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Destination Default standard. Default standard. Default standard.

Condition Error path fboSPWG set Error path fboSPGS set Tracking error: élooking stain _PWG -mroU _PGSx2ù EU with mrwPW_diMX ENTPR. mrmPW _dp mrwPW _Tol EU Default standard. Tracking error: AC Timer> mrwPW_Tmax and mroPWGmin > mrmPW_cmax anmU_PWG >mrwPWc1min Neutral looking stain _PWG ≤mrwPWc1 max OR Neutral mroU _PGSx 2≤mrwPWc 2 max dzmNakt = 0 OR mrmSTART_B = 0 d-looking stain _PWG mrwPWdU max Neutral dt Neutral looking stain _PWG ≤mrwPWc1 max mroU _PGSx 2≤mrwPWc 2 max Neutral anmU_PWG> mrwPWc1max Neutral mroU_PGSx2> mrwPWc2max Driving Driving

Importance of Olda mroPW_Hist, mroPW_Stat: Bit position 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Decimal 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128

Comment Learning ban Tracking error PWG idle Driving Caster Default normalization Determination filtered values Learning safe idle position


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-46

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.6.1.2 "driving" mroPW_Stat.3 = 1 In this state it is monitored whether a PWG error occurs (consequence: Default normalization), is changed to idle (idle path is learned), Run is active or while driving should remain stops. Transition "E": not used 15 14 13 12 11 10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

AND Associates OR Associates

mroPW_DAbd

If an error occurs in the paths fboSPWG (mroPW_DAbd.0) or fboSPGS (mroPW_DAbd.1) so mroPW_Hist.0 is set and changed the status to "Default normalization". Transition "G": If the caster is active (dimK15 = 0), it will change the status to "overrun".

Transition "A": not used 15 14 13 12 11 10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0


mroPW_DAbd

If the sensor voltage PWG anmU_PWG <= mrwPWc1max (mroPW_DAbd.8) or is the Sensor voltage PGS mroU_PGSx2 <= mrwPWc2max (mroPW_DAbd.9), then the idling Achieved learning area and it will be changed in the status "PWG idle". This change will not occur when "learning ban" is present (mroPW_Hist.0 = 1).

2.6.1.3 "PWG idle" mroPW_Stat.2 = 1 Upon entry into this state of change timer is restarted. This is in the following for the detection of synchronization errors needed. In this state the idle range is measured: there are no relevant error conditions to the current position of the PWG and the deviation from the PGS be a low pass filter determined. Furthermore, it is monitored whether a PWG error occurs (consequence: Default normalization), in the Driving operation is changed, follower remains active or is to remain idle. Transition "C": not used 15 14 13 12 11 10

9

8

7

6

mroPW_DAbd

5

4

3

2

1

0


If an error occurs in the paths fboSPWG (mroPW_DAbd.0) or fboSPGS on (mroPW_DAbd.1) so mroPW_Hist.0 is set and changed the status to "Default normalization". Furthermore, is set under the following conditions mroPW_Hist.1 and in the status "Default normalization" changed:


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-47

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

1) tracking error: anmU_PWG a

mroU_PGSx2

ENT Contusion

a> b AMOUNT

mroPW_DAbd.2

b

mrmPW_dp

mrwPW_diMX * 20 ms

mrwPW_Tol

Figure MERELW03: tracking error The absolute deviation | anmU_PWG - mroU_PGSx2 | is at least mrwPW_diMX * 20ms greater than the increased by the tolerance value mrwPW_Tol trained plausibility window mrmPW_dp (MroPW_DAbd.2) or

2) identification of part exchange mrmPW_cmax a

mroPWGmin

a <= b b

a

anmU_PWG

a
&

Change "PWG idle"

mrwPW_DAbd.3

TIMER

mrwPW_Tmax

Figure MERELW04: part exchange The change timer has reached a value greater than mrwPW_Tmax and reached since K15-A minimum value of anmU_PWG (= mroPWGmin) is greater than the learned electrical Neutral mrmPW_cmax (mroPW_DAbd.3). Transition "B": not used 15 14 13 12 11 10

9

8

7

6

mroPW_DAbd

5

4

3

2

1

0


If the idling range leave (anmU_PWG> mrwPWc1max (mroPW_DAbd.10) and mroU_PGSx2> mrwPWc2max (mroPW_DAbd.11)) and is neither learning nor a prohibition Synchronization error (mroPW_Hist.0 = 0 and mroPW_Hist.1 = 0), then in the status of "learning safe neutral "position changed. Transition "H": If the caster is active (dimK15 = 0), it will change the status to "overrun".


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-48

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Actions in the "PWG idle": not used 15 14 13 12 11 10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0


mroPW_Dabd

Where no learning ban still tracking error (mroPW_Hist.0 = 0 and mroPW_Hist.1 = 0), and is not detected on high impedance (anmU_PWG> mrwPWc1min, (mroPW_DAbd.4)) and is the idle range not leave (anmU_PWG <= mrwPWc1max or mroU_PGSx2 <= mrwPWc2max, (mroPW_DAbd.5)) and No by the starter mrmSTART_B = 0), mroPW_DAbd.6

caused

Disorders

before (DzmNakt = 0

or

and is the PWG change d (anmU_PWG) / dt is less mrwPWdUmax (mroPW_DAbd.7) then the filtered measured values determined (mroPW_Hist.6 = 1): Measured value neutral: anmU_PWG mrmPW_cmax

a

a> b b

mrwPWG_fiH mrwPWG_fiL 1

mroPW_cmax

b a ab

mroPW_cmax

Figure MERELW05: Reading mroPW_cmax

mroPW_cmax | n = (mroPW_cmax | n-1 * Const anmU_PWG +) / (Const +1)

This applies to "const": If the measured value anmU_PWG greater than the stored value learning mrmPW_cmax, is used for "const" value mrwPW1_fiH, otherwise the value mrwPW1_fiL.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-49

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Measured value plausibility window: mroU_PGSx2

a

anmU_PWG mrmPW_dp

+

a> b b

mrwPWG_fiH mrwPWG_fiL

1 b a ab

mroPW_dp

mroPW_dp

MIN

mrwPW_dp mrwPW_Tol

Figure MERELW06: Reading mroPW_dp mroPW_dp | n = (mroPW_dp | n-1 * const + | anmU_PWG - mroU_PGSx2 |) / (Const +1) restricted to maximum mrwPW_dp - mrwPW_Tol. This applies to "const": If the measured value | anmU_PWG - mroU_PGSx2 | is greater than the stored Learning value mrmPW_dp, the value mrwPW1_fiH is for "const" is used, otherwise the value mrwPW1_fiL.

"Learning safe neutral" mroPW_Hist.7 = 1 Here are the measurements mroPW_dp and mrmPW_cmax weighted to Ermmittlung the Learning values mrmPW_dp and mrmPW_cmax used.

Learning value neutral: mroPW_cmax mrmPW_cmax

a

a> b b

mrwPWG_fiH mrwPWG_fiL 1

mrmPW_cmax

b a ab

mrmPW_cmax

Figure MERELW07: learning value mrwPW_cmax mrmPW_cmax | n = (mrmPW_cmax | n-1 * Const mroPW_cmax +) / (Const +1) This applies to "const": If the measured value mroPW_cmax greater than the stored value learning mrmPW_cmax, is used for "const" value mrwPW1_fiH, otherwise the value mrwPW1_fiL.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-50

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Learning value plausibility window: a

mroPW_dp mrmPW_dp

a> b b

mrwPWG_fiH mrwPWG_fiL 1 b a ab

mrmPW_dp

mrmPW_dp

Figure MERELW08: learning value tracking error mrmPW_dp | n = (mrmPW_dp | n-1 * Const mroPW_dp +) / (Const +1). This applies to "const": If the measured value mroPW_dp greater than the stored value learning mrmPW_dp, is used for "const" value mrwPW1_fiH, otherwise the value mrwPW1_fiL. The idle position mroPWLLPos results to mrmPW_cmax + + mrmPW_dp mrwPW_Tol. You then change the status to "driving".

2.6.1.4 "Default normalization" mroPW_Stat.5 = 1 It all values are reset to the "safe default values": Learning value neutral mrmPW_cmax = mrwPWc1max, Learning value plausibility window mrmPW_dp = mrwPW_dp, Measured neutral mroPW_cmax = mrwPWc1max, Measured value plausibility window mroPW_dp = mrwPW_dp Then change in status "driving"

2.6.1.5 "Delay" mroPW_Stat.4 = 1 The values mrmPW_cmax and mrmPW_dp stored in the EEPROM (edwPW_cmax or edwPW_dp)


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-51

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Calculating the idle position: PWG [percent]

anwPWG_KL

mrmPWG_lwo (U2) = mroPW_MAX + AnwPWG_KL (U2)

mroPW_MAX

anmPWG (U2) = anwPWG_KL (U2) mrmPWG_lwo (U1) = mrmPW_OFFS (U1)

anmU_PWG [mV] U1

mroPW_red

U2

mrwPWc1max + + mrwPW_dp mrwPW_Tol

mroPWLLPos

Figure MERELW02: Calculation Leerwegoptimierung Application Note: anwPWG_KL The characteristic must be applied so that when mrwPWc1max + mrwPW_dp + mrwPW_Tol the 0% point is. Use the Leerwegreduktion it is now possible already from mroPWLLPos (= mrmPW_cmax + mrmPW_dp + mrwPW_Tol) a PWG-value release> 0%. The scoring electrical Leerwegreduktion mroPW_red results to mrwPWc1max + mrwPW_dp + mrwPW_Tol - mroPWLLPos. The maximum to be added to anmPWG offset is mroPW_MAX = anwPWG_KL (at mrwPWc1max + mrwPW_dp + + mrwPW_Tol mroPW_red). The current offset is to be added to anmPWG MIN (mroPW_MAX, anwPWG_KL (anmU_PWG + MroPW_red). anmPWG

mrmPW_OFFS mroPW_MAX

mrmPW_lwo

MIN

Figure MERELW09: Calculation of leerwegoptimierten PWG position The PWG request is then mrmPWG_lwo = anmPWG + mrmPW_OFFS (limited to 100%).


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-52

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

cowVAR_PWG fbbEPWG_L fbbEPWG_H

>1

fbbEPWP_P fbbEPWP_A

mrmSICH_F

provisionally defective mroPWG_neu

anmPWG mrwPWG_Pof mrmPWG_roh dimLGS

RAMP

mrwPWG_Rau mrwPWG_Run mrwPWG_SfB mrwPWG_SfE mrwPWG_HRP

mrwPWG_Pon mrwPWG_Pof mrwPWG_Pbr mrmPWG_lwo fbbETAD_L fbbETAD_H

fbbEPWG_L

fbbEPWG_L

fbbEPWG_H

fbbEPWG_H

fbbEPWP_A

fbbEPGS_L

fbbEPWP_P

cowVAR_PWG

>1 Ramp active

fbbEPGS_H fbbEPW2_L fbbEPW2_H

>1 >1 mrmSICH_F

fbbEPG2_L fbbEPG2_H fbbEPWP_A fbbETAD_D fbbETAD_T

Figure MEREFV01: Evaluation pedal sensor Behavior in cowVAR_PWG = 0 (potentiometer / Shater): The PWG anmPWG value is checked for SRC and against the empty gas switch (dimLGS) on Plausibility checks. While applying the brake can additionally access security case (MrmSICH_F) are detected. If an implausible value is detected, go to the PWG raw Ramp to a default value. A more detailed description can be found in the chapter Monitoring function. Behavior in cowVAR_PWG = 1 (double analog PWG): examination of the PWG-value, see Section Monitoring function. While applying the brake can additionally access security case (MrmSICH_F) are recognized


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-53

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.6.2 Speed-dependent driving behavior In drivability map mrwFVH_KF a desired quantity PWG mrmM_EPWG is as Function of speed and filtered PWG - Position mrmPWGfi determined. In circuits changes the operating point in driving behavior characteristic field. The resulting different Moment must be balanced by the driver at the previous vehicle state maintain. dzmNmit mrmM_EPWGR mrmPWG_roh

KF

Working speed control

mrwFVH_KF cowFUN_FVH mrmM_EPWG MEREAD06

KF

mrwFVH_KF PT1

2-stage mrwPT1_Z .. mrwPFI_POS mrwPFI_NEG

cowFUN_FVH

mrmPWGfi

Ramp active

>1 mrwPFI_AKT

& dimKUP

dimKUP fgmFVN_UEB mrmGTR_UEB mrmBI_SOLL mrmMD_Rrel

Drivability Driving torque determination / Constant MEREFV03 MEREFV04

Figure MEREFV02: filtering pedal sensor The crude pedal sensor position mrmPWG_roh is a two-stage filter PT1 - filtered. Depending on the direction of movement is above or below threshold PWG rise threshold value mrwPFI_POS, PWG Abfallschwellwert mrwPFI_NEG one of four time constants selected. PT1 filter positive above mrwPT1_ZPO, PT1 filter positive below mrwPT1_ZPU, PT1 Filter negative above mrwPT1_ZNO and PT1 filter negative mrwPT1_ZNU below. The circumvention of the Filtering with activated coupling can be turned off (mrwPFI_AKT). The filtering is not performed during a preset value over the ramp runs or if doppelanalogem PWG (cowVAR_PWG = 1) pending a final defective error (MroFPM_ZAK = 4).

2.6.3 Speed-dependent driving behavior This form of driver request determination is primarily intended for automatic transmissions. The Driver introduces the accelerator pedal propulsion request (output torque), regardless of the current engine state. In circuits, the operating point changes in driving behavior characteristic field do not. Here it is possible to have a different dependence on driving speed PWG behavior set (eg, low torque slope for speed in the local area - easy Operating point setting in column ride. Consideration of the running resistance at high Speed - low idle path).


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-54

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.6.3.1 Determination of the currently valid transfer function mrmGANG == mrmGTRGANG dimKUP

&

mroFVHSTAT.0

fbbEEGS_A fbbEECO_L fbbEAG4_L

mrmGRA_UEF

S

>1

Q

fbbEEGS_1

&

fboSASG

R

fboSFGG mrmPWGfi == 0

mroFVHGTdi

anmWTF KL

mrwFVHGDKL fgmFVN_UEB mrmGTR_UEB

MAX

b

mroFVHSTAT.1

a> = b MIN

a

mroFVHUEro

mroFVHSTAT.0

mrmFVHUEst MAX PT1

mrwFVHVGWU mrwFVHUEun

KL

mwFVHFIKL

Figure MEREFV03: Determination of the translation to be used This function is only executed if EGS is performed via CAN. From Gearbox is then demMotorsteuergerätüberCANu.a.eineTriebstrang transfer function (Mrad / MKurbelwelle = igear * IAchs) and the gear engaged transmitted. These are from the CAN Interpreter provided to the system as mrmGTR_UEB and mrmGTRGANG available. At actuated clutch dimKUP (includes in automatic transmissions applicatively selectable status bits Converter clutch is "open" - dimKUP = 1 / "regulated" - dimKUP = 0 / "closed" - dimKUP = 0) is subject to the following conditions, the translation mroFVHUEro currently used on a translation-dependent PT1 - filter characteristic mrwFVHFIKL in for the ride relevant size mroFVHUEst taken: - No error in the paths fboSEXM (evaluation gearbox communication message Getriebe_1) fboSASG (evaluation gearbox communication message Getriebe_2) and fboSFGG (Vehicle speed measurement) or after an error occurs and mrmPWGfi = 0 - The deviation between mrmGTR_UEB and fgmFVN_UEB (translation, SG-determined internally ratio of vehicle speed / engine speed fgm_VzuN) is smaller than the factor


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-55

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroFVHGTdi (from the characteristic curve in dependence on mrwFVHGDKL anmWTF) * the Maximum of mrmGTR_UEB and fgmFVN_UEB. - Current gear mrmGANG = passage of CAN mrmGTRGANG (Transmission Control Module). At the same time also depends on the transfer function mroFVHUEro from the characteristic mrwFVHFIKL an appropriate filter time constant selected. If for the debounce time fbwEASG_UA a translation difference greater mroFVHGTdi before, the transmission is not in IDLE (mrm_P_N = 0), the clutch is not operated (dimKUP = 0) and there is no error SRC Gear ratio of (fbbEASG_L), the error fbbEASG_U is set. If the Translation difference for the time fbwEASG_UB continuously smaller than mroFVHGTdi so the error fbbEASG_U is healed. As a replacement function for errors in the paths fboSEXM, fboSASG and fboSFGG is for mroFVHUEst the value mrwFVHVGWU selected. These values are also in the SGInitialization used. The current state of the translation determination is in the olda mroFVHSTAT shown. Description of olda "Status of the behavior evaluation" mroFVHSTAT: Bit position 0 1

Decimal comment 1Übernahme of translation and transition active 2The difference between mrmGTR_UEB and fgmFVN_UEB (Translation, SG internally determined from the ratio Vehicle speed / engine speed fgm_VzuN) is smaller than the Factor mroFVHGTdi * the maximum of mrmGTR_UEB and fgmFVN_UEB 128cowFUN_FVH = 1, the driving speed dependent driving behavior

7 If no EGS CAN applied, then only Bit 7 (Figure of cowFUN_FVH) in mroFVHSTAT shown. The transfer function is in this case with the predetermined value mrwFVHVGWU occupied. 2.6.3.1.1

GRA Off at default value for the ratio

If an error occurs with respect to the interface engine - (gear for all relevant Error conditions are ORed) fbbEEGS_A: Embassy failure ASG fbbEECO_L: Ecomatic switching signal message fbbEAG4_L: AG4 switching signal timeout fbbEEGS_1: message timeout gear 1 or gear Botschaftinkonsistenz 1 fboSASG: Automatic Transmission fboSFGG: Speed signal on, then, under certain conditions, the ratio to a preset value placed. The GRA desired quantity could thus be changed by leaps and bounds. This gives the driver the Changing the requested quantity does not feel the GRA is disabled.

The message mrmGRA_UEF can enable the cruise control (GRA) or ban. mrmGRA_UEF = TRUEGRA is disabled mrmGRA_UEF = FALSE GRA remains activated


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-56

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.6.3.2 Calculation of the PWG - driver's desired quantity To the currently set output torque during gearshifts kept constant, be transmission / final drive ratio mroFVHUEst and the current friction mrmMD_Rrel (Without idling regulator component) in the determination of the PWG - driver's desired quantity involved.

fgmFGAKT

mrmMDW_ab

mrmPWGfi

KF

mrwFGFVHKF a ba b

mroFVHUEst

MIN

mrwMAXMOM

mroMDWkorr

mrmMD_Rrel

mroMD_Rakt

mrmPWGfi RAMP

mrwFVHMDRu mrwFVHMDRo

mroMDW_PWG

mrmM_EPWGU

mrmBI_SOLL

Figure MEREFV04: PWG - Quantity Takeoff Of the accelerator pedal position and vehicle speed mrmPWGfi fgmFGAKT is the Output torque desired mrmMDW_ab determined. By dividing by the stored Translation mroFVHUEst yields the valid for the current transition moment mroMDWkorr. This is limited before further processing on mrwMAXMOM. To the compensate for the speed-dependent influence of the friction torque in the motor is in traction (Above the threshold mrwFVHMDRu PWG) at this moment nor to the proportion of Idle controller reduced, friction mroMD_Rakt added. To a smooth transition when To create the transition from thrust to traction, thereby mroMD_Rakt from is actual reduced friction mrmMD_Rrel rated, by a factor between 0 (when mrwFVHMDRu) and 1 (mrwFVHMDRo) calculated. This is in compliance with mrwFVHMDRo > MrwFVHMDRu> mrwPWG_OPS no impairment of the safety concept If (amount released at mrwPWG_OPS, Redundant thrust monitoring).

From the thus determined PWG - desired torque for the motor is on the specific indexed Consumption mrmBI_SOLL the corresponding injection quantity mrmM_EPWG determined. The desired amount of raw mrmM_EPWGR is determined in the same manner. It is in this case only held the filtered unfiltered PWG mrmPWG_roh value as an input variable for the Driving behavior characteristic field mrwFGFVHKF used. The other Eingangsgößen are identical to which to identify mrmM_EPWG, but it accounts for the olda spending.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-57

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.6.4 Torque Gradient This function limits on request by the Embassy Getriebe2 the increase in Driver request torque in accordance with the information transmitted in Getriebe2 Byte3 moments gradient limitation. This is therefore this is a temporary slew-rate limiting Driver's desired quantity, which ensures a variable maximum increase. In the Operating conditions in which no such limitation is required (indicated by byte 3 = FFh) are not limiting the driver's desired torque.

2.6.4.1 Justification Particularly at part load journeys from the state of the VL30 (CVT) transmission or for the function Stationary decoupling the 5HP19 (stage automatic) gear can use this function to the Speed of the torque formation are limited. This can also occur (consumptionoptimal) low speeds to ensure a smooth start-up, because after a Gas shock a high "torque shock" is fed to the drive train immediately, to which the transmission can no longer respond.

2.6.4.2 Description of functions This function is the function switch cowFUN_MGB = 1 activated. In this case, mrmM_EPWG (driver's desired quantity) with respect to the highest possible positive slope limited (slew-rate limiting upward). That is, there is an additional MIN formation of active the previously computed unlimited driver's desired quantity - now renamed to mroM_EPWGU and the sum of mrmM_EPWG (t-1) and mrodM_EMGB (maximum Mengengradient). For the Event that the desired quantity mrmM_EWUN (t-1) is greater than mrmM_EPWG (t-1) on this used a maximum selection summation, so that in case of not through the PWG increased desired quantity, such as by an active drag torque limit for CVT unnecessarily delayed response to a rising pötzlich PWG request by a Moments gradient boundary below the desired quantity, where these have no effect would have produced.

The maximum Mengengradient mrodM_EMGB is from the transmitted via CAN max. Moment gradient from Getriebe2-Byte3 mrmdMD_MGB calculated. For this conversion process is the target amount mrmBI_SOLL consumption, the processing period (20 ms main program period) and an additional administrable rating factor for the MGB mrwMGBFAKT taken into account. To the reduction of idle controller amount with increasing PWG value and the to compensate for resulting delay in the rise of the driver's desired quantity is yet the difference amount of the idle controller between each main program period (20ms) PT1 added to the filtered maximum torque gradient mrodM_EMGB. Furthermore mrmdMD_MGB is a MAX-formation with the application date mrwdMGBMIN limited downwards to allow a minimum increase in any case. If actually requested via CAN impermissibly small moment gradient, then the FbbEMGB_P error (error path fboSASG) reported - mrmdMD_MGB then gets the value mrwdMGBMIN.


19 April 2002

Overview - PWG filter and driving behavior

DS / ESA

Page 2-58

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

There are the following shutdown conditions for the rate-of-moments: max. Moment gradient from Getriebe2-Byte3 = FFh faulty transmission 2 message (message count and timeout) If one (or more) of the shutdown on, the torque Gradient turned off by the fact that mrodM_EMGB on dM_EMAX (maximum internally representable value) or the default value administrable mrwdMGBAUS is set. The Default value is used if mrwdMGBAUS the torque rate-just active (mroM_EPWGU> mrodM_EMGB + max selection (mrmM_EPWG (t-1), mrmM_EWUN (t-1)) - this is an abrupt increase in any case avoided. Kick during the active engagement of a switch-off on so a shut-down with the Increase mrwdMGBAUS executed. In the system acts on the Momentengradientenbegrenzung mrmM_EPWG and possibly on it derived variables - but not on mrmMDW_ab (output torque on driving behavior characteristic field is used by FGR) and mrmM_EPWGR (desired quantity raw - is of ARF and Boost pressure control system used). The EGS intervention (as well as FGR, ADR, etc.) do not get Slew-rate limiting because after this moment gradient limit in the amount of path acts.

mroM_EPWGU

mrmM_EPWG (t)

MIN

mrmM_EPWG (t-1) mrmM_EWUN (t-1)

MAX

mrodM_EMGB cowFUN_MGB = 1

Figure MEREMGB1: slew-rate limitation of mrmM_EPWG

mrmM_ELLR (t-1) - mrmM_ELLR (t) MAX PT1

mrwMGBFAKT

mrwPT1LLRd mrmdMD_MGB mrodM_EMGB mrmBI_SOLL mrwdMGBAUS mrwM_EMAX a

mroM_EPWGU

a> b mrmM_EPWG (t-1) mrmM_EWUN (t-1)

b

MAX

mrodM_EMGB (t-1) mrmdMD_MGB = FFh

Figure MEREMGB2: Determination of the maximum Mengengradienten mrodM_EMGB


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-59

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

DMD_MGB (gear 2 Byte 3) mrwdMGBMIN

MAX

mrmdMD_MGB FFh mrmASG_CAN.11 (Botschatszählerfehler) mrmASG_CAN.4 (error message, timeout)

>1

Figure MEREMGB3: Determination of the maximum torque gradient mrmdMD_MGB

In case of errors in the associated Getriebe2 message (message count and timeout), the Replacement value FFh forwarded to the Momentengradientenbegrenzung disable secure. If an inadmissible small moment gradient requested via CAN, then the error fbbEMGB_P (error path fboSASG) reported - mrmdMD_MGB then gets on the built-MAX formation the value mrwdMGBMIN. If the error fbbEMGB_P final defective, it currently has no direct impact system. This error is only used for Fault memory that the transmission control unit with an inadmissible-little moments gradient has requested.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-60

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.7

Fuel cut-off

The shutdown of the injection in the thrust is through the shutdown of the metering zmmMVS_ANS 6 = forced (See Chapter pump control). The operating status of thrust is present when mrmM_EAKT = 0. To minimize the thrust jerking, can output depending (X = 1 .5) for the period mrwSCHTIxG the fuel cut-off of the ARD be delayed. After this time, the remaining pump volume, mrmM_EPUMP and the Engine torque amount for the CAN transmission mrmM_EMOTX by increasing damping (Starting with the dependent factor mrwSA_BExG) lowered to zero. After falling below the Threshold quantity mrwSA_OFF or exceeding the time mrwARD_TIM is the metering turned off and the quantities mrmM_EMOTX as well as zmmM_EKORR Set to 0. mrmM_EAKT> Timer

0

stop

Initialization

=0 KEA T =

Timer

mrm M_

erTimTI xG SCH mrw>

start

Ramp mrwSA_BxG start

mrmSASTATE = 2

mrmSASTATE = 1 "Quantity Desired"

mrmSASTATE = 3

"Quantity hold"

> ACT M_E mrm

Timer stop

"Quantity ramp"

0

he IM Tim D_T AR rw >M

mr wA RD OD _T ER he > Tim

Timer stop

IM

mrmSASTATE = 4 zmmM_EKORR = 0 mrmM_EMOTX = 0

x = 1 .. 5

mrmM_EAKT> 0

Figure MERESA01: State diagram of the fuel cut-off The size mrmSASTATE represents the state of the fuel cut. mrmSASTATE = 1: There is a lot of desire to push is not active. mrmSASTATE = 2: active thrust, the residence time mrwSCHTIxG has not yet expired. ARD Procedures are possible. mrmSASTATE = 3: reduction of mrmM_EPUMP ramped down to zero. To this end, the currently calculated amount mroM_APUMP multiplied by a weighting factor. At the same time the amount mrmM_EMOTX is ramp-shaped with the same weighting factor to to zero out (multiplication of the weighting factor with mrmM_EMOT). The weighting factor is initialized to 1 and proceeds with the step size mrwSA_BExG zero. Falls below the Pump the amount administered barrier mrwSA_OFF, the ramp is stopped and in the state mrmSASTATE = 4 connected. mrmSASTATE = 4: The maximum Schubabschaltzeit mrwARD_TIM has expired or Pumps mrmM_EPUMP amount is smaller than the barrier mrwSA_OFF. There is no Controlling the solenoid valves.


DS / ESA

Overview - fuel cut-off

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-61

Y S01 281/120 - VG2


19 April 2002

Overview - Fuel cut-off

DS / ESA

Page 2-62

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.8

Cruise control

The cruise control system (CCS) consists of three different sub-tasks together: the control panel evaluation, the examination of the shutdown and the execution the selected function. The control unit detects that the function evaluation request to the Cruise control on the control panel and checked for plausibility and Functionality. When checking the shutdown, the various conditions that can cause a shutdown detected and the GRA disabled. In the sub-task "Execute the selected function" function request is executed by the control unit. The digital inputs for each key and contacts are already in the module Digital Inputs debounced. It is processed by the GRA only the logical states. Description of the software switch cowFUN_FGR: Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Comment no cruise control (not activated by diagnosis!) reserved GRA function after VW / AUDI (by diagnosis switched on and off) GRA function after LT2 (by diagnosis switched on and off) ADR with variable working speed (by diagnosis switched on and off) ADR with a fixed operating speed (by diagnosis switched on and off) ACC Adaptive Cruise Control

The message contains the value of comFGR_opt cowFUN_FGR, where GRA not EEPROM-switch (see Login Request) is disabled or GRA is performed via CAN.

Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Importance comFGR_opt disabled (via login or cowFUN_FGR = 0) FGR via CAN (cowFUN_FGR = 3 AND mrwMULINF0 = 6, 9 or 11) FGR via digital input FGR with MB control panel (LT2) variable ADR fixed ADR ACC


DS / ESA

Overview - Cruise control

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-63

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Transmission and reception conditions of the CAN message GRA: cowFUN_FGR 0 2 3 6 7 8 9

CAN message GRA send GRA enabled via EEPROM switch: received (comFGR_opt = 2) GRA disabled through EEPROM switch: - (comFGR_opt = 0) send send

Control panel evaluation: With function switch cowFUN_FGR (0 = no GRA, 3 = VW / AUDI, 6 = LT2) can be chosen between LT2 control panel and control panel VW: LT2 control panel: The following digital inputs are available: -

dimFGA dimFGW dimFGP dimFGM dimFGV

= Keyed OFF = Recovery (WA) = Acceleration (A +) or Tip Up = Delay (ON) or tip-down = Control contact

The control contact is used for plausibility checks. A contact is OFF Apart from the contact only accepted along with a rising edge of the control contact. When switching from one Function request to the next host and his family recognized the neutral position. Exacerbated this is the acceptance condition for the contact A +: it is only with the control contact accepted. Of the control and A + contact were activated and then the control contact is deactivated, is not a change in position "neutral" for a further accelerating is necessary, it is sufficient to further operation of the control contact.

VW control panel: This GRA - version supports the digital operator variant with the contacts A +, WA, OFF and locked OFF (initial contact). The clear contact is mechanically as the main circuit GRA - keypad executed. When the clear contact is actuated, the GRA is Target speed set to zero. The following keypad versions: Standard GRA: -

dimFGL dimFGA dimFGP dimFGW

= Locked OFF (clear contact) = Keyed OFF = Set (SET) / Speed (A +) = Recovery (WA)


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-64

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

VW control unit via CAN message GRA / GRA_Neu: It is possible to read the GRA keypad status via CAN. These mrwMULINF0 must so be applied that one of the CAN messages GRA or GRA_Neu is received (see Version of the CAN data definition). In addition, the GRA must function according to VW / AUDI (cowFUN_FGR Be = 3) were applied. If these conditions are met, instead of the digital inputs dimFGx the Information from the CAN message used as follows: -

dimFGL instead dimFGA instead dimFGP instead dimFGW

plausibility with 'GRA / ADR - Main switch " "GRA / ADR - Tipschalter 'Off'" - inverted "GRA / ADR - Tipschalter 'Set / deceleration'" "GRA / ADR - Tipschalter 'resume / accelerate'"

The bit "GRA / ADR control panel error" caused the shutdown of the GRA (mroFGR_ABN = 21). Note: The names of the signals in the GRA-message vote only in "ON" - simulation (see below) their meaning match. The bits "GRA / ADR delay" and "GRA / ADR accelerate" from the embassy or GRA GRA_Neu are not used. The Information of contact "locked-off" on the digital input (dimFGL) of the Control unit is with the redundant information GRA / ADR main switch of the GRA message plausibility. If in this context, an error occurs, this is fbbEFGC_P (Zeitentprellt) reported. This error leads to a shutdown of the GRA.

Description of Message mrmGRA (upon receipt of GRA or GRA_Neu by motor-SG): Bit Comment GRA / ADR comment GRA / ADR designation in the correlation 4 positions handset 6 positions keypad CAN message 0HauptschalterHauptschalterS_HAUPTdimFGL (Check Machine) 1AusAusT_AUSdimFGA 2Setzen/VerzögernVerzögernT_VERdimFGP 3Wiederaufnahme/Beschl BeschleunigenT_BESdimFGW eunigen 4-SetzenT_SET 5-WiederaufnahmeT_WA 6BedienteilfehlerBedienteilfehlerF_BTLmroFGR_ABN = 21 7 --When using the 6-position control panel inputs CAN be linked and plausibility and presented as mrmGRApl (bit positions identical to mrmGRA).

If the message GRA_Neu received by the engine-SG, the information is "transmitter Coding "as follows with mrwMULINF0 plausibility: mrwMULINF0 9 11

Transmitter coding 00b 01b

In implausible transmitter coding error fbbEFGC_S is reported.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-65

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The GRA message contains a message count that is incremented continuously to the To ensure timeliness of the message. The error fbbEFGC_B is reported if the Difference, the message count of two consecutive messages larger than was mrwGRA_Bmx. This error is also reported if the message count more has remained unchanged as mrwGRA_Bmn main program periods. The error fbbEFGC_B caused the shutdown of the GRA. The message content is not monitored by a checksum byte. If the checksum as correctly detected, an error counter is decremented to 0. In case of failure of the meter to be upper limit mrwGRA_Cog incremented. If the counter exceeds the value mrwGRA_Cmx the error fbbEFGC_C is reported. This error caused the shutdown of the GRA. When identified as defective or faulty checksum message count the signals dimFGA be dimFGP and dimFGW not updated. The information about whether checksum or message count were identified as defective, in the Message mrmGRACoff shipped and used as a cut-off condition for GRA. Description of Message mrmGRACoff: Bit position 0 1

Decimal comment Recognized 1Checksumme defective Recognized 2Botschaftszähler defective

In the case of time-out of the embassy or detection of inconsistency by the CAN-handler the error fbbEFGC_Q and fbbEFGC_Y (no suppression and no fault memory entry) reported to also cause a shutdown of the GRA. Here, as the replacement value of the recent valid value is used further to one of the errors defective endültig. The debounce times for defect detection with the errors fbbEFGC_B, fbbEFGC_C must be 0 to ensure a load heft compliant evaluation of the CAN message. Alternatively to the GRA can use the function switch cowFUN_FGR (7 = ADR variable Working speed, 8 = ADR fixed operating speed) and the function of operating speedcontrol can be defined (see work speed control). With the configuration variables mrwALL_DEF is, among others, also the A simulation on. In this mode, the digital inputs are defined as follows: GRA with delaying (A simulation): -

dimFGL dimFGA dimFGP dimFGW

= Locked OFF (clear contact) = Keyed OFF = Set (SET) / DEC (ON) = Recovery (WA) / Speed (A +)


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-66

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Determining the control panel states A +, WA, SET and ON when ON-simulation: Control panel is ON + (acceleration): - If velocity is zero

dimFGW (key WA) operated for more than mrwALL_SPZ -dimFGW (key WA) operated Target speed greater than zero GRA active Keypad WA state not active

AND OR AND AND AND

Keypad state WA: - dimFGW (key WA) operated

Target speed greater than zero GRA not active -dimFGW (key WA) operated Target speed greater than zero GRA active in the state re-absorption (WA) dimFGW (key WA) already operated.

AND AND OR AND AND AND

Keypad state SET (set): - dimFGP is pressed for less than mrwALL_SPZ

GRA is not active -dimFGP is pressed for less than mrwALL_TPZ GRA is active Deviation | Vspec.-Vakt |> mrwALL_BER

AND OR AND AND

Control panel is ON (retarding): -

dimFGP pressed for more than mrwALL_TPZ

(Control panel monitoring, see Monitoring concept)


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-67

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.8.1 Examination of Breaking

Off at VGW From keypad or clear contact dimBRE> 0 Error control panel fgmFGAKT mrwFAS_BNG dzmNmit mrwFAS_BVG Error brake or DZG

>1 FGR - lock Selector lever == 1/N/R/P MSR / ASR active anmUBATT = crwCR_ST_A) ESP - engagement fboSFGC | | mrmGRACoff | | mrmGRA.6 Deviation v / n ratio on activation FGR to fgm_VzuN> mrwFAS_BVN Coupling

mroFGR_KUP

mrwFGR_KUP = 1

FGR active and not FGR_AUS

&

>1

FGR = OFF

& fgmBESCH
mrwFAS_MZZ

& fgmFGAKT> (v_cmd + mrwFAS_AVD) DEAD TIME

mrwFAS_AVZ fgmFGAKT <(v_cmd - mrwFAS_VDK)

>1 &

fgmFGAKT> (v_cmd + mrwFAS_VDG) fgmFGAKT <(v_cmd * mrwFAS_VDU) FGR in Fashion Hold

Figure MEREGR01: shutdown


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-68

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Under the following conditions, the GRA is disabled, the cause of the shutdown on the olda mroFGR_ABN is visible: -

-

-

-

-

OFF from the control panel (mroFGR_ABN = 1) +) (If OFF means of extinguishing Contact - snapped off, the set speed is cleared) Brake contact or redundant brake contact is active (mroFGR_ABN = 2) + +) Clutch actuation, provided mrwFGR_KUP = 0; no shutdown mrwFGR_KUP = 1 (mroFGR_ABN = 3) + + +) Occurrence of a control unit error (mroFGR_ABN = 4) + + +) the vehicle deceleration during the time mrwFAS_MZZ greater than the max. Value mrwFAS_VZM (entry via neg acceleration, mroFGR_ABN = 5) + +) Note: also on deactivation of the GRA on the software switch cowFUN_FGR, or via the Diagnosis is mroFGR_ABN = 5 Driving speed below the min. Value mrwFAS_BVK +), or above the max. Value mrwFAS_BVG (mroFGR_ABN = 6) + + +) Speed higher than the maximum. Value mrwFAS_BNG (mroFGR_ABN = 7) +) Speed is less than the min. Value mrwFAS_BNK (mroFGR_ABN = 8) +) nude. v / n - ratio is less than min. Value mrwFAS_BEG (mroFGR_ABN = 9) +) Deviation of the current V / s - the ratio of V / N - ratio in the activation of GRA - operation is greater than max. Value mrwFAS_BVN (mroFGR_ABN = 10) +) Occurrence of a failure of the brake (fboSBRE) or speed encoder (fboSZG) (MroFGR_ABN = 14) + +) Waiting for neutral position of the control panel after cancelation (mroFGR_ABN = 15) +) Selector lever of the automatic transmission (mrmWH_POSb) in position 1, P, N or R (MroFGR_ABN = 16) +) TCS or MSR intervention longer than the time mrwALL_ASR active, occurs when mrmMSRSTAT bit 0 or mrmASRSTAT bit set to 0 (mroFGR_ABN = 17) +) AnmUBATT battery voltage for longer than the time less than the threshold mrwFASBATt mrwFAS_BAT (mroFGR_ABN = 18) +) The crash croCR_STAT level is greater than or equal to the threshold applicative crwCR_ST_A (MroFGR_ABN = 19) + + +) ESP intervention mrmFDR_CAN.0 is longer than the time to mrwALL_FDR (mroFGR_ABN = 20) +) One of the errors in the error path fboSFGC (FGR via CAN) final defective or if Embassy GRA is reported control panel error. Similarly, if over mrmGRACoff Shutdown due to a CAN message error is required. (MroFGR_ABN = 21) +) Error in the determination of the valid transfer function (after the RS flip-flop is a Error. This is communicated via mrmGRA_UEF EAF). (MroFGR_ABN = 22) +)

-


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-69

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

In GRA - Condition KEEP following additional termination conditions still apply: - Positive deviation of the current speed of the GRA - target speed

during the time mrwFAS_AVZ greater than the max. Value mrwFAS_AVD (mroFGR_ABN = 11) + + +) -Positive deviation of the current speed of the GRA - target speed greater than the value mrwFAS_VDG (mroFGR_ABN = 12) +) -Negative deviation of the current speed of the GRA Target speed: fgmFGAKT
Aborting: - +) Reduction of the GRA - amount to a proportionality mrwFAS_RAS, then

Volume ramp with a slope of mrwFAS_SRA to 0 -+ +) Reduction of the GRA - amount to a proportionality mrwFAS_RSB, then

the amount reduced on a ramp within the time mrwFAS_RAB to 0. -+ + +) Reduction of the GRA - quantity immediately to 0

If you cancel during actuated button A + / A-(acceleration / deceleration), the Target speed is cleared (0). With activated GRA also the plausibility of the driving speed fbbEFGG_P is checked (sh Monitoring concept). When a defective FGG (error in the path fboSFGG) will brake simulated and the GRA - operating under the resulting conditions (ramp slope) canceled.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-70

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.8.2 GRA on wheel torque With the function switch cowFGR_RMo (1 .. GRA on wheel torque, 0 .. GRA over quantity) is decided whether the control structure of the GRA is to be expected with the wheel torque or with the crowd. fgmBESCH dzmNmit

mrmM_EFGR mroMDabFGR GRARegulator mrmM_EPWG mrmMDW_ab

mrmM_EAKT

aa b

mroMDabAKT b

mrmFVHUESt

CONTROLS

0 Nm 7650 Nm

mrmBI_SOLL

mrmM_EBEGR mroMDabBEG

mrmMD_BEGR CONTROLS

mrmFVHUESt

0 Nm 7650 Nm

mroMDabFGR

cowFGR_RMo = 1

aa b

mrmFGR_roh b

mrmBI_SOLL mrmFVHUESt

mrmM_EFGR MIN

GRARegulator

mrmM_EFGR

mroMDabBEG

aa b b

mrmBI_SOLL mrmFVHUESt mrmM_EBEGR

Figure MEREGR10: GRA wheel torque


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-71

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The input variables for the GRA-regulator block at "GRA wheel torque via" contact as follows:  

mroMDabFGR [Nm (output torque)] ... Result of the last controller run mroMDabBEG The ... "Begrenzungsradmoment" calculated from "Begrenzungsradmoment" times "transfer function drivetrain after filtering"

mroMDabBEG [Nm (output torque)] 

=

mrmMD_BEGR [Nm (motor torque)]

mrmFVHUEst [-]

mroMDabAKT The ... "IS-wheel torque without ARD" is calculated from the "Current Injection quantity "by the" target amount consumption "times" transfer function driveline after filtering "

mroMDabAKT [Nm (output torque)]

mrmM_EAKT [mg / stroke] =

mrmFVHUEst [-] mg / stroke

mrmBI_SOLL

[Nm (motor torque)]



mrmMDW_ab [Nm (output torque)] ... from the moment drivability map mrwFGFVHKF



fgmBESCH [m / s ²] ... acceleration



dzmNmit [1/min] ... speed

The output variables for the GRA-regulator block at "GRA on wheel torque" have the following Units: mrmM_EFGR [mg / stroke] ... Desired quantity GRA mrmFGR_roh [mg / stroke] ... Desired quantity GRA unlimited


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-72

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.8.3 Execution of the selected function Execution of the selected function in the standard GRA:

OFF (Locked) V_cmd = 0

INACTIVE (NEUTRAL)

dimFGL

A

SET OFF D D Demolition treatment

E

A+ Accelerate

C G

C KEEP B

F (Any demolition condition, from each state)

TIP UP V_act = v_cmd B WA

D

Figure MEREGR02: Overview of the functions in the standard GRA GRA


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-73

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The selected through the control panel functions are performed in this subtask. The GRA - operation takes for the desired function following GRA - states: A control panel is ON + shorter recognized as mrwALL_SPZ and GRA - NEUTRAL state: > GRA - State is SET B control panel is ON + shorter than mrwALL_TPZ recognized and GRA - HOLD state or WA and deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed <= mrwALL_BER: -> GRA - condition is TIP-UP C control panel is ON + shorter than mrwALL_TPZ recognized and GRA - HOLD state or WA and deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed> mrwALL_BER: -> GRA - State is SET D control panel is ON + recognized equal to or longer than mrwALL_SPZ: -> GRA - state is _ A + (acceleration) Recognized D control panel is ON + shorter than mrwALL_SPZ and GRA - state SET: -> GRA-state is HOLD E detected operating condition part WA and the current vehicle speed is greater than the last Mileage GRA - target speed -> GRA - state is WA from above WA detected and the current vehicle speed is lower than or equal to the last Mileage GRA - target speed -> GRA - state is WA from below F control panel is OFF from the keypad, or other termination condition is detected -> GRA - Condition is OFF G keypad is ON + recognized equal to or longer than mrwALL_TPZ: -> GRA - state is A + (acceleration)

The GRA - HOLD state is calculated as the target state of the states A +, WA from above and WA from below, as well as the target state of the state TIP-UP (via WA).


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-74

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Execution of the selected function ON in simulation:

OFF (Locked) V_cmd = 0

INACTIVE (NEUTRAL)

dimFGL

C

G

B SET OFF D A+ Accelerate

D

ON Delay

F

B K Demolition treatment KEEP

A B (Any demolition condition, from each state)

E I

TIP UP

TIP DOWN A v_act = v_cmd E D

B

WA

F

I Figure MEREGR03: Overview of the GRA functions in A Simulation


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-75

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The selected through the control panel functions are performed in this subtask. The GRA - operation takes for the desired function following GRA - states: A control panel is ON + shorter than mrwALL_TPZ recognized and GRA - HOLD state or WA and deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed <= mrwALL_BER: -> GRA - condition is TIP-UP B control panel is ON + longer recognized as mrwALL_SPZ: -> GRA - status is ON + (Acceleration). This state change can at any desired speed mrmFG_SOLL be performed. C control panel is ON-shorter than mrwALL_SPZ recognized and GRA - Inactive state: -> GRA - State is SET D control panel ON state equal to or longer than mrwALL_SPZ detected: -> GRA - state is _ ON (retarding) D control panel ON state-recognized shorter than mrwALL_SPZ and GRA - state SET: -> GRA - HOLD state is E ON shorter detected operating condition as part mrwALL_TPZ and GRA - HOLD state and Deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed <= mrwALL_BER: > GRA - condition is TIP-DOWN F keypad state ON shorter than mrwALL_TPZ recognized and GRA - HOLD state and Deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed> mrwALL_BER: -> GRA - State is SET G keypad WA detected state, and the current vehicle speed is greater than the last Mileage GRA - target speed -> GRA - state is WA from above WA detected and the current vehicle speed is lower than or equal to the last Mileage GRA - target speed -> GRA - state is WA from below H control unit OFF state recognized by the control panel or other termination condition -> GRA - Condition is OFF I control panel is ON + shorter than mrwALL_TPZ recognized and GRA - HOLD state or WA and deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed> mrwALL_BER: -> GRA - state is unchanged. K keypad state ON is equal to or longer than mrwALL_TPZ detected: -> GRA - state is ON (retarding)

The GRA - HOLD state is calculated as the target state of the states A +, A-, WA from above and WA from below, as well as the target state of the states TIP-UP and DOWN TIP (via WA). The current GRA - set speed is on the olda mrmFG_SOLL, the value of the integrator on the olda mroI_AKT and the current GRA - Desired amount on the olda mrmM_EFGR visible. For the output of the inverse PWG - signal (information on automatic transmission) is a GRA Desired quantity mrmFGR_roh sent. In mrmFGR_roh be in the states "HOLD" "A +" and "WA from below" P - not limited shares.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-76

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.8.4 Description of the GRA states GRA - Condition SET: In the state SET the current driving speed after releasing the pressed key to Target speed is set and passed to the state HOLD, with the current amount mrmM_EAKT into the integrator of the PI - controller is adopted for the state HOLD. At long key press is set the current speed to the set speed and based on this target speed in the follow-on state (ON + / ON) passed. GRA - Condition TIP-UP: If the GRA - Condition HOLD ON + shorter than mrwALL_TPZ pressed and is the Deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed ≤mrwALL_BER, the GRA - Condition TIP-UP enabled. The set speed is when the GRA - Desired amount has not yet reached the full load, the current traveling speed increased by mrwALL_TPV set, and it is in the GRA - passed over WA state from below. If the full load reaches , the target speed is not increased, but is the state in the WA State KEEP gone. GRA - Condition TIP-DOWN: If the GRA - Condition HOLD ON-pressed shorter than mrwALL_TPZ and is the Deviation from desired speed to the current driving speed ≤mrwALL_BER, then the GRA - Condition TIP-DOWN enabled. The set speed is when the GRA Desired amount is greater than zero, the humbled to mrwALL_TPV (lower limit is zero) current Fahgeschwindigkeit set, and it is in the GRA - WA state from above passed. If the GRA - request amount is zero, the target speed is not further lowered.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-77

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

GRA - Condition A +: Button "A +" (Debounced) 1 0 t

mrmM_EFGR mrwFEP_RSU mrwFEP_FMG o Initial value t (FgmBESCH <= mrwFEP_BOU) and mrmFG_SOLL(V <= mroV_SOLL + mrwFEP_AVD)

V

mrmFG_SOLLmroV_SOL

V_Sollwertrampe mrwFEP_RSP

L

V_act

t mrwALL_SPZ A + _Übergang

FGR Fashion N E U T R A L

KEEP A+

PI control t

P control Control

SET (not at A-Sim)

mrmRMP_gef

mrwFEP_RSK * fgmFGAKT + mrwFEP_RSP

t Figure MEREGR04: ON + function curve


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-78

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

After activation of the GRA - GRA is a state of A + - Desired amount initial value calculated. This initial value is a maximum of the following sizes: - GRA - Desired amount proportional to the current speed with the

Proportionality mrwFEP_PAW -current injection quantity mrmM_EAKT -GRA - Desired amount mrmM_EFGR when the GRA - Condition A + from GRA - Condition

KEEP from activated The set speed is increased subsequently with reference to a speed ramp. The Initial value of the ramp, the current vehicle speed at the time of activation of the GRA - A + condition, the ramp slope is (mrwFEP_RSK * fgmFGAKT + mrwFEP_RSP). Means P - controller (limiting mrmFGR_roh only to the integer Values, boundary of mrmM_EFGR on [0, limiting amount mroM_EBEGR]) with the Control parameters mrwFRP_ .. is the current driving speed to the ramp speed regulated. If the determined GRA - request amount greater than or equal to the maximum fuel delivery, the Ramp rate does not change. The ramp rate is increased as long as long as the ON + contact, is detected as pressed. After releasing the ON + contact is the current driving speed to the new GRA - target speed. Is the acceleration of the vehicle is less than or equal to mrwFEP_BOU such a transition in the GRA - HOLD state, the current GRA desired quantity in the mrmM_EFGR Integrator of the PI controller for the GRA - HOLD condition will be accepted. Otherwise, the current GRA is - mrmM_EFGR desired quantity at the time of release, if the current request is greater than the amount Mengenschwellwert mrwFEP_MMP to the Proportional factor mrwFEP_FMG reduced. If the GRA - request amount is less than or equal to the Threshold value, the proportional factor mrwFEP_FMK. This new GRA - request amount is reduced by means of ramp with the ramp slope mrwFEP_RSU. If the current Vehicle speed is greater than or equal to the GRA - target speed, the ramp rate is doubled. If the vehicle acceleration is less than or equal to and the mrwFEP_BOU current vehicle speed is less than or equal to the target speed is increased, the offset mrwFEP_AVD is from GRA - Condition A + in the GRA - Condition KEEP passed, the current driving speed is set to the desired speed. The GRA Desired quantity mrmM_EFGR is the integrator of the PI controller for the GRA - Condition KEEP taken.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-79

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

GRA - Condition A-: Button "On" (Debounced) 1 0 t

mrmM_EFGR Initial value

mrwFEM_PEM

mrwFEM_RSU

t

V fgmBESCH> = mrwFEM_BOD and V> v_cmd-mrwFEM_AVD

V_act V_cmd V_Sollwertrampe mrwFEM_RSM

t mrwALL_SPZ FGR Fashion N E U T R A L

SET

ON _Übergang KEEP ON

P control mrwFRM_ ...

Control

PI control mrwFP ... mrwFI ...

t

t

mrmRMP_gef

- (MrwFEM_RSK * fgmFGAKT + mrwFEM_RSM)

Figure MEREGR05: A function pattern


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-80

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

After activation of the GRA - state ON is a GRA - request amount initial value calculated. This initial value is a maximum of the following sizes: -

current injection quantity mrmM_EAKT GRA - Desired amount mrmM_EFGR

The set speed is decreased subsequently with reference to a speed ramp. The initial value of the ramp, the current vehicle speed at the time of activation the GRA - state ON, the ramp slope is (mrwFEM_RSK * fgmFGAKT + mrwFEM_RSM). Means P - controller with control parameters mrwFRM_ .. is the current Speed controlled to ramp speed. If the determined GRA Desired amount less than or equal to zero, the ramp rate is not changed. The GRA - Desired amount mrmM_EFGR is on [0, limiting amount mroM_EBEGR] limited. The ramp rate is decreased, as long as the A-contact and pressed is detected. After releasing the ON contact the current driving speed is to new GRA - target speed. The deceleration of the vehicle smaller mrwFEM_BOD (application as negative Acceleration), then in the GRA - Condition KEEP gone, leaving the current GRA Desired quantity mrmM_EFGR into the integrator of the PI controller for the GRA - HOLD state is adopted. Otherwise, the current GRA is - mrmM_EFGR desired quantity at the time of release increased by a factor proportional mrwFEM_PEM proportional to the current speed (MrmM_EFGR = mrmM_EFGR + fgmFGAKT * mrwFEM_PEM). This new GRA Desired quantity is increased by ramp with the ramp slope mrwFEM_RSU. If the current Vehicle speed is less than CCS - the target speed, the ramp rate is doubled. If the vehicle acceleration is equal to or greater and is the mrwFEM_BOD current speed is greater than the GRA - target speed, reduced by the offset mrwFEM_AVD is from GRA - state ON to GRA - Condition KEEP passed, the current driving speed is set to the desired speed. The GRA Desired amount into the integrator of the PI controller for the GRA - HOLD state taken.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-81

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

GRA - WA state from above: Button "WA" (Debounced) 1

0 t

mrmM_EFGR Initial value

t

V fgmFGAKT fgmFGAKT
V_cmd t


KEEP WA top

PI control t

P control

t -MrwWA_RSW

-MrwWA_RSW / 2

mrmRMP_gef Figure MEREGR06: WA from above function curve


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-82

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

After clicking on the WA-contact, the current amount on the percentage factor mrwWA_PAV reduced and the new GRA - requested quantity. The travel speed is in Subsequently, on the basis of a speed ramp mroV_RAMP lowered. The initial value the ramp is the current speed at the time of activation of the GRA WA state from above, the ramp rate is mrwWA_RSW. Means P - controller with the Control parameters mrwF1W_ .. is the current driving speed to the ramp speed regulated. The GRA desired quantity mrmM_EFGR is bounded on [0, mroM_EBEGR]. If the actual vehicle speed is less the GRA - target speed plus mrwWA_VRO, the Ramp rate halved. If the current speed is less than or equal to the GRA Set speed is, in the GRA - passed state HOLD, the GRA Desired quantity mrmM_EFGR into the integrator of the PI controller of the GRA - HOLD state is adopted.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-83

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

GRA - WA state from below: Button "WA" (Debounced)

1

0 t

mrmM_EFGR

Initial value

t

V

V_cmd V_Sollwertrampe mrwWA_RSW

V_Rampe> v_cmd-mrwWA_VRU

fgmFGAKT t


Transition Hold WA from below

P control

mrmRMP_gef

KEEP

PI controller

PI controller

t

mrwWA_RSW mrwWA_RSW / 2

t Figure MEREGR07: WA from below function curve


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-84

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

After clicking on the WA-contact of the initial value of the GRA is - desire the maximum amount from the current amount and a mrmM_EAKT, the current speed with the Factor mrwFEP_PAW proportional value. The driving speed is then submitted to Hand of a speed ramp mroV_RAMP increased. The initial value of the ramp is the current speed at the time of activation of the GRA - WA state from below, the ramp slope is mrwWA_RSW. Means P - controller (limiting mrmFGR_roh only to the integer - range of values, mrmM_EFGR is on [0, limiting amount mroM_EBEGR] limited) with the control parameters mrwF1W_ .. is the current driving speed to Ramp speed regulated. If the ramp rate is greater than the GRA - set speed minus mrwWA_VRU, the ramp rate is halved. If the determined GRA - request amount greater than the Full-load, the speed ramp is stopped. If the ramp rate is greater or equal to the GRA - set speed is in the GRA - Condition TRANSFER HOLD changed. If the current speed is greater than or equal to the GRA Set speed is, in the GRA - passed state HOLD. This is as long as the current speed is less than the GRA - target speed, the Driving speed by PI controller with parameters mrwF2W_ .. for the P - share and mrwFIW_ .. for the I - Percentage of the GRA - target speed introduced. For the calculation of the mrmFGR_roh P - proportion only to the integer - number range limited, while the I - share on [0, limiting amount mroM_EBEGR] is limited. The GRA desired quantity mrmM_EFGR is bounded on [0, limiting amount mroM_EBEGR]. The Integrator of the GRA - HOLD state is the transition to the last value of the GRA Desired amount preloaded.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-85

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

GRA - OFF state: Switch "Brake" 1

0 t

mrmM_EFGR mrwFAS_RSB

mrwFAS_RAB

t

FGR Fashion FGR-active BRAKE NEUTRAL t

Figure MEREGR08: brake function curve

Button "Off" 1 0 t

mrmM_EFGR mrwFAS_RAS mrwFAS_SRA

t

FGR Fashion FGR-active OFF NEUTRAL t

Figure MEREGR09: OFF function curve


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-86

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The GRA - OFF state is activated when the OFF from the keypad or another Switch-off condition is detected. If the GRA - OFF state by brake application delay threshold mrwFAS_VZM or System error (brake, DZG) was initiated, there is a proportional reduction of the GRA Desired quantity at the beginning of the GRA - OFF state by the reduction factor mrwFAS_RSB. Furthermore, the current GRA is - required quantity within the time mrwFAS_RAB to zero reduced. If the demolition by clutch actuation or by the appearance of a control panel error Desired quantity immediately zero - caused, the GRA is. In all other cases, a proportional reduction of the GRA done - request amount at the beginning the GRA - OFF state by the reduction factor mrwFAS_RAS and subsequently a Degradation of the GRA - desired quantity means quantity ramp with the ramp slope mrwFAS_SRA to Zero. If the GRA - NEUTRAL state passed - required quantity zero, in the GRA. The last valid setpoint speed is deleted if the GRA - OFF state by the Clear contact dimFGL was caused, or is canceled during the active state A + / A-(acceleration / deceleration) was carried out. GRA - NEUTRAL state: In GRA - GRA is the NEUTRAL state - desired quantity set to zero. GRA - HOLD state: In GRA - HOLD state by means of a PI controller, the current speed to the value the GRA - target speed mrmFG_SOLL regulated. The control parameters used are mrwFP2_ .. for the P - share and mrwFI2_ .. for I - component. For the determination of mrmFGR_roh of I is - part of the controller on [0, maximum fuel mroM_EBEGR] limited, while the P - part only on the integer - is limited boundaries. The GRA - Desired amount mrmM_EFGR is limited to [0, maximum fuel mroM_EBEGR]. If by means of the accelerator pedal the GRA desired quantity mrmM_EFGR over suppressed, the integrator of the PI controller is stopped. After completion of this condition and if the current vehicle speed is less than CCS - Target speed plus mrwALL_IAV is, the integrator is enabled again.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-87

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.8.5 GRA-target acceleration The GRA-target acceleration mrmRMPSLOP is calculated as follows: GRA-state A+

mrmRMPSLOP (MrwFEP_RSK * fgmFGAKT) + mrwFEP_RSP - ((MrwFEM_RSK * fgmFGAKT) + mrwFEM_RSM) mrwWA_RSW mrwWA_RSW / 2 0

Condition

WA from below

0

fgmFGAKT> = mrmFG_SOLL

WA top

-MrwWA_RSW

fgmFGAKT> = mrmFG_SOLL + mrwWA_VOR

WA top WA top otherwise

-MrwWA_RSW / 2 0 0

fgmFGAKT
ON

WA from below WA from below WA from below

mroV_RAMP <= mrmFG_SOLL - mrwWA_VRU mroV_RAMP> mrmFG_SOLL - mrwWA_VRU mroV_RAMP> = mrmFG_SOLL

The GRA-target acceleration is PT1 filtered with the memory factor mrwPT1_bes. To Beginning of A +, A and WA is exposed to the filtering (see Fig MEREGR04-07), as otherwise the transmission would react too slowly. The filtered target acceleration is in mrmRMP_gef displayed.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-88

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.8.6 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Survey To the function of the Adaptive Cruise Control (Adaptive Cruise Control - ADR) will implement in the control unit received the CAN message ADR1. The contained in this message Torque requirement is translated into a corresponding desired quantity. The debounced and plausibility signals are provided via the CAN message GRA available to the ACC. Activation The activation of the ACC function is still by application of cowFUN_FGR (9 - ACC Operation). In addition, the evaluation of the CAN message ADR1 on the software switch must cowVAR_ADR be activated. Description of the software switch cowVAR_ADR: Bit position 1

Decimal comment 2Auswertung the message ADR1 active

Termination conditions Under the following conditions disconnection of the ACC: irreversible (by appropriately applying the fault debounce time): - Message count error (fbbEACC_B) incorrect checksum of the ADR1 message (fbbEACC_C) - Flag "ADR defective" set in ADR1 message (fbbEACC_D) - Detected error ID in the required torque in ADR1 message (fbbEACC_F) - ACC requirement below the v-threshold mrwFAS_BVK (fbbEACC_V)

one of the following error paths defective: fboSPWG, fboSFGG, fboSBRE, fboSDZG, fboSCAN -Message timeout error fbbEACC_Q debounced defective -Plausible ACC torque requirement during OFF signal from the keypad or Driver braking (fbbEACC_P) OFF signal: dimFGA dimFGL or equal to 0 Driver braking: dimBRE dimBRK or equal to 0 -General plausibility error (fbbEACC_A)

reversible: - Message timeout ADR1 accrued Request bit "release torque request" message in ADR1 not set - Status ADR in ADR1 message is not "ADR active" - zmmSYSERR set, bit 5

Met GRA-shutdown condition and not hidden by mrwACCAUSx mrwACCAUS1: If bit x is set, then executes GRA-off condition (mroFGR_ABN) Number x to shutdown the ACC mrwACCAUS2: If bit x is set, then executes GRA-off condition (mroFGR_ABN) Number (x +16) to switch off the ACC -Error path fboSFGA defective


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-89

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Basically, the requested torque after at one of the inputs dimFGP is accepted, was detected or dimFGW a positive edge. If the ACC operation is interrupted again waiting for og edge before the torque intervention is allowed. For the cut-off on vehicle speed threshold mrwFAS_BVK can this behavior mrwALL_DEF (see may be disabled). If one of the stopping conditions described detected, the amount mrmM_EFGR is a ramp with a slope of mrwACC_RAMP reduced to 0. Description of Message mrmACC_SAT: Bit position 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Decimal comment 1 "release torque demand" OR not set ADR Status than "ADR active" 2Fehlerkennung in torque requirement 4Botschaftstimeout or inconsistency 8Botschaftszähler incorrect 16Checksumme incorrect 32Flag "ADR defective" set 64Momentanforderung during OFF from the keypad or Driver braking 128Momentanforderung during fgmFGAKT below the threshold mrwFAS_BVK

7

Torque requirement The requested torque is about the normalization moment mrwMULINF3 and the specific indexed consumption mrmBI_SOLL in a corresponding amount converted and mrmM_EFGR the system provided. The amount mrmM_EFGR is limited to mrmM_EBEGR, the unlimited value contains the message mrmFGR_roh. CAN The ACC function works with the following CAN messages: received message ADR1: The following information from the ADR1 message are - apart from the calculation of the Checksum - processed by the engine control unit: - Torque requirement ACC - Message counter The message counter is (so) evaluated analogously to the received message GRA. (Record Labels: mrwACC_Bmn, mrwACC_Bmx) - Defect ADR, set leads to the ACC switch off - Status of ADR Status ADR has 01 - be "active ADR" so that torque intervention is allowed - Release torque requirement not set leads to the ACC switch off


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-90

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

message sent GRA: About the Embassy GRA FGR debounced keypad signals are provided. The Processing of the signals is analogous to the function FGR with a simulation. The digital inputs are as follows on the items of GRA message shown: dimFGL "GRA / ADR - Main switch" dimFGAinvertiert to "GRA / ADR - Tipschalter OFF" dimFGP "GRA / ADR - Tipschalter set / decelerate" dimFGW "GRA / ADR - Tipschalter resume / accelerate" The information "GRA / ADR delay" or "accelerate GRA / ADR" are set when the signals dimFGP or dimFGW for the time mrwALL_TPZ persist uninterrupted. message sent Motor2: In ACC operation, the GRA status in the Motor2 embassy following meaning, in this case is equal to mrmACCDDE2 S_GRA:

S_GRA.1 S_GRA.0 comment 00Fehler fbbEACC_D, ADR - defect from ADR1 message FbbEACC_F error, error identification 0xFFh the required torque Error in the path fboSFGA (control panel) all reversible termination conditions (see above) 01 "ADR active" and mroACC_OFF flag not set 10 "ADR active" and driver's desired quantity mrmM_EPWG> ACC Requirement mrmM_EFGR 11alle irreversible shutdown (see above)


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-91

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.8.7 Status Display, shutdown and application information 2.8.7.1 Status Display Description of olda GRA status mroFGR_SAT: WertHEX 0000H 0010H 0020H 0030h 0040H 0050h 0060h 0070H 0080H 0090H

Decimal 0 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 144

Comment GRA fashion NEUTRAL GRA Fashion TIP UP GRA Fashion TIP DOWN GRA Mode ON + (or SET) GRA Mode ON (or SET) GRA fashion WA from above GRA fashion WA from below GRA Mode OFF GRA fashion HOLD GRA fashion ACC operation

Description of the GRA status in the fashion TIP UP / DOWN TIP (decimal value is the value for TIP To add the UP / DOWN TIP): WertHEX 0010H or 0020H 0011H or 0021h

Decimal comment TIP 0Abwarten time 1Errechnen the target speed

Description of the GRA status in the fashion A + / A-(decimal value is the value for A + / A-to add): Decimal KommentarWertHEX 0030h or 0040H0Abwarten SET - time

0031h or 0041H1Anfangswert calculate 0032h or 0042H2Rampenbehandlung 0033H or 0043H3Übergang Hold Description of the GRA status in the fashion WA-oben/WA-unten (decimal value is the value for WA/ to add up WA-bottom):

Decimal KommentarWertHEX Calculate 0050h or 0060H0Anfangswert

0051H or 0061H1Rampenbehandlung 0052h or 0062H2Übergang Hold Description of the GRA status in the fashion OFF (decimal value is added to the value for OFF):

Decimal KommentarWertHEX Calculate 0070H0Anfangswert

0072H2Rampenbehandlung 0073H3Rampenbehandlung brake Description of the GRA status in the fashion HOLD (decimal value should be the value for HOLD add):

WertHEX 0081h

Decimal comment Initialize 1Integrator with mrmM_EAKT


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-92

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.8.7.2 shutdown Description of olda GRA shutdown mroFGR_ABN: Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5

Comment No switch-off From the control panel From brake From clutch From the control panel error From over-B - Threshold (red. brake detection), or GRA disabled (CowFUN_FGR, diagnosis) 6out V too big / too small V 7out N too large 8Aus N too small 9Gang (V / N) is too small 10Gangwechsel (V / N) - deviation 11Bleibende positive deviation 12Positive deviation 13Negative deviation 14Fehler brake or DZG 15Warten at the end of the control panel operation 16Wahlhebel of the automatic transmission in the 1-position, N, R or P 17ASR or MSR intervention 18Batteriespannung too small 19Crash 20ESP intervention 21fbbEFGC_B, fbbEFGC_C, fbbEFGC_P or fbbEFGC_Q finally broken 22Fehler concerning whether the interface engine - gearbox (The conditions 11, 12 and 13 are only in the GRA - Condition KEEP checked.)

The switch-off conditions are bit-coded in the olda's mroFGR_AB1 and mroFGR_AB2 shown. Olda mroFGR_AB1: gestetzt bit n means n shutdown condition is present. Olda mroFGR_AB2: gestetzt bit n means n +16 shutdown condition is present. Description of Message mrmGRACoff: GRA-shutdown due to CAN message errors Decimal comment 1falsche Checksum 2Botschaftfehlerzählerfehler 2.8.7.2.1

GRA Off at default value for the ratio

In application "GRA on wheel torque" (cowFGR_Rmo = 1), the GRA is in an error concerning the interface engine - gearbox and disabled mroFGR_ABN has the value 22 See also chapter "Calculation of the currently valid transfer function, GRA Off at default value for the speed ratio ".


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-93

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.8.7.3 Application Notes Description of the software switch GRA control element mrwALL_DEF: Bit position 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Decimal comment 1For contact available (0: OFF contact does not exist (dimFGA OR dimFGL)) 2dimFGW and dimFGA is error (0: dimFGW and dimFGA is not an error) 4dimFGP and dimFGA is error (0: dimFGP and dimFGA is not an error) 8dimFGA KWH is a control element (0: dimFGA is no control element KWH) 16Ein simulation (GRA with delay) (0: no A simulation (standard GRA)) 32dimFGP and dimFGW is error (0: dimFGP and dimFGW is not an error) 64dimFGL = 0 and dimFGA, dimFGP or dimFGW is error (0: = 0 and dimFGL dimFGx is not an error) 1281: ACC: When switching off via driving speed under threshold, is not for the resumption on a positive edge at dimFGP or dimFGW serviced.

Application Information: This corresponds to the GRA VW / AUDI Group specification of 07/11/1994, but can be made by Compatible application be held for previous GRA. The following values must be strictly adhered to. DatensatzparameterGRA Spec 7.11.1994Für previous GRA mrwALL_MIN00 mrwALL_MAXVMAXVMAX mrwALL_BER5 Km / h, or beliebigVMAX mrwALL_SPZ> 00 *)

mrwFEM_RSK00 mrwFEP_RSK00 mrwFAS_BVGVMAXVMAX mrwFAS_VDU0.750

mrwFAS_VDKVMAX25 *) This is also defined as in A simulation setting disabled, or accelerate at Vspec. = 0 is possible.

Explanation for VW / AUDI Group specification from 11/07/1994: Keypad Error: does not appear in the specification, as previously evaluated (configurable, Volume reduction without ramp immediately to 0). If you cancel during actuated key (acceleration / deceleration) Vspec. is cleared (used in no longer mentioned last version of the GRA Spec).


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-94

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.9

Work speed control

2.9.1 Overview The working speed control (ADC) is used to control the individual functions of the Digital inputs of the GRA. That is, no operation is possible in a vehicle GRA ADR is! Input: (Switch) (Button) (Button) (Button) (Switch)

dimADR dimADP dimADM dimADW dimHAN

dig. Input ADR Active dig. Input ADR + dig. Input ADR dig. Input ADR WA dig. Input handbrake

=> DimDIGprel.6 => DimDIGprel.0 => DimDIGprel.2 => DimDIGprel.C => DimDIGprel.3

dzmNmit fgmFGAKT mrmM_EWUN mrmM_EPWG mroM_EBEGR nlmNLact anmPWG mrmSICH_F mrmSTART_B mrmT_SOLEE mrmADR_Neo mrmADR_Nfe

Number of revolutions current speed synchronous request quantity Desired quantity PWG Full-load Overrun active Pedal position sensor Safety case Start bit Ramp-up time (from diagnosis) upper speed threshold (Diagnostic) Fixed speed (of diagnosis)

mrmM_EADR ehmFML2

Desired quantity ADR ADR pilot light (With an active ADR is the Pilot light above ehmFML2 driven.)

Output:

There are two types implemented the ADR. The first possibility is the variable ADR, the second represents the fixed ADR dar. Both functions never occur together. The distinction via the function switch cowFUN_FGR. Description of the function switch cowFUN_FGR: Decimal 3 6 7 8

Comment GRA with VW / AUDI control panel (see FGR) GRA with LT2 control panel (see FGR) ADR variable working speed ADR with a fixed operating speed


DS / ESA

Overview - Work speed control

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-95

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.9.1.1 states of the working speed control Stand-by D

A C

Demolition

Waiting period

E

B C Regulate

Figure MEREAD01: States of the ADR The following ADR state transitions apply to the variable, as well as for the fixed ADR. The ADR is first in the "stand-by". A for activating the ADR has the engine speed is greater than the lower dzmNmit ADR Drehzahleinschaltschwelle mrwADR_Neu and smaller than the upper ADR Drehzahleinschaltschwelle mrmADR_Neo and FahrgeschwindigkeitfgmFGAKT be less than the activation threshold mrwADR_VAK. Furthermore start shedding has done be (mrmSTART_B = 0), the handbrake on his (dimHAN = 1) and then the Be operated switch for ADR once (dimADR = 1, rising edge). During the transition to the state "waiting time" the target speed is initialized with the actual speed. B After the time mrwADR_t_f (state "waiting period"), the ADR is in the state "Rules" next program. As a reference value the known actual speed will be used.

mrmSTART_B fgmFGAKT
DEAD TIME

mrmT_SOLEE

dzmNmit> mrwADR_Neu

&

ADR active

dzmNmit
cowFUN_ADR.4

mrwADR_t_f

cowFUN_ADR.4

Figure MEREAD02: ADR switchC. If the controller is terminated by a termination condition (see below), as it enters the State "Cancel". D Only if no termination conditions are present, the controller will return to the state "Stand-by" switched. E If the controller is terminated by releasing the handbrake on or off via dimADR so the target rotation speed is decreased by a ramp up to speed mrwADR_Nau. At This speed is reached is the ADR in the state "standby" state.


19 April 2002

Quantity calculation - Working speed control

DS / ESA

Page 2-96

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

With the software switch cowFUN_ADR / Bit 4, the delayed ramp-up operation of the ADR be set (after slaked start bit), ie after a through Diagnostics / channel 27 (in Second increments) applicable time mrmT_SOLEE starts the run. Erstinitialisierungswert for EEPROM: edwINI_ADT; Default value when defective EEPROM: cowAGL_ADT In the Message mrmADR_SAT of the ADR status is visible: Decimal KommentarWertHEX 0001H1Die ADR is in "stand-by" 0002H2Die ADR is in the "waiting period" 0003H3Die ADR is in the "rules" Canceled 0004H4ADR operation 00FFH255ADR is locked

2.9.2 Variable working speed control The variable ADR consists of various tasks: "Working speed controller Operation "," working speed governor increase / decrease "," working speed controller PI controller ", "Working speed controller output", "working speed controller Cancel". DieAufgaben "Working speed governor increase / decrease" and "working speed controller OFF" lead the User request + ADR / ADR and OFF by. The task "work speed controller PI Regulator "regulates the engine speed to the target speed. The task" work speed controller Cancel " monitors all conditions which make one of the ADRs require discontinuation.

2.9.2.1 Operating speed controller operation Depending on the operated contacts of the working speed controller (dimADP and dimADM) and / or the PWG ADR target speed mrmADR_SOL, and the initial value of the integrator the PI controller mroADR_I_A determined. The contacts dimADP and dimADM, as well as the contacts for handbrake dimHAN and ADR Active dimADR be debounced in the processing of the digital inputs. Description of the function switch mrwADR_SOL: Bit position 0 1

Decimal comment 1Sollwertvorgabe via keys (dimADP / dimADM) 2Sollwertvorgabe on PWG


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-97

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.9.2.2 Working speed governor increase / decrease Once the requirements of the ADR are given, and the wait time expired mrwADR_t_f is, it can be activated by means of ADR + contact dimADP or ADR Contact dimADM. The ADR-set speed is displayed by pressing mrmADR_SOL of ADR + (dimADP) or ADR (DimADM) occupied with the current engine speed dzmNmit. If the current engine speed is less than the threshold speed (dzmNmit 0) or active solid ADR (mrmADR_SAT = 3 and cowFUN_FGR = 8 and cowFUN_FV2 = 1) be the abhänigen driving behavior-KF quantities (mrmM_EPWG and mrmM_EPWGR see Chap. 2.6.2 Speed-dependent driving behavior) set to 0. While turning the ADR nonAmount jump the driver's desired quantity produced, is the driving performance of I-KF before shutdown Share it PI controller (mtoADR_I_A) with the current driver's desired quantity mrmM_EWUN initialized.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-98

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Speed-dependent. FVH Geschwindigkeitsabh. FVH

mrm M_EPW GR

Speed-dependent. FVH Geschwindigkeitsabh. FVH

mrmM_EPWG

mrmM_EPWGR

mrmM_EPWG

cowFUN_FVH

mroADR_PWG> 0 cowFUN_FV2

&

>1

mrmADR_SAT = 3 cowFUN_FGR = 8

&

cowFUN_FV2

Figure MEREAD06: ADR on PW6

Description of the function switch cowFUN_FV2: Decimal comment Not switching off 0Fahrverhaltenkennfeld with active ADR 1Fahrverhaltenkennfeld switching off is at ADR speed setting by PWG

2.9.2.3 Working speed controller PI controller The PI controller of the ADR regulates the engine speed dzmNmit to ADR target speed mrmADR_SOL with the parameters mrwADP_ ... and mrwADI_ .... The control parameters are still after Separately distinguished small-signal and large-signal according to P and I components. At a transition e.g. of increase / decrease to state "rules" may at the regulator output no amount of jump . occur The initial amount of the PI controller mrmM_EADR is the maximum fuel mroM_EBEGR limited. The ADR-set speed is in mrmADR_SOL, the I component of the PI controller visible on the olda mroADR_I_A and the P component on the olda mroADR_P_A. The state ADR is the state of "rules". The maximum speed is about the mrmADR_Neo Adaption channel 28 via diagnostic interface with adjustable Login (upper / lower limit: mrwADR_vmn or mrwADR_vmx).


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-99

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

dimADP

mrmADR_Neo MIN

mroADR_TSO RAMP

mrwADR_dNP mroADR_TSO mrwADR_Neu MAX

RAMP

mrwADR_SOL.0

mrwADR_dNM

dimADM mrmADR_Neo MIN

mroADR_PWG

mrmADR_SOL MAX

PT1

anmPWG mroADR_PSO

KL

mrwADR_GF

mrwADR_KL mrwADR_SOL.1

fbbEPW2_L fbbEPWG_L

>1

fbbEPW2_H fbbEPWG_H mrmSICH_F

mrmADR_SOL MAX

mrwADR_Nsc

mrmADR_SOL

mrwADR_Nsc MIN

mrmADR_SOL RAMP

mrwADR_dNP dzmNmit
&

ADR active

Figure MEREAD03: speed determination of the ADR For mrmADR_Neo is Erstinitialisierungswert for EEPROM: edwINI_ADV; Default value when defective EEPROM: cowAGL_ADV


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-100

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrmADR_SOL mroADR_I_A

dzmNmit I

CONTROLS

mrwADI_ ...

ADR demolition

mroM_EBEGR mroADR_P_A

0 1

P

mrmM_EADR

CONTROLS

mrwADP_ ...

mroM_EBEGR

Figure MEREAD05: Controller structure of the ADR

2.9.2.4 Working speed controller resumption The activation of the WA is only in the states stand by and wait, and application of Setpoint selection via push button possible. From the states standby and waiting time after Abblauf the waiting time, the set speed in a state of control with the WA-speed mrmADR_SET occupied. When changing the setpoint speed the WA-speed is to me the current target speed occupied. The keypad WA state is detected when - DimADW (WA button pressed)

AND

- DzmNmit> mrwADR_Neu

AND

- DzmNmit
AND

- MrmADR_SET <> 0

AND

- ADR in the state stand-by OR - ADR in the state waiting time. If the keypad WA state recognized and is the actual speed> mrmADR_SET, so is the new state of mroWA_Stat WA from above, is the actual speed

DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-101

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Recognized ADR rules and state = WA In the transition from latency to rules of integrator of the PI controller with the current is Desired quantity allocated. While regulating the ADR quantity mrmM_EADR on [0, mroM_EBEGR] limited. If the current speed = mrmADR_SET as the state WA deleted and the I component mroADR_I_A again with the current request amount mrmM_EWUN pre-assigned. The current set speed in WA in the Oldas for speed influence over key mroADR_TSO, mroADR_TAS shown. In the olda mroWA_STAT the Wiederaufnahmeart is visible: Bit position 0 1

Decimal comment 1Wiederaufnahme from above 2Wiederaufnahme from below


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-102

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.9.2.5 Operating speed controller OFF In "working speed controller OFF" ADR setpoint speed via the ADR-ramp is mrwADR_dNA lowered to speed mrwADR_Nau. Once the ADR setpoint speed The controller output is achieved turn-off mrwADR_Nau switched to zero (MrmM_EADR = 0) and only the idle controller remains active. Shall be considered as breaking conditions Here, only the parking brake is not operated (dimHAN = 0) or the ADR switch is not actuated (DimADR = 0), or start shedding (mrmSTART_B = 0) is not yet done. In the olda mroADR_AUS the Ausschaltkondition is visible: Bit position 0 1 2

Decimal 1 2 4

Comment OFF via ADR switch dimADR = 0 OFF with manual brake dimHAN = 0 Delay due to start shedding mrmSTART_B = 1

2.9.2.6 Working speed controller demolition The ADR will be canceled under the following conditions. In the olda mroADR_ABB is the Termination condition is visible: o) Speed fgmFGAKT greater mrwADR_VAK (mroADR_ABB = 1), o) Speed dzmNmit greater mrwADR_Nao (mroADR_ABB = 2), o) Speed dzmNmit smaller mrwADR_Nau (mroADR_ABB = 4), o) is a positive system deviation fbbEADRpR: Speed difference in the "rules" greater as a threshold mrwADR_pRA fbwEADRpRA for a time demolition of ADR and entry ADR positive deviation of the error in the error memory (mroADR_ABB = 8), o) with negative deviation fbbEADRnR without pressing through the PWG: Speed difference is in the "rules" of less than threshold mrwADR_nRA for a time fbwEADRnRA and desired amount of ADR greater than or equal to the desired amount by the PWG (mrmM_EADR ≥mrmM_EPWG) Demolition of ADR and ADR entry of the error negative deviation in the error memory (mroADR_ABB = 16), o) with negative deviation fbbEADRnR with overpressures by the PWG: Speed difference is in the "rules" of less than threshold mrwADR_nRA for a time mrwADR_t_R and less than the requested quantity by the PWG desired amount of ADR (MrmM_EADR 0), the control mode also canceled, but there is no output on mroADR_ABB. If you cancel, the Controller output is immediately switched to zero (mrmM_EADR = 0) and the normal idle speed control is active again. The state is the state of ADR "Cancel". If none of these termination conditions to more and is either dimADR or dimHAN back to 0, then the ADR in the "Stand-by" switched. After renewed activation (dimADR = 1 and dimHAN = 1), after the ADR Time mrwADR_t_f (state "waiting period") released again.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-103

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

K15 from fboSDZG <> 0 fgmFGAKT> mrwADR_VAK dzmNmit> mrwADR_Nao

>1

ADR demolition

dzmNmit
mrmADR_SAT == 3

& (MrmADR_SOL - dzoNmit)> mrwADR_pRA

DEAD TIME

fbwEADRpRA

(MrmADR_SOL - dzoNmit)
& DEAD TIME

mrmM_EADR> = mrmM_EPWG

fbwEADRnRA

& DEAD TIME

mrmM_EADR
mrwADR_t_R

dimHAN

>1

Off ADR

dimADR

Figure MEREAD04: termination conditions of the ADR Is detected with active labor speed controller terminal 15, so the ADR request quantity is mrmM_EADR, and the ADR-set speed mrmADR_SOL immediately set to zero. 2.9.2.7 lamp test After ignition on the ADR lamp is driven for the time mrwADR_t_L. 2.9.2.8 Configuration About cowFUN_ADR the engagement of the ADR on other functions is configurable. Is set cowFUN_ADR.0 so with the handbrake applied, the error FGG plausibility with Speed and volume not reported (see monitoring concept FGG). Is with cowFUN_ADR.1 selected whether the ADR affects the parameter set selection of assets Ruckeldämpers. Is set cowFUN_ADR.1 so can be selected with cowFUN_ADR.2 which parameter sets vomAktivenRuckeldämpferverwendetwerden (sh.AktiverRuckeldämpfer, Parameter set selection). Is cowFUN_ADR.3 set and work speed control is in the State "rules" (mrmADR_SAT = 3) there is a shutdown of the exhaust gas recirculation. About cowFUN_ADR.4, the automatic ramp can be set (see Sect. 2.9.1.1.). The remaining bits of cowFUN_ADR are not used.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-104

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.9.3 Fixed Work speed control 2.9.3.1 Operation In contrast to the variable ADR, the setpoint is at the fixed ADR a fixed predetermined Value (fixed operating speed mrmADR_Nfe), the by on the adaptation channel 29 Diagnostic interface with adjustable log in (upper / lower limit: mrwADR_fmn or mrwADR_fmx). Erstinitialisierungswert for EEPROM: edwINI_ADE; Default value when defective EEPROM: cowAGL_ADE If the conditions are given to enable the ADR (dimADR = 1, dimHAN = 1 and there are no termination conditions), then after waiting mrwADR_t_f (see "Variable ADR ") the ADR target speed mrmADR_SOL via Ramp mrwADR_dNP fixed to the Working speed mrmADR_Nfe introduced. The waiting period must be observed before each activation. If the ADR off via the switch ADR-active or over the handbrake, then the Reduced setpoint speed via the ADR mrwADR_dNA ramp and the speed according to the Desired quantity set (without ADR). All other termination conditions lead to immediate Flow shut-off of the ADR controller (see also "variable ADR").


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-105

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2:10 maximum speed limit The maximum speed limit (HGB) has the amount of fuel depending on the current average driving speed fgmFGAKT abgeregeln. The of the Maximum speed limit calculated amount mrmM_EHGB limits the desired quantity mrmM_EWUNF (see "External lot of intervention"). The maximum speed limit is composed of four sub-tasks: the Evaluation of the request via the CAN messages Niveau1 and Allrad1, the Set-point tracking, the controller parameters selection and control.

fgm_VzuN

Controller parameter selection

mrmM_EPWG mrmM_EFGR mrwM_EMAX

mroM_EBEGR fgmFGAKT Control MEREHG04

mrmV_SOLHN

mrmV_SOLEE = 0 mrmV_HGBSW

Setpoint tracking

>1 mrwHGBvMAX = 0

& mrmHGB_Sta.1

>1 mrmHGB_Sta.5

mrmM_EAKT + mrwM_HGB_d

MIN

mrwM_NBHNI

Slew rate Limit

mrmM_EHGB

dzmNmit> mrwN_NBHNI

& mrwHGB_ABS

mrmHGB_Sta.2

mrwHGB_ANH mrmM_EAKT + mrwM_HGB_d

mrmEXM_HGB

mrwM_NBPNG dzmNmit> mrwN_NBPNG

& mrmHGB_Sta.6

fgm_VzuN mroM_EBEGR mrmM_EPWG mrmM_EFGR fgmFGAKT mrmV_HGBSW

Figure MEREHG01: Structure of the German Commercial Code Driving speed ratio to speed Limiting amount Wunschmenge_PWG Wunschmenge_FGR Current Speed Currently valid speed


19 April 2002

Overview - Maximum speed limit

DS / ESA

Page 2-106

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The message is the mrmV_SOLEE on EEPROM set maximum. The Setting the speed limit on EEPROM is accomplished via the fitting function of Diagnosis (see also chapter Diagnostics), Meßwertekanal 18 The top speed can chosen within the limits mrwHGBvMIN minimum value and maximum value mrwHGBvMAX be. Each time you save the adjustment of the current value as the maximum value for which is next adjustments applied. Disabling the HGB and resetting of the maximum value can only be done via the login function and password xcwPHGBOff. If the HGB disabled so are the values mrmV_SOLEE (maximum speed) and mrmV_SOLHN (tracking speed) = 0 When activated, is dependent on the Driving speed and the operating point of a tracking speed. The current speed limit mrmV_HGBSW is the minimum of all active Requirements -Limitation in the high-level: mrmHGB_Sta.1 = 1 means mrwHGBvHNI takes effect on the speed limit. -Limitation in reduction by Planetennachgelege: mrwHGBvPNG influences the speed limit.

mrmHGB_Sta.5

means

-else: speed corresponding value from the EEPROM: mrmV_SOLEE. Application Note: a value of mrmV_HGBSW = 0 means for the control 'no Limitation '. Due to the minimum education above values of mrwHGBvHNI lead or mrwHGBvPNG = 0, means that even at mrmV_SOLEE equal to 0 no limit is performed. The message mrmEXM_HGB indicates whether the HGB amount mrmM_EHGB influence on the Desired quantity mrmM_EWUNF has. The slew-rate limiting prevents lot of jumps that the disabling Can occur through the speed limit or speed limit (see below). The Parameters mrwHGB_ABS or mrwHGB_ANH give the maximum permissible level change for Lowering or raising of. The slew-rate limitation is only active when the amount active is limited (mrmEXM_HGB = 1) as the effectiveness of the control of the state Disabled would otherwise be delayed (speed overshoot). Secure deactivation of the HGB as EPROM (mrmV_SOLEE): mrwHGBvMIN = 0; mrwHGBvMAX = 0; Erstinitialisierungswert for EEPROM edwINI_HGB = 0; Default value when defective EEPROM cowAGL_HGB = 0;


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-107

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.10.1

Evaluation of the request via Niveau1 and Allrad1

The requirements of the speed limit on Niveau1 and Allrad1 are Message mrmHGB_Anf summarized. Description of HGB_Anf: Bit position 0 1 2 3 4

Decimal value meaning 1Anforderung a speed limit in the high-level Niveau1, byte 2, bit 7 'MSG constraint' 2Verbaucodierung - built engine in the Hunter Niveau1, Byte5, bit 4 'Vehicle level' 4frei 8frei 16Anforderung a speed limit reduction in by PNG Allrad1, Byte1, bit 6 'speed limit'

If an implausibility between the internal state 'engine installed in the Hunter' diagnosed cowFUN_HUN and Verbaucodierung mrmHGB_Anf.1, the error fbbENIV_P reported. The status of Höch's speed limit is summarized in mrmHGB_Sta. Description of HGB_Sta: Bit position 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Decimal 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128

Importance HGB for HNI - activated HGB for HNI - active HGB for HNI - Error while active reserved HGB for PNG - activated HGB for PNG - active HGB for PNG - Error while active reserved

Delete GRA setpoint The setpoint of the GRA is cleared under the following conditions (mrmFG_SOLL = 0) - At the time of activation of a speed limit by external intervention

(Positive edge at mrmHGB_Sta.2 or mrmHGB_Sta.5) was the GRA-state neutral (MroFGR_SAT = 0) -The requested speed (mrmV_HGBSW) is greater than the GRA setpoint (MrmFG_SOLL) -The resumption of contact is actuated when activatable GRA. Toggle: mroFGR_AB1 and mroFGR_AB2 masked (logical AND) with mrwHGB_AB1 and mrwHGB_AB2 are equal to 0

If the GRA setpoint is changed while the speed limit by set, this no longer cleared as a result. Evaluation of the request via Niveau1


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-108

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The following conditions must be met in order limitation in the high-level is possible: -the record label cowFUN_HUN (engine installed in the Hunter) is set to 1 -

there are no errors that prohibit the speed limit (fboSFGG, fboSPWG) -the vehicle speed is less than mrwHGBvHNI - mrwHGBdHNI If all conditions are met, the bit mrmHGB_Sta.0 is set, otherwise cleared.

If the bit is set mrmHGB_Sta.0, the Begrenzug in the high-level with the bit 'MSG Constraint '(Niveau1, byte 2, bit 7 = mrmHGB_Anf.0) are activated. In this case, the bit is set mrmHGB_Sta.1 and limits the speed to mrwHGBvHNI. The limitation is deactivated by using bit 'MSG constraint' requirement is withdrawn. If at this point the speed will be actively limited (MrmEXM_HGB = 1), the limit will not be disabled when mrmPWGfi for the period was mrwT_HGBLL smaller mrwHGB_PWG. As long as the limit is maintained, is mroHGBLLho set by the delay, otherwise cleared. The bit mrmHGB_Sta.1 resets with Deaktvierung. If during the limitation (mrmHGB_Sta.1 = 1) errors that a Prohibit speed limit is in the state 'error while running' (MrmHGB_Anf.2 = 1) passed. Now the speed (dzmNmit) is limited: above the Speed mrwN_NBHNI the default value is used mrwM_NBHNI. Below the Limiting speed is equal mrmM_EHGB mrmM_EAKT + mrwM_HGB_d (HGB amount corresponds to the current amount plus cushion, since the two different quantities Calculating frequencies have). The speed limiter is disabled by using the bit 'MSG constraint' the request is withdrawn.

fbbENIV_Q fbbENIV_C

>1 mrmHGB_Sta.0

&

fbbENIV_B fgmFGAKT
& fboSFGG

>1

fboSPWG fbbENIV_P

>1

mrmHGB_Sta.1

&

mrmHGB_Sta.1 mrmEXM_HGB

&

mrmPWGfi Switch-off Delay

mroHGBLLho

>1

>1

mrmHGB_Sta.2

&

mrmHGB_Anf.0 mrmHGB_Sta.2

Figure MEREHG05: requirement in high-level


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-109

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The status of the speed limit in the high-level of the CAN message Motor7 sent: Signal Name Speed limit activated Speed limit active

Byte 1

Bit 1

RCOS message mrmHGB_Sta.0

1

2

mrmHGB_Sta.1

Evaluation of the request via Allrad1 The following conditions must be met in order limitation in reduction by PNG is possible: -the record labels cowFUN_HUN (engine installed in the Hunter) and cowFUN_HAQ

(Manual switch Quattro) set to 1 -there are no errors that prohibit the speed limit (fboSFGG) -the vehicle speed is less than + mrwHGBvPNG mrwHGBdPNG

If all conditions are met, the bit mrmHGB_Sta.4 is set, otherwise cleared. If the bit is set mrmHGB_Sta.4 that Begrenzug can at reduction by PNG with the bit 'Speed limit' (Allrad1, Byte1, bit 6 = mrmHGB_Anf.4) are activated. In this case, the bit is set mrmHGB_Sta.5 and the speed to mrwHGBvPNG limited. The limit is disabled by the bit about the 'speed limit' Request is withdrawn. The bit mrmHGB_Sta.5 is at Deaktvierung reset. If during the limitation (mrmHGB_Sta.5 = 1) errors that a Prohibit speed limit is in the state 'error while running' (MrmHGB_Anf.6 = 1) passed. Now the speed (dzmNmit) is limited: above the Speed mrwN_NBPNG the default value is used mrwM_NBPNG. Below the Limiting speed is equal mrmM_EHGB mrmM_EAKT + mreM_HGB_d (HGB amount corresponds to the current amount plus cushion, since the two different quantities Calculating frequencies have). The speed limiter is disabled by using the bit 'Speed limit' the request is withdrawn.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-110

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

fbbEALR_Q mrmHGB_Sta.4

&

fgmFGAKT
& &

fboSFGG

>1

mrmHGB_Sta.5

&

mrmHGB_Sta.5

&

>1

mrmHGB_Anf.4

mrmHGB_Sta.6

& mrmHGB_Sta.6

Figure MEREHG06: Request for reduction by PNG

2.10.2

Setpoint tracking

The speed setpoint mrmV_HGBSW for the maximum speed limit is not directly output as controller setpoint to the controller, but in advance of the so-called Setpoint tracking manipulated. This function has the task of an under-or overshoot the filtered vehicle speed based on the fixed speed set point, according to To avoid slope or hill climbing. The setpoint tracking leads the setpoint for the controller "slow" (via a PT1 element) from the current velocity value approach to the desired or target value. The setpoint tracking can assume three states (display in olda mroAKT_SWN): 1 ... 2 ... 3 ...

Released setpoint tracking Switched point tracking Off point tracking


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-111

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

v mrmV_SOLHN

mrmV_HGBSW mrmV_SOLEE - mrwHGB_NAU

fgmFGAKT mrmV_SOLEE - mrwHGB_NIS mrmV_SOLHN - mrwHGB_NAS

t switched released

off

released

Commercial Code governs

Figure MEREHG02: Setpoint tracking - Setpoint tracking enabled: The setpoint tracking is enabled when the difference between the setpoint and Driving speed is greater than a threshold applicative. (MrmV_SOLHN - fgmFGAKT> mrwHGB_NAS - released> Set Point Tracking) The tracking desired value mrmV_SOLHN is set to the desired value mrmV_HGBSW. Application Note: The applicative mrwHGB_NAS threshold must be set larger than mrwHGB_NIS, otherwise, the state is "set point tracking enabled" no longer achieved.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-112

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

- Setpoint tracking turned on: The setpoint tracking is turned on when the difference between nachgeführtem Setpoint and the vehicle speed is less than or equal than a threshold applicative. (MrmV_SOLHN - fgmFGAKT <= mrwHGB_NIS -> Set Point Tracking turned on) The tracking desired value mrmV_SOLHN, starting with the current speed fgmFGAKT is a PT1 element to the driving speed setpoint mrmV_HGBSW introduced. The PT1 mrwPT1_HGB running gear independently. The Output quantity mrmM_EHGB is limited to mroHGmax. - Setpoint tracking off: The setpoint tracking is switched off if the difference between the EEPROM set speed limit mrmV_HGBSW and the tracked target value smaller is the same as an applicative threshold (MrmV_HGBSW - mrmV_SOLHN <= mrwHGB_NAU) or is the controller limitation is less than a threshold applicative. (MroHGmax mrwHGB_NAS replaced as the state of the setpoint tracking of released off after, or of switched on after released.

Sollwertnachreleased guidance mrmV_SOLHN = mrmV_HGBSW

Commercial Code does not regulate mroAKTSWN = 1 mrmV_SOLHN - fgmFGAKT > MrwHGB_NAS

mrmV_SOLHN - fgmFGAKT > MrwHGB_NAS

mrmV_SOLHN - fgmFGAKT <= MrwHGB_NIS

Sollwertnachoff management mrmV_SOLHN = mrmV_HGBSW

mrmV_SOLHN - fgmFGAKT <= MrwHGB_NAU or mroHGmax
Sollwertnachswitched management mrmV_SOLHN on PT1 to mrmV_HGBSW bring up

Commercial Code governs mroAKT_SWN = 3

Commercial Code governs mroAKT_SWN = 2

Figure MEREHG03: States of the set point tracking


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-113

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.10.3

Initializing the set value

The tracking desired value is initialized with the EEPROM value mrmV_SOLEE. 2.10.4

Controller parameters selection

Above the V / N threshold mrwHGB_VZN be for the PI controller, the parameter sets mrwHP4_ ... mrwHI4_ ... (for courses <= 4th gear) or mrwHP5_ ... mrwHI5_ ... (for the 5th gear) selected. 2.10.5

HGB PI controller

The speed controller continuously calculates the allowable injection quantity to the Not to exceed speed limit.

mrmM_EADR mrmM_EPWG mrmM_EFGR

MAX

MIN

mroM_EBEGR

mroHGmax

mrwM_EMAX mroHGP mroHGI HGB_Menge

mroHGB_RA mrmV_SOLHN PI

fgmFGAKT

CONTROLS

mrwHPx_ ... mrwHIx_ ... with x = 4 .. 5

mrmASGSTAT.13

& dimKIK

>1 mrwASG_BGR.1

Figure MEREHG04: regulation HGB ASG-ECO mode: Basically, for this function, the HGB activated (mrwHGBvMAX equal to 0 and mrmV_SOLEE equal to 0 or equal to 1 mrmHGB_Sta.1 mrmHGB_Sta.5 or equal to 1), see also safe deactivation of the Commercial Code. The ASG-ECO mode can be used to reduce the consumption HGB. This Function is enabled via bit 1 of mrwASG_BGR (mrwASG_BGR.1 = 1). If the ASG-ECO mode is enabled (mrmASGSTAT.13 = 1) and Kik-down is not actuated (DimKIK = 0) is switched to the values calculated from the HGB amount mrmM_EHGB. Is dimKIK = 1 or mrmASGSTAT.13 = 0 then the default amount mrwM_EMAX connected.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-114

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2:11 External Volume intervention mroM_EAKT mroM_EAG4 dimAG4 mroM_EWFr mrmPWG_roh mrmPWGfi dzmNmit mrmFGR_roh mroFGR_SAT

mrmBI_SOLL mrmEGSSTAT mrmM_ELLR dzmNmit mrmM_MOT mroM_EEGS fgmFGAKT mrmEGS_roh mrmEGS_CAN

mrmBI_SOLL mrmASR_roh mrmM_ELLR mroM_EASR mrmASR_CAN mrmMSRSTAT mrmASRSTAT

mrmBI_SOLL mrmMSR_roh mrmM_ELLR mroM_EMSR mrmMSR_CAN mrmFG_ABS mrmAUSBL

mrmBI_SOLL mrmASG_roh mrmM_ELLR mrmM_EASG mrmASG_CAN fgmFGAKT mrmAUSBL mrmASG_tsy dzmNmit mrmMD_Reib mrmMD_FAHR mroMD_KUP mrmMD_LLR

EGS AG4 Intervention

EGS CAN Intervention

ASR CAN Intervention

MSR CAN Intervention

ASG CAN Intervention

mroPWGPBI mroDZ_GHI mroAG4akt mrmINARD_D mroPWGinv mrmPWGPBM mroDZ_GLO mrmM_EAG4

mroEGSERR mroM_EEGSx mroEGSINT mroMD_EGS mrmEGSSTAT mroM_EEGSr mroM_EEGS mrmBI_SOLL mroMD_SOLL mroM_EXEGS

mroM_ESchf mrmM_EPWG mrmM_EFGR mrmM_EADR mrmM_EHGB

mroM_EASR mroMD_ASR mroM_EASRr mroM_EXASR mrmASRSTAT

mroM_EMSR mroMD_MSR mroM_EMSRr mrmMSRSTAT mroM_EXMSR

Coordination: Desired quantity synchronously

mrmINARD_D mrmMSR_AKT mrmM_EWUNF mrmM_EWUN

MEREEX01

mrmLLINIT mrmSTART_B mrmM_ELLR mrmM_EPWGR

Coordination: Desired quantity synchronous angle

mrmM_EWUNL mrmM_EWUNR

MEREEX13

mroM_EASG mroMD_ASG mroM_EASGr mrmASRSTAT mroM_EXASG mroASG_Nso mroMD_Areg mroMD_Arei mroASG_NRA mroMD_VOR mroMD_VORm mroMD_VORr mroMD_VORI mroMDASGmx

Figure MEREEX12: External lot of intervention


DS / ESA

Overview - External Amount of intervention

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-115

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroM_ESchf mrmM_EPWG mrmM_EFGR mrmM_EADR

MAX

mrmM_EWUNF MIN

mrmM_EHGB Initialize ARD D component (MrmINARD_D = 0x01)

a

<> mrwM_EMAX mroM_EEGS mrmM_EAG4

is in Parameter Selection used for the ARD

b

OFF CAN AG4

MIN

a

mrmMSR_AKT enhancing Amount of intervention active

a
cowFUN_EGS CAN OFF

mrmM_EASG

MAX MAX

cowFUN_ASG CAN OFF

mroM_EASR mrwM_EMAX

MIN MIN

comM_E_ASR CAN OFF

mrmM_EMSR

mrmM_EWUN MAX

mrmM_EWUN6 MAX

comM_E_MSR

Figure MEREEX01: time synchronous request quantity

mrmM_EWUN mrmM_ELLR

mrmM_EWUNL

mrmLLIINIT mrmSTART_B mrmM_EPWGR

MAX

mrmM_EWUNR

Figure MEREEX13: synchronous angle desired quantity


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-116

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The external intervention is the maximum amount of driver request on PWG mrmM_EPWG, Driver request via the cruise control system GRA mrmM_EFGR and driver on request the ADR mrmM_EADR work speed control and the PT1-filtered drag quantity mroM_ESchf.DiesesMaximumwirdbegrenztmitderMengeder Maximum speed limit mrmM_EHGB and after the start, depending on the Oil pressure. The limited by this minimum amount of education is the driver's desired quantity mrmM_EWUNF (for the output of the inverse PWG - value of the characteristic field is mrwIFV_KF a driver's desired quantity of raw mroM_EWFr, and from the maximum of mrmM_EPWG unlimited GRA desired quantity mrmFGR_roh formed). The bit mrmMSR_AKT (Information to redundant thrust monitoring) is set if a -increasing amount of intervention actually increases the amount. Description of the status of the olda MSR - Volume intervention by mrmMSR_AKT: Bit position 0 0

Decimal comment 0No-increasing amount of active intervention 1erhöhender amount of active intervention mrmM_EWUN)

(Causes

Increase

of

mrmM_EWUN6 is the desired quantity for the desired and actual moments of Motor6 Embassy and corresponds in principle mrmM_EWUN, but the EGS intervention is not considered. 2.11.1 drag torque limit for CVT By an injection quantity in the overrun operating below a speed threshold which is implicitly the map mrwSchmxKF results (1400 1/min), the drag torque to be limited. The difference in frictional torque without idling torque mrmMD_Rrel and the desired thrust moment mroMDSchSO gives the deviation mroMDSchRA. The deviation is to the specific consumption mrmBI_SOLL in a lot mroM_ESchu converted and then PT1 filter. Depending on the direction of the amount of change is one of two time constants, (MrwPT1SchP or mrwPT1SchN) selected. The PT1-filtered set is supplied with a upon speed factor multiplied to give the tow lot mroM_ESchf. The Multiplication by a factor dependent upon speed is necessary to a sudden To prevent flow surge to zero. Furthermore, the function of the system-specific error is zmmF_KRIT.0 = 1 (torque specification inaccurate) switched off.

mrmBI_SOLL

zmmF_KRIT.0 mroMDSchRA

mrmMD_Rrel

mroM_ESchu

CONTROLS

mrwMDSchmx mrwMDSchmn

fgmFGAKT

PT1

mrwPT1SchP mrwPT1SchN

mroMDSchSO KF

mrwSchmxKF mroM_ESchf

dzmNmit KL

mrwRSch_KL

Figure MEREEX18: drag torque limiting


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-117

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.11.2 External control units engaged This driver request amount can now from an external control device in several ways are affected: -

External intervention by EGS amount (either AG4 or CAN) External lot of intervention by ASR (CAN) External lot of intervention by MSR (CAN) External lot of intervention by ASG (CAN)

The type of intervention amount is about the software switch cowFUN_EGS, cowFUN_ASR, cowFUN_MSR and cowFUN_ASG defined. The software switch cowFUN_ASR and cowFUN_MSR are with deactivated CAN activation by coding for ASR / MSR (ComCLG_SIG.0 = 0) is active. In comCLG_SIG.0 = 1, the quantity intervention is possible only via CAN (ComM_E_ASR = 2, comM_E_MSR = 2, configuration see the Chapter "CAN activation by Coding "). Description of the software switch External Volume meshing type EGS cowFUN_EGS (Message comM_E_EGS): Decimal 0 2 3

Comment no EGS - Volume intervention Amount of intervention by EGS via CAN Amount of intervention by EGS on AG4

Description of the software switch External quantity type of intervention ASR cowFUN_ASR (Message comM_E_ASR): Decimal comment 0No ASR - Volume intervention 2Mengeneingriff ASR via CAN

Description of the software switch External Volume meshing type MSR cowFUN_MSR (Message comM_E_MSR): Decimal comment 0No MSR - Volume intervention 2Mengeneingriff by MSR via CAN

Description of the software switch External Volume intervention type ASG cowFUN_ASG (olda mroASG_sel): Decimal comment 0No ASG - Volume intervention 2Mengeneingriff by ASG via CAN

If no amount of intervention required or an amount of intervention currently active, the Driver's desired quantity mrmM_EWUNF as synchronous request quantity mrmM_EWUN to the passed speed synchronous quantity calculation.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-118

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The engagement amount of EGS can reduce the driver's desired quantity mrmM_EWUNF, where ASG intervention amount subsequently can act increasing again. The highest priority has the ASR / MSR engagement of irrespectively of the other two interventions demeaning and increasing can work (as long as is eingekupplet). The resultant intervention amount as time-synchronous Desired quantity mrmM_EWUN for editing in speed synchronous quantity calculation passed. WährendderDauereinesgültigenundaktivenMengeneingriffs (MrmM_EWUN <> mrmM_EWUNF) is the D - by percentage of assets Ruckeldämpfers mrmINARD_D initialized (treatment in the parameter selection for the ARD). The message mrmMSR_AKT serves as an information whether a quantity-increasing intervention is active. Is for further processing in other tasks nor the sum of the desired quantity mrmM_EWUN and the amount of idle controller mrmM_ELLR, or before the start of the discharge Initialiserungsmenge the idle controller integrator mrmLLIINIT, as a message mrmM_EWUNL sent. Furthermore, it is about the maximum out mrmM_EWUNL and the sum of PWG Desired quantity raw mrmM_EPWGR and the limited amount of idle controller mrmM_ELLR, or before start shedding the Initialisierungsmenge the idle controller integrator mrmLLIINIT, a speed synchronous request amount determined raw mrmM_EWUNR.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-119

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.11.3 EGS intervention EGS intervention via AG4: During switching operations of the AG4, the injection quantity to be reduced. The control device receives these switching operations, a switching signal which worked as a digital input AG4-E and internally is treated on the Message dimAG4. The AG4, a speed signal (TD - signal), and a PWM signal corresponding to the current accelerator pedal position, is provided. cowPBMAUSW.3 cowPBMAUSW.2 mroM_EWFr mrmFGR_roh dzmNmit

mroPWGinv mrmPWGPBM

mrmPWGPBI

KF

mrwIFV_KF ecwECOVPWG mrmPWG_roh

SG locked

MAX

mrmPWGfi mroFGR_SAT <> 0 mroFGR_SAT <> 112 cowPBMAUSW.4

&

cowECOMTC.0

Figure MEREEX02: Determination of the PWG - value for the AG4 To also during active cruise control system GRA a reasonable value for the To transmit accelerator pedal position a through the inverse driveability map mrwIFV_KF back-calculated value PWG mroPWGinv determined. As an input to the inverse Driving behavior characteristic field the driver's desired quantity of raw mroM_EWFr or unlimited GRA Desired quantity mrmFGR_roh be selected. Depending on the position of the DAMOS - switch cowPBMAUSW is either the most out mroPWGinv, the PWG value mrmPWG_roh and the filtered PWG mrmPWGfi or only the back-calculated PWG - value mroPWGinv as sent mrmPWGPBM about PBM to the AG4 or to the Ecomatik. The output of the Message mrmPWGPBM as PBM - signal must have the data of the MUX - separately handler on the Message number for mrmPWGPBM be applied. Also needs to be fixed there, whether case of a defective PWG (fboSPWG or fboSPGS) an error signal to be output (Continuous wave low). For systems with Ecomatic is active in the GRA PWG - replacement value ecwECOVPWG be sent. This prevents that in the overrun mode and Ecomatic active GRA mrmPWGPBM = 0% receives.

Description of DAMOS - switch PWM Output cowPBMAUSW (IFVKF = inverse Drivability map): Bit position 2

3 4

Decimal comment 4PBM for AG4 = MAX (PWG IFVKF mroPWGinv, mrmPWG_roh, mrmPWGfi) (0: PBM for AG4 = PWG IFVKF mroPWGinv) 8Eingang of IFVKF = (dzoNmit, mrmFGR_roh) (0: Entrance of IFVKF = (dzoNmit, mroM_EWFr)) 16PWG input = mrmPWG_roh (0: PWG input = MAX (mrmPWG_roh, mrmPWGfi)


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-120

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroDZ_GHI <= mrwDIFSCHW

mroAG4AKT.3 Switching back mroAG4AKT.4 Upshift

mrmM_EAG4

mroAG4AKT.0 Ramp active

RAMP

mrwDM_E_R dimAG4

fbbEAG4_L cowFUN_EGS <> 3

RAMP

mrwDM_E_H

mrmM_EAG4 dimAG4

Speed grade. normalized to daeHPPER = N

mroDZ_GLO

mrwM_EMAX mrwM_EMAX

Speed grade. normalized to daeHPPER = N / mrwPCOUNT

mroDZ_GHI

d (dimAG4) / dt <0 mroDZ_GLO> = mrwGRDSCHW dzmNmit

mroM_EHKF

mrmM_EAKT

KF

mrwM_EH_KF mroM_ERKF KF

mrwM_ER_KF

t

dimAG4

dimAG4

Troubleshoot- fbbEAG4_L action

1

mrmINARD_D

Figure MEREEX03: External lot of engagement by the AG4 Is not active the AG4, is constantly in the time-synchronous part of the quantity calculation Speed gradient mroDZ_GLO calculated and compared with the threshold mrwGRDSCHW. Is the speed gradient greater than or equal to this threshold, would at a switching activity of the AG4 a downshift present. If it is smaller, the WG4 would upshift. Depending on the Result of this comparison is from the map mrwM_EH_KF or mrwM_ER_KF (highor downshift characteristic field) a AG4 intervention mrmM_EAG4 amount, depending on the current DzmNmit speed and the amount mrmM_EAKT determined. Upon detection of a signal dimAG4 activity of WG4 in time-synchronous part of the Quantity calculation, the determined switching sense frozen and an engaging amount mrmM_EAG4 calculated. This quantity is now engaged during the period of activity of AG4 constantly updated in accordance with the speed dzmNmit. While dimAG4 is active, the D Share of ARD initialized (mrmINARD_D).


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-121

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

After the resetting of the switching signal by the AG4 is calculated from the speed at the beginning, the last speed before the end of the activity phase (negative edge of dimAG4) and the Number of program runs in the activity phase, a new speed gradient mroDZ_GHI determined and the AG4 increased engagement amount mrmM_EAG4 in a ramp. The ramp is only started when mrmM_EWUNF ≠0 or> 0 The slope of the ramp is from the comparison the speed gradient mroDZ_GHI determined with the threshold mrwDIFSCHW. If the Speed gradient mroDZ_GHI greater than the threshold mrwDIFSCHW, the ramp rate is mrwDM_E_R used for downshift. Is the speed gradient is less than or equal to this Threshold, the ramp rate mrwDM_E_H is used for high circuit. Upon detection of a signal of activity AG4 in speed synchronous portion of the amount calculated is immediately a minimum of current required quantity mrmM_EWUN and AG4 intervention amount formed mrmM_EAG4 and further processed as requested quantity.

fbbEAG4_L> 0

>1

dimAG4 == 0 cowFUN_EGS <> AG4-intervention mrmM_EAG4 mrwM_EMAX mrmM_EWUN

MIN

mrmM_EWUN

Figure MEREEX04: Speed Synchronous switching signal reaction This additional processing in the speed-synchronous part is necessary to provide the required To keep response time of the amount of interference to the switching signal as short as possible (maximum 40 ms).


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-122

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Representation of the switching signal reaction: dimAG4 1

AG4 active

AG4 inactive

AG4 inactive

0

t

N

t mrmM_EWUN

Intervention amount Ramp active active Δt

t

Δt

Figure MEREEX05: AG4 switching signal reaction Δt ... response time of the amount of interference to the switching signal (max. 40 ms). The maximum allowed time during which an AG4 shift engagement may be active, through the Determined debounce time of the error fbbEAG4_L and implicitly by the error handling monitored (see monitoring concept). Detailed information on the state of the amount of intervention by the automatic transmission AG4 are summarized in the olda mroAG4AKT. Description of the status of the olda AG4 quantity intervention mroAG4AKT: Bit position 0 1 2 3 4

Decimal 1 2 4 8 16

Comment Ramp function is active with the valid switching signal AG4 switching signal is active (dimAG4 = high) AG4 switching signal timeout error last shift was downshift last shift was upshift

Impact of the intervention on the AG4 quantity desired quantity mrmM_EWUN: An output of the AG4 amount mrmM_EAG4 intervention takes place only when a valid AG4 Shift engagement. A valid circuit operation is present if the input signal is active and the error fbbEAG4_L is not set, or if the amount mrmM_EAG4 AG4 intervention after a valid switching signal within the ramp is and the condition mrmM_EAG4 < mrmM_EWUNF is satisfied. The ramp is started only when mrmM_EWUNF> 0. Furthermore, it is with a valid AG4 intervention via the Message mrmINARD_D the D - Percentage of Assets Ruckeldämpfers initialized (manipulated variable D - percentage = 0). Is the intervention AG4 valid and the calculated AG4 - intervention mrmM_EAG4 amount less than the Value of the local copy of the requested quantity mrmM_EWUN, the intervention amount in which is adopted local copy of the requested quantity.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-123

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

EGS intervention via CAN: a

a b

mroMD_SOLL

b mrmEMOTKOR mrmBI_SOLL dzmNmit

PT1

KF

mrwKFVB_KF

mrwPT1_BI

Figure MEREEX14: Calculation spec. ind. Consumption mroMD_EGS

mrmEGS_roh

mroM_EEGSr

mrwMULINF3 mrmBI_SOLL mrmM_ELLR

mroM_EEGSx

MAX

dzmNmit

mroM_EEGS

mroM_EXEGS KL

mrwANFAHKL

mroM_EEGS MIN RAMP

mrwEGSRAMP mrwM_EMAX mrmEGS_roh = 0xFE (neutral value) fgmFGAKT
& mrmEGSSTAT.7 = 1

>1

mrmEGS_roh = 0xFF mrmEGSSTAT.8 = 1

>1 mrmEGSSTAT.5 = 0

mroEGSINT S

1 mrwEGS_LAB

Q Integrator

-1 mrmEGSSTAT.5

mroEGSERR

CONTROLS

mrwEGS_TIM 0

KL15 R

mrwEGSbegr

Figure MEREEX08: External lot of engagement by the EGS via CAN Bits 4-8 of mrmEGS_CAN be transferred directly to the same bits of mrmEGSSTAT. In CAN communication, a normalization is required to torques. Torques are on the specific consumption indexed mrmBI_SOLL [(mg / stroke) / Nm], which consists of the Consumption map mrwKFVB_KF with the speed dzmNmit and the corrected Engine torque mrmEMOTKOR amount is determined, converted into quantities. Quantities are about the spec. ind. Consumption mroBI_FAHR or mroBI_REIB resulting from the fuel consumption map be determined by the speed and the amount dzmNmit mrmM_EWUNF or mroM_EREIB, converted into torques.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-124

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Calculation of the control quantity: With set EGS - mrmEGSSTAT.5 request bit, the torque signal is mrmEGS_roh (Value calculated physical value is mrmMD_EGS) with mrmBI_SOLL from the Consumption map mrwKFVB_KF multiplied. Of this amount is engaging mroM_EEGSr deducted the actual amount of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR and the result down on 0 limited, hence the relevance to the determination of the desired quantity Quantity mroM_EEGS results. Error message transmission (mrmEGSSTAT.4 = 1): In a CAN error (gesetzem bit mrmEGS_CAN.4) the status bit is mrmEGSSTAT.4 placed. Subsequently, the back-up quantity mroM_EXEGS is activated. The error is during active CAN - Blanks are not reported. In this replacement quantity mroM_EXEGS is also not set in EGS - request bit mrmEGSSTAT.5, gesetzem bit mrmEGS_CAN.7) Transmission - Control unit in emergency (MrmEGS_CAN.8 = 1) or at the moment of engagement - Error ID = 0xFF mrmEGS_roh switched (see also monitoring concept). Determination of information "intervention can not, or not fully carried out": The engagement mroM_EEGSr amount less than the current amount of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR reduced by a tolerance value mrwM_E_ToG, the bit mrmEGSSTAT.7 set (flag - Overriding desire can not, or are not fully met). Increases the Intervention amount mroM_EEGSr on the current amount of idle controller mrmM_ELLR so will reset this bit. The bit is also at gesetzem bit mrmEGS_CAN.7 or when the EGS procedure is disabled via Application (cowFUN_EGS≠2) set. Similarly, in Mengenzumeßungsfehler zmmSYSERR.2 (see Monitoring Concept "summarized System error "). The state of the bit is also displayed in the olda mroHYSSTAT.0. Replacement Quantity: The calculation of the compensation amount mroM_EXEGS is on the current driving speed fgmFGAKT dependent. Is fgmFGAKT = mrwV_ANFAH, the replacement rate is up to Maximum mrwM_EMAX increased with an increment of mrwEGSRAMP ((mg / stroke) / s) (State Information: mrmEGSSTAT). As a special case, when not set, EGS Request bit mrmEGSSTAT.5 and simultaneous neutral value in engagement moment (MrmEGS_roh = 0xFE) of the engagement immediately terminated without ramp (mroM_EXEGS = mrwM_EMAX). Time limit: About the Label mrwEGSbegr the EGS procedure time can be monitored. This runs at active EGS intervention mrmEGSSTAT.5 an integrator to the administrable limit mrwEGS_TIM. If the integrator the set value mrwEGS_TIM, then mrmEGSERR set, the engaging amount of the EGS mroM_EEGS engagement is set to 0, the ASG-intervention is canceled as implausible and the error fbbEEGS_A is set. At non-active operation is a negative input value mrwEGS_LAB to the integrator connected. The integrator is bounded below at 0.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-125

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Effect: The transmission intervention affects quantitative reducing, ie is the amount of the electronically controlled Transmission mroM_EEGS less than the driver's request mrmM_EWUNF, so goes the quantity mroM_EEGS in the quantity desired mrmM_EWUN. Description of olda mrmEGSSTAT - Status of EGS amount procedure: (Bits 4-6 and 8 from mrmEGSSTAT correspond to those of mrmEGS_CAN). Bit position 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

Decimal 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128

Comment Amount of active intervention by EGS Amount of intervention by EGS Ramp no amount of intervention by EGS (ramp limit reached) Amount of intervention by EGS on start-KL Error message EGS (timeout or message data inconsistent) EGS request bit (engaging moment is thus valid) Suppression of the CAN monitor mrmEGS_CAN: CAN fault or error message mrmEGSSTAT: CAN error message or error or EGS intervention request can not, or not fully met be (see review of the intervention above, as well as Monitoring concept). Note: at the same time MSR intervention (Overrides EGS intervention), this bit is also set when the MSR intervention torque is greater than the EGS intervention torque. Gear SG is in emergency mode (see CAN: Gear 1)

256


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-126

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.11.4 ASR intervention ASR intervention via CAN: mrmASR_roh

mroMD_ASR

mroM_EASRr

mrwMULINF3 mrmBI_SOLL mrmM_ELLR MAX

0 mroM_EASR RAMP

mrwASRRAMP

MIN

mroM_EXASR

mroM_EASR

mrwM_EMAX

mrmASR_roh == 0xFE

CAN errors mrmASR_CAN.7 OR mrmASRSTAT.5 = 0 OR mrmMSRSTAT.5 <> 0 OR Error detection mrmASR_roh = 0xFF

Figure MEREEX09: ASR intervention The bits mrmASRSTAT.4 mrmASRSTAT.B to be directly from the bits mrmASR_CAN.4 to mrmASR_CAN.B taken. Calculation of the control quantity: From the ASR / MSR control unit via CAN is the ASR intervention torque mrmASR_roh (the converted value is output in physical mrmMD_ASR) transmitted. This moment is for set ASR request bit mrmASRSTAT.5 (simultaneously must mrmMSRSTAT.5 = Be 0) with the specific fuel consumption indexed (mrmBI_SOLL) multiplied. From this Intervention mroM_EASRr amount is the actual amount of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR subtracted and the result is a lower limit of 0, resulting in the determination of the Desired quantity relevant quantity mroM_EASR results. Determination of information "intervention can not, or not fully carried out": The engagement mroM_EASRr amount less than the current amount of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR reduced by a tolerance value mrwM_E_ToB, the bit mrmASRSTAT.7 set (flag - Overriding desire can not, or are not fully met). Increases the Intervention mroM_EASRr quantity above or equal to the current amount of idle controller mrmM_ELLR, This bit is reset. The bit is also set, at mrmASR_CAN.7, or if the error fbbEMSR_P is finally broken, or when the ASR - intervention on application disabled (cowFUN_ASR <> 2) and the CAN enable for ASR is also not active (ComCLG_SIG.0 = 0), set. The state of the bit is in active ASR intervention in the Olda mroHYSSTAT.1 displayed. Error message brake (mrmASRSTAT.4 = 1): When this bit mrmASR_CAN.4 the status mrmASRSTAT.4 and mrmMSRSTAT.4 be placed. This replacement rate is also not set at ASR - request bit mrmASRSTAT.5 in set, MSR - mrmASRSTAT.5 request bit, the bit is set mrmASR_CAN.7 in Message count error (mrmASR_CAN.11) and the engaging torque - Error code mrmASR_roh = 0xFF switched (see also monitoring concept).


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-127

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Replacement Quantity: When switching to the compensation amount mroM_EXASR the ASR is engaged quantity mroM_EASR ramp shape to the neutral value mrwM_EMAX increased (status information: mrmASRSTAT). As a special case, when not set ASR - request bit mrmASRSTAT.5 and simultaneous neutral value in engagement torque (mrmASR_roh = 0xFE) of the engagement immediately without ramp is complete (mroM_EXASR = mrwM_EMAX). Effect: The ASR - intervention affects quantitative reducing, that is, is smaller than the amount mroM_EASR Driver request mrmM_EWUNF, the amount mroM_EASR goes into the desired quantity mrmM_EWUN one.

Description of olda status of the ASR - Volume intervention by mrmASRSTAT: (Bits 4-6 and B from mrmASRSTAT correspond to those of mrmASR_CAN). Bit position 0 1 2 4

Decimal 1 2 4 16

5 6 7

32 64 128

B

2048

Comment Quantities - active intervention by ASR Quantities - intervention by ASR Ramp no amounts - intervention by ASR (ramp limit reached) BotschaftsfehlerASR / MSR (Timeoutoderinkonsistente Message data) ASR - request bit (engaging moment is thus valid) Suppression of the CAN monitor mrmASR_CAN: CAN fault or error message mrmASRSTAT: CAN error message or error or ASR - Overriding desire can not, or not fully met be (see review of the intervention above, as well as Monitoring concept). see description mrmMSRSTAT.B or mrmMSR_CAN


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-128

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.11.5 MSR intervention MSR intervention via CAN: mrmMSR_roh

mroMD_MSR

mroM_EMSRr

mrwMULINF3 mrmBI_SOLL mrmM_ELLR MAX

0 mrmM_EMSR RAMP

mrwMSRRAMP

MAX

mroM_EXMSR

mrmM_EMSR

0

mrmMSR_roh = 0 (Neutral value)

Termination condition is met

Figure MEREEX10: MSR intervention The bits mrmMSRSTAT.4 mrmMSRSTAT.B to be directly from the bits mrmMSR_CAN.4 to mrmMSR_CAN.B taken. Calculation of the control quantity: From the ASR / MSR control unit via CAN is the MSR intervention torque mrmMSR_roh (Value calculated physical value mroMD_MSR (the raw value is in mrmMSR_roh output) transfer. This moment is for set MSR request bit mrmMSRSTAT.5 and is not true, the termination condition (see below) with the specific indexed Fuel consumption (mrmBI_SOLL) multiplied. Of this amount is engaging mroM_EMSRr deducted the actual amount of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR and the result down on 0 limited, hence the relevance to the determination of the desired quantity Quantity mroM_EMSR results.

Error message brake (mrmMSRSTAT.4 = 1): When this bit mrmMSR_CAN.4 the status mrmMSRSTAT.4 and mrmASRSTAT.4 be placed. Subsequently, the bit is set mrmMSRSTAT.7.

MSR - Overriding desire can not, or not fully met (mrmMSRSTAT.7 = 1): This bit is set at MSR-CAN intervention cowFUN_MSR on record activate ≠2 and also not active CAN activation by coding for MSR (comCLG_SIG.0 = 0). with error message ASR / MSR mrmMSR_CAN.4 (timeout or message data inconsistent) when exceeding the limit amount mroM_EBEGR increased by the tolerance value mrwM_E_ToB by the engagement amount mroM_EMSRr (mroHYSSTAT.2). If free Intervention amount mroM_EMSRr again under or on the current limiting amount mroM_EBEGR, then the bit mroHYSSTAT.2 reset.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-129

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Physical Plausibility violation of the MSR intervention (mrmMSRSTAT.9 = 1): It will be reviewed when the bit mrmMSRSTAT.A is not set and the MSR request bit mrmMSRSTAT.5 is set. The procedure is then physically implausible, if the integral MSR moment mroMDIntdt mroMDIntdt òM MSR -MRe ib dt exceeds the threshold mrwMDIntMX. Then, it is also the fault fbbEMSR_H as broken reported. The current value of the integral is shown in Olda mroMDIntdt. The integral is limited down to 0. When the integral reaches the value 0 and the neutral value was sent, the failure fbbEMSR_H is well reported. Be more MSR interventions however, only be allowed again, if the ABS control unit, at least once to the neutral value sends as engaging torque and the error is now finally healed. mroMD_MSR

heal

defective

t

mroMDIntdt mrwMDIntMX

t

fbbEMSR_H

t mroMSRSTAT.9

t

Figure MEREEX11: Physical plausibility MSR

Plausibility violation of the MSR intervention (mrmMSRSTAT.A = 1): This bit is set, in MSR-request bit mrmMSRSTAT.5 to the following conditions tested and set at least fulfill one condition: when the bit is mrmMSR_CAN.7, beiMengenzumessungsfehlern "Summarized System Error")

zmmSYSERR.2

(See

Monitoring concept

with message count error (mrmMSR_CAN.B see Appendix B - CAN, CAN interpreter) in the intervention torque - Error ID = 0xFF mrmMSR_roh, with set ASR request bit mrmASRSTAT.5, case of non-fulfillment of the Binärkomplementbedingung (mrmMSR_roh is not the Binärkomplement of mrmASR_roh) in functional plausibility violation


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-130

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The procedure is then functionally implausible, if the reference speed of the ABS-SG mrmFG_ABS
zmmSYSERR.2

(See

Monitoring concept

with message count error (mrmMSR_CAN.B see Appendix B - CAN, CAN interpreter) case of non-fulfillment of the Binärkomplementbedingung (mrmMSR_roh is not the Binärkomplement of mrmASR_roh) when engaged moment Monitoring concept).

Misrecognition

mrmMSR_roh

=

0xFF

(See

also

When switching to the compensation amount mroM_EXMSR the MSR is engaged quantity mroM_EMSR ramp shape to the neutral value 0 decreased (state information: olda mrmMSRSTAT). As a special case, when not set MSR - request bit mrmMSRSTAT.5 and simultaneous neutral value in engagement torque (mrmMSR_roh = 0) Intervention immediately terminated without ramp (mroM_EXMSR = 0). Effect: The MSR - intervention affects volume increasing, that is, is greater than the amount mroM_EMSR Driver request mrmM_EWUNF, the amount mroM_EMSR goes into the desired quantity mrmM_EWUN one. A the same time possibly existing EGS - intervention (volume reduction) is thereby superimposed (mrmEGSSTAT.7 is set).


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-131

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Description of the status of the olda MSR - Volume intervention by mrmMSRSTAT: (Bits 4-6 and B from mrmMSRSTAT correspond to those of mrmMSR_CAN). Bit position 0 1 2 4

Decimal 1 2 4 16

5 6 7

32 64 128

9 A

512 1024

B

2048

Comment Amount of active intervention by MSR Amount of intervention by MSR Ramp no amount of intervention by MSR (ramp limit reached) Error message ASR / MSR (timeout or message data inconsistent) MSR - request bit (engaging moment is thus valid) Suppression of the CAN monitor mrmMSR_CAN: CAN fault or error message mrmMSRSTAT: CAN error message or error or MSR - Overriding desire can not, or not fully met be (see review of the intervention above, as well as Monitoring concept). Physical plausibility is injured (torque integral to large) General plausibility criteria Injured (CAN message, functional plausibility) Message count error: The message count B_count the last received message differs by more than mrwMSR_Bmx the message count of the latest message (no Review at mrwMSR_Bmx = 15) OR for more than mrwMSR_Bmn main program periods (= 20 ms) was not Change in the message counter registers (deactivation of the Check with mrwMSR_Bmn = 127).


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-132

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.11.6 ASG intervention ASG intervention via CAN: mrmASG_tsy b aa b

mroASG_Nsy

mrmASG_roh CONTROLS

mrwASG_Nmx mrwASG_Nmi

Intervention implausible

Intervention plausible dzmNmit

mroASG_Nso

mrmKUP_roh mrwMULINF3 mrmMD_FAHR

mrmMD_KUP mroMD_VORm

mroMD_VORr

mroMD_VORl

MIN

mroMD_VOR

MAX

mrmMD_Reib mrmMD_LLR

mrwMDASGm2 mrwMDASGmx

mroASG_NRA

mroMD_Areg mroMD_Arei

mroMDASGmx

mrwASGvor & mrmW_KUP = 1 mroMD_ASG

mroASG_Nso P

dzmNmit

CONTROLS

mrwASGP_ ..

mroMDInAdt

mroMDASGmx min: 0 I

mrmMD_Reib 0 mroMD_VOR cowFUN_CVT.1 mrmBI_SOLL mroM_EASGr

mrmM_ELLR MAX

mrmM_EASG

mrmM_EASG

mroM_EXASG RAMP

mrwASGRAMP LowByte mrmASG_roh = 0 (Neutral value)

Intervention plausible

Figure MEREEX15: ASG intervention General: The ASG-intervention is to allow smooth shifting of the transmission by the Engine control unit before recoupling the speed the new gear ratio adapts.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-133

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

For the function of the CVT (Continuously Variable Transmission) - transmission is via the Bit-coded function switch cowFUN_CVT defined: cowFUN_CVT (Bit coded)

Importance

cowFUN_CVT.0

Desired idle speed increase via CAN message Getriebe2 enabled

cowFUN_CVT.1

Calculation of the cup without diesel mrmMD_Reib and mroMD_VOR

cowFUN_CVT.2

Intervention aborted by error fbbEASG_G (exceeding the Speed threshold mrwASGnmax)


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-134

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Calculation of the control quantity: The ASG control device transmits a request via CAN synchronous speed (raw value = mrmASG_roh) and a synchronization time mrmASG_tsy from which the SG a speed setpoint calculated to the actual speed in the desired time from the transmission to the desired speed introduce. The desired synchronous speed is set to the maximum value mrwASG_Nmx and the minimum value mrwASG_Nmi limited (= mroASG_Nsy). In order stationary deviations during engagement (slipping clutch mrmWKUP = To eliminate 1, a pre-control torque mroMD_VOR calculated. For this purpose, from one of a minimum selection between the driver's desired torque mrmMD_FAHR and CAN received clutch torque mrmMD_KUP obtained value mroMD_VORm the Friction torque mrmMD_Reib and the idling torque mrmMD_LLR subtracted and then restricted to the positive number range. About the Label mrwASGvor can the Pre-control torque calculation are activated. If the Zwischengasflag mrmASGSTAT.5 set and there are no stop conditions (see Plausibility of the intervention) actively regulates a P controller of the actual speed dzmNmit on the Speed setpoint mroASG_Nso. The resultant moment of the controller mroMD_Areg is Addition of the friction torque mrmMD_Reib compensated and the current pre-control torque mroMD_VOR applied to the maximum value mroMDASGmx and to the minimum value 0 limited (mroMD_ASG). When translated the function switch cowFUN_CVT.1 = 1 (bit coded) is the friction torque mrmMD_Reib and the pre-control torque mroMD_VOR not included in the calculation included. The limitation mroMDASGmx is in active feedforward control from the label mrwMDASGm2 and when disconnected from feedforward mrwMDASGmx taken. The ASG-intervention torque mroMD_ASG is the specific fuel consumption indexed mrmBI_SOLL multiplied. From this engagement mroM_EASGr amount is the actual amount of Idle controller mrmM_ELLR subtracted and the result is limited down to 0, resulting in relevant to the determination of the desired quantity Quantity mroM_EASG results. Suppression: With CAN-suppression (mrmAUSBL = 1), the error are fbbEASG_P (plausibility coupling) (too big = "cup Diesel" Quantity integral) unreported and fbbEASG_H and the Error debouncing reset. A reaction (termination of the procedure) is done but once. For the However, withdrawal of the replacement reaction must be cured the error. If the driver's desired torque mrmMD_FAHR greater than or equal to the ASG intervention torque mroMD_ASG and the clutch is slipping, (mrmW_KUP = 1), the "cup Diesel" mroMDInAdt frozen. Abort of the intervention on speed (cowFUN_CVT.2 = 1) If the speed exceeds dzmNmit during an ASG-intervention, the speed threshold mrwASGnmax the error fbbEASG_D is set. If the error is debounced defective (Error debounce time fbwEASG_DA has expired) are an Abort the operation. The Error correction is performed only when the conditions for a resumption of the procedure (see "Resumption of the procedure:") applied. The error correction is independent of the Speed dzmNmit.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-135

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Plausibility of the intervention: The procedure is performed when the request bit (Zwischengasflag) mrmASGSTAT.5 is set, no neutral value (low byte of mrmASG_roh ≠0) and any of the following Termination conditions (Error) is present: formal plausibility: Binärkompliment of mrmASG_roh (High byte low byte) is not true, Message count error (mrmASGSTAT.11 = 1 for error) is present, Message contains error information (one of the raw scores = 0FFh) Error message, CAN defect (mrmASG_CAN.7 = 1), Mengenzumessungsfehler zmmSYSERR.2 (see Monitoring Concept "summarized System Error ") rest of plausibility: Speed fgmFGAKT = mrwMDIntAX , Error fbbEASG_H still current Error fbbEASG_D is defective debounced

If a termination condition during a ASG-intervention (request bit set and no Neutral value sent), so the demolition of the replacement quantity mroM_EXASG or carried Intervention is not started.

Resumption of the procedure: A new procedure is only allowed again after all the following conditions 've applied simultaneously: Request bit (Zwischengasflag) mrmASGSTAT.5 not set Neutral value sent (low byte of mrmASG_roh = 0) Integral moment mroMDInAdt already set to 0 Message was received correctly (mrmASG_CAN.4 = 0) no termination condition is more active Note: After SG-initialization (K15 a) must once these conditions are achieved to a Engagement is allowed.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-136

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Coupling plausibility of the ASG-intervention (fbbEASG_P): General: The surgery is performed only if is disengaged or is immediately without debouncing aborted when engaged. Is this Eingriffsbit set without changing the clutch is disengaged in the state so must after the debounce fbwEASG_PA the resumption conditions (neutral value, etc.) reaches be before a new intervention is allowed. This is true for the start and the end of the Intervention. The error occurs when fbwEASG_P during this state, the suppression of the Time fbwEASG_PA was continuously inactive. When not yet healed, up to date adjoining fbbEASG_P error, no action occurs.

Healing of the fault fbbEASG_P: To cure the error must fbbEASG_P the engagement for the time fbwEASG_PB continuously be formally plausible, the clutch are disengaged in the state and the CAN Blanking inactive. During this time the "not engaged" is - bit (S_EGS) placed. After this time, have the resumption conditions (neutral value, etc.) reaches be (mroASGSTAT A bit set) until a new intervention is allowed. This means for the transmission that the procedure for the time fbwEASG_PB must perform!

ECO mode (mrmASGSTAT (.8) = 1): In order to reduce the consumption between the two modes, SPORT and ECO ASG changed be. The condition is transmitted by the gearbox control unit via CAN and in mrmASGSTAT (.8) mapped. In ECO mode, a torque limiter (see Chapter quantity limitation illustration MEREBG02) and a maximum speed limit is configurable (see chapter Maximum speed limit). When switching to the torque limit must be ensured that the operator to this time does not require more torque. This is realized by a flip-flop. If requesting via CAN ECO mode (mrmASGSTAT.8 = 1) and the amount mrmM_EWUNF is less than or equal to the ASG-ECO-limiting amount mrmBM_ASG is the Released flip-flop and set mrmASGSTAT (.13).

mrmM_EWUNF mrmBM_ASG

a

S

a <= b

Q

b

R

&

mrmASGSTAT.13

mrmASGSTAT.8

Figure MEREEX17: ASG-ECO mode


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-137

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Physical Plausibility violation of the ASG-intervention (mrmASGSTAT.9 = 1): The procedure is then physically implausible, if the integral ASG Moment mroMDInAdt mroMDInAdt òM ASG dt the threshold mrwMDIntAX exceeds. Where MASG equal mroMD_Areg (momemt to Compensate the deviation) + mrmMD_Reib (torque to overcome friction) + mroMD_VOR (pre-control torque against slipping of the clutch) limited to 0 and mrwMDASGmx (corresponding mroMD_ASG). Then, it is also the fault fbbEASG_H as broken reported (if no Ausblendbedingung is active). The current value of the integral is in the Olda mroMDInAdt shown. The ASG-moment MASG corresponds, as long as the integral moment mroMDInAdt below the threshold mrwMDIntAX is, the engaging torque mroMD_ASG. Once the threshold mrwMDIntAX Although is exceeded is the engaging torque mroMD_ASG is set to 0 (operation is canceled mroASGSTAT.9 = 1), but the torque is integrated Further, the ASG Moment MASG = MroMD_Areg + + mrmMD_Reib mroMD_VOR limited to 0 and mrwMDASGmx used. In cowFUN_CVT.1 = 1, the friction torque is always the integral ASG Moment mroMDInAdt deducted, in the addition to mroMD_ASG this changes nothing. When the error has finally broken the integral with the friction torque is reduced (MASG =-MrmMD_Reib). The integral is bounded below at 0. If the integral value of the 0 achieved and the neutral value is sent, the failure fbbEASG_H is reported as well. mroMD_ASG

heal

defective

t

mroMDInAdt

Broken engagement

mrwMDIntAX

t fbbEASG_H

fbwEASG_HA

fbwEASG_HB

t mroASGSTAT.9

t mrmM_EASG

t

Figure MEREEX16: Physical plausibility ASG Replacement Quantity: Upon termination or Abort (see Abruchbedingungen) is on the replacement quantity mroM_EXASG switched and the engaging amount ASG engagement amount mroM_EASG ramped reduced to zero. If the ASG-SG in addition to the neutral value (low byte mrmASG_roh = 0) sends so the engagement is terminated immediately with no ramp (mroM_EXASG = 0). Effect:


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-138

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The ASG - intervention affects volume increasing, that is, is greater than the amount mroM_EASG Driver request mrmM_EWUNF, the amount mroM_EASG goes into the desired quantity mrmM_EWUN one.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-139

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Description of olda mroASGSTAT "Status of the ASG - Volume intervention": (Bits 4-6, B and C correspond to those of mrmASGSTAT mrmASG_CAN). Bit position 0 1 2 4 5 6 7

Decimal 1 2 4 16 32 64 128

9

512

A

1024

Comment Amount of active intervention by ASG Amount of intervention by ASG Ramp no amount of intervention by ASG (ramp limit reached) Error message ASG (timeout or message data inconsistent) ASG - request bit (engaging moment is thus valid) Suppression of monitoring ASG - operation can not be performed (wegappliziert). Seated at one of the following conditions: mroM_EASGr> (mrmM_EBEGR + mrwM_E_ToG) (Interference amount is greater than limit amount) mrmASG_CAN bit 7 is set (CAN defect, Bus Off, Message timeout, Botschaftsinkonsistenz) fbbEASG_P (clutch plausibility) or not clutch operated (dimKUP = 0) and the engagement remained over time fbwEASG_PA set out formally plausible (and Eingriffsbit no error in the message). Speed to low Intervention is plausible, but A bit is still set (bit A is by sending the neutral value deleted) Physical plausibility is injured (torque integral to large or threshold mrwASGnmax exceeded during the procedure) (The bit remains set until the point under "resume have applied conditions of engagement "described above.) General plausibility criteria injured. It was after the Initialization (K15 A) before the engagement request the It OR does not meet resumption conditions occurred during of the procedure one or more of the following conditions: (Only when Wunschdrehzahlrohwert ≠0 and request bit) one of the raw scores is 0ffh (ABY, tsy) Message count error Binärkompliment not true mrmASG_CAN bit 7 is set (error message, CAN-defect). MengenzumessungsfehlerzmmSYSERR.2 (see Monitoring concept "summarized System Error")

fbbEASG_P (clutch plausibility) or not clutch operated (dimKUP = 0) and the engagement remained over time fbwEASG_PA set out formally plausible (and Eingriffsbit no error in the message). Replacement reaction is always without fault debouncing. Healing with Error condition bruise. With CAN-suppression is the fault neither reported yet healed. Speed to low (The bit remains set until the point under "resume have applied the procedure described conditions.)


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-140

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continuing with the description of the olda mroASGSTAT "Status of the ASG - Volume intervention": (Bits 4-6, B and C correspond to those of mrmASGSTAT mrmASG_CAN). Bit position B

Decimal comment 2048Botschaftszähler error: The message count B_count the last received message is no different or more than mrwASG_Bmx the message count of the latest message (no Review at mrwASG_Bmx = 15) 4096Synchronisationszeit mrmASG_tsy implausible (raw value = 0FFh)

C


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-141

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2:12 Active Ruckeldämpfer 2.12.1 transition detection The transition detection is carried out centrally. See Section idle controller - transition detection. 2.12.2 Parameter set selection mrmGANG = 5 (5TH GEAR)

MIN

mroCASE_FF.9

mrwFF1gOH mrwFF2gOH mrwFF3gOH mrwFF4gOH mrwFF5gOH

mrwFF_OHH

dzmNmit PT1

mrwFGF_GF

mrmNfilt

210

mrmCASE_A.F mrmCASE_A1

mrwARD_LS mrwARD_LR1 mrwARD_LR2 mrwARD_LR3 mrwARD_LR4 mrwARD_LR5

mroGG

&

mrmN_LLBAS

mrwARD_LRH

mrwGNG_OGG mrwGNG_MGG

mrmM_EWUN <> mrmM_EWUNF cowFUN_ADR.2 = 0

>1 &

cowFUN_ADR.1 = 1

>1

>1

mrmM_EADR> 0 mrwMD_iakt.3

&

F

E

D

C

B

A

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

mrmCASE_A mrmEGS_akt mrmEGS_CAN.5

Load-

Roll out

Initialization Idle controller active

mrwMD_iakt.1 mrmM_EWUNF mrmM_EEGS mrmCASE_A1.1

a

a
External intervention SR

mrmMSRSTAT.5 = 1 mrmASRSTAT.5 = 1

&

mrmASGSTAT.5 = 1 External Intervention FF 1 mrwMD_iakt.2 dimKUP

& cowFUN_ADR.1 = 1 Configured ADR (CowFUN_FGR = 7 or 8) mrmM_EADR = 0

& >1

cowFUN_ADR.2 = 1

FF coupling

&

Coupling SR

& &

Figure MEREAR01: Parameter set selection for the ARD © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002

Overview - Active Ruckeldämpfer

DS / ESA

Page 2-142

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

a

mrmM_EWUNF mrmM_EWUSO

mroLSausBg

a> b b

DEAD TIME

mrwLSausVz cowFUN_LSE.1

dimKup

>1

mroLS_aus

a

dzmNmit mrwND_LS

cowFUN_LSE.0

a
0 mroTD_Sper mroCASE_FF.9 TIMER

KF

mrwTD_Sper

mrwDLS_neg a

mrmGANG

a
mroLS_akt TIMER

KF

0

mrwTD_Wirk

mrwDLS_pos F

E

D

C

B

A

9

8

7

mroM_ARDSu

Load-

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

mrmCASE_A AMOUNT TIMER

mrwARDRL_T mrmPWG_roh <= mrwARDRPWG dzmNmit
& Roll out

mrmM_EFGR = 0 mrmM_EADR = 0 no ext. Intervention mrmCASE_A.6 = 0 mrmSTART_B mrmINARD_D

>1

Initialization

fboSDZG fgmFGAKT
& mrmM_EADR = 0

Figure MEREAR11: Parameter set selection 2 for the ARD

The following groups of parameters that are associated with a control type (such as are D2T2 Member for the disturbance controller, clutch and backlash active consisting of: mrwDSKUPK and mrwDSKUPX), for reasons of clarity only the structure-determining part of the Parameter set name specified with "..." (in this example mrwDSKUP ...). Similarly, a specific value from different parameter blocks (eg mrwDSKUPK, mrwDSR1GK or mrwDSL1GK) addressed when its structure-determining part by ".." (Ie mrwDS ... K) is replaced. This simplification is possible because the allocation of the types of controllers to their parameter structures remains unique.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-143

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The Active Ruckeldämpfer (ARD) consists of reference-forming and disturbance controller which each other are decoupled. The guide is a former PDT1 member (lead-lag element of the first order) with a slope limitation in a predetermined band range. Input variable is the Command desired amount mrmM_EWUSO, output the amount mroM_ARDFF. The band in which the Inclination limitation is active, to be applied from the fuel efficiency map calculated loss amount clamped. The bandwidth and the characteristics mrwFPoO_KL mrwFPuU_KL with pos. Amount tendency and mrwFNoO_KL and mrwFNuU_KL for neg Amount tendency set depending on the speed dzmNmit. The max. Slope is also to apply. With pos. Amount tendency it is on the map mrwFPPA_KF and with neg Amount tendency over mrwFNRA_KF specified input and speed dependent. If an external The clutch is actuated amount before or intervention, it is as max. Slope mrwFFRaoff be used.

The disturbance controller is implemented as D2T2 member with ARD-speed dzmN_ARD as input and the limited amount of intervention mroM_ARDSR as output. The limitation of the Störregleranteils is achieved by the characteristics as mrwARDSoKL upper limit and as a lower mrwARDSuKL Barrier was if not detected on load impact. In detektiertem load impact is on the Limitation of mrwARDDoKL as an upper limit and a lower bound mrwARDDuKL switched. Exceeds the speed dzmNmit the activation limit mrwND_LS and are the Shutdown mroLS_aus not given, then the load-detection is enabled. Switching off occurs when the bit cowFUN_LSE.1, by pressing the clutch, by the lock timer mrwTD_Sper, as well as a time delay by mrwLSausVz, when crossing the unlimited desire amount mrmM_EWUNF against the limited amount requested mrmM_EWUSO. Is the amount of the unlimited output of the gate is greater than the D2T2 speed and gear-dependent size from the map mrwDLS_neg or mrwDLS_pos so two timers are started. The lock timer with the duration mrwTD_Sper switched over mroTD_Sper the limitations of the Störreglers to and inhibits a re-triggering of the function of the active timer with the duration mrwTD_Wirk switched over mrmCASE_A.F the disturbance controller on load impact parameter. The load-detection can be disabled with cowFUN_LSE.0 = 0 in order to save run time. The selection of the parameter sets, the structure of the Ruckeldämpfers accordingly, for the Control signal-forming and disturbance controller separated and is essentially a function of the ratio Speed to speed mroVzuNfil and the speed dzmNmit. The parameters of the Störreglers and ARD-reference-forming element differ in the higher gears (mroVzuNfil large) only slightly. It therefore takes place in the parameter selection, a limit, so that from the 5 Transition (mrmGANG> = 5), only the parameter sets of the 5th Ganges are available. The parameter set "coasting" for the disturbance controller and guide shaper (status bit C for the Parameter selection in mrmCASE_A) is used under the following conditions: Driver's desired quantity mrmPWG_roh <= mrwARDRPWG

AND

Speed dzmNmit
AND

no FGR-intervention (mrmM_EFGR = 0)

AND

no ADR engagement. (MrmM_EADR = 0)

AND

Timer duration> mrwARDRL_T


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-144

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The timer starts as soon as the value mrmPWG_roh under the applicable threshold mrwARDRPWG drops. The timer is reset once the threshold is exceeded again will. When actuated clutch (dimKUP = 1) eligible for the ARD, the coupling parameters for Deployment. For external intervention amount mrmM_EWUNF <> mrmM_EWUN and EGS is active on its own CAN parameter sets mrwDSCAN ... (D2T2 controller coefficient), mrwPSCAN ... (D2T2 Term memory factor polynomial) for the disturbance controller and not active ARD FF CAN Parameter block skip switches also for the guide shaper. This can be set via the application label mrwMD_iakt.1 whether transmission message mrmEGS_akt ("active circuit") or bit 8 EGS active intervention from the CAN message To be mapped gear 1, used in mrmEGS_CAN.5. If a sole external intervention quantity (no ASR, MSR, ASG) through the transmission message (MrmEGS_akt or mrmEGS_CAN.5) can be obtained by the application label mrwMD_iakt.3 the Switching to the ARD parameter "external intervention" are suppressed and the ARD Parameters for the selected gear remain in effect. If other external interventions quantity (ASR, ASG, MSR), but the causes may well constitute a change to the parameter "external Intervention ". The corresponding guide shaper parameters are mrwFFCAN ... p, n and mrwFFCAN ... mrwFPCAN_ ... mrwFNCAN_ ... (coefficients for the PDT1 member). Is amount of external intervention or the manual transmission is active and the clutch pressed simultaneously, subject to the CANParameter sets. In the case of a negative quantity tendency not active ASR, MSR or ASG-intervention but active EGS Intervention is at mrmM_EWUNF 0) selected the gait parameters for the ADR, ADR with inactive (mrmM_EADR = 0) is used only of the coupling parameter set. To this end, with configured ADR (Released cowFUN_FGR = 7 or 8, and ADR operation to the EEPROM), the coupling hidden. If bit 2 of cowFUN_ADR not set, with active ADR (mrmM_EADR > 0) of the CAN parameter set used in the normal inactive ADR parameter sets are in Selected if the operating conditions.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-145

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

For driving, and for the coupling are in the case of reference-forming element 20 parameter sets available. These are made we follows: Clutch: Rolling: lower gear group: average transmission group: upper gear group: increasing amount tendency: falling tendency quantity: high speed range: top speed: low speed:

mrwFFKg ... / mrwFFRg ... / mrwFFUg ... / mrwFFMg ... / mrwFFOg ... / mrwFF.g .. p / mrwFF.g .. n / nrwFF.gH.n / mrwFF.gO .. / mrwFF.gU .. /

mrwF.Kg._. mrwF.Rg._. mrwF.Ug._. mrwF.Mg._. mrwF.Og._. mrwFP.g._. mrwFN.g._. mrwFN.g._. mrwF .. Go_. mrwF .. gU_.

The switching of the Führungsformerparameter depending on the filter direction mrmM_EWUSO - mroM_ARDFF happens speed synchronous. Is smaller than the filter output of the filter input, the parameters mrwFF.g.Kp, mrwFF.g.Xp, mrwFP.g._a, mrwFP.g._b and mrwFP.g._c used. If the filter output greater as the filter input, the parameters mrwFF.g.Kn, mrwFF.g.Xn, mrwFN.g._a, mrwFN.g._b and mrwFN.g._c used. This change depends on mroCASE_FF.9. The switching of the Führungsformerparameter a function of the filtered speed mrmNfilt done speed synchronous two hystereses. The hysteresis detects the Threshold between lower and upper speed range and has an upper limit (as a function of Transmission group) mrwFFUggUO, mrwFFMggUO, mrwFFOggUO or mrwFFKupUO and the Hysteresis mrwFF_UOH. Is this Drehzahlhysterese active (corresponds to top speed) and is the second hysteresis is inactive, the parameters mrwFF.gOK., mrwFF.gOX., mrwF .. gO_a, mrwF .. gO_b and mrwF .. gO_c used. Are both Drehzahlhysteresen inactive, then the Parameters mrwFF.gUK., MrwFF.gUX., MrwF .. gU_a, mrwF .. gU_b and mrwF .. gU_c used. This change depends on mroCASE_FF.8. The second hysteresis, the hysteresis width mrwFF_OHH, compares the filtered speed mrmNfilt with the gangabhägigen limits mrwFF1gOH, mrwFF2gOH, mrwFF3gOH, mrwFF4gOH and mrwFF5gOH. If this Hysteresis condition is active (corresponding to high speed) is at a negative quantity tendency (MroCASE_FF.9 = 0) in this in mrmCASE_A1.2 and guide former with the Parameters mrwFF.gHKn, mrwFF.gXn, mrwFN.gH_a, mrwFN.gH_b and mrwFN.gH_c provided. Exceeds the threshold mrwFF.ggUO the threshold mrwFF.gOH then immediately to the Parameters set for the high speed range is switched without the parameter set for the the upper part is activated.

Condition mrmM_EWUSO - mroM_ARDFF> 0 mrmM_EWUSO - mroM_ARDFF <= 0 Hysteresis "high speed" Hysteresis "top speed"

mroCASE_FF mrmoCASE_FF.9 = 1 mrmoCASE_FF.9 = 0 mrmCASE_A1.2 = 1 mrmoCASE_FF.8 = 1 and mrmCASE_A1.2 = 0 mroCASE_FF.8 = 0 and mrmCASE_A1.2 = 0

Hysteresis "low speed"

Time constant mrwFP.g._a, mrwFN.g._a, mrwFNgH_a, mrwF.gO_a,

_b, _b, _b, _b,

mrwF.gU_a, _b, _c

P gain _c _c _c _c

mrwFF.g.Kp mrwFF.g.Kn mrwFF.gOKn mrwFF.gOK.

mrwFF.gUK.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-146

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Gear 5 Top Transmission group

mrdFLOgOp mrdFPOgOp

mrdFLOgUp mrdFPOgUp

4

Average Transmission group

mrdFLMgOp mrdFPMgOp

3 mrdFLMgUp mrdFPMgUp

2 Lower

mrdFLUgOp mrdFPUgOp

mrdFLUgUp mrdFPUgUp

1 Transmission group

Number of revolutions mrwFFOggUO

mrwFFUggUO

mrwFFMggUO

Figure MEREAR15: Parameter sets of reference-forming element with a positive amount tendency mrwFF5gOH

Gear

Top Transmission group

mrwFF4gOH

5 mrdFLOgUn mrdFPOgUn

mrdFLOgHn mrdFPOgHn

mrdFLOgOn mrdFPOgOn

4

Average Transmission group

3 mrdFLMgUn mrdFPMgUn

mrdFLMgOn mrdFPMgOn

mrdFLMgHn mrdFPMgHn

mrdFLUgOn mrdFPUgOn

mrdFLUgHn mrdFPUgHn

2 Lower 1 Transmission group

mrdFLUgUn mrdFPUgUn

Number of revolutions mrwFFOggUO

mrwFFUggUO

mrwFFMggUO

mrwFF3gOH mrwFF2gOH mrwFF1gOH

Figure MEREAR16: Parameter sets of reference-forming element with a negative amount tendency Also have their own sets of parameters for the vehicle operation at idle, depending on the Driving speed ratio to speed mroVzuNfil available. The changeover between "ARD bucking" (LLR not in gear) and "ARD idle" occurs (LLR engaged) depends on the speed by means of input-dependent thresholds mrwARD_LR1 to mrwARD_LR5 and the Threshold for load-mrwARD_LS and hysteresis mrwARD_LRH. The state "ARD Idle "is for the case" no load-recognized "as a function of the detected Ganges mrmGANG drops below the speed threshold (mrmN_LLBAS + mrwARD_LR.) enabled, when crossing from (mrmN_LLBAS + mrwARD_LR. + mrwARD_LRH) on "ARD bucking" switched. If the state "Bonanza" before (mrmCASE_A.F) as is used for the Calculation of the speed threshold parameter mrwARD_LS instead of a transition parameter be used. The determined on the hysteresis speed range is displayed in mrmCASE_A1.0.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-147

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Gear engaged mrmGANG = 1 mrmGANG = 2 mrmGANG = 3 mrmGANG = 4 mrmGANG = 5 mrmCASE_A.F

Speed condition for "ARD idle" n <+ mrmN_LLBAS mrwARD_LR1 n <+ mrmN_LLBAS mrwARD_LR2 n <+ mrmN_LLBAS mrwARD_LR3 n <+ mrmN_LLBAS mrwARD_LR4 n <+ mrmN_LLBAS mrwARD_LR5

Speed condition for "ARD bucking" n> mrmN_LLBAS + + mrwARD_LR1 mrwARD_LRH n> mrmN_LLBAS + + mrwARD_LR2 mrwARD_LRH n> mrmN_LLBAS + + mrwARD_LR3 mrwARD_LRH n> mrmN_LLBAS + + mrwARD_LR4 mrwARD_LRH n> mrmN_LLBAS + + mrwARD_LR5 mrwARD_LRH

n <+ mrmN_LLBAS mrwARD_LS

n> mrmN_LLBAS + + mrwARD_LS mrwARD_LRH

The disturbance controller is initialized when one of the conditions is true: -

MrmSTART_B start bit = 1 Speed sensor defective fboSDZG <> 0 ARD-D initialization mrmINARD_D <> 0 by external quantity intervention Speed fgmFGAKT
OR OR OR AND


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-148

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Value range of the olda state bits of the active Ruckeldämpfung mrmCASE_A (high byte hexadezimalkodiert: Selection Führungsformerparametersatz, in the low byte hexadezimalkodiert: Selection Störreglerparametersatz; Low Byte Bit 7: disturbance controller off and initialized):

Bitmask 0000 0001 0000 0000

WertHex Active Parameters lower Getriebegruppe0100

0000 0010 0000 0000

0200

0000 0011 0000 0000

0300

0001 0000 0000 0000

1000

0010 0000 0000 0000

2000

0100 0000 0000 0000

4000

1000 0000 0000 0000

8000

0000 0000 000X 0001

0001

0000 0000 000X 0010

0002

0000 0000 000X 0011

0003

0000 0000 000X 0100

0004

0000 0000 000X 0101

0005

Führungsformerparametersatz = mrwFFUg .... mrwF ... Ug .... average transmission group Führungsformerparametersatz = mrwFFMg .... mrwF ... Mg ... upper transmission group Führungsformerparametersatz = mrwFFOg .... mrwF ... Og .... "Coasting" Störreglerparametersatz = mrwDSROLK, mrwDSROLX mrwPSROL_a, mrwPSROL_b, mrwPSROL_c Führungsformerparametersatz = mrwFFRg ... mrwF ... Rg .. Clutch or neutral gear Führungsformerparametersatz = mrwFFKg ... mrwF ... Kg ... amount of external intervention Führungsformerparametersatz = mrwFFCan ... mrwF ... CAN ... Detected loadStörreglerparametersatz = Low speed, amount falling: mrwDSLLSn .., mrwPSLLSn .. High speed, amount falling: mrwDSRLSn .., mrwPSRLSn .. Low speed, amount increasing: mrwDSLLSp .., mrwPSLLSp .. High speed, amount increasing: mrwDSRLSp .., mrwPSRLSp ..

1 Gear Störreglerparametersatz = mrwDS ... 1GK, mrwDS ... 1GX mrwPS ... 1G_a, mrwPS ... 1G_b, mrwPS ... 1G_c 2 Gear Störreglerparametersatz = mrwDS ... 2GK, mrwDS ... 2GX mrwPS ... 2G_a, mrwPS ... 2G_b, mrwPS ... 2G_c 3 Gear Störreglerparametersatz = mrwDS ... 3GK, mrwDS ... 3GX mrwPS ... 3G_a, mrwPS ... 3G_b, mrwPS ... 3G_c 4 Gear Störreglerparametersatz = mrwDS ... 4GK, mrwDS ... 4GX mrwPS ... 4G_a, mrwPS ... 4G_b, mrwPS ... 4G_c 5 Gear Störreglerparametersatz = mrwDS ... 5GK, mrwDS ... 5GX mrwPS ... 5G_a, mrwPS ... 5G_b, mrwPS ... 5G_c


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-149

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Bitmask 0000 0000 0001 XXXX

WertHex Active Parameters Idle controller aktiv0010

0000 0000 0010 0000

0020

0000 0000 0100 0000

0040

0000 0000 1000 0000

0080

Störreglerparametersatz = mrwDSL ... K, mrwDSL ... X mrwPSL ... _a, _b ... mrwPSL, mrwPSL _c ... Actuated clutch Störreglerparametersatz = mrwDSKUPK, mrwDSKUPX mrwPSKUP_a, mrwPSKUP_b, mrwPSKUP_c amount of external intervention Störreglerparametersatz = mrwDSCANK, mrwDSCANX mrwPSCAN_a, mrwPSCAN_b, mrwPSCAN_c Initialize disturbance controller

Range of values of the extended status bits active Ruckeldämpfung mrmCASE_A1 hexadezimalkodiert: Bitmask 0000 0001 0000 0010 0000 0100 xxxx x000

WertHex 01 02 04

Active Parameters upper speed range positive volume trend high speed range not used

The parameter set selection for the ARD happens when driving in the corridors, on the basis of Ratio speed / speed (mroVzuNfil). In the case of using the Störreglers is engaged gear (mrmGANG) the corresponding parameter set, taking into account the State "ARD idle" or "ARD bucking" selected. In the case of reference-forming element are 25 parameter sets are available, where 2 ("Quantity tendency ") for" be made available to external intervention quantity "ascending / descending. When driving in the aisles, is closed in one of three transmission groups. Per transmission group and for "Coupling" as well as for the state are rolling out each 4 parameter sets provided (2 times "Quantity tendency decrease / increase" in combination with "upper / lower speed"). Additional is in a negative quantity tendency for the three transmission groups between high and lower Speed differentiated. Then, three other sets of parameters for the high speed range Available. Transmission group mroGG top 3 medium 2 lower 1

Gear mrmGANG 0 mrwGNG_OGG mrwGNG_MGG

Figure MEREAR03: Parameter set selection for the guide shaper


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-150

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2.12.3 Control Algorithm mrmM_EMOT

mrmM_EARD

CONTROLS

mroM_ARDS R

CONTROLS

mrmdMD_EF F

mroM_ARD WU

mroTD_Sper

mrwARDDuK mrwARDSuK L L

MIN

mroM_ARDF F

KL

KL

mrwARDSoK L

KL

mrwARDDoK L

KL

<0: mrwFF.g.KnmrwFF.g.Xnmrw Lead-lag Gliedmit FN.g._amrwFN.g._bmrwFN.g. MEREAR_14 slope limitation mrwFF.gUX.mrwFF.gUK. _c mrwF gU_amrwF .. .. .. gU_bmrwF gU_c mroM_ARDSu > 0: mrwFF.g.KpmrwFF.g.Xpmrw FP.g._amrwFP.g._bmrwFP.g._ mrwFF.gOX.mrwFF.gOK. c mrwF gO_amrwF .. .. .. gO_bmrwF gO_c

mrmM_EWUS O

mroCASE_FFdzmNmit mrmGANGmrmMD_Re ib

mrwFFBGSC H

mrwDS ... K, mrwDS ... XmrwPS ... _a, _c mrwPS ... _bmrwPS ...

ro m M _ E W CES

D2T2

MIN

mrwABegOK L KL

mrwFF_UOHmrwFFUggU OmrwFFMggUOmrwFFOg gUOmrwFFKupUO

MIN

mrwFFBgrKL KL

mroM_ELLBE

mrmM_EWU mrwBGR_off N

mrmM_EBEG R

mrmCASE_A dzmN_ARD dzmNmit

mrmNfilt

mrmNfilt

dzmNmit

Figure MEREAR04: Active Ruckeldämpfer © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-151

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroCASE_FF.5

>1 mroCASE_FF.6 mroCASE_FF.9 dzmNmit

mrwFFRaoff

KF

mroFRamp

mrwFPRA_KF

mrmGANG

KF

mrwFNRA_KF

mroM_ARDFF

mrmM_EWUSO Lead-lag R

dzmNmit

mroFZug KL

mrwFPoO_KL

mroFSchub KL

mrwFNoO_KL

KL

mrwFPoU_KL

KL

mroMEVerl

mrwFNoU_KL

Z -1 KF

mrwKFVB_KF mrmMD_Reib

Figure MEREAR14: lead-lag element with slope limiting

Active dampening of Ruckeldämpfer speed fluctuations of the reactions Vehicle (drive train) are formed on the motor, by controlling the amount of fuel. He consists of a D2T2 link with asymmetric boundary (fault controller / speed branch) and a PDT1 element with slope limitation (reference-forming / Lot branch). Through the switch, the input size of the mrwFFBGSCH reference-forming element mrmM_EWUSO be selected: Driver's desired quantity limited by limiting amount mroMEBEGR (limited by Torque and smoke map mrwFFBGSCH = 0). Driver's desired quantity limited by characteristic mrwFFBgrKL (mrwFFBGSCH = 1). The choice of parameters is performed synchronously for the disturbance controller (see chapter Parameter set selection). When external quantity are directly engaged the CAN


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-152

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Parameter sets taken. While applying the clutch, the clutch, parameters will be applied if no external amount of intervention longer present. The switch to Load shock parameters are, it was detected on load impact and neither the parameter sets for external quantity engagement, coasting or clutch are active. In the transition from "external Amount of intervention "to" Driving in transition "are in the speed category, the specific gait parameters immediately accepted. Be the transition from "clutch pressed" to "Driving in transition" used until the specific gait parameters in the speed class if the output of the Störreglers has changed its sign. In the transition from "Driving in progress" to "clutch operated "or" external intervention quantity ", the respective parameter sets directly taken.

State External intervention quantity (CAN) Roll out Coupling + No external intervention amount + No VZ-exchange + No coasting LoadLow speed, amount decreasing High speed, amount decreasing Low speed, quantity increasing High speed, quantity increasing 5 Response + LLR not active 4 Response + LLR not active 3 Response + LLR not active 2 Response + LLR not active 1 Response + LLR not active 5 Response + LLR active 4 Response + LLR active 3 Response + LLR active 2 Response + LLR active 1 Response + LLR active Error in mrmCASE_A

mroCASE_SR 01000000 see mroCASE_FF 00100000

D2T2 member mrwDSCAN. mrwDSROL. mrwDSKUP.

see mroCASE_FF u mrmCASE_A1mrwDSLLSn.mrwDS RLSn.mrwDSLLSp. mrwDSRLSp.

00000101 00000100 00000011 00000010 00000001 00010101 00010100 00010011 00010010 00010001 11111111

mrwDSR5G. mrwDSR4G. mrwDSR3G. mrwDSR2G. mrwDSR1G. mrwDSL5G. mrwDSL4G. mrwDSL3G. mrwDSL2G. mrwDSL1G. mrwDSKUP.

T-polynomial mrwPSCAN. mrwPSROL. mrwPSKUP.

mrwPSLLSn. mrwPSRLSn. mrwPSLLSp. mrwPSRLSp. mrwPSR5G. mrwPSR4G. mrwPSR3G. mrwPSR2G. mrwPSR1G. mrwPSL5G. mrwPSL4G. mrwPSL3G. mrwPSL2G. mrwPSL1G. mrwPSKUP.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-153

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The gear-dependent selection of the parameters of the reference-forming element is time-synchronous, the Distinction between the parameters for positive and negative volume trend and takes place between high and low speed synchronous speed. State Roll out, positive volume trend n, low Roll out, negative volume trend n, low Roll out, positive volume trend, n high Roll out, negative volume trend, n high Coupling, positive volume trend n, low Coupling, negative volume trend n, low Coupling, positive volume trend, n high Coupling, negative volume trend, n high Upper GG, positive volume trend n, low Upper GG, negative volume trend n, low Upper GG, positive volume trend, n high Upper GG, negative volume trend, n high Medium GG, positive volume trend n, low Medium GG, negative volume trend n, low Medium GG, positive volume trend, n high Medium GG, negative volume trend, n high Lower GG, positive volume trend n, low Lower GG, negative volume trend n, low Lower GG, positive volume trend, n high Lower GG, negative volume trend, n high Ext lot of intervention, positive volume trend Ext lot of intervention, negative volume trend Error in mrmCASE_A positive amount tendency Error in mrmCASE_A negative amount tendency

mroCASE_FF 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 XXXX XXXX

0010 0000 0011 0001 0010 0000 0011 0001 0010 0000 0011 0001 0010 0000 0011 0001 0010 0000 0011 0001 0010 0000 XXXX XXXX

0001 0001 0001 0001 0010 0010 0010 0010 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0100 0100 1111 1111

Lead-lag 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0011 0011 0011 0011 0010 0010 0010 0010 0001 0001 0001 0001 0000 0000 1111 1111

mrwFFRgU.p mrwFFRgU.n mrwFFRgO.p mrwFFRgO.n mrwFFKgU.p mrwFFKgU.n mrwFFKgO.p mrwFFKgO.n mrwFFOgU.p mrwFFOgU.n mrwFFOgO.p mrwFFOgO.n mrwFFMgU.p mrwFFMgU.n mrwFFMgO.p mrwFFMgO.n mrwFFUgU.p mrwFFUgU.n mrwFFUgO.p mrwFFUgO.n mrwFFCAN.p mrwFFCAN.n mrwFFKgO.p mrwFFKgO.p

T-polynomial mrwFPRgU_. mrwFNRgU_. mrwFPRgO_. mrwFNRgO_. mrwFPKgU_. mrwFNKgU_. mrwFPKgO_. mrwFNKgO_. mrwFPOgU_. mrwFNOgU_. mrwFPOgO_. mrwFNOgO_. mrwFPMgU_. mrwFNMgU_. mrwFPMgO_. mrwFNMgO_. mrwFPUgU_. mrwFNUgU_. mrwFPUgO_. mrwFNUgO_. mrwFPCAN_. mrwFNCAN_. mrwFPKgO_. mrwFPKgO_.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-154

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

2:13 smoothness controller Setpoint from Segment (k) ... Segment (k-2z +1)

dzmNakt

mroLRRSoll

mroLRRReg

mroLRRIST

Actual value of Segment (k-z +1) ... Segment (k-z-1)

mrwLRR_BEW

Figure MERELR03: control difference

Synchronization (dzmABTAS maxima

dzmSEGM dzmABTAS

each fall on the same dzmSEGM-meter data)

1 .. z

Drift correction

NBF

I component (z) z

PI

PI

MIN: -MrwLRR_BGR MAX: + MrwLRR_BGR


mrmM_ELD2 . . . mrmM_ELD6

SYNC with NBF

Output Delay

mroLRRReg mroM_ELRR Dead time

z-4 segments mroLRRegel.0

PI


mroLRRegel.1

1 mroAB

Figure MERELR01: smoothness controller


DS / ESA

Overview - Smoothness controller

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-155

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

fgmFGAKT mrmM_EMOT dzmNmit mrmN_LLBAS

Control / regulate

mrwLRR_MOR mrwLRR_MUR mrwLRR_OFR mrwLRR_NOR mrwLRR_NUR mrwLRR_TW mrwLRR_V10 mrwLRR_V21 mrwLRR_V30

mroLRRegel.0

mroABM_E

Controlling factor mrmM_EMOT

1 0

mrwLRR_MO0 mrwLRR_MO1 mrwLRR_MU0 mrwLRR_MU1

MIN

mroAB

Controlling factor dzmNmit

mrwLRR_N0 mrwLRR_N1

1

mroABN

0

dzmNmit
>1 >1

dzmNmit> mrwLRR_HIG mrmSTART_B = 1

mroLRRegel.1

>1

fboSDZG z integrators initialize

dzmNmit> 0 2 synchronization error within mrwLRR_SEG Segments

Figure MERELR02: smoothness controller monitoring The smooth-running control regulates the speed variations of the injection system, which essentially vonsystembedingten, unterschiedlichenZylindereinspritzmengenherrühren, in Idle speed range. This is done by rapid intrusion of controlled Correction injection amount for each cylinder. Can from the different speeds dzmNakt be derived when the correction amount mroM_ELRR for the next cylinder issue is. For correct function of the smooth-running control a flawless synchronization is required. It occurs when Abtastzeitmaxima respectively the same values of the message segment number dzmSEGM fall. The smooth-running control is outside the speed window lower speed limit for LRR Calculation mrwLRR_LOW and upper speed limit for LRR - control mrwLRR_HIG not calculated. When start condition mrmSTART_B = 1, for speed sensor defect fboSDZG <> 0, at Motor standstill dzmNmit = 0 or if twice within mrwLRR_SEG segments Coincide with unforeseen Abtastzeitmaxima segment counts, the overall smoothness control zwischeninitialisiert. The olda - value mroLRRegel takes in these Cases the value to 2.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 2-156

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

For the Control process z (one per cylinder) PI controllers are used. The calculation of the Correction amount is in each case (z-2) interrupts prior to injection in the cylinder under consideration, as at this point (k = 0), the controller setpoint formation is complete for this cylinder. To Setpoint generation, the current speeds (k) to (k - 2z +1) is used, which is two full Engine revolutions corresponds. The actual value is determined using the segment weighting factor mrwLRR_BEW from the weighted average of the current speeds (k - z + 1) to (k - z -1) determined. This is the regulator of the significant for the considered cylinder speed cutavailable. The calculation is in each case with the parameter set mrwLRP_ .. (P - controller) or mrwLRI_ .. (I - controller) made. Actual value and setpoint values are calculated as follows:

(1 -mrwLRR_BEW ) * n(k-z-1) n(k-z)mrwLRR_BEW *n(k-z1) IS  2 n(k-2z1) n(k-2z2)...n(k) TARGET  2Z

The integrators and the manipulated variables for all cylinders are on the LRR - limit amount (+ / -) MrwLRR_BGR limited. The smoothness integrators are further every two Engine revolutions corrected to maintain the smooth running proportion on average equal to zero. The Differences in the smoothness integrators of the individual cylinders to the cylinder of the NBF - signal is mrmM_ELD6 issued, wherein, when the cylinders of the NBF - - in the signal mrmM_ELD2 Cylinder 1 is mrmM_ELD2 the difference in the smoothness integrators between cylinders 1 and Cylinder 2 includes mrmM_ELD3 the difference in the smoothness integrators between cylinder 1 and cylinder 3 includes etc. On the OLDAs mroM_ELA1 - mroM_ELA6 be the Output absolute amounts of the individual smoothness integrators. In certain operating conditions of the engine or the vehicle is on smoothness control converted. During the control of the smooth running of the integrator values are frozen, and to a Rated Abregelungsfaktor. The variable output follows (z-4) interrupts after its Calculation. You switch to control when at least one of the following conditions are met is: -

-

-

Current Speed fgmFGAKT> mrwLRR_V10UND (FgmFGAKT ≤mrwLRR_V21ODER fgmFGAKT> mrwLRR_V30) Speed dzmNmit ≥Desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS + idle speed offset for Rules mrwLRR_OFR Speed dzmNmit ≥upper speed limit for rules mrwLRR_NOR Speed dzmNmit ≤Desired idle speed mrmN_LLBAS - idle speed offset for Rules mrwLRR_OFR Speed dzmNmit ≤lower speed limit for rules mrwLRR_NUR Engine torque amount mrmM_EMOT ≤lower quantity limit for rules mrwLRR_MUR Engine torque amount mrmM_EMOT ≥upper amount limit for rules mrwLRR_MOR.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 2-157

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The return to normal operation is also to minimize waiting time transition tax -> Rules mrwLRR_TW delayed. The Abregelungsfaktor in control mode is determined from the minimum of a speed component and a quantity component formed. The Mengenabregelungsfaktor mroABM_E is up to the lower Quantity limit mrwLRR_MU0 equal to zero (push operation), increases linearly up to the quantity limit mrwLRR_MU1 to the value one, up to the upper limit amount is constant mrwLRR_MO1 and decreases linearly up to the limit amount mrwLRR_MO0 back to the value zero. The Drehzahlabregelungsfaktor mroABN is up to the speed limit mrwLRR_N1 constant one and decreases linearly up to the speed limit mrwLRR_N0 to zero. Description of the status bits olda the smooth-running control mroLRRegel: Decimal 0 1 2

Comment LRR taxes LRR rules LRR inactive


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

3 exhaust gas recirculation 3.1

Survey

The exhaust gas recirculation system consists of five tasks together: the actual value calculation, the Setpoint calculation, the scheme of parallel control and the surveillance and Shutdown. In the Volume Select the amount to be used for aroM_Eroh is determined. mrmFGR_roh mroM_EBEGR mrmM_EAKT mrmM_EWUN mrmSTART_B dzmNmit anmT_MOT ehmFLD_DK ECEC ...

ldmADF anmLTF dzmNmit anmT_MOT armARF_AGL dzmUMDRsta zmmVEAKTIV

armM_E Quantity selection ARF_20

Setpoint calculation ARF_02

Monitoring and shutdown ARF_06, ARF_07

aroAUS_B aroREG_B aroE ecmDK_zu nlmDK_zu zmmDKTL zmmF_KRIT anmLTF mrmLDFUaus dzmNmit

armM_Lsoll

Actuator 1: ehmFAR1 Actuator 2: ehmFAR2 Actuator 3: ehmFAR3

Regulator ARF_03

mrmM_EAKT mrmM_EWUNL mrmM_EWUNR anmRME

aroRGsteu

Actual value calculation ARF_15

anmLMM ldmADF anmSTF anmLTF dzmNmit armM_LBiT ldmP_Llin mrmM_EAKT

armM_List

Parallel Control ARF_05

ldmADF anmLTF dzmNmit anmT_MOT armARF_AGL

Figure ARF_01: structure of the exhaust gas recirculation

With the software switch cowFUN_ARF the exhaust gas recirculation is on or off (0 = off, 1 = on)


19 April 2002

Exhaust gas recirculation - Overview

DS / ESA

Page 3-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

3.2

Quantity selection mrmM_EAKT mrmM_EWUNL mrmM_EWUNR

aroM_Eroh

armM_E

KL

cowARF_ME

armM_ERME

arwRMEKL anmRME_ON anmRME

& arwRMEHyA arwRMEHyE cowFUN_RME.0

Figure ARF_20: quantity selection

With the software switch cowARF_ME sets which fuel quantity signal is used should be. The partial functions will still work armM_E with the crowd.

About cowFUN_RME.0 = 1, in recognition of RME fuel (anmRME_ON = 1) a Correcting the fuel quantity signal by means of characteristic arwRMEKL. The signal anmRME_ON is always calculated regardless of cowFUN_ARF.

Description of the software switch ARF - quantity input request cowARF_ME: Decimal 1 2 3

Comment current injection quantity Desired Amount of idle amount Desired quantity raw + idle amount


DS / ESA

Exhaust gas recirculation - quantity selection

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

3.3

Process value

Calculate the mass of air from the air volume: dzmNmit ldmP_Llin anmSTF / anmLTF mrmM_EWUNR

armRatio

Normalized Air mass

armIST_4

arwLDF_nrm arwPB_LTF arwtNorm ...

aroIST_1

arwHFP ... ehmFAR1 ehmFAR2 mrmSTART_B anmWTF ldmADF mrmM_EAKT fboSLDF fboSADF fboSSTF fboSLTF fboSDZG fboSLMM fboSAR1 fboSAR2 fboSLDS

aroIST_5 arwLMBNORM

anmLMM KL

Division by Speed and Standardization

Averaging old + new 2

Plausibility examination fbbELM5_P arwHFP ... arwFAR ... arwWTF .. arwLDF_hi arwM_E_hi arwn_PB ... arwLDF ... arwRat ...

arwLMBLIKL cowV_LMM_S = 4

dzmNmit

arwLMBEKOF arwLMBEKTD

ldmADF anmLTF

KF

arwLMBKOKF armM_List [Mg / stroke]

1

armM_LBiT

2 fboSLMM & cowVAR_2HF

dzmNmit ldmP_Llin

cowVAR_2HF = 1 KF

arwLMVGWKF zmmHF2_DEF

>1 fboSHFM

&

arwKF_ena = 1

Figure ARF_15: air mass calculation from the analog value DernachdemEinschaltenauftretendeFehlereinesnichtratiometrischen Hot-film air mass meter (cowV_LMM_S = 1) is multiplicative means of the power-up correction balanced. The power-up correction factor by means of the time constant and the arwLMBEKOF arwLMBEKTD applied. The timer is started from the detection of the first speed> 0. t éöùaroIST _1 anmLMM *êarwLMBEKOF æ1-arwLMBEKOF * ç÷ valid for all t <= arwLMBEKTD èarwLMBEKTD ø ú UEshut down in the application. For For a cowV_LMM_S = 1 or 3, this correction has to be cowV_LMM_S = 4, this power-up correction never been activated as the amount of air already linearized and averaged in the air mass calculation is received.


19 April 2002

Exhaust gas recirculation - Process value

DS / ESA

Page 3-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The so-corrected input signals are linearized about the correction characteristic curve arwLMBLIKL. After averaging with the previous measurement value, this value is divided by the rotational speed and the normalization constant arwLMBNORM (= number of cylinders) to an air mass value per stroke normalized: 12 émg UE kg UE 1ù1éhù aroIST _ 5êArmist _ 4 ê ú ** ê*úêúú ë Stroke UEaroIST_5 hûdzmNmit ëU / min û60 ëmin The normalized size is a correction factor andûarwLMBNORM the air temperature

éUù êStroke ú EU

the atmospheric pressure on the map depends arwLMBKOKF corrected multiplicative. 3.3.1 Plausibility check of the air mass measurement 3.3.1.1 Normalized air mass For systems with a boost pressure sensor and air temperature sensor ldmP_Llin anmSTF or anmLTF after the boost pressure cooler, a replacement air mass can (normalized) from dzmNmit speed, current Injection quantity mrmM_EAKT, boost pressure and air temperature ldmP_Llin anmSTF or anmLTF are calculated and the measured by the HFM with the air mass flow armIST_4 Ratio to be set. It is checked whether the armRatio ratio within an allowable tolerance band arwRatmin and arwRatmax is, otherwise there is a sensitivity drift error fboSHFM ago. armM_Lber armRatio

dzmNmit KL

arwLMnKL ldmP_Llin arwLDF_nrm

aroT_Korr

aroFakKorr

anmSTF anmLTF

aroKorrmp KL

arwPB_LTF

arwLMltfKL

arwtNorm dzmNmit mrmM_EAKT

KF

arwLMmrKF armIST_4

Figure ARF_21: Normalized air mass 3.3.1.2 plausibility check (OBD) of the sensitivity drift The general condition for an examination of the sensitivity drift and error handling are: 



no active EGR and throttle open: arwFAR1_lo <= ehmFAR1 <= arwFAR1_hi arwFAR2_lo <= ehmFAR2 <= arwFAR2_hi at least for the time arwtAR1AR2. When the condition for EGR or Throttle valve is not satisfied, the dead time is reset. arwt_PBOBD the time since start dropping (since mrmSTART_B = 0) has expired.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2



When engine is warm and not overheated: arwWTF_lo


Vehicle is not at high altitude ldmADF> arwLDF_hi



Injection quantity is not too large mrmM_EAKT


no error in the following components: o o o o o o o o o



fboSLDF fboSADF fboSSTF fboSLTF fboSDZG fboSLMM fboSAR1 fboSAR2 fboSLDS

If one of these conditions are met, the error handling is stopped and the Debounce reset, otherwise the general release condition is given. & DEAD TIME

arwtAR1AR2 arwFAR1_lo <= ehmFAR1 <= arwFAR1_hi arwFAR2_lo <= ehmFAR2 <= arwFAR2_hi

1

mrmSTART_B

DEAD TIME

arwt_PBOBD arwWTF_lo
&

a

aroPB_ena.0

a> b b

mrmM_EAKT arwM_E_hi

a

a
fboSLDF = 0 fboSADF = 0 fboSSTF = 0 fboSLTF = 0 fboSDZG = 0 fboSLMM = 0 fboSAR1 = 0 fboSAR2 = 0 fboSLDS = 0

Figure ARF_22: plausibility check release 3.3.1.3 Sensitivity drift low The conditions for an examination of the sensitivity drift low, and error handling are:


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 3-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

  

the average motor speed is in the monitoring area arwn_PBllo arwLDFmin given general release aroPB_ena.0

otherwise, the error handling is stopped and reset the debounce times. An error occurs if the ratio between normalized and current mass of air per hour less than a threshold: armRatio
a

a
aroPB_ena.1

a

arwn_PBllo ldmP_Llin arwLDFmin

a> b

&

b a

a> b b

fbbEHFM_L armRatio arwRatmin

a

a
ENT Contusion

b

Stop error condition contusion

fbbEHFM_LA fbbEHFM_LB

Figure ARF_23: low sensitivity drift

3.3.1.4 Sensitivity drift high The conditions for an examination of the sensitivity drift high and error handling are:   

the average motor speed is in the monitoring area arwn_PBhlo
otherwise, the error handling is stopped and reset the debounce times. An error occurs if the ratio between normalized and current mass of air per hour greater than a threshold: armRatio> arwRatmin


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

If the ratio between normalized and current mass of air per hour for the time armRatio fbwEHFM_HA currently broken, so it will be recorded as faulty and the Replacement functions are activated. The normalized air mass will continue to be valid analyzed. If the ratio between normalized and current mass of air per hour for a Time fbwEHFM_HB currently OK, so it will be finally saved and healed the Substitute functions are withdrawn.

aroPB_ena.0 dzmNmit arwn_PBhhi

a

a
aroPB_ena.2

a

arwn_PBhlo ldmP_Llin arwLDFmax

a> b

&

b a

a
fbbEHFM_H armRatio arwRatmax

a

a> b

ENT Contusion

b

Stop error condition contusion

fbbEHFM_HA fbbEHFM_HB

Figure ARF_24: high sensitivity drift 3.3.1.5 Next plausibility check of the air mass The air mass is checked for plausibility. If the speed is within a window (ArwHFPNu
For the BiTurbo control the air mass must be able to be detected in the two turbochargers strands. In cowVAR_2HF = 2, the total air mass and the air mass in the second part is Loader strand detected. Is built a part-HFM in each strand loader (cowVAR_2HF = 1), the total air mass from the need Sum of the two air masses are formed. EDC15C: With a defective HFM (fboSLMM ≠0) and more than one installed HFM (cowVAR_2HF ≠0), the Air mass of 2 HFM armM_LBiT used as a substitute value. If in addition, the second HFM defective or are the two HFM implausible to each other are about zmmHF2_DEF = 1 (see Chapter monitoring concept) both HFM to the same Default value from the map arwLMVGWKF set. all other systems: In a defective HFM (fboSLMM ≠ZmmHF2_DEF 0 and cowVAR_2HF = 0) to one set and used the air mass replacement value from the map arwLMVGWKF. The


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 3-8

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Replacement value is a model of speed and boost pressure dzmNmit ldmP_lin. Is the replacement value is also accessed when fboSHFM is defective and arwKF_ena = 1.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

3.4

Setpoint calculation zmmVEAKTIV dzmNmit armM_E

KF

arwMLGRDKF

aroSOLL_0

KF

arwVEGRDKF

cowV_AGL_A 1: Addition 2: Multiplication

armARF_AGL CONTROLS

aroSOLL_1

arwSWBAGMX arwSWBAGMN

KF

arwPAKORKF

cowV_ATK_A 1: Addition 2: Multiplication

ldmADF KL

aroSOLL_8 aroSOLL_2

arwPAKORKL

anmLTF

KF

aroSOLL_3

arwTLKORKF

KL

arwMEKORKL

anmT_MOT

KF

arwTWKORKF

KL

arwVEKORKL

aroSOLL_9

aroSOLL_4

KF

arwTWVEKF aroSOLL_12

KL

arwMLBkKL

aroSOLL_13

mrmWH_POSb.1 or .3 dimBRE

>1 aroSOLL_6

dimBRK aroSOLL_11

dzmUMDRsta ldmADF

EGR adjustment in the amount of starting ARF_17

aroSOLL_10

DT1

arwDV_ aroSOLL_5

armM_Lsoll

CONTROLS

arwSWBSWMX arwSWBSWMN

Figure ARF_02: Setpoint Calculation © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002

Exhaust gas recirculation - desired value calculation

DS / ESA

Page 3-10

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The target value of the exhaust gas recirculation is a function of rotational speed, amount of air temperature, Engine temperature and atmospheric pressure. The maps and curves must in air mass / Stroke are normalized. The default value is with quantity and speed armM_E dzmNmit from the Basic characteristic field arwMLGRDKF determined (olda aroSOLL_0). With active pilot (only VP44) zmmVEAKTIV = 1, the basic map arwVEGRDKF used. The correction of this fundamental value is done in the following sizes: -

-

-

-

-

Balance value armARF_AGL (initialized with cowAGL_ARF) via diagnostic interface limited by arwSWBAGMX and arwSWBAGMN (olda aroSOLL_1). The correction can be done either multiplicative or additive (by DAMOS - switch cowV_AGL_A: 1 = additive [unit mass of air], 2 = multiplicative [unitless]) Height correction of the characteristic times arwPAKORKL map arwPAKORKF, the Correction can be done either multiplicative or additive (olda aroSOLL_2). (By means of DAMOS - switch cowV_ATK_A: 1 = additive [unit air mass] 2 = multiplicative [unitless]) Ansauglufttemperaturkorrektur in dependence on the speed of the characteristic field arwTLKORKF, the correction is multiplicative (olda aroSOLL_3). Engine temperature correction as a function of the speed and the amount of about Map arwTWKORKF times characteristic arwMEKORKL, the correction is additive (Olda aroSOLL_4). With active pilot (only VP44), the map is arwTWVEKF and the characteristic arwVEKORKL used. Speed correction via the characteristic arwMLBkKL (olda aroSOLL_12) is not actuated Brake and shift lever of the automatic transmission is not in position N or P ((dimBRE OR OR dimBRK mrmWH_POSb.1 (s) or mrmWH_POSb.3 (P)) = 0), the corrected Value in olda aroSOLL_13. This helps to reduce the Anfahrrauchens. To reach operating temperature in the combustion chamber in the amount of the starting speed, can the ARF rate for a motor temperature-dependent duration be adjusted. The correction value aroSOLL_10 for the EGR setpoint is atmospheric pressure-dependent (LdmADF) is formed from the characteristic curve after the start of discharge and arwPSKORKL (MrmSTART_B = 0), a motor temperature dependent (anmT_MOT) number of Engine revolutions aroUMDRp long additive fed. The number of engine revolutions since the start shedding delivers the message dzmUMDRsta. This value is the engine temperature dependent threshold aroUMDRp from the characteristic arwUMDRpKL compared. Upon reaching the threshold is just the current Stored correction value and to zero over the ramp slope arwPSKRamp.

aroUMDRp

anmT_MOT KL

arwUMDRpKL a

a> b

dzmUMDRsta

b

aroPSKW

ldmADF

aroSOLL_10

KL

arwPSKORKL

RAMP

arwPSKRamp

Figure ARF_17: EGR adjustment in the amount of starting © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The calculated setpoint is limited to the boundaries arwSWBSWMX and arwSWBSWMN. The Setpoint aroSOLL_5 is in the dynamic feedforward arwDV_ .. with DT1 - Characteristics processed (olda aroSOLL_6). Setpoint _Feedforward KD *

d(Setpoint ) dt

And large-signal behavior - separate parameters for small For the differential gain stored. Within a window with small-signal differential gain, outside the Window reckoned with large-signal differential gain. The setpoint - feedforward control is additive in the setpoint armM_Lsoll a.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 3-12

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

3.5

Regulator Actuator 2: ehmFAR2 arwFAR2MAX arwFAR2MIN

Limit

mrmLDFUaus zmmF_KRIT.4 cowARF_hys arwARF_var nlmDK_zu ecmDK_zu zmmDKTL.0 aroREG_4

>1 >1

Hysteresis

dzmNmit

nlmDK_auf armM_E

aro2ST1

KF

aro2ST2 arwHYSEIN arwHYSME arwHYSMA arwHYSAUS arw2TVEIN arw2TVMIT arw2TVAUS

arw2ST_KF

anmT_MOT KF

arw2STAUS

arwFAR2_MV

arwFAR2ab1

arwFAR2aus arwFAR2_NL

arw2TW_KF

KF

aroPkorr

arwREG2KF

KF

arw2LM_KF aroAUS_B aroREG_2 = 3

>1

1

anmLTF aroREG_1

aroLTF_aus 0

Hysteresis

arwHYSTein arwHYSTaus aroRGPAnt aroRGIAnt

aroE

aroRGpi aroTVunbeg

aroREG_3

armM_Lsoll

PI controller

armM_List

Limit

arwPR_ ... arwIR_ ... aroRGsteu

aroRGst

arwGR_MAX arwGR_MIN Integrator freeze arwFAR1_MV

1

VGW 1 arwREGTVG1 arwREGIVG1 or anwREGTVG1 arwREGIVG2 (At aroREG_2 = 3)

arw1HYSsch

0

arwFAR1ab1

Hysteresis

arw1HYS ...

dzmNmit

arwFAR1aus arwFAR1_NL Actuator 1: ehmFAR1

KF KL

arwREG1KF

arwREG1KL

KL

arwREG0KL 1

armM_E aroREG_B 0

Hysteresis

Figure ARF_03: ARF-controller and the control of the AR3-amplifier © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA

Exhaust gas recirculation - regulator

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

3.5.1 function while driving The exhaust gas recirculation is adjusted with 3 different actuators. The actuator 1 is regulated depending on the work area and controlled in parallel, only controlled or switched off. In the Case arwARF_var = 0 This is also true for the actuator 2 The two manipulated variables and ehmFAR1 ehmFAR2 then hang in a manner analogous to the duty cycle of aroREG_1 and the speed dzmNmit from. In the case arwARF_var = 1 the actuator 2 is dependent on the work area fully switched on or off is controlled. The controller can continuously (cowARF_hys = 0) or by a 3-hysteresis (cowARF_hys = 1). Three different systems are used. The first actuator 1 is a Exhaust gas recirculation valve and a throttle actuator 2, both controller continuously be regulated (arwARF_var = 0). The second system only differs by a Interchange of ARF valve and throttle valve. The third system (arwARF_var = 1) is reacted with ehmFAR1 the exhaust gas recirculation valve is continuously controlled, and with a throttle valve ehmFAR2 controlled, which is optionally not used in the driving operation. armM_E Area 3 Range 1/3 (Hysteresis)

Area 1

arwREG1KL arwREG0KL

Range of 0/1 (Hysteresis) Range 0 dzmNmit

arwMEAB1KL arwMEAB0KL

Figure ARF_04: working areas of the ARF Range 0 (control switch-off in small amounts):

aroREG_2 = 0

When the amount reaches a threshold of the speed-dependent characteristic curve or arwREG0KL below, the ARF is controlled with aroRGsteu. In the case arwARF_var = 1 affects aroRGsteu only ehmFAR1 for arwARF_var = 0 also ehmFAR2 (see area 1). The purpose of the pure Control is hiring the right ARF rate despite the inaccuracy of the airquantitative measurement of small amounts of air. The scheme is only switched on when the Injection amount armM_E a speed-dependent threshold of the characteristic arwREG1KL exceeds. The hysteresis arw1HYS ... and the shutdown of the PI controller over arwREG0KL can at Output ehmFAR1 also a 2-point control with the control value aroRGst be achieved.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 3-14

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Area 1 (control with parallel control):

aroREG_2 = 1

Increases the amount armM_E via the characteristic arwREG1KL, the Luftmassenistwert is armM_List (see chapter "Input / Output Signals"), with a PI controller to the desired value armM_Lsoll regulated. The fixed values .. arwIR_ apply for the I-and P parameters and arwPR_ .. In the small-signal case are within the window arwIR_FEN and arwPR_FEN the reinforcements arwIR_SIG and arwPR_SIG. In the large-signal case apply to the window over rising share the deviation, the gains or arwIR_POS arwIR_NEG and arwPR_POS or arwPR_NEG. Parallel to the PI controller is controlled. Control value aroRGst and PI controller output aroRGpi are added and then limited. Output of the limiting element is the Duty cycle aroREG_1.

On reaching the limit or arwGR_MAX arwGR_MIN the integrator of the PI controller is frozen. When connecting the control (= transition from area 0 into area 1), the Integrator preset with 0. When you turn the control (= transition from region 2 or 3 in Area 1), the integrator with arwREGIVG1 or arwREGIVG2 (aroREG_2 = 3, Shear mode) preset. The label must be applied arwREGIVG1 so large that the sum of Integratorvorbelegung and current control value (arwREGIVG1 + aroRGst) undershoot prevents the air mass at power, the label arwREGIV2 for low exhaust gas recirculation rates a loader to prevent noise in transitions from the thrust. In the case arwARF_var = 1 aroREG_1 directly and exclusively to the actuator ehmFAR1 output. The actuator is then driven through ehmFAR2 arw2ST_KF. Is cowARF_hys ≠ 0, then the output value is still out on a Dreifachhysterese. In the case arwARF_var = 0, the duty cycle aroREG_1 other hand, is on ehmFAR1 and ehmFAR2 distributed. The manipulated variable splitting is done via the linearization maps arwREG1KF and arwREG2KF in dependence on the speed dzmNmit. Area 2 (shutdown of the ARF-setter 1 with air temperature):

aroREG_2 = 2

If the air temperature falls below the value anmLTF arwHYSTaus so ehmFAR1 is with arwREGTVG1 applied. The manipulated variable ehmFAR2 shall not be affected. Increases the Air temperature anmLTF again arwHYSTein on the value, so will be back in area 1 changed. This function can be used only useful if it is actuator 1 is the throttle valve and arwARF_var = 1. Area 3 (shutdown of ARF):

aroREG_2> = 3

Increases the amount armM_E via the characteristic arwMEAB1KL, or is another Met shutdown condition, so be ehmFAR1 and ehmFAR2 with arwREGTVG1 or arw2STAUS applied. These default values are to be applied so that the throttle valve fully is opened and the exhaust gas recirculation valve is fully closed. Decreases the amount armM_E again under the curve arwMEAB0KL, or the shutdown falls away again, then again in Range 0 or 1 changed. The reversing valve is ehmFAR3 at shutdown of the ARF on the Value arwREGTVG1 provided.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-15

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Application Notes: In order to ensure a proper switch between the fields, it is necessary that the Output values of the characteristic arwREG1KL larger than the output values of the characteristic arwREG0KL. To prevent constant switching between the areas, it is advantageous the two curves to be applied with a sufficiently large hysteresis. The two maps arwREG1KF and arwREG2KF are coordinated with one another, that when any speed the air volume increases approximately linearly with the manipulated variable aroREG_1 (ArwARF_var = 0). The parallel control can only be interpreted useful if the Maps arwREG1KF and arwREG2KF are fixed. Function when engine is switched off (caster, Ecomatic) or upon the occurrence of manifold vacuum: As a measure to prevent the Abstellschlagens be in the wake and at a Amount shutdown by the Ecomatic the two actuators ehmFAR1, 2 on the respective administrable value arwFAR1ab1 or arwFAR2ab1 switch as soon nlmDK_zu or ecmDK_zu has the value 1. Upon detection of manifold vacuum (mrmLDFUaus = 1), the 2 actuators ehmFAR1, 2 on each administrable value arwFAR1aus or arwFAR2aus connected. Intervention throttle test: If requested by throttle test (zmmDKTL.0 = 1), then the two actuators ehmFAR1-2 switched to the administered values arwFAR1_MV or arwFAR2_MV. Intervention in case of error "solenoid valve stuck closed (zmmF_KRIT.4, only EDC15M): When solenoid valve is stuck the two actuators ehmFAR1-2 are the same as for suction pipe under pressure connected to the two administrable values arwFAR1aus or arwFAR2aus. Intervention "to throttle" in the wake: Through the interface message nlmDK_auf the throttle valve is opened in the wake (NlmDK_auf = 1) and the actuators with values administrable arwFAR1_NL and arwFAR2_NL driven. Limit for ehmFAR2 (damper): With the label arwFAR2MAX and arwFAR2MIN can limit the PWM duty cycle for controlling the control valve (throttle) ehmFAR2 independently from the text Encoder password predetermined values (5% to 95%) are applied. This can Tatverhältnisse <5% and> 95% is spent.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 3-16

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

dzmNmit

aroST1

armM_E

aroST2

aroRGsteu

KF

arwSTTVKF

aroARFAGL

armARF_AGL

KL

CONTROLS

arwSWBAGMX arwSWBAGMN

arwMLTVKL

anmT_MOT

KF

arwSTTWKF

ldmADF

aroPkorr KF

anmLTF

KF

arwSTPAKF

mrwPKOR_KF

Figure ARF_05: Parallel control

The tax value aroRGsteu is a function of speed dzmNmit, quantity armM_E, engine temperature anmT_MOT, corrected atmospheric pressure aroPkorr and balance value armARF_AGL. The Maps and characteristics must be normalized in duty ratios of the exhaust gas recirculation plate. Is dzmNmit With the amount armM_E and the averaged speed of the base value from the Map arwSTTVKF determined. The correction of this fundamental value is done in the following sizes: - Accept the adjustment diagnostic interface, limited by arwSWBAGMX and

arwSWBAGMN. This air flow correction value is in the characteristic arwMLTVKL a duty cycle converted. The correction is additive. -Correction of altitude map arwSTPAKF. The correction is additive. -Engine temperature correction of the characteristic field arwSTTWKF. The correction is additive.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-17

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

3.6

Control of an EGR cooler bypass valve

The cooler of the exhaust gas recirculation is switched depending on the water temperature of the engine be. At higher water temperatures is an electrical change-over valve (EUV) and a vacuum unit, a bypass around the EGR cooler is turned off, that is, EGR cooling is activated only when the engine is warm. Over the two speed dependent characteristics arwEGRnEin and arwEGRnAus is the Aor switch-off (air mass setpoint) of the hysteresis set. The EGR cooling is be switched off when armM_Lsoll is
arwEGRKein Actuator 3: ehmFAR3

arwEGRKaus

aroWTF_aus

anmWTF

arw3STAUS

>1

aroAUS_B

arwEGRHyE arwEGRHyA

armM_Lsoll

aroML_aus

dzmNmit KL

arwEGRnEin

KL

arwEGRnAus

Figure ARF_19: driving an EGR cooler bypass valve


19 April 2002Abgasrückführung - Control of an EGR cooler bypass valve DS / ESA

Page 3-18

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

3.7

Monitoring and Shutdown

3.7.1 Monitoring of control error dzmNmit

aroEmaxG

armM_Lsoll

KF

arwEmaxGKF

aroEmaxF mrmM_EAKT

aroEmax

KF

arwEmaxFKF

aroE
&

aroEueb.0

aroEmax> = arwEueAUS

fbbEARSnR DEAD TIME

fbwEARSnRA

aroAUS_B

>1

aroEueb.2

aroLTF_aus aroREG_B

&

aroEueb.1

aroE> aroEmax

fbbEARSpR DEAD TIME

fbwEARSpRA

Figure ARF_06: Monitoring of control error Two characteristic diagrams (arwEmaxGKF and arwEmaxFKF) is a function of air mass setpoint, speed and load a maximum allowable deviation aroEmax calculated with the current control deviation aroE compared. Represents a time fbwEARSpRA a greater retrol error as aroEmax, so the control loop is determined to be defective. Represents a time fbwEARSnRA a smaller deviation than - (aroEmax), so the loop is as defect detected. This deactivation is irreversible in the driving cycle. Application Note: Each speed has its maximum and minimum amount of fresh air. The further the air mass setpoint from these limits, the lower the allowable deviation applied be. This allowable deviation is corrected with a load-dependent factor. At large and small loads, so the monitoring of the control deviation to be adjusted.


DS / ESA

Exhaust gas recirculation - Monitoring and Shutdown

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-19

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

3.7.2 Shutdown The regulation or control of the ARF is switched off under the following conditions or switched (description of the ARF status aroREG_2): Decimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Comment Taxes for small quantities Regulate Shutdown of the AR1 - Steller ehmFAR1 with air temperature Shutdown with default value due to the overrun mode Shutdown with default value (see olda cause aroAB_VGW1) Shutdown due to throttle test Overrun active - ARF shutdown Manifold vacuum - ARF shutdown "Throttle on" in the wake Basic setting for LDR or ARF

The bit olda aroAB_VGW1 indicates the cause of the shutdown with default value 1: Bit position 0 1 3

Decimal 1 2 8

4 5

16 32

6 7 8 9 A

64 128 256 512 1024

Comment Exceeding a threshold quantity permanent deviation - (fbbEARSpR or fbbEARSnR) Prolonged periods of engine idling (DzmNmit arwREGTLL1) in case of errors (see shutdown due to system errors) Falls below the battery voltage threshold (AnmUBATT

19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 3-20

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

At a cut-off, the ARF is - valve closed with a default value. At Occurrence of multiple causes displays the status with the higher ID on aroREG_2 and its action executed.

Status: (AroAB_VGW1.x)

Cause:

Status: (AroREG_2)

ehmFAR1

ehmFAR2

Bit olda

0

TAXES with aroRGSTEU

TAXES with arw2ST_KF

1

RULES


aroREG_B = 1

Air temperature too low

2

OFF with arwREGTVG1


aroLTF_aus = 1

Push operation

3

OFF with arwREGTVG1

OFF with arw2STAUS

aroAUS_B = 1

4

OFF with arwREGTVG1

OFF with arw2STAUS

aroAUS_B = 1

Throttle test

5

OFF with arwFAR1_MV

OFF with arwFAR2_MV

aroAUS_B = 1

In the wake

6

OFF with arwFAR1ab1

OFF with arwFAR2ab1

aroAUS_B = 1

Manifold vacuum

7

OFF with arwFAR1aus

OFF with arwFAR2aus

aroAUS_B = 1

"Throttle on" in the wake

8

OFF with arwFAR1_NL

OFF with arwFAR2_NL

aroAUS_B = 1

Basic setting LDR or ARF

9

OFF with arwREGTVG1

OFF with arw2STAUS

aroAUS_B = 1

Exceeding a threshold quantity (Figure: ARF_09) Control deviation too large (Figure: ARF_06)

0 1

Longer engine idle as time threshold

2 3

System error (Illustrations: SYSFEHL1 and SYSFEHL2)

4

Below a threshold UBatt

5

At the start

6

After the start (Figure: ARF_11)

7

Exceeding the limit amount (Figure: ARF_10)

8

>1

9 Boost pressure requirement (Figure: ARF_16)

A

ADR-state "rules" AND cowFUN_ADR.3 = 1 (Figure: ARF_18)

Figure ARF_07: Shutdown


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-21

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Shutdown at a set threshold is exceeded: As a reference quantity for shutting down or restarting the ARF can with cowFUN_RME.1 = Between 1 and armM_E aroM_ERME upon detection of RME fuel (anmRME_ON = 1) be selected. If the amount is greater than a threshold from the characteristic arwMEAB1KL = f (n) is then ARF is turned off. If the amount is less than the threshold again from the characteristic arwMEAB0KL is, the ARF may be switched on again. If the amount exceeds the threshold arwMEAB2KL positive amount tendency, a timer is started with the runtime aroTi_abKL. If the timer expires and aroTi_Ein still the same one, the ARF is turned off. Only when the amount is less than arwMEAB2KL that ARF switched on again. Where the quantity threshold arwMEAB2KL while the timer is running, the timer is stopped and reset, and the ARF remain on.

armM_E armM_ERME a

&

aroTi_Ein a> b

anmRME_ON

b

& cowFUN_RME.1

TIMER

KL

arwMEAB2KL

aroTi_Ab

dzmNmit KL

arwTi_abKL

Status: aroREG_2 = 4

>1 (AroAB_VGW1.0)

KL

arwMEAB0KL

KL

arwMEAB1KL

Figure ARF_09: exceeding a threshold quantity


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 3-22

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Shutdown in excess of the limitation amount: If the request unlimited amount FGR mrmFGR_roh greater than the limiting amount mroM_EBEGR, there is a shutdown of the ARF. Is mrmFGR_roh + mrwFGR_OFF less than mroM_EBEGR, the ARF is again turned on. Since the ARF over armM_List directly into the Limiting amount of cuts in, by means of this measure allows a greater FGR area. Status: aroREG_2 = 4

mrmFGR_roh

(AroAB_VGW1.8)

mrwFGR_OFF

mroM_EBEGR

Figure ARF_10: Exceeding the limit amount

Shutdown after start: A motor-temperature-dependent time (characteristic arwANSTWKL) to start shedding remains the ARF off. anmT_MOT KL

arwANSTWKL

Status: aroREG_2 = 4 mrmSTART_B (AroAB_VGW1.7) t
Figure ARF_11: shutdown after start


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Shutdown at boost pressure requirement: In the partial load range, the exhaust gas recirculation is fast at high positive desired quantity change are closed to allow a fast charging pressure buildup. To fast Close the loading shovels until after shutdown of the ARF allow, the LDR-TV is frozen. The work area is defined by a speed and volume range (ArwABdzu, arwABdzo and arwABmeu, arwABmeo). Only when the valve is relatively wide open the shutdown done (ehmFAR1 arwABwunmx), then takes the Shutdown. The shutdown is arwABmint after each trip at least for the time remain off. Find a shutdown instead, then the triggering, the LDR TV output for an applicable time frozen (TV before the rise), at this time is ldmVZ_akt = 1 The freezing time is dependent on the average speed (characteristics ldwVZDZ_KL) and the ARF-TV (characteristic ldwVZAR_KL) before the shutdown. With a applied from 0 the function is not executed. The freeze only once started only after the release of the LDR-screen TVs, the function is triggered again.

ehmFLD_DK

d / dt PT1

a

a> b b

arwABldPT1 arwABldmax a

dzmNmit arwABdzu

a> b b

a

a
arwABdzo

b

mrmM_EWUN

d / dt

a

Status: aroREG_2 = 4

&

a> b

>1

b

arwABwunmx

(AroAB_VGW1.9) a

mrmM_EAKT arwABmeu

a> b

TIMER

b

arwABmint

a

a
arwABmeo

b

arwAB_TV b

aroREG3pt1

ehmFAR1

ldmVZ_akt

a
TIMER

PT1

arwABarPT1

KL

ldwVZAR_KL

dzmNmit KL

ldwVZDZ_KL

Figure ARF_16: shutdown at boost pressure requirement


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 3-24

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Shutdown at work speed control: Is the work speed control is in the "rules" (mrmADR_SAT = 3) and bit 3 of Software cowFUN_ADR switch is set, the EGR is switched off.

cowFUN_ADR.3

&

Status: aroREG_2 = 4 (AroAB_VGW1.A)

mrmADR_SAT == 3

Figure ARF_18: shutdown work speed control

Basic setting for LDR: As long as the basic setting for LDR is active, the ARF must be turned off. Basic setting for ARF With default setting for ARF ARF shut-off is activated on one hand, so that the Integrator when restarting is initialized properly and therefore the error condition contusion in Control deviation is stopped. On the other hand, all three actuators ehmFAR1, ehmFAR2 and ehmFAR3 driven by the basic setting. Overrun active: As long as the follower is active and sets the ARF actuators on default values must ARF be turned off. Manifold vacuum: If manifold vacuum occurs, the ARF are set actuators on default values and the ARF must be turned off.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-25

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

3.7.3 Monitoring the status line The control valve is to be monitored in their function. This requires the status line the damper evaluate. The control valve is an intelligent control element, the internal Malfunctions on a status line signals. If an internal error occurs, it activates the Damper the status line and goes into the predetermined, open position. Monitoring the function of the status line: After a K15 an edge change from LOW to HIGH must be recognized on the status line (See Figure ARF_12). If the line is beginning to HIGH or LOW or too long then long enough in the high state, the status line to be defective accepted. Does the status line to be defective, the error bit is set fbbEAR1_S. Monitoring the function of the damper: Is the function of the control flap ensures may by a defect in the control flap be monitored. If the line is HIGH, the damper is considered to be in order. Is the line LOW, then the damper is considered defective. Depending on the error fbbEAR1_S is set or cleared. dimRKSTAT

HIGH

LOW ≤

≥

fbwEAR1_DA

fbwEAR1_DB

t

Figure ARF_12: waveform of status line dimRKSTAT


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 3-26

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

edmSTAUSNL = 1 yes

Start of follow-up?

No edmSTAUSNL = 0

00 Start arwRK_LT First digital value available

dimRKSTAT = 1

dimRKSTAT = 0

04

01

Delay arwt_noSTL

Waiting for High

arwRK_LT expired

FF Status line defective

dimRKSTAT = 1

02

dimRKSTAT = 0 High level wait

arwRK_HT expired dimRKSTAT = 0

10

20 Control flap "Good"

Control flap "Defective" dimRKSTAT = 1

Figure ARF_13: monitoring states of the status line in aroRKSTAT

Initialization: If, because of "K15 A" through an initialization, it must then slide the status line to be checked. If the caster canceled by "K15 A" before the HRL had fallen (EdmSTAUSNL = 1) is administered after a delay time arwt_noSTL only Supervised control valve and verify the line performed (note: since the Status line is not checked, can not "tested" state for fbbELDK_S achieved be). 00H - Waiting for the first digital value: Since the digital values are not in the initialization is available, can be checked here first be whether the status line is really LOW. If this is the case, then the first time started arwRK_LT and waited for the change of edge. If the line is HIGH, then it is defective and it will be changed to the state FF. 01H - Waiting for the first digital value: Waiting for the edge change from LOW to HIGH. Runs before the time arwRK_LT from, the line is considered defective and it will be changed in the state FF. If the state is HIGH, is started at the time arwRK_HT and switched to the state 02. The smallest adjustable time is 20ms, would as a time of 0 to a high level match from the start and thus a faulty status line is detected. Also, must the LOW level at the Rest status line at least 150ms, because as long as takes an initialization and are thus only the values that are then on the line. Why has a set time arwRK_LT = 0 the same effect as arwRK_LT = 20ms.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3-27

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

02H - Waiting for the end of the test sequence: It is a time arwRK_HT serviced. During this time, it may by at any level change LOW come. If this occurs but on, the status line is considered defective and it is in the state FF switched. But If the time expires, the error is reported and fbbEAR1_S well in the State 10 is switched and the status line is therefore considered functional. 04H - delay due to start from Trail: The monitoring of the control flap is suspended for the time arwt_noSTL unwanted To avoid error messages due to the SG-initialization. 10H - control flap in order: Is the level on line LOW, then is switched to the state 20, as a defect is signaled. Otherwise, the damper is considered good, and the error fbbEAR1_D is good reported. 20H - control flap in order: Is the HIGH level on the line, then it is switched to the state 10, as no defect is signaled. Otherwise, the control valve is considered defective and the error is fbbEAR1_D defect reported. FFH - Status line defective: The status line is considered defective. Therefore, the error is reported fbbEAR1_S defective. For this State is switched over in no other state.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 4-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

4 boost pressure control 4.1 Overview The boost control is the regulation or control of an exhaust gas turbocharger with waste Gate as well as a charger with variable turbine geometry (VTG - Loader) used. When controlling an exhaust gas turbocharger with waste - gate the actuator is a bypass valve, by which can be guided by the exhaust gas flow to the turbine or the turbine. In the Controlling a VTG - charger serves as an actuator, the variable turbine geometry. The boost control is divided into setpoint calculation, wastegate, boost pressure control, controlled adaptation of the control parameters and monitoring and shutdown. mrmVERB dzmNmit fgm_VzuN

mrmM_EAKT mrmM_EWUNL mrmM_EWUNR

mrmM_EMOT

MAX

ldmADF anmLTF dzmNmit anmWTF

cowLDR_ME

Controlled adaptation the control parameters LDR_06

P gain I gain D gain DT1 memory factor

LDME

ldoRG_TVun ldoRG_TV2

zmmLDRsoK

ldoRG_TV ldoRG_TV2

Setpoint ldmP_Lsoll calculation LDR_03

Control LDR_04 ldmP_Llin ldmADF dzmNmit mrmVERB fgm_VzuN

Loader noise suppression LDR_04a

ldoTVsteu

ldmM_E ldmADF anmLTF dzmNmit mrmM_EAKT mrmM_EWUNL mrmM_EWUNR

ehmFLD_DK Monitoring ehmFLS2 and shutdown LDR_07

dzmNmit mrmM_EAKT anmWTF mrmSTART_B ldmVZ_akt zmmDKTL ldmLDRSTAT FBOs ... ECEC ...

Control LDR_05

Figure LDR_01: Structure of the boost pressure control

With the software switch cowFUN_LDR you switch the boost control on / off (0 = off, 1 = on). Simultaneously with the software switch cowVAR_LDR = 8 LDS - final stage activated, deactivated with cowVAR_LDR = 0. With the software switch cowLDR_ME does one determine which uses fuel quantity signal should be. The partial functions will still work ldmM_E with the crowd. Switch position 4 uses the Desired amount for a quick response of the supercharger and the engine size to the Boost pressure reduction delay and thus to prevent snarling of the loader. Description of the software switch LDR - quantity input request cowLDR_ME: Decimal 1 2 3 4

Comment current injection quantity Desired Amount of idle amount Desired quantity raw + idle amount Maximum amount of engine and desired quantity raw + idle amount


19 April 2002

Charge pressure control - Overview

DS / ESA

Page 4-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

4.2 Generation of setpoint dzmNmit

ldoSWPLGKF

ldmM_E

KF

ldwSWBGKF anmWTF anmLTF

ldoSW_TW

KF

cowWTF_LTF

ldwTW_KF

ldoSWTW_K0 KF

ldoSWPL_K0

ldwTWGRDKF

ldoSWPA_K1 ldmADF

KF

ldwPAUEKF

ldoSWPL_K1 ldoSWTL_K2

anmLTF KL

ldoSWPL_K2

ldwTLUEKL

ldoSWPLMAX

ldoSWPLBEG MIN

KF

ldwMXWKF

ldoSWDYANT DT1

ldwSDV_ ldoSWP_L

ldmP_Lsoll CONTROLS

ldwSWBLDMX ldwSWBLDMN

Figure LDR_03: Setpoint Education

The absolute or relative boost pressure from the target map ldwSWBGKF depending formed by dzmNmit speed and amount ldmM_E. Whether the applied field in the desired characteristic Boost pressure setpoint an absolute pressure or a positive pressure relative to the atmospheric pressure is depends on the switch position cowLDR_R_A. To minimize noise, the boost pressure setpoint temperature dependence is corrected additively. About the switch cowWTF_LTF is either the water temperature or the anmWTF AnmLTF air temperature used for correction. The correction value from the basic characteristic map ldwTWGRDKF calculated, the output value of water temperature-dependent with the Weighting factor from the characteristic diagram is calibrated ldwTW_KF. The thus obtained Correction value can be increasing, decreasing and act on the charging pressure setpoint.


DS / ESA

Charge pressure control - Generation of setpoint

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 4-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Depending on the atmospheric pressure and quantity ldmADF ldmM_E an additive takes place Correction, which is formed on the map ldwPAUEKF. Depending on the Air temperature anmLTF is a multiplicative correction factor on the characteristic ldwTLUEKL formed. This value is limited to a maximum. The maximum is from the dependence Atmospheric pressure ldmADF and the speed dzmNmit calculated from the map ldwMXWKF. The reference is in a dynamic feedforward control with DT1 - processed characteristics. Setpoint feedforward KD * d(Setpoint ) dt And large-signal behavior - separate parameters for small For the differential gain stored (ldwSDV_). If the input signal change within a window with Small-signal differential gain, outside is expected to be large-signal differential gain. The Selection of the memory factor takes place due to the sign of the output signal. The result represents the dynamic setpoint portion dar. This proportion is the previously designated Nominal value added. The set point is thus formed to the minimum value to the maximum value and ldwSWBLDMN ldwSWBLDMX limited.


19 April 2002

Charge pressure control - Generation of setpoint

DS / ESA

Page 4-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

4.3 Control DT1 memory factor D gain

LDME

ldoRGDAnt DT1

cowLDR_ARW

ldwDR_NEX

ldoIFRZ.0

2 1 P gain I gain

ldoRGPAnt ldoRGIAnt

ldoRGPITV back-afreeze expected

ldmP_Lsoll PI

afreeze

Limitation and ARW ldoRG_TVUB

ldmP_Llin

ldoRG_TVun

ldmADF CONTROLS Monoflop

TIMER

>1

ldwRGDELt cowLDR_R_A ldoRGSunv

ldmM_E

dzmNmit

aa b b

KL

ldmGLTV

ldwREG0KL 2 cowVAR_BiT.0 KL

ldwREG1KL

ldoRG_TV2

ldoTVsteu CONTROLS

mrmVERB dzmNmit fgm_VzuN

ldoGRmin KL

ldwGRminKL cowLDR_BEG

ldoGRmax KL

ldwGRmaxKL

Figure LDR_04: wastegate


DS / ESA

Charge pressure control - control

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 4-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The wastegate is a bypass - realize controller, ie - PI the tax value ldoTVsteu the Manipulated variable of the PI - controller ldoRGPITV added. Parallel to the PI - controller and control is still a DT1 - regulator. Since the VTG - Loader, the controlled system during operation changed, there will be a controlled adaptation of the control parameters. The control parameters are of the deviation LDME and dzmNmit from consumption mrmVERB or of the speed or from the transition fgm_VzuN dependent. Monitoring the engagement of the control switches and the Control of certain system faults and outputs setting values to the actuator. The Boost pressure ldmP_Llin (= filtered value anmLDF) is by specifying the desired pressure ldmP_Lsoll by PIDT1 - controlled controller with parallel control. The control remains in small amounts off.

The scheme is only switched on when the amount a speed-dependent threshold of the Exceeds characteristic ldwREG1KL. Share initialized with zero - When the I is. If, when the controller is switched to a deviation, the P produced - share a crack at Output. D - controller is turned on, that its output is zero immediately after the switching. The control is switched off, if the amount of a speed-dependent threshold of the LdwREG0KL characteristic reaches or falls below. Laying down the wiring after the Hsyterese The timer ensures that the switching of rules after tax by the time ldwRGDELt is delayed. Each negative edge starts the timer and the timer provides as output signal as long as high until the timer expires. The instantaneous value of the hysteresis is on the Olda ldoRGSunv shown. Turning the control is, however, without delay, if the amount exceeds the threshold of the speed-dependent characteristic ldwREG1KL. In Off the duty cycle at the output will change by leaps and bounds, because the manipulated variable of the PIDT1 - controller will no longer be added. If the controller is switched off, shall not Monitoring instead of the control deviation (S.U.).

To perform the loader balance, the duty cycle at the output of the boost pressure control is before the boundary changed by the engagement of the bi-turbo scheme. In cowVAR_BiT.0 = 0 both boost pressure plates are driven with the same duty cycle. With activated BiTurbo control the duty cycle for the first Boost pressure plate to ldmGLTV / 2 (Loader balance value) decreases and the duty cycle for the 2nd Boost pressure plate to ldmGLTV / 2 increased. Application Note: For a real one - to ensure and off the control, it is necessary for the output value of the characteristic ldwREG1KL for all speeds is greater than the Initial value of the characteristic ldwREG0KL. To start ups - to avoid and off, is it is convenient, the two curves with a correspondingly large hysteresis to apply. Be controller ldoRGPITV - The tax value ldoTVsteu and the output of the PI added and limited by the characteristics ldwGRmaxKL and ldwGRminKL. Upon reaching the Limit, there are three ways the integrator treatment: cowLDR_ARW = 0: ARW (Anti reset windup) by recalculation of the integrator: In Limitation is the I - share as calculated back that ldoTVsteu + ldoRGPITV exactly at the Limit is. cowLDR_ARW = 1: ARW by freezing of the integrator: When the upper limit ldoGRmax the integrator may not be increased - ie its value is frozen. The Integrator may also be reduced when the control input is negative and at the same time upper limit is exceeded. The same applies in reverse when reaching the lower limit ldoGRmin.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 4-6

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

cowLDR_ARW = 2: ARW by freezing of the integrator 2: When the upper limit ldoGRmax the integrator may not be increased - ie its value is frozen (LdoIFRZ (.0) = 1). Freezing of the integrator is only reversed (ldoIFRZ (.0) = 0), when the boost pressure falls or is greater than the target value. After addition of the D - proportion is again a limitation by the characteristics ldwGRmaxKL and ldwGRminKL instead. It takes place on this no - ARW measure. Through the software switch cowLDR_R_A can be selected if an absolute pressure control to be taken or a relative pressure control. An absolute pressure control represents the absolute Pressure ldmP_Lsoll one in the intake manifold. A relative pressure control adjusts the pressure to atmospheric relative excess pressure in the intake manifold. The actual value for the controller is given by ldmP_Llin anmADF, the setpoint is a pressure value.

Description of the software switch type of pressure control cowLDR_R_A: Decimal comment 0Absolutdruckregelung (actual value = boost) 1Relativdruckregelung (actual value = boost pressure - atmospheric pressure) Description of DAMOS - limit switch of the controller output cowLDR_BEG: Decimal 0 1 2

Comment on consumption on the rotational speed about the course


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 4-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

4.3.1 loader noise suppression

ldmSWPLBEG (t-1) ldmSWPLBEG

a

ldoLGU_STA.0 a> b

ldwLGU_LDG

b

ldoLGU_STA.2

& a

mrmM_EMOT

DELAY

a> = b b

ldoLGU_STA.1

ldwLGU_DLY

dzmNmit KL

ldwLGUMEKL

ldoRG_TV ldoRG_TVun PT1

ldwLGU_GF

Figure LDR_04a: loader noise suppression

In train-slide transitions in large programs, it is especially for large compressors to a disturbing noise ("hiss") when at low engine speeds, the boost pressure to quickly is reduced. Therefore, in a large quantity and low speed (about characteristic ldwLGUMEKL, ldoLGU_STA.1 = 1), the gradient of the boost pressure setpoint value monitored. If strong negative values (

19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 4-8

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

4.4 Control cowLDR_MS

mrmM_EAKT mrmM_EWUNL mrmM_EWUNR dzmNmit

ldoM_Est

KF

ldwTV_KF

ldmADF

ldoTV1

KF

ldwTVPAKF

ldoTV2

ldoTVsteu

anmLTF KL

ldwTVTLKL

Figure LDR_05: boost pressure control

Description of the software switch quantity input for control cowLDR_MS: Decimal 1 2 3

Comment current injection quantity Desired Amount of idle amount Desired quantity raw + idle amount

The structure for the calculation of the taxable value ldoTVsteu is partially identical with the structure for Setpoint calculation. The maps and curves have the same input signals. It is analogous to what is described in the chapter setpoint calculation (see above).


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 4-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

4.5 Adaptation of the control parameters mrmVERB dzmNmit fgm_VzuN

P gain KL

ldwPRfakKL cowLDR_ADA LDME

Switching to Dependence of the control deviation ldwPR_ ...

I gain KL

ldwIRfakKL

LDME

Switching to Dependence of the control deviation ldwIR_ ...

D gain KL

ldwDRfakKL

LDME

Switching to Dependence of the control deviation ldwDR_ ...

DT1 memory factor KL

ldwDR_gfKL

Figure LDR_06: Controlled adaptation of the control parameters

The charge pressure is with a PIDT1 - controlled regulator. Apply here to the I -, P - and D Parameters fixed values ldwIR_ .., .. ldwPR_ or ldwDR_ ... For small-signal within the window ldwIR_FEN and ldwPR_FEN the gains are ldwIR_SIG and ldwPR_SIG. For large signal apply to the excess of the window Controller input values, the gains or ldwIR_POS ldwIR_NEG and ldwPR_POS or ldwPR_NEG. For the DT1 - link the fixed values ldwDR_ .. apply to the D - gain. It there is a D - controller with a dynamic feedforward control with DT1 Description: for the differential amplification are separate parameters for small - and Large-signal behavior stored. Within a window (ldwDR_FEN, ldwDR_FEP) is with Small-signal differential gain (ldwDR_SIP, ldwDR_SIN), outside of the window with Large-signal differential gain (ldwDR_POS, ldwDR_NEG) expected.


19 April 2002

Charge pressure control - adaptation of the control parameters

DS / ESA

Page 4-10

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Due to the VTG - loader, the control system changes during operation, so that a controlled adaptation of the control parameters is required. Therefore, the I -, P - and D Gain of PIDT1 - each with a controller multiplied by three factors. The three factors be determined by means of characteristic curves. Input size of these curves is either the MrmVERB consumption, the speed dzmNmit or going fgm_VzuN. With the DAMOS CowLDR_ADA switch can be selected whether the factor of consumption, speed of to or dependent on the transition. Description of DAMOS - switch adaptation of the controller gains cowLDR_ADA: Decimal 0 1 2

Comment on consumption on the rotational speed about the course

The P - reinforcements ldwPR_SIG, ldwPR_POS and ldwPR_NEG be by the factor from the Characteristic Line ldwPRfakKL multiplied. The multiplication result is the current P - gain the PIDT1 - controller. The I - reinforcements ldwIR_SIG, ldwIR_POS and ldwIR_NEG be with the factor from the characteristic line ldwIRfakKL multiplied. The multiplication result is the current I - gain of PIDT1 - controller. The D - reinforcements ldwDR_SIP, ldwDR_POS, ldwDR_SIN and ldwDR_NEG be the factor of the characteristic line ldwDRfakKL multiplied. The multiplication result is the current D - gain of PIDT1 - controller. The memory factor is interpolated from the characteristic ldwDR_gfKL. Again, with the DAMOS - switch cowLDR_ADA as an input variable of the characteristic either the consumption mrmVERB, the speed dzmNmit or going fgm_VzuN be used.


DS / ESA

Charge pressure control - adaptation of the control parameters

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 4-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

4.6

Shutdown

anmWTF mrmSTART_B

Shutdown because of Cold start

ldmBereich = 7 LDR_10 ldmBereich = 1

dzmNmit
>1

Shutdown ldmBereich = 5wegen Deviation

zmmDKTL.1

ldmBereich = 8 ldm LDRSTAT = 1 fbbELDSpR

>1 fbbELDSnR

&

>1

ldmBereich <> 3 ldm ldm LDRSTAT = 1LDRSTAT = 1 Shutdown because of System error

FBOs ... ECEC ...

ldmBereich = 6

SYS_FEHL

ldoRG_TV

ehmFLD_DK

ldwREGVGW2

ldwREGVGW1

ldwDKvgwLD ehmFLS2

ldoRG_TV2

ldmVZ_akt

Figure LDR_07: Monitoring and Shutdown In the partial load range, the exhaust gas recirculation is fast at high positive desired quantity change are closed to allow a fast charging pressure buildup. To fast Close the loading shovels until after shutdown of the ARF allow, the LDR-TV is frozen (ldmVZ_akt = 1). Otherwise, would an early closing of the loader buckets Exhaust stream press briefly through the exhaust gas recirculation.


19 April 2002

Charge pressure control - shutdown

DS / ESA

Page 4-12

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The shutdown of the boost pressure control system depends on the operating condition ldmBereich from (Workspace see Figure LDR_08): Operating condition ldmBereich Work Measure Measure at area constant RA 0 0Steuerung nachldwREGVGW2 Maps 1 1ldwREGVGW1ldwREGVGW1 2 2RegelungldwREGVGW2 3 3RegelungRegelung 4 4RegelungldwREGVGW2 5 4ldwREGVGW2 in respect of permanent RA 6-ldwREGVGW2 due to system error 7-ldwREGVGW1 for cold start 8-ldwDKvgwLD for throttle test (Has the highest switch-off priority)

Monitoring on RA no

Healing of RA

no no yes yes no no no no

no no yes no no no no no

no

The data ldwREGVGW1 and ldwREGVGW2 are default values for the drive duty the boost pressure actuator. Share with ldwREGIVG1 - When you turn the controller off I will or ldwREGIVG2 initialized. The initialization ldwREGIVG1 and ldwREGIVG2 are only useful if no parallel control is applied. In this case the two values are usually applied with the same values as ldwREGVGW1 and ldwREGVGW2. Are but the maps for the parallel control as applied to ldwREGIVG1 and ldwREGIVG2 be applied with zero. Due to the load, the boost pressure control with the data ldwREGN1, ldwREGN2 and ldwREGN3 and ldwREGME3 and ldwREGME4 and by the hysteresis characteristics (Functions of ldmM_E) ldwREG0KL and ldwREG1KL divided into five work areas. This Data represent thresholds for the averaged speed dzmNmit and the amount mrmM_EAKT is: mrmM_EAKT ldwREGN1

1

2

ldwREGN2

3

ldwREGN3

Limiting amount

4

ldwREG1KL ldwREG0KL ldwREGME4

ldwREGME3

dzmNmit

Figure LDR_08: Workspaces


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 4-13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

If the boost pressure control in the work areas 0,2,3 or 4 and no deviation, so means that the charge pressure control regulates or controls while driving. In the Message ldmRGST is provided this information other functions.

fbbELDSpR

>1

1

fbbELDSnR

ldmBereich = 0

& ldmBereich = 2

>1

>1

ldmRGST

ldmBereich = 4 ldmBereich = 3

Figure LDR_11: Message ldmRGST

4.6.1 Shutdown due to constant control deviation The boost control is dependent on the work area, by steady-state error off. (Steady-state error, see chapter "Monitoring concept").

4.6.2 Shutdown due to cold start

dzmNmit> ldwN_Abs

anmWTF KL

ldwKSTWKL

&

ldoN_Abs

mrmSTART_B DEAD TIME

>1

ldoRG_BER = 7

Figure LDR_10: shutdown due to cold start

When starting from cold (ldmBereich = 7) a shutdown occurs by setting the duty cycle ldwREGVGW1. Cold start is during startup (mrmSTART_B = 1) and also a applicable time after the start of discharge, but only when the speed threshold ldwN_Abs is exceeded. This maximum break time (ldoKSTWt) is water temperature dependent (Characteristic ldwKSTWKL) and with the water temperature at the time of anmWTF Start shedding determined.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5 Other Features 5.1 glow time 5.1.1 Glühkerzenansteuerung 2 Generation ehmFGRS Main glow

gsmDIA_GAZ Incandescent display

3 Generation ehmFGRS Main glow

cowVAR_GS cowVAR_GA K> 0 Z

gsoGS_TVx

TIMER

gswGS_ ...

>1

>1 & gsoGS_TV4 gsoGS_t1 gsoGS_tGAZ

Motor standstill

1 gswUB_NgswUB_ .. ..

gswGS_t1KL

gswTV4_KF KF

KL

gswGAZ_KL KL

>1 cowVAR_GS cowVAR_GS K = 1K = 2

zmmSYSERR. 3 anmUBATT anmT_MOT

Preheating Readynomic glow

Afterglow Start annealing

Intermediate glow

cowVARSGT gswGS_SGTV mrmM_EAKT V

anmT_MOT

dzmNmit

Figure SONSGZ01: Glühkerzenansteuerung


19 April 2002

Other Features -Glow time

DS / ESA

Page 5-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Control of the glow indicator: About the variant cowVAR_GAZ switch, regardless of the actual preheating time a applied any control period in the motor temperature dependent characteristic gswGAZ_KL be. About the Batteriespannungshysterese gswUB_ .. or if any useful speed present (zmmSYSERR.3 is set), the glow indicator is turned off. Selection of Glühkerzengeneration: cowVAR_GSK = 0 GSK 2 cowVAR_GSK = 1 GSK 3, Bosch Product cowVAR_GSK = 2 GSK 3, competitor product Glühkerzenansteuerung, 2 Generation (cowVAR_GSK = 0): About the Batteriespannungshysterese gswUB_ .. or if any useful speed is present (ZmmSYSERR.3 is set), the relays are switched off. Control in Dependence of Battery voltage gswUB_S2 1

0 anmUBATT

gswUB_S1 Control in dependence of the battery voltage 1: Controlling allowed 0: Controlling not allowed

Figure SONSGZ07: Batteriespannungshysterese GSK 2 At motor standstill all except Glühphasen ago - and is ready to start glow off. The glow relay will be in low and middle glow only after a delay time gswGS_T_1G driven. 

-

-

Glühkerzenansteuerung, 3 Generation (cowVAR_GSK ≠0) The control in the Preheating phase consists of three areas: In area 1, the glow plugs with the duty ratio gswGS_TV1 be for the period gsoGS_t1 (be applied in the motor temperature dependent characteristic gswGS_t1KL) activated. In region 2, the glow plugs with the duty ratio gswGS_TV2 be for the period gswGS_t2 driven. In region 3, the glow plugs with the duty ratio gswGS_TV3 be for the period gsmGS_t_VG (preheating time from the map gswGS_VGKF) - gswGS_t2 - gsoGS_t1 activated. If the map gswGS_VGKF is applied to zero, there is no Preheating.


DS / ESA

Other functions - glow time

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

TV [%] gswGS_TV1 gswGS_TV2 gswGS_TV3

t1

t2

t3

t [ms]

t1 ... gsoGS_t1 (from characteristic gswGS_t1KL) t2 ... gswGS_t2 t3 ... gsmGS_t_VG (preheating time from mapped gswGS_VGKF) - gswGS_t2 - gsoGS_t1

Figure SONSGZ03: preheating for Glühkerzenansteuerung, 3 Generation For the states of readiness annealing, intermediate annealing and post-heating the glow plugs with a duty cycle gsoGS_TV4 driven. This value is derived from the map gswTV4_KF in dependence on the actual quantity and the engine speed mrmM_EAKT dzmNmit. If during the starting annealing cowVARSGTV = 0, the amplifier with the Duty cycle gswGS_SGTV driven. Is cowVARSGTV = 1 gsoGS_TV4 to Control used. About the Batteriespannungshysterese gswUB_ .. or if no present evaluable speed (zmmSYSERR.3 is set), no duty cycle is output.

Control in Dependence of Battery voltage gswUB_S2N

gswUB_S2

1

0 anmUBATT

gswUB_S1N

gswUB_S1 Control in dependence of the battery voltage 1: Controlling allowed 0: Controlling not allowed

Figure SONSGZ08: Batteriespannungshysterese GSK 3 Battery voltage correction: see chapter "Input and Output Signals" - Glührelaissteller


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Illustrate the operation of the hysteresis: (The picture shown is only an example. Through application can swapped the hysteresis and be inverted.)

gswUB_S2

gswUB_S1

anmUBATT gswUB_S2N

gswUB_S1N

t gswUB_W1 gswUB_W2N

GRL - Control

gswUB_W1N gswUB_W2 Unterspgs - Protection

Überspgs - Protection t

Figure SONSGZ09: Batteriespannungshysterese GSK 3


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

possible from any state when Ecomatic available and dzmNmit == 0 and mrmStart_B <> 1 and ! Waiting for T_MOT and ! Overrun active and ! Dimeco

waiting for ECO Startandemand [01]

dimeco join. Flank

waiting for T_MOT [00]

dimK15 == 1

Overrun active [100]

Preheating time == 0

Preheating time> 0

Preheating [10]

from each state of possible if dimK15 == 0

Init

keinVorglühenCondition 2 [50] or

dzmNmit> gswGS_N_VG debounced with gswGS_T_G

Condition1 Condition1 Condition 2 Preheating time (GsmGS_t_VG) expired or (DzmNmit == 0 and gswGS_t1 + gswGS_t2 expired)

gswGS_t_BG expired

no Start annealing [C0]

Condition1

Preparedness glow [30]

gswGS_t_SG expired or anmT_MOT> = gswGS_TWSG Start annealing [70]

Condition 2

Condition 1 dzmNmit> gswGS_N_G or dimK50> 0 (Debounced with gswGS_T_G) and anmT_MOT > = gswGS_TWSG

mrmSTART_B == 0

mrmSTART_B == 0

Condition 2 dzmNmit> gswGS_N_G or dimK50> 0 (Debounced with gswGS_T_G) and anmT_MOT
no reglow [D0]

Figure SONSGZ02_1: © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Condition 3 dzmNmit> = gswGS_N_NG or mrmM_EAKT> = gswGS_M_NG

mrmSTART_B == 0

mrmSTART_B == 0

dzmNmit
no reglow [D0]

Condition 3

waiting for Afterglow [B1]

mrmM_EAKT> = gsw_MEZG (For gswGS_T2ZG) or gswt_ZGmax expired (GsoZG_Erl = 0)

gswGS_T_1G expired

Condition 3

Afterglow (GsoGS_t_NG) expired

mrmM_EAKT> 0 (for gswGS_T3ZG) waiting for Intermediate glow [F1]

no annealing [FF]

Afterglow (GsoGS_t_NG - gswGS_T_1G) expired

gswGS_T_1G expired

Afterglow [B0]

mrmM_EAKT
[XX] ... value of the status message gsmGS_Pha

Figure SONSGZ02_2 State diagram of the glow time

If several conditions are fulfilled simultaneously, not all transitions on the status Message displayed.

5.1.2 Determination of Glühanforderung The glow time can be activated by two conditions. 1) The control unit is located by K15 - A in the state "waiting for T_MOT". It is during this condition from the engine temperature determines a preheating time. 2) When activated ECOMATIC (cowECOMTC.0 == 1) Vorglühzeitberechnung is always at Speed 0 (state "ECOMATIC - Waiting") performed. In this case, in a Preheating time gsmGS_t_VG> 0 and dzmNmit = 0 in all states other than the state 0x30 "Willingness glow" for information on the Ecomatic-SG incandescent - information bit gsmGLUEH placed. In the state 0x10 "Preheating" is only after a start request (signal change of Motor - off - bits dimeco) changed by the Ecomatic.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.1.3 Description of the states of glow time gsmAGL_VGK CONTROLS

gswWTFmxAG gswWTFmiAG

anmT_MOT gswGS_VGWT

gsoWTFAGL

fboSWTF anmUBATT

KF

gswGS_VGKF

anmADF

gsmGS_t_VG

KF

gswGS_VGKF cowV_GZS_V gsoGS_t_NG KL

gswGS_NGKL

Figure SONSGZ04: identification of pre-and after-glow Preheating: After switching on the control unit supply voltage is started when the computation of the Preheating time has a value greater than zero determined, the preheating phase. Preheating is terminated when one of the three conditions is met: - The preheating time (gsmGS_t_VG) has elapsed from mapped gswGS_VGKF or the timer gsoGS_t1 + gswGS_t2 expired and the speed is equal to zero (transition to Willingness annealing) - Condition 1: the engine speed dzmNmit is greater than the speed threshold gswGS_N_G or the initiator is greater than zero dimK50 (debounced with gswGS_T_G) and the engine temperature anmT_MOT is is> = the temperature threshold gswGS_TWSG (transition to no Start annealing) -

cowVAR_GSK = 0: Condition 2: the engine speed dzmNmit is greater than the speed threshold gswGS_N_G or the initiator is greater than zero dimK50 (debounced with gswGS_T_G) and the engine temperature anmT_MOT is gswGS_TWSG is

19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-8

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

No Preheating: Returns the calculation of the pre-glow time a value equal to zero, the state begins no Preheating. No preheating is terminated when one of two requirements is met: -

Condition 1: the engine speed dzmNmit is greater than the speed threshold gswGS_N_G or the initiator is greater than zero dimK50 (debounced with gswGS_T_G) and the engine temperature anmT_MOT is is> = the temperature threshold gswGS_TWSG (transition to no Start annealing)

- Condition 2: the engine speed dzmNmit is greater than the speed threshold gswGS_N_G or the initiator is greater than zero dimK50 (debounced with gswGS_T_G) and the engine temperature anmT_MOT is gswGS_TWSG
The preheating time is gsmGS_t_VG before the preheating phase from the map gswGS_VGKF = f (anmUBATT, anmT_MOT) or f (anmADF, anmT_MOT) plus the adjustment value gsmAGL_VGK (initialized with cowAGL_VGK) calculated. The adjusted value gsmAGL_VGK (Olda gsoWTFAGL) is limited by gswWTFmxAG and gswWTFmiAG and is on the Diagnostic interface can be changed. The change of the input variable of the characteristic field by means of DAMOS - switch cowV_GZS_V (0 = pre-glow battery voltage dependent, 1 = pre-heating time height-dependent). With a defective water temperature sensor the preheating time is measured using a Default value gswGS_VGWT from the map determined.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Ready to start annealing: The launch readiness glow closes only at the pre-heating phase, when one of two Conditions is satisfied: -

the preheat cycle was ended by the end of the preheating time and gsmGS_t_VG calculated at the beginning of preheating time gsmGS_t_VG was> 0

- The time is t1 + t2, the preheat expired and the speed dzmNmit is == 0. The launch readiness annealing is terminated when a is met by three conditions: (Declaration of condition1 and condition2 of: see no preheating) -

the Startbereitschaftsglühzeit gswGS_t_BG has expired and not condition1 and Condition2 are met. (Transition to no preheating)

-

Condition 1: (transition to no start annealing) dzmNmit> gswGS_N_G or dimk50> 0 (Debounced with gswGS_T_G) and anmT_MOT> = gswGS_TWSG

- Condition 2: (Transition to start annealing) dzmNmit> gswGS_N_G or dimk50> 0 (Debounced with gswGS_T_G) and anmT_MOT
Start annealing: The annealing can start from the phases pre-heating, no Preheating and Bereitschaftgluehen be activated. The following requirements must be met. Preheating: Condition 2 or the speed dzmNmit is> than the speed threshold gswGS_T_G (This is debounced with time gswGS_T_G) No Preheating:

Condition 2 dzmNmit> gswGS_N_G or dimk50> 0 (Debounced with gswGS_T_G) and anmT_MOT
Willingness annealing: Condition 2 dzmNmit> gswGS_N_G or dimk50> 0 (Debounced with gswGS_T_G) and anmT_MOT
19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-10

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

With a defective WTF the default value gswGS_VGWT is used for the motor temperature. The starting annealing is terminated -

after the Startglühzeit gswGS_t_SG if the starting amount of shedding speed has been exceeded or after exceeding the motor temperature threshold gswGS_TWSG

The Startglühphase is not interrupted when the speed threshold gswGS_N_G below will. If the starting annealing is completed, takes place at below the speed threshold gswGS_N_G no new start glowing. For the Startgluehen the duty cycle gswGS_SGTV is used in cowVARSGTV = 0, otherwise as in the other Glühzuständen the duty cycle from the map gswTV4_KF (GsoGS_TV4) is used.

Afterglow: The afterglow begins with crossing the starting amount of shedding speed (mrmSTART_B = 0). It is at the end of the afterglow (gsoGS_t_NG - gswGS_T_1G) ended. The time gsoGS_t_NG is unique from the motor temperature dependent characteristic gswGS_NGKL calculated. With a defective water temperature sensor to calculate the afterglow is the default value gswGS_VGWT used. Afterglow is interrupted when the condition3 is met: a threshold quantity gswGS_M_NG or a speed threshold is exceeded gswGS_N_NG. During this interruption, the time gsoGS_t_NG continues. Intermediate annealing: After the end of the afterglow phase (= no annealing) is in the state "waiting for intermediate annealing" changing, if the current amount mrmM_EAKT longer than the time of the smaller gswGS_T1ZG Threshold quantity gswGS_MZGV is (this time is in the air temperature-dependent characteristic gswGS_T1ZG determined). After expiry of the time with the intermediate annealing is gswGS_T_1G begun. If in state "waiting for intermediate annealing" the current set is longer than the time gswGS_T3ZG is greater than zero, then "no anneal" back to the state. The Intermediate annealing is ended when the current amount of time is longer than the larger gswGS_T2ZG than the threshold gswGS_MEZG. The intermediate annealing is the applicable time gswt_ZGmax limited. After this time is in the state "no glow" (gsmGS_Pha = FF) returned and started the blocking timer gswt_ZGgsp. Is only after the blocking time Intermediate annealing again possible. On the Olda channel gsoZG_Erl the status of the Intermediate annealing (0: Disabled, 1: Permits) are shown.

Overrun active: If the requested follow-up (terminal 15 = 0), the status of the glow phase, "active tracking" to (Value of the Status Message gsmGS_Pha = 100). If terminal 15 is turned on again before the


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Follow-ended (follow-aborted) then again with "Waiting for T_MOT" the Preheat restarted.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-12

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.1.4 "pushing" for the glow plugs 3 Generation By "pushing" is the lifting of the RMS value of the pulse width modulated drive signal (CRL-line) for the GZS called. "Pushing" is in the preheating phase and during the Start annealing allows. For this, the battery voltage correction must be carried out in the MSG (CowVAR_GSK = 1). In all other states (ready to start glow, afterglow, Intermediate annealing and in the wake) is "pushing" forbidden. During the "Pushens" is gsmGS_Vor1 =1

5.1.5 Protection of GSK 3 from overheating The glow plugs of 3 Generation from overheating by repeatedly "pushing" protected by the information in the EEPROM "allows pushing the next cycle / prohibited" is stored. Process: In the initialization of the glow time the information is "pushing allowed" (edmPsh_erl = 1) or "pushing locked" (edmPsh_erl = 0) are read from the EEPROM. - Pushing allowed: In the states "Preheating" (gsmGS_Pha = 10h) as well as in the state "Start glow" (gsmGS_Pha = 70h) is pushed. This is pushing for the next cycle locked (gsmPsh_erl_). Once the glow time in the state "no glow" (gsmGS_Pha = FFh) is a timer is started. After expiration of the applicable time gswt_Psh_E is in EEPROM pushing for the next cycle enabled (gsmPsh_erl = 1). Furthermore, the Timer also queried if the glow time in the state "Overrun active" (gsmGS_Pha = 100h) changes. If the timer is not running it is started. If the applicable time gswt_Psh_E expired, the message is gsmPsh_erl = 1.

- Pushing locked: During the entire cycle is not pushed. Once the annealingcontrol in the state "no glow" (gsmGS_Pha = FFh) or "follower active" (gsmGS_Pha = 100h) is, a timer is started (in the "Overrun active" if the state he is "not a Glow was "not yet started). After expiration of the applicable time gswt_Psh_E is in EEPROM pushing for the next cycle enabled (gsmPsh_erl = 1).

Messages: edmPsh_erl: contains the information whether data can be pushed in this driving cycle the information is read from the EEPROM 1 = pushing allowed Banned 0 = Pushen gsmPsh_erl: contains the information whether data can be pushed in the next cycle the information is written in the EEPROM 1 = pushing allowed Banned 0 = Pushen


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.1.6 sum fault diagnosis In the sum fault diagnosis the glow relay will no longer be controlled directly, but by a glow plug that turns on the glow relay depending on ehmFGRS or off. Since the Glühgerät does not have a memory error, it may notify emerging Error to the control unit via a dedicated line with (input dimGZR). If the GRS - stage defective, the error fbbEGZS_I is not reported until the final stage again is regarded as intact - hence the defect detection time of this error must be greater than that of the End stage failure. If the sum of fault diagnosis actively and the output stage is not defective, then the output signal is the GRS - final stage (glow time ehmFGRS or diagnosis ehmDGRS) with the input signal dimGZR-checked. Is dimGZR not inverse to the output stage control, then the error fbbEGZS_I reported defective, otherwise it will be reported intact. 5.1.7 GSK3 diagnosis Since the GZS (3rd generation) has no inherent fault memory, the MSG clocked serially the Diagnostic information from the GZS. After each falling edge on the GRL-line (Control line), the GZS sets the GZR-line (diagnosis wire) to high or low level to the MSG thereby transmitting a logical 1 or 0. The transmission is divided into two phases: 1

Synchronization

While the GZS diagnosed the candles, is output on the diagnostic line logic 1. The MSG is one internally the number of synchronization bits (gsoCO_Bit). To prevent that a fault on the line is erroneously regarded as the start bit, you must first at least gswSYNC_HI synchronization bits have been detected. 2

Data transmission

In this section, the diagnostic data is transmitted serially to the MSG. It is transmitted a total of 32 bits (22 bits synchronization 8-bit data 1 start and 1 stop bit) The status of the transfer will be shipped in the olda gsoDIA_STA, and can have the following values accept: Decimal 1 2

Importance Synchronization, waiting for start bit Read data


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-14

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

GRL-0

GZR-E

SYNC

SYNC

gswSYNC_HI START bit0

Bit1

Bit 2

Bit 3

Bit 4

Bit 5

Bit 6

Bit 7

STOP

Figure SONSGZ05: transmission of diagnostic data Bit No. 0

Description State glow plugs G1

... 5

... State glow plugs G6

6

Overcurrent

7

Total Error

GRL-0

Level 0 glow plug error-free or overcurrent 1 for Glühkerzenausfall ... 0 glow plug error-free or overcurrent 1 for Glühkerzenausfall 0 glow plug error-free or failure 1 for overcurrent at any glow plug 0 No error 1 Glühkerzenausfall, Current, or relay adhesive is not evaluated by MSG

gswTV_MIN

gswTV_MAX

GZR-E

BITX gswT_Delay ehwEST_T8

Figure SONSGZ06: data If ehmFGRS_K (battery voltage duty cycle corrected) gswTV_MAX, it can no longer be ensured that the signal GZS recognizes as a clock. Therefore, the current transmission is aborted. If the TV back in valid range, the diagnosis is restarted with a synchronization cycle. The information on the GZR-E line has a delay from the falling edge on the CRL-0-line. With the help of the label gswT_Delay the minimum time can be applied, the the MSG has to elapse before valid data from GZR-E are read.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-15

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Are read all the data bits, or a transmission error occurred, so the information is in the message gsmGSK3_ST (Initial = 0) shipped and the "data valid bit" (GsmGSK3_ST.F = 1). If an error occurs, the low byte is cleared, and the corresponding high byte in Error and the "data valid bit" (gsmGSK3_ST.F = 1). gsmGSK3_ST Bit position 0-7 8 9 A B C F

Description Diagnostic data 1 = Stop bit - error 1 = Flatline Low - error 1 = Flatline High - Error 1 = Timeout - Error 1 = 3 different encodings received 1 = valid data sent

All errors reported by the drive, then the message "reported error" set (GsmER_READ = 1) and the diagnosis takes the "valid data bit" until the next Diagnostic cycle back (gsmGSK3_ST.F = 0). Application Note: Delay time gswT_Delay + 20ms
5.1.8 Coding GSK3 The encoding GSK 3 allows an unambiguous mapping between application in the MSG and verbautem glow time. This prevents, that the glow plug with a too high Zerzört power or heated not be strong enough to low performance. The Encoding function compares the installed GZS via diagnostic line (GZR-E) transmitted coding with the label gswGZS_TYP. Returns the subsequent 2 out of 3 selection, from the received Codierworten a match, the glow function in the EEPROM enabled (gsmGZS_Cok = FFh). The initialization of the EEPROM flag is in the Olda gsoGZS_Cok displayed. In the cycle, after which the encoding is carried out, showing the GsoGZS_Cok olda = 0 and the message gsmGZS_Cok = FFh. After show KL15 change both FFh when the storage in the EEPROM was successful. After the coding for that is no longer checked entire lifetime of the control unit (not even after changing the Glühzeitsteuergerätes). As long as the coding is not complete (gsmGZS_Cok = 0) and no Error (fbbEGZS_C, fbbEGZS_P) was added, the duty ratio ehmFGRS_K = gswTV_Code. The encoding consists of 3 bits, the first after the Transmitted synchronization bit be.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-16

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

GRL-0

GZR-E

Encoding

Synchronization Bit0

Bit1

Bit 2

Bit 3

Bit 4

Bit 5

Bit 6

Bit 7

Bit8

Bit9

Bit10

.....

Bit21

Figure SONSGZ10: Schematic representation of the synchronization

The 3 bits which are transmitted within a diagnosis cycle can be in a Buffer (gsoGZS_BUF) secured. After three successful diagnosis cycles, the 2 is from 3 Selection started. Example with Bosch GZS-T after three diagnostic cycles (gsoGZS_BUF):

internal flag 1111

Coding word coding word 1 2 3 coding word 0111

0111

0111

Tab1: Codierwortbuffer gsoGZS_BUF

The olda gsoGZS_BUF is only with the active coding (gsmGZS_Cok = 0) and in the Driving cycle in which the coding was completed successfully (gsmGZS_Cok = FFh), with Values filled. Is the receiving coding word does not match the label gswGZS_TYP, the error fbbEGZS_C (fboSGRS.6) is reported and the flag in the EEPROM (GsmGZS_Cok) remains 0 at the value The evaluation is terminated for this driving cycle (EhmFGRS_K = 0). Is it possible not 2 out of 3 choices because in all diagnostic cycles different Codierworte been received, the bit is set gsmGSK3_ST.12. Thereby the error is reported fbbEGZS_P (transmission errors GZS). The EEPROM flag remains on 0, and the evaluation of the coding is restarted. The Codierwortbuffer is reinitialized (GsoGZS_BUF = 000Fh). We the error as "permanently damaged" (depending on fbwEGZS_PA = Number of error messages to finally broken) entered into the fault-olda (fboSGZS.7) so the evaluation is aborted (ehmFGRS_K = 0) and only in the next cycle (KL15 OFF / ON) restarted.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-17

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Mapping table between GZS type and application of gswGZS_TYP:

Bit 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Decimal

Assignment

0

0

0

0

open

0

0

1

1

open

0

1

0

2

open

0

1

1

3

open

1

0

0

4

open

1

0

1

5

open

1

1

0

6

open

1

1

1

7

BOSCH GZS

Tab2: Assignment of codes

Application Note: The error fbbEGZS_P is set by the bit gsmGSK3_ST.C. If the bit C is set, it remains set until back 3 valid diagnostic cycles have been read.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-18

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.2 fuel cooling Thus, the fuel temperature anmKTF in the return line to the tank certain temperature thresholds does not exceed, is a fuel cooling. For this purpose, a circulating pump ehmFKSK controlled by a relay. kkoSTATE.0

dzoNmit

& kkwHYSN_ *

>1 kkoSTATE.2

kkoSTATE.1

anmKTF

TIMER

&

kkwTEINMIN

ehmFKSK

kkwHYSTK_ * kkoSTATE.3 * Each with H, L, O and U

DEAD TIME

kkwKSK_wns mrmSTART_B

cowFUN_KSK

TIMER

kkwKSK_on

1

Figure SONSKK01: fuel cooling

Above the threshold temperature kkwHYSTK_O and above the speed threshold kkwHYSN_O the output ehmFKSK for the minimum on kkwTEINMIN activated. After below the hysteresis thresholds kkwHYSTK_U or kkwHYSN_U and after the Minimum on the output is disabled. About the function switch cowFUN_KSK Disable fuel cooling.

(CowFUN_KSK =

0) can be the entire

The initial states of the two hysteresis loops are set in the BIT olda kkoSTATE shown. This is indicated by bit 0 and bit 1 Drehzahlhysterese the temperature hysteresis. In addition, while the minimum on bit 2 is set. The fuel circulation pump is only switched on when already the start shedding (MrmSTART_B = 0) is reached. In order to prevent siltation of the fuel cooling circuit is once per driving cycle after start shedding and the waiting time kkwKSK_wns the fuel circulation pump for Duration kkwKSK_on turned on.


DS / ESA

Other functions - fuel cooling

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-19

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.3 Air Compressor The air conditioning compressor is dependent on various vehicle - switched or SG states. Using the air compressor control logic is in a short-term high Torque requirement (starting, accelerating, undercutting the idle speed) by Switching off the air conditioning compressor, a sufficiently high torque provided. Furthermore, in an erroneous measurement of the speed (fboSFGG), the pedal position sensor (fboSPWG or fboSPGS) or the speed (fboSDZG) turning on the air conditioning compressor is below a speed threshold (hysteresis) is prevented. If the water temperature (anmWTF_CAN) is too high, this also leads to the lockout. Also on CAN (message transmission 1 or BSG_Last) can of air compressor are switched off.

To increase the idle speed, the air conditioning compressor drive sets the message klmN_LLKLM always to the value klwKLM_NLL, the parameter selection of the idle controller increases while the air conditioner compressor (dimKLB = 1), the idle speed to this value. The query of the climate control input is independent of the air output and ehmFKLI0 is processed at the idle control. The following text is in all Hyteresegrenzwerten a ".." for U (lower hysteresis threshold) or O (upper hysteresis threshold). Each switch-off causes an elimination of an applicable minimum time.


19 April 2002

Other features - air conditioning compressor

DS / ESA

Page 5-20

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.3.1 Conditions for switchThe conditions that can lead to the disconnection of the air-conditioning compressor, are OR linked, that is, that at least one condition must be met for the switching of the Prevents air compressor (output ehmFKLI0 to 0%). In the olda klmSTAT the current states of individual shutdown are coded bitwise summarized. In the olda klmHYS the individual Hystereseausgänge be displayed in bits. Description of olda klmHYS: Bit position 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Decimal comment Recognized 1Vollgas (anmPWG> klwH_PWG_ ..) 2Fahrzeug driving in neutral or 1st Transition (fgm_VzuN < klwH_VZN_ ..) 4rel. low speed (fgmFGAKT .. klwH_PWGD.) 32rel. low speed (fgmFGAKT klwH_WTF_ ..) 1024rel. low temp. and high air pressure (low height) 2048rel. low temp. and Kompressoreinschaltdauer> klwTMIN_BS

Description of olda klmSTAT: Bit position 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B F

Decimal 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2048 32768

Comment Vehicle is in the starting Shutdown due to the starting state Vehicle is in acceleration state Shutdown due to acceleration Shutdown due to startup process System error detected (FGG - PWG - or DZG - Error) Shutdown due to system error Shutdown due to undercutting of the idle speed Shutdown due to excessive water temperature Off via CAN - Transmission 1 Off via CAN - BSG_Last Shutdown due to refrigerant pressure or ambient temperature Minimum on


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-21

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n A nfa hrz u sta nd S O N S K L 03

k ln S T A T .1

A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n B it ch le un ig un g S O N S K L 05

k ln S T A T .3

A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n S tartvo ck ng S O N S K L 07

k ln S T A T .4

A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n S ys te m missing ler S O N S K L 09

k ln S T A T .6

A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n U nth rsc h ne ide n de r L ee rla ufd reh z ah lS O N S K L 11

k ln S T A T .7

A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n er ter practice rh W a s se RTEM p era tuRs O N S K L 13

k ln S T A T .8

A b sc ha LTUn g ü be r C A N - G peration s 1 S O N S K L 15

k ln S T A T .9

A b sc ha LTUn g ü be r C A N - B S G _ La st S O N S K L 16

k ln S T A T. A

A b sc ha LTUn g w e ge n K ältem itteldru ck od he U m g eb un gs te m p. S O N S K L 17

k ln S T A T. B

>1

1 = F Reiga be

Ze itlic he B e gre na un g: M:. Lw k T M IN _E S M ax:. -

Brehm FK L I0 K lim ak om pres so rFre e ig from

Ze itlic he B e gre na un g: M:. M ax:. K lw TM A X _F R

m rm E G S _a kt

Figure SONSKL01: Consideration of the minimum on k ln S T A T .1 Z e it

k ln S T A T .3 Z e it






k ln S T A T. A Z e it

ehmFKLI

0 Z e it

Auseandges M in d e s te in s c h a ltd a u e r - Z e itg e b e r s Z e it

Figure SONSKL02: Time diagram shutdown / enable the air conditioning compressor When released, the air conditioning compressor (ie setting the output ehmFKLI0 to 100%), the Minimum on klwTMIN_ES wait while the no shutdown of the Air compressor is possible. Thus, a too rapid switching of the air compressor prevented. During a switching operation (mrmEGS_akt = 1), but a maximum time for the klwTMAX_FR is, the air compressor release frozen ehmFKLI0. Is klwTMAX_FR = 0, so ehmFKLI0 is never frozen.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-22

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The following conditions are checked: Starting state: (Accelerator pedal value anmPWG> klwH_PWG_ ..) AND [(Speed ratio. / Engine speed fgm_VzuN
klmHYS bit 0 Full throttle

anmPWG

klwH_PWG_U klwH_PWG_O

klmHYS bit 1 1 Gear

fgm_VzuN

klwH_VZN_U klwH_VZN_O

>1

&

klmSTAT bit 0 Starting state recognized

time limit: min:. kloTMIN_AN max:. kloTMAX_AN

klmSTAT bit 1 Shutdown due to start

klmHYS bit 2 Speed

fgmFGAKT

klwH_FGG1U klwH_FGG1O

klmHYS bit 3 Number of revolutions

dzoNmit

klwH_DZG1U klwH_DZG1O anmT_MOT kloTMIN_AN min. time limit anmADF

KF klwTMIN_KF

kloTMAX_AN max. time limit KF klwTMAX_KF

Figure SONSKL03: switch-off approach


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

anm

PW

G Z e it

fg m

_VzuN

fg m

FGACT

Z e it

Z e it

dzoNm

it Z e it

k lm

H Y S .0

k lm

H Y S .1

Z e it

Z e it

k lm

H Y S .2 Z e it

k lm

H Y S .3

k lm

S T A T .0

k lm

S T A T .1

Z e it

Z e it

Z e it

Figure SONSKL04: Timing diagram of switch-off approach

Starting off, accelerating with rapid acceleration: (Accelerator pedal change> klwH_PWGD ..) (Speed fgmFGAKT klwH_ADF ..)) NOT ((Ta anmUTF klwTMIN_BS))

AND AND AND AND

If these conditions are met, there is a shutdown for the duration klwTMIN_B. Shall an accelerating operation detected within this period, again, this time period is, in the remains off the air conditioning, restarted, ie Shutdown can be retriggered.

Through the last two conditions are unnecessary compressor shutdowns (where the Air compressor hardly absorbs moment) avoided:



UTF1, ADF1

: Full engine torque available



UTF2, switch-

: No high cooling capacity needed

due to low ambient temperature and already longer compressor duty cycle


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-24

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Difference anmPWG old value anmPWG

klmHYS Bit 4

klwH_PWGDU klwH_PWGDO

klmHYS Bit 5

fgmFGAKT

&

klmSTAT bit 2 Acceleration recognized

Time limit: Min: klwTMIN_B Max: -

klmSTAT bit 3 Shutdown due to acceleration

klwH_FGG2U klwH_FGG2O

dzoNmit

klmHYS Bit 6

klwH_DZG2U klwH_DZG2O

anmUTF klwH_UTF1U klwH_UTF1O

klmHYS bit 10

&

anmADF klwH_ADFU klwH_ADFO

anmUTF klwH_UTF2U klwH_UTF2O

&

klmHYS bit 11

mrmKLK_EIN = 1 for longer than klwTMIN_BS

Figure SONSKL05: switch-off acceleration


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-25

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

PWG difference

Time

fgmFGAKT Time

dzoNmit Time

klmHYS.4 Time

klmHYS.5

Time

klmHYS.6 Time

klmHYS.10 Time

klmHYS.11 Time

klmSTAT.2 Time

klmSTAT.3 Time

klwTMIN_B

Figure SONSKL06: Timing diagram of acceleration

Booting: If the start bit mrmSTART_B deleted, a release of the air compressor is driven by The delay time klwTMIN_ST. mrmSTART_B

Time limit: Delay after negative Edge by klwTMIN_ST

klmSTAT.4 Shutdown due to start

Figure SONSKL07: switch-off startup mrmSTART_B Time klwTMIN_ST

klmSTAT.4 Time

Figure SONSKL08: Time diagram startup

System error: [(Error in the vehicle speed sensor fboSFGG) OR (Accelerator pedal defect fboSPWG or fboSPGS) OR (Speed sensor defective fboSDZG)] AND (Speed dzoNmit

19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-26

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

klmHYS bit 7

dzoNmit

& Hysteresis

Time limit: Min: klwTMIN_SF Max: -

klmSTAT Bit 6 Shutdown due to system error

klwH_DZG3U klwH_DZG3O

fbosFGG klmSTAT Bit 5 Recognized Error

>1

fbosPWG fbosDZG

Figure SONSKL09: switch-off system error

dzoNmit Time

fboSFGG Time fboSWPG Time

fboSDZG Time

klmSTAT.7 Time klmSTAT.5 Time klmSTAT.6 Time

Figure SONSKL10: Timing diagram of system error

Undercutting the idle speed: Speed dzoNmit
klmHYS.8

Hysteresis klwH_DZG4U klwH_DZG4O

Undercutting the Idle speed recognized

Time limit: MIN. : KlwTMIN_SG MAX:. -

klmSTAT.7 Shutdown cause falls gas

Figure SONSKL11: Switch-off undercutting the idle speed

dzoNmit Time klmHYS.8 Time klmSTAT.7 Time

Figure SONSKL12: Time diagram undercutting the idle speed


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-27

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Water temperature: Exceeds the water temperature anmWTF_CAN one of the characteristic of the klwWTab_KL Speed fgmFGAKT dependent threshold kloWTFschw, the air compressor is switched off and the turn-off hysteresis klmHYS.9 active. Falls below the water temperature anmWTF_CAN around a hysteresis klwWTHyst decreased threshold kloWTFschw, the turn-off hysteresis is disabled. The minimum duration the air conditioning compressor off time is klwTMIN_WT. klmHYS.9 Switch-off Water temperature recognized

anmWTF_CAN

Time limit: MIN:. KlwTMIN_WT MAX:. -

klmSTAT.8 Shutdown due Water temperature

klwWTHyst

fgmFGAKT

kloWTFschw KL

klwWTab_KL

Figure SONSKL13: Switch-off water temperature

fgmFGAKT Time kloWTFschw Time anmWTF Time klmHYS.9 Time klmSTAT.8 Time

Figure SONSKL14: Timing diagram of water temperature


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-28

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Off via CAN - Gear 1: Is CAN enabled (comCLG_SIG.15 = 1) and was the message transmission 1 (Identfier 440H) correctly received, it is checked whether the bit 2 is set in byte 1. If this is the case, then the Message mrmCAN_KL set to 1 and made a shutdown of the air compressor. If no CAN is available or in case of error no disconnection is made. The Disconnection is carried out for the Mindestabschaltdauer klwTMIN_CN.

mrmCAN_KL

Time limit: Min: klwTMIN_CN Max: -

klmSTAT.9

Figure SONSKL15: Switch-off CAN - Transmission 1

Off via CAN - BSG_Last: Is CAN enabled (comCLG_SIG.15 = 1) and was the message BSG_Last (Identfier 570H) correctly received, it is checked whether the bit 7 is set in byte 3. If this is the case, then the Message mrmBSG_KLI set to 1 and made a shutdown of the air compressor. If no CAN is available or in case of error no disconnection is made. The Disconnection is carried out for the Mindestabschaltdauer klwTMIN_C2.

mrmBSG_KLI

Time limit: Min: klwTMIN_C2 Max: -

klmSTAT.A

Figure SONSKL16: Switch-off CAN - BSG_Last


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-29

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Shutdown due to refrigerant pressure or ambient temperature:

kumKMDneu

klwH_KMD1U klwH_KMD1O

klwH_KMD2U klwH_KMD2O

>1 fboSKMD

Temporal klmSTAT.B Min: klwTMIN_KU Max: -

anmUTF

>1 klwH_UTF3U klwH_UTF3O

&

fboSUTF

comFUN_KLI = 1

& dimKLI = 1

cowFUN_KMT.2

Figure SONSKL17: shutdown due to refrigerant pressure or ambient temperature

The additional switch-off for the air compressor is only when the refrigerant pressure is read via PWM input (comFUN_KLI = 1) and the air conditioning is turned on (DimKLI = 1). The switch-off is carried out via the refrigerant pressure or the kumKMDneu Ambient temperature anmUTF. If the refrigerant pressure is less than or equal than a kumKMDneu minimum air pressure klwH_KMD1 (U / O) or greater or equal than a maximum air pressure klwH_KMD2 (U / O) or is an error in the error path fboSKMD occurred, then the Compressor off. If the ambient temperature is less than or equal to a minimum temperature anmUTF klwH_UTF3 (U / O) or if an error in the error path fboSUTF has occurred and no Climatronic is installed (cowFUN_KMT.2 = 1), also there is a shutdown. It is switched off for a minimum period klwTMIN_KU. Is this additional shutdown condition is active, the bit is set klmSTAT.B.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-30

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.4 Cooling water heating t

phmPBM_T4 Generator Load(GEN_E) Determination

khmGENLAST

SRC active

ehmFGSK1

Relay Switching logic khwKH_tVER khwKH_tSE

PT1

khwKHGL

khoRelais ehmFGSK2

khoHE_AB

dzmNmit KL

khoHE_ZU

khwKH_ABKL

khmNORAB.12 Switching threshold lowered

khmNORAB.13 khmNORAB.14 khwKH_TVSE

KL

khwKH_ZUKL anmLTF frozen anmUTF frozen

khwN_LLKWH

khmN_LLKWH

khoTL

>1 khoTWAUS_O

anmLTF anmUTF

>1

KL

khwKH_TLKL cowKWHTAUS

khwUTF_FRZ

khwKH_TWHY khoTWAUS_U khmNORAB.0

anmWTF

t

SRC active khmNORAB.11

khmGENLAST

khmNORAB.1Fehlerdebouncing generator defective fbbEKWH_L

mrmSTART_B

khmNORAB.2

anmUBATT

khwHYSU_ .. khmNORAB.3

dzmNmit

khwHYSN_ .. khmNORAB.4

mrmSTART_B

khmNORAB.8 corresponds mrmBSG_Anf (See Chapter CAN)

DEAD TIME

fboSLTF

khwkh_tVST

fboSWTF

khmNORAB.5

>1 ehmSGSK1.E

>1

ehmFGSK3

ehmSGSK2.E dimKWH

>1 mrmCAN_KLI.1

1

khmNORAB.6

& comFUN_KLI = 2

1

dimKLI

cowFUN_HZE.0 khmNORAB.7

anmUTF khwHUTF_ ..

khmNORAB.9

mrmCAN_KLI.5 mrwCAN_KLI.5 khmNORAB.A

mrwCAN_KLI.6

Figure SONSKW01: Heating capacity increase © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA

Other functions - Cooling water heating

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-31

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The heating capacity increase is used to heat the cooling water by electrical heating elements (Amplifiers ehmFGSK1, ehmFGSK2) or Dieselzuheizer (output stage ehmFGSK3) to the low Compensate for heat loss at high engine efficiencies. The heating elements are only electric power reserves connected. The number of the connected heating elements (0-3) can be set with the software switch cowKWHKERZ, which is the number of 0 Heating elements of a shutdown of the function "heating power increase" corresponds. There are two power amplifiers ehmFGSK1 and ehmFGSK2 for controlling the heating elements to Available. With 3 heating elements of the desired amplifier output must ehmFGSK1 with a Heating element and the amplifier output ehmFGSK2 with two heating elements are connected. At At the - and disconnection of heating elements is taken into account the arrangement of the heating elements and the number of active heating elements khoRELAIS increased by 1 or is reduced. Description of the software switch number of heating elements cowKWHKERZ: Decimal 0 1 2 3

Comment Function increase heat output not active 1 heating element to output stage 1 1 heating element to output stage 1, 1 heating element to output stage 2 1 heating element to output stage 1, 2 heating elements at output stage 2

To determine the existing capacity reserves the alternator on PBM provides a Duty cycle, which corresponds to the current generator load. The assignment of highlevel duration of the PBM - signal to the sampling time or blanking of the duty cycle via the data set parameters khwPBMINV. Since this generator load signal at idle strong Fluctuations, it is prior to use by a PT1 - filtered filter khwKHGL. Description of the status information heating power increase khmNORAB: Bit position 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F

Decimal 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768

Comment Switch-off temperature sufficiently Generator load switch-off SRC error fbbEKWH_L Switch-off Battery voltage too low Switch-off speed too low Switch-off start-up delay active Switch-off WTF, LTF or stage defective Switch-off control panel (driver required) Ambient temperature is not too high anmUTF Switch-off request from the onboard supply control unit BSG Abschaltbed. Clima 1 - no heating required ehmFGSK1 / 2 Abschaltbed. Clima 1 - no heating required ehmFGSK3 State generator load in the SRC and mrmSTART_B = 0 Lowered state in threshold State gene. Burden. Switch-on delay active State gene. Burden. Off delay active unused


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-32

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The auxiliary heating (= Dieselzuheizer) is used for faster heating of the passenger compartment and corresponds to a heater for the cooling water. Is in the Zuheizerverbrauch Consumption signal calculation takes into account (see "Input undAusgangssignaleTQS / MFA / VBS / signal "). The auxiliary heating ehmFGSK3 is switched off when at least one of the following Conditions are met: o) The ambient temperature is above the hysteresis anmUTF khwHUTF_ .. o) The start bit is set mrmSTART_B o) The speed dzmNmit is below the threshold khwHYSN_ .. o) The driver turns off by input dimKWH or dimKLI o) The bit "No heating required," the CAN message Clima 1 is set

5.4.1 switch-on condition From the current speed dzmNmit is a characteristic of the khwKH_ZUKL Generator threshold khoHE_ZU determined. Drops below this value, the generator load and remains For a time khwKH_tVER (Message khmNORAB.13 - switch-on delay active) under this threshold, a (nother) heating element is switched on. Simultaneously, the first KhoHE_ZU lowered threshold for the time khwKH_tSE the value khwKH_TVSE (Message khmNORAB.12 - switching threshold is lowered) in order to avoid an unstable switching operation. Even with a shutdown caused by the fulfillment of any Switch-off condition, the threshold for the switching is reduced in this way. Increases the generator load khoHE_AB a threshold from the current speed dzoNmit and khwKH_ABKL characteristic is detected and remains for a time khwKH_tVER (Message khmNORAB.14 - off delay active) above this threshold, so is switched off a heater. The number of active heating elements is displayed in the Olda khoRELAIS.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-33

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.4.2 Shutdown Operating element: The heating capacity increase can be switched off by a control unit. This control panel is either directly via the digital input GSK-E (dimKWH) or via CAN message Clima1 Byte1 Bit 1 driver request auxiliary heater in mrmCAN_KLI.1 if Clima1 message is evaluated (comFUN_KLI = 2), or via the digital input KLI-E (dimKLI) executed. If this input is active (digital input logic high), the Increase heat output switched off (Message khmNORAB.6 - deactivation control panel). The selection of the control panel is done with the software switch cowFUN_HZE. Description of the software switch cowFUN_HZE: cowFUN_HZE XXX XXX0 XXX XXX1 XXX XX1X XXX X1XX

Comment Input dimKLI Input dimKWH or no driver's desired heater via CAN see ECOMATIC (no effect on the cooling water heating) see ECOMATIC (no effect on the cooling water heating)

Start: During the starting process, no heat output increase is allowed. A heating power increase is only after the time khwKH_tVST after the start shedding possible (Message khmNORAB.4 - Start delay active). Speed: The heating power increase is made possible according to the Drehzahlhysterese khwHYSN_ .. (Message khmNORAB.3 - Drehzahlhysterese below). Battery voltage: The heat output will increase according to the Batteriespannungshysterese khwHYSU_ .. allows (Message khmNORAB.2 - Batteriespannungshysterese below) Generator fault: The generator delivers to the control unit, a duty ratio, which is the generator load. Since this signal is subject to large fluctuations in the open circuit, it will be before the processing PT1 filtered. After start shedding (mrmSTART_B = 0) SRC-examination of the duty cycle is at less than or equal khwNULLAST (error fbbEKWH_L). While the generator load in the SRC is (Message khmNORAB.11 - generator load in SRC), though is with the last valid value the generator load continued to work, however, prevented a switching of heating elements. After The end of the debounce time (error finally broken recognized) is the heating power increase switched off (Message khmNORAB.1 - Generator defective). Temperature: From the air temperature anmLTF or the ambient temperature is anmUTF with the characteristic determined khwKH_TLKL a temperature threshold that must be exceeded in order for the Increase heat output is switched off. The temperature sensor - selection is made with the Software switch cowKWHTAUS. Done Restarting the heating power increase only when this temperature threshold less the hysteresis khwKH_TWHYY, is exceeded (Message khmNORAB.0 - temperature sufficient). If the Water temperature is below the lower hysteresis threshold and the delay time after deleting


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-34

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

of the start bit has expired and is khwUTF_FRZ equal to zero, the recently identified Temperature threshold frozen. The freeze will be lifted when the water temperature exceeds the upper hysteresis threshold. Description of the software switch cowKWHTAUS: Decimal comment 0Temperaturabschaltung by ambient temperature anmUTF 1Temperaturabschaltung by LufttemperaturanmLTF Error: A defective air temperature sensor (fboSLTF) or water temperature sensor (fboSWTF), and in a malfunction of the power amplifiers ehmFGSK1 or ehmFGSK2 (information from the output stage handler on the Status Messages ehmSGSK1 and ehmSGSK2) no heating power increase is possible (Message khmNORAB.5). BSG request: At idle target speed increases by the onboard supply control unit BSG to the load to be reduce, the glow plugs turned off or PTC elements for the time of the request. To this end, as a shutdown condition for the KWH bit khmNORAB.8 used, which the state the message mrmBSG_Anf (request bit 1.0 bit of the received message BSG_Last) corresponds. Clima1 request: When the bit is "No heating required" the CAN message Clima1 (no heating means that the thermostat is set to "blue") and the procedure is applied Set (mrwCAN_KLI.5 means engaging on ehmFGSK1 / 2, set mrwCAN_KLI.6 means Engaging on ehmFGSK3) are for the time of the request, the heating elements or diesel heater switched off. Idle speed boost: Idle speed is independent of the number of currently active heating elements (the Idle speed is also raised when due to high generator load no heating element is activated). This function can be wegappliziert by khwN_LLKWH = 0.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-35

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.5 Motor Warehouse Control The rigid connection between the engine and body leads to higher moments that undesirable vibrations are transferred from the engine to the body. The Engine mount control is used to adjust the coupling degree between the engine and body means of control of pneumatic valves, the oil pressure in the variable (hydraulic) Adjust damper. mloEAKTPT1

mrmM_EAKT PT1

mlwML_PT1

mloZustand

mlo_MLTV

dzmNmit

Blocking time

KF

mlwTV_KF mlwML_TVVG

mlwHYS1_S1 mlwHYS1_S2

mlwML_spzt

dimK15 = 0

& dzmNmit> = mlwML_naus

TIMER

mlwML_over

mlwHYS2_S1 mlwHYS2_S2

Figure SONSML01 engine mounts control With the software switch mlwML_on you switch the engine mount control on / off (0 = no Engine mount control, 1 = enabled). About the map mlwTV_KF a duty cycle for the output stages is determined. Input variables are the mean speed, and the filtered current across mlwML_PT1 injection quantity. As long as the speed remains after "K15 from" above an applicable threshold mlwML_naus, is a duty cycle over the data set parameters mlwML_TVVG specified. This default value can remain for a maximum of an applicable time mlwML_over long. The calculated or predetermined duty cycle is the olda mlo_MLTV to display placed and then a two-stage hysteresis with the boundaries mlwHYS1_S1, mlwHYS1_S2 (adds the outputs of the two hysteresis) and mlwHYS2_S1, mlwHYS2_S2 in a State signal changed. This state signal (result of the addition) is written in the olda mloZustand and mloZustand then remains an applicable lock time mlwML_spzt long unchanged. Only after the Expiration of this time is taken, the current status. With the help of an applicable table is evaluated mloZustand and the result of the messages ehmFML1 and ehmFML2 the Output stage control provided.

State / mloZustand 0 1 2

Output 1 / ehmFML1 mlwML_1_0 (Off) mlwML_1_1 (Off) mlwML_1_2 (A)

Output 2 / ehmFML2 mlwML_2_0 (A) mlwML_2_1 (Off) mlwML_2_2 (A)

The motor bearings states can use the data set parameters mlwML_1_ .. and mlwML_2_ .. be applied. Can the engine mount control disabled mlwML_on With the software switch (Wegappliziert) are.


19 April 2002

Other functions - engine mount control

DS / ESA

Page 5-36

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.6 Ecomatic Is an optimum running of Schwungnutzbetriebes and the switching operations Data exchange between the engine-SG and SG-DigiSwing necessary. With the SW-switch cowECOMTC.0 the function is turned on / off (1 = on, 0 = off). The communication between the engine-SG and SG-DigiSwing can optionally via CAN or Digital inputs take place. With the SW switches cowECOMTC.1 can choose whether the Ecomaticsignal via CAN or digital input is (1 = CAN, 0 = Digital input). If the Digital input LOW level at which means "motor off", HIGH means "start request". The CAN message (1 = "engine", 0 = "start request") is inverted in mrmCAN_ECO, so that the information is encoded as in dimeco (TRUE = "start request", FALSE = "Motor off '). With the SW switches cowECOMTC.2 can choose whether the clutch signal via CAN or Digital input is (1 = CAN, 0 = Digital input). If the digital input HIGH level at means "clutch operated / disengaged" LOW level does not mean "clutch activated / engaged. "CAN message can represent multiple coupling conditions, it is in the analysis, however, only "open coupling" between and "not open clutch" distinguished. The information is in the message dimKUP accordingly prepared (TRUE = "Operated clutch / disengaged" "clutch not disengaged", FALSE =. With the SW switches cowECOMTC.3 you can choose whether for a Ecomatic error (EcoECO_STA = 4) of the motor via ecmUso_ECO = 0 is to be switched off or not (1 = Engine off, 0 = engine not out).

Description of the status Ecomatic ecoECO_STA: Decimal 0 4 8 28 12 20

Comment No ECOMATIC function Ecomatic error (dimeco not HIGH to ecwINIT_T or CAN error) Waiting for the first high-level Wait, that start bit is cleared dimeco == TRUE to mrmSTART_B = 0, Waiting for 'engine' dimeco == FALSE to TRUE, waiting for 'a motor'


DS / ESA

Other functions - Ecomatic

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-37

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.6.1 Ecomaticfunktion via digital input Init

Legend:

cowECOMTC == 1

cowECOMTC == 0 S

08

Condition

S ... value of olda ecoECO_STA

00 dimeco Timeout

dimeco == TRUE

28

04

mrmSTART_B == 0

dimeco == FALSE

ecmUso_ECO = -1 12

ecmUso_ECO = 0 20

dimeco == TRUE

Figure SONSEC02: Flow chart with Ecomaticfunktion via digital input After a reset, the SG Message dimeco within the time ecwINIT_T must be TRUE. Will not occur this, the Ecomatic is ignored for the current drive cycle. The Message dimeco is already debounced available. If dimeco FALSE, ecmUso_ECO is set to 0 placed. If dimeco TRUE, ecmUso_ECO is reset to -1, and the actual amount released. Furthermore, the speed dzmNmit to the difference of mrmN_LLBAS is ecwN_LOW tested. If it is below this threshold, the starting amount is released. For this purpose, is occupied with 20H mrmSTART_B.

5.6.2 Ecomaticfunktion with CAN Legend: cowECOMTC.0 = 0 Init

S 00

S. .. value from ecoECO_STA

cowECOMTC.4 = 0

cowECOMTC.4 = 1

28

Condition

CAN_Fehler = fbbEEGS_1 or fbbECA0_D or fbbEASG_Q or fboSCA0

CAN_Fehler

04

mrmSTART_B = 0

CAN_Fehler CAN_Fehler

dimeco = FALSE 12

20 dimeco = TRUE

Figure SONSEC03: Flow chart with Ecomaticfunktion via CAN


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-38

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The function corresponds to that described under Ecomatic via digital input, with the following Exceptions: the state no longer 08 (waiting for dimeco) one comes from any operating state (except 00) by a CAN error fboSCAN or fbbEEGS_1 or fbbEASG_Q or fbbECA0_D in the state 04 (Ecomatic error) Value range of the olda mroEGSECST status (bit-coded) Ecomatic with CAN: Bit position 4 6

Decimal comment 16Botschaftsfehler EGS (timeout or message data inconsistent) 64Ausblendung monitoring

Error message transmission (mroEGSECST.4 = 1): In a message timeout (final message older than caw .. _RTO) or inconsistent Message data (for two immediately successive experiments, the data of the message read the content was already back partially overwritten), the status mroEGSECST.4 set. Subsequently the error is reported fbbEEGS_1 as long as the Error condition is present. The error is during active CAN - unreported suppression. The error fbbEEGS_1 must be zeitentprellt because he also from the treatment "External Amount of intervention "can be sent (ie, the error could be sent more often than desired, see also "EGS intervention" / "EGS intervention via CAN"). 5.6.3 'engine' / 'a motor' command (from the gearbox control unit to MSG) dimeco 1 0 dzmNmit

0 mrmSTART_B

t

t

20H 01H

t

ecmUso_ECO 0 -1

t

Figure SONSEC04: shut - off / switchIs dimeco == FALSE, the actual injection quantity is withdrawn, resulting in the shutdown the motor leads. This function is active only over a water temperature threshold ecwWTF_O. The calculation runs during the 'engine' - further condition. Is dimeco == TRUE, the current injection quantity is released. The calculation runs during the 'engine' - further condition. Go dimeco below an applicable Speed threshold from FALSE to TRUE, the addition is going to release the current Injection quantity, the quantity released and start a boot without a previous SG Reset performed. © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-39

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

No 'engine' command (from the engine control unit to the gearbox control unit) ASG in a vehicle it may be necessary, the gearbox control unit (CAN) inform you that no engine cut-off shall take place. The message khmKWH_CAN (equivalent S_ECO in the CAN layout) is set to one if any of the following conditions is met: - Which depends on the ambient air temperature and time has not yet expired. (This Shutdown condition is only once after the initial start (if mrmSTART_B is zero) determined. Even when the motor restart after shutdown by Ecomatic is this Shutdown condition is not activated.) - The generator load exceeds the value khwGEN_MAX. - The water temperature is less than the value khwWTF_MIN. - This bit is set and no cowFUN_HZE.1 cooling water heating deactivation (DimKWH or dimKLI) is available. - The bit cowFUN_HZE.2 set and turned on the air conditioning compressor is (mrmKLK_EIN = 1)

khoTMP_AN

anmLTF anmUTF KL

khoTMP_TIM TIMER

khwUTF_KL cowKWHTAUS khmGENLAST> khwGEN_MAX

anmWTF
>1 khmNORAB.6 (See Figure SONSKW01)

khmKWH_CAN CAN message: S_ECO

1

cowFUN_HZE.1 mrmKLK_EIN

cowFUN_HZE.2

Figure SONSEC05: No 'engine' command

The transmission control unit is in this case the switching off of the engine prohibited (except Security issues). The decision lies with the gearbox control unit.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-40

0

EDC15 + Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.7 Coolant Temperature Control The coolant temperature control involves three functions "coolant thermostat Control "," radiator fan control "and" caster and caster pump ". The purpose of this function the targeted influencing of the coolant around the engine in its operating ranges consumption and emissions optimized to operate. 5.7.1 Overview anmHZA anmOTF anmLTF anmUTF anmWTF dzmNmit mrmM_EAKT fgmFGAKT anmWTK

Coolant thermostatic Control

ehmFTST

kumNL_akt anmUTF nlmNLact anmWTF mrmVB_FIL nlmLUENL anmOTF anmUTF anmWTF_CAN anmWTK dimKLI anmKMD mrmKMD dzmNmit mrmM_EAKT mrmSTART_B mrmVB_FIL fgmFGAKT nlmLUENL nlmLUENLrd dimKLB anmLTF anmADF mrmCAN_KLI nlmNLact

Caster and Lag pump

ehmFZWP

kumNL_akt

ehmFHYL Radiator fan Control

ehmFGER

Figure SONSKM01: Overview coolant temperature control


DS / ESA

Other functions - Coolant Temperature Control 19 April 2002

bosch

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-41

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.7.2 Coolant Thermostat control The coolant thermostat control is enabled through the software switch cowFUN_KFK (CowFUN_KFK = 1) or disables (cowFUN_KFK = 0). dzmNmit

kmoWTF_so1

mrmM_EAKT

KF

kmwGRD_KF fgmFGAKT anmUTF anmLTF

kmoWTF_so2 KF

kmwSO_VGW

kmwKOR2_KF kmoWTF_sor

anmOTF

kmoWTF_so3

kmmWTFsoll MIN MAX

KL PT1

kmwKOR3_KL kmwSO_VGW3 cowFUN_KMT.1 = 1

anmHZA

kmwPT1_ZP kmwPT1_ZN

kmoWTF_so4 KL

kmwKOR4_KL kmwSO_VGW4

fboSFGG kmoWTF_so5 KL

>1 fboSHZA fboSUTF

kmwKOR5_KL kmwSO_VGW5

fboSOTF

cowFUN_KMT.2 = 1

fboSLTF

cowFUN_KMT.0 = 1

Figure SONSKM02: water temperature setpoint calculation From the basic characteristic map kmwGRD_KF is dependent on the engine speed and the dzmNmit current amount mrmM_EAKT a water temperature setpoint for the cylinder head outlet kmoWTF_so1 determined. There is a minimum formation with the target values to kmoWTF_so1 kmoWTF_so4 performed. The second setpoint kmoWTF_so2 results from the KmwKOR2_KF correction map as a function of the driving speed and fgmFGAKT the ambient temperature or the air temperature anmUTF anmLTF (applicable by cowFUN_KMT.0. On the VS100 always anmUTF is displayed even if anmLTF applied is. However, it is still anmLTF used to calculate). If a flexible Service interval indicator is present (cowFUN_KMT.1 = 1), the third setpoint is kmoWTF_so3 from the correction curve kmwKOR3_KL depending on the oil temperature anmOTF determined. Otherwise, the default value kmwSO_VGW3 at the minimum education is be used. If no Climatronic is present (cowFUN_KMT.2 = 1), the fourth setpoint kmoWTF_so4 from the correction characteristic depending on the kmwKOR4_KL Heating requirement anmHZA formed. Otherwise, the default value for kmwSO_VGW4 Minimum Education used. Order to provide sufficient heating power can be made available, is performed with maximum selection kmoWTF_so5 after the minimum selection, which


19 April 2002 Other functions - Coolant Temperature Control

DS / ESA

Page 5-42

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

results from the heating requirement about kmwKOR5_KL. The determined water temperature setpoint kmoWTF_sor PT1-filtered. Depending on the direction of the Temperature change is one of two time constants (kmwPT1_ZP or kmwPT1_ZN) selected. (NOTE: This PT1 filtering is processed in 100 ms grid The. Memory factor may therefore not calculated, as with all other filters at the sampling rate of 20 ms be.) If an error occurs in the error paths for UTF or LTF, OTF, or FGG HZA, the Setpoint kmmWTFsoll assigned the default value kmwSO_VGW. The selection of the error path UTF or LTF is also via cowFUN_KMT (cowFUN_KMT.0 = 0 fboSUTF, cowFUN_KMT.0 = 1 fboSLTF).

kmoWTFist

kmmWTF_ra

anmWTF_CAN kmwWTF_VGW

kmoTSTreg I

CONTROLS

kmwIReg ...

fbbEWTF_L

kmwIAnt_mn kmwIAnt_mx

fbbEWTF_H

>1 &

fbbEWTF_D fbbEWTF_B fbbEKO2_Q fbbEWTF_U

kmoTSTsteu

fbbEWTF_N

>1

fbbEWTF_S cowWTF_CAN kmmWTFsoll

ehmFTST KF CONTROLS

kmwSTEU_KF

1

kmwST_VGW kumNL_akt

>1 anmWTK> kmwWTK_max

Figure SONSKM03: Command and control If the water temperature is not received via CAN, now, when defective WTF probe the Default value kmwWTF_VGW used. If the water temperature anmWTF_CAN via CAN (Kombi2 message) is received, only errors of WTF over analog channel AND the fault of WTF used via CAN to the default value. In the control map kmwSTEU_KF is from the setpoint temperature and the kmmWTFsoll Deviation kmmWTF_ra the drive duty determined kmoTSTsteu. Parallel to this, is the deviation kmmWTF_ra an I-controller, which in positive and negative directions (KmwIAnt_mx and kmwIAnt_mn) is limited. The scheme is only in the small signal range active (within an applicable Temperature window). If the control deviation is outside of the small signal range the IShare initialized to zero. The difference between the duty cycles of control (kmoTSTsteu) and control (kmoTSTreg) is limited to a minimum and maximum value (kmwTST_min and kmwTST_max) and is the Drive duty for the coolant thermostat.


DS / ESA


kmwTST_max kmwTST_min

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-43

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

If the caster is active (kumNL_akt = 1) OR the water temperature at cooler outlet is greater than the threshold kmwWTK_max then the coolant thermostat amplifier with the Default value kmwST_VGW driven.

5.7.3 Education of bits "characteristic map cooling": fbbEWTF_L fbbEWTF_H

>1 fbbEWTF_D fbbEWTF_B fbbEKO2_Q fbbEWTF_U

& fbbEWTF_N

>1

fbbEWTF_S cowWTF_CAN fboSHYL

1

1 1

fboSGER

1

cowFUN_KFK

1

fboSTST

&

kmmKFK_CAN

1

fboSFGG

1

fboSOTF fboSHZA fboSUTF fboSLTF

1 1

cowFUN_KMT.0

Figure SONSKM04: formation of the bit "characteristic map cooling" This bit has the following meaning: "The characteristic map cooling is installed in this vehicle and has no system error ". The error paths fboSWTF and an error of Kombi2-Boschaft, fboSHYL, fboSGER, fboSTST, fboSFGG, fboSOTF, fboSHZA and fboSLTF / fboSUTF (depending on Selection switch cowFUN_KMT.0) must not show any error set. If the Not receive water temperature via CAN (Kombi2 Embassy), is defective in WTF-sensor immediately detected system error. If, in addition to water temperature anmWTF the Receive water temperature via CAN anmWTF_CAN, only used in error messages in both detected system error. The message is in the message kmmKFK_CAN Motor5, Byte2, Bit 6 sent via CAN. (See Chapter 10 - CAN)



DS / ESA

Page 5-44

0

EDC15 + Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.7.4 radiator fan control kuoWTKsoll

& >1 >1

kuwSO_VGW kuoWTK_so6

1

>1 fboSUTF fboSWTK

kuwSO_VGW2

cowWTF_CAN fbbEWTF_H fbbEWTF_D kuoRel2 fbbEWTF_N fbbEWTF_B fbbEWTF_S fbbEKO2_Q fbbEWTF_L fbbEWTF_U

cowFUN_KLS

kuoSOdyn

Q R

S

kuwSOLL4KF

kuwRelVGW KF DEAD TIME

DEAD TIME

kuwT1

kuoRel1

kuwT2

anmWTK kmmWTF_ra kuoWTDIFF kuoWTK_so5

&

&

anmWTF_CAN kmmWTF_ra ehmFTST kmmWTF_ra> ehmFTST>
kuwSOLL2KF KF

kuoWTK_so4

kuoWTK_so2

cowFUN_KLS kuwPT1_WEPkuw PT1_WEN PT1

kuoWTKkorr

kuoWTK_so3

kuoWTK_so1

cowFUN_KMT .5

kuwKOR1_KL kuwSOLL3KF kuwSOLL1KF

KL

KF

KF

anmWTF_CANkm mWTF_soll

anmWTF_CAN

mrmM_EAKT

dzmNmit

dzmNmit

anmUTF

Figure SONSKU01: water temperature setpoint calculation (at the radiator outlet) © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA


bosch

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-45

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Depending on the position of the switch DAMOS cowFUN_KLS are available for the determination of the Fan cooling power applied two variants. Variante1 (cowFUN_KLS = 1):

The water temperature setpoint at the cooler outlet kuoWTKsoll results from the water temperature on the cylinder head outlet anmWTF_CAN (cowFUN_KMT.5 = 0) or the water temperature setpoint kmmWTFsoll for the cylinder head outlet (cowFUN_KMT.5 = 1) and from the temperature kuoWTK_so2, resulting from a load-dependent feedforward control. About the map kuwSoll2KF is given a predetermined temperature above the temperature difference kuoWTK_so4, which reflects the influence of the cooler, is corrected. From the map kuwSoll1KF is dependent on the engine speed and the current dzmNmit Amount mrmM_EAKT a target temperature kuoWTK_so1 for the cooler outlet determined. This Temperature is PT1 filter. Depending on the direction of the change is one of two time constants, selected (kuwPT1_WEP or kuwPT1_WEN). The output value is kuoWTK_so2. From the map kuwSoll3KF is dependent on the ambient temperature and the anmUTF Water temperature at the cylinder head outlet anmWTF_CAN a desired temperature difference kuoWTK_so3 determined via the radiator. This difference is multiplicatively by a factor kuoWTKkorr corrected. The speed-dependent factor is derived from the characteristic curve kuwKOR1_KL. To recognize early on when the thermostat is fully activated, the desired Desired temperature is reached at the cylinder head outlet but not at an appropriate pace, the fan should if necessary, provide a higher cooling performance. Here, the setpoint can at Cooler outlet to the following conditions be reduced accordingly. If the drive duty of the thermostat ehmFTST greater than the comparison value kuwTV1 and the deviation for cylinder head outlet kmmWTF_ra smaller than the Comparison value kuwra1, then, after the time kuwT1 a temperature offset in dependence the deviation for cylinder head outlet kmmWTF_ra and the temperature difference (AnmWTF_CAN-anmWTK) determined. This is subtracted from the setpoint kuoWTK_so5 to the To increase the cooling output requirement of the fan. The temperature offset is reset when the time after the kuwT2 Drive duty of the thermostat ehmFTST less than the comparison value kuwTV2 and the Is deviation on the cylinder head outlet kmmWTF_ra greater than the comparison value kuwra2. If an error in the error paths fboSUTF, fboSWTK or fboSWTF AND (fbbEKO2_Q OR OR fbbEKO2_W cowWTFCAN = 0) occurs, as a replacement value for the setpoint temperature used at the cooler outlet kuwSO_VGW.

Variant 2 (cowFUN_KLS = 0):

The relative cooling demand from kuwSOLL3KF and kuwSOLL4KF will kuorel1 added. If one of the above-mentioned Error occurs is switched to the default kuwrelVGW. The outputs of the maps kuwSOLL2_KF and kuwKOR4_KF are not here in the unit ° C, but in% relative cooling power. For negative values of kmmWTF_ra to a cooling down of the engine by the / fan are supported. The fan support is also function of the temperature gradient the cooler (anmWTF_CAN-anmWTK) desired. About the map kuwSOLL4KF is the relative dynamic cooling requirements kuoSOdyn determined.



DS / ESA

Page 5-46

EDC15 +

0

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Fan control because of increased water temperature on the cylinder head outlet: Depending on the water temperature at the cylinder head outlet and the anmWTF_CAN Ambient temperature anmUTF is the characteristic field kuwSOLL3KF the relative cooling demand kuoWTK_so3 determined due to engine heat. Note: For concepts with Tata thermal control (and a sensor on the radiator outlet), this Characteristic map used to determine the / fan at temperatures above the maximum target temperature (Cylinder head outlet) to control. For concepts without thermal Tata control is based solely on this map, the fan control determined due to engine heat. The dynamic cooling demand and cooling demand due to increased water temperature at Cylinder head outlet are summed (kuorel1).


DS / ESA


bosch

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-47

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

kuoWTK_ra

kuoWTKsoll

kuoKB_reg I

kuwIReg ...

anmWTK

CONTROLS

kuwIAnt_mn kuwIAnt_mx

kuoWTKist kuwWTK_VGW fboSWTK

kuoRel2 cowFUN_KLS

cowFUN_KLS kuoKB_steu

fgmFGAKT kuwFG_VGW

kuoZusKB

kuoV_ist KF

kuwSTEU_KF

CONTROLS

kuwZusKBmn kuwZusKBmx

fboSFGG

Figure SONSKU02: Calculation of the additional cooling requirements Variante1 (cowFUN_KLS = 1):

There is a new water temperature sensor, which is installed at the cooler outlet. If this is missing or an error in the error path fboSWTK occurs, as the water temperature value Cooler outlet kuoWTKist the default value kuwWTK_VGW used. Go The control deviation at cooler outlet kuoWTK_ra and the driving speed kuoV_ist the control map kuwSTEU_KF from which a relative cooling requirement is determined. If a Error in the error path fboSFGG occurs, instead of the default value fgmFGAKT kuwFG_VGW used for the vehicle speed. In parallel, the control deviation kuoWTK_ra goes on an I controller, and in the positive negative direction (kuwIANT_mx and kuwIANT_mn) is limited. The scheme is only in the small signal range active (within an applicable Temperature window). If the control deviation is outside of the small signal range the IShare initialized to zero. The relative total cooling capacity is calculated from the difference between control (kuoKB_steu) and Control (kuoKB_reg) (this figure is negative one) and is at a minimum and Maximum value (kuwZusKBmn and kuwZusKBmx) limited. The particular here relative The cooling power is to be applied by the fan.

Variant 2 (cowFUN_KLS = 0):

Instead kuoWTK_ra is given kuorel2 on the control map kuwSTEU_KF. About this Map, the relative cooling requirements are reduced with increasing speed. If an error in the error path for FGG occurs, the default value instead of kuwFG_VGW is Driving speed used. Parallel to the disconnection of kuoWTK_ra over the DAMOSSwitch cowFUN_KLS the regulator component kuoKB_reg is switched to zero.



DS / ESA

Page 5-48

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.7.5 radiator fan output stage control

kuoHy_NAbl

kuoEl_NAbl

kuwHy_N1UkuwHy_N1O : kuwHy_N5UkuwHy_N5O

kuwEl_N1UkuwEl_N1O Suppression

Suppression

: kuwEl_N5UkuwEl_N5O

kuoV_ist2 On and off schalthystereseHydrolüft ersonsku06

On and off schalthystereseElektrolüf tersonsku07

kuoHy_N

kuoKLIBA

kuoEl_N

kuoHy_KB

>1

kuoKB_KVM

KF fboSFGG kuwKBRHyp dzmNmit fgmFGaktkuwFG_ kuwHyGRDKF VGW3 kuwKBRHyn

KF

kuwKBRElp dzmNmit

mrmCAN_KLI .4

kuwElGRDKF kuwKBREln

kuwKVM_KL dimKLB dimKLI

kuoEl_KB

KL

kuoKMDgesp RAMP

RAMP

kuoSchalt

MAX

MAX

cowFUN_KM T.3 = 1

kuoKMDneu

cowFUN_KM T.4 = 1 kumKMDneu> kumKMDneu kuoKMDgesp
kuoANFBA

kuoKLLFT kuoZusKB KL

kuwANKORK L

kuwANF_KF

kuwKlmftKL KF

KL

mrmKLI_LUE fgmFGAKT anmLTFldmADF

mrmKMDanmKM D

Figure SONSKU03: radiator fan output stage control (1)


DS / ESA

>1


0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-49

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

anmWTF anmUTF

KF

kuwHy_VGW4

kuoHy_VGW3

kuwNLHy_KF dzmNmit

ehmFHYL

kuoHy_NAbl KF CONTROLS

kuwHyLFTKF kuwHy_VGW1

kuwHy_min kuwHy_max kuwHy_VGW2 kuwEl_VGW4

kuoEl_NAbl ehmFGER KL

kuwElLFTKL CONTROLS

kuwEl_VGW1

kuwEl_min kuwEl_max

kumNL_akt

kuwEl_VGW2

nlmNLact

&

kuoEl_VGW3

kumState <> 5

>1 kumState <> 6

anmWTF_CAN

kuoWTFkrit

mrmVB_FIL

KF

kuwWTFkrKF

kuwWTFHys1 kuwWTFHys2

>1 anmWTF

anmWTK - kuwWTFGR anmUTF

kuwWTKHys1 kuwWTKHys2

KF

kuwNLEl_KF

kumNL_akt

mrmSTART_B DEAD TIME

&

kuwt_Start dzmNmit> mrwSTNMIN1

Figure SONSKU04: radiator fan output stage control (2)

There is a maximum range between the additional cooling, kuoZusKB from the Function "radiator fan control", derKlimabedarfsanforderungkuoKLIBA, the Air demand request via CAN kuoKLLFT that are in from the map kuwKlmftKL Dependence of mrmKLI_LUE results, and a cooling demand requirement for starting in the Height kuoANFBA hit. The cooling demand requirement for starting in height kuoANFBA arises from the map kuwANF_KF in dependence on the intake air temperature and the atmospheric pressure anmLTF ldmADF. This value is a factor of the characteristic curve depending kuwKORANFKL the driving speed fgmFGAKT corrected. The fan selection is by cowFUN_KMT (CowFUN_KMT.3 = 0 = 1 hydraulic fan electric fan and cowFUN_KMT.3) taken.

Ensure that the air function is not impaired, the air demand requirement is kuoKLIBA considered. When the air conditioning (dimKLI = 1, dimKLB = 1 or



DS / ESA

Page 5-50

0

EDC15 + Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrmCAN_KLI.4 = 1), the cooling load exceeds the characteristic kuwKVM_KL from the Refrigerant pressure kumKMDneu (hysteresis) was determined. Via cowFUN_KMT are selected, if the refrigerant pressure by a pressure sensor anmKMD (CowFUN_KMT.4 = 1) or via CAN mrmKMD (cowFUN_KMT.4 = 0) is provided. About the switch and the OR gate is a hystereseähnliches behavior with administrable Thresholds (kuwKMDH..) Realized in positve and negative direction. The demand for cooling is via a ramp with a slope of kuwKBR ... p with positive or kuwKBR ... n filtered for negative changes. The ramp is designed to prevent "fan saws". After the maximum selection from the cooling demand (kuo. _KB ..) as a function of the Engine speed dzmNmit over the respective fan base map (kuw. .. GRDKF) the Fan speed for the corresponding fan (kuoHy_N for the hydraulic fan and kuoEl_N for the Electric fan) determined. It is possible up to five speed ranges (kuwHy_N. .. U to kuwHy_N ... O and kuwEl_N ... U to kuwEl_N ... O) to suppress acoustic reasons. Instead of these Fan speeds is the smaller of the limit (kuwHy_N. .. O and O kuwEl_N ...) be used. kuoElnmin

kuoV_ist2 KL

kuwElmin_KL

kuwElnmin kuoEl_N

0

MAX

kuoEl_N3

MAX

kuoHy_N3

kuoEl_N2

MAX

kuwElminU kuwElminO

Figure SONSKU06: A and switch-off electric fan

kuoHynmin

kuoV_ist2 KL

kuwHymin_KL

kuwHynmin kuoHy_N

0 MAX

kuoHy_N2

kuwHyminU kuwHyminO

Figure SONSKU07: A switch-off and hydraulic fan


DS / ESA


bosch

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-51

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

In order to prevent small fan revs jumping back and forth, the fan speed is the blanked still preceded by a one-and switch-off. There is a speed threshold KUW ... nmin set, under which the fan must not be running. Increases the fan speed kuo ... _N0 about the value (> =) KUW ... Mino is, the fan speed kuo .... _N2 from zero to maximum of minimum speed nmin KUW ... and kuo ..... set _N0. If the fan speed kuo ... _N0 back below the threshold (<=) KUW .... minU, the fan speed is kuo .... _N2 reset to zero. The selection is extended to the characteristic KUW ... min_KL that the dependent Speed kuoV_ist2 a minimum fan speed kuo ... nmin pretending. Subsequently a further maximum range between nmin and kuo kuo ... ... _N2 taken, from which kuo ... _N3 results. If no hydraulic fan installed, the characteristic KUW ... min_KL is to be applied with zero. If an error in the error path fboSFGG occurs, instead of the default value fgmFGAKT kuwFG_VGW3 used for the driving speed, which is to be applied so that the maximum possible minimum fan speed is shown in kuoHynmin. With the electric fan speed is in the implementation of duty cycle on the characteristic kuwElLFTKL. In the hydraulic fan this is done via the map kuwHyLFTKF in Depending on the engine speed dzmNmit, since the operating point is just in the near-idle Area can move. There may be areas where the fan speed is only in Depending on the engine speed changes. Thereby resulting fluctuations prevent the fan speed must be lowered. This amplifier can also be for another Electric fans are used. During the startup process (mrmSTART_B = 1 and dzmNmit> mrwSTNMIN1) the fans are for the applicable time kuwt_Start with the default values kuwHy_VGW2 and kuwEl_VGW2 activated. When the water temperature at the radiator outlet is greater than the anmWTK Water temperature threshold kuwWTFGR or if a critical water temperature at Head leaving kuoWTFkrit is reached, and the default values kuwHy_VGW1 kuwEl_VGW1 switched. The critical temperature is obtained from the map kuwWTkrKF depending on the water temperature at the top outlet anmWTF and the filtered consumption mrmVB_FIL. Switching is done via a hysteresis (kuwWTFHys. ..). The query anmWTK - anmWTF is also hysteresis (kuwWTKHys1 and kuwWTKHys2). While the caster (kumNL_akt = 1), the cooling fan power amplifiers with kuoHyVGW3 be or kuoElVGW3 driven. KuoElVGW3, kuoHyVGW3 arise here at the beginning of the wake from the map kuwNLEl_KF, kuwNLHy_KF depending on anmWTF and anmUTF. At the End of the follow-up time, the duty cycles for both fans kuwElVGW3, kuwHyVGW3 be changed so that the fan speed ramp-like down to the minimum value (kuw. _min.) on Fan run-on end can be reduced. (Use with 2 electric fans) If a hydraulic fan installed, so this is to disable the wake. The control of the electric fan ehmFGER and the hydraulic fan ehmFHYL done by the end of the cooler caster kumNLact by the end of MSG caster with the duty ratio kuwEl_VGW4 or kuwHy_VGW4.



DS / ESA

Page 5-52

0

EDC15 + Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.7.6 Education of the relative cooling power for CAN

ehmFHYL ehmFGER

kumCAN_LUE KL

0xFFh

CAN message Engine 5, byte 5

kuwTV_KL

fboSHYL fboSGER

kuwLFTAUSW

Figure SONSKU08 Education of the relative cooling power for CAN For the onboard supply control unit is dependent on kuwLFTAUSW (0: ehmFHYL, 1: ehmFGER) the respective duty ratio of the characteristic curve in a relative cooling power kuwTV_KL converted and sent via CAN (motor 5, byte 5). If an error occurs in one of the stages (fboSGER, fboSHYL) on will be shipped via CAN, the value 0xFFh (Error Identification).


DS / ESA


bosch

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-53

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.7.7 caster and caster pump a

anmWTF kuwWTSCHW

a
&

second follow-up phase is active

nlmLUENL

see Text description

& nlmNLact

kumNL_akt

anmUTF kuwNLVGWmn kuwNLVGWmx anmWTF

ehmFZWP

KF

kuwNLKORKF MAX

kuoVB_gesp

Reduction of Follow-up time - kuwNL_tab kuoEl_VGW3 and kuoHy_VGW3 on kuwNLpro% of Minimum value NL time expired

mrmVB_FIL KF

kuwNLGRDKFnlmNLact anmWTF anmUTF KL

kuwNLF_KL

anmOTF KL

kuwNLOELKL kuwNLOEL cowFUN_KMT.1 = 1 anmWTF anmUTF

MAX KF

kuwNLKORK2 Remaining Follow-up time

Figure SONSKU05: caster and caster pump



DS / ESA

Page 5-54

0

EDC15 + Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6 Driving

nlmNLact = 1 Amplifiers ehmFGER, ehmFHYL, ehmFTST and ehmFZWP turn off

X. .. value of the Status Message kumState

5 Waiting for Fan Sharing

nlmLUENL = 1 Determine NL-time and limit to maximum

1

NL-time
NL-time
First follow-up Phase

kuwNL_pro the NL-time expired

2 Second NL Phase

Time of the second NL-phase expired OR anmWTF
3 Ramp

ehmFGER and ehmFHYL in time kuwNL_tab reduce to the minimum value finished

4 End of ramp

ehmFGER = kuwEl_VGW4 ehmFHYL = kuwHy_VGW4 ehmFZWP and ehmFTST turn off kumNL_akt = 0

7 Luefter-NL End

Figure SONSKU09: States of the fan run © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA


bosch

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-55

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The meaning of the message kumState be seen in the following table: kumState (dec.) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Importance First follow-up phase Second follow-up phase Ramp runs Completed ramp Waiting for fan release Driving Fan run-end

If the Nachlaufpase active (nlmNLact = 1) and the release for the fan run or Thermostat overrun was granted (nlmLUENL = 1) is the lag pump to the default value kuwNLVGWmx driven. While the caster the fan stages and are Thermostat output stage driven with the corresponding default values. At the beginning of the wake, the timer is started with a time of from the maximum Caster basic characteristic field kuwNLGRDKF and the follow-correction map kuwNLKORKF results. The input variables of the tracking basic characteristic field are the filtered consumption mrmVB_FIL and the water temperature at the cylinder head outlet anmWTF. The filtered consumption mrmVB_FIL is frozen in the wake thus also at the second maximum selection of same consumption value will be used. The output value of this characteristic field is by a factor multiplied, which results from the characteristic kuwNLF_KL depending on the ambient temperature results, where appropriate, to shorten the lag time in cool temperatures. The Input variables of the follow-correction map are the ambient temperature and anmUTF the water temperature at the cylinder head outlet anmWTF. The tracking characteristic kuwNLOELKL is only active if enabled WIV (cowFUN_KMT.1 = 1). The first calculation of the Follow-up time should be designed so that the maximum temperature of the post-heating is exceeded. The filtered consumption mrmVB_FIL is at the beginning of the wake in the E2PROM saved.

Description of the black box: After kuwNLpro% of such specific follow-up time, the maximum range between the will Map kuwNLKORKF2 and the remaining follow-up time performed. (Second Follow-up phase). The time for the trailing extension should include the trailing Correction map kuwNLKORKF result. These must be the filtered consumption kuoVB_gesp, before the maximum selection is performed again be reset. If the newly determined Follow-up time greater than the remaining old follow-up time, the follow-up phase is correspondingly extended. At the time trailing end - kuwNL_tab is the Nachlauftastverhältnis kuoEl_VGW3 and kuoHy_VGW3 (from the "control of the cooling fan power amplifiers") reduced via a ramp in time kuwNL_tab to the minimum value. If the newly determined Follow-up time less than or equal than the remaining old follow-up time, the follow-up phase runs up to the end. The lowering of the Nachlauftastverhältnisses kuoEl_VGW3 and kuoHy_VGW3 also takes place.

During the second follow-up phase, there is a premature termination condition. The Termination condition is met and the timer is cleared when the water temperature anmWTF is below an applicable threshold temperature kuwWTSCHW. The



DS / ESA

Page 5-56

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Lowering of Nachlauftastverhältnisses kuoEl_VGW3 and kuoHy_VGW3 also takes place for the Demolition case. It must kuwNLpro% of the minimum follow-up time kuwNLtmin (> 0 s delay time) greater than or equal be as kuwNL_tab. For stopping times smaller kuwNLtmin is detected on follow-0s and the Reduced power amp without a ramp to the minimum. The follow-up time must be limited to a maximum follow-up time kuwNLtmax. The following condition must for proper function fulfilled (Application Note): (KuwNL_tab + run-time * (kuwNL_pro / 100)) <= lag time


DS / ESA


0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-57

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.8 Thermostat Diagnosis The function is divided into three sub-functions:

Release 1) operating range of diagnostic 2) Model temperature and ambient temperature calculation 3) error detection

dzmNmit anmWTF fboSWTF fboSUTF fboSKBI fboSLDF fboSLDP fboSADF fboSLTF

Enable diagnostics

kmmDiaStat

Enable diagnostics

Error detection

anmUTF ldmP_Llin ldmADF anmLTF mrmVERB ehmFGSK1 ehmFGSK2 ehmFGSK3 anmWTF

fbbETHS_L kmmDiaStat.7 kmmDiaStat.6

Error detection

Model temperature and tempcalculation kmmTMotBer Modell_Umgebungstemp

Figure SONSTD01: Functional Overview


19 April 2002

Other functions - Thermostat Diagnosis

DS / ESA

Page 5-58

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.8.1 State Description "Enable Diagnostics"

The implementation of the diagnosis depends on the state of the bits of the message from kmmDiaStat. Bit of the Message kmmDiaStat 0

Value of the Bits 1

1

1

2

1

3

1

4

1

5

1

6

1

7

1

Description Diagnosis does not start 3) Speed must be greater than or equal kmw_DZ_gr Demolition of diagnosis 1oder2) The dead time (= product of kmwTDZeit and kmwTDZaehl) was exceeded Diagnosis does not start 1) The water temperature is less than anmWTF the lower threshold kmw_Th_AbU Diagnosis does not start 1) The first value of the water temperature is greater than anmWTF the upper threshold kmw_Th_AbO Diagnosis does not start 1) or discontinuation of diagnosis 2) Defective water temperature sensor Diagnosis does not start 1) or discontinuation of diagnosis 2) Error of another sensor (switch position cowVAR_ThU!) Demolition of diagnosis 2) Diagnosed error Demolition of diagnosis 2) Performed test

1)

Diagnosis does not start: The diagnosis can not be performed in this cycle, as at least one condition is not satisfied. The re-activation can only be through a Initialization done. 2)

Demolition of diagnosis: The diagnosis can not be performed for this driving cycle or the test is completed. The re-activation can only occur through an initialization. 3)

Diagnosis does not start: The diagnosis starts when the bit is 0.

Note to kmmDiaStat: Once a bit from bit 0 to bit 5 ONE, the following messages and Oldas indeterminate: kmmDiaStat.6, kmmDiaStat.7, kmmTMotBer, kmoVerbPT1, kmoMotQzu, kmoMotQab, kmoUmgebQ, kmmUTFkor1, kmmUTFBer, kmoWTFPT1, kmoPdiff, kmoTUmPT1. Depending on the switch cowVAR_ThU following error paths are queried:


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-59

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

àFor cowVAR_ThU = 1: The error detection is performed when no error - The UTF sensor or - CAN combi - Embassy occurs.

àFor cowVAR_ThU = 0 The error detection is performed when no error - The LDF sensor or - ADF sensor or - The LTF sensor occurs.

dzmNmit
1 DEAD TIME

x=1

kmwTDZeit, kmwTDZaehl, Init = 0

x=2

anmWTF kmw_Th_AbO

x=3

>1

x=4

fboSWTF

x=5 fboSUTF fboSKBI

>1

fboSLDF fboSLDP

>1 fboSADF fboSLTF cowVAR_ThU

Figure SONSTD02: Enable Diagnostic


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-60

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.8.2 Error Detection

An error occurs if the calculated motor temperature kmmTMotBer greater than kmw_THSauf and anmWTF is less than or equal kmw_THStol.

The test is terminated when the measured water temperature anmWTF greater than kmw_THStol or a fault has occurred.

For the end of the tape test Readiness is for the thermostat diagnosis with the "Readiness Speed "(password xcwPRDYm1) set. For customer service Readiness is for the Error path fboSTHS set after deleting the error memory.

If an error occurs, the error bit is set fbbETHS_L and the MIL lamp (be applied) activated.

fbbETHS_L kmmDiaStat.6 S

kmmTMoTBer kmw_THSauf

&

a

Q

a> b b

Init R

anmWTF kmw_THStol

a

a> b b

kmmDiaStat.7

S

>1

Q Init R

Figure SONSTD03: error detection


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-61

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.8.3 temperature calculation model and ambient temperature calculation 5.8.3.1 model temperature

The calculation of the model temperature is the PT1-like course of the cooling water temperature by the after engine warming. The cooling water can absorb heat (the heat flux is counted as positive) or leave (the heat flux is counted negatively).

àpositive heat Posts: Warming due to the burning: The consumption mrmVERB is smoothed with kmw_MePT1, via the characteristic kmw_ThMeKl is determined, the amount of heat supplied. Heating because of the cooling water heating: Are the power amplifiers ehmFGSK1, ehmFGSK2 or ehmFGSK3 active, the amounts of heat are kmw_HLGSK1, kmw_HLGSK2 or kmw_HLGSK3 added. All positive amounts are visible on the Olda kmoTMotQzu.

ànegative thermal contribution: The negative thermal contribution is Ambient temperature determined.

about

the

Water temperature

anmWTF

and

the

Depending on the switch position of cowVAR_ThU (Fig. 5), the measured ambient temperature anmUTF or the calculated value kmmUTF_ber taken. About the characteristic kmw_ThHzKL the amount of heat is determined and on the Olda kmoMotQab visible.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 5-62

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

kmoVerbPT1 kmmTMotBer

kmoMotQzu mrmVERB kmoQint

KL

PT1

kmw_ThMeKL

kmw_MePT1

I

Init with 1 valid anmWTF measured value

0 kmw_HLGSK1

ehmFGSK1 0 kmw_HLGSK2

ehmFGSK2 0 kmw_HLGSK3

ehmFGSK3 kmoUmgebQ

anmWTF

kmoMotQab

KL

kmw_ThHzKL

kmmUTF_ber anmUTF cowVAR_ThU

Figure SONSTD04: Temperature Model

The initial value for the integrator of the model is the first valid measurement of water temperature anmWTF. The termination of the model temperature determination is described in Section 5.8.1. Model the temperature determination is carried out when kmmDiaStat is zero. 5.8.3.2 ambient temperature kmoWTFPT1 kmmUTFkor1 anmWTF PT1

kmwWTkorGF

KL

kmwWTkorKL

anmLTF kmoPdiff ldmP_Llin ldmADF

kmmUTF_BER KF

kmwLTkorKF

PT1

kmoTUmPT1

kmwLTkorGF Init with 1 valid anmLTF measured value

Figure SONSTD05: Mod_Umgebungstemp Ambient temperature detection is performed when kmmDiaStat is zero. © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-63

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.9 Flexible service interval display The flexible service interval display allows the oil change intervals depending oil actual load can be carried out. This is an optimal use of Be the engine oil reaches. As a function of rotational speed dzmNmit, Injection quantity mrmM_EAKT and oil temperature anmOTF will identify the specific oil pollution. The oil load is composed of a thermal Wear value (low byte of simOEL_BEL) and a particle entry value (high byte of simOEL_BEL) together. The thermal wear value of the characteristic field siwOEL_tKF (Thermal stress) in Depending on RPM and oil temperature calculated. The particle entry value of the characteristic field siwOEL_rKF (Soot entry) in accordance with Speed and injection quantity. These values are staggered determined (so that every 100ms new values are available) and applied as for the CAN message cyclically every 1000ms transferred to the instrument cluster. Until the start shedding and further in the wake of the telegram identifier 0 is transmitted. At Telegram identifier 0 are not evaluated the wear values from the instrument cluster.

thermal load anmOTF dzmNmit

LB simOEL_BEL (First parameter CAN messages.) KF

siwOEL_tKF

Soot entry HB simOEL_BEL (2nd parameter CAN messages.) mrmM_EAKT

KF

siwOEL_rKF

Figure SONSSI01: specific oil pollution

The instrument cluster sums the values and determines the root mean square of Soot entry, thermal stress index and distance. When a limit is reached is signaled to the driver that an oil change is carried out.


19 April 2002 Other Features - Flexible service interval display

DS / ESA

Page 5-64

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5:10 generator excitation In order the startup behavior of the engine to improve the excitation of the alternator only sent off after the start shedding is done, or a speed threshold has been exceeded. For this purpose, the excitation of the generator is carried out by the EDC. To this end, by a negative pulse on the GEA final stage a relay is connected. This activation occurs during an operating cycle only once in the startup process. If the condition for the first time in the wake met, the excitement is not supplied switch. GEA output stage is powered by the Message ehmFGEA. After initialization ehmFGEA is ON (TV 100%). After the start shedding is done or the speed threshold mlwERR_n has been exceeded, if the filtered battery zmmUBATT voltage less than the applicable threshold mlwUBATT is the order of the Map mlwERR_KF a function of the atmospheric pressure and the ldmADF Engine temperature anmT_MOT calculated time delay, for the duration of the message mlwERR_tda ehmFGEA set to OFF (TV 0%). At the end of mlwERR_tda ehmFGEA goes for the remaining operating cycle back on again.

a

zmmUBATT mlwUBATT

a
dimK15

>1 fbbEK15_P

&

&

>1

ehmFGEA

dzmNmit> mlwERR_n

>1

DEAD TIME

mrmSTART_B

DEAD TIME

mlwERR_tda

ldmADF anmT_MOT

KF

mlwERR_KF

Figure: SONSGEA1: connection of the generator excitation


DS / ESA

Other features - generator excitation

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-65

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5:11 odometer The odometer (edoKMZ) is integration takes the current speed counted during the ride. (Not, however, in the wake) To obtain this size information about the cycle beyond the store in the EEPROM is needed. This, moreover, is carried out after (if gespeichtert edoKMZ_STA.0 = 1) in each case after Said stretch edwKMZ_ZYK. In the next cycle the odometer with the value stored in the EEPROM initialized. If edwKMZ_ZYK applied to "0", the mileage, and the error is Overflow bit in the EEPROM deleted ("reset everything"). Exceeds the odometer (edoKMZ) its maximum value, then an overflow occurs and the overflow bit (OVB) edoKMZ_STA.1 is set. The overflow occurs once, it remains obtained for the life of the SG. (Except when the KMZ is reset) In addition, a parity bit to save the odometer reading is determined and the Information saved in the EEPROM. When reading from the EEPROM from the stored mileage again a parity is calculated and compared with the stored data. If the comparison shows a negative result, is an error (ERB →edoKMZ_STA.2) set, however, is with the readMileage continue working so that possible test intervals may be further carried out can be. (Eg: every 1000km check a particular actuator) The error occurs once, it remains for the life of the SG. (Except when the KMZ is reset)

The resolution of the counter was elected km with 0.01 km. This results in a maximum Mileage of 5,368,709.11 km = [(229 -1) * 0.01 km]. Application values:

edwKMZ_ZYK

Input values:

fgmFGAKT, current speed nlmNLact, Overrun active (true / false)

Output values:

edoKMZ_L, Olda LOW - Word (16-bit) edoKMZ_H, Olda HIGH - Word (16-bit) edoKMZ_STA, Olda status km level

X

X

X

29 Bit km level ←edoKMZ_H

(Lower 16bit edoKMZ_L) X

X

X

X

X

ERB

OVB

saved in NL

←edoKMZ_STA (8-bit)


19 April 2002

Other features - Odometer

DS / ESA

Page 5-66

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5:12 EOBD - odometer With this function, the distance traveled is determined with activated MIL. This to a requirement according EOBD legislation. The counter xcmKmMILon is as long as long as summed up the MIL is activated. As Input variable is the current driving speed fgmFGAKT. Extinguish the MIL remains the Count constant. In re-activation of the MIL, the count is set to 0 and the Summation restarted. By deleting the error memory via KW71 or KWP2000 - Mode04, the count is reset. There will be no overflow takes i.e. upon reaching the maximum count of 65535 km (Equivalent FFFFhex) this value remains constant. The resolution is 1 km. The status xcmKmMILch is defined as follows: Bit 0

Error

Error when saving

Bit 1

Parity

Parity

Bit 2

Delete

Required to delete the counter

Bit 3

MIL active

MIL was active when last task cycle

Application Notes: Label

State

edwKMZ_ZYK

0

<> 0 xcwCARxx_E

0

fbwFFRM_09

33

Function EOBD odometer inactive, the Mileage is with activated MIL not summed EOBD Odometer active; function as above Umrechnug CARB. The memory value is 1:1 from the memory to the diagnostic interface transfer


DS / ESA

Other functions - EOBD - odometer

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-67

Y S01 281/120 - VG2


19 April 2002

Overview - EOBD - Odometer

DS / ESA

Page 5-68

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5:13 Misfire Detection 5.13.1 General The Misfire Detection (OBDII demand) is used to detect and report periodically occurring misfire of a cylinder as a result of strong compression loss or lack of Fuel injection. Intermittent misfires are called OBDII relevant error in the Fault memory registered. The subtask includes the following functions: - Review of the monitoring conditions Delayed detection start / early detection end - Misfire detection

Results Analysis

5.13.2 Monitoring conditions The monitor for misfire is performed only under the following conditions: - Speed dzmNmit
Speed dzmNmit> min. Speed for monitoring mrwAUS_Nmi AND -Current amount mrmM_EAKT min. Quantity for monitoring mrwAUS_Mmi -Travel speed act. fgmFGAKT <= Max. Speed for Superv mrwAUS_Vmx -Water temperature anmWTF> min. Water temp. for monitoring mrwAUS_WT -Time since last state change in dimKUP > Kupplungsbetätigungsausblendezeit mrwAUS_KUt -Time since engine start (mrmSTART_B)> Startausblendezeit mrwAUS_Stt -((Clutch dimKUP = 1 AND Monitoring of clutch engaged mrwAUS_KUP) OR -(Clutch dimKUP = 0 AND Monitoring is not actuated clutch mrwAUS_nKU))

AND

AND AND AND AND AND AND


DS / ESA

Other functions - Misfire Detection

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-69

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

dzmNmit mrwAUS_Nmi mrmM_EAKT mrwAUS_Mmi Monitoring active

&

fgmFGAKT <= mrwAUS_Vmx anmWTF> mrwAUS_WT t (SRC)> mrwAUS_KUt t (start)> mrwAUS_SH dimKUP = 1

& >1

mrwAUS_KUP = 1

dimKUP = 0

& mrwAUS_nKU = 1

Figure SONSZA01: Misfiring monitoring conditions The ranges for monitoring the speed dzmNmit must be within the speed limits are for the LRR calculation mrwLRR_LOW or mrwLRR_HIG. An intermittent test is continued after re-entering the surveillance area. 5.13.3 Delayed detection start / early detection end This function is used to mask the transient engine operating conditions such as the Can be expected to leave or on entering the surveillance area. mroAUSZsta = 0

mrwAUS_max

& Monitoring active fbbEAUZ_ ..

Dropout detection

dzmNakt

Buffer 1 mroAUSZZ .. mroAUSZUM1

Resultdetermination mroAUSZUpM

Buffer 2 mroAUSZUM2

Error debouncing

mroAUSZUpM1 = mrwAUS_blk mroAUSZUpM = mrwAUS_anz

* MrwAUS_blk

Figure SONSZA02: Delay of detection or the results analysis After completing the monitoring conditions, the acquisition is to mrwAUS_blk Engine revolutions delayed. The recording starts when the olda mroAUSZsta the value 0 has been reached. By recording the rated motor revolutions (mroAUSZUM1) in Buffer 1 and Reallocate after mrwAUS_blk motor turns in a buffer (Buffer 2, mroAUSZUM2) ensures that the actual test results analysis after 2 x mrwAUS_blk motor revolutions is delayed. If now the Condition Monitoring away, the two memory buffer are discarded and thus the last motor revolutions with the Results Analysis not be considered. This is for the test continued the olda mroAUSZsta initialized with mrwAUS_blk.


19 April 2002

Other Features -Misfire Detection

DS / ESA

Page 5-70

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.13.4 misfire detection Per two engine revolutions once the required minimum speed increase mroAUSZ_dN formed, resulting from the percentage share of the average mrwAUS_dN Speed rise calculated. kz-1

å mroAUSZ _ dN 

kz-1

ån [2 * k 1]

n [2 * k] -

k0

k0

z dzmNakt

*

mrwAUS_ dN 100%

Minimum speed increase ån (k) - ån (k-1) mrwAUS_dn * Z mroAUSZ_dn

n (k) - n (k-1)
mroAUSZZ .. increase

Figure SONSZA03: misfire detection The misfire detection to check whether each of the rotational speed increases after injection via the minimum mroAUSZ_dN lie. Insufficient speed increases to increase the Cylinder associated error event counter (mroAUSZZ..) In Buffer 1


DS / ESA

Other functions - Misfire Detection

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-71

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5.13.5 Test Result The error status of the misfire detection does not result from the finding of a single Misfire, but due to its frequency. The error message misfire in a cylinder fbbEAUZ_ .. (.. = 1 .. z) is reported when within a test frame of mrwAUS_anz * mrwAUS_blk motor turns over mrwAUS_max misfiring of this cylinder were detected. Subsequently, the test is again starts. T1 ... is the time that elapses before mrwAUS_blk rotations were made 1 Monitoring condition t

0

Error entry when more than mrwAUS_max Misfiring recognized were

Test frame Number of rated Revolutions (MroAUSZUpM)

t

1 Capture 0

t

Figure SONSZA04: Timing Error fbEAUZ_M the path misfire detection has the meaning: have more cylinders simultaneously dropouts.


19 April 2002

Other Features -Misfire Detection

DS / ESA

Page 5-72

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5:14 hour meter The operating hours counter (olda's mroBSTZl and mroBSTZh) and the experimental threshold (olda's mroBTSSl and mroBTSSh) in the EEPROM have a value range of 4 byte (against wear the low - bytes, overflow, etc.-secure). Operating intervals are only counted if the DzmNmit speed greater than the threshold mrwBTS_NMX, and the actual injection quantity mrmM_EAKT are greater than the threshold mrwBTS_MMX. This state is driving mentioned. An operating interval consists of mrwBTS_BIN times the period mrwBTS_TIK. Thereafter, the operation hours counter is incremented. Outside of the driving operation, the current Interval can be stopped. If the cycle completed, commenced operation intervals ignored.

Reaches the operating hours counter the test threshold + mrwBTS_TIN, the test flag is mrmBTSM for ELAB - test set and the test threshold of the current value Operating hours counter set.


DS / ESA

Other Features - Operating hours counter

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5-73

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5:15 Electric fuel pump / TAV & dimeco DEAD TIME

mrwEKP_Dly

>1

dzmNmit> 0 dimK15

&

ehmFEKP

fbbECRA_B (croCR_STAT> = crwCR_ST_B) ehmFTAV ecmUso_ECO = -1

Figure EKP_01: electric fuel pump / Tankabschaltventil About the function switch cowFUN_EKP (cowFUN_EKP = 0) can the control of the electric fuel pump and Tankabschaltventils deaktivieren.Sobald terminal 15 active is not about the crash error fbbECRA_B is not final malfunctioning and mrmUsoll To be ECOMATIC off (ecmUso_ECO = -1), the fuel pump stage can in Two different types are switched on:-if the speed is greater than zero dzmNmit ehmFEKP and ehmFTAV be turned on or -

when a ECOMATIC request is present (dimeco = 1). If the ECOMATICRequirement, so be administered for the duration mrwEKP_Dly the output stages Fuel pump ehmFEKP and Tankabschaltventil ehmFTAV driven. 5.15.1 Electrical fuel pump / TAV during the initialization phase In initialization, a ECOMATIC request is independent of dimeco simulated which ehmFEKP and ehmFTAV for the duty mrwEKP_Dly be switched (If the above conditions for dimK15, fbbECRA_B and ecmUso_ECO are met). Application Note: The task of the electric fuel pump and Tankabschaltventil is performed every 100 ms, this should be considered in the application of mrwEKP_Dly.


19 April 2002

Other Features -Electrical fuel pump / TAV

DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6 Error Handling 6.1

Survey

The error handling is organized as follows:

Data set parameters for each error (FbwE. .. A, FBWE ... B, FBWE ... T, FBWE ... V, FBWE ... C)

Error vorentprellung

Test condition (Tested: YES / NO) Vorentprellzustand (Intact, finally broken)

Data set parameters for each error path (FbwS. .. UB., FBWS ... FLC, FBWS ... HLC, FBWS ... PRI)

Fault memory Management

Fault memory

Diagnosis Result of Error tests

Replacement reactions with substitute values

MILSYS Lamp

KW71

CARB

Figure UEBEFB01: Error Handling Each SG function group (eg, quantity calculation, exhaust gas recirculation, ...) performs monitoring from. The result of this monitoring (hereinafter referred to as error) is applied to the Fehlervorentprellung reported.

The Fehlervorentprellung carried out for each fault individually. It is used to detect security (for example, must be a "Signal Range Check" SRC hurt for a limited period of time, that's not even short Cause glitches an error). There is a separate data set parameter block for each error. Is the error finally broken a message is sent to the error memory management.

Individual errors are combined to error paths. The error memory management performs the Eintragsentprellung per error path through. If an error is finally broken reported, it is to substitute functions in driver software and a preliminary fault memory entry of the path which must be confirmed in the Eintragsentprellung.

The state of an error path in the error memory determining whether the MIL lamp or SYS and whether the fault entry for the diagnosis is visible.


19 April 2002

Error handling - Overview

DS / ESA

Page 6-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.2

Fehlervorentprellung

Error

classified as

provisionally defective

final provisionally defektvorläufig cured defective

final defective

provisionally cured

intact

operational cured

Error FBOs ... FBWE ... A

FBWE ... B

Figure UEBEFB02: Fehlervorentprellung 6.2.1 defect detection When an error occurs, this is for the time being as provisionally defective and after the debounce time FBWE .. A as finally broken classified. When you heal during the debounce time, the error is again as intact classified. The Fehlervorentprellung can be obtained by application of FBWE .. A with zero or maximum value can be switched off, which at the maximum value of the error at zero and never immediately as finally broken is classified. 6.2.2 Intact recognition When you heal a defect that is as provisionally cured and after the Heilungsentprellzeit FBWE .. B as healed in operation classified. Recurrence during the debounce time is the Error as finally broken reported. The error condition can bruise by applying FBWE .. B zero or maximum value can be switched off, wherein the error in the maximum value can not be cured and he as at zero immediately healed in operation is classified.

Warning: The replacement function of an error and its entry in the error memory takes place in Vorentprellzustand finally broken. Upon detection and classification of an error as provisionally defective is frozen, the last valid state for the duration of the debounce FBWE .. A! The Switching of substitute to normal function when done in Operation healed.


DS / ESA

Error Handling - Fehlervorentprellung

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.2.3 Test condition An error is given the status "tested" for the first time after ignition when a intact or finally broken is reported by the Vorentprellung. An error path (see next section) is considered tested when an error occurs in the path or all Error of the path were tested. If FBWE ... A with the maximum value applied (= error is never finally broken) applies the error after the onset of the first monitor as tested. Example: If an error occurs after "ignition on" reported by monitoring as well the first time so applies the error immediately when tested, he other hand, is reported as bad as it is only after the Vorentprellung classified as tested.

6.2.4 caster - Low voltage K15 It may be monitoring for any errors depends on the Terminal 15 voltage level applicative be hidden that is, There is no Vorentprellung an error and therefore no Fault memory. The problem is not definitely defective but not cured. There is no replacement function. The detection of the state of the terminal 15 is done both as a digital and analog signal. If free Recognizes; voltage drops below the threshold determined by the hardware (approximately 4.5 V voltage to K15) the EDC control unit Caster (Message dimK15 = 0 nlmNLact = 1). Some vehicle components (CAN-bus, power amplifiers ..) or control devices switch already at Below from a higher terminal 15 voltage threshold. In order for monitoring these Components to avoid unwanted error messages, the voltage of the terminal 15 as is analog value anmK15 recorded analog. Falls below the lower hysteresis threshold anmK15 anmwK15_H_U, this is recognized as analog K15 OFF (Message anmK15_ON = 0) and for those Errors in which low-voltage terminal 15 will be excluded from monitoring, Vorentprellung disabled. Exceeds the upper hysteresis threshold anmK15 anwK15_H_O is this as analogous K15 ON (Message anmK15_ON = 1) detected and the debouncing again released.

It can be used for error suppression of each error either the analog or digital signal K15 be used. It can also be any error regardless of K15 (ie also in Trailing) are treated. (See data set parameter error per 6.4.2)


19 April 2002

Error Handling - Fehlervorentprellung

DS / ESA

Page 6-4

EDC15 +

0

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.3

Data set parameters for each error path

The following error memory parameters are be applied separately for each error path: Parameter

Description

FBWS .. UB1 FBWS .. UB2 FBWS .. UB3 FBWS .. UB4 FBWS .. UB5 FBWS .. FLC FBWS .. HLC FBWS .. PRI

Environmental Condition 1 (message number) Environmental Condition 2 Environmental Condition 3 Environmental Condition 4 Environmental Condition 5 Starting value debounce counter for debounced error entry Starting value debounce Error Clear Priority

6.3.1 Environmental conditions The first time the error entry, the current data of the applied environmental conditions (= Record FBWS ... UB1 to FBWS ... UB5) is read, and normalized to the error memory taken. A change in a defect entry has no effect on the Environmental conditions. That is, stay the once registered environmental conditions to obtain the fault memory entry is deleted. The environmental conditions to be applied are selected via message numbers (see Appendix "list of environmental conditions"). Application Note: These environmental conditions are only the custom diagnosis (not for OBDII Tester). It should therefor only the message numbers ≥be used h0F00.


DS / ESA

Error Handling - Data set parameters for each error path 19 April 2002

bosch

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.3.2 debounce counter for error entry First occurrence error (FLC 2 applied)

Next cycle

FLC

FLC

2

2

1

1

Start

Error (DC)

Engine

Start

over the next driving cycle

Error, DC debounced Entry

Engine

FLC

FLC

2

2

2

1

1

1

Start

DC

Error

Engine

FLC 2 1

Start

Error k.Fehl. (DC)

Start

DC

FLC

Engine

FLC 2

FLC

1

1

Error from engine

re prov entry

Start

DC, Entry deleted.

Start

Error, DC debounced Entry

Engine

2

Start

DC

Engine

Start

DC error, engine off debounced Entry

FLC

Engine

2 1

Figure UEBEFB04: Counter for debounced entry FBWS .. FLC

For each path, the number of parameters in Entprellzyklen FBWS can .. FLC for debounced entry be defined. If an error path finally broken (Vorentprellung) is, it is provisionally stored in the fault memory and the Eintragsentprellzähler (byte 4 in the corresponding entry FSP) set to the value FBWS .. FLC. Within the same DC's changes the state of the Then error entry, no more (Only Fehlerzustandsbits, frequency counter and sporadic bits will be constantly updated). At each subsequent DC the entry counter is decremented. When the counter reaches 0, without the fault path in a further DC finally broken was so the error entry is deleted completely. If the error path in one of the other DC finally broken (Vorentprellung) before the entry counter reaches 0, the error entry is debounced stored in the fault memory. That means: If the error occurs in at least 2 DC's within FBWS .. FLC DC's on, the error is entered debounced.

Application Note: If FBWS ... FLC applied to a value of 0 as is done in "Permanently broken" (Vorentprellung) classification, an immediate debounced error entry in the fault memory. If FBWS ... FLC applied to a value of 255, so no error entry of the path is done in Fault memory. The replacement function is performed when it is applied in label FBWE ... T.


19 April 2002 Error Handling - Data set parameters for each error path

DS / ESA

Page 6-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

After CARB definition, there is a DC motor, engine operation test of the respective error and engine. It is therefore not permissible immediately after ignition on the second DC a bug immediately to delete it, so should the starting value of FLCs are set to at least 2. This is the deletion of a not confirmatory error only at the beginning of the daup following DC instead (at least after the running of the 2.DC).

The lamp is however controlled in the second DC even during operation (after Eintragsentprellung) if the fault confirmed. 6.3.3 debounce Error Clear

1 Cycle (debounced registration)

HLC

Debounced Entry, DC HLC

No error

Error

Engine

4 Driving cycle

No error

Engine

7 Driving cycle

StartDC no error HLC

StartDC error no error HLC

Failure to start, DC no error HLC

2.Fahrzylus

HLC

HLC

Engine 8 Driving cycle

StartDC cured no error

StartDC engine no error

Engine

9 Driving cycle

Failure to start engine No error again registered debounced

Engine

HLC

2 Driving cycle

Debounced error error Entry, DC finally in operation geheiltdefekt

6 Driving cycle

HLC

HLC

1 Driving cycle

3 Driving cycle

StartDC engine no error

Engine

5 Driving cycle

HLC

HLC start value = 0

No error

StartDC no error

Engine

HLC

Start, Error

Error operational cured

3 Driving cycle

Engine

Start engine failure from No error finally defective

Figure UEBEFB05: Counter for debounced healing FBWS .. HLC For each path, the number of healing cycles in parameter FBWS .. HLC can be defined for healing be. The healing counter (byte 5 in the corresponding entry FSP) remains at debounced entries so long on the start value FBWS .. HLC how the error path in the Vorentprellung finally broken is detected. If the error path is not defective, will be recognized in each DC of the counters reduced by one. Achieved the healing counter reaches the value 0, then the error as is "cured" entered. If the error occurs again, the counter is re-initialized with a starting value (Immediate re-entry debounced). That is, for error recovery of the error path must ≥ FBWS .. HLC DC's have been continuously not defective.


DS / ESA

Error Handling - Data set parameters for each error path 19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Application Notes: If FBWS ... HLC applied to a value of 0, in case of "healed in operation" (Vorentprellung) Classification immediate error correction of the path in the error memory (lamp off). The healing counter in the FSP entry will remain set at initial value of 0 to 1, as the error debounced defective. If FBWS ... HLC applied to a value of 255, so there is no error recovery. This means the error light will stay on until about the diagnostic interface of the whole fault is deleted.

After OBDII 3 DC for healing are required. In order to prevent the lamp in the MIL 3 DC goes out (before engine off) should the label FBWS ... HLC are applied to 4.

6.3.4 Priority and Readiness For each error path its priority can be defined using FBWS .. PRI. With the priority of a Error can affect the reaction in full error memory and the type of Define lamp control (MIL, SYS lamp). Higher-priority error displace at full Lower-priority fault memory error. The priority is encoded in the two least significant bits of FBWS ... PRI as follows: FBWS PRI ...

Priority

emission-relevant

MIL drive + OBD diagnostic (If debouncing is done)

xxxx xx00 xxxx xx01 xxxx xx10 xxxx xx11

0 LOWEST 1 2 3 MAXIMUM

NO NO YES YES

NO NO YES YES

In addition to the MIL lamp is a lamp system is available. Whether it is driven can be applied also on FBWS ... PRI: FBWS .. PRI

Drive SYS lamp (If debouncing is done)

xxxx x0xx

NO

xxxx x1xx

YES


19 April 2002 Error Handling - Data set parameters for each error path

DS / ESA

Page 6-8

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.4

Data set parameters for each error

To determine the Vorentprellzeiten or number of events for each error a Parameter block defines constructed as follows: Parameter Name Unit Function FBWE .. A

microsecondsDebouncing / for final Number defective

FBWE .. B

microsecondsDebouncing / for operational Number cured Bit mask for Error Description VAG Code - Error -

FBWE .. T LOW byte FBWE .. T HIGH byte FBWE .. V

FBWE .. C

-

VAG Code - Fault

-

CARB code by SAE1979

Must with event-triggered errors be administered in a 0, if the -Supervision only once per Driving cycle.

see Section 6.4.1 Memory code: reading the Error memory via KW71 Memory code: reading the Error memory via KW71 Memory code: reading the Error memory via OBD Scan Tools with word address 33hex

6.4.1 debouncing for entry and healing In Applikaton of records must distinguish between time-and event-driven errors be. In timed errors corresponds to the entry of the absolute time at event-driven mistakes of the number of error messages of this error. 6.4.2 Error type (fbwE.. T Low byte) Bit No.

State function

0

1

01d 01h

0

1

1

02d 02h

time-controlled; An error has for a time are detected continuously, thus the classification on finally broken takes place. The review is carried out of time only if an error is a test Result reports! event-driven; An error has for a number of Messages of error test be reported continuously, thus the finally broken Classification is. no fault storage; Is not for this error Fault memory performed. The Vorentprellung and the replacement function takes place as applied. Fault memory

MUST NOT BE CHANGED!

MUST TO TYPE OF TEST ERROR (CALL FREQUENCY) BEWARE! IS ONLY BY SW UNCHANGEABLE!

be applied

0


DS / ESA

Error Handling - Data set parameters for each error

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Bit No.

State function

2

1

04d 04h

3 08d 08h

0 1

0

4

1

16d 10h

0 5

1

32d 20h 0 6 64d 40h

1

0 7

1

128d 80h

0

not self-extinguishing (By Warm Up Cycle); An error from the error memory not automatically deleted, but after Expiration of the clear counter for CARB invisible. self-extinguishing (By Warm Up Cycle) MIL drive (flashing) even then, when errors finally broken classified is MIL-control when errors in Error memory according FBWS .. PRI

be applied For all errors of the path should this bit are applied equally, otherwise inherits the next error bit from the error of the path-Ersteintrages.

be applied For all errors of the path should this bit is be applied, otherwise inherits the next error from the bit error of the Path Ersteintrages. be applied

in the wake there is no Vorentprellung an error and thus no error storage. The error is not permanently damaged but also not healed! There is also no replacement function ! Treatment in the wake as in Normal operation No replacement function on these Error, that is the fault memory be applied occurs normally, but the driving software do not get to see the error All replacement functions to this error be performed At low voltage terminal 15 4.5 V

19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 6-10

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The monitoring of the error can be hidden in the function of the Terminal 15 voltage. If the corresponding bit of the parameter set FBWE .... T is no Vorentprellung and therefore no error entry and no replacement reaction. (See also "Delay - Low voltage K15") FBWE .... T

Error suppression at low K15 Voltage (anmK15
x0x0xxxx

NO

x0x1xxxx

NO

x1x0xxxx

YES

x1x1xxxx

YES

Error suppression when detected Follow-on dimK15 NO YES NO YES

The high byte of the label FBWE ... T is used for application of fault diagnosis in the function used (see also section Error handling - memory codes).


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.4.3 Memory Codes 6.4.3.1 VAG codes - FSP read with VAG Tester - KW71 Each error will be applied three independent bytes as text pointer for the tester assigned (error location and error type). In VAG-Mode (address word 01) is the 2-byte error on the error parameter label determined FBWE ... V and 1 byte on the type of error (fbwE. .. T / high byte). "Read error memory" Through the VAG tester function, the fault memory of the SG read be. For this purpose, three data bytes in the ISO block (07) are transmitted per fault memory entry, which are constructed as follows: Error Code HIGH 15

Error Code LOW 87

Error type 07

0

Error code With the error code, the component or the function is described, which is defective, for example: "PEDAL TRANSDUCER". For this code (administrable records: FBWE ... V) is in the tester a Plaintext generated, which is output on the display. However, the memory code is not set to 0 be applied, otherwise the "output end" appears on the VAG tester.

Error type Bit_7 in the state of the error that is static (0), or sporadically (1) is stored on the tester by means of "/ SP" is displayed at the right edge in the second line of the display. In Bit_0-6, a code is stored (administrable record: High byte of FBWE ... T) over the Reason for the error information out there, such as: "SIGNAL TOO BIG ". From this code is in the tester a plaintext generated which is given on the second line of the display. Note: In VAG codes (from ... FBWE V) already generate two-line displays on the tester (usually in VAG Code converted CARB codes), should the error type (high byte of the label FBWE ... T) only to $ 23 (= no display) are applied to avoid text overlapping. Example for display on VAG tester:

Pedal position sensor Signal too large Attention!

/ SP

Are in a Error path several Set error's, so be on the Tester output according to many mistakes.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 6-12

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.4.3.2 CARB Codes - FSP foreign. with OBD II scan tool with word Addr 33 In OBD mode (address word 33, Mode03 and 07), the error code from the error parameter is Label FBWE ... C determined. (See Interface Description from 08/04/97 VAG 1551 and SAE J2012) This error word consists of 4 nibbles (= 16 bit) the first nibble of a classification of the errors performs in classes. The last 3 nibbles are the actual code in BCD representation (0-999). See also: DRAFT SAE J1979 Revised for ISO 14230-4 Mode $ 03 Request Emission-Related Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Codes It issued $ 03 only emissions-related faults in fashion, ie the corresponding error paths need with priority 2 or 3 (fbwSPRI. .. is then greater than 1) are applied.

Example of the construction of a CARB conformal error codes (Throttle Position Sensor Reference Voltage Error p1219): Vehicle system

Diagnostic code

(P = Powertrain)

Error code

(0-3)

(0-999)

CARB code

P

1

2

1

9

Application binary value

00

01

0010

0001

1001

2

1

9

Application value of Hex

1


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.5

Error memory management

Up to eight errors in an error path summarized (see Appendix E). A fault is defined by the error in the error path, where 0 means intact and one defective. The example of the speed encoder, this looks as follows: The sensor speed sensor (DZG) is the Associated error path fboSDZG. He is on static plausibility (fbbEDZG_S = Bit 6) dynamic plausibility (fbbEDZG_D = Bit 5), plausibility with the boost pressure (fbbEDZG_L = Bit 4) and overspeed (fbbEDZG_U bit = 1) monitors. If an error (= an error) in a Error path set and the error as finally broken classified, an error entry in the Error memory. There can be a maximum fault memory entry per error path. That For example, the error fbbEDZG_D set "speed encoder dynamically broken", it is the Error path fboSDZG saved. If the error occurs healed and instead the error fbbEDZG_U (overspeed) on, then there is no further entry, but the already existing is updated.

The fault debouncing starts after Steuergeräteinitialisierung always with the condition "no Error exists ". That is, when the control device reset is always the same condition exists. Error conditions from previous trips have no more impact. Exception About the T parameter can be applied, that the last test result from a previous Driving cycle is visible to the replacement function. (Application: tracking tests)

For each fault path a olda FBOs .. exists with eight Fehlerzustandsbits and a olda fboO .. with eight status bits that provide information on whether a monitoring since "ignition on" already is carried out (bit = 1), i.e. the error was once gutgemeldet or is permanently damaged. Not Unused bits are initialized to 1. In addition, collection are olda's (path error: fboS_00, FBOs .. 02, ..., path tested: fboO_00, fboO .. 02, ...) available in which 16 per olda error paths are combined (1 bit per path in the order of the paths see Appendix E).


19 April 2002

Error Handling - Error memory management

DS / ESA

Page 6-14

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Fault conditions in the fault memory:

final defect detection Not path in the FSP registered

1

after Fehlervorentprellung

provisionally registered: - Environments saved - MIL-out - Diagnostic Mode 7 Error not confirmed during Eintragsentprellung

delete on WUC

3 cured registered: - Environments saved - Diagnostic Mode 3

Error confirmed during Entry debouncing

direct error entry

2 Error disappeared, Heilungsentprellung expired

debounced registered: - Environments saved - MIL lamp system to - Diagnostic Mode 3

Reported error again

Figure UEBEFB03: Error states Condition 1 (Provisional error): After an error by the Vorentprellung as finally broken was classified, he is in Fault memory stored as a temporary error with the associated environmental conditions.

Condition 2 (Debounced error): If this is confirmed a provisional registered error in further error checks, then it is debounced entered. In this state, the associated error light turns on and by OBDII errors then the error on the diagnostic to the OBDII tester (generic scan tool) is reported.

Condition 3 (healed error): If the error no longer occurred long enough he will be healed. The indicator lamp is not more controlled (for this error) and the error waiting for extinction by "warm up" cycles. In this condition, the error is still visible on the diagnostic interface. The diagram is the condition for the diagnosis of the OBDII tester indicated. For the VAG tester all States (1-3) reported.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-15

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.5.1 Driving Cycle (DC) As Entprellzyklus comes the "Driving Cycle" (DC) used: The DC is determined separately for each path, ie any error of the path must state have tested. (Collective olda fboO_ .. or path olda fboO ...) A DC is reached when all the errors testing of a path were executed at least once and no Fehlervorentprellung for one of these error checks stopped running or an error in the path occurred. After a DC ignition is first reached for a path. After a path reaching the DC has the Error debounce counter are updated. Thereafter, the state of the DC to change Off no longer the ignition. That is, it can per "trip" (per basic initialization of the SG) only one DC can be achieved. 6.5.2 Warm Up Cycle (WUC) The counter for the self-quenching are decremented only when reaching a warm-up cycle. This is detected if for "ignition on" AND Once the waiting time fbwVERW_SZ the Water temperature has increased by at least fbwVERW_DT AND the value fbwVERW_ET has reached (fbmWUC = 255). If this is the case, for all faults, for which for the debouncing Healing has expired (Bit_6 the status is cleared), decrements the counter for self-quenching. If this counter reaches zero, the corresponding error is removed from the error memory, but only under the condition that the self-quenching is not disabled by FBWE .. T. Any existing related Freeze Frame is also deleted. With a defective Water temperature sensor can not warm up cycle can be achieved.

6.5.3 General data set parameters The following parameters are defined for the general administration of: Parameter

Function

fbwVERW_ET fbwVERW_DT fbwVERW_SZ

Warm Up Cycle final temperature Warm Up Cycle differential temperature Warm Up Cycle blocking time after initialization (time at which the detection of the Is delayed starting temperature after ignition on) Time base for cycle management Initial value for the self-quenching (value, with the clear counter during is initialized current entry value is in realization of present meaningless, only needs to be> 0.) Starting value for the self-quenching (value, with the clear counter at entprelltem Is initialized fault memory entry) This value indicates how many WUC's are necessary for a healed fault memory entry from the Fault memory must be erased.

fbwVERW_ZB fbwVERW_LI

fbwVERW_LS

With the switch cowVAR_OBD (bit 0), one can apply if a MIL lamp is available: cowVAR_OBD (bit 0) = 1 MIL lamp available cowVAR_OBD (bit 0) = 0 MIL lamp is not available, the SYS lamp is additionally controls if the MIL lamp should be activated.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 6-16

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Readiness In SG, there are the following emission-related components that are monitored:     

Review the overall system Test fuel system Zündaussetzerüberwachung Catalyst Exhaust gas recirculation

=Comprehensive component monitoring =Fuel system monitoring = Misfire monitoring = Catalyst monitoring = EGR system monitoring

Each component can be assigned to several Readinessbits and error paths in SG. Readiness a component (= Readinessbit set) is the deadline set in the component fbwRDY_Cnt applied number of DC reached, ie all members of the Readiness error tests must be done as often. The result of the fault test is not relevant. Error paths that the Can prevent an emission related test path must exhaust-relevant (priority 2 and 3) be applied and assigned to a Readinessbit. This ensures that the MIL Lamp comes on and Readiness is achieved. The allocation error path - Readinessbit done with FBWS ... PRI: Record FBWS PRI ...

Path belongs to:

0000 0xxx 1000 0xxx 0100 0xxx 0010 0xxx 0001 0xxx 0000 1xxx

no OBD path "Comprehensive components" "Fuel system" "Misfire monitoring" "Catalyst monitoring" "EGR system monitoring"

DatensatzOLDA Bit Pos CARB number of paths

Olda Number tested

fbwRBP_COM fbwRBP_FUE fbwRBP_MIS fbwRBP_CAT fbwRBP_EGR

fboO_COM_T fboO_FUE_T fboO_MIS_T fboO_CAT_T fboO_EGR_T

fboO_COM_P fboO_FUE_P fboO_MIS_P fboO_CAT_P fboO_EGR_P

It is possible to simultaneously assign a path several Readinessbits. This can be, for example, the Ensuring compliance with statutory requirement to set Readiness for continuous tests only after Readiness of the non-continuous tests was achieved. Readinessbits that were not associated with a path can be automatically when not in the diagnosis support reported. About the OLDAS (fboO_. .. _P, fboO_ ... _T), for each Readinessbit the Number of the corresponding paths and the number of paths corresponding tested are determined. (The number of associated paths is determined once at the initialization). The messages fbmCPID1AB (Mode 01 - Pid 01 - Data A and Data B) and fbmCPID1CD (Carb Fashion 01 - Pid 01 - Data C Data and D) show the Readinessbits to the way they have the diagnosis be issued. With fbwRBP_ ... you can apply the bit position within the display (See chapter Diagnostics - parameter identification). In addition to the messages fbmCPID1AB and fbmCPID1CD the readiness information is also displayed in the Message xcmRdBits to display on VAG tester. The message is only updated when the diagnosis to the tester is activated. The number of relevant OBD error is in the message xcmOBD_ANZ available that also updates only with active diagnosis will.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-17

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

xcmRdBits: Bit7Bit6 compreh.fuel system components

Bit 5 misfire monitoring

Bit 4 catalyst monitoring

Bit 3 EGR system

Bit 2 unoccupied, always 0

Bit1 unoccupied, always 0




Reaches 0 ... Readinessbit Not reached 1 ... Readinessbit In addition to the Readinessbits status bits are determined and in the olda fbmRyBits displayed: Bit7Bit6 compreh.fuel system components

Bit 5 misfire monitoring

Bit 4 catalyst monitoring

Bit 3 EGR system

Bit 2 unoccupied, always 0

0 ... all belonging to this Readinessbit paths has already been tested during this DC 1 ... there have not been tested all belonging to this Readinessbit paths. Warning: For the status bit fbmRyBit.3 EGR system monitoring, in addition to the test status as the relevant applied error paths, two other release conditions for setting the status to tested necessary. The monitoring of the control deviation aroEueb.2 must for the applicable time arwRdyARUe permanently released, the exhaust gas recirculation for the time aroAUS_B arwRdyARau have been permanently disabled. These conditions are the only initializes SG reset. Visible are armAGRstat in the message, bit 0 for monitoring, bit 1 for deactivation of exhaust gas recirculation. With the first condition, the Readiness to be only achieved if the SG long enough in the monitoring area was to be able to recognize an ARF deviation. The second condition Readiness should be long delayed until HFM / LDF Plausibility detection was possible.

For each Readinesbit in the EEPROM is a 2-bit counter carried (= DC a counter Readinessbits). The counters are summarized in the Message fbmRDYNES. Assignment of olda fbmRDYNES: Bit15 Bit14 Bit13 Bit12 Bit11 Bit10 Bit9 Bit8 00000010 EGR system monitoring

Bit 7 Bit 6 10 catalyst monitoring

Bit 5 Bit 4 10 misfire monitoring

Bit 3 Bit 2 10 fuel system monitoring

Bit1 bit0 10 comprehens. comp. monit.

These counters are set to 0 when deleting the error memory. Each time the a The corresponding 2-bit counter is readiness bit associated status from 1 to 0 increases. The Counter is hereby limited to 3. When the counter reaches a value greater than a value which in fbwRDY_Cnt (Coded as well as fbmRDYNES) is applied, then the Readinessbit is set. If an error is registered debounced, so the counter is set to the value 3 (so that ensures that, when of driven MIL lamp also Readiness is reported).

Application Note: After sensor change, the fault memory must wait deleted and Readiness! (Only then it can be determined that, for example error no longer exists).


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 6-18

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.6

Fault memory

The error memory consists of up to five error entries and a freeze frame. A Fault memory entry is structured as follows: Byte Description No. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Influence by Application

Path number (see Appendix F) Status Of fault current Debounced error type Debounce counter for Statusbit_6 start value in FBWS ... FLC Debounce counter for error recovery start value in FBWS ... HLC Counter for self-quenching starting value in fbwVERW_LS Frequency counter Environmental condition 1appl. by FBWS ... UB1 Environmental condition 2appl. by FBWS ... UB2 Environmental condition 3appl. by FBWS ... UB3 Environmental condition 4appl. by FBWS ... UB4 Environmental condition 5appl. by FBWS ... UB5

NO YES (Bit_0, 1.4) NO NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES

Olda fboFS.PFD fboFS.STA fboFS.FAA fboFS.FAE fboFS.FLZ fboFS.HLZ fboFS.SLZ fboFS.HFZ fboFS.UB1 fboFS.UB2 fboFS.UB3 fboFS.UB4 fboFS.UB5

Status (1-byte) In this byte, relevant control bits are added for error handling. The structure of this byte is as follows: 76

43210

Bit Value Meaning 0 1

1 1

2

1

3

1

4 5 6

1

7

1

1

Exhaust Relevant error (Priority 2 or 3 applied, FBWS .. PRI) For classification of an error as finally broken is used to trigger the MIL (Flashing), regardless of the status of the AVR. This is for catalyst dangerous error provided and can be applied by means of 3 FBWE .. T bit. Errors are currently available, is set when errors than finally broken is recognized or cleared when the error is classified as cured in operation Sporadic error exists is set if the frequency counter is greater than 1 will. Error is not self-extinguishing can be administered using FBWE .. T bit 2. unused is set after debouncing has expired or deleted if Heilungsentprellung has expired. Activation of the MIL or SYS lamp when applied by FBWS .. PRI. All errors in byte 2 (fault current) of the FSP are at the beginning of the next Driving cycle to the state of "final defective " set if the status bit 2 (error currently available) is also set. This bit can be administered using FBWE .. T bit 7 be.


DS / ESA

Error Handling - Error memory

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-19

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Of fault current (byte 2) Last error condition (error bits) of the error path. Is not preserved even if path more is defective. Will be updated if path is again defective. About the diagnosis, only the Error whose bits are set in this byte output.

Of error softened (byte 3) Is a copy of the error path of error (bit) s if this the first time faulty as final is classified and stored in the fault memory.

Debounce counter for Statusbit_6 (byte 4) Counter with the debouncing is performed when the fault entry. This is used as long as a Fault memory entry is currently registered. Initialization FBWS .. FLC.

Debounce counter for error recovery (Byte_5) Contains the count of the debouncing for error recovery. After debouncing Bit_6 is (Error debounced) of the status deleted. The counter is initialized with FBWS .. HLC when an error the first time is entered debounced. After an initialization always occurs when the Error occurs again. Counter for self-quenching (Byte_6) Contains the count of self-quenching. With the value of the counter is fbwVERW_LS initialized when the error path is entered debounced and then whenever the Error path is currently broken. The counter is decremented when a warm up cycle is reached AND when the debounce counter for Statusbit_6 AND Error correction are zero. When it reaches the value 0, the error entry is removed from the error memory, if not by the parameter FBWE .. T (Bit_2) is locked. If the deletion is locked, the error of the tester OBDII invisible.

Frequency counter (Byte_7) Is incremented each time a fault in the operation of cured finally broken changes. He has an upper limit to the value 255.

Environmental conditions 1-5 (Byte_8 - 12) These are when first entering an error when the error as finally broken is classified, read, standardized and stored in the fault memory. The environmental conditions are not updated when changes in the error path. That is, they correspond to the conditions at initial recognition of the fault damaged as final, so the third Byte an error entry (Fault-bounced).


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 6-20

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.6.1 Behaviour at full fault memory If the error memory is full and a new error as finally broken recognized its error path is not yet in the error memory, the fault memory after low-priority errors is searched. If such an entry is found, it is removed. At the time Order to obtain the registered error upright, the following Moved up error messages and entered the new error at the end. 6.6.2 Freeze frame The freeze frame is an applicable comprehensive set of environmental conditions. About the OBDII Diagnostic Tester (SAE generic scan tool) can only read these environmental conditions (not the 5 per custom fault memory entry). By means of fbwFFRM_01 - 15 can be applied at the freeze frame up to 15 environmental conditions. The environmental conditions be selected via message numbers, where for OBDII only the message numbers ≤h0f00 should be used (some other normalization to the diagnostic interface).

Allocation of freeze frames: The freeze frame is occupied when the first time a fault path with priority 2 or 3 final is defective and stored in the fault memory. About the variant switch cowVAR_OBD can be applied whether the freeze frame for the Diagnosis only becomes visible when the error has confirmed (debounced or cured entered, cowVAR_OBD bit 7 = 1) or is visible as soon as the freeze frame is used (cowVAR_OBD Bit 7 = 0). Is the Freeze frame with an error path with priority 2 proves he can from an error path be re-assigned priority 3. If the belonging to a freeze frame Delete fault memory entry from the error memory, the freeze frame will be erased. It may happen, therefore, that the fault memory is almost full and no valid freezeframe exists. The next occurring fault with priority 2 or 3 will then seize him again.

Construction: Byte Description No. 0 1 2 ... 16

Path number of the error path (see Appendix E) = FFH when unoccupied Error type (copy of byte 3 of the associated error memory entry) 1 Environmental condition ... 15 Environmental condition


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-21

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Replacement value treatment for Freeze Frame and diagnosis: In OBDII law it is required that as environmental conditions (freeze frame and live values) the actual values, not substitute values are used. If only used replacement values , so this must be clearly distinguished from valid values. The analog value acquisition holds the last valid value before an SRC error. After the Vorentprellung is the Replacement value is specified. Which belongs to such analog value message has therefore always Values which do not differ from current sensor values. To the OBDII requirement still functionality, can for the message numbers 0000h - 0011h applied a special treatment be. If the associated path for message number (assigned by fbwPIDPF ..) SRC low or SRC high is defective, a instead of the current members of the Message number Message administrable value stored. The value to be stored can be used for SRC low (fbwEWLO_..) And SRC high (fbwEWHI_..) Are applied separately for each message number.

fbwPIDPF00 ..... fbwPIDPF11 (hex)

Path number for PID 00 .. 11h (Message numbers 0000h - 0011h). If the path number applied to 255, it is always the current PID Value is stored. Replacement value at SRC low error in the path fbwPIDPF .. for associated PID (Message number)

fbwEWLO_00 .... fbwEWLO_11 (hex) fbwEWHI_00Ersatzwert at SRC high error in the path fbwPIDPF .. for its PID ...... (Message number) fbwEWHI_11 (hex)

PID: see chapter "Parameter Identification".


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 6-22

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.7

Activation of the MIL - lamp

The MIL lamp (ehmFMIL) is activated under the following conditions (fbmMIL): Value range of the olda fbmMIL (bit-coded): -

0 1

-

2 3 4 5 6 7

= An emission-related fault (fbwS.. PRI.1 = 1) is registered debounced in the fault memory. = An emission-related, catalyst hazardous error (fbwE.. Bit_3 T) is finally broken (Flashing lamp) = Continuous light (fbwT_MIMAX = infinite) = Lamp test 1 (n = fbwT_MIDRZ and t
The MIL lamp test is used for visual check of the functionality of the driver. It takes place after "ignition on" and is as follows be applied:

Name

Description

fbwT_MIMAX

Duration of the lamp testing, and if maximum value is automatically shut down after Exceeding fbwT_MIDRZ and sequence of fbwT_MITES Speed threshold Duration of the lamp test after exceeding of fbwT_MIDRZ, the lamp is also switched off when the time has not expired fbwT_MIMAX. If a emission-related error, the activation of the MIL is delayed around the time fbwT_MIVER (see olda fbmMIL). Flashing frequency emissions related, catalyst hazardous error (half Period)

fbwT_MIDRZ fbwT_MITES FbwT_MIVER FbwT_MIBLK

Is a catalyst hazardous faults are active (MIL flashes), so has the demand from an external Control unit to control the MIL no effect in all other cases, the ext. Requirements and the requirements of the EDC ORs. The gearbox control unit has the opportunity to request a MIL request via CAN (RCOS Message mrmCANMIL).


DS / ESA

Error handling - Control of MIL - lamp

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.8

Control of the system lamp

The diagnostic lamp (ehmFDIA) is activated under the following conditions (fbmDIAL):

Value range of the Olda fbmDIAL (bit-coded): -

0

-

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

= An error (at FBWS .. PRI - bit 2 = 1) is entered in the fault memory and debounced not healed in the status (HLC = 0) = Not used = Continuous light (fbwT_DIMAX = infinite) = Lamp test 1 (n = fbwT_DIDRZ and t
The lamp test is used for visual check of the functionality of the driver. He takes place after "ignition on" and is as follows be applied:

Name

Description

fbwT_DIMAX

Duration of the lamp testing, and if maximum value is automatically shut down after Exceeding fbwT_DIDRZ and sequence of fbwT_DITES Speed threshold Duration of the lamp test after exceeding of fbwT_DIDRZ, the lamp is also switched off when the time has not expired fbwT_DIMAX. If an error (at FBWS .. PRI - bit 2 = 1) debounced stored in the fault memory, Thus, the driving of the lamp is delayed by the time fbwT_DIVER. Flashing frequency to be displayed in error (half the period)

fbwT_DIDRZ fbwT_DITES fbwT_DIVER fbwT_DIBLK

CowSYS_LMP means a lamp at the same time as pre - heat and used as a fault lamp (0 for incandescent lamp and error separately, 1 = System lamp). To distinguish an error Preheating of the lamp is driven with the blinking frequency fbwT_DIBLK.


19 April 2002

Error handling - Control of the lamp system

DS / ESA

Page 6-24

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

6.9

Terminology used

Error Smallest monitoring unit (eg: "Signal range check low" is a mistake). Timed error (Vorentprellung) The debounce a timed error is administrable by expiration times. Event-driven error (Vorentprellung) The debounce an event-driven error made by counting certain error-dependent Events such as Actuating a contact. The values until a state is debounced can be applied. Error path Summary of up to eight individual errors, the same component / function / Sensor concern. "Provisionally defective" (Vorentprellung, per error) Due to a faulty state is determined by the error handling error as provisional defective set. If this during the assigned debounce time (be applied) healed is, it will reset again. An analog inputs while the state "provisionally defective, the last valid value is "frozen. "Permanently damaged" (Vorentprellung, per error) An error condition remains throughout, assigned to debounce time (be applied) upright. Any substitute functions are performed. "Provisionally healed" (Vorentprellung, per error) An error had been "permanently broken" no longer occurs. As long debounce time for healing running error is provisionally cured. "Cured in operation" (Vorentprellung, per error) An error had been "permanently broken" is longer than the debounce time for cure is no longer occurred. Replacement reactions are withdrawn. current fault (fault memory management, path): An error was detected in the diagnosis. It is tentatively including in the error memory Environmental conditions have been entered. The diagnostic lamp is still pending. If it is within the Eintragsentprellzyklenzeit not confirmed, it will be deleted. debounced error (error memory management, path): A current fault has been confirmed after the debouncing. He is correct in the error memory entered, the warning lamp comes on. The error is only through healing and erase procedure (or Delete on Tester) removed. healed error (error memory management, path): An error in the already "de-bounced" in the fault memory was registered long enough not available and was healed on the Heilungsentprellung. The diagnostic lamp was off.


DS / ESA

Error handling - Terms used

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 6-25

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

CARB (California Air Resource Board) California exhaust Authority OBDII (On Board Diagnostics II) Is a statute enacted by the California CARB exhaust Authority Act. It prescribes, in all Passenger cars, light trucks and other medium to heavy vehicles all electronically controlled, emission-related functions to be monitored. In addition, a fault indicator lamp (MIL) and standardized diagnostic interface required. It shall be observed constraints on when the lamp is controlled and cleared. If a vehicle is not for certification in California is applied, the notes do not apply with respect to OBDII in this chapter. It can then all possibilities are exhausted! Driving Cycle (DC) A DC consists of engine start, engine operation and engine. There is any error now individually debounced, that is, regardless of whether other test have been performed. A DC is for an error path can only be achieved if the error path has been fully tested. Warm Up Cycle (WUC) OBDII Entprellzyklus Error Clear (self-extinguishing), is achieved when the Water temperature has reached an applicable value and since the engine is started by a administrable value has risen. Readiness (bits) Is retrieved from the scan tool, and is given when the counter of the respective Readinessbits (Counter in fbmRDYNES, see text) has the value in fbwRDY_Cnt reached or exceeded. The Counter is incremented each time the bit error associated with all paths have been tested (All related paths have reached a DC). Using the Readiness information, a see attached tester whether since the last erasing the fault memory already (was gone) sufficient tests were carried out so that any existing errors is also in the fault memory. Freeze Frame Memory in which at one emission-related fault occurs (Priority 2 or 3) administered Environmental conditions are stored. MIL (Malfunction Indicator Lamp) A required by the CARB for OBDII fault lamp for emission-related fault. MIL Request The MIL can be controlled only by the EDC, other control units have the option MIL request to drive the MIL. This is achieved via the input MIL-E on the EDC, is monitored and analyzed by the software. Alternatively, instead of the CAN and Bus are used. VAG tester Workshops tester VAG Group. Tool for diagnosis of all control units in a Vehicle.


19 April 2002

Error handling - Terms used

DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7 Diagnostics 7.1

Survey

External communication can KW 71 (Standard test device), or KW 2000 (OBDII Scan Tool) take place. It is determined during stimulation of the control device by the test device, which operating mode should be used. The irritation (initialization) with 5 Baud is divided into a functional and a physical part, the basis of the communication structure (initialization, addressing) is distinguishable. With functional addresses systems are addressed (eg emission-relevant System) and physical addresses individual control devices (SG), wherein a system also only a SG can be made. The selection of the operating mode to be used will be based on Address word, which clearly defines the required type of communication. The irritation is carried out by a from the tester (TG) on the K-line rendered with 5 baud Address word and is as follows (in order of transmission): - 1 start bit (logical "0", low-potential) -

7 data bits (address word), starting with the LSB wherein: xcwSGADR phys SG-address = 71 KW 33 hexfunkt. SG-address = emission-relevant system 08 hexphys. SG-address = controller -1 parity bit The parity is checked in KW 71 corresponding to the entry in xcwDIASCH. For the functional. Addressing applies even parity, while for the physical addressing odd parity applies. -One stop bit (logic "1" HIGH potential)

The baud rate for further communication is established for the standard tester with 9600 baud, while valid for the "OBDII scan tool" 10400 baud. The control unit stops the irritation when -

the start bit is invalid (even on failure) or after all data bits have been received and the data bits are disturbed has received the address wrong parity the received address is not known is recognized not a valid stop bit (even on failure) the average speed exceeds the threshold xcw_n_Reiz (only 71 KW)

When canceling the irritation recognition is after the time xcwt_ini automatically resets Irritation detection enabled.


19 April 2002

Diagnosis - Overview

DS / ESA

Page 7-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.2

Standard protocol

The external communication by KW71 consists of two tasks: -

Communications handler Command interpreter

The communication handler handles the communication tasks of the diagnosis as the hardware level: -

Responding to the recognized by the communication stimulator mode Connection Data transfer according to predetermined timings

The command interpreter does not, regarding the SW level following tasks: -

Interpretation of received request blocks Exchange of information with system components Creating a response blocks

7.2.1 Establish communication logic "1"

SG-identification

Communication structure TG

logic "0" T0

SG T1

SG Ta

SG Tb

TG T4

SG P2

TG T4

SG T3

TG

SG

T4

Initialization with 5 baud (address) Synchronization byte 55H Keybytes 1 and 2 2 Inverted Keybyte 1 SG byte ID Inverted 1 Byte 2 SG byte ID Inverted 2 Byte ETX

Figure XCOM01: communication after ISO 9141 for KW 71 T0 ... xcwt_ini, T1 ... xcwt_sync, Ta ... xcwt_kw1, Tb ... xcwt_kw2, P2 ... xcwt_reabl, T3 ... xcwt_reaby, T4
the sync byte (55 hex, 8 data bits / no parity) from the SG to the TG the two Keybytes xcwKeybyt1 and xcwKeybyt2 (7 data bits / parity odd) and the logical inversion of the second Keybytes from the TG to the SG


DS / ESA

Diagnosis - standard protocol

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

This communication structure can be repeated in case of failure without further irritation to the it programmed in the SG number xcwFehzmax is reached. This error event occurs when the Xcwt_outby time for the logical inversion of the second Keybytes is exceeded or a SG false inversion receives. The SG then begins again with the output of Synchronization bytes. 7.2.2 Communication Sequence The communication process begins with the first block of the control unit identification, which the Controller independently after receiving the logical inversion of the second Keybytes sends. The ECU identification may include multiple blocks depending on the scope. Each of these blocks is answered with proper communication with an "Acknowledge" block by the tester. Request block of the Tester SG

TG P1

SG T3

TG T4

SG T3

Response block of Controller TG

SG P2

TG T4

SG T3

TG

SG

T4

TG P1

ETX 1 Byte beg. block Inverted 1 Byte 2 Byte request block Inverted 2 Byte ETX 1 Byte response block Inverted 1 Byte 2 Response byte block Inverted 2 Byte ETX

Figure XCOM02: Communication sequence P1
Block counter - consecutive number of the block. It starts at 1 In block counter is> 255 the block counter is reset to 0 -Block title (designation of the request or response block -Data portion - maximum of 169 bytes -ETX - end of block indicator

The from the master (transmitter of the block) output bytes from the slave (receiver of the Block) byte by byte returned inverted. With this form of output, the master receives immediately after each byte the information whether the output byte has also been received correctly.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-4

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

If during the block transfer time xcwt_outby (byte timeout) is exceeded, go both the TG and the SG back to the beginning of the block transfer. The master waits another timeout time unit, then went with the reissue of the first byte of the block begins to ensure that the slave is decreased in any case in the time-out. The last byte of a block (ETX) is not returned by the slave. If the last byte correctly received by the slave, so he assumes the master function and can with the transfer start of the next block. If an incorrect reception of the last byte (content wrong or absent), the slave, the possibility to repeat the block just received. For this purpose, it sends the block "No Acknowledge" with the block counter of the repeated block. The communication sequence ends with the "Diagnostics-end" if he does not turn off the ignition is canceled. Between the first and the last block of the Communication sequence is a constant change of master - slave and function instead, ie the Transmission direction of two consecutive blocks is never the same. When the distance between two blocks exceeds the time xcwt_outbl (block timeout) breaks the connection from the SG. As long, therefore, sent from TG no request block to the SG is called "Acknowledge" blocks are exchanged to a once developed To obtain connection alive. Furthermore, these blocks form a supervisory role over the Functionality of the K-line. To send a request block, the TG has to wait until it holds the master function, and inserts it instead of a "Acknowledge" block. The SG answers after the time xcwt_reabl with an appropriate response block.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.3

Standard telegram contents

Function

Block-block-VAG titelid

Generally Read control unit identification Read RAM cells Read ROM / EPROM cells Clear fault memory Diagnostic end Read fault memory Read ADC channel Acknowledge No Acknowledge Read ECU-specific addresses Parameter coding Read E2PROM Write E2PROM Login Request Control device outputs Actuator test Initiate / continue turn Measured values Reading Read normalized

Adaptation Reading Testing Save Basic setting Initiate Initiate normalized

Function) Block title) BlockID) VAG)

00 01 03 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 10 19 1A 2B

B05 B20 B21 B07 B03 B06 B19 B01 B02 B13 B23 B24 B17

01 20 21 05 06 02 09 07 26 27 11

04

B08

03

12 29

B10 B12

08 00 01 to 08 08 25

21 22 2A

B14 B15 B16

10 10 10

11 28

B09 B11

04 00 04 xx

Name of the executed function in the SG and in the tester internal SG and tester ID Specification identification VAG tester function number


19 April 2002

Diagnosis - Standard telegram contents

DS / ESA

Page 7-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Read 7.3.1 SG identification This function is used to establish the identity of the controller with respect to hardware version, Software version and date of manufacture. After a successful attempt to establish communication are the controller independently of its entire identification. Thereafter, the ID be accessed via a separate request block at any time. The control unit identification comprises 4 blocks. Each of these blocks is individually to the tester transmitted and, with proper transmission with an acknowledge block from the tester answered. The display of the tester provides the data as follows (2 examples): Displaynummer1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 4 D 0 7 9 0 4 0 1 ___

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 2, 5 l _ 5 _ R T D I _

2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 0 0 A G __ D 0 0

4 D 0 7 9 0 4 0 1 ___

2, 5 l _ 5 _ R T D I _

G 1 0 7 A G __ D 0 0

Data transfer: Transmitter Tester Requirement

Control unit 1 Block

Byte 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 B01

Hex $ 03 z $ 00 $ 03 $ 1B z +1 $ F6 $ 34 $ 44 $ 30 $ 39 $ 30 $ 37 $ 34 $ 30 $ 31 $ 20 $ 20 $ 20 $ 32 $ 2C $ 35 $ 6C $ 20 $ 52 $ 35 $ 20 $ 54 $ 44 $ 49 $ 20 $ 03

ASCII

Display

ETX

4 D 0 9 0 7 4 0 1

2 . 5 l

R 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Title Block length Block counter on bus Block title End of Block Block length Block counter on bus Block title Device number Application via xcwSGBlk1

Index Index Spaces Designation

T D I ETX Tester

End of Block z +2 Acknowledge


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Transmitter Control unit 2 Block

Byte

Hex 1 2 3 4

$ 07 z +3 $ F6 $ 30 $ 47 $ 41 $ 56

5

$ 30 $ 31 $ 32 $ 33 $ 34 $ 35 $ 36 $ 37 $ 30 $ 31 $ 32 $ 33 $ 34 $ 35 $ 36 $ 37 $ 30 $ 31 $ 32 $ 33 $ 34 $ 35 $ 36 $ 37 $ 03

6

7

ASCII

Display

0 G A V

25

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ETX

26

27

28

Title Block length Block counter on bus Block title Zero or GRA is enabled or ADR is enabled ADR: Acceleration time, var speed threshold or fixed speed equal to the default value no adjustment Adjustment A Adjustment B Adaptation A & B Adjustment C Adjustment A & C Adaptation B & C Adaptation A & B & C no adjustment Adjustment D Adaptation e Adapting D & D Adjustment F Adapting D & F Adaptation E & F Adapting D & E & F no adjustment Adaptation G Adjustment H Adaptation G & H Adaptation I Adaptation G & I Adjustment H & I Adaptation G & H & I End of Block z +4 Acknowledge

8 B01

Tester


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-8

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Overview of the supported customization features: VAG 100 200 400 010 020 040 001 002 004

A B C D E F G B I

VAG) No.) Adaptation) Olda)

No. 01 02 03 05 04 12 18 Login Login OR 30

Adaptation Limiting amount Idle speed Exhaust gas recirculation Starting quantity Start of injection / delivery start Preheating Maximum speed limit Fuel cooling FGG speedometer constant switching OR VE-quantity adjustment

Olda mrmBEGaAGL or mrmBEGmAGL mrmLLR_AGL armARF_AGL mrmSTA_AGL sbmAGL_SBR / fnmAGL_FN gsmAGL_VGK mrmV_HGBSW See Login Request See Login Request OR zmmVE_AGL

Display on VAG tester if adjustment was made see overview adaptation (adjustment = channel number) Name of adjustment Olda channel of the corresponding matching value


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Transmitter Control unit 3 Block

Tester Control unit 4 Block

Byte

Hex 1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 B01 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 B01

$ 0A z +5 $ F6 $ 41 $ 53 $ 44 $ 47 $ 20 $ 20 $ 44 $ 30 $ 30 $ 03

ASCII

A S D G

D 0 0 ETX

Display

29

30 31 32 33 34 35

$ 08 z +7 $ F6 $ 00 PP0 PP1 PP2 PP3 $ 03

Title Block length Block counter on bus Block title Automatic transmission Manual transmission Direct switch (ASG) for gear Spaces Spaces for version number Version 00

about xcwSGBlk2 be applied

End of Block z +6 Acknowledge Block length Block counter on bus Block title Delimiter (NULL) % PMC14., PMC07 % PMC06, PMC05, .., PMC00, WSC16 % WSC15, WSC14, .., WSC08 % WSC07, WSC06, .., WSC00 End of Block (ETX) z +6 Acknowledge

ETX Tester

PMC parameters ... code ... WSC workshops code The byte 5 of the 4 ECU block (workshops code of the last adjustment) is omitted when in xcwDIASCH applied (see description of parameter blocks).

7.3.2

Read RAM cells

With this function it is possible from the internal and external RAM, as well as messages read at least one and a maximum of 169 bytes. By default, you read with this function Messages (2 bytes), the address is not to be regarded as a physical address, rather than Message number. Is to be read from internal or external RAM, then the function serial E2PROM Write the corresponding memory area to select. When reading from the RAM, understands the address as an offset to the beginning of the RAM in the memory. Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Request block Block length Block counter Block title Number of bytes Address / Message number HB Address / Message number LB Block end ETX

TG-> SG 06 xx 01 xx xx xx 03


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-10

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Byte 1 2 3 4

Response block Block length Block counter Block title RAM / Message 1 ... RAM / message x Block end ETX

n-1 n

SG-> TG n xx FE xx

xx 03

Read 7.3.3 ROM / EPROM cells With this feature you can read a maximum of 169 and a minimum of 1 byte from the data set (Physical address F0000H ... FBFFFH). The address as an offset to the beginning of Data set to see. Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Request block Block length Block counter Block title Number of bytes Address HB Address LB Block end ETX


Byte 1 2 3 4

Response block Block length Block counter Block title EPROM cell 1 ... EPROM cell x Block end ETX

SG-> TG n xx FD xx

n n +1

xx 03

7.3.4 Clear the fault memory With this function, the fault memory can be deleted. Currently are defective error but not deleted. After deleting the error memory the content is the Output error buffer, or if no errors are entered ACKNOWLEDGE. However, the time is before the transmission of the response block xcw_twti still awaited (to errors to be to give the possibility stored in the error memory). Moreover also deleted the CARB test results. Byte 1 2 3 4

Request block Block length Block counter Block title Block end ETX

TG-> SG 03 xx 05 03


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.3.5

Diagnostic end

This function causes the control device to end the connection to the test device. A possibly performed actuator test will be aborted. A shared through a login request access the E2PROM is disabled again (again to login, required for new irritation). Byte 1 2 3 4

7.3.6


TG-> SG 03 xx 06 03

Read fault memory

With this function, the contents of the error memory is transferred to the tester. Abhänigig from stored fault entry will be 3 bytes per error (error codes and error type applied see Troubleshooting) transferred and converted into the error text on the tester. Byte 1 2 3 4


TG-> SG 03 xx 07 03

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6

Response block Block length Block counter Block title Signal path code HB Signal path code LB Error type ... Content error memory x Block end ETX

SG-> TG n xx FC xx xx xx

n n +1

xx 03


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-12

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.3.7

Read ADC channel

With this function, an ADC channel can be read. The result is not normalized and unlinearized sent to the tester. Byte 1 2 3 4 5

Request block Block length Block counter Block title Channel number Block end ETX

TG-> SG 04 xx 06 xx 03

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6

Response block Block length Block counter Block title ADC value HB ADC value LB Block end ETX

SG-> TG 05 xx 06 xx xx 03

Channel numbers: Channel no. 00.65 01.64 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 66 67 68 69 70

Designation Pedal position sensor supply Pedal position sensor Air flow meter Atmospheric pressure sensor Battery voltage detector Boost pressure sensor supply Air flow meter supply Needle-movement sensor Reference voltage NOX temperature sensor 1 NOX temperature sensor 2 Fuel temperature sensor Air temperature sensor Saugrohrtemperaturfühler Water temperature sensor Boost pressure sensor


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.3.8 Acknowledge If requested no special function by the tester, it sends acknowledge blocks from Control unit are answered with acknowledge. This serves to maintain the Communication. Byte 1 2 3 4

Request block / response block Block length Block counter Block title Block end ETX

TG <-> SG 03 xx 09 03

7.3.9 No Acknowledge This block is produced by the tester or by the control device if a transmission error has occurred, or an unknown title block has been received, sent. Byte 1 2 3 4 5

Request block Block length Block counter Block title Block counter - 1 Block end ETX

TG-> SG 04 xx 0A xx 03

Read 7.3.10 SG addresses This function 6 addresses (xcwAdr1 ... xcwAdr6) are sent to the tester. This Addresses can be used, for example, during a subsequent read E2PROM. Byte 1 2 3 4


TG-> SG 03 xx 0B 03

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 ... 14 15 16

Response block Block length Block counter Block title Address 1 HB Address 1 LB ... Address 6 HB Address 6 LB Block end ETX

SG-> TG 15 xx FA xx xx ... xx xx 03


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-14

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.3.11 parameter coding With this function, the record variant can be selected. By means of the parameter code can be one of 32768 different variants can be selected. The workshops - and Parameter code are in the same place as workshops / Parameters Code of adaptation stored. The response block this function corresponds to the control unit identification (see Block Title 00). Byte 1 2 3 (4) 4/5

5/6 6/7 7/8

Request block Block length Block counter Block title PMC15 PMC07 ... PMC6 ... PMC0, WSC16 WSC15 ... WSC8 WSC7 ... WSC0 Block end ETX

TG-> SG 07/08 xx 10 xx xx

xx xx 03

PMC parameters ... code ... WSC workshops code The length is pending from xcwDIASCH (see description of parameter blocks). Read 7.3.12 E2PROM This feature allows a maximum 169 and minimum of 1 byte can be read from the E2PROM. To perform this function, however, has previously had a successful login request have been carried out. Some areas are separately blocked (WFS) and therefore can not be read out.

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Response block Block length Block counter Block title Number of E2PROM cells Address HB Address LB Block end ETX

SG-> TG 06 xx 19 xx xx xx 03

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 ... n n +1

Response block Block length Block counter Block title E2PROM cell 1 E2PROM cell 2 ... E2PROM cell n-4 Block end ETX

SG-> TG n xx EF xx xx ... xx 03


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-15

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Write E2PROM 7.3.13 This function can read RAM and ROM / EPROM read memory for the functions memory areas are selected. Therefore the corresponding space on the address must FFFFH to be written. One of these memory areas can be selected and in the cited arrival requirement blocks are read: No. 0 1 2

Address F600H - FDFFH C000H - DDFFH

Designation Messages internal RAM external RAM

Request block RAM read (default) Read RAM Read RAM

Byte

Request block

TG-> SG

1

Block length

07

2

Block counter

xx

3

Block title

1A

4

Number of bytes

01

5

Start address HB

FF

6

Start address of LB

FF

7

Storage area

xx

8

Block end ETX

03

Byte

Response block

SG-> TG

1

Block length

07

2

Block counter

xx

3

Block title

F9

4

Number of E2PROM cells

xx

5

Start address HB

xx

6

Start address of LB

xx

7

Verify Ok / Verify not Ok

8

Block end ETX

FF/00 03


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-16

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.3.14 Login Request The login request has the following functions: -

Sharing for the functions E2PROM write: Read E2PROM and read adaptation / test / write (if for the respective channel by application of xcwLOG0 - 7 is required, except are special cases with own password). The signal received by controller 16-bit password must be in the Record stored password (xcwPEEPROM) match. If this is the case, then the released above functions until the diagnosis is canceled. The control unit responds with an acknowledge block. The parameter code and the workshops code are not considered.

-

FGR / ADR Sharing Services: With this function, the FGR / ADR system shall be released if you had previously locked. The signal received by controller 16-bit password must match the data stored in the Password (xcwPFGROn) match. This function is only available when the E2PROM is in order. The workshops code and EAF function switches are in the E2PROM registered, but the workshops code is not in the same place registered, and save the workshops code at adaptation. Could the function are successfully completed, the controller responds with acknowledge, otherwise with No Acknowledge UB.

-

FGR / ADR blocking: With this function, the FGR / ADR system is blocked unless you had previously released. The signal received by controller 16-bit password must match the data stored in the Password (xcwPFGROff) match. Otherwise, applies to this function is the same as for FGR / ADR release.

-

FGG tachometer frequency 1: With this function, the tachometer frequency 1 is set for the vehicle speed sensor. The signal received by controller 16-bit password must match the data stored in the Password (xcwPFGG1) match. This function is only available when the E2PROM is in order. The function switch for the tacho frequency is in the E2PROM deleted. The function could not be successfully completed, the controller responds with Acknowledge, otherwise with NoAcknowledge. The parameter code and the workshops code are not considered.

-

FGG tachometer frequency 2: With this function, the tachometer frequency 2 is set for the vehicle speed sensor. The signal received by controller 16-bit password must match the data stored in the Password (xcwPFGG2) match. This function is only available when the E2PROM is in order. The function switch for the tacho frequency is in the E2PROM placed. The function could not be successfully completed, the controller responds with Acknowledge, otherwise with NoAcknowledge. The parameter code and the workshops code are not considered.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-17

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

-

HGB (maximum speed limit) disable: With this function, the maximum speed limit is deactivated again when they was activated by means of adaptation channel 18. The signal received from the control unit 16-bit Password must match the password stored in the data set (xcwPHGBOff). This function is only available when the E2PROM is fine. The deactivation is entered in the E2PROM. The function could not be completed successfully, so replies the control unit with acknowledge, otherwise with NoAcknowledge. The workshops code stored in E2PROM (workshops code adaptation).

-

KSK (fuel cooling system) to enable: With this function, the function of the fuel cooling for hot countries means is Tank temperature sensor and fuel circulation pump is activated. The control unit from the received 16-bit password must match the password stored in the data set (xcwPKSKon) match. This function is only available when the E2PROM is fine. The Activation is entered in the E2PROM. The function could not be completed successfully, so the controller responds with acknowledge, otherwise with NoAcknowledge. The Workshops code is stored in E2PROM (workshops code adaptation).

-

KSK (fuel cooling) disable: With this function, the function of the fuel cooling for hot countries means is Tank temperature sensor and fuel circulation pump turned off. The control unit from the received 16-bit password must match the password stored in the data set (xcwPKSKoff) match. Otherwise, applies to this function is the same as enable KSK.

-

Set Readiness acceleration: With this function, the counters are set in readiness fbmRDYNES on fbwSRDYm1, the error memory (including OBD freeze frame) and all OBD Mode $ 06 Test Results deleted. The signal received by controller 16-bit password must match the record in the stored password (xcwPRDYm1) match.

-

Selection UTF-signal source: With this function, the source of the ambient temperature sensor can be selected be. The choices are: UTF via analog input, UTF via CAN or UTF about in cowVAR_FZG defined signal source: 3 4 cowVAR_FZG

comVAR_FZG

comCLG_SIG.1 comCLG_SIG.2

Figure CANLog04_128: ambient temperature from combi or analog input


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-18

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The message indicates the comVAR_FZG been selected signal source: Decimal 0 1 2 3 4

Comment No data transmission Data telegram 5ms/Bit Data telegram 50ms/Bit via CAN via analog input

comCLG_SIG

0

Login with xcwPswS3on

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

X

X

0

S

&

Q

cowMSK_SIG.2 Login with xcwPswS3of

R

Login with xcwPswS2on

S

&

Q

cowMSK_SIG.1 Login with xcwPswS2of

0

R

Figure CANLog02_128: Login request for signals About the passwords xcwPswS2on or xcwPswS2of the bit is set comCLG_SIG.1 or deleted. About the passwords xcwPswS3on or xcwPswS3of the bit comCLG_SIG.2 set or deleted. The message is comCLG_SIG in E2PROM stored and has influence only continues after Steuergeräteinitialisierung on comVAR_FZG. For the first initialization of the E2PROM is the label edwINI_LGS available. However, while this label is with the mask cowMSK_SIG logically ANDed and only the result written to the E2PROM.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-19

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

-

variable ADR / maximum speed set: This feature allows the adjustment channel 28 is used for the Applizierung the maximum speed (MrmADR_Neo) unlocked for the variable ADR. The signal received from control device 16 Bit password must match the password stored in the data set (xcwPADV).

-

ADR - fixed speed set: This feature allows the adjustment channel 29 is used for the fixed Applizierung ADR Speed (mrmADR_Nfe) enabled. The signal received from the control unit 16-bit password must match the password stored in the data set (xcwPADE).

-

Range 0-9999 is reserved for the immobilizer: The function of this area is included in the respective specifications.

-

VE-quantity adjustment: This feature allows the adjustment channel 30 is used for the Applizierung the preinjection adjustment-volume unlocked (if so requested by the application of xcwLOG_1.14 is). The signal received by controller 16-bit password must match the record in the stored password (xcwPIAglOn) match.

Receives the control device other than the passwords mentioned above, so it breaks the Connection, and is only ready to communicate again after a re-boot. Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Request block Block length Block counter Block title HB password LB password PMC6 ... PMC0, WSC16 WSC15 ... WSC8 WSC7 ... WSC0 Block end ETX

TG-> SG 08 xx 2B xx xx xx xx xx 03

PMC parameters ... code ... WSC workshops code


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-20

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.3.15 Read measured values Receives the controller read the block measurements, a maximum of 10 values can be simultaneously be read. These measurements can in the map xcwMWB_KF by the application of defined message numbers can be defined. If an undefined message number is entered, the output will be after the last valid message number to the tester canceled. It involves the converted into 8-bit sizes measured values, the conversion under the were limited to 0 or 255. Byte 1 2 3 4


TG-> SG 03 xx 12 03

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 ... n n +1

Response block Block length Block counter Block title Measured value 1 Measured value 2 ... Measured n-4 Block end ETX

SG-> TG n xx F4 xx xx ... xx 03

7.3.16 actuator test Initiate / continue turn With this function, a semi-automatic test of the actuators can be performed. Each Time the request block is received, it is automatically set to the next control element next program. The answer to this requirement is normally completed in Acknowledge. The Response block contains a code, which is evaluated by the test device, after which the Description of the actuator is outputted. The actuator test can only be activated when the speed is less than or equal xcwSGSchw. Is this is not the case, the control unit responds with No acknowledge block UB. If, during a actuator tests the speed threshold xcwDrSchw exceeded or there is no usable speed signal before (zmmSYSERR.4 = 1; see Monitoring Concept "Summarized System Error") as the actuator test will be aborted. In any case, the Actuator test canceled after the time xcwMaIoTim. If the actuator test has already been carried out completely once, so responds, the control unit a repeated invitation to actuator test with No Acknowledge. Should be tested with this function, the ELAB, so this is not clocked, but only off. He remains switched off for the current drive cycle. The actuator, the actuator for the test is carried out, for the time xcwSt .. Tim with the Duty cycle xcwSt .. TV driven. After this time, the actuator which is used to 100% duty cycle - xcwSt .. TV driven. This process is repeated until one of the above said termination conditions fulfilled.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-21

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The amplifiers can be about their message number (see Appendix, ehmF ...) the Assign actuator numbers (xcwStell..). In addition, even for each actuator, a code are applied (xcwCode..) which is output in response block. Byte 1 2 3 4 5

Request block Block length Block counter Block title Pin number (no function) Block end ETX

TG-> SG 04 xx 04 xx 03

Byte

Response block

SG-> TG

1

Block length

05

2

Block counter

xx

3

Block title

F5

4

Actuator code

HB

xx

5

Actuator code

LB

xx

6

Block end ETX

03

Read normalized values 7.3.17 This function belonging to the transmitted number display measured values are with Transfer standard display number and normalizing to the tester, where it is then in physical Units can be displayed. In the parameter block channel table values are assembled into ad groups (XcwK01_1/2/3/4 ... xcwK40_1/2/3/4). The entries in the channel table each refer to the entries in the parameter block Group table. -

xcwGrpxx_A ... Standard display number xcwGrpxx_N normalizing ... xcwGrpxx_M ... Message number of the measured value (xx: 00 to 80)

Valid display numbers are 1 ... 40 Invalid Display numbers answered by the control unit with No Acknowledge. Byte 1 2 3 4 5

Request block Block length Block counter Block title Ad number Block end ETX

TG-> SG 04 xx 29 xx 03


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-22

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Response block Block length Block counter Response block title 1 Standard display number 1 Normalizing 1 Measured value 2 Standard display number 2 Normalizing 2 Measured value 3 Standard display number 3 Normalizing 3 Measured value 4 Standard display number 4 Normalizing 4 Measured value Block end ETX

SG-> TG 0F xx E7 xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx 03

Since we only support a limited number of channels was the label xcwK100auf introduced that specified in the label channel number on display (channel number) 100 redirects. The channel number that is in this label will be locked at the same time, this also applies to the Function values normalized read.

7.3.17.1 Definition of group numbers The definition of the group numbers Appendix B refer to.

7.3.17.2 Measured value blocks 190-199 This function is mainly used for tape end tests. The display numbers 190-199, the values are not normalized output (block title F4h, see values not normalized read), thus ten measured values can be displayed simultaneously. With the map xcwMWB_KF the desired values can be set in the application. For each display number (190-199) there is a vertex on the y-axis, for each measured value there is a support point on the x-axis. If an invalid message number applied in the map xcwMWB_KF, the output is canceled by the message number last version. If the first message number is invalid, no measured value display (only valid for this function).


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.3.17.3 Measured value blocks for the CAN-Bus For each position of the CAN Measured value blocks a text of the bus user can describe be defined. Based on the link mask xcwCANxx_X, the reference to the to received CAN messages are produced. Are all of the bits specified in the mask in the message camRCSTAT0 (see Appendix CAN) set as is shown for the position in the measured value that no message is received (Measured value). In the other case it is indicated that one of the specified messages is received (Measured value = +1). In the CAN channel table the bus devices are assembled into ad groups (XcwK125c1/2/3/4 ... xcwK129c1/2/3/4). A value of 255 means no ad in this position.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-24

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The entries in the channel table refer to the entries of the CAN Busteilnehmertabelle. (XcwCANxx_.) -

xcwCAN_A

-

xcwCANxx_X ... linking mask with camRCSTAT xcwCANxx_N normalizing ... xcwCANxx_M ... measured value (xx: 00 to 10) xcwCANxx_F ... linking mask with comCLG_FUN xcwCANxx_S ... linking mask with comCLG_SIG

Standard display ... number for all CAN Measured value blocks (37)

About the normalizing value and measured value of the text must be described which is to be displayed when the control unit does not receive messages by this bus station. The other text results from measured value +1.

Example: Determine the mask (xcwCAN. _X.) For a control unit: Current assignment see chapter CAN.

Station wagon

Brake

12

Transmission

1

21

Bit camRCSTAT

15 0

14 0

13 0

12 0

11 0

10 0

9 0

8 0

7 0

6 0

5 0

4 0

3 0

2 0

1 0

0 0

camRCSTAT

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

camRCSTAT

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Masks: xcwCAN00_X (Transmission) xcwCAN01_X (Brake) xcwCAN02_X (Combi)

Value all messages be received Transmission 2 message down. Combination 2 and brake 1 message down.

2 ^ 1 +2 ^ 12 = 4098 2^5= 32 2 ^ 15 +2 ^ 10 = 33792

xcwCAN .. _X is always a controller, CAN-bus device assigned.

VAG_Tester only shows "failed" when all messages of a SG (eg failure of all Combined embassies) have failed.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-25

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Determine the display text on VAG tester: As a standard display number xcwCAN_A must always display the standard number for text applied are: xcwCAN_A = 37 dec About the normalizing value and measured value of the display text is selected:

Brake xcwCAN01_N xcwCAN01_M

1 115

Transmission xcwCAN00_N xcwCAN00_M

1 117

Station wagon xcwCAN02_N xcwCAN02_M

1 119

Normalizing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 .. ...

Measured value Text 114 Motor 0 115 Motor 1 115 ABS 0 116 ABS 1 117 Getr 0 118 Getr 1 119 Station wagon 0 120 Station wagon 1 121 D-Pump 0 122 D-Pump 1 .. .. ... ...

There must always be selected, the text that describes the failure of the embassy. As text indicating the reception of the message, the applied value + 1 is assumed. Assignment to the measured value blocks:

Measured value 125xcwK125c1 00 Text: Getr.0 / 1

Transmission

Brake

Station wagon

xcwCAN00_.

xcwCAN01_.

xcwCAN02_.

xcwK125c2 01 ABS0 / 1

xcwK125c3 02 Kombi0 / 1

empty 255

xcwK125c4 255


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-26

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.3.17.4 Hide the By application of the value 255 in a CAN channel table entry is the appropriate place hidden (for example: xcwK126c3 = 255). The mapping is also of the enabled by encoding function or signal affected: 255 xcwK12? c?

xcwCANxx_S = 0

>1 comCLG_SIG logically ANDed with xcwCANxx_S

Figure CANLog12_128: Blanking the display

In xcwCANxx_S can bit-coded the function or signal can be selected, which influence has on display the CAN-bus device on VAG tester. If the label is applied with zero, so the selected display group is always displayed. If a Anzeigruppe only displayed be, when the corresponding CAN function or associated CAN signal by encoding has been activated, the corresponding bit must be set in xcwCANxx_S. If, for example, xcwCAN00_S.0 set, and the ASR / MSR function was measured by coding unlocked (comCLG_SIG.0 = 1) then this CAN bus node at the position where he a xcw12? c? Label has been defined (xcw12? C? = 00) are displayed. Is xcwCAN00_S.0 set, but the ASR / MSR function was not unlocked by code, it is at the position where the CAN bus devices in a xcw12? c? Label was defined, no text appears as ECU internally not in xcwK12? c? applied value, but is used 255.

7.3.17.5 Example: Channel 125 Display group number 125 Getr

0/1

ABS

0/1

D-Pump

0/1

Station wagon 0/1

Air bag

0/1

Channel 126 Display group number 126 Climate

0/1


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-27

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.3.18 Overview adaptation With the adjustment, it is possible motor-specific correction values for volume adjustment, Idle speed, exhaust gas recirculation and start lot to read, test, and in the E2PROM store. The matching channel numbers for selection of the correction values are identical with the numbers of Meßwerteausgabe.

The adjustment function is available only: -(required if applicable) after successful login -with intact E2PROM Whether a login for the respective selected channel adjustment is necessary, by means of the label be applied to xcwLOG_0 xcwLOG_7. The label decides xcwLOG_0 with bit 0 if for Channel 0 is necessary to login and bit 15 whether a login for channel 15 is required. In Label xcwLOG_7 can the login requirement for channel 112 are set to 127.

Calibration values are read, written or tested with this function are, or are limited. The adjustment values are:

Adaptation channel number 1 2 3 4 5 12 18 27 28 29 30

Balance value Quantity adjustment Idle speed Exhaust gas recirculation Start of injection Starting quantity Preheating Maximum speed (HGB) ADR-up time (xxx, xx s) var ADR maximum speed ADR fixed speed VE-quantity adjustment

All calibration values are 16-bit integer values.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-28

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

In response block for the adaptation functions we obtain the following block (adaptation output to standard values):

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Response block Block length Block counter Block title Adaptation channel number Balance HB Balance value LB Sub-block title 1 Standard display number 1 Normalizing 1 Measured value 2 Standard display number 2 Normalizing 2 Measured value 3 Standard display number 3 Normalizing 3 Measured value 4 Standard display number 4 Normalizing 4 Measured value Block end ETX

SG-> TG 13 xx E6 xx xx xx E7 xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx 03


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-29

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Read 7.3.19 adjustment With this function it is possible to adapt the channel number corresponding current used to read calibration value. Byte 1 2 3 4 5

Request block Block length Block counter Block title Adaptation channel number Block end ETX

TG-> SG 04 xx 21 xx 03

7.3.20 test adaptation The control module uses the passed value adjustment as currently used calibration value. This feature allows the response of the controller to a new calibration value immediately to test. The set adjustment value is only valid for the driving cycle, in which he was placed, unless he will save with adaptation written to the E2PROM. Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Request block Block length Block counter Block title Adaptation channel number Balance HB Balance value LB Block end ETX


Save 7.3.21 adjustment Is the correct calibration value is found, the operator has the option with this feature, store the adjustment value in the E2PROM. In addition, there is also a code in workshops the E2PROM entered. The parameter code is ignored. If it is ensured that the balance value is stored in the E2PROM, then answers the Control unit with the block matching output to standard values. During the storage exchanges the control unit with the test device acknowledge blocks to communication to maintain. Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Request block Block length Block counter Block title Adaptation channel number Balance HB Balance value LB PMC6 ... PMC0, WSC16 WSC15 ... WSC8 WSC7 ... WSC0 Block end ETX

TG-> SG 09 xx 2A xx xx xx xx xx xx 03

PMC parameters ... code ... WSC workshops code


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-30

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.3.22 Initiate basic setting The basic setting function is used, the engine in a defined operating state to operate and then to read the measured values. To achieve this condition, certain Actuators driven with a fixed duty cycle. For security reasons, this Function just below the speed threshold xcwDrSchw and if an analyzable Speed signal is present (zmmSYSERR.4 = 0; see Monitoring Concept "summarized System Error ") are activated. For your information, that the System in basic setting is, the diagnostic light flashes with the frequency xcwFreq. The solenoid valve plate (EhmDMVS) is driven with the duty ratio xcwSBTV. The communication is as follows: Control unit

Tester

Initiate basic setting Output values Initiate basic setting Output values other request block or Acknowledge or NoAcknowledge Response to a new request or Acknowledge The following special cases should be noted: - When the speed is above the speed threshold xcwDrSchw, answered the

Controller block Initiate basic setting with No Acknowledge UB. -At the same time, the default settings will be terminated at the threshold xcwDrSchw exceeded. -If the speed drops below the threshold again xcwDrSchw, the default setting can again

be initiated. Byte 1 2 3 4


TG-> SG 03 xx 11 03

Read response block see measurements


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-31

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Initiate basic setting normalized 7.3.23 This function can also for safety reasons only below the speed threshold xcwDrSchw undwenneinauswertbaresDrehzahlsignalvorliegt (zmmSYSERR.4 = 0; see Monitoring concept "summarized System Error") are activated. With this function, the following basic settings are possible: Adaptation channel number 03 04 11 22 35

Basic setting Exhaust gas recirculation (ARF) Start of injection (SBR) Loader control (LDR) Rail pressure setpoint (RDS) Electric fuel pump (EKP)

If a default setting is carried out, in mrmN_LLDIA is an idle target speed of xcwGRARF_N, xcwGRSBR_N, xcwGRRDS_N, xcwGRLDR_N, or xcwGREKP_N specified. With default setting ARF ARF control is switched off and all 3 actuators (EhmFAR1, ehmFAR2 and ehmFAR3) are for the time xcwGRARF_T with the Duty cycles xcwAR1ein, xcwAR2ein and xcwAR3ein driven. After this time, are the actuators for the same time with xcwAR1aus, xcwAR2aus and xcwAR3aus activated. This process is repeated until canceled by default. With default setting SBR the injection start control remains switched on. As setpoint sbmPHIsoll is specified xcwSBRein the controller for the time xcwGRSBR_T the injection start angle. After Expiration of this time is specified to the controller, the angle xcwSBRaus. This process is repeated until canceled by default. With default setting LDR boost pressure control and the ARF control is switched off. The Actuator ehmFLD_DK is for the time xcwGRLDR_T with the duty ratio xcwLDRein activated. After this time, the actuator for the same time is xcwLDRaus activated. This process is repeated until canceled by default. With default setting RDS is the message zumPQsoll the respective target pressure xcwRDS_p1, or xcwRDS_p2 specified. The fuel pressure setting for pressure 1 is for the period xcwGRRDS_T. After this time, the set value for printing 2 is used. This Process is repeated until canceled by default. Basic setting EKP switches the EKP for the time xcwGREKP_T on and off (application of 655350000 causes activation during basic setting). About xcwGREKP_M the Messagenr. set of ehmFEKP (other dig. controlled PWM output stages). Instead of the 2nd Measured value outputted read normalized for matching is another administrable measured value output. Standard display this number is 37, the normalizing value 0 At Specification of XCW .. a, the measured value xcwGR .. ME is issued XCW at default value of .., the Value xcwGR .. MA.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-32

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

In the remaining display group numbers no default setting is possible. The response block measured values is normalized to spend on the corresponding adjustment channel number. Byte 1 2 3 4 5

Request block Block length Block counter Block title Adaptation channel number Block end ETX

TG-> SG 04 xx 21 03/04/11 03

The VAG tester offers the possibility of the special function 15 to read the readiness code. This is to initiate possible if the control unit on the basic setting function normalized (Title Block 28H) in the channel number 100 the readiness code with the standard display number 16 outputs. Since we only support a limited number of channels was the label xcwK100auf introduced that specified in the label channel number on display (channel number) 100 redirects. The channel number that is in this label will be locked at the same time, this also applies to the Function values normalized read. Note: The label is in xcwK100auf to disable the function to the value 255 to apply.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-33

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.3.24 Entering Ableichwerten by VAG tester Adjustment is by means of diagnostic block 2A title, the corresponding block number, high byte and low byte of the int (16-bit) - value set. Note: All calibration values are on the driving software before being used again checked for validity.

7.3.24.1 multiplicative adjustment The following sizes are matched by multiplication: -

Starting quantity Limiting amount Boost pressure throttle setpoint ARF setpoint if cowV_AGL_B = 2

Given: Phys. Factor [-] Limits: for Phys: -. FAKT_MAX ... + FAKT_MAX int (16bit) - value = Phys. Factor * 10000

7.3.24.2 Accumulative Balance The following variables are adjusted additively: -

Desired idle speed

Given: Balancing the speed (offset) [U / min] Limits: for Phys: -. N_LLABGL ... + N_LLABGL int (16bit) - value = balance speed / N_QNT

ARF setpoint if cowV_AGL_B = 1

The values M_EQNT, N_QNT, M_LQNT and PROZ_QNT are the current. PHY file to remove.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-34

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.4

OBDII protocol

The external communication of the "OBDII scan tools" based on the following specifications: -

SAE J1979 edition December 1991, revised on 14 June 1993 The diagnostic protocol corresponds in this form in the communications and the construction of block Keyword Protocol 2000

External communication is composed of two tasks: -

Communication handler and Command interpreter

The communication handler handles the communication tasks of the diagnosis as the hardware level: -

Responding to the, by Communications - recognized stimulator, operating mode Connection according to the operating mode Data transfer according to predetermined timings

The command interpreter does not, regarding the SW level following tasks: -

Interpretation of received request blocks Exchange of information with system components Creating a response blocks

7.4.1 Establish communication logic "1"


logic "0" T0

SG

SG

T1

T2

SG T3

TG T4

SG T4

TG P3

Initialization with 5 baud Synchronization pattern 55H Keywords 1 and 2 2 Inverted keyword

SG P2

P6 or P3

Inverted initialization address Request block from the tester Response block from the control unit

Figure XCOM03: data flow according to ISO 9141


DS / ESA

Diagnosis - OBDII protocol

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-35

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The following on the successful irritation communication structure consists of -

the synchronization pattern (55 hex, 8 data bits / no parity) from the SG to the TG two keywords (7 data bits / parity odd) from the SG to the TG the logical inversion of the second Keywords from the TG to the SG and the logical inversion of the initialization address from the SG to the TG Address word 33hex 08hex

Keyword 1 08 44

Keyword 2 08 46

Unsupported

7.4.2 Communication Sequence Subsequent to the communication structure, the TG has the SG in the form of requirements ing blocks indicate what information is required. The SG responds with corresponding speaking response blocks. A block is composed of: - Headboard:

Type identifier or define the format and Target address (recipient address or communication direction) and Source address (sender address) -Piece of information: Mode byte and Length of the message (optional) and data bytes and (The maximum length of the information part is 256 bytes in length and consisting of 255 Data bytes) -Test part: Checksum in hex code which represents CS = LOW byte of the checksum.

Breakdown of the head section: -

emission-relevant system (SAE J1979 - Init with 33 hex functional, 5 Bd) TG -> SG 68 hex 6A hex Fx hex

Type Target Source -

SG -> TG 48 hex 6B hex SG address

Remark Type of communication sequence Type of message (request / response) physical address of the sending station

functional / physical addressing (Init <> 33 hex functional) (not supported) TG -> SG xx hex SG address TG address

Type Target Source

SG -> TG xx hex TG address SG address

Remark Address of the receiving station Address of the transmitting station

A byte block transfer consists of: -

1 start bit 8 data bits, starting with LSB 1 stop bit


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-36

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Length Headboard

Testing part

maximum of 255 bytes of data Len

M

P

D1

Data 1 PID (optional) Fashion - byte Length (only for L = 0) Source address Target address MSBLSB A1 A0 L L L LL L

Dm

CS

Data m

Checksum

Length field (1 .. 63) 0 0 1 1

0 1 0 1

: Not allowed (without header : Emission-relevant system (SAE J1979) : Header - physical : Header - functional Calculate the checksum (CS

Headboard

A maximum of 63 data bytes M

P

D1

Dm

CS

L: length field (1 .. 63)

Calculate the checksum (CS Headboard maximum of 256 data bytes Len L=0

M

P

D1

Testing part Dm

CS

Length (1 .. 255) Figure XCOM04: block structure


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-37

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.4.3 Initialization by WUP Irritation with wake-up pattern: To reduce the communication structure of the TG may be a "wake-up pattern" Send. Establishing communication with wake-up pattern: logic "1"


TiniL

SG P2

logic "0" T0

SG

TG P3

P2

P6 / 3

TWuP Requirement

P5 Type Tgt

P1 Src

M

Type - Format Tgt - Target - address Src - Source - Address M - mode - bytes (81 CS - checksum

CS

Type

Tgt

Src

Len *

M

KW1 KW2 CS

Type - Format Tgt - Target - address Src - Source - Address Len - length byte M - mode - byte (C1 KW1, KW2 - Keywords CS1 checksum * Depending on the type - byte

Figure XCOM05: establishing communication with Wake Up pattern After sending the "wake-up pattern" sends the TG the request block "Diagnostic startup" (Mode 81) to the SG. The control device transmits within the time frame of the response block P2, and informs the tester via the keywords 1 and 2 on the block format (see "Establish communication"). Communication process: The communication sequence at the "fast start" corresponds to the at initialization with 5 Baud. Diagnostic Test Modes: The diagnostic test modes at the "fast start" correspond to modes in the initialization with 5 baud.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-38

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.4.4 Time Definition 300 ms <

T0

24 ms

<

TiniL

49 ms

<

TWuP <

60 ms

<

T1

5 ms

<

0 ms

< . <

Time the logic "1" prior to initialization 26 ms

Time to logic "0" at initialization (Quick Start)

51 ms

Duration of the wake - up - Patterns (Quick Start)

<

300 ms

T2

<

20 ms

T3

<

20 ms

Time between the end of the initialization and the start of Synchronization pattern Time between the end of the synchronization pattern and the start of first keywords Time between the end of the first and the beginning of 2 keywords

T4

<

50 ms

P1

<

20 ms

P2min <

P2

<

P2max

Period P3 min <

P3

<

5s

P4min <

P4

<

20 ms

25 ms

300 ms < 0 ms

<

T5 <

5 ms

<

P5

<

20 ms

5 ms

<

P6

<

P2max

Time between the end of the 2nd Keywords and the beginning of the logical Inversion of 2 Keywords as well as the time between the end of logical inversion of the second Keywords and the beginning of the logical Inversion of the initialization address Time after the diagnostic test encounters an Init error and with sending the init address starts new Bytefolgezeit for transmitting blocks from the control unit to the tester

Time between the end of a block of the test apparatus and the start of Block by the control unit Time between the end of the last block of the SG and the beginning a new block from the test device Bytefolgezeit for transmitting blocks from the tester to the control unit; 5 baud initialization: P4min = 5 ms, Quick start: P4min = 0-5 ms Bytefolgezeit for the request block "Diagnostic startup" (Mode 81) the "fast start" Time between the blocks from the SG to the TG

7.4.5 Error Handling Initialization: In the case of an initialization error, caused by a timeout of T4 or a faulty transmission, the controller switches within the time T5min back to receive the stimulus to address. Communication: Receives the control unit a block failed checksum, it sends an SG Acknowledge (Mode 7F) with the Acknowledgecode 13 hex (unintelligible requirement). Detects the SG a faulty structure of the request block, so it behaves like a Checksum error. A violation of the time interval P4 leads to the above errors, and will be treated accordingly. In case of exceeding of P3max the SG terminates the Communication.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-39

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.5

OBDII telegram contents

The implementation of functional diagnostic test mode according to SAE J1979 meets the California OBD II requirements for emissions-related systems (initialization with 33 hex): Block title (Fashion)Function 01 ............. Reading emission-related information 02 ............. Reading stored boundary conditions (freeze frame) 03 ............. Read debounced registered emission-related fault codes 04 ............. Clear / reset emission-related information 05 ............. Lambda - probes - Monitoring (not implemented) 06 ............. Reading of test results (not with VP44 (136)) 07 ............. Reading the present in the debouncing emission related DTCs 09 ............. Reading out vehicle information VIN (Vehicle Identification Number) Calibration ID (program level) Calibration Verification Number (quasi checksum) 7F ............. ECU Acknowledge 81 ............. diagnostic start Appropriate response modes have an offset of +40 hex.

Read 7.5.1 Emissions-related information Mode 01h With this mode, you get access to emission-related information, such as analog and digital An input and output, and system status information. The request block contains a Parameters - ID (PID) of the SG with the needed information is communicated. Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6

Request block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte PID Checksum

TG-> SG 68 6A Fx 01 xx xx

The length of the request is 6 bytes, the length of the answer blocks is used by the PID-dependent. Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Response block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte PID Data A Data B (opt.) Data C (opt.) Data D (opt.) Checksum

SG-> TG 48 6B 10 41 xx xx xx xx xx xx


19 April 2002

Diagnosis - OBDII telegram contents

DS / ESA

Page 7-40

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.5.1.1 PID 00h - Supported PIDs (01-20 hex) The SG responds to mode 01 PID 00 with a message that the 4 bytes (bit-encoded) Information contains. Each bit indicates whether a PID is supported or not. - 0 = PID is not supported by SG -

1 = PID is supported by the SG

Byte Data A Data A ... Data B ... Data D

Bit 7 6 ... 7 ... 0

PID 01 02 ... 09 ... 20

7.5.1.2 PID 01h - Error memory info / Readiness The SG responds to mode 01 PID 01 with a message that the 4 bytes (bit-encoded) Information contains. Data A - Number of emission-related DTCs and MIL status Bit 0-6 7

supported evaluation Number of stored fault codes in the SG (Debounced and emission-relevant) 0 = MIL is not activated by the SG MIL = 1 is driven by the SG

Data B (Bits 0-3) and Data C - Each bit represents the support or no Support of an onboard diagnostic evaluation Data B includes continuous monitoring Data C includes tests that are carried out at least once per trip, wherein: - 0 = test is not supported by SG -

1 = Test is supported by the SG

Data B (Bits 4-7) and Data D - Each bit indicates the status of diagnostic evaluations regarding Data B (Bits 0-3) and Data C: - 0 = Test completed (= Readiness reached) or not supported. - 1 = Test not yet finished


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-41

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Data B: Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6

Evaluation supported: Misfire monitoring Fuel system monitoring Comprehensive Component monitoring reserved (report as 0) status: Misfire monitoring Fuel system monitoring Comprehensive Component monitoring reserved (report as 0)

7

Evaluation supported: Zündaussetzerüberwachung Test fuel system Review the overall system

RBP

Record

8 9 10

fbwRBP_MIS fbwRBP_FUE fbwRBP_COM

not assigned Status: Zündaussetzerüberwachung Test fuel system Review the overall system

11

not assigned

11

Evaluation Catalyst Hot catalyst Evaporation system Secondary air - system Coolant air conditioning Lambda - probe Lambda - Probes - heating Exhaust gas recirculation

RBP 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10

fbwRBP_MIS fbwRBP_FUE fbwRBP_COM

Data C (supported) and data D (status): Bit 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Evaluation Catalyst monitoring Heated catalyst monitoring Evaporative system monitoring Secondary air system monitoring A / C Refrigerant monitoring system Oxygen sensor monitoring Oxygen sensor heater monitoring EGR system monitoring

Record fbwRBP_CAT

fbwRBP_EGR

About the Label fbwRBP_ ... can be apply the Readinessbitposition. 7.5.1.3 PID 02h - Trouble Code is not supported in this mode. 7.5.1.4 PID 03h - 1 Fh - data The SG responds with a message that contains 2 bytes of information. The PIDs correspond to the message numbers listed in Appendix C of 0x03 to 0x1F. It is the corresponding measured value returned. The message numbers 0x000C and 0x0010 have a 2-byte information. The others are only 1 byte long. 7.5.1.5 PID 1Ch - OBD requirements that support the vehicle The SG responds to mode 01 PID 01 with a message that contains 1 byte of information. The content can be applied with xcwPID1C. 7.5.1.6 PID 21h - Distance with activated MIL The SG responds to mode 01 PID 21 with a message that contains 2 bytes of information. The distance traveled with activated MIL is issued. (1 bit corresponds to 1 km) See also "Other Functions" "Distance Travelled with activated MIL"


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-42

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.5.2 Freeze frame read Mode 02h With this mode, you get access to a set of stored constraints which the first occurrence of an emission-related fault is stored after OBD II (freeze frame). In the Request block are PID - and freeze frame No. (OBD II freeze frame No.: 0). The Length of the request is 7 bytes, the length of the answer blocks is used by the PID dependent.

7.5.2.1 PID 00h - Supported PIDs (01-20 hex) same with fashion 00h 00h PID. 7.5.2.2 PID 02h - Trouble Code it returns the two bytes Trouble code of the error that caused the entry 7.5.2.3 PID 03h - 1 Fh - data The SG responds with a message that contains 2 bytes of information. The PIDs correspond to the message numbers listed in Appendix C of 0x03 to 0x1F. It is the corresponding measured value returned. These PIDs data byte A is always the Freeze Frame number. Data B corresponds to the value the message. The message numbers 0x000C and 0x0010 are 2 bytes long. The second byte is then in Data C. Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Request block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte PID freeze frame No. Checksum

TG-> SG 68 6A Fx 02 xx xx xx

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Response block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte PID Data A Data B Data C (opt.) Data D (opt.) Checksum

SG-> TG 48 6B 10 42 xx xx xx xx xx xx

Note: The Freeze Frame is (visible error under Mode 03) only when debounced registered error issued, the deposit is, however, already at the first Occurrence of the error.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-43

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Read 7.5.3 Emission-related error Mode 03h Stored fault codes are read with fashion 03 by the TG. These two steps are required: - About mode 01 PID 01, the number of stored fault codes must be determined.

If no errors stored, the SG responds with "saved 0 error". -With fashion 03 all-bounced registered errors are output. The SG sends up to 3

Error codes per block, and if no error is stored, transmits the SG to this request, no answer.

The length of the request block (Mode 03) is 5 bytes, and the length of the answer block is set at 11 bytes. If less than 3 error codes transmitted, then the corresponding data bytes 00 hex padded to a fixed block length of 11 bytes sure. For the construction of error codes, see chapter "Error codes". Byte 1 2 3 4 5

Request block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte Checksum

TG-> SG 68 6A Fx 03 xx

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte Error code 1 (high byte) Error code 1 (low byte) Error code 2 (high byte) Error code 2 (low byte) Error code 3 (high byte) Error code 3 (low byte) Checksum

SG-> TG 48 6B 10 43 xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

Response block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte Error code 4 (high byte) Error code 4 (low byte) Error code 5 (high byte) Error code 5 (low byte) Error code 6 (high byte) Error code 6 (low byte) Checksum

SG-> TG 48 6B 10 43 xx xx xx xx xx xx xx

(If more than 3 error codes) Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-44

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.5.4 Emissions-related information delete Mode 04h Purpose of this mode is to delete or reset all emission-related information. This refers to: -

Clearing the Number of Error Codes (Mode 01 PID 01) Deleting of fault codes (mode 03) Delete the test results (Mode 06 - Test results are initialized to 0) Byte 1 2 3 4 5

Request block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte Checksum

TG-> SG 68 6A Fx 04 xx

Byte 1 2 3 4 5

Response block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte Checksum

SG-> TG 48 6B 10 44 xx

7.5.5 reading of test results Mode 06h This mode is not supported with VP44 (136). Otherwise: In mode 6, the latest test results and the comparison values of are not continuously monitored errors outputted. After deleting the error memory (Mode 04) the test results for the WTF test, KTF test and start, stop position test are discarded and the Values in the EEPROM overwritten with 0. The value 0 is "not performed test" as an identifier used and must not be the result of a conversion with ... xcwCARF. Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6

Request block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte Test ID Checksum

TG-> SG 68 6A Fx 06 xx xx

With the Test ID 0, the available test IDs can be queried.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-45

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Response block for available test ID's: Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response Block 1 Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte Test ID Antwortblocknr. available ID's 1 to 8 available ID's 9-16 available ID's 17 to 24 available ID's 25 to 32 Checksum

SG-> TG 48 6B 10 46 00 FF xx xx xx xx xx

The Test ID is be applied for: - XcwWTF_ID - XcwKTF_ID - XcwSTT_ID - XcwLDF_ID

... ... ... ...

dynamic plausibility of the water temperature sensor dynamic plausibility of the fuel temperature sensor Start-/Stoplagentest Plausibility LDF with ADF

Application Note: A test result may be characterized by Hide XCW an invalid ID in the label ... _ID (ID> 32, for example: 255) enters. The SG reports only permissible IDs as available and unavailable IDs are not queried by the tester. The normalization of the signals corresponding to the normalization in modes 1 and 2 The test results (except LDF and KTF-test) are at their entry into the EEPROM translated at the exchange for the error memory to 1 byte. If the test results read, as they are with the translation for the error memory converted to 2 bytes and then prepared with a diagnosis of conversion for the output. Be administered values also converted three times, so that the relations with respect to the stored in the EEPROM Values are again.  Times

...

 Temperatures

...

 Temp.Differenzen

...

 Voltages

...

xcwCARFS_Z, xcwCARFO_Z, xcwCARDS_Z, xcwCARDO_Z xcwCARFS_T, xcwCARFO_T, xcwCARDS_T, xcwCARDO_T xcwCARFSdT, xcwCARFOdT, xcwCARDSdT, xcwCARDOdT xcwCARFSUD, xcwCARFOUD, xcwCARDSUD, xcwCARDOUD

Bit coding of the response block number: Bit 7 = 0: test limit (bytes 9/10) is maximum Bit 7 = 1: test limit (bytes 9/10) is minimum


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-46

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Response blocks in respect of Test ID "xcwWTF_ID": For that answer three blocks are defined, in which time, temperature rise and final temperature of tests performed each spend with their limits. Depending on how the test has been completed, the following is transmitted: Test not yet performed: Identifier 00h in the EEPROM memory error after deletion. It will be sent with FFh values 3 blocks. Test negative: It will be sent with the test results, all three blocks. End of test achieved by minimum temperature rise: It will block 1 (hours) and Unit 2 (temperature rise, minimum temperature rise) sent. End of test end temperature achieved by: It will block 1 (times) and Block 3 (temperature at end of test, minimum temperature) sent.

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response Block 1 Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte xcwWTF_ID Antwortblocknr. Timer status at end of test (High) Timer status at end of test (Low) permissible temperature rise time (high) permissible temperature rise time (Low) Checksum

SG-> TG 48 6B 10 46 xx 01 xx xx xx xx xx

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response block 2 Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte xcwWTF_ID Antwortblocknr. Temperature rise (High) Temperature rise (Low) Mindestemperaturanstieg (High) Mindestemperaturanstieg (Low) Checksum



DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-47

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response block 3 Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte xcwWTF_ID Antwortblocknr. Temperature at end of test (High) Temperature at end of test (Low) Minimum Temperature (High) Minimum temperature (Low) Checksum


Response blocks in respect of Test ID "xcwKTF_ID": For that answer three blocks are defined, in which time, maximum temperature change and attained temperature change integral of the tests carried out each with their limits are output. Depending on the condition of the test, the following is transmitted: Test not yet performed: Identifier 00h in the EEPROM memory error after deletion. It will be sent with FFh values 3 blocks. Test negative: It will be sent with the test results, all three blocks. Test positive end achieved by maximum temperature change: It will block 2 (maximum change in temperature, minimum temperature change) sent. Test positive end achieved by changing the temperature integral: EswirdBlock1 (times) undBlock3 (temperature change integral, Minimum temperature integral) sent.

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response Block 1 Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte xcwKTF_ID Antwortblocknr. Operating hours duration of the test (high) Operating hours duration of the test (low) allowable operating hours duration (High) allowable operating hours duration (Low) Checksum



19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-48

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response block 2 Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte xcwKTF_ID Antwortblocknr. reached max. Temperaturänd. (High) reached max. Temperaturänd. (Low) min. required Temperaturänd. (High) min. required Temperaturänd. (Low) Checksum


Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response block 3 Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte xcwKTF_ID Antwortblocknr. attained max. Temp-integral (High) attained max. Temp-integral (Low) min. Required Temp-integral (High) min. Required Temp-integral (Low) Checksum


Response blocks in respect of Test ID "xcwSTT_ID": Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response Block 1 Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte xcwSTT_ID Antwortblocknr. dsoUist_Ag at end of test (High) dsoUist_Ag at end of test (Low) mrwNL_MOST (High) mrwNL_MOST (Low) Checksum



DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-49

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response block 2 Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte xcwSTT_ID Antwortblocknr. dsoUist_Ag at end of test (High) dsoUist_Ag at end of test (Low) mrwNL_MUST (High) mrwNL_MUST (Low) Checksum


Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response Block 1 Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte xcwSTT_ID Antwortblocknr. dsoUist_Ag at end of test (High) dsoUist_Ag at end of test (Low) mrwNL_MOSP (High) mrwNL_MOSP (Low) Checksum


Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response block 2 Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte xcwSTT_ID Antwortblocknr. dsoUist_Ag at end of test (High) dsoUist_Ag at end of test (Low) mrwNL_MUSP (High) mrwNL_MUSP (Low) Checksum



19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-50

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Response block in terms of test ID "xcwLDF_ID": For this answer, a block is defined, in which the absolute difference occurred ADF LDF (LdmLDFP_dp) will spend the tests performed with his limit ldwLA_MAX. Each on how the test has been completed, is transmitted as follows: Test not yet performed: Identifier 00h in the EEPROM memory error after deletion. There, the block is sent with FFh values. Test was carried out: There, the block is sent with the test result.

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response Block 1 Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte xcwLDF_ID Antwortblocknr. abs. Diff.ADF / LDF at end of test (High) abs. Diff.ADF / LDF at end of test (Low) permissible abs. Diff.ADF / LDF (High) permissible abs. Diff.ADF / LDF (Low) Checksum



DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-51

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.5.6 Current emission-related reading errors Mode 07h Located in the debouncing, error codes are read with fashion 07 by the TG. This Fashion is in block structurally and functionally equivalent to Mode 03 Physical implementation of the SAE J1979 messages The previously treated Diagnostics - test - a functional modes are addressing with 33 hex based. When physical addressing only a single SG is addressed and thus the answers only refer to the respective control unit. 7.5.7 Reading of vehicle information Mode 09h The Fashion 09 serves testers vehicle-specific information such as VIN (Vehicle Identification Number) and Calibration ID's to provide. From the CARB are only the reading of the Calibration ID (program level) and the Calibration of Verification Number (checksum) prescribed. The request block contains an Info Type (InT) with the SG needed information is notified. The length of the request is 6 bytes, the length of the response block of the used InfoType dependent.

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6

Request block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte InfoType (InT) Checksum

TG-> SG 68 6A Fx 09 InT xx

7.5.7.1 Info Type = 00h With the InfoType 00h all available are displayed in encoded form. The coding corresponds to the mode 01 PID 00

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte InfoType (InT) Message Count available InT's 1-8 available InT's 9 to 16 available InT's 17 to 24 available InT's 25 to 32 Checksum

(Dec) (Dec) (Dec) (Dec)

SG-> TG 48 6B 10 49 00 01 xx xx xx xx xx


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-52

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.5.7.2 VIN (chassis number) - InfoType 01h & 02h This infotype is only learned immobilizer supports 3 data. If you disable or Immobilizer 2, this information is not available. This InfoType is bit 0 in xcwINF_M09 wegapplizierbar. Bit 0 = 0 ... InfoType not available Bit 0 = 1 ... InfoType is available when available

Info Type = 01h Returns the number of messages (replies) to transfer the VIN at InfoType 02h. The Number of transmitted answers is always 05h.

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Response block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte InfoType (InT) Number of messages Checksum

SG-> TG 48 6B 10 49 01 Notorious xx

Info Type = 02h Returns the chassis number consisting of 17 characters in ASCII in 5 blocks of 4 characters the first three data bytes are filled with 00h.

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Response block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte InfoType (InT) Message Count Infobyte 1 Infobyte 2 Infobyte 3 Infobyte 4 Checksum

SG-> TG 48 6B 08 49 02 MsC01h In10h In20h In30h In4 # 1 xx

02h #2 #3 #4 #5

03h #6 #7 #8 #9

04h # 10 # 11 # 12 # 13

05h # 14 # 15 # 16 # 17


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-53

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.5.7.3 Cal ID (Calibration ID) - InfoType 03h & 04h The Calibration Identification (CAL-ID) (eg, program version) or Calibration Verfication Number (CVN) (eg, checksum) if an approval relevance must be changed only is given. The CAL ID can about the label xcwCAL_ID be applied. The Calibration ID must identify the installed software unique. This is from the OBD Required provisions to emissions related software in a standardized form to identify. Voters who did not develop the car manufacturers have an unequal Calibration ID, so that they are indistinguishable from those of the vehicle manufacturer. This InfoType with bit 1 in xcwINF_M09 wegapplizierbar. Bit 1 = 0 ... InfoType not available Bit 1 = 1 ... InfoType is available Info Type = 03h Returns the number of messages (responses) for the transfer of the Cal-ID at InfoType 04h. The number of responses to be transmitted is always 04h in this control unit. This Controller only has a Cal ID.

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Response block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte InfoType (InT) Number of messages (NMs) Checksum

SG-> TG 48 6B 10 49 03 04 xx

Info Type = 04h Returns the Calibration ID consists of 16 characters in ASCII in 4 blocks of 4 characters. This 16 characters on the label xcwCAL_ID be applied.

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11


SG-> TG 48 6B 08 49 04 MsC01h In1 # 1 In2 # 2 In3 # 3 In4 # 4 xx

02h #5 #6 #7 #8

03h #9 # 10 # 11 # 12

04h # 13 # 14 # 15 # 16


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-54

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.5.7.4 CVN (Calibration Verification Number) - InfoType 05h & 06h The InfoType with bit 2 in xcwINF_M09 wegapplizierbar. Bit 2 = 0 ... InfoType not available

Bit 2 = 1 ... InfoType is available

The OBD laws require these values to a change in the emission-related software recognize. Each Calibration ID must be assigned distinctive and clearly a CVN. Voters who did not develop the vehicle manufacturer, must have an unequal CVN, so that they are indistinguishable from those of the vehicle manufacturer. The CVNs are transmitted hex values in 4 bytes, the high byte data byte in A. Calculations that do not require 4 bytes fill the empty data bytes $ 00 In this system, only a 2-byte Calibration ID is supported. The control unit starts by request mode $ 09 PID $ 06 an internal checksum calculation with a CRC32 algorithm on the code and data area. The calculation is only at KL15 a (dimK15 = 1) and 0 speed (dzmNmit = 0) performed one of the two conditions the calculation is not satisfied exposed. As long as the checksum is not present, the answers Control unit does not (Note: The calculation takes about 40 seconds). If the final Calculated checksum, it will spend InfoType 06h as 4-byte value with tester request. The variables edmCHKOBDH and edmCHKOBDL match the output value. As long as communication with the tester is maintained, the check sum can be read. At Query Mode $ 09 PID $ 06 for a new communication structure (irritation), the Checksum calculation again.

In the status byte edmCHKstat the status of the calculation is displayed. The status word is of K15 on / off or a communication structure (irritation) reset. Bit 0

Requirement CVN calculation, calculation is

Bit 1

Completed checksum calculation

Bit 2

Check sum was spent on diagnosis

Bit 3

The calculation was performed at least once K15 interrupted, or dzmNmit> 0.

Info Type = 05h Returns the number of messages (responses) for the transfer of CVN at InfoType 06h. The number of responses to be transmitted is always 01h in this control unit. This Control unit has only one CVN.

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Response block Type identifier Target Source Fashion - byte InfoType (InT) Number of messages (NMs) Checksum

SG-> TG 48 6B 10 49 05 01 xx


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-55

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Info Type = 06h Returns the CVN consisting of 4 bytes hex values in a block. The information bytes are the calculated checksum (edmCHKOBDH as high byte and low byte as edmCHKOBDL).

Byte 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11


SG-> TG 48 6B 10 49 06 01 edmCHKOBDH - High Byte edmCHKOBDH - Low Byte edmCHKOBDL - High Byte edmCHKOBDL - Low Byte xx

7.5.8 Control unit-Acknowledge This response of the control device represents an acknowledge of the receipt of the request, or contains an Acknowledge - code indicating the reason for the rejection of a required Response features. Acknowledge - Codes: Confirmation: Request Status:

00 hex 10 hex 11 hex 12 hex 13 hex 21 hex 22 hex 31 hex -

Byte 1 2 3

Request is accepted; confirmation Gen. Refusal without giving reasons Mode is not supported Request is not supported or the invalid format Incomprehensible request Busy Operating conditions not correct Requirement outside the permitted range

Acknowledgeblock Fashion - byte Request - Fashion Acknowledge - Code

SG-> TG 7F xx xx

The test mode build with respect to the data structure on the provision SAE J2190 (MODE = 81 Diagnostic start). Appropriate response modes have an offset of +40 hex.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-56

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.5.9 Diagnosis - Home With this diagnosis - Test - fashion the TG calls the "fast start" the information about the definition of the block format. The TG sends after the wake-up pattern} (enterprises and individuals, see Chapter "Initialising via Wake-up Pattern") this request block. Byte 1

Request block Fashion - byte

TG-> SG 81

The SG responds with the keywords 1 and 2: Byte 1 2 3

Keyword 1 C2 43 C4

Response block Fashion - byte Keyword 1 Keyword 2

Keyword 2 46 46 46

SG-> TG C1 C4 46

Block format Length information in the type byte Length information in the opt. Length byte SG understands both block formats


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-57

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.6

Description of the parameter fields Bitmask 0000 0001

Bit 0

0000 0010

1

0000 0100

2

0000 1000

3

0010 0000

5

1000 0000

7

Bitmask

Bit

Value software switch cowFUN_COM

0000 0001

0

0000 0010

1

0000 0100

2

0000 1000

3

0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0

0001 0000

4

Name xcwSGADR

xcwADRCARB xcwKeybyt1 xcwKeybyt2 xcw_n_Reiz xcwKSbyte1 xcwKSbyte2 xcwKSCheck xcw_N_Ende

Value 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

Software switch xcwDIASCH Parity check stimulus word from Parity check stimulus word just Parity odd parity Login Request from Log a request Custom bytes from Custom one byte Review of the block counter of A review of the block counter Length WSC / parameter encoding = 3 bytes Length WSC / parameter encoding = 4 bytes

KW71 protocol active KW71 protocol is disabled KW2000 protocol active KW2000 protocol is disabled Blink code active Blink code disabled McMess protocol active McMess protocol is disabled CARB active (only if KW2000 protocol is active) CARB deakiviert (even if KW2000 protocol Martina Gladbach)

Communication header During communication recording is from the tester a ECU address (0 ... 127) to the control unit sent (without parity). This must match xcwSGADR. After the CARB-irritation over the word address 33h to report the Control unit with this address. 1 Keybyte - is from the control unit to the tester sent (0 ... 255). 2 Keybyte - is from the control unit to the tester sent (0 ... 255) The average speed during the dzoNmit must Kommunikationsaufexception <= xcw_n_Reiz be (0 ... N_max) Custom Byte 1: The diagnostic switch xcwDIASCH selectable (transfer after Keybyte 2). Custom Byte 2 Checksum for the custom bytes Demolition speed KW71 - Diagnosis


19 April 2002

Diagnosis - Description of the Parameter Blocks

DS / ESA

Page 7-58

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Name xcwt_sync xcwt_reaby xcwt_outby xcwt_reabl xcwt_outbl xcwt_ini xcw_twti

Communication timing Period of time, after which the control unit after reception of the SG address, Sync sends (s). Time from reception of a byte to the sending of a byte (s). Byte Timeout - Within this period, the tester needs to send a byte (s). Time period in which the control device to a request block with a Should respond response block (s). Period in which the control unit receives a request block (s). Time of termination of the stimulus recognition until the beginning of next Stimulus detection (s). Time of the fault memory to delete fault memory output, maximum time Save for adaptation. Number of trials in establishing communications (0 ... 255)

xcwFehzmax

Name xcwBHardNr xcwBSoftNr xcwKHSNr xcwDatum xcwSGBlk1

xcwSGBlk2 xcwSGBlk3

Control unit identification Bosch Hardwarenr. (10 characters + 1 end characters) Bosch Softwarenr. (10 characters + 1 end characters) Customers HW / SW No. (11 characters + 1 end characters) Date of manufacture (MMYY, 4 characters + 1 end characters) SG-1 ID (25 characters + 1 end code) is sent as the first block. SG-ID 2 (9 characters + 1 end code) is transmitted as the third block. SG-ID 2 (9 characters + 1 end code) is output as a change in status for channel 80. Message ID number of an additional control unit (Such as pump controller with VP44)

xcwSGfrID1

Note: The end character FF (Hex) is automatically generated by DAMOS! Name xcwPEEPROM xcwPFGROn xcwPFGROff xcwPFGG1 xcwPFGG2 xcwPHGBOff xcwPKSKon xcwPKSKoff xcwPRDYm1 xcwPADV xcwPADE

Passwords, the actual use of the specific project When you log in with this password will have access to all E2PROM Functions enabled. With this password, the FGR / ADR can be turned on. With this password, the FGR / ADR can be turned off. Password FGG constant 1 Password FGG constant 2 Turn off password HGB Password KSK switch for hot climate Turn off password KSK Password Readiness for the next Driving Cycle Password ADR / var maximum speed be applied Password ADR / fixed speed be applied


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-59

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Name xcwDrSchw xcwMaIoTim

Thresholds for actuator test Speed threshold for the actuator test, the control of a Controller output and the basic setting The maximum time for which an actuator, or the control of a test Controller output is performed.

Name (.. _ .. 1-40_1-4) Meßkanaltabelle xcwK .. _ .. number of an entry in Group Table - 255 represents a Dummy entry. xcwK100auflenkt the specified channel to on channel 100.

Name (.. 1-21, actuator Table last entry = 0) xcwStell .. Message number of the actuator - This number must be the Message number to be an end stage. xcwSt .. TVDas maximum duty cycle with which the actuator can be driven is (%). xcwSt .. TimTaktzeit - The actuator is for the time xcwStxxTim with xcwStxxTV driven, for the subsequent period xcwStxxTim with 100% - xcwStxxTV .. This is done until the end of time xcwMaIoTim. (s) xcwCode .. actuator code - This code is from the SG to the tester as Identification for the controlled actuator sent.

Name (.. 0-80) xcwGrp .. _A

xcwGrp .. _N

Meßgruppentabelle Standard display number - This number is from the SG to the tester transfer and allows this formula to a representation of a Select the measurement value in engineering units. Normalizing - If sent by the control unit to the tester and this used to calculate the physical measurement value. Message number of the measured value

xcwGrp _M .. Name (.. _ .. 125 - CAN - Meßkanaltabelle 129c1 - 4) xcwK .. c .. number of an entry in CAN Busteilnehmertabelle -255 represents a Dummy entry. Name (.. 0-5) xcwCAN .. _X xcwCAN .. _N xcwCAN _M .. xcwCAN_A

Meßgruppentabelle Linking mask with camRCSTAT Normalizing Text number of the bus station Standard display number for all CAN Measured value blocks equal

Name xcwMWB_KF

unnormalized measured value Message numbers for the non-normalized output of measured values in the Channels 190-199 and 0


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 7-60

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.7 Error Codes Error codes are in accordance with SAE J2012 of 2 bytes together, the first 4 bits (first Nibble) characterize the area and the following three nibble BCD-coded error code.

0-9

0-9

0-9

Error code BCD - coded 00 - Group 0 01 - Group 1 10 - Group 2 11 - Group 3 00 - powertrain 01 - chassis 10 - body 11 - reserved

P (engine drive train) C (chassis) B (body / structure) U

Figure XCOM08: Structure of the error codes in accordance with SAE J2012 7.7.1 Error Code List The individual error paths of the motor drive train are in accordance with the SAEJ2012 to apply a hint of scheme.


DS / ESA

Diagnostics - Error Codes

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7-61

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

7.8

McMess

McMess is a transmission protocol for a communication between a control device (SG) and a test device (TG). McMess has been optimized for the use of the K-line as Transmission medium. The K-line is a digital single-wire interface with Ubatt - level. The InformationenwerdenähnlichdemV.24-Standardasynchronübertragen.Die Transmission units consist of 9 data bits, start and stop bit. The SG and TG never send the same time. With McMess the TG to quickly check RAM contents from the SG. The SG is minimal load in comparison to other protocols. Definition of the address space: McMess address 0000 - 0FFF

1000 - BFFF

C000 - DDFF DE00 - DEFF DF00 - DFFF E000 - E7FF E800 - EEFF EF00 - EFFF F000 - F5FF F600 - fdff FE00 - FFFF

SG address F0000 - F0FFF or D8000 - D8FFF or E4000 - E4FFF depending on Datensatzvar. F1000 - FBFFF or D9000 - E3FFF or E5000 - EFFFF depending on Datensatzvar. C000 - DDFF DE00 - DEFF DF00 - DFFF E000 - E7FF E800 - EEFF EF00 - EFFF F000 - F5FF F600 - fdff FE00 - FFFF

Designation System table

DAMOS Maps

Parameters,

Characteristics

External RAM Gate Array - control register Olda Extended RAM reserved CAN Internal uC register Internal RAM Internal uC register


19 April 2002

Diagnosis - McMess

DS / ESA

Page 7-62

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

In the current version McMess following codes are implemented: o) o) o) o) o) o) o) o) o) o) o) o) o) o) o) o) o) o)

02 04 07 0B 0D 0E 10 13 19 1C 2A 25 26 31 3B 3D 3E 4F

Read pp Read Var 1 Read Var 2 ROM (Var 2 Var 1↑Read) EEPROM (Var 2 Var 1↑Read) RAM (2 Var, Var 1↑Read) Byte (Var 1↑Read) the request table Error memory (Var 2 Var 1↑Read) SG-identification (DAMOS ID) number (Var1↑Read) Read checksum System initial start trigger (pp =! = 11h) Var1: = pp (used as address LSB) Var2: = pp (used as address MSB) Byte (Var1↑) The request table: = pp Log off (only if pp = EEh) Activate ignition Synchronous Fairs Enable Time Synchronous Measuring with as ignition synchronous menu Output menu length for function 3D and 3E

In most functions, the variables Var1 and Var2 serve as addresses (Var1 as low byte and Var2 as high byte). The abbreviation stands for pp parameters and the character "↑"Represents a Increasing the variable by 1 More detailed information on the individual functions of the McMess specification 2/10 refer to.


DS / ESA

Diagnosis - McMess

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8 Monitoring Concept 8.1 Overview This chapter describes monitoring algorithms and the corresponding replacement functions that are performed when errors are detected. There are the Monitoring of all components and functions, any possible error (indicated in italics in the text) and all the parameters required for this described. All error bits and parameters are also to facilitate the search, listed in the index. The error bits associated with the Error paths (see also Chap. Error handling) can be found in an overview in Appendix E. (For data on the form cowFARFAB .., .. or cowFLDRAB cowFMEBEG .., points at the end of the numbers 1,2,3 or 4 dar.) Structure of the table: Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data

What is onmonitored

Which parameters What happens if the monitoring eiter will recognize fürnen error: = Replacement function monitoring required

How it is monitored

Replacement function

Data Parameters for Replacement function

Attention! Each error is debounced separately (see Chap. Error handling, Debouncing). For this purpose there are separately applicable parameters for each error. These parameters are not listed!


DS / ESA

Monitoring concept -Survey

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-2

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.2 exhaust gas recirculation (ARF) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Control shutdeviation

arwEmaxGKF arwEmaxFKF arwEueAUS

Shutdown of the ARF Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Full-load (be applied)

cowFLDRAB. cowFMEBEG.

Data


Data

Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Full-load (be applied)

cowFARFAB. cowFLDRAB. cowFMEBEG.

Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Volload limited (be applied)


Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Volload limited (be applied) Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Full-load (be applied)

cowFARFAB. cowFLDRAB. cowFMEBEG. cowFARFAB. cowFLDRAB. cowFMEBEG.

It is positive (error fbbEARSpR) or negative (Error fbbEARSnR) deviation overmonitored. Exceeds the deviation for the time fbwEARSpRA or fbwEARSnRA the value + aroEmax or - (aroEmax), then an error is detected. The value aroEmax is from the maps arwEmaxGKF and arwEmaxFKF determined as a function of air mass setpoint, speed and quantity. The monitoring is done only if aroEmax is <= arwEueAUS.

8.3 exhaust gas recirculation actuator (AR1, AR2, AR3) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit Status line

Control flap

Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit

In Idle state the final stage of fbbEAR1_O error is set. If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEAR1_K is set. The control valve is monitored in its function via a status line. After a K15, has a flanedge change from LOW to HIGH be recognized on the status line. If the line at the beginning to HIGH to LOW or too long (t> arwRK_LT) or then not long enough in the HIGH state (T
arwRK_HT arwRK_LT

In Idle state the final stage of fbbEAR2_O error is set. If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEAR2_K is set. In Idle state the final stage of fbbEAR3_O error is set.

no

If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEAR3_K is set.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - exhaust gas recirculation (ARF)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.4 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Suppression the error monitoring

"ADR defective" via CAN Misrecognition in Momentanf. Requirement under vThreshold Requirement implausible CAN error

Checksum error-GRAMessage Embassy unplausi counterbel General Plausibility

Data


Data

In general, the Fehelrerkennung the error fbbEACC_B, fbbEACC_C, fbbEACC_D, fbbEACC_F, fbbEACC_Q, fbbEACC_V, fbbEACC_P and fbbEACC_A stopped when the suppression of the CAN Fault monitoring is active. The suppression of the CAN error monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of environenvironmental conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus nodes are not assumed can (see section CAN - suppression of errors of the external control device intervention). During the suppression of error monitoring the debounce times already of any currently located in debouncing error fbbEACC_Q reset. If the bit is "ADR defective" is set in the ADR1 message, the error is reported fbbEACC_D

If the error ID 0xFFh recognized in the required torque, the error is reported fbbEACC_Fdet. If requested at a speed below the threshold mrwFAS_BVK moment, the Reported error fbbEACC_V.

If during OFF signal from the keypad (NOT (AND dimFGA dimFGL)) or driver braking (DimBRE OR dimBRK) requested moment, the error is reported fbbEACC_P If caw for the time ... _RTO receive any new message or is the message content inconsistent (In two immediately successive attempts to read the data of the message was the content already again partially overwritten), the error fbbEACC_Q when the suppression is reported, the CAN error monitoring is not active. Until the error finally broken, continues to be used as a substitute value, the ultimate message. With correct (or incorrect) checksum error counter is decremented to 0 (or mreACC_Cog) (Or incremented). Exceeds the error counter value mreACC_Cmx the error ECEC ACC_C reported. Is there a difference of the value of the current message count by more than mrwACC_Bmx of the prereciprocating value, the error is reported fbbEACC_B. Similarly, if the message count on more than mrwACC_Bmn main program periods does not change. To avoid clocked malfunction of the ACC without a fault, is in every main proprogram cycle in which an event occurs that one of the errors fbbEACC_B, fbbEACC_C, ECEC ACC_D, fbbEACC_F, fbbEACC_V, fbbEACC_P reports increases a counter by the value 10, otherwise is decremented by 1. If the counter exceeds the threshold mrwACC_Amx is event-driven error registered fbbEACC_A

Deactivation of the ACC engagement over Ramp to 0 Deactivation of the ACC engagement over Ramp to 0 Deactivation of the ACC engagement over Ramp to 0 mrwFAS_BVK Deactivation of the ACC engagement over Ramp to 0 Deactivation of the ACC engagement over Ramp to 0

mrwACC_Cmx mrwACC_Cog

Deactivation of the ACC engagement over Ramp to 0

mrwACC_Bmx mrwACC_Bmn


mrwACC_Amx



DS / ESA

Surveillance - Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-4

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.5 Working speed controller (ADR) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Ruledeviation

mrwADR_pRA mrwADR_nRA

Shutdown of the ADR

Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range

anwADF_MAX anwADF_MIN

It is one of the boost pressure Computeused ter replacement value (See chap. Input signals). With a defective LDF is the VGW anwADF_VOR used.

anwADF_VOR


Data


Data

Signal range

anwBAT_MAX anwBAT_MIN anwBAT_FG

Default value

anwBAT_VOR

It is positive (error fbbEADRpR) or negative (Error fbbEADRnR) deviation overmonitored. Exceeds the deviation for the time fbwEADRpRA or fbwEADRnRA the value mrwADR_pRA or mrwADR_nRA as a fault is detected.

Data

8.6 atmospheric pressure sensor (ADF)

Signal Range Check up (error fbbEADF_H) when anoU_ATM> anwADF_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEADF_L) when anoU_ATM
8.7 Battery voltage (U_bat)

Signal Range Check up (error fbbEUBT_H) when anoU_UBAT> anwBAT_MAX Below the Fahrgschwindigkeitsschwelle anwBAT_FG the signal range check is upward ( Error fbbEUBT_H) hidden. The healing of the fault can be made without suppression. Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEUBT_L) when anoU_UBAT

DS / ESA

Surveillance - working speed controller (ADR)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.8 Brake Centre (BCC, BRK) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Plausibility Main with redundantem Brake contact

fbwEBRE_PA diwtBREdyn diwPBREdyn diwtBREsta diwtBREiO

Shutdown of the FGR

Brake signals implausible: On implausibility of brake signals is decided when only one signal is logically active. Dynamic fault detection: Every time for a time t_dyn> threshold diwtBREdyn continuously an implausible Brake signal condition exists, is recognized on a provisional defective brake contact and a counter dioBREPLAU incremented. This counter is saved in the wake as dimBREPLAU in the EEPROM. If the counter exceeds a specified value diwPBREdyn, the brake contacts are defective on detected (error fbbEBRE_P). The dynamic defect detection by means diwPBREdyn = 255 deactifourth. Static defect detection: A defective brake contact is detected when t_stat for a time> diwtBREsta implausible Brake signal conditions exist. The time t_stat is the accumulated time of implausible states without interim recognition for plausible braking signals (see below, Intact recognition). If both signals the same state in which debounce is stopped t_stat. The value diwtBREsta = 655350000 deactivates the static defect detection. Brake signals plausible: On plausible brake signals is decided when the time diwtBREiO both signals the condition "Brakes" (in fulfillment of this condition, the time is t_stat reset) and then both Sifor the time diwtBREiO Show signals the status "Not brakes". In this case, the counter is dioBREPLAU reset to 0. Intact recognition: The fbbEBRE_P error "brake contacts implausible" is healed in operation when the in fbwEBRE_PB fixed number of "plausible braking signals" are recognized. The intact recognition is at dioBREPLAU> 0. Note: The recognition of "static error" is used as a supplement for error cases, for example on the driving cycle tolasting image error (plug that fell on the brake pedal - only effective in against the same input suppressor circuit of the two signals). Both defect detections act on the error fbbEBRE_P, where Due to the already included in the detection debounce on timer / counter value fbwEBRE_PA is to be applied to 0.

Data


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Brake Centre (BCC, BRK)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-6

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.9 onboard supply control unit (BSG) Surveillance monitoring strategy of CAN message BSG_Last, botCommunity errors

Data


Data

fbwEBSG_QABotschaftstimeout BSG_Last: Is receiving the CAN message BSG_Last applied fbwEBSG_QB (cowVAR_BSG = 2) monitors the time between two messages. If for the time caw ... _RTO fbwEBSG_QTkeine receive new message or message content is inconsistent (in two immediately successiveread the other following experiments, the data of the message was the content already again partially overwritten), so back up data from the spare data bytes caw100_DTx be processed. From this Time, as long as the fault condition is present, the error fbbEBSG_Q (time-controlled) reported, if the suppression of the CAN error monitoring is not active. The suppression of the CAN error monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of environenvironmental conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus nodes are not assumed can (see section CAN - suppression of errors of the external control device intervention). During the suppression of error monitoring the debounce times already of any currently located in debouncing error fbbEBSG_Q reset.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Network control unit (BSG)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:10 CAN bus (CA0) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Bus error

Data

If the CAN module is in bus-off state (camSTATUS0.1), so the error is reported fbbECA0_O-cawINF_INI det, unless one of the hiding conditions for CAN monitoring is active. The CAN is by cawINF_DLY anwK15_H_UAblauf of cawINF_TBO reinitialized. anwK15_H_O If the CAN module in the Warning state (camSTATUS0.3), the error is reported fbbECA0_W, unless one of the hiding conditions for CAN monitoring is active.


Data

CAN - Volume interventions are canceled chen. The monitoring of Botschaftstimeout gear / brake is hidden (S.H. amount External intervention / gearbox). If Ecomatic is performed via CAN as is for the rest of the driving cycle Ecomatic disabled.

The suppression of the bus monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of ambient conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus devices can not be assumed and therefore is also not provided. The suppression of the CAN monitor is active as long as the start is (camSTATUS0.8 = 1; mrmSTART_B = 1 and dzmNmit <0 or t anwK15_H_O this condition is re-enabled) the delay time is not cawINF_DLY after the disappearance of the above conditions has expired. Is fbbECA0_O A possibly already up to date in-debounce errors are reset. (Detailed description of monitoring camSTATUS0 see "External lot of intervention via CAN")

The suppression of the bus monitoring is terminated only after no more blanking reason tolies, and then the delay time cawINF_DLY has expired.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - CAN Bus (CA0)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-8

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:11 Crash Detection (CRA) Surveillance monitoring strategy of GRA and Fuel Shutdown

Data

There are two ways to select the input signal. Is the CAN-activation for diefbwECRA_A. Crash-active detection (comCLG_SIG.7 = 1) is the signal via CAN (equivalent cowFUN_CRA = 2, message comFUN_CRA = 2). If the CAN - Activation not active (comCLG_SIG.7 = 0) can be the input of the function on the SW - Switch cowFUN_CRA switch (0 = no / 1 = PWM / 2 = CAN). The current switch position displays the message comFUN_CRA to (configuration of message com-fbwECRA_B. FUN_CRA see chapter "CAN activation by coding"). The PWM evaluation provides crmCRSTpwm to the crash detection, while for crash detection via the CAN airbag1Message is used (byte 0, bits 5-7). Can croCR_STAT The crash level values from 0 to 3 attake. The following table shows the allocation of the crash steps of:


Data

The error fbbECRA_A leads to excircuit of the GRA.

The error fbbECRA_B represents the motor and interrupts the fuel supply (EKP, TAV, TIP).

CAN bits 5-7 crash-crash level designation no Crash0000 001Gurtstraffer1 US201x RDW31xx

Figure UEBE_08: Crash-stage

CAN crmCRSTpwm

2 1 0

croCR_STAT

a

crwCR_ST_A

fbbECRA_A a> = b

b

comFUN_CRA fbbECRA_Q fbbECRA_P fbbECRA_Z

a

>1 crwCR_ST_B

fbbECRA_B a> = b

b

fbbECRA_C

Figure UEBE_07: Overview crash detection


DS / ESA

Surveillance - crash detection (CRA)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued crash detection Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Suppression the error monitoring

CAN message Airbag 1, botCommunity errors

Embassy unplausi counterbel

Checksum error airbag1Message

In general, the error detection of fault fbbEABG_Q, fbbEABG_C, and fbbEABG_Z is stopped, if the suppression of the CAN error monitoring is active. The suppression of the CAN Error monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the event of environmental conditions in which communication of all CAN bus devices can not be assumed (see section CAN Suppression of errors of the external control device intervention). During the suppression of error monitoring the debounce times already possibly the current located in debouncing above error reset. Message timeout airbag 1: For vehicles with crash detection via CAN (comFUN_CRA = 2) the time between two messages monitored. If for the time caw ... _RTO no new message received catch or is the message content inconsistent (in two immediately successive experiments, read the data of the message was the content already again partially overwritten), then the FbbECRA_Q error (time-controlled) reported when the suppression of the CAN error monitoring is not is active. If the error is finally fbbECRA_Q defective, the crash level is set to zero. The suppression of the CAN error monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of environenvironmental conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus nodes are not assumed can (see section CAN - suppression of errors of the external control device intervention). During the suppression of error monitoring the debounce times already of any currently located in debouncing error fbbECRA_Q reset. The error message has the highest priority, followed by checksum error message and error counters. Is there a difference of the value of the current message count by more than mrwABG_Bmx (15-disabled vierbar) from the preceding value, the error is reported fbbECRA_Z. Likewise, if the Message count more than mrwABG_Bmn (deactivated with 127) main program periods do not changechanged. At a constant message count less mrwABG_Bmn the last valid message is evaluated. The function is switched off in any case, as soon as the message count is defective as final was detected. With correct (or incorrect) checksum is an error counter to 0 (or mrwABG_Cog) decrebenefits (or incremented). Exceeds the error counter value mrwABG_Cmx, the error fbbECRA_C reported. If a checksum has been detected as faulty, the last valid botcommunity uses, that is, the crash state retains its value until the next valid message or to the checksum is reported as permanently faulty. The checksum test is performed with mrwABG_Cmx = 127 disabled.

Data


fbwECRA_QA fbwECRA_QB fbwECRA_QT

The crash detection via CAN is outswitched. The crash-level is set to 0.

mrwABG_Bmx mrwABG_Bmn


mrwABG_Cmx mrwABG_Cog


Data


DS / ESA

Surveillance - crash detection (CRA)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-10

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

PWM Crash signal

In Crash Detection via PWM from airbag SG a PWM signal is sent to the motor-SG to to signal a crash. In normal operation (no crash), the PWM signal 40 ms and 200 ms low high. In the event of a crash is 20x the inverted signal sent: 40ms and 200ms high low. The evaluation is performed with a signaltime tolerance of + -20% (see chapter 9.1.9). There must be at least an applicable number of crash signal sequences (crwPWM_ANZ) are detected before the signal is considered as a crash event. If the PWM signal is counted as a crash event occurs, the GRA AND fuel cut. This done by crmCRSTpwm is set to stage the crash crwCR_ST_B. If a no-crash signalSequence recognized crmCRSTpwm is supplied with the crash level 0. In an implausible PWM Signal (spikes or Flatline: by crwCR_TOUT timeout detected) is crmCRSTpwm with the Crash Level 0 provides and the error fbbECRA_P reported defective.

fbwECRA_PA fbwECRA_PB fbwECRA_PT

The crash detection via PWM is turned off.

Data


8:12 Electric fan - power amplifier (GER) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit

In Idle state the final stage of fbbEGER_O error is set. If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEGER_K is set.

Data

Send by 0xFFh CAN Motor5 Byte 5 Send by 0xFFh CAN Motor5 Byte 5


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Electric fan - power amplifier (GER)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Fan 1 or Fan 2 blocked

The cooler fan power amplifier (KLE) announces the MSG via bi-directional PWM line (SG-Pin 11, for VM +) or if the fans do not work. KLE pulls the line for a certain time to LOW. The distinction between Lüfter1 Lüfter2 and is realized by the time duration. Lüfter1 blocked is recognized when the PWM line for a while between kuwLU1min and kuwLU1max LOW pulled tions was. For fans 2 labels kuwLU2min and kuwLU2max apply. The tolerance must in this Labels are involved. Between the low phases, the line is released. If a fan reported defective, the output stage remains actuated so that a possible Fehlerheition can take place. Application Note: Example: PWM signal is between the sec Massetastungen for 2. enabled => fbwEGER_xB must be applied more than 40 events.

1

2

2 sec kuwLU1min
3

kuwLU2min
kuwLU1min kuwLU1max kuwLU2min kuwLU2max

Send by 0xFFh CAN Motor5 Byte 5

4

kuwLU1min
fbbEGER_2

fbbEGER_1 finally broken

finally broken internal status GER_1

provisionally cured

cured

1 The error becomes fixed defective reported as the number of defect messages is applied at 0. However, the error status will change again healed preliminary, as the signal for two seconds is ok again. 2 During this two seconds, the error counter is decremented by a total of 20. (The task runs in the 100 ms window. Therefore, in two seconds, he comes off 20 times. Per task cycle is the Counter is decremented by one.) 3 The error is reported fbbEGER_2 entgültig defective, since the number of defect relating to 0 is applied. The error counter of fbbEGER_1 remains at the previous value. 4 The error counter has been decremented by fbbEGER_1 by a further 20. The error is fbbEGER_1 but again reported entgültig defective, since the number of defect messages is applied at 0. So the error counter is re-initialized. The error remains fbbEGER_1 entgültig defective.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Electric fan - power amplifier (GER)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-12

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:13 External quantity engagement / Transmission (Exme) Defect detection Surveillance monitoring strategy of AG4 Schaltsisignal timeout

Data

For vehicles with AG4 gearbox via a switching signal (AG4-E) is the amount reduced. If this signal is longer than the reset of error bounce on, the error fbbEAG4_L is set.


Data

Termination of the amount of intervention and deactivation

This signal for the Heilungsentprellzeit is back in the state AG4 inactive, the error Switch to normal function reset. ecwINIT_TBei vehicles with ECOMATIC is a switching signal (AG4-E) of the motor Deactivation of ECOMATIC abgestellt.ECOMATIC If the level of the signal dimeco for a SG-reset does not within the time ecwINIT_T on high switching signal the error is fbbEECO_L gesetzt.Timeout mrwCANAUSBCAN Embassy Embassy transmission error 1: the case of electronic transmission Below V threshold limit controls via the CAN BUS with the Desired quantity by the startGear 1, communicate bot controller will monitor the time between two messages. If for the time torque characteristic mrwANFAHKL caw .. _RTO receive a new message or is the message content inconsistent (In two imme-tion errors (Continuous). Above the threshold V-ramindirectly consecutive attempts to read the data of the message was the content already wiederEGS intervention penförmige increase in the amount of intervention partially overwritten) or is a CAN defect before (in camSTATUS0 is bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 geon mrwM_EMAX. sets), the status is set mrmEGSSTAT (.4) and terminates the crowd engaged. From this time until the error condition is present, the error fbbEEGS_1 (time-controlled) reported if the suppression of intrusion monitoring is not active. Bit mrmEGSSTAT (.7) is set (inThe suppression of intervention monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of ambient formation transmission intervention can not, conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus devices can not be assumed or correct be carried out (See Chapter CAN - suppression of errors of the external control devices intervention). the) During the suppression of error monitoring the debounce times already of any currently located in debouncing error fbbEEGS_1 reset. CAN message engaging torque invalid: The EGS intervention is void if the EGS request bit Gear 1, EGS mrmEGSSTAT (.5) is not set, or the EGS intervention torque with error code Termination behavior as embassy mrmEGS_roh = 0xFFh occupied ist.Eingriff timeout EGS, is a special case in New There are no registered error. tralwert mrmEGS_roh = 0xFEH the Acompleted attacked without ramp Timeout: Is activated by mrwEGSbegr time monitoring of the EGS-intervention, and the current EGS Intervention has exceeded the applied intervention time mrwEGS_TIM, the error fbbEEGS_A is gesets.

mrwANFAHKL mrwV_ANFAH mrwEGSRAMP mrwM_EMAX

mrwEGSbegrDie EGS intervention amount mroM_EEGS

is set to zero, is performed in addition a mrwEGS_TIM mrwASGRAMP

Demolition of drehzahlsynchr. ASG Amount of intervention


DS / ESA

Surveillance - External lot of intervention / Transmission (Exme)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:14 External quantity engagement / brake (ABS) Surveillance monitoring strategy of CAN message Brake 1, botCommunity errors monitored by ASR and MSR - Intervention

CAN message Brake 3

CAN message Brake 1, Validity Intervention MSR

CAN message Brake 1, Validity Intervention ASR

Data

Error message brake 1: For vehicles with ASR / MSR - control is the time between two botcompanies monitored. If for the time caw .. _RTO no new message received or the botCommunity content inconsistent (in two immediately successive experiments, the data of the message read the content was already back partially overwritten) or is a CAN defect before (in camSTATUS0 is bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 is set) so the status mrmMSRSTAT (.4) be and mrmASRSTAT (.4) is set and finished the current amount of intervention. From this time until the error condition is present, the error fbbEASR_Q (time-controlled) reported when the suppression of the Intrusion monitoring is not active. The suppression of intervention monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of ambient conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus devices can not be assumed (See Chapter CAN - suppression of errors of the external control devices intervention). During the suppression of error monitoring the debounce times already of any currently located in debouncing error fbbEASR_Q reset. If for the time caw ... _RTO no new message is received or brake 3 is the message content in-caw ... _RTO consistent (at two directly successive attempts to read the data of the message the content was already back partially overwritten) and is no suppression of the CAN monitor active (mrmAUSBL = 0), an error is reported fbbEAS3_Q. A MSR intervention torque mroMD_MSR is invalid if: - The engaging torque of the MSR (mrmMSR_roh) not the Binärkomplement the ASR (mrmASR_roh) corresponds OR - The received mrmMSR_roh moment is occupied with error code 0xFFh OR - The MSR mrmMSRSTAT request bit (.5) = 0 OR - The MSR mrmMSRSTAT request bit (.5) = 1 AND ASR mrmASRSTAT request bit (.5) =1 There are no registered error. An ASR intervention torque mroMD_ASR is invalid if: - The received mrmASR_roh moment is occupied with error code 0xFFh OR - ASR request bit mrmASRSTAT (.5) = 0, OR - The ASR mrmASRSTAT request bit (.5) = 1 AND MSR mrmMSRSTAT request bit (.5) =1 There are no registered error.


Data

mrwMSRRAMPAbschaltung ramps down to 0 (MSR) mrwASRRAMPoder mrwM_EMAX (ASR). Acknowledgment rungsbit brake Embassy in motor 1 is mrwM_EMAX for the cycle after the debounce fbwEASR_QA irreversiblysets. Bit mrmASRSTAT (.7) / mrmMSRSTAT (.7) is set (Information in message engine 1 - brake intervention can not, or not fully be carried out)

Shutdown of the intervention on ramp to mrwMSRRAMP 0, is the same moment the received mrmMSR_roh to the neutral value of 0, is switched off without a ramp.

Shutdown of the intervention on ramp to mrwM_EMAX, is also the recomcaptured moment mrmASR_roh on the Neutral value 0xFEH, it is without a ramp off.

mrwASRRAMP mrwM_EMAX


DS / ESA

Surveillance - External lot of intervention / brake (ABS)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-14

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

CAN message Brake 1, physical Plausibilität MSR

CAN message Brake 1, functional plausibility bility MSR

A MSR torque is then plausible if the integral torque W

mrwMDIntMX

Shutdown of the MSR procedure on Ramp to 0

mrwMSRRAMP

mrwMSRFG_L

Shutdown of the MSR procedure on Ramp to 0 Block all other ASR/MSRInterventions

mrwMSRRAMP mrwASRRAMP mrwM_EMAX

T

òMMSR -M dt

W

Re ib

0

exceeds the threshold mrwMDIntMX and the error is reported fbbEMSR_H defective. The inputs handle is valid then again as plausible if the integral moment is again 0, and thus the error fbbEMSR_H is reported as well. In order to allow the engagement again must the MSR at the momentleast reach the neutral value once. If the reference speed of the ABS control unit is valid, then the MSR intervention is functionally implausible when the reference speed V_AKT (of brake 1)

DS / ESA

Surveillance - External lot of intervention / brake (ABS)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-15

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:15 External quantity engagement / Automatic Transmission (ASG/VL30) Monitoring of Plausibility Transmission overimplementation Message Getriebe_1

Monitoring strategy

It is sent by the transmission transfer function mrmGTR_UEB with a SG-internally detertelten value fgmFVN_UEB (transfer function drive train, determined from vehicle speed fgmFGAKT [km / h], engine speed dzmNmit [1/min] and distance factor fgwDA._SF [pulses / m]) verequalized. Is the difference between the two transfer functions is longer than the debounce time is greater than the Maximum of two times the factor mrwFVHGTdi, and none of the active hiding conditions (Getransmission in neutral position (mrm_P_N = 1), actuated clutch (dimKUP = 1) or SRC-error transmission Translation (fbbEASG_L)), the error fbbEASG_U is set (note: no storage in the EEPROM desired). The monitoring signal range occurs only when the transmission is not in P or N position (Mrm_P_N = 0). Signal range Signal Range Check (Error fbbEASG_L) when mrmGTR_UEB mrwFVHUEob. implementation Message Getriebe_1 CAN message The evaluation of the EGS coding in motor-SG is activated with cowECOMTC.5 == 1. The error Getriebe_1, fbbEASG_M bit is set when the bit "EGS coding in MSG" S_KOD = 1 (= not in Evaluation of the Order). EGS coding Plausibility EDC/CANIs the EDC Gear mrmGANG longer than the debounce time equal to the transition information of the CAN Gear Message transmission 1 mrmGTRGANG and is no hiding conditions of active (transmission in neutralposition (mrm_P_N = 1), actuated clutch (dimKUP = 1) or SRC-error transmission ratio (FbbEASG_L)), the error fbbEASG_G is set. CAN message is caw for the time ... _RTO receive a new message or Getriebe2 is the message content in-caw ... _RTO consistent (in two immediately successive experiments, the data of the message auszulesenGetriebe 2, Error message, the content was already back partially overwritten) is an error fbbEASG_Q reported. From this point, the error condition is as long as the error is pending fbbEASG_Q (time-controlled) reported if the suppression of intrusion monitoring is not active. The suppression of intervention monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of ambient conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus devices can not be assumed (See Chapter CAN - suppression of errors of the external control devices intervention). During the suppression of error monitoring the debounce times already of any currently located in debouncing error fbbEASG_Q reset.

Data


Data

mrwFVHGTdi

Default value for translation mroFVHUEst.

mrwFVHVGWU

mrwFVHUEun mrwFVHUEob

As with plausibility gear ratio fbbEASG_U. Default value for the transfer function mrmGTR_UEB.

mrwFVHVGWU

The error fbbEASG_M solves the forcefuel shutdown (regardless of the startbit) from.

Demolition of drehzahlsynchronisierenden Amount of intervention

MrwASGRAMP


DS / ESA

Surveillance - External lot of intervention / Automatic Transmission (ASG/VL30)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-16

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Message count Varies the value of the current message count by more than mrwASG_Bmx (15-disabled unplausibelvierbar) from the preceding value, the error is reported fbbEASG_I. Likewise, if the Message count more than mrwASG_Bmn (deactivated with 127) main program periods do not changechanged. At a constant message count less mrwASG_Bmn the last valid message is evaluated. The function is switched off in any case, as soon as the message count is defective as final was detected. CAN message A speed intervention by the ASG is only for set Kupplungsbit dimKUP (- during the switch ing clutch open). If the clutch engaged / a regulated Drehzahlanforde-Getriebe_2, tion detected, the error is reported fbbEASG_P. The replacement function is performed without Fehlerentprellung.Funktionale After the error condition bruise a renewed engagement is only after reaching the Wiederaufnahmebe plausibility ASG speed conditions possible. The withdrawal of the replacement function takes place only after cure of the error. With CANSuppression is neither reported nor cured this error. The replacement function is trotzdem.synchronisier. see also Chapter quantity control, ASG-intervention CAN A message ASG-speed request is then plausible if the integral torque W TGetriebe_2,WòM ASG -MRe ib dt physikalische0 Plausibilitätdie threshold exceeds mrwMDIntAX and the error is reported fbbEASG_H defective. ASG Speed The procedure shall then again be plausible if the integral moment is again 0 and thus the synchronisier.Fehler fbbEASG_H is reported as well. To allow the engagement of the back must ASG At least once reach the resumption conditions (neutral value 0, etc) speed request. With CAN-suppression, this error is not reported yet healed. The friction torque is only completed Therefore, if the interference amount mrmM_EASG = 0. CAN message A speed intervention by the ASG is only allowed when the current driving speed fgmFGAKT Getriebe_2,≥the speed threshold is mrwASGvmin. Functional is violated at a speed request this threshold then a repeat procedures until after the Be performed plausibility reaching the resumption conditions. ASG speed There is no error entry. synchronized. Threshold

Group error for FAULTBooks-entry at Failure of the CAN transmission embassies

mrwASG_Bmx mrwASG_Bmn cowECOMTC.6

If the error fbbEASG_I finally broken and cowECOMTC.6 = 1, the motor turned off. In message count error hefollows no Momentengradientenbegrention (mrmdMD_MGB = 0xFF).


mrwASGRAMP

mrwMDIntAX


mrwASGRAMP

mrwASGvmin


mrwASGRAMP

mrwMSK_FGTÜber the mask mrwMSK_FGT can be administered a total of 5 errors whose states additionally be summarized in a separate error fbbEASG_S. This is to be preventedto that in case of failure of the transmission control unit, the timeout error both CAN messages gear 1 and Gear 2 or consequential errors are entered in the fault memory. Each selected error must be so be administered, that he will not be entered in the fault memory. Now if one of these errors defective reported, it is without fault debouncing (applied) the error fbbEASG_S malfunctioning and in Fault memory registered. Mask mrwMSK_FGT: xxxxxxx1 bfbbEEGS_1 xxxxxx1x bfbbEASG_Q xxxxx1xx bfbbEASG_P xxxx1xxx bfbbEASG_G xxx1xxxx bfbbEASG_H


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-17

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

CAN message Transmission 2, Timeout for VL30 intervention

Once the VL30 transmission is a valid LL-set speed> zero requests the debouncing of the error Jewellers fbeECVT_Q started. If the procedure is not completed before the end of the debounce fbwECVT_QA that fault is detected defective, the bit mroCVTSTAT.2 and LL-set speed requirement mrmN_LLCAN = null sent to the LL target speed calculation. Once the transmission itself again LL setpoint speed = zero, the error recovery is requesting started. As soon as the requested N-LL-set is (from mroN_LLCAr) exceeds the value of the mrwCVTNLLM CAN message converted requirement mrmN_LLCAN limited to this value and bit mroCVTSTAT.1 set Transmission 2, Be- the intervention, however, remains valid. limitation of This threshold must be chosen because of the redundant thrust monitoring of small mrwLLR_AUS. by VL30 atrequired NLL-target CAN message Gear 2, If the request of the gearbox (in mroN_LLCAr) is equal to 0xFF bit mroCVTSTAT.3 geReceipt of sets and an LL setpoint speed requirement mrmN_LLCAN = zero at the LL target speed calculation geMisrecognition sends. However, there is no error. by VL30 Transmission CAN message Gear 2, Signal range Signal-range-check-up (error fbbECVT_H) when mrmN_LLCAN> mrwCVTNmax Signal range check is down (Error fbbECVT_L) when mrmN_LLCAN
fbwECVT_Q.

Completion of the procedure by zeroing the requirement mrmN_LLCAN.

mrwCVTNLLM

Limiting the intervention to mrwCVTNLLM.


mrwCVTNmax mrwCVTNmin fbwECVT_H. fbwECVT_L.



DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-18

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:16 Road speed signal (FGG) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range

fgwDA1_VMA fgwDA2_VMA

The VGW fgwDA1_VGW or fgwDA2_VGW is used. The selection is made using the ISO-Loginre quest (password xcwPFGG1, xcwPFGG2 and VGW cowFUN_FGG) Shutdown of the FGR Switching off the air conditioning compressor Default value

fgwDA1_VGW fgwDA2_VGW

When the vehicle speed is fgmFGAKT> fgwDA1_VMA (or fgwDA2_VMA), the error fbbEFGG_H set. (FgwDA1_VMA> 40 km / h or fgwDA2_VMA of> 40 km / h)

HighAfter successfully determining the distance factor (number of measurements within the tolerance band fgoHPDC = Level duration fgwKTG_ANZ) is newly set up high-level duration (HPD). Exits the current HPD the tolerance Monitoring erance band, it will error fbbEFGG_S reported event-driven. Def After detection on final. (Applies only to is switched to the default fgwDA .. _VGW for the driving speed. Kienzle Speedometer graph) Frequency range Exceeds the input frequency permitted by the system value 5 kHz, the error fbbEFGG_F placed. This error no longer heals. If not monitored at driving speed over CAN. At road speed via the CAN error fbbEFGG_C will be notified once the CAN Misrecognition Message is received, the error identifier 0xFF instead of speed, or if no valid received / (timeout caw ... _RTO expired or inconsistent data) was received ge message AND the CAN problem CAN-monitoring (message timeout error) is hidden. Debouncing this error should be in the Caster to prevent fbwEFGG_CA should be applied shorter than mrwCANAUSB. See also Chapter CAN. At road speed via the CAN error fbbEFGG_Q is reported as soon as the Geschwindigkeitsherkunft configured CAN message the corresponding timeout error (fbbEASR_Q, Embassy fbbEKO1_Q or fbbEAS3_Q) has set. This happens, in order also in this case, the corresponding Timeout Trigger replacement reactions. The timeout error will not be reported if the CAN-enable map is. should fbbEFGG_Q with zero debounced be (fbwEFGG_QA = 0) and on "replacement reaction without error memory entry "applied (otherwise: double fault entry). If the vehicle speed fgmFGAKT
xcwPFGG1 xcwPFGG2 cowFUN_FGG

fgwDA._VGW

Shutdown of the FGR Switching off the air conditioning compressor Switching to default.

Switching to default.

mrwFAS_CNV mrwFAS_CNM mrwFAS_CNN cowFUN_ADR



The VGW fgwDA1_VGW or fgwDA2_VGW is used.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Road speed signal (FGG)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-19

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:17 FGR control panel, variant LT2 Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Plausibility FGR-V with remaining oneoutputs

mrwALL_LT2

Shutdown of the FGR

Data


Plausibility FGR-V with remaining oneoutputs Plausibility on Contact closure

If one of the contacts FGR-A, FGR-W, FGR FGR + or - detected as active, it must thereafter (intrahalf the time mrwALL_LT2) and the control contact FGR-V are recognized as active, otherwise one is Keypad defect before (error fbbEFGA_P). This error is event driven, the error counter is thereforth upon each actuation, wherein the control contact is not to be active in the time ER-mrwALL_LT2 known is incremented by one. If the control contact is tripped and no further, so a control panel failure has occurred (error fbbEFGA_A). This error is event driven, with each actuation of the control contact without prior Active detection of another contact, the error counter is incremented.

Data

In addition to the control contact is just another contact must be active, otherwise there is a control panel defect ago (Error fbbEFGA_X). This error is event-driven.

8:18 FGR control panel, Variant VW Surveillance monitoring strategy of Plausibility FGR-L with restunion inputs gene Plausibility FGR-A with FGR-W Plausibility FGR-A with FGR + Plausibility FGR + with FGR-W

If during off keypad dimFGL, one of the contacts FGR-A, FGR-W or FGR + as active recognized as an operating unit failure has occurred (error fbbEFGA_F).

Is detected with actuated switch dimFGA resuming contact dimFGW as active, is an operating unit defect before (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can by mrwALL_DEF wegappliare graces. Is detected with actuated switch dimFGA the acceleration Contact dimFGP as active, is a control panel defect before (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can wegappliziert by mrwALL_DEF be. Is detected with actuated resumption dimFGW the acceleration Contact dimFGP as active, is an operating unit defect before (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can by mrwALL_DEF wegappliare graces.

Data

Shutdown of the FGR mrwALL_DEF

mrwALL_DEF

mrwALL_DEF

mrwALL_DEF


DS / ESA

Surveillance - FGR control panel, variant LT2

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-20

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:19 FGR control panel, Variant VW CAN, "locked-off" Surveillance monitoring strategy of Suppression the error monitoring

Plausibility FGR-L with restunion inputs gene Plausibility FGR-A with FGR-W Plausibility FGR-A with FGR + Plausibility FGR + with FGR-W Plausibility FGR-L with GRA-Hpt.Sch. CAN error

Data

In general, the error detection of fault fbbEFGC_Q, fbbEFGC_C, and fbbEFGC_B is stopped, if the suppression of the CAN error monitoring is active. The error fbbEFGC_Y is independent reported by the suppression, and the error fbbEFGC_P is reported when any of the error fbbEFGC_Q, fbbEFGC_Y, fbbEFGC_B and fbbEFGC_C present. The suppression of the CAN error monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of environenvironmental conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus nodes are not assumed can (see section CAN - suppression of errors of the external control device intervention). During the suppression of error monitoring the debounce times already possibly the current located in debouncing above error reset. If during off keypad dimFGL, one of the contacts FGR-A, FGR-W or FGR + as active recognized as an operating unit failure has occurred (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can by mrwALL_DEF mrwALL_DEF be wegappliziert.

Is detected with actuated switch dimFGA resuming contact dimFGW as active, is an operating unit defect before (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can by mrwALL_DEF wegappli-mrwALL_DEF are graces. Is detected with actuated switch dimFGA the acceleration Contact dimFGP as active, is a control panel defect before (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can by mrwALL_DEF wegappliziertmrwALL_DEF be. Is detected with actuated resumption dimFGW the acceleration Contact dimFGP as active, is an operating unit defect before (error fbbEFGA_F). This error can by mrwALL_DEF wegappli-mrwALL_DEF are graces. Is the information of the contact dimFGL not ("locked-off") on digital input with the redundant information in byte 1, bit 0 (S_HAUPT) of the GRA or GRA_Neu message ("GRA / ADR - Main switch ") match, an operating unit is a fault (error fbbEFGC_P). If for the time caw .. _RTO no new message is received or the message content inconsistent (In two immediately successive attempts to read the data of the message was the content already again partially overwritten), the error fbbEFGC_Q and fbbEFGC_Y be reported. when the suppression of the CAN error monitoring is not active. The error fbbEFGC_Y is in contrast set to fbbEFGC_Q also reported when the suppression of the CAN error monitoring is active. He serves only to switch off the function and must be applied so that no error storing conducted is (set fbwEFGC_YT.1). Until one of the errors finally broken, will continue to be used as a substitute value, the ultimate message.


Data

Shutdown of the FGR

Shutdown of the FGR

Shutdown of the FGR


DS / ESA

Surveillance - FGR control panel, Variant VW CAN, "locked-off"

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-21

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Checksum error-GRAMessage

Embassy unplausi counterbel

Transmitter coding tion unplausibel

With correct (or incorrect) checksum is an error counter to 0 (or mrwGRA_Cog) decrebenefits (or incremented). Exceeds the error counter value mrwGRA_Cmx the error fbbEFGC_C reported. The function is switched off in any case, once the checksum to be defective hewas known (counter> threshold ÞmrmGRACoff.0). Once an incorrect checksum is detected, the ultimate control panel state is frozen. Is there a difference of the value of the current message count by more than mrwGRA_Bmx of the prereciprocating value, the error is reported fbbEFGC_B. Similarly, if the message count on more than mrwGRA_Bmn main program periods does not change. The function is switched off in any case tion as soon as the message count has been identified as defective was (mrmGRACoff.1). As long as the counter is greater than the threshold, the message is evaluated. Not true at to be received GRA_Neu message the transmitter coding contained in the message match that determined by mrwMULINF0 (see cruise control), the Reported error fbbEFGC_S.

mrwGRA_Cmx mrwGRA_Cog

Shutdown of the FGR

mrwGRA_Bmx mrwGRA_Bmn

Shutdown of the FGR

mrwMULINF0

Shutdown of the FGR

Data


8:20 glow relay (GLR) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit Coding word MSG = GZS Plausibility with dimGZR

In Idle state the final stage of fbbEGRS_O error is set.

Data

no

If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEGRS_K is set. Is the application in the MSG (gswGZS_TYP) does not match the received coding word match (GsoGZS_BUF) the error fbbEGZS_C is reported. Is the Glührückmeldung dimGZR not with the control the power stage ehmFGRS (logic 0 or 1) coincide, then the error is reported fbbEGZS_I.

The duty cycle ehmFGRS_K becomes 0 placed.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - glow relay (GLR)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-22

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:21 glow time (GZS) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Glow plug 1-6 Overcurrent Transmission

Data

Is the Message gsmGSK3_ST bit 0-5 set, then the corresponding error fbbEGSK_1 fbbEGSK_6 set. In case of overcurrent at any glow plug (gsmGSK3_ST.6) the error fbbEGZS_H is reported. If a transmission error (gsmGSK3_ST.8 - gsmGSK3_ST.B, stop bit, Flatline Low, Flatline High, timeout) the error is reported fbbEGZS_P. Stop bit is when after a LOW level 8 data has been read. Flatline High - Low error occurs when 32 x the same level has been read. Timeout error occurs when gsoCO_TO = 0 The counter is initialiseiert with gswTO_INIT, and after sending gsmGSK3_ST loaded with gswTO_REL. A Codierwortfehler exists if the encoding function received 3 different Codierworte has (gsoGZS_BUF).


Data

no

gswTO_INIT gswTO_REL

The duty cycle ehmFGRS_K becomes 0 placed.

8:22 Main Relay (HRL) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data


DS / ESA

Surveillance - glow time (GZS)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

After switching off the detection of F15 = LOW AND after the time mrwNCL_DA (Nachlaufentprellzeit) and EDCAblauf time mrwNCL_N0 after the speed reached 0 are various cells in the EEPROM bearprocessed and the time is started in order to allow possible errors stores mrwNCL_SP. Then carried out the fan control (time = kuot_NL) and then is again the time for mrwNCL_SP Fault memory activities awaited. Finally, the HRL is thrown (control CJ911). and set after the error condition bounce time of the error fbbEHRL_S.

Normally, the voltage before the fault debounce time drops, otherwise "stick" the Hauptrerelays or other defect is present (eg defective CJ911). Warning: fbwEHRL_ST.7 may not be set, otherwise the error can not be deleted.

wherein V, M, P: mrwNCL_DA mrwNCL_N0 mrwNCL_SP

no When F15 = HIGH RESET is performed.

in C: nlwNCL_DA nlwNCL_N0 nlwNCL_SP

In addition, with M (VP44): With a supply voltage error or to early shutdown of the main relay this bit is EEPROM set. This leads to the message of the error fbbeHRL_Z .


DS / ESA

Surveillance - main relay (HRL)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-24

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:23 heating requirement (HZA) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range

anwHZA_MAX anwHZA_MIN

Default value

anwHZA_VOR

Data


Data

Signal Range Check up (error fbbEHZA_H) when anoU_HZA> anwHZA_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEHZA_L) when anoU_HZA
8:24 Höch's speed limit (HGB) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Suppression the error monitoring

CAN error Niveau1

Checksum error NIV Message Embassy unplausi counterbel

Incorrect coding tion (Engine Hunter)

In general, the error detection of fault fbbENIV_Q, fbbENIV_C, fbbENIV_B, fbbENIV_P and is fbbEALR_Q stopped when the suppression of the CAN fault monitoring is active. The suppression of the CAN error monitoring to prevent unnecessary error messages in the case of environenvironmental conditions in which a communication of all CAN bus nodes are not assumed can (see section CAN - suppression of errors of the external control device intervention). During the suppression of error monitoring the debounce times already possibly the current located in debouncing above error reset. If for the time caw .. _RTO no new message is received or the message content inconsistent (In two immediately successive attempts to read the data of the message was the content already again partially overwritten), the error fbbENIV_Q when the suppression is reported, the CAN error monitoring is not active. With correct (or incorrect) checksum error counter is decremented to 0 (or mrwNIV_Cog) (Or incremented). Exceeds the error counter value mrwNIV_Cmx the error ECEC NIV_C reported. Is there a difference of the value of the current message count by more than mrwNIV_Bmx of the previouslyprevious value, the error is reported fbbENIV_B. Similarly, if the message count on more than mrwNIV_Bmn main program periods does not change. The function is switched off in any case tion as soon as the message count has been identified as defective. If an implausibility between label cowFUN_HUN and the bit 'Verbaucodierung' in Niveau1, Byte5 bit 4 is detected, the error is reported fbbENIV_P. In addition to the suppression of the CAN Error monitoring, error detection also stopped with this error if the message content of Niveau1 faulty (fbbENIV_Q, checksums or message count error). If for the time caw .. _RTO no new message is received or the message content inconsistent (In two immediately successive attempts to read the data of the message was the content already again partially overwritten), the error fbbEALR_Q when the suppression is reported, the CAN error monitoring is not active.

Maintain the last valid values from mrmHGB_Anf.0 and mrmHGB_Anf.1

mrwNIV_Cmx mrwNIV_Cog


mrwNIV_Bmx mrwNIV_Bmn


cowFUN_HUN

CAN error Allrad1

Maintain the last valid value of mrmHGB_Anf.4


DS / ESA

Monitoring concept - heating requirement (HZA)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-25

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:25 hydraulic fan - power amplifier (HYL) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit

Data

In Idle state the final stage of fbbEHYL_O error is set.


Data

Send by 0xFFh CAN Motor5 Byte 5 Send by 0xFFh CAN Motor5 Byte 5

If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEHYL_K is set.

8:26 kickdown switch (KIK) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Plausibility

Data


Data


Data

There will be no lag. Be applied is shutdown the LDR, ARF and the full-load.


mrwPWG_KIKLiegt at anmPWG less an applicable threshold (mrwPWG_KIK) the kickdown signal dimKIK and is not a PWG error before, so the kickdown signal after the reset of error bounce as implausible detected. If the recovery of the error if the duration of the cure time at the above conditions tions no kickdown signal.

8:27 terminal 15 (KL15) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Plausibility

Data

The monitoring is done in the initialization of the EDC. It is the unentprellte KL15 status eingele-cowFLDR sen, and when detected cause the error fbbEK15_P as LOW. However, the control unit will not power up, if the K15 is permanently LOW. possible sources of error: a short LOW pulse during initialization (faulty ignition) is a conductor in the control unit is interrupted (Control unit faulty)


DS / ESA

Surveillance - hydraulic fan - power amplifier (HYL)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-26

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:28 Air relay (KLI) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit CAN message Clima 1

Data

In Idle state the final stage of fbbEKLI_O error is set.


Data

no

If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEKLI_K is set. If for the time caw ... _RTO no new message Clima 1 received or the message content inconsistent (at two directly successive attempts to read the data of the message the content was already back partially overwritten) and is no suppression of the CAN monitor active (mrmAUSBL = 0), an error is reported fbbEKLI_Q.

caw ... _RTO

8:29 Instrument Cluster CAN message (KBI) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data

CAN message Kombi1

caw ... _RTO

CAN message Kombi2

If caw for the time ... _RTO not receive new message Kombi1 or is the message content inconsistent (at two directly successive attempts to read the data of the message the content was already back partially overwritten) and is no suppression of the CAN monitor active (mrmAUSBL = 0), the error reported fbbEKO1_Q. If caw for the time ... _RTO not receive new message Kombi2 or is the message content inconsistent (at two directly successive attempts to read the data of the message the content was already back partially overwritten) and is no suppression of the CAN monitor active (mrmAUSBL = 0), the error reported fbbEKO2_Q.

caw ... _RTO


Data

provided that signal via CAN applied: anmOTF to default anmOTF_VOR anmWTF_CAN to default (AnmWTF plus max. Tolerance WTF anwWTFdelt) anmUTF to default anmLTF

WTF CAN description see water temperature sensor on the cylinder head outlet (WTF)


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Air relay (KLI)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-27

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:30 fuel temperature sensor (KTF) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range

anwKTF_MAX anwKTF_MIN

Default value

anwKTF_VOR

anwKTF_Imn anwKTF_Int anwKTF_T anwKTF_dT anwKTF_Tmn anwKTFPRDY

pure monitoring function

dynamic Plausibility

The error fbbEKTF_H and fbbEKTF_L are always gutgemeldet with VP44 (136) ansonten applies: Signal Range Check up (error fbbEKTF_H) when anoU_TK> anwKTF_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEKTF_L) when anoU_TK
The error can only be gutgemeldet via the A test. This occurs if, within a The cycle, the KTF to anoKTF_Ini an absolute minimum change anmKTF (difference, KTF at initiahas capitalization) of anwKTF_dT. In this case, the absolute change in temperature is reached at the olda anoKTF_PT output and starts a new DTI test A test is also in this Stopped case for the driving cycle


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Fuel temperature sensor (KTF)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-28

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued KTF-monitoring Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


dynamic Plausibility (Continued)

anwKTF_Imn anwKTF_Int anwKTF_T anwKTF_dT anwKTF_Tmn anwKTFPRDY

pure monitoring function

Data


If none of the two positive events occur, the error is incorrectly reported fbbEKTF_PDET, a new DTI test started, the DT-integral anoKTF_Int set to zero and stops the A test. At the same time abutting error fbbEKTF_H or fbbEKTF_L the DTI starting value is anoBSTZiO set to the current value of the BSZ. This action is also carried out, the DTI greater value to startSSER be greater than the value of the BSZ.

Data

In the wake, the values are anmKTF_Int (DTI value corresponds anoKTF_Int) anmBSTZiO (DTI Starting value) and anmKTF_PT stored in E2PROM. Takes the driving cycle (current BSZ BSZ at minus SG-initialization, anoBST_ZSH (high word) and anoBST_ZSL (low word)) without iO event shortest zer as anwKTF_Tmn so anmBSTZiO is before storing for the duration of the current Betriebszyextended cycle

If the parameter has anwKTFPRDY a nonzero value, then the error in the fbbEKTF_P SG initialization gutgemeldet to allow early for the KTF-path Readiness. The test results can be read and reset by using CARB Mode 6. Test status information in anmKTF_PT, bits 14 and 15, and bits 0 through 13: 0 0 00000000000000 .. neither DTI test yet completed A-Test Completed 1 0 00000000000000 .. DTI test negative Completed 1 1 .. 00000000000000 DTI test positive (Nonzero x) 0 0 .. xxxxxxxxxxxxxx: A test completed successfully, reached Temperature change on anoKTF_PT read

8:31 coolant thermostat - power amplifier (TST) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit

In Idle state the final stage of fbbETST_O error is set.

Data

no

If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbETST_K is set.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Coolant Thermostat - Power Amplifier (TST)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-29

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:32 cooling water heating (KWH) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Generator load Zero%

Data


Data

The alternator supplies an EDC, the generator load corresponding duty cycle. This signal Shutdown of KWH subject idle strong fluctuations and is therefore filtered via a PT1 element. Corresponds to the-khwNULLAST fbwEKWH_LAses a signal generator load less than or equal khwNULLAST for the time fbwEKWH_LA and is breits Start shedding occurs (mrmSTART_B = 0), the error fbbEKWH_L is set.

8:33 KWH Relay 1 (GSK1) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit

Data

In Idle state the final stage of fbbEGK1_O error is set.


Data

no control of the glow plugs

If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEGK1_K is set.

8:34 KWH relay 2 (GSK2) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit

Data

In Idle state the final stage of fbbEGK2_O error is set.


Data

no control of the glow plugs

If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEGK2_K is set.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - cooling water heating (KWH)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-30

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:35 boost pressure sensor (LDF) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range Supply

anwLD2_MAX anwLD2_MIN

Default value (jump)

anwLD2_VOR

Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Full-load (be applied) As a replacement value for the smoke limit and LDR, the atmospheric pressure used rather than the default value from the analog treatment (AnwLDF_VOR). Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Full-load (be applied) As a replacement value for the smoke limit and LDR, the atmospheric pressure used rather than the default value from the analog treatment (AnwLDF_VOR).

cowFLDRAB. cowFARFAB. cowFMEBEG.

Signal range

Signal Range Check up (error fbbELD2_H) when anoU_LDF2> anwLD2_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELD2_L) when anoU_LDF2
The monitoring is done only when there is no intake manifold vacuum is detected (mrmLDFUaus = 0).

anwLDF_MAX anwLDF_MIN

Signal Range Check up (error fbbELDF_H) when anoU_LDF> anwLDF_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELDF_L) when anoU_LDF


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Boost pressure sensor (LDF)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-31

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued LDF monitoring Surveillance monitoring strategy of Plausibility with Atmospheric pressure sensor (ADF)

The monitoring is only in intact donors (LDF & ADF SRC no errors), and if no suction been pipe negative pressure detected is performed (mrmLDFUaus = 0). Furthermore, the test is aborted when speed is detected. If there is no these conditions, the procedure is as follows: After SG-initialization, the time ldwLA_DLY awaited. Thereafter ldwLA_ANZ samples of the measured values and anmADF anmLDF made. All measured values have been read, the average pressure difference calculated net:

Data


Data

ldwLA_DLY ldwLA_MAX ldwLA_ANZ fbwELDF_PA fbwELDF_PB fbwELDF_PT

Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Full-load (be applied) As a replacement value for the smoke limit and LDR, the atmospheric pressure used rather than the default value from the analog treatment (AnwLDF_VOR). However, in case of defective ADF is the VGW anwADF_VOR verapplies.


ldwLA _ANZ

å(anmLDF

ldoLA _DIF 

n

-anmADFn )

n1

ldwLA _ANZ The error is now reported fbbELDF_P defective, ldoLA_DIF should reach the value ldwLA_MAX or exceed. Falls below the value ldoLA_DIF ldwLA_MAX, then the error fbbELDF_P reported intact. If the fault fbbELDF_P defective or intact reported, ended the test as regularly and not completed broken, so the test result is sent as ldmLDF_dp to CARB Mode 6. Occupancy Statusolda ldoLDFP_St: Bit position of decimal 01 12 24 38 416 532

Importance Waiting for the waiting time ldwLA_DLY Measuring Performed test end test Recognized test abort speed Satisfies condition SRC error ADF Satisfies condition SRC error LDF

Application Note: fbwELDF_PT = 16 (ereignisentprellt) fbwELDF_PA = 0, = 0 fbwELDF_PB


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Boost pressure sensor (LDF)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-32

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:36 boost pressure control (LDR) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Control shutdeviation

Data


Data

The monitoring depends on the load condition of the engine. For this, the speed quantities diagram in five areas divided. mrmM_EAKT

ldwREGN1

1

ldwREGN2

2

3

ldwREGN3

Limiting amount

4

ldwREG1KL ldwREG0KL

ldwREGN1 ldwREGN2 ldwREGN3 ldwREG1KL ldwREG0KL ldwREGME3 ldwREGME4

ldwREGME4

ldwREGME3

dzmNmit


Figure LDR_08: Workspaces Monitoring for control deviation occurs only in region 3 and 4. The control loop is as deperfectly classified when for the time fbwELDSpRA or fbwELDSnRA the deviation LDME greater than ldoREGMXpR or ldwREGMXnR. (Error fbbELDSpR, fbbELDSnR). The maximum deviation is determined by the characteristic field ldwRMXpRKF. For this map can next mrmBMEF (minimum of all limiting factors) on the variant switch cowRMXpRTF depending on the selection, the cooling water temperature or the oil temperature anmKTF anmOTF as Input can be selected. The maximum positive deviation LDR is on the olda ldoREGMXpR output.

fbwELDSpRA fbwELDSnRA ldwREGMXnR ldwRMXpRKL cowRMXpRTF

cowRMXpRTF

The LDR is only in the range 4 completed switched on. Shutdown of the ARF (be applied)

Full-load (be applied)

cowFARFAB1 cowFARFAB2 cowFARFAB3 cowFMEBEG1 cowFMEBEG2 cowFMEBEG3

anmWTF anmOTF ldoREGMXpR mrmBMEF

KF ldwRMXpRKL

Figure LDR_12: max. Pos LDR deviation


DS / ESA

Surveillance - charge pressure control (LDR)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-33

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued LDR Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data

Manifold under pressure

mrwLDFU_mx mrwLDFUAMX mrwLDFUAGt mrwLDFU_ST mrwLDFUINt

To permit safe evaluation of the intake manifold vacuum, a balance value for the Pressure difference of ADF and LDF to compensate for component differences and aging effects be used. For the determination of the adjustment value mrmLDFUAGL the following conditions must be met:


Data

- The start bit is on first start (mrmSTART_B = 1) - The speed dzmNmit = 0, - The driving speed fgmFGAKT = 0, - The intake manifold anmLTF is greater than mrwLDFU_ST - Waiting period mrwLDFUINt after initialization has expired.

If all conditions are met, the balance will be carried out once. The result of the difference anmLDF - anmADF is limited to the value [-mrwLDFUAMX, + mrwLDFUAMX]. This value mroLDFUdf1 is filtered and written to mroLDFUabg. The filter function if anmLDF is ≤ anmADF the function (2 * mrmLDFUAGL (old) + mroLDFUdf1) / 3 otherwise the function (5 * mrmLDFUAGL (old) + mroLDFUdf1) / 6 uses. If the stored calibration value implausible (| MrmLDFUAGL (old) |> mrwLDFUAMX), then the new value is mroLDFUdf1 without filtering by mroLDFUabg taken.

If after the expiration of the waiting period mrwLDFUAGt donors for ADF, LDF, LTF and FGG intact (fboSADF = 0, = 0 fboSLDF, fbosLDP = 0, fboSLTF = 0, fboSFGG = 0), the emittelte balance value is mroLDFUabg taken by mrmLDFUAGL and written into the EEPROM. Otherwise, the Balance recognized as implausible and discarded. The ancient standing in the EEPROM value is retained and used as the match value. If the above conditions for the comparison is not satisfied, the balance value mrmLDFUAGL remains unchanged.

If the adjusted pressure difference mroLDFUdf2 assuming the balance condition outside the topermeable region (| mrmLDFUdf2 |> mrwLDFU_mx - presumption exchanged / damaged sensor) so in this cycle, no monitoring is performed on intake manifold vacuum (mroLDFU_no = 1). Also, the monitoring is not performed if the calibration value mrmLDFUAGL unplausibel is (| mrmLDFUAGL |> mrwLDFUAMX), or as long as the balance was not finished. Note: New SG must in production with an implausible value (0x7FFF) for mrmLDFUAGL be initialized.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-34

Y S01 281/120 - VG2


Data


Data


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-35

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Manifold under pressure (Continued)

The olda mroLDFASTA displays the current status of the adjustment. You can have the following values annehmen: - 0 = Not a calibration is carried out - 1 = Only Control | mrmLDFUAGL |> mrwLDFUAMX. Is performed if one of the conditions start bit = 1, dzmNmit = 0, fgmFGAKT = 0 or sensors is not satisfied in order. - 2 = | mroLDFUdf2 | calculate and check for> mrwLDFU_mx - 3 = Waiting for the end of a trip debounce time mrwLDFUAGt - 4 = balance completely performed. Application Note: The time mrwLDFUINt should be> 80 ms are applied to ensure that the used LDF value is correct and existing speed is detected. The intake manifoldthreshold mrwLDFU_ST, should be> 15 degrees are recognized to ensure that the sensors despite low temperatures in the winter are in the temperature-compensated range. Furthermore, the time must be debounce times for ADF, LDF, STF and FGG - mrwLDFUAGt greater than the SRC.

Figure UEBE_02: mroLDFASTA <4

>1

| MrmLDFUAGL (new) |> mrwLDFUAMX

mroLDFU_no

| MroLDFUdf2 |> mrwLDFU_mx

&

t> = mrwLDFUINt fboSFGG = 0

mrmSTART_B = 1

& dzmNmit = 0

fboSADF = 0

fgmFGAKT = 0

fboSLDF = 0

& &

fboSLDP = 0 fboSLTF = 0 t> = mrwLDFUAGt

& anmLTF> mrwLDFU_ST

mrmLDFUAGL (old) from EEPROM

mrmLDFUAGL Filtering

anmADF

mroLDFUabg

mroLDFUdf2

mroLDFUdf1

anmLDF CONTROLS

mrwLDFUAMX | MrmLDFUAGL (old) |> mrwLDFUAMX


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-36

Y S01 281/120 - VG2


Data


Data

Manifold under pressure (Continued)

mrwLDFU_KL mrwLDFO_KL mrwLDFU_tA mrwLDFU_tB mrwLDFPWMI mrwLDFUnMI

Activation of the ARF-digit 1-3 (applizierbar). see chapter 5.3 exhaust gas recirculation tion

arwFAR1aus arwFAR2aus

If for a time mrwLDFU_tA the balanced intake manifold pressure mroLDFUdif (anmLDF - anmADF mrmLDFUAGL) less than or equal to one of the characteristic curve obtained mrwLDFU_KL decrease in speed dependent threshold (mroLDFU_PS) as the manifold vacuum condition is detected. Is greater than that from the characteristic curve for the time of balanced intake manifold mrwLDFU_tB mrwLDFO_KL threshold value obtained mroLDFO_PS, the state manifold vacuum is redeleted. Was detected on manifold vacuum state and all the following conditions are met:

- No quantity request on FGR specified (mrmM_EFGR = 0), - No quantity request on specified ADR (mrmM_EADR = 0),

This measure remains in the wake active until after speed = 0 the time mrwNCL_N0 is expired, and until the MrwNCL_DA time after the start of the postrun has expired.

- No quantity request on the PWG set (mrmPWG_roh ≤mrwLDFPWMI) - The sender ADF and LDF are intact (fboSADF = 0, fboSLDF = 0, fboSLDP = 0), - The speed is greater than dzmNmit mrwLDFUnMI, - The monitoring of intake manifold vacuum is active (mroLDFU_no = 0), so mrmLDFUaus = 1 in the ARF, the output stages ehmFAR1, ehmFAR2 and ehmFAR3 be on Default values are set, but no fault memory entry is generated. If one of the conditions is not fulfilled, then immediately zurückgeschalten returns to normal function (MrmLDFUaus = 0). In the wake (nlmNLact = 1), the conditions dzmNmit> mrwLDFUnMI and mrmPWG_roh <= mrwLDFPWMI hidden to ensure a safe stopping the engine.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-37

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued LDR Surveillance monitoring strategy of Manifold under pressure (Continued)

Data


Data

Data

a

mroLDFU_PS

a <= b

dzmNmit

b

DEAD TIME

KL

mrwLDFU_tA

mrwLDFU_KL

S

Q a

mroLDFO_PS

a> b R

b

DEAD TIME

KL

mrwLDFO_tB

mrwLDFO_KL mrmLDFUAGL mroLDFUdif anmLDF anmADF

mrmM_EFGR = 0 mrmM_EADR = 0

&

fboSADF = 0

mrmLDFUaus

fboSLDF = 0 fboSLDP = 0 mroLDFU_no nlmNLact

>1 dzmNmit> mrwLDFUnMI

& mrmPWG_roh <= mrwLDFPWMI

Figure UEBE_05:

Monitoring of

Monitoring strategy

Data



A cure can be effected only in region 3, since in this area the scheme in existing regulations labweichung remains active. The cure takes place when the control deviation for the time fbwELDSpRB is less than or fbwELDSnRB ldoREGMXpR or ldwREGMXnR.

fbwELDSpRB fbwELDSnRB ldwREGMXnR

Switch to normal function


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-38

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:37 charging pressure plate (LDS) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit

Data

In Idle state the final stage of fbbELDS_O error is set. If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbELDS_K is set.


Data

Full-load (be applied) Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied)

cowFMEBEG. cowFARFAB. cowFLDRAB.

8:38 Mass air flow sensor (MAF) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range Supply Signal range Grinder

anwLM2_MAX anwLM2_MIN anwLMM_MAX anwLMM_MIN anwLMD_N1 anwLMD_N2 anwLMM_MAX anwLMM_MIN anwLMD_N1 anwLMD_N2 anwLMM_MAX anwLMM_MIN anwLMD_N1 anwLMD_N2

Default value

arwLMBPVGW

Default value Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Volload limited (be applied) Default value Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Volload limited (be applied) Default value Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Volload limited (be applied)

arwLMBPVGW cowFARFAB. cowFLDRAB. cowFMEBEG. arwLMBPVGW cowFARFAB. cowFLDRAB. cowFMEBEG. arwLMBPVGW cowFARFAB. cowFLDRAB. cowFMEBEG.

arwHFPA.u arwHFPA.o arwHFPN. arwHFPP. arwHFPT. arwHFPMmin arwHFPMmax

Default value Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Volload limited (be applied)

arwLMBPVGW cowFARFAB. cowFLDRAB. cowFMEBEG.

Signal range Grinder n synchronous (HFM5) Signal range Grinder at 1 ms sampling (HFM5)

Plausibility

Signal Range Check up (error fbbELM2_H) when anoU_LMM2> anwLM2_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELM2_L) when anoU_LMM2 anwLMM_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELMM_L) when anoU_LMM anwLMM_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELM5_L) when anoU_LMM anwLMM_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELM5_L) when anoU_LMM2S (PT1 already filtered) < anwLMM_MIN There shall be no violation of the SRC LMM present, the paths for DZG, LTF and LDF must be intact. If the ARF is not active (arwHFPA.u ehmFAR. ≤arwHFPA.o for all 3 ARF-actuators), and the Boundary conditions arwHFPNu ≤dzmNmit ≤arwHFPNo, arwHFPTu ≤anmLTF ≤arwHFPTo, arwHFPPu ≤ldmP_Llin ≤arwHFPPo are fulfilled, then if the condition arwHFPMmin ≤ armM_List ≤arwHFPMmax is not satisfied, the error is reported fbbELM5_P.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - boost pressure plate (LDS)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-39

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

HFM / LDF Plausibility for EOBD

The temperature measured by HFM air mass armIST_4 is with the calculated air mass armM_Lber the Verset ratio (armRatio). For large deviations, an error in fbbEHFM_L (sensitivity keitsdrift low) or fbbEHFM_H (sensitivity drift high) set. (See section 3.3)

arwn_PBlhi arwn_PBllo arwLDFmin arwRatmin arwn_PBhhi arwn_PBhlo arwLDFmax arwRatmax

In arwKF_ena = 1 arwLMVGWKF is to calculate the armM_List use det,

arwKF_ena arwLMVGWKF


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Mass air flow sensor (MAF)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-40

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:39 air temperature sensor (LTF) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range

anwLTF_MAX anwLTF_MIN

Default value

anwLTF_VOR

Data


Data

Signal Range Check up (error fbbELTF_H) when anoU_TL> anwLTF_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbELTF_L) when anoU_TL
8:40 MIL - Lamp (MIL) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit

In Idle state the final stage of fbbEMIL_O error is set.

no

If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEMIL_K is set.

8:41 wake pump - power amplifier (ZWP) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit

Data

In Idle state the final stage of fbbEZWP_O error is set.


Data

no

If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEZWP_K is set.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - air temperature sensor (LTF)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-41

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:42 oil temperature sensor (OTF) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range

anwOTF_MAX anwOTF_MIN

anmOTF to default anmOTF_VOR

anwO_VBtKL anwO_LUrKL anwOTF_VOR

anwT_P_OTF anwT_OTF anwSW_WTF anwFG_OTF

anmOTF to default anmOTF_VOR

anwOTF_VOR

In OTF about ADC (comVAR_OTF = 00xxh): Signal Range Check up (error fbbEOTF_H) when anoU_TO> anwOTF_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEOTF_L) when anoU_TO
Plausibility with WTF (ONLY EDC15 M +)

In application, OTF with a fixed default value ship (comVAR_OTF = 02xxH) is always sent anwOTF_VOR as oil temperature anmOTF. After shedding start a timer is started. After the time anwT_P_OTF waits until anmWTF> anwSW_WTF is. As soon as this threshold value is exceeded, a new timer is GE starts. After the time anwT_OTF is checked (again) whether anmOTF> anwFG_OTF is when not the fault fbbEOTFrd defective, otherwise reported good. The monitoring is re-started tion when anmWTF falls below this value exceeds anmSW_WTF and again.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - oil temperature sensor (OTF)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-42

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.43 pedal sensor (PWG) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range Supply Potentiometer

Signal Range Check up (error fbbEPW2_H) when anoU_PWG2> anwPW2_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEPW2_L) when anoU_PWG2
anwPW2_MAX anwPW2_MIN

Default value (jump)

anwPW2_VOR

Signal range Grinder Potentiometer

Signal Range Check up (error fbbEPWG_H) when anoU_PWG> anwPWG_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEPWG_L) when anoU_PWG
anwPWG_MAX anwPWG_MIN

increased idle speed

mrwLLR_PWD

Default values (ramps) mrwPWG_Pof, mrwPWG_Pon. In SRC injury AND Plausibility violation (LGS) is only mrwPWG_Pof used. see "PWG filter and driving behavior"

mrwPWG_Pof mrwPWG_Pon mrwPWG_Rau mrwPWG_Run


DS / ESA

Surveillance - pedal sensor (PWG)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-43

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued PWG Surveillance monitoring strategy of Plausibility Generally

Data

Behavior in cowVAR_PWG = 0 (PWG potentiometer / switch): mrwPWG_LPA anmPWG is checked for SRC and checked against the no-gas mrwPWG_UPS switch (dimLGS) for plausibility. This test can be deactivated by mrwPWG_LPA. Below mrwPWG_UPS mrwPWG_OPS the LGS must in Neutral, mrwPWG_OPS above be in the fully opened. If an error --------------------occurs, the error fbbEPWP_A set. mrwPWG_LLS mrwPWG_VLS mrwPWG_PLLVerhalten at cowVAR_PWG = 1 (two analog PWG): It checks the plausibility between the PWG and PGS, if no error fbbETAD_L, fbbETAD_H, mrwPWG_PTL mrwPWG_PVLfbbETAD_D, fbbETAD_T, fbbEPW2_L, fbbEPW2_H, fbbEPG2_L, fbbEPG2_H, fbbEPWG_L, fbbEPWG_H, fbbEPGS_L or fbbEPGS_H present, no debounce concerned this fault is active mrwPWG_HRP (AnmFPM_EPA = 0) or the error fbbEPWP_A is currently available (mroFPM_BED, bit 10 or bit 11 set).


Data

increased idle speed

mrwLLR_PWD

Ramp to mrwPWG_PofmrwPWG_Pof -------------------------------------------------- - mrwPWG_Rau see "PWG filter and driving behavior" mrwPWG_Run

Is the voltage difference | anmU_PWG - 2 * anmU_PGS | within a Plausibilitätsfensters, the error is fbbEPWP_A gutgemeldet, otherwise it is set. There are 3 plausibility window: Idle: anmPWG and anmPGS are smaller than mrwPWG_LLS: window width mrwPWG_PLL Partial load: anmPWG and anmPGS are both greater than and less than mrwPWG_LLS mrwPWG_VLS: window width mrwPWG_PTL Load: anmPWG and anmPGS are larger than mrwPWG_VLS: window width mrwPWG_PVL Switching between the plausibility windows occurs only if both the conditions for anmPWG as are also satisfied for anmPGS.

Plausibility Potentiometer

If only cowVAR_PWG = 0 (PWG potentiometer / switch) performed. This check is performed when a general plausibility violation. Is the neutral gas switch at least for the time mrwPWG_LGT in the fully opened and then (no becertain time) at least for the same time in idle gas position, there is a Potentiometerdefekt ago (Error fbbEPWP_P).

mrwPWG_LGT

Plausibility Empty gas switch

mrwPWG_WUSWird only cowVAR_PWG = 0 (PWG potentiometer / switch) performed. mrwPWG_WOSDiese check is performed when a general plausibility violation. If anmPWG> mrwPWG_WOS and then (no specific time) anmPWG
Default values as for defect PWG SRC Grinder

Full-load (be applied)

cowFMEBEG.

When pedal is the potentiometer be used. In SRC injury AND Plausibility violation (LGS) is only the VGW mrwPWG_Pof used (Ramp).

mrwPWG_Pof mrwPWG_Rau mrwPWG_Run


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-44

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued PWG Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-45

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Safety case Plausibility Brake

dzmNmit> mrwPWG_BPN fgmFGAKT> = mrwPWG_BPV anmPWG> mrwPWG_BPP

ramped transition to mrwPWG_Pbr

mrwPWG_SfB mrwPWG_Pbr

High idle speed

mrwLLR_NSF

mrwPWG_BPA

parameter varied selection idle regulator

mrmSICH_F

&

dimBRE

mrwPWG_BPN mrwPWG_BPV mrwPWG_BPP fbwEPWP_BA

DEAD TIME

dimBRK

fbwEPWP_BA

cowFUN_FDR

1 mrmFDR_CAN.0 .0 0 mrmFDR_CAN.1 .1

&

1 mrmFDR_CAN.2 .2 1 cowFUN_FDR

mrmFDR_CAN.3 .3 cowFUN_FDR.

Figure UEBE_04: safety case Above the speed mrwPWG_BPN AND the speed mrwPWG_BPV is when is anmPWG> mrwPWG_BPP AND the brake on AND no driving dynamics intervention is present after the time fbwEPWP_BA security event is detected (mrmSICH_F = 1). The error is fbbEPWP_B never reported, but only the label for the time used. Operated brake is when Main and redundant brake contact is actuated. This test is not in defective brake (fbbEBRE_P) and is using mrwPWG_BPA deactibar. A Fahrdynamikeingiff occurs when the FDR is enabled on the Function switch cowFUN_FDR AND on the CAN message Bremse_1 following bit combination is received: S_FDR ≡mrmFDR_CAN.0 = TRUE ... FDR operation S_BLS ≡mrmFDR_CAN.1 = FALSE ... driver does not brake S_BKV ≡driven mrmFDR_CAN.2 = TRUE ... brake booster F_BKV ≡mrmFDR_CAN.3 = TRUE ... brake booster installed and no Error

The replacement data Bremse_1 the message should be delivered so that when a CAN defect the Monitoring of safety case is definitely active.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-46

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Surveillance monitoring strategy of Plausibility Potentiometer with empty gas switch (FbbEPWP_A, fbbEPWP_P, fbbEPWP_L) Signal range Grinder Potentiometer

Data

If only cowVAR_PWG = 0 (PWG potentiometer / switch) performed. To cure must be in the following order:


Data

Transition to normal function (ramp)

mrwPWG_Rau mrwPWG_Run

mrwPWG_WOS

-

the pedal sensor anmPWG> mrwPWG_WOS AND the empty gas switch in the fully opened be. There must be no SRC injury (more). mrwPWG_WUS the pedal sensor anmPWG
-

"Idle speed" Freezing the last PWG value

Double Analog PWG In the Olda mroFPM_BED the collected conditions for the PWG monitoring are togethertaken, the information is determined "provisionally" using the Message anmFPM_EPA. Is mroFPM_BED zero or bits 10 or 11 (plausibility PWG PGS) are set, then the plausibility check PWG PGS carried out and handle errors fbbEPWP_A. Is now mroFPM_BED equal to zero, a replacement reaction must be carried out. The type of replacement reaction can be read using mroFPM_ZAK:

Safety case Plausibility Brake

mroFPM_ZAK = 0 (finally healed): no replacement reaction, anmPWG has penetration on mrmPWGfi mroFPM_ZAK = 1 (for the time being defective): the last valid value of anmPWG remains frozen mroFPM_ZAK = 4 (final defective): mrmPWGfi is set to 0%, the replacement reaction "idlenumber "is activated (mrmLLR_PWD = 1) mroFPM_ZAK = 2 (healing ramp): It is mrmPWGfi by the driver default value 0% over the Ramp mrwPWG_HRP gone to the current driver request anmPWG. This is reached, the increased idle speed deactivated (mrmLLR_PWD = 0) The safety case will be withdrawn if DPWG / dt> mrwPWG_dPS is OR the brake OR PWG is inactive. For re-recognize the brake must have been inactive.

mrwPWG_dPS

In anmPWG

DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-47

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

To evaluate the PWG monitoring in mroPWG_Z following values are displayed (cowVAR_PWG = 0): Value

Importance

Value

Importance

0 1 2 3

Function in order Recognized SRC injury SRC replacement function PWG = f (LGS) active Plausibility violation generally

4 5 6

Plausibility violation empty gas switch Plausibility violation potentiometer SRC and plausibility violation

The state of the PWG monitoring is included in mroFPM_ZAK (cowVAR_PWG = 1): DezimalwertKommentar 0PWG finally healed 1PWG defective provisionally 2PWG healing ramp active 4PWG finally broken

The reason for a replacement reaction PWG is included in mroFPM_BED: BitpositionDezimalwertKommentar 01Fehler fbbEPWG_H or fbbEPWG_L defective provisionally 12Fehler fbbEPWG_H or fbbEPWG_L finally broken 24Fehler fbbEPGS_H or fbbEPGS_L defective provisionally 38Fehler fbbEPGS_H or fbbEPGS_L finally broken 416Fehler fbbEPW2_H or fbbEPW2_L defective provisionally 532Fehler fbbEPW2_H or fbbEPW2_L finally broken 664Fehler fbbEPG2_H or fbbEPG2_L defective provisionally 7128Fehler fbbEPG2_H or fbbEPG2_L finally broken 8256Fehler fbbETAD_H or fbbETAD_L defective provisionally 9512Fehler fbbETAD_H or fbbETAD_L finally broken 101024Fehler fbbEPWP_A defective provisionally 112048Fehler fbbEPWP_A finally broken 124096Fehler fbbETAD_T defective provisionally 138192Fehler fbbETAD_T finally broken 1416384Fehler fbbETAD_D finally broken


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-48

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.44 reference voltage (U_REF) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range

anwREF_MAX anwREF_MIN

Default value

anwREF_VOR

Data


Data

Signal Range Check up (error fbbEURF_H) when anoU_UREF> anwREF_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEURF_L) when anoU_UREF
8.45 light system (SYS) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit Plausibility

In Idle state the output stage and not set plausibility error fbbEK15_P the error is fbbEDIA_O set. If status Short circuit of the output stage and not set plausibility error fbbEK15_P the error is fbbEDIA_K set. The requirement by the engine control unit to the combi boiler system lamp on or off hefollows via CAN message motor 5 (byte 1, bit 1). The combined device sends the system status lamp with CAN message Kombi 1 (byte 0, bit 7) back. Both bits: 0 = Lamp off, 1 = lamp. If they do not match two bits longer than fbwEDIA_PA, must be assumed, that the combined unit the request can not be implemented. In this case, the engine control unit of the Write error fbbEDIA_P. Monitoring is deactivated when the CAN monitor outis hidden or message timeout or inconsistency of the Kombi 1 message exists. The evaluation takes place on the unentprellten error fbbEKO1_Q so that the suppression of this error is not from the Debounce time of the error depends fbbEKO1_Q.

no

gswFHZ

no

Healing: The healing takes place the error fbbEDIA_P when, with active monitoring has both a requirement "lamp" and "lamp" (by the engine control unit to the combi boiler) with the Mindesdauer gswFHZ were continuously acknowledged with the correct status from the combi boiler. The order is not important.

Application Note: The record label fbwEDIA_PA must be applied to at least 100ms less than the minimum fbwT_DIBLK of and half the period duration of xcwFreq. The error dispensation gswFHZ must be applied to at least 200ms less than the minimum of fbwT_DIBLK and half the period duration of xcwFreq.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Reference voltage (U_REF)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-49

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.46 Ambient temperature sensor (UTF) Surveillance monitoring strategy Of

Data


Plausibility

anwUTF_UBm

For the UTF LTF will be used.

anwUTFAMAX anwUTFAMIN

anmUTF_ANA to default anmUTFAVOR

Is UTF evaluation of data telegram selected (comVAR_FZG = 1 or 2) according to the following Strategy monitored. If greater aneUTF_MAX (20s) will receive a data telegram for a time OR the content of the received data frame is less than 7 OR the contents of the received data telegram is greater than 250, then the UTF is recognized as implausible (error fbbEUTF_P) and to the replacement value LTF switched. When the battery voltage falls below anmUBATT threshold anwUTF_UBm OR the message comVAR_FZG is set to 0, is also switched to the replacement value LTF, but the error fbbEUTF_P not reported.

Data

UTF evaluation via CAN is selected (comVAR_FZG = 3): The error fbbEUTF_U (inaccurate) is reported when the CAN message Kombi 2, the error S_UTF is set and no defect value (FFh) or zero (00h) is sent and no fade out the CAN monitor is active (mrmAUSBL = 0). The error fbbEUTF_N (not installed) is reported when the CAN message Kombi 2, the error S_UTF bit is set and null (00h) is sent and no suppression of the CAN monitor active (mrmAUSBL = 0). The error fbbEUTF_S (Singal defective) is reported when the CAN message Combi 2 of the Defektwert (FFh) is sent (regardless of the error S_UTF) and no suppression of the CAN Monitoring is active (mrmAUSBL = 0). In the event of fbbEUTF_U, fbbEUTF_N, fbbEUTF_S or fbbEKO2_Q to the item replacement value LTF switched.

Signal range

Application Note: The Error debounce time for defect detection must be greater than 20s, when evaluating through Datentetelegram is applied! In UTF about ADC (comVAR_FZG = 4): Signal Range Check up (error fbbEUTF_H) when anoU_UTF> anwUTFAMAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEUTF_L) when anoU_UTF
anwUTFAVOR


DS / ESA

Surveillance - ambient temperature sensor (UTF)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-50

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.47 Water temperature sensor on the radiator outlet (WTK) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range

anwWTK_MAX anwWTK_MIN

Default value

anwWTK_VOR


Data


Data

Signal range

anwWTF_MAX anwWTF_MIN

Alternatively, as the default value, the forcefluid temperature or anwWTF_VOR Selection means anwWTFSCH

anwWTF_VOR anwWTFSCH

Signal Range Check up (error fbbEWTK_H) when anoU_TWK> anwWTK_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEWTK_L) when anoU_TWK
8:48 Water temperature sensor on the cylinder head outlet (WTF)


Signal Range Check up (error fbbEWTF_H) when anoU_TW> anwWTF_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEWTF_L) when anoU_TW
After "ignition on" at the speed threshold is exceeded mrwMIN_DZ AND the quantity threshold mrwMIN_Me a timer is started, after which the water temperature exceeds mrwEnd_Tmp OR must have reached the minimum increase dT_W / dt of mrwMIN_dT (error fbbEWTF_D). This exam is held once per driving cycle. Once one of these conditions is met is terminated without the rest of the time waiting for the test. With a signal range check error or overrun the test is aborted or not started. The status of the test is shown in the Olda mroWTF_TES: 0No test 1Test runs 10WTF is dyn. implausible 20Test successful / no error FFTest was interrupted

mrwMIN_DZ mrwMIN_Me mrwEnd_Tmp mrwMIN_dT

For the glow time of the VGW is used gswGS_VGWT For the SB control is a SB specific shear VGW used.

For the glow time of the VGW is used gswGS_VGWT

gswGS_VGWT

mrwWTF_KL

The permissible temperature rise time f (water temperature) is determined from the characteristic mrwWTF_KL. At the maximum heating time (655340000 the test is not carried out and the error fbbEWTF_D now well reported. Meeting not to the volume or the speed conditions, the timer is frozen.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - water temperature sensor on the radiator outlet (WTK)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-51

Y S01 281/120 - VG2


The following values are stored in EEPROM: -Occurred temperature increase since the start -Temperature value at end of test -Elapsed time -permissible temperature rise time was determined at the start of the characteristic line mrwWTF_KL. A storage occurs: -if the test is terminated by the timer expires and a fault has been detected. -if the test is terminated on reaching the final temperature or the temperature increase and no defect is detected. No storage is done: -when the test was terminated by a signal WTF Range check error or overrun. -if the test was not performed (eg applicative by law characteristic value = 655340000μs).

Operating temperature

Must anwWSZ_DZ After the speed threshold is exceeded after the time anwWSZ_SZT the Water temperature exceeded the threshold anwWSZ_STM have (error fbbEWTF_B).

For the glow time of the VGW is used gswGS_VGWT

anwWSZ_DZ anwWSZ_SZT anwWSZ_STM

WTF CAN can evaluate T_WTF (cowWTFCAN = 1): The error fbbEWTF_U (inaccurate) is reported when the CAN message Kombi 2, the error S_WTF is set and no defect value (FFh) or zero (00h) is sent and no fade out the CAN monitor is active (mrmAUSBL = 0). The error fbbEWTF_N (not installed) is reported when the CAN message Kombi 2, the error S_WTF bit is set and null (00h) is sent and no suppression of the CAN monitor active (mrmAUSBL = 0). The error fbbEWTF_S (Singal defective) is reported when the CAN message Combi 2 of the Defektwert (FFh) is sent (regardless of the error S_WTF) and no suppression of the CAN Monitoring is active (mrmAUSBL = 0).

anmWTF_CAN = anmWTF plus max. AnwWTFdelt WTF tolerance

anwWTFdelt

8:49 RME sensor (RME) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range

anwRME_MAX anwRME_MIN

Default value

anwRME_VOR

Signal Range Check up (error fbbERME_H) when anoU_RME> anwRME_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbERME_L) when anoU_RME

DS / ESA

Surveillance - Sensor RME (RME)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-52

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.50 analog / digital converter (TAD) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data

Signal range

anwTAD_MAX anwTAD_MIN

Signal Range Check up (error fbbETAD_H) when anoU_TAD> anwTAD_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbETAD_L) when anoU_TAD

elevated idle speed at cowVAR_PWG = 1 (two analog PWG), see monitoring concept PWG elevated idle speed at RamzellenThe Ramzellen (digitally converted value) of the PWG signal, the PGS-signal and the signal TAD whocowVAR_PWG = 1 (two analog the checks on time use. If you already read at least once, then the error PWG), see monitoring concept PWG reported fbbETAD_D elevated idle speed at anwTO_LTILeergas-Testim at intervals of anwLTI_PER is placed on mass of PGS input. In thiscowVAR_PWG = 1 (two analog case, the measuring PWG), see monitoring concept PWG anwLTI_FSpulssage anmFPM_LTI to 255 set (otherwise to 0), at the same time, the plausibility PWG / PGS not performed. The now measured at PGS port voltage value is on the olda anoU_PGSLT displayed. Achieved this measurement the error threshold anwLTI_FS, then the error fbbETAD_T reported.

Data mrwLLR_PWD mrwLLR_PWB cowVAR_PWG mrwLLR_PWD mrwLLR_PWB cowVAR_PWG mrwLLR_PWD mrwLLR_PWB cowVAR_PWG


DS / ESA

Surveillance - analog / digital converter (TAD)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-53

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:51 shut down due to system error Surveillance monitoring strategy of cowF ..... 1

System error in the modules:

.0


cowFARFAB1 .. 3 cowFLDRAB1 .. 3 cowFMEBEG1 .. 3

ARF: see chapter 3.6.2, Figure ARF_07

&

ARF-controller 1 has failed fboSAR1

ARF LDR Limiting amount

Data

Data

LDR: see Section 4.6, Figure LDR_07

.1

&

LDR positive deviation fbbELDSpR

Limitation amount: see Section 2.3, Figure MEREBG03

.2

&

LDR negative deviation fbbELDSnR

Olda1.0

.3

&

LDS Steller defective fbbELDS_K | fbbELDS_O

Olda1.1

.4

Olda1.2

&

Boost pressure sensor defective fboSLDF

Olda1.3 .5

&

Air flow meter defective fboSLMM

Olda1.4 Olda1.5

.6

&

Needle movement sensor defective fboSNBF

Olda1.6

.7 Injection start control defective fboSSBR

Olda1.7

&

>1

System error zmmF_KRIT.x

Figure SYSFEHL1: System error zmmF_KRIT


DS / ESA

Surveillance - shutdown due to system error

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-54

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued shutdown due to system error Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data

Data

cowF ..... 2

System error in the modules: ARF LDR Limiting amount


.0

&

Speed sensor defective fboSDZG

Olda1.8 Olda1.9

.1

&

Secondary rpm defective fboSSEK

&

HDK defective fboSHDK

(Continued)

.3

&

Terminal 15 is defective fboEK15_P

Olda1.10 Olda1.11

.2

>1 Olda1.12 Olda1.13 Olda1.14

.4 Electric cut-off defective fbbEEAB_P | fbbEEAB_K | mrmEABgsp .5 Pedal position sensor defective fboSPWG | fboSPGS .6 fbbEPWP_L Empty gas switch def. fboSPGS.7 Solenoid valve defective cowVAR_PWG fboSMVS

&

Olda1.15

& & &



DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-55

Y S01 281/120 - VG2



Data

cowF ..... 3


Data

.0

&

ARF-digit 2 faulty fboSAR2

Olda3.0 Olda3.1

.1

&

Message transmission timeout 2 fbbEASG_Q

&

Timeout message transmission 1 fbbEEGS_1

(Continued)

.3

&

ARF positive deviation fbbEARSpR

Olda3.2 Olda3.3

.2

>1 Olda3.4 Olda3.5 Olda3.6

.4

&

ARF negative deviation fbbEARSnR

Olda3.7

.5

&

Vehicle speed sensor defective fboSFGG .6

&

Gearbox emergency operation mrmEGSSTAT.8 .7

&



DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-56

Y S01 281/120 - VG2


Data

.0 Boost pressure sensor implausible fboSLDP

Olda3.8

&

Olda3.9 .1

Control valve defective fboSLDK

&

Olda3.10 Olda3.11

.2

>1

& (Continued)

Data

cowF ..... 4



Olda3.12

.3

Olda3.13

&

Olda3.14 .4

&

Olda3.15

.5

& .6

& .7

& cowF ..... x ARF cowFARFABx LDR cowFLDRABx Limit. cowFMEBEGx

Oldax aroFARFABx ldoFLDRABx mroFMEBEGx

Shutdown zmmF_KRIT.1 zmmF_KRIT.2 zmmF_KRIT.3

Figure SYSFEHL3A: System error zmmF_KRIT


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-57

Y S01 281/120 - VG2


System error in the module:

fboSMVS fboSMES fboSSBR

Data


mrwF_MOM mrwF_MOMA anwWTFSCH2

see Section 10.7.1 Sent message Motor 1

CAN

Data

The drag torque limit for CVT is switched off (see External people geneingriff).

fboSLTF 0

mrwF_MOMA.0

mrwF_MOM.0

>1

zmmF_KRIT.0

fboSKW2 0

mrwF_MOMA.1

mrwF_MOM.1

fboSWTF fboSWTF & fboSKTF 0 anwWTFSCH2

mrwF_MOMA.2

mrwF_MOM.2

fboSKLI 0

mrwF_MOMA.3

mrwF_MOM.3



DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-58

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.52 tachometer (DZG) 8.52.1 defect detection Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data

Plausibility with At start monitors the boost pressure change. Is measured by the EDC zero speed Boost pressure sensor (dzmNmit = 0 since terminal 15), the pressure change but larger mrwST_dPL, the DZG is as defect detected (error fbbEDZG_L). Exception: Was the LDF a sometime defective since K15 (FboSLDF OR fboSLDP), this monitoring is not performed. Static Plau-Monitoring is carried out when the DZG is not dynamically broken AND no error in NBF path sibilitätfboSNBF is set.

Dynamic Plausibility

Data

Substitute functions of stat. and dyn. Plaus. mrwST_dPL

If the NBF speed dzmN_SEK> dzwDZG_HDZ, but the DZG speed dzmN_SB smaller dzwDZG_NDZ then there is a static defect. At the end of dzwDZG_SPL (normally always 0) DZG segments of the fault fbbEDZG_S is set. (DzmDZGerr (.2) shows the error before the errortreatment) The monitoring is done only if the DZG is neither dynamic nor static final defective.

If the last valid speed greater dzwDZG_UNS and have passed since "ignition on" more than dzwDZG_AUS DZG segments (dzoSEGM shows counts) occurred, the current period is dynamically Plausibilität checked. If the ratio of the last to the current period (greater dzwDZG_MBE OR smaller dzwDZG_MVE ) the current period less dzwDZG_MXP


dzwDZG_SPL dzwDZG_HDZ dzwDZG_NDZ

Shutdown of the amount of signal box Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Shutdown of the GRA Shutdown of the ARD Shutdown of Glühkerzenansteuerung

dzwDZG_UNS dzwDZG_AUS dzwDZG_MBE dzwDZG_MVE dzwDZG_DPL dzwDZG_MXP

Switching to self-control

AND

so the DZG is recognized as provisional dynamically defective (dzmDZGerr (.0)). If this is the case, OR the current period infinite (ie no pulse) is after the Defect recovery time dzwDZG_DPL * last valid period (dzoABTAS) the error fbbEDZG_D gesets. This time is limited downwards to the main program period. (DzmDZGerr (.0) shows the Error before the error handling)

cowFARFAB. cowFLDRAB.

In the current - or debounced in the error memory registered DZG error (path fboSDZG) there is no release of Initial amount and the ELAB's below the Speed mrwSTNMIN1.

dzwDZG_KMX

After recognizing provisionally broken dynamically, a counter is initialized with the value dzwDZG_KMX and decremented upon detection of a valid period. When the counter reaches the value 0 before the time dzwDZG_DPL * last valid period has expired, the error is reset.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - tachometer (DZG)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-59

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued DZG defect detection Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Overspeed

dzwDZG_NUS dzwDZG_UBD

Substitute functions of stat. and dyn. Plaus. The shutdown of the amount of signal box already takes place at preliminary defect. Fault memory and remaining spare functions only after the debounce fbwEDZG_UA time.

If the speed is greater DZG dzwDZG_NUS (error fbbEDZG_U) so overspeed is detected (DzmUEBER (.0) shows preliminary defect). For the time dzwDZG_UBD after detecting the first pulse DZG So it may be hidden be.

Data

dzwDZG_NUS

If the speed drops below again dzwDZG_NUS is back to normalfunction is switched

8.52.2 healing Surveillance monitoring strategy of Dynamic Plausibility

Data

If a comparison speed n_VERGLEICH


Data


n_COMPARISON * (1 -dzwDZG _FNS )n_DZG n_COMPARISON * (1 dzwDZG _FNS )n_DZG

AND

the error is reset. As can n_VERGLEICH by dzwDZG_Sek (.1) the NBF speed (bit 1 = 1) or the ultimate DZG speed (bit 1 = 0) are used.

dzwDZG_FNS

dzwDZG_Sek

Meaning of the bits in dzwDZG_Sek: Bit

Importance

0 1 2 3

Static plausibility with SEK-DZG Dynamic plausibility with SEK-DZG Use SEC DZG at DZG defective Static plausibility with dzmNmit


DS / ESA

Surveillance - tachometer (DZG)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-60

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:53 Electric shut-off valve (ELAB) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Test at startup

Data

With the help of the operating hours counter at time intervals mrwBTS _TIK *mrwBTS _TIN *mrwBTS _AM of the ELAB's function at start checks. Exceeds the operating hours counter the test threshold mroBTSSl & mroBTSSh will be checked the next time the ELAB (mrmBTSM flag = 1), mroTS_ST = 00 For the test, the following conditions must be met, with the decision at the time is made mrwEAB_TDZ by SG initialization (mroTS_ST = 01): -The speed dzmNakt must be zero AND

-The water temperature anmWTF must be greater than mrwEAB_WMX AND -Not debounced in the fault memory registered in the error path fboSDZG AND -Not debounced in the fault memory registered in the error path fboSWTF If the speed mrwEAB_SDZ not within the time mrwEAB_TMX (at start measured from heedge speed is> 0 is reached in the driving cycle) or a driving speed measured> 0, is not ELAB test performed.

mrwBTS_TIK mrwBTS_TIN mrwBTS_BIN


Data

Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Volload limited (be applied)


mrwEAB_TDZ mrwEAB_WMX

mrwEAB_SDZ mrwEAB_TMX

, The test at ELAB flag set mrmBTSM not be performed, and is already ELAB - Error fboSEAB stored in the fault memory are needed, mrmEABgsp = 1 as well as the HeAdditional functions performed. mrwEAB_TUS Increasing the rotational speed over dzmNakt mrwEAB_SDZ, then the value for mrwEAB_TUS mroUsoll outmrwEAB_MAD give the start shedding threshold mrwEAB_MAD set and the ELAB closed. In addition, the test period started (mroTS_ST = 02). If after the trial period mrwEAB_TDA the speed threshold mrwEAB_MID below is the mrwEAB_MID ELAB fine and the test mrmBTSM flag is set to 0. The ELAB is reopened mrwEAB_TDA and mroBTSSl & mroBTSSh increased by mrwBTS_TIN. However, increasing the speed over mrwEAB_MAD OR runs the test time, the ELAB is considered defective (failure fbbEEAB_P, mroTS_ST = 03) and the Test is performed on each subsequent start, as long until it isconditions: recognized as being in order. The test is terminated without error entry under the as following -A current fault occurs fboSDZG OR Running speed fgmFGAKT> 0 OR ELAB-stage defective (fbbEEAB_K) In short the final stage of fbbEEAB_K error is set. Amplifier Short circuit Amplifier Neutral

No test in the start At idle the final stage of fbbEEAB_K error is set.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Electrical shut-off valve (ELAB)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-61

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:54 Electric fuel pump (EKP) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data


Data


Data

Signal range

anwKMD_MAX anwKMD_MIN

be applied in anwKMD_GEB (default worth Ramp, default on Crack, no default value)

anwKMD_VOR

Data


Data

Full-load (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Switching to injection start control

cowFMEBEG. cowFLDRAB.

Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit

In Idle state the final stage of fbbEEKP_O error is set. If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEEKP_K is set.

8:55 refrigerant pressure sensor (KMD)

Signal Range Check up (error fbbEKMD_H) when anoKMD_roh> anwKMD_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEKMD_L) when anoKMD_roh
8:56 solenoid valve plate - power amplifier (MVS) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit

In Idle state the final stage of fbbEMVS_O error is set. If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbEMVS_K is set.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Electric fuel pump (EKP)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-62

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:57 amount repeaters (HDK) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Signal range

mrwUW_RMI mrwUW_RMA

Replacement function if mrmSTART_B = 0: Shutdown quantity signal box mrmUso_UEB = 0

Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEHDK_L) when dsoUist_Ag mrwUW_RMA

Data

Termination of the communication with the Monitoring module (gate array) Quantity controlwork

Stop stop

The amount interlocking test (start / stop position test) is performed before the start when the gate array in OK (seen at fbbEKNT_H and fbbEKNT_U) dzmNmit must be 0, the ELAB is closed sen and the lighting system is controlled. If during the test speed pulses on (Monition of Impulsausblendzählers) the test is aborted. There is no interlocking test at current or stored (- debounced appear in the error memory) errors fboSDZG and fboSSEK byperformed. After the time mrwNL_MTSS the Stop stop is checked (U_Soll = 0). Is dsoUist_Ag ≤ mrwNL_MUSP or dsoUist_Ag ≥mrwNL_MOSP the error fbbEHDK_U is set. The value of U_ist in stop stop is stored in mrmU_Stop.

Full-load (be applied) Switching off the LDR (be applied)

cowFMEBEG. cowFLDRAB.

mrwNL_MTSS mrwNL_MUSP mrwNL_MOSP


DS / ESA

Surveillance - amount repeaters (HDK)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-63

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

HDK continued monitoring Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data

Start stop

mrwNL_MTKS mrwNL_MUS1 mrwNL_MUS2 mrwNL_MSR1 mrwNL_MSR2 mrwNL_MTSA mrwNL_MUBS mrwNL_MUST mrwNL_MOST

The start stop is only checked if in addition to the above conditions, the fuel temperature anmKTF> mrwNL_MTKS is. After performing the test, the U-Stop location target over mrmU-is so_MST in a ramp to the mrwNL_MSR1 U_Soll mrwNL_MUS1 value, and then the ramp mrwNL_MSR2 on the U_Soll value mrwNL_MUS2 (start position) is set. From reaching U_Soll = mrwNL_MUS2 the time mrwNL_MTSA waits until testing. Is then the battery voltage tion anmUBATT> mrwNL_MUBS AND, either dsoUist_Ag ≤mrwNL_MUST OR dsoUist_Ag ≥mrwNL_MOST, the error fbbEHDK_O is set. The value of U_ist the Start stop is in mrmU_Start saved.


Data

Is the time of evaluation, the battery voltage anmUBATT ≤mrwNL_MUBS is no Test of the start stop, the value of U_ist is still stored in mrmU_Start.

To assess the Start & Stop stop tests in mroMST_ST following values are displayed: Value

Importance

Value

Importance

0 1

Fully carried out test Check Stop stop

16 32

2 4

Check start stop Wait until the gate array in operation Knew

64

Demolition basis of manifest speed pulses Demolition due to fuel temperature., Curr. or Stored. fboSDZG / fboSSEK Cancellation due to low battery voltage


DS / ESA

Surveillance - amount repeaters (HDK)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-64

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:58 interlocking quantity (MES) 8.58.1 defect detection Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data

Control shutAll-deviation common

mrwNL_MSTO shutdown of the amount of signal box mrwUW_MNGR shutdown of ELAB

The error fbbEHDK_L, fbbEHDK_H, fbbERUC_S, fbbERUC_U may not cover the monitoring gemust be greater than the threshold mrwNL_MSTO and the speed is greater than his, U_ist (dsoUist_Ag) the threshold be mrwUW_MNGR. Is dsmUist _ag -mrmUsoll mrwUW _MDU 1


Data

mrwUW_MdU1 loss of communication with the mrwUW_MT_W monitoring module (gate array)

then it is reported depends on the water temperature of the error fbbEMEN_W or fbbEMEN_K .. Positive control deviation

The error fbbEHDK_L, fbbEHDK_H, fbbERUC_S, fbbERUC_U may not cover the monitoring gemust be less than the threshold mrwNL_NULL and the speed is greater than his, U_ist (dsoUist_Ag) the threshold be mrwUW_MNGR. Is

mrwNL_NULLAbschaltung a lot of intervention on mrwUW_MNGR MSR mrwUW_MdU2 mrwUW_MT_W

mrmUsoll -dsmUist _ag mrwUW _MDU 2

then it is reported depends on the water temperature of the fbbEMEP_W or fbbEMEP_K.

8.58.2 healing Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data

Regulative monitoring Generally

mrwUW_MNGR switching to normal function mrwNL_MSTO

A cure takes place when the speed is greater than mrwUW_MNGR AND U_ist less than or equal mrwNL_MSTO is.


Data


DS / ESA

Surveillance - quantity adjusting mechanism (MES)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-65

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8:59 needle movement sensor (NBF) 8.59.1 defect detection Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Static Plausibilität

dzwNBF_F1 dzwNBF_F2 dzwNBF_Tvg dzwNBF_Uso dzwNBF_UNS dzwNBF_M_E

Full-load (be applied) Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied)

cowFMEBEG. cowFARFAB. cowFLDRAB.

The static plausibility is only performed if the DZG is OK (path fboSDZG, also are not being broken). The error fbbESEK_S is set when the NBF speed

(dzwNBF _F1 * dzmN _SB)

OR

(dzwNBF _F2 * dzmN _SB)

AND

In the current - or debounced in the error memory-registered secondary rotationalnumber of errors (path fboSSEK) there is no Release of the initial amount and the ELAB's below the speed mrwSTNMIN1.

the time has expired dzwNBF_Tvg, U_Soll> dzwNBF_Uso, DZG speed dzwNBF_UNS greater the actual injection quantity mrmM_EAKT> dzwNBF_M_E and ELAB is energized. DzwNBF_Tvg time is started after the NBF was recognized as evaluated (no error in the NBF - error path and anmST_NBF = 0).

Dynamic Plausibility

The dynamic plausibility is only for static OR dynamic DZG monitored defect. Außerdem is no monitoring at a speed less than dzwNBF_UND NBF and the end the ramp function dzwNBF_RMP performed in the current period. The error is fbbESEK_D set if:

Switching to self-control

dzwNBF_UND dzwNBF_RMP dzwNBF_BES

dn _NBF dzwNBF _BES dt (DzoNBFdreh shows dn (NBF) / dt is not always output)


DS / ESA

Surveillance - needle movement sensor (NBF)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-66

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued NBF defect detection Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Overspeed

dzwNBF_NUS

Shutdown of the amount of signal box takes place only after the debounce time fbwESEK_UA. (Because of possible wackelimpulse)

On overspeed is only monitored when the NBF was recognized as Detectable (see NBF, Offwertbarkeit). If the NBF dzwNBF_NUS greater speed, overspeed is detected (error fbbESEK_U). (DzmUEBER (.1) shows preliminary defect)

Status NBF Evaluation

The status of the NBF evaluation is evaluated via an analog input (Ri measurement). If the battery voltage is above anwNBA_BAT AND the voltage at the analog input via anwNBF_MAX (error fbbENBF_H) OR under anwNBF_MIN (error fbbENBF_L) then the Status defective detected.

Evaluability

If the battery voltage for the time anwNBA_ZT under anwNBA_BAT as the NBF is not as evaluable recognized (no error) and anmST_NBF set to 0.

anwNBA_ZT

Motor standstill

If, within the period dzwHNR_NU no pulse on NBF, NBF is the speed to zero set, regardless of the ramp slope dzwNBF_RMP (no error).

dzwHNR_NU

anwNBA_BAT anwNBF_MAX anwNBF_MIN

Data

dzwNBF_NUS

If the speed drops below again dzwNBF_NUS is back to normalfunction switched Starting quantity and ELAB - released as Statables plausibility NBF Full-load (be applied) Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Switching to self-control Starting quantity and ELAB - released as Statables plausibility NBF Switching to self-control Starting quantity and ELAB - released as Statables plausibility NBF no

8.59.2 healing Surveillance monitoring strategy of Dynamic Plausibility

Data

On possibility of healing is only checked when the NBF is evaluated. Cure occurs when the NBF speed n_NBF

n_NBF (dzwNBF _F4 * n_NBFlast valid)

AND

n_NBF (dzwNBF _F3 * n_NBFlast valid)


Data


dzwNBF_F3 dzwNBF_F4

is.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - needle movement sensor (NBF)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-67

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.60 redundant pedal sensor (PGS) Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

Signal range

anwPGS_MAX anwPGS_MIN

mrwLLR_PWD mrwLLR_PWB cowVAR_PWG

anwPG2_MAX anwPG2_MIN

elevated idle speed at cowVAR_PWG = 1 (two analog PWG), see monitoring concept PWG elevated idle speed at cowVAR_PWG = 1 (two analog PWG), see monitoring concept PWG


Data


Data

Regulative monitoring

sbwUEB_NMA sbwUEB_NMI fbwESBRpRA fbwESBRnRA sbwUEB_RAP sbwUEB_RAN

Shutdown of the ARF (be applied) Shutdown of the LDR (be applied) Full-load (be applied)

cowFARFAB. cowFLDRAB.

Supply

If only cowVAR_PWG = 1 (double analog PWG) conducted Signal Range Check up (error fbbEPGS_H) when anoU_PGS> anwPGS_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEPGS_L) when anoU_PGS anwPG2_MAX Signal RangeCheck down (error fbbEPG2_L) when anoU_PGS2
mrwLLR_PWD mrwLLR_PWB cowVAR_PWG

8.61 Injection commencement control (SBR)

The monitoring is done only at speeds in the range of sbwUEB_NMI to sbwUEB_NMA. It is positive (error fbbESBRpR) or negative (Error fbbESBRnR) deviation overmonitored. Exceeds the deviation for the time fbwESBRpRA or fbwESBRnRA the threshold sbwUEB_RAP or sbwUEB_RAN as a fault is detected. The scheme is not completed switches to allow a cure.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - redundant pedal sensor (PGS)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-68

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.62 the control device (SG) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Gate array (Moniing module)

Data


Data

In the question answer communication between gate array and mu.C be from mu.C alternately right given and wrong answers to the questions by the monitoring module in the gate array. There are three Possibilities of incorrect answers:

-

Responses with wrong content at the right time Reply with correct contents to early Answers with the correct content too late

Through the evaluation of the in-gate array error counter, the wrong answers in incremented (max. 7) and is decremented with correct answers and at the mu.C read-only Access has the correct reaction of the gate array can be monitored.

Control unit

uC

Gate Array

ELAB

Amount interlocking

Figure UEBE_03 In the case of an incorrect response of the monitoring module, the error fbbERUC_U is set.

Shutdown via ELAB

The error fbbERUC_K has the same information content as fbbERUC_U. However, the onoccur triggered no replacement reaction of fbbERUC_K. Background: It is the error for testing purposes sharper applied as fbbERUC_U. In the seriesThis error totappliziert. The error is then reported fbbERUC_R defective when a recovery was carried out. This Error is also totappliziert only for testing purposes and in the series. There is also no replacement reaction.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - control unit (SG)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-69

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued monitoring SG Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

If the errors:

-

Gate array (Moniing module) in the wake

Voltage stabilizer Monitoring circuit in Caster

mu.C

negative deviation with warm amount interlocking (fbbEMEN_W) negative deviation in cold quantity adjusting mechanism (fbbEMEN_K) redundant thrust monitoring (fbbERUC_S) Signal Range injury HDK amount repeaters (fbbEHDK_L, fbbEHDK_H)

, so the communication with the gate array is aborted. In the wake communication between gate array and mu.C is canceled. If then the Amount actuator can be moved by a predetermined preset from the stop position, the stored on the EEPROMchert and set in the next cycle the error fbbERUC_W. (See Chapter overrun)

In the wake of the voltage divider of the voltage stabilizer is changed by the amount shutdown to test for faulty voltage stabilizer. If the voltage divider is decreased, as well as to contribute to high operating voltage all power amplifiers ing to be turned off. Then be the amount actuator by a target specification from the stop position move, so that is stored in the EEPROM and the next driving cycle the error fbbESTB_U gesets. If the voltage divider increases, so will the same as for low supply voltage, all endstages are switched off. Then be the amount actuator by a target specification from the Stop moving situation, so that is stored in the EEPROM and the next cycle of the error fbbESTB_O set. (See Chapter overrun). This monitoring is done by the Monitoring module (in the gate array). Is caused by incorrect or missing answers of mu.C's in Question Answer a communication error counter reading reaches greater than or equal to 5, mu.C is classified as defective. The error counter is in the monitoring module.

mrwNL_DTS mrwNL_MTS mrwNL_UTS mrwNL_PTS mrwNL_UM_t mrwNL_UMIN mrwNL_MUSM mrwNL_MSTO mrwNL_VTS mrwNL_DTS mrwNL_WTS mrwNL_STS mrwNL_PTS mrwNL_UM_t mrwNL_UMIN mrwNL_MUSM mrwNL_MSTO

Off the amount by interlocking the gate array Shutdown via ELAB and shutdown Amount of signal box mrmUso_UEB = 0

no

Shutdown of the amount by interlocking the monitoring module


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-70

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued monitoring SG Surveillance monitoring strategy of Redundant Thrust-wamonitoring

Data


Data

Shutdown of the amount of interlocking and Push operation is monitored, if all the following conditions are true (AND - linked, visible on a program restart (recovery) is the Bitolda mroSUEBSTA (#) or mroSUEBST2 (# #)): then takes place again detected a defect PWG-not activated (mrmPWGfi = 0, bit # 0) OR further recovery. mrwUW_ARD[mrmM_EARD mrwPWG_OPSmrwSCHU1KL ](Bit # 1) OR During a recovery is not completemrwSCHU1KL[filtered empty gas switch *) dimLGF = 1 AND mrmPWGfi> ge SG initialization performed. This mrwPWG_OPS ](Bit # 2) Condition lasts max. 5 ms, after which GRA-mrmM_EFGR amount is equal to zero (bit # 3) OR to the normal program flow higherBrake applied (dimBRE = 1 (bit # 4) OR dimBRK = 1 (bit # 5)) OR addressed. [(DimFGL = 0 AND Configuration GRA = VW, bit # 6) OR (DimFGA = 0 AND Configuration GRA = LT2, bit # 7) OR (Configuration GRA equal (VW, LT2), bit # 8) ]

-

ADR mrmM_EADR amount is equal to zero (bit # 9) OR [Off contact operated (dimADR = 0) OR Hand brake contact is not active (dimHAN = 0) OR ADR target speed equal to zero (mrmADR_SOL = 0)] (bit # A) OR ADR is disabled (configuration ADR equal (VAR, FES), bit # B)

-

ADR-off ramp is not active (bit # C) On off ramp active is detected when the expression (dimADR = 1 AND dimHAN = 1 AND mrmADR_SOL> 0) has a transition from true to false. This state remains for the time t = (mrmADR_SOL - mrwADR_Nau) upright / mrwADR_dNA. This term is used to calculate the time it takes for the ADR at about the desired speed ramp off.

-

-

mrwADR_Nau mrwADR_dNA

MSR - mrmM_EMSR amount is equal to zero (bit # D) OR [No MSR - request via CAN OR incorrect Binärkomplement MD_ASR and MD_MSR (bit # E) ] OR [ CAN message time-out brake1 OR CAN errors (bit # F) ] OR Message count error brake1 (bit # # 0) ASG - mrmM_EASG amount is equal to zero (bit # # 1) OR Clutch is not actuated (DimKUP = 0, bit # # 2) OR No ASG - request via CAN (bit # # 3) OR Inkorrektes Binärkomplement mrmASG_roh (bit # # 4) OR Message count error ASG (bit # # 5) OR [ CAN message timeout ASG OR CAN errors (bit # # 6) ]


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-71

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued monitoring SG Surveillance monitoring strategy of Redundant Thrust-wamonitoring

Data


Data

Is also the speed threshold mrwUW_SNGR exceeded, from the characteristic curve mrwUW_SNGR mrwSCHU_KL a Schieberwegsollwert f (speed) determined and compared with the target value for the positioner mrwSCHU_KL mroUsoll compared. Is the target value of the adjusting knob is larger than the value determined from the characteristic curve, so the error fbbERUC_S is set. *) Note: dimLGF corresponding to the digital input open gas switch dimLGS, but is debounced as a separate bit. The debounce time for the negative edge (transition PWG in idle gas position -> PWG in VL) must be identical to the developbe bounce for dimLGS, while the debounce time for the positive edge (PWG transition to full throttle -> PWG in idle throttle position) to the PWG - must be matched filter.

Gate Array The error fbbEKNT_H (gate array hardware defect) is set when the gate array in the test mode, or when the GA-angle clock time is in operation. Gate ArrayDer error fbbEKNT_U (switch to edge mode) is set when the GA is not in the Kancould be tenbetrieb switched. Communication Can not communicate with CAN Controller and mu.C be established (camSTATUS0 bit 0), Canso the error is reported fbbECA0_D. This occurs when the CAN module via cawINF_CAB Although applied but is not present, or not to the DPRAM of the CAN controller can be accessed.

Communication Is the CAN transmit task out of step, ie in 20ms could not at least one of the CAN messages Be CANweggesendet, then the error is reported fbbECA0_S. This occurs when the bus load is too high. The message is not sent will not be repeated but discarded. Fixed values fürEndgültige (ie no refresh possible) inconsistencies in the WFS data in EEPROM lead to WFSFehler fbbEIMM_C. U_IST ex-Final (ie no refresh possible) inconsistencies in the fixed values in the EEPROM lead to equal values fbbEIMM_C error. Invalid Da-In Check sum error of U_IST adjustment values in the original AND in the copy of the error record number fbbEEEP_C set. The initialization time is longer in the case of failure to 50ms.

Hardware initialization Hardware initialization CAN - Volume interventions are canceled chen. The monitoring of Botschaftstimeout gear / brake is hidden (S.H. amount External intervention / gearbox).

fbwECA0_SA fbwECA0_SB

Invalid function registered in the EEPROM data record number must be entered correctly in EEPROM and in tion switch to one of the records are stored in the EPROM, otherwise the error fbbEEEP_V is gesets. The initialisation is länger.Geheilt 50ms in case of error, the error by a correct record variant is programmed. Here is the complete error path from the FAULTcher away.

-

Shutdown of the amount of signal box Shutdown of the amount of signal box Default values

cowAGL_UOF cowAGL_UFK

Default record is used


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-72

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Continued monitoring SG Surveillance monitoring strategy of

Data


Data

The registered in the EEPROM function switch must have a valid checksum, otherwise the error fbbEEEP_F is set. If the checksum stored in the EEPROM Messages comCLG_SIG and comCLG_FUN not valid for the activation of signals and functions, so the error fbbEEEP_F is reported. The initialization is in case of failure to 50ms länger.Geheilt the error by using the right function button to be programmed. After power up ("ignition"), the following is performed:

Default values

cowFUN_FGR cowFUN_FGG

RAM test (internal RAM) Address / data bus agility test

Message (7 byte) on serial interface and then loop This condition can only be Power Up will be canceled Message (7 byte) on serial interface (Only after power up) and then Restart Message (7 byte) on serial interface and then loop This condition can only Power Up are hereby repealed. Message (7 byte) on serial interface (Only after power up) and then Restart Call Test Software (TSW) Message (7 byte) on serial interface (Only after power up) and then Restart Call TSW Call TSW Use of default values

Self-test from the mask (Internal ROM) executed

Monitoring module test EPROM test addressing (bit pattern) Checksum of EPROM page_4 (page_4 includes the code in the external EPROM, the first is running) Checksum internal ROM from external EPROM (Page_4) executed RAM test (external RAM)

READY test for communication mu.C <-> CAN controller Checksum of residual EPROM (exclusive page_4) Code / data separately (via generation can be disabled)

Master EPROM Tool

EEPROM communication test Monitoring when read into RAM mirror (Error fbbEEEP_K). The initialization time is longer in the case of failure to 100ms. CAN controller test whether or not there

cowAGL .. cowFUN_FGR cowFUN_FGG Call TSW no


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-73

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.63 Tankabschaltventil (TAV) Surveillance monitoring strategy of Amplifier Neutral Amplifier Short circuit

Data


Data

In Idle state the final stage of fbbETAV_O error is set. If status Short circuit of the output stage of the error fbbETAV_K is set.


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Tankabschaltventil (TAV)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-74

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8.64 Summarized system error Surveillance monitoring strategy Of Speed-relerelevant Errors

Data


Data

The message zmmSYSERR serves as interface information between the base and system functions and is structured as follows: anmST_NBF = 0 fboSDZG fboSSEK fboSNBF *) Or

*)

zmmSYSERR.0

>1

*)

Off the amount interlocking during the boot process.

*)

stored in the fault memory

cowV_DZG_2 <> 3

The CAN messages Motor1 and Motor2 send the appropriate information tion with the error flag value 0xFF (See, CAN), because no evaluable re speed is verhanden.

& cowV_DZG_2 <> 4 dzwDZG_Sek.2 = 0

>1

fboSSEK

&

zmmSYSERR.1

fboSDZG

Demolition of the ASG-intervention fbbEMEP_W

>1

zmmSYSERR.2

fbbEMEP_K

Switching off the main annealing and the Glow indicator.

fboSDZG

&

zmmSYSERR.3

fboSSEK

fboSDZG

>1

Diagnostic function "Setup" not possible. Demolition of the diagnostic function "parking membered test "

zmmSYSERR.4

fboSSEK

Switching off the ACC. zmmSYSERR.5

fboSMES

Figure UEBE_06: summarized speed-related bugs zmmSYSERR


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Summarized system error

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 8-75

Y S01 281/120 - VG2


DS / ESA

Surveillance - Summarized system error

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9 Input and output signals 9.1

Input signals

9.1.1 Digital Inputs The digital inputs are centrally read, debounced and distributed throughout the system. dioRoh.8

ENT Contusion

1

dimDIGprel.8

optional Monitoring

dimBRE

diwBRE_Z1 diwBRE_Z2 diwBRE_ben

diwBRE_inv

Figure EINAUS01: Processing of the digital inputs (Eg brake input is used and not inverted)

For each input, there are four parameters. Unused inputs diw .. _ben (0 = not used, 1 = used) are masked. Each input is a function of the data set parameters diw .. _inv (0 = not inverted, 1 = inverted) converted into its associated logic level and separately with its own filter time constants for rising diw .. _Z1 and falling edges diw .. _Z2 debounced. Input signal dioROH.bit x

1

0 t

Debounce

Max Z2

Z1

0

t

Debounced signal dimDIGprel.bit x

1

0

t

Figure EINAUS02: debouncing of the digital inputs


19 April 2002

Input signals - digital inputs

DS / ESA

Page 9-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Debouncing: According to the sampling rate (20 ms), the debounce counter in thresholds for the Signal change implemented. The debounced state of low (0) to the debounce counter which is Minimum (0), for the debounced state High (1) of the debounce counter is set to its maximum (Max) set. Starting from this value is at a logic high raw (1) Debounce counter is incremented at a logic low raw value (0) of the debounce decremented. Exceeds the debounce counter, coming from 0 (low debounced), the threshold Z1 (Counter threshold determined from the filtering time constants DIW _Z1 ..), it is de-bounced in the state High (1) passed and the debounce counter to its maximum (max) set. Falls below the Debounce counter, coming from the maximum (Max, High-bounced), the threshold Z2 (counter threshold, determined from the filtering time constants DIW _Z2 ..), it is de-bounced in the low state (0) passed and the debounce counter is set to 0. For each digital input. Whose logic High level for initialization is to be debounce counter with the maximum value (Max) is initialized.

The OLDAs dioROH1 and dioROH2 give the state of the raw digital inputs again. The messages dimDIGprel and dimDIGpre2 contain the digital inputs according to the Debouncing and their logical treatment. The structure for dioROH1 and dimDIGpre1 and the structure for dioROH2 and dimDIGpre2 are identical: SG Document Pin icon +1) PBM-E dimAG4 dimeco BLS EdimBRE BTS EdimBRK GRA-A dimFGA GRA-dimFGM GRA-S dimFGP dimADP GRA-L dimFGV dimFGL dimADR GRA-W dimFGW dimADM GZR-E dimGZR HBR-E dimHAN

K15-E K50-E KIK-E KLI-B KLI-E KUP-E ZHR-E LGS-E

dimK15 dimK50 dimKIK dimKLB dimKLI dimKUP dimKWH dimLGF dimLGS dimODS dimRKSTAT

Designation Automatic transmission AG4 Ecomatic Brake Light Switch Brake test switch (redundant brake) GRA OFF GRA minus GRA A + ADR A + Control contact with LT2 GRA clear contact ADR-Active GRA resumption ADR ON Glührelaisrückmeldung Hand brake (Free diwMIL_ben) Terminal 15 Starter signal Kickdown input Air Compressor Air input Coupling Kühlwasserheizungsabschaltanforderung Filtered empty gas switch Empty gas switch Oil Pressure Sensor Throttle Actuator

Bit position dioROH1.13 dioROH2.13 dioROH1.8 dioROH1.4 dioROH1.3 dioROH2.12 dioROH1.0 dioROH2.0 dioROH2.6 dioROH2.7 dioROH1.6 dioROH1.2 dioROH2.2 dioROH1.12 dioROH2.3 dioROH1.1 dioROH1.15 dioROH2.14 dioROH1.5 dioROH2.5 dioROH1.10 dioROH1.7 dioROH1.11 dioROH1.14 dioROH1.9 dioROH2.1 dioROH2.4

ODG-E DKS-E


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The inputs dimKUP and dimeco can Ecomatic with appropriate configuration (see 7.5, Ecomatic) will be overwritten by the equivalent CAN messages. cowECOMTC.1

Digital input mrmCAN_ECO

dimeco

cowECOMTC.2

Digital input mrmCAN_KUP

dimKUP

Figure SONSEC01: SW-switch Ecomatic

The inputs dimLGS and dimLGF be read using the SG pin LGS-E, if the switch cowVAR_PWG = 0. Does the switch cowVAR_PWG the value 1, then the inputs dimLGS and dimLGF means the sum of the pedal anmPGS plus the offset leerwegoptimierten mrmPW_OFFS (this is limited to a maximum diwLGSofMX) determined: it exceeds the DiwLGS_PGS value, so "0" is detected, otherwise, to "1". Where the further treatment as usual with the labels diwLGS_ .. and diwLGF_ ... Furthermore, it is at 1, then the message cowVAR_PWG dimKIK treated as follows: In case of errors in the paths or fboSPWG fboSPGS is detected to "0". If there is no error in these paths has occurred, is determined via the analog anmU_PWG Message: exceeds the value diwKIKPWG1 is detected to "1", is below the value diwKIKPWG0 is detected to "0". In any case, the further treatment with the labels carried diwKIK_ ...


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 9-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.1.1 ambient temperature The UTF signal (ambient temperature sensor) is a data telegram, sent by air Control unit or the instrument cluster. Can - About the Message comVAR_FZG (Standard telegram contents see chapter Diagnostics) Source and type of the transmission can be set. This means comVAR_FZG = 0: no Data transmission. comVAR_FZG = 1, 2 transmission with data telegram. It will be sent a Data telegram consists of a start bit, 8 data bits, and a toggle bit (C = 0, F = 1). Duration of one bit: comVAR_FZG = 1:5 ms / bit, comVAR_FZG = 2:50 ms / bit. At comVAR_FZG = 3, the UTF value is received via CAN, at comVAR_FZG = 4 over Analog input.

comVAR_FZG = 0 comVAR_FZG = 1

>1 comVAR_FZG = 2

& >1

anmUBATT
anmUTF_STA

>1

anmUTF_DIG <7 anmUTF_DIG> 250 fbbEUTF_U fbbEUTF_N

>1

fbbEUTF_S

& fbbEKO2_Q S_UTF = 0

>1 T_UTF_gef = 0x00 comVAR_FZG = 3

fbeEUTF_H = 1

>1 fbeEUTF_L = 1

& comVAR_FZG = 4

anmUTF_DIG

comVAR_FZG KL

anwUTF_KL anmUTF_CAN

1 or the 2 3 4

anmUTF

anmUTF_ANA anmLTF

Figure EINAUS2B: Conversion of ambient temperature


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Transmission by means of the data string: The value that is read from the message, having a non-linear conversion to the actual Temperature and is made anmUTF_DIG visible through the message. The conversion into a Analog value is performed by characteristic anwUTF_KL: If greater aneUTF_MAX (20s) will receive a data telegram for a time, or Is the content of the received data telegram less than 7 or greater than 250, then the Replacement value LTF switched and the error fbbEUTF_P. If too low, Battery voltage (anmUBATT
The support points of the curves should be as close as possible to this hysteresis, to achieve a better accuracy for this area.

Temperature anmUTF Celsius conversion

Fahrenheit conversion

75 1 unt. Hysteresis 2 Second. Ob Hysteresis 2 3 unt. Hysteresis 1 4th. Ob Hysteresis 1 e

fg

h

m

no

p

a to p ... support points of KL -50

a

bc

1

d

2

i

3

4

Value = 255

jk

1

l

2

3

4

Digital value

Figure EINAUS2A: conversion characteristic anmUTF and hysteresis Transmission via CAN: Is UTF evaluation of CAN applied, then the combination is evaluated 2 Embassy and the filtered value in UTF anmUTF_CAN ships (see CAN). This is then in anmUTF taken. In case of error (fbbEUTF_U, fbbEUTF_N, fbbEUTF_S or fbbEKO2_Q) is anmLTF taken in anmUTF.

Transmission via analog input: Is UTF evaluation via analog input applied, so is that of the analog value processing Message sent anmUTF_ANA taken in anmUTF. If an SRC error (fbbEUTF_H, fbbEUTF_L) taken on as a substitute in the value anmLTF in anmUTF.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 9-6

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.1.2 Zuheizerverbrauch The diesel heater (see cooling water heating) delivers a digital signal whose frequency is proportional to its consumption. The period of this signal is measured (AnmZHB_CNT * 20 [ms]), in a frequency converted (mroF_VERZ [Hz]), then with a Zuheizerkonstante (mrwVBZHBC [(ml / h) / Hz]) is multiplied and, finally, as Zuheizerverbrauch (MroVERB_Z [l / h]) used for the calculation of consumption signal ( TQS / MFA / VBS - Signal, page 9-29).


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.2 Analog Inputs The following analog inputs are recorded centrally SG: Designation Boost pressure sensor supply Boost pressure sensor signal Air flow meter supply Air flow meter signal

Parameterblock anwLD2_ .. anwLDF_ .. anwLM2_ .. anwLMM_ ..

Pedal position sensor supply anwPW2_ .. Pedal position sensor signal anwPWG_ .. red. Pedal position sensor supply anwPG2_ .. red. Pedal position sensor signal anwPGS_ .. Test voltage ADC anwTAD_ .. Needle movement sensor status anwNBF_ .. Atmospheric pressure sensor signal anwADF_ .. Fuel temperature sensor signal anwKTF_ .. Oil temperature sensor signal anwOTF_ .. Air temperature sensing signal anwLTF_ .. Air temperature sensor in the intake manifold anwSTF_ .. Reference voltage anwREF_ .. Battery voltage anwBAT_ .. Brake Light Switch anwBRE_ .. Water temperature sensor signal anwWTF_ .. WTF cooler outlet signal anwWTK_ .. Heating demand signal anwHZA_ .. Umgebungstemperaturf. Signal anwUTFA .. Terminal 15 signal anwK15_ .. Refrigerant pressure sensor signal anwKMD_ .. RME-sensor signal anwRME_ ..

Period [Ms] 100 n-syn 100 n-syn or 20 100 20 100 20 20 20 20 100 100 100 100 20 20 20 100 100 100 100 20 20 20

Raw value

Measured value

anoU_LDF2 anoU_LDF anoU_LMM2 anoU_LMM

anmLDF

anoU_PWG2 anoU_PWG anoU_PGS2 anoU_PGS anoU_TAD anoU_NBF anoU_ATM anoU_TK anoU_TO anoU_TL anoU_TS anoU_UREF anoU_UBAT anoU_BRE anoU_TW anoU_TWK anoU_HZA anoU_UTF anoU_K15 anoKMD_roh anoU_RME

anmLMM anmPW2 anmPWG anmPG2 anmPGS anmTAD anmST_NBF anmADF anmKTF anmOTF anmLTF anmSTF anmU_REF anmUBATT anmBRE anmWTF anmWTK anmHZA

anmUTF_ANA

anmK15 anmKMD anmRME

The following data set label are mask suspensions and will not be used: An electropneumatic converter U_bat linearization KL

anwEPW_ .. anwUBAT_KL

Stores the results of the detection of periodic analog to digital conversion as Raw scores from. The stored values are at a later date (column period) evaluated. In addition to the periodic signal detection is still a speed synchronous Detection active (LMM depending on the setting, LDF). When you start the speed synchronous detection will stop a possibly running conversion. Is In the next signal acquisition period the interrupted conversion restarted.


19 April 2002

Input signals - analog inputs

DS / ESA

Page 9-8

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

For each voltage, which is detected by the control unit by means of the ADC (Analog Digital Converter), is depending on a parameter set block with the following structure are available: -

anw .. _DPL anw .. _GEB anw .. _KAN anw .. _KL anw .. _MAX anw .. _MIN anw .. _VOR

Step ramp Donors password Group + channel, hardware-dependent, do not change! Linearization curve SRC maximum value SRC minimum value Default value

When evaluating the analog signals converted raw values are tested and converted. The review consists of a signal RangeCheck (Appl. _MIN And anw .. _MAX). When the valid range is exceeded during the debouncing of the error (Provisionally defective), the last valid value frozen. If the error is definitely defective, for the Analog value, the default value anw .. _VOR accepted. Per data set parameters anw .. _GEB can to select whether the default value on the ramp with the slope anw .. _DPL or directly is adopted. If the raw value for a signal range check error again in the valid Range, the new value is also to the ramp with a slope of App .. _DPL current value introduced.

The raw value is linearized by means of a characteristic anw .. KL. The only exceptions are ATF1 - and ATF2 - sensor. These are only processed by the drive software as raw values. Additionally, there is special routines for the evaluation of the PWG, LMM and LDF. These signals have a Supply voltage by which the raw value is linearized. The encoder password anw .. _GEB is as follows to apply (bit-coded): Bit position 00000001 00000110

Value 0 1 00 01 10 00000

Comment Raw assume (without linearization and default value) Linearization by means of characteristic anw .. _KL is not at fault to default anw .. _VOR is at fault with jump to default anw .. _VOR is at fault with ramp step anw .. _DPL to default anw .. _VOR not used, apply to 0

11111000 Table of derogations (details are described in the corresponding sensor): -

-

-

The healing of a final defective sensor always takes place via a ramp. The supply voltages for the PWG, LDF and LMM go at defect by jumping to Default value anw .. _VOR. When using the HFM5 is at anwLMD_N1

DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Bit position 0 1 2 3 4 5

Value 1 2 4 8 16 32

Comment Debouncing fbbETAD_L or fbbETAD_H Debouncing fbbEPW2_L or fbbEPW2_H Debouncing fbbEPG2_L or fbbEPG2_H Debouncing fbbEPWG_L or fbbEPWG_H Debouncing fbbEPGS_L or fbbEPGS_H Debouncing fbbETAD_T

Description of anw ... _KAN: Content hardware-dependent, do not change. Bit position 00000111 11110000

Value comment 000 .. 111 MUX MUX channel 0 to channel 7 0000 ... 1111 AD channel 0 to channel 15 (0: MUX 0, 1: 1 MUX)

9.1.2.1 Temperature Sensors Filtering: All temperature sensors are passed every 100 ms filtered to the driving software. The nonAdministered filtering is approached a PT1 - filter with a time constant of about 1.6 S. In order to avoid that the vehicle software according K15 an invalid temperature data for a few seconds get to see (until the filtering is settled), the filter with the respective first is Measured pre-initialized. Application Note: By filtering the value for the step of the ramp (Appl. DPL) is no longer true, so it would be most useful to apply the ramp for temperature sensors to maximum value, since already a filtering takes place.

9.1.2.2 pedal sensor - Acquisition via potentiometer switch: This signal is a supply voltage, of which the raw value is normalized. In an SRC error the supply voltage, the default value is specified. When the PWG, the default value is generally by the PWG processing of quantity calculation determined (cowVAR_PWG = 0). - Capture via double analog PWG: Is anmPWG addition to the pedal sensor, the redundant pedal sensor anmPGS determined (CowVAR_PWG = 1).


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 9-10

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.2.3 atmospheric pressure sensor / boost pressure sensor Acquisition: LDF the signal has a power supply voltage by which the raw value is normalized. In an SRC Failure of the supply voltage is set to the default value. Calculation of the charge pressure ldmP_Llin: The boost pressure is filtered with ldwLDF_GF. For intact donor he is with the atmospheric pressure sensor monitored for plausibility (see Monitoring concept). Calculation of the atmospheric pressure from the boost pressure: anmADF

anmLDF

ldmADF

sliding Meaneducation

ldmP_Llin PT1

ldwLDF_GF Evaluation allowed

dzmNmit KL

ldwLDBdPKL

ADF not installed

>1 ADF defective

& LDF not defective

Figure EINAUS04: atmospheric pressure calculation Atmospheric pressure ldmADF can be calculated, if one of the following Conditions is satisfied for the time ldwLDBTAL (evaluation) would be: The speed dzmNmit below the threshold ldwLDBNAL OR (Open throttle driving function ARF AND active AND ARF valve closed)

Atmospheric pressure ldmADF represents the sum of the boost pressure in the operating state and a correction amount dar. This correction is a function of the speed dzoNmit formed from the characteristic ldwLDBdPKL. The calculated atmospheric pressure by sliding Averaging filtered. If none of the conditions are met, remains the last calculated value the system date. When initialization is not stocked at the date ADF ldwLDBIAL used for the atmospheric pressure ldmADF. If the atmospheric pressure sensor (ADF) not equipped (cowFUN_ADF = 0) or defective, then the Atmospheric pressure computed from the boost pressure. The incoming charge pressure anmLDF by means ldwLDF_GF PT1 filter.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.2.4 Water temperature sensor The water temperature is displayed in the Message anmWTF. If anwWTFSCH is = 0, KTF value taken as a substitute value in case of defective WTF.

Motor temperature calculation: From the water temperature anmWTF an engine temperature anmT_MOT is determined. At Turned on heater the water temperature can anmWTF a warmer temperature See, when the engine temperature anmT_MOT. The temperature difference is with the Oil temperature anmOTF and with the number of revolutions since the start shedding dzmUMDRsta determined. Ensure that the control parameters of individual EDC functions (starting quantity calculation, Glow time, idle target speed calculation, exhaust gas recirculation and injection start control) for motor temperature fit, use these functions EDC engine temperature anmT_MOT, instead of the water temperature anmWTF.

dzmUMDRsta anoWTFkomp anoVORHEIZ

anmOTF

KF

anwWTFkoKF

fboSOTF

>1 fboSWTF

anmWTF

anmT_MOT

Figure EINAUS16: Motor temperature


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 9-12

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.2.5 Oil temperature sensor Acquisition: The oil temperature can either be from an analog input of the control unit via CAN or be read via a fixed default value. In OTF via analog input (anwOTF_KAN = 00xxh) the acquisition with the following, As described for the analog inputs exceptions carried out: The change in defect or cure is always without a ramp. The usual case of temperature sensors via analog input PT1 filtering with a time constant of 1.6 seconds, however, continue to be performed. As a replacement value is the calculated value anmOTF_VOR be used. In OTF via CAN (anwOTF_KAN = 01xxH) no filtering takes place and it is only the label anwOTF_KAN used from the analog value treatment. In OTF on default value (anwOTF_KAN = 02xxH) is directly the default value anwOTF_VOR be used. anmWTF

mrmVB_FIL KL

anwO_VBtKL

anmOTF_VOR

anmLTF KL

anwO_LUrKL OTF on ADC OTF via CAN

anmOTF

anwOTF_KAN = 01xxH fbbEOTF_U fbbEOTF_N

>1 fbbEOTF_S

0

fbbEKO2_Q

>1

fboSOTF anmWTF <= anwOTFaWTF

Figure EINAUS10: oil temperature

Calculation of replacement value: The replacement value is calculated from the water temperature, for a share of the filtered consumption (AnwO_VBtKL) and the air temperature (anwO_LUrKL) is increased is calculated. In case of damage or below the water temperature threshold anwOTFaWTF is the oil temperature anmOTF hard on the calculated equivalent value switch (When OTF via analog input already done a filtering regardless of bit 2 in the encoder password). The OTF is in the system for the oil-overheating protection in the limit amount and for the flexible service interval indicator used.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Note: Application software can in anmWTF at WTF defect either anmKTF or the default value anwWTF_VOR be included (see section water temperature probe, or monitoring concept). It should be noted that the default value WTF anwWTF_VOR particularly in the glow time is important.

9.1.2.6 Air flow meter Calculation of the amount of air with the different sensors: dzmNmit
>1

dzmNmit> anwLMD_N2

anoU_LMM 3FFH 2 anoU_UREF

U_LMM

A/D

[%]

[MV]

SRC

anmLMM

KL

anwLMM_MIN anwLMM_MAX fbwELMM_ ..

anwLMM_KL

Figure EANA05: Processing not ratiometric detection speed synchronous (2) dzmNmit
>1

dzmNmit> anwLMD_N2

anoU_LMM 5000 mV

Grinder

U_LMM

A/D

[MV]

Supply

[%]

SRC

anmLMM

KL

anwLMM_MIN anwLMM_MAX fbwELMM_ ..

SRC

anoU_LMM2

anwLMM_KL

anwLM2_MIN anwLM2_MAX fbwELM2_ ..

Figure EANA06: Processing ratiometric and time-synchronized every 20 ms (1) dzmNmit
>1 anoU_LMM

dzmNmit> anwLMD_N2

5000 mV

U_LMM

Grinder A/D

[MV] Supply

[%]

SRC

anmLMM

KL

SRC

anoU_LMM2

anwLMM_MIN anwLMM_MAX fbwELM5_ ..

anwLMM_KL

anwLM2_MIN anwLM2_MAX fbwELM2_ ..

Figure EANA07: ratiometric and processing speed synchronous (3)


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 9-14

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

anoU_LMM1S

anoU_LMM51 U_LMM

1 ms Sampling

A/D

[Kg / h]

Segment ML (i)

Averaging 2 segments

anoU_LMM2S

KL anwLMM_KL

U_LM2 SRC

A/D

anwLM2_ ... fbwELM2_ .. [Kg / h]

anmLMM

SRC PT1

anwLMM_ ... fbwELM5_ ..

dzmNmit KL

anwGFH51KL

dzmNmit
>1

dzmNmit> anwLMD_N2

Figure EANA08: Processing ratiometric detection time-synchronized every 1 ms (4) Acquisition: The signal of an air mass meter (eg hot-film air mass meter (HFM) signal proportional the air mass flow rate) or an air flow meter (eg butterfly air flow meter (KLM) Signal proportional to the air mass flow rate) can be detected. This signal is a supply voltage, of which the raw value is normalized. In a SRC Failure of the supply voltage is used for the air mass armM_List the default value arwLMBPVGW specified. For the air flow meter (LMM) of the signal range check is only in the speed range (lower Speed threshold anwLMD_N1 upper speed threshold anwLMD_N2) performed. With a SRC error is for the air mass armM_List the default value arwLMBPVGW specified. At HFM2 HFM5 and the amount of air is detected within this speed thresholds, outside these thresholds will be frozen, the last valid measured value. The measured value is also frozen, if the limits anwLMM_MIN and anwLMM_MAX under - are exceeded or. Description of the software switch air volumes - / mass air flow sensor cowV_LMM_S: Decimal 1 2 3 4

Comment Processing ratiometric detection synchronously every 20 ms Processing is not ratiometric, speed synchronous detection Processing ratiometric detection speed synchronous HFM5 Processing ratiometric detection time-synchronized every 1 ms HFM5


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-15

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.3 tachometer The DZG provides a cylindrical proportional number of pulses per revolution. From the Period between two pulses is the current speed and average speed is calculated, wherein the rate of change is checked for plausibility. (The current Speed is calculated from the normalization constant dzwDNR_HI, dzwDNR_LO and the period determined and made known to the system as dzmNakt and output on the olda dzoNakt. The average speed is announced as dzoNmit the system and on the olda issued dzoNmit. The ARD speed will be announced as dzmN_ARD the system and output as olda dzmN_ARD).

NBF dyn. provisionally defective

>1 NBF stat. provisionally defective

NBF finally broken

Current valid SEK-speed dzmN_SEK

dzmN_SEK

dzmNmit dzmNmit (k-1)

dzmNmit

dzmNakt dzmNakt (k-1)

dzmNakt

DZG dyn. provisionally defective DZG stat. provisionally defective

DZG finally broken

>1

DZG overspeed provisionally defective

Figure EINAUS05: Replacement speeds Calculation of the average speed dzmNmit: dzmNmit 

dzmNakt (k)dzmNakt (k-1) 2

Filter

dzmN_ARD dzmNakt

nk
>1 Clock interrupt <6 ms

Figure EINAUS07: ARD-speed Calculation of the ARD speed: (If (dzmNakt (k)> dzmNakt (k-1)) AND period> 6 ms) dzmN _ARD dzmNakt (k-1) 

dzmNakt (k)-dzmNakt (k-2) 2


19 April 2002

Input signals - Speed sensor

DS / ESA

Page 9-16

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The segment number will be informed with the message dzmSEGM the system and on the olda dzoSEGM externally mirrored. The current period is DZG on the olda dzoDZGPERL dzoDZGPERH written. This issue occurs only when activating the speed synchronous tasks. mrmSTART_B dzmNmit

dzmUMDRsta I

dimK15 dzmNmit

dzmUMDRK15 I

Figure EINAUS14: revolutions since the start shedding and a K15

9.1.4 needle movement sensor To detect the start of injection angle, the time between the start of injection pulse is determined by the NBF and the subsequent following DZG pulse measured. Furthermore, it is from the time difference between two pulses, and the normalization constant NBF (DzwHNR_HI, dzwHNR_LO) a second speed (dzmN_SEK) calculated. With the Software switch cowV_DZG_2 the replacement speed sensor is selected: Description of the software switch replacement speed sensor cowV_DZG_2: Decimal 0 1 2 3 4

Comment no second speed sensor Auxiliary speed sensor Needle-movement sensor Incremental angle-time system Needle movement sensor for SBR

If there is no pulse NBF (eg thrust) is the secondary rpm dzmN_SEK with a selectable Ramp slope dzwNBF_RMP reduced.


DS / ESA

Input signals - needle movement sensor

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-17

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.5 Speed Measurement The speed can be, depending on the application of cowVAR_FGG, from the digital signal a hardware or pins from the received via CAN speed of the ABS control unit or Instrument cluster determined. To calculate the vehicle speed is at record variant = 0 depending on the Software switch cowFUN_FGG the parameter set fgwDA1_ .. or .. fgwDA2_ used. At Record variant> 0, depending on the function switch in the EEPROM (edoEEFUN) of the Parameter set fgwDA1_ .. or .. fgwDA2_ used. Through the diagnostic function Login Request can the software switch can be adjusted in the EEPROM. Furthermore, can the software switch cowVAR_FGG the type of vehicle speed measurement can be determined. Description of the software switch cowFUN_FGG: Decimal comment Use 0Parametersatz fgwDA1_ .. for driving speed measurement Use 1Parametersatz fgwDA2_ .. for driving speed measurement Description of the software switch cowVAR_FGG: Decimal 1 2 3 4 5 6

Comment Speed measurement with FGG Speed measurement with Kienzle tachograph (KTG) Driving speed via CAN message from brake1 Driving speed via CAN message from Kombi1 Driving speed via CAN message from Bremse3 (front-wheel drive) Driving speed via CAN message from Bremse3 (rear-wheel drive)

In the wake is in an intact KL15 (fbbEK15_P = 0), the FGG measurement and monitoring stopped.

9.1.5.1 Measurement with vehicle speed sensor When using the vehicle speed measurement with the FGG variant switch cowVAR_FGG be set to 1. The vehicle speed sensor (FGG) provides a driving speed is proportional to the number of pulses. The pulses since the last calculation are counted and evaluated. The pulses a revolution of the wheel sensor are collected and evaluated. The number of pulses per revolution of the encoder wheel must correctly in FGW .. _IMP be applied (4-12). To calculate the speed will added to the Total period of the speed pulses divided by the number of pulses and with FGG the distance factor FGW .. _SF and the normalization exponent FGW .. _NE The normalized Scaling exponent from the smallest to be measured velocity FGW .. _VMI and the FGG-dependent. This dependence is described in the Umprogrammieranleitung exactly. The Speed is filtered PT1 (fgwFGF_GF) and as fgmFGAKT available to the system provided. Exceeding fgwDA .. _VMA is reported by the error fbbEFGG_H. After Error debouncing the default value FGW .. _VGW is issued.

Note: The parameters FGW .. _TMX and FGW .. _SF must be applied the same!


19 April 2002

Input signals - traveling speed measurement

DS / ESA

Page 9-18

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.5.2 Measurement with Kienzle tachograph When using a Kienzle tachograph for speed detection is the To set variant cowVAR_FGG switch to 2. As a parameter for the speed or Acceleration calculation, as in the driving speed measurement with the FGG (about Software switch selectable) parameter set fgwDA1_ .. or .. fgwDA2_ used. Additional applies to the Kienzle tachograph - specific functions, the parameter set fgwKTG_ .. The distance factor is calculated from the calibrated high-level duration (HPD) of the tachograph signal determined by the distance factor characteristic fgwSF_KL. The learned distance factor fgmDAT_SF for along with the standard exponents fgwDA .. _NE the current drive cycle Used speed calculation and stored in the EEPROM. The next Driving cycle, during the self-study phase of the distance factor from the EEPROM to fgmEE_SF Speed measurement. If the distance factor from the EEPROM is not within the boundaries of the smallest distance factor fgwKTG_SFL and largest distance factor fgwKTG_SFH, the distance factor is set to zero and the speed of the standard value fgwDA .. _VGW issued until a new distance factor is learned.

The distance factor is considered learned when the difference between the current HPD fgoHPDA and the initial value of the learning process fgoHPDS a defined number fgwKTG_ANZ times in a row less than or equal to the maximum deviation was fgwKTG_ABW (tolerance band). After the Startup applies the first measurement value as the starting value. During the learning process the current HPD is filtered with the memory factor fgwKTG_GDF PT1 (fgoHPDF). If the current HPD outside the tolerance band, the self-learning is set up anew, as the start value is the filtered HPD used. After successfully determining the distance factor (number of measurements within the tolerance band fgoHPDC equal fgwKTG_ANZ) is re-installed, the tolerance band with the filtered HPD. Exits the current HPD now the tolerance band, the error is reported fbbEFGG_S (Event-controlled) and is found defective after detection on the final default value fgwDA .. _VGW output for the driving speed. If the number of measurements for learning the distance factor fgwKTG_ANZ equal to zero, the Supply route factor fgmDAT_SF from the parameter set with fgwDA .. _SF and no self-learning performed. The condition of the vehicle speed detecting with Kienzle tachograph can at the Statusolda fgoSTAT be read. Description of Statusolda fgoSTAT: Bit position 2 8 9 A F

Decimal 4 256 512 1024 32768

Comment Speed measurement with Kienzle tachograph (KTG) active Distance factor from EEPROM invalid Not learning enabled (fgwKTG_ANZ = 0) Learned distance factor Default value for the driving speed active


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-19

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.5.3 About the travel speed from the CAN bus If cowVAR_FGG is applied to 3, 4, 5 or 6 in the Brake1, Kombi1 or Bremse3 message sent driving speed for the EDC instead of from the HW-pin determined speed used. The speed of the CAN is the factor mrwFGKORFA multiplied, as mrmFG_CAN sent to the speed of acquisition and provided as fgmFGAKT available to the system (at cowVAR_FGG to 5 or 6, the Average of the wheel speeds V L (front left) and VR (front right) and HL (rear left) and HR (rear right) sent as mrmFG_CAN). If the CAN message not valid is (message timeout caw ... _RTO or inconsistent data) or the error identifier FF received is (at 5 and 6 is sufficient for one of the two wheel speeds, the error identifier) remains the associated CAN speed "frozen" on the last valid value is fgmFGAKT "frozen" with this value until the defect If the corresponding error fgmFGAKT brings to the default.

Exceeding fgwDA .. _VMA is reported by the error fbbEFGG_H. In Below the threshold fgwDA .. _VMI is supplied with 0 fgmFGAKT. The received Speed is filtered PT1 (fgwFGF_GF). If the associated error message (message timeout caw ... _RTO or inconsistent data (FbbEASR_Q at brake1, fbbEKO1_Q at Kombi1, fbbEAS3_Q with brake 3) finally broken is the error fbbEFGG_Q is reported. This error is only used to trigger the FGG Replacement reactions in message failure, so its debounce time should be zero and an entry in the error memory applicative prevented. The message errors are reported only if no CAN Ausblendbedingung present. Upon receipt of the error identification 0xFF fbbEFGG_C the error is reported. This error is also reported if no valid brake1, Kombi1 or Bremse3 message was received (Message Timeout caw ... _RTO or inconsistent data), the error message (fbbEASR_Q, fbbEKO1_Q, or fbbEAS3_Q) but by suppression of the CAN-monitoring (for example, Bus-off) is not reported and therefore no replacement reactions can trigger. The triggering the replacement reaction takes place via fbbEFGG_C. This error should not debounced in the wake be, the defect recovery time fbwEFGG_CA should be shorter than the CAN-blanking be applied mrwCANAUSB. The error fbbFGG_P (plausibility at speed and quantity) as in the monitoring section reported described. When finally broken FGG path is switched to the default fgwDA .. _VGW. To calculate the transfer function at the correct values can be obtained for fgwDA .. _IMP and fgwDA .. _SF the velocity determination underlying circumference to apply appropriate values (eg both set to "4" in circumference 2m). These values are needed at speed via CAN exclusively for the transfer function.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 9-20

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.5.4 acceleration calculation The acceleration according to the formula Acceleration (k) 

filtered velocity (k) - gef.Geschwindigkeit (k -1) Total period

calculated. The newly calculated acceleration is still PT1 filtered (fgwBEF_GF) and as fgmBESCH the system provided. The acceleration is limited by FGW .. _BMI and FGW .. _BMX. For the V / N calculating the filtered speed is divided by the average speed. The value thus calculated is still PT1 filtered (fgwVNF_GF) and as fgm_VzuN the system for Provided. V / n is limited to FGW .. _VNX. 9.1.5.5 Calculation of the transfer function The transfer function according to the formula Engine speed  Wheel speed  Engine speed * pulses / revolution of the wheel * 60 (sec / min) Distance factor * Speed * 1000 (m / km) Transfer function 

calculated and provided to the system as fgmFVN_UEB available. After the initialization, wherein the vehicle is stationary (fgmFGAKT = 0), in the wake, with errors of DZG (fboSDZG) or FGG (FbosFGG) or at the maximum transfer function mrwFVHUEob is exceeded fgmFVN_UEB assigned the default value mrwFVHVGWU and the error detection for the Plausibility error transmission ratio fbeEASG_U stopped. See note at "About the travel speed from the CAN bus."


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-21

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.6 Analog K15-evaluation Due to the main relay control and corresponding demands on the K15-evaluation EDC EDC15 switches - control device which are supplied via K15 in comparison with SG, relatively late from. The ignition switch can often show potentiometric behavior, ie it switches not fast creeps but zero. So it may happen that other SG already K15 from have recognized or lose their supply voltage, whereas the EDC still within the normal Driving is. This can lead to undesirable defect entries, and in particular in Related to the CAN bus or loads external controllers.

9.1.6.1 Input and output signals anoU_K15 ... raw analog value acquisition K15 anmK15 ... filtered value of K15 anmK15_ON ... current state of the hysteresis (K15 - Off / On) 9.1.6.2 Description of functions When initializing the SG is anmK15 with the default value and anwK15_VOR anmK15_ON assigned the default value anwK15_ONV. To be unwanted Operating conditions at ignition - An avoided due to possible filtering. The voltage value of K15 - signal is detected as an analog anoU_K15 and with the time constant anwK15_GF PT1 filter. The filtered voltage is mapped to anmK15. K15 of the signal is sampled in a 20 ms frame. Falls below the lower hysteresis threshold anwK15_H_U is the suppression of the CAN Monitoring (camSTATUS0, bit 10) is activated and for those errors in which the caster no Monitoring should take place (apply with FBWE ... _T, bit 4) disables the Vorentprellung (Reversible). This "run-condition" applies only to CAN - suppression and error handling, the tracking control of the EDC is not affected! AnmK15 exceeds the threshold monitoring and debouncing the trailing dependent - anwK15_H_O, the CAN is Error again released. The current state of the hysteresis (K15 - Off / On) is in anmK15_ON the system for Provided. 9.1.6.3 Application proposal: anwK15_H_O = 10.5 V anwK15_H_U = 8.5 V anwK15_VOR = 12 V anwK15_ONV = 1 anwK15_GF = 0.6


19 April 2002

Input signals - Analog K15-evaluation

DS / ESA

Page 9-22

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.7 PWM signal Crash The configuration of the function on switch cowFUN_CRA (0 = no / 1 = PWM / 2 = CAN). For crash detection over PWM is the airbag SG a PWM signal to the motor-SG sent to indicate a crash. In normal operation (no crash), the PWM signal 40 ms low and high 200ms. In the event of a crash is sent 20x the inverted signal: 40ms high and 200ms low. CRASH SEQUENCE

NO CRASH SEQUENCE

U

U

12V

12V

t

t 40ms

40ms

200ms

200ms

Figure EINAUS12: PWM signal from the airbag-SG 9.1.7.1 Input and output signals crmCRSTpwm ... crash step by PWM croCRzaehl ... PWM crash sequences counter fbbECRA_P ... Implausible PWM signal Crash 9.1.7.2 Description of functions PWM crash signal (Pin CRA-E) is detected by polling the 10 ms frame. By crwCR_INV an inversion of this signal can be performed. The evaluation is performed with a time signal tolerance of + / -20%. There must be at least an applicable number of crash signal sequences (crwPWM_ANZ) are detected before the signal is evaluated as a crash event. The number of detected Crash signal sequences is provided to the system in croCRzaehl available. If the PWM signal is counted as a crash event occurs, the GRA and fuel cut. This is done by crmCRSTpwm is supplied with the crash crwCR_ST_B level (see 8.9. Crash-recognition). Is not a crash signal sequence recognized crmCRSTpwm is set to the crash level 0. In an implausible PWM signal (spikes or Flatline: by timeout crwCR_TOUT recognized!) is crmCRSTpwm supplied with the crash level 0 and the error fbbECRA_P defective reported. 9.1.7.3 Application Proposal for evaluation tolerances NO CRASH SEQUENCE TOLERANCES

CRASH SEQUENCE TOLERANCES U

U

12V

12V

t

t CR_HZ

KCR_LZ KCR_HZ

CR_LZ

Figure EINAUS13: Evaluation tolerances for the PWM signal Crash


DS / ESA

Input signals - PWM signal Crash

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Name Illustration EINAUS13

Name / Meaning

min / max

Data set parameters

Application unit proposal

CR_HZ

HIGH TIME FOR CRASH SEQUENCE RULES LOW TIME for CRASH SEQUENCE RULES HIGH TIME for NO-CRASHSEQUENCE RULES LOW TIME for NO-CRASHSEQUENCE RULES TIMEOUT for evaluation of the Crash signal Number of CRASH SEQUENCES counted for as a crash event GRA-off threshold at CRASH Fuel Switch-off threshold CRASH Inversion for CRASH-PORT Input

minimal maximum minimal maximum minimal maximum minimal maximum

crwCRminH crwCRmaxH crwCRminL crwCRmaxL crwKCRminH crwKCRmaxH crwKCRminL crwKCRmaxL crwCR_TOUT

20 60 140 270 140 270 20 60 370

[Ms] [Ms] [Ms] [Ms] [Ms] [Ms] [Ms] [Ms] [Ms]

crwPWM_ANZ

3

[-]

crwCR_ST_A

1

[-]

crwCR_ST_B

3

[-]

crwCR_INV

0

[-]

CR_LZ KCR_HZ KCR_LZ

Example for calculating the tolerance times based CRASH SEQUENCE: Tolerance for CR_HZ: Signal time tolerance: + / -20% 40ms + /-8ms

-> 32ms
For crwCRminH 20ms is selected. Due to the peculiarity of the polling in the detection of Crash signal means in the WORST CASE actual minimum HIGH TIME for CRASH SEQUENCE RULES 30ms. For crwCRmaxH 60 ms is chosen. This results in the WORST CASE maximum HIGH TIME FOR CRASH SEQUENCE RULES of 50 ms. -> 30ms 150ms

19 April 2002

Input signals - PWM signal Crash

DS / ESA

Page 9-24

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.1.8 Evaluation refrigerant pressure signal

anoPBM_T5P b a

anoPBM_T5H

anoKMD_roh

a

anmKMD

b

KL

anwKMD_KL anwKMD_VOR fbbEKMD_L

>1 fbbEKMD_H

Figure EINAUS15: Evaluation refrigerant pressure signal

9.1.8.1 Description of functions The PWM air conditioning load signal (pin KKD-E) is detected in 1ms frame with PEC, and in 20ms grid sent. From the period duration of the high level duration and anoPBM_T5L anoPBM_T5H is the Duty cycle anoKMD_roh calculated and anwKMD_KL in the linearization KL in a Pressure anmKMD converted. 9.1.8.2 Error Handling The review of anoKMD_roh consists of a signal RangeCheck (anwKMD_MIN, anwKMD_MAX). During the error condition bruise the last valid value is frozen. If the Error finally broken, is to a default value anwKMD_VOR on ramp with a slope of anwKMD_DPL or directly switched (depends on the encoder password anwKMD_GEB).


DS / ESA

Input signals - evaluation refrigerant pressure signal

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-25

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.2 Output signals Task of processing power amp it is, the different accesses to the output stages monitor according to their priority and to determine if an error occurs, the defective stage and off. The final stage processing can be controlled from two sources. The normal case is the activation by the drive software, and the other way is to control the Diagnosis. With simultaneous access the diagnostic functions have priority over the Driving software. The task of the PWM handler is processing and output pulse width modulated Signals. Naming of the messages used by the output stage processing: eh m x y: =

eh = Output stage handler, m = Message, x = fine grip by driving software x = your grip by diagnosis, x = SStatusinformation, y = abbreviation of the output stage Amplifier handler Message status information of the ELAB.

for example: ehmSEAB The battery voltage correction is to compensate for the harmful influence of Battery voltage changes are made to the current controller. About the characteristic ehwUBK_KL is determined, a correction value in dependence on the battery voltage. The duty cycle for Signals with [ehwEST_xxx.12 equal 1] is multiplied by this correction value. The contents of the "ehmSy" Message is defined as follows (bits 0 - D correspond to the Steller password): Bit position E F

Decimal comment 163841: Output stage faulty / 0: intact 327681: Driving active software / 0: Diagnostic actively

9.2.1 beginning of injection plate For the control of the frequency of the driving MVS must be varied to prevent phase effects due to the start of injection exhibits strong fluctuations. MVS signal used to control the Spritzbeginnverstellers and a PWM signal indicative of the current drive frequency over a speed-dependent characteristic sets. Depending on the speed is determined by the characteristic ehwMVS_KL a period of time, the serves as a base for the control of the solenoid valve. A change in the period of the MVS will only be made when the speed since the last Ansteuerdaueränderung has changed by at least the amount ehwNHYS. 9.2.2 boost pressure plate The period of the LDS amplifier can with the labels ehwuCP2_FR and ehwuCP2_TE (≡ 1) be adjusted.


19 April 2002

Output signals - start of injection plate

DS / ESA

Page 9-26

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.2.3 exhaust gas recirculation actuator 1 The period of the AR1-amplifier is set with ehwuCP1_FR and ehwuCP1_TE (≡ 1). 9.2.4 exhaust gas recirculation actuator 2 The period of the AR2 final stage is set with ehwGAP2_FR and ehwGAP2_TE (≡ 0). 9.2.5 Electric fan The period of the GER-amplifier is set with ehwEST_T8. 9.2.6 Hydro fan The period of the HYL-amplifier is set with ehwGAP3_FR and ehwGAP3_TE 9.2.7 Coolant Thermostat The period of the TST stage is set with ehwEST_T1. 9.2.8 Quantity interlocking

mrmUsoll dzmNmit Digital

phmTist anmUBATT

Adjusting knob

dsmUist_Ag (Pump)

dsmUist_Of Figure EINAUS06: Digital setting controller The PWM handler sets the current period to the amount of power amp available. The digital actuator controller provides the interface to the amount interlocking dar. task of the digital Positioning controller, it is the slide position of the pump according to the current To regulate amount interlocking target specification. The current slider position by means of a HDK Switch converted into a proportional voltage and can be sensed by means of the CC212. This voltage is converted to the adjusted actual voltage dsoUist_Ag, this is the Controlled variable of the digital control knob. Taking into account the target voltage mroUsoll that AnmUBATT speed dzoNmit, the period of the amount of power amp and the battery voltage the amount of output values are calculated and output to the amount of registers in the gate array.

9.2.9 Glührelaissteller The period of the GRS-amplifier is set with ehwEST_T8. The GSK3 requires a separate battery voltage correction, this is calculated as follows: Rated voltage of the GSK3 2 corr. Duty cycle Duty cycle ⋅ Battery voltage 2 ehwGSK3_Un 2 ehmFGRS_K ehmFGRS ⋅ anmUBATT 2 © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA

Output signals - EGR plate 1

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-27

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

In the first and 2 Phase of preheating and annealing during the start, the label ehwGSK3_Uv be used for the battery voltage correction (= pushing, see chap. Glow time). This makes it possible to apply a higher voltage to the GSK3, a to achieve rapid heat-up. ehwGSK3_Uv 2 ehmFGRS_K ehmFGRS ⋅ anmUBATT 2 The corrected duty cycle ehmFGRS_K is only gswTV_MIN not limited to gswTV_MAX. Thus it is possible, a duty ratio from 100% to gswTV_MIN GSK3 transmitted, so that even at low duty cycle and high battery voltage or large Duty cycle and smaller battery voltage GSK3 be strong enough heated. For the diagnosis GSK3 is the limitation on the duty cycle and gswTV_MAX gswTV_MIN effective which ensures that only valid clock signal diagnosis works.

The battery voltage correction can be deactivated with the label cowVAR_GSK = 2. Application Note: The conventional battery voltage correction may in the final stage encoder password ehwEST_GRS not be applied →GSK3 using the above battery voltage correction. If the voltages ehwGSK3_Un or ehwGSK3_Uv too high, this can lead to Cause destruction of GSK3.


19 April 2002

Output signals - Glührelaissteller

DS / ESA

Page 9-28

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.2.10 TD signal

DZG signal

DZG interrupt T_del TD signal mrwSH_TDPE TD signal (toggle)

0

1

phwK_TDvt

0

Segment t

Figure EINAUS08: TD signal The speed synchronous TD signal is used to output a speed information. It can be about the Software switch cowFUN_TDS be configured (changes only after initialization effective): Value range of the software switch tachometer signal TDS cowFUN_TDS (dezimalkodiert): -

0

= Not generate TD signal

The following configurations cowFUN_TDS = (1,2,3,4) is the label phwK_TDvt common: The segment number of Drehzahlinterrupts (0 to number of cylinders * 2-1) must be a whole Be multiples of the prescaler phwK_TDvt: -

1

-

2

-

3

-4

= TD signal of constant length and LOW level Corresponds to the current Drehzahlinterrupt with segment 0 or segment phwK_TDvt, it is set for the duration mrwSH_TDPE the output to LOW. After this time, the output is HIGH. = TD signal of constant length and HIGH level Corresponds to the current Drehzahlinterrupt with segment 0 or segment phwK_TDvt, it is set for the duration mrwSH_TDPE the output HIGH. After this time, the output is LOW. = TD signal toggling Corresponds to the current Drehzahlinterrupt with segment 0 or segment phwK_TDvt, the state of the output is changed. = TD signal VP44 Corresponds to the current Drehzahlinterrupt with segment 0 or segment phwK_TDvt, the state of the VP44-TD output is changed. At defective DZG is calculated from the speed IWZ a period, and the TD signal toggled with this period. Furthermore, it is through this Configuration, the TQ signal for VP44 generated.


DS / ESA

Output signals - TD signal

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-29

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.2.11 TQS / MFA / VBS - Signal

DZG signal

DZG interrupt T_del TQ signal (1.2) f (mrmM_EAKT) TQ signal (8)

0

1

phwK_TQvt

0

Segment t

Figure EINAUS09: consumption signals For the consumption signal calculating the quantities mrmM_EAKT (current injection quantity) are and mroVERB_Z (diesel Zuheizerverbrauch) were used. The selector switch cowFUN__VBS configured consumption signal: Value range of the software switch consumption signal TQS / MFA / VBS cowFUN_VBS (Dezimalkodiert): -

0

= Not generate a flow signal It is not output TQS / VBS / MFA signal.

The following configurations cowFUN_VBS = (1, 2) is the label phwK_TQvt common: The segment number of Drehzahlinterrupts (0 to number of cylinders * 2-1) must be a whole Be multiples of the prescaler phwK_TQvt: -

1

= Drehzahlsynchr. TQ signal with M_EAKT proportional length and LOW level Corresponds to the current Drehzahlinterrupt with segment 0 or segment phwK_TQvt, it is for a volume-proportional duration of phmVBSTH Output set to LOW. The normalization to the reference amount mrwSH_MAME and the maximum pulse duration mrwSH_TQPE designed.

-

2

= Drehzahlsynchr. TQ signal with M_EAKT proportional length and HIGH level Corresponds to the current Drehzahlinterrupt with segment 0 or segment phwK_TQvt, it is for a volume-proportional duration of phmVBSTH Output set to HIGH. The normalization to the reference amount mrwSH_MAME and the maximum pulse duration mrwSH_TQPE designed.

-

3

= VB signal with M_E prop. Frequency Where the amount of a minimum amount mrwSH_MIME, then a the Product of speed and quantity as well as related mrwSH_VBBQ frequency (Duration: phmVBSTH) output.


19 April 2002

Output signals - TQS / MFA / VBS - Signal

DS / ESA

Page 9-30

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

-

4

= MFA signal with Verbrauchsprop. Pulse width (active HIGH) If the speed exceeds a minimum speed mrwSH_VBKN, then a consumption (the product of volume and speed, based on Normalization factor mrwSH_VBSF) proportional HIGH level duration phmVBSTHin throughout 2048 - Share issued every 10.24 ms. The remainder is added in the next period.

-

5

= MFA signal with Verbrauchsprop. Pulse width (active LOW) If the speed exceeds a minimum speed mrwSH_VBKN, then a consumption (the product of volume and speed, based on Normalization factor mrwSH_VBSF) proportional LOW level duration phmVBSTH in all 2048 - Share issued every 10.24 ms. The remainder is added in the next period.

-

8

Use = consumption signal as a speed signal The output signal at VBS output toggles speed synchronous. Corresponds the current Drehzahlinterrupt with phwK_TQvt segment 0 or segment, it is changed the state of the output.


DS / ESA

Output signals - TQS / MFA / VBS - Signal

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9-31

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

9.2.12 consumption calculation For the boost pressure control in 20 ms grid is the current consumption of the mrmVERB current injection quantity mrmM_EAKT and the speed dzmNmit calculated. For the Radiator fan control and the analog value processing (substitute value for OTF) is from the current consumption of the filtered consumption mrmVB_FIL calculated. The determination of the filtered Consumption is 100 ms.

nlmNLact

>1 mrmSTART_B mrmM_EAKT dzmNmit * Zyl_Zahl 2

mrmVERB mrmVB_FIL PT1

mrwVB_GF

Figure EINAUS11: Calculation of the act. Consumption and the filtered consumption

The consumption calculation for further CAN dispatch (Engine 5-message-> instrument cluster > Consumption indicator) is divided into several levels: -Speed Synchronous measurement of consumption-relevant Amount (mrmM_EVERB) and their accumulated value (mrmVERBSUM, since K15-a) - (= 0 at K15 from, or push operation Metering off) -20ms - time synchronous detection of engine (mrmVERB20) and Zuheizerverbrauch (mrmVZHB20) and the TQ signal from mrmVERBSUM -CAN: addition of the motor and Zuheizerverbrauchs - conversion and quantization in 1/16  and output the sum of the motor 5 - Embassy (M_VERB_L / H, overflow)

9.2.13 MUX signal Depending on the model, up to 64 different high-level durations consecutively with the period phwK_TMPS be issued. For each segment, a message number (phw.. _MNR) a pitch to convert the respective internal representation in microseconds (phw.. _STEI) and the offset (phw.. _OFFS) are given in microseconds. To a synchronous pulse To output the length phwK_MUXS must in this segment for the slope 0 be entered. It can be generated at any point rather than an output a sync pulse be. The actual number of desired segments can be adjusted by means phwK_MUXZ be. (This can not be greater than specified in the variant). The high level duration is on phwK_HMAX (maximum value, always) and phwK_HMIN (minimum value, only at a number of segments equal to 1) limited. Means phw .. _NEGe can be communicated for each segment of the system, whether the internal representation of -32,768 to 32,767 or 0 is defined to 65536. By means of phw .. ERRNR can be communicated to the MUX Handler with what error path the associated Message this segment is connected. In defect which this error path will take the converted value the high level duration phwK_MUXe output.


19 April 2002

Output signals - consumption calculation

DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10 CAN 10.1 Overview CAN handler does the initialization and supervision of the CAN controller in C167, as well as the cyclic data exchange between the application programs and the CAN controller. It supports the processing of 15 CAN objects. The driver layer provides services for the control of the respective communication module for Available. The services are routines for the management of the block (configuration, Initialization and status) and for data exchange over the network. The driver layer contains no additional, implemented in software communication protocols. The transport layer enables the exchange of data, due to their length is not in a can be transferred single message. The protocol of the transport layer decomposes long Data into smaller data segments and provides the in-sequence transport of these segments over the network. The transport layer used the services of the driver layer. The interaction layer forms the interface to the application. It provides computing and busabhängig Communication services and handles the network communications concurrently to Application from. The interface between the application layer and the interaction is identical with the RCOS communication interface (RCOS Message Handling). The interaction layer thus enables transparent communication between distributed RCOS application tasks. In dependence on the length of data to be exchanged takes the interaction layer either at the transport layer or directly to the driver layer. The duties of the station management, the initialization (communication module, Variables of the communication software), the monitoring of communications (block and Data exchange) for error detection (station failure, receiving timeout) and the treatment of detected errors. The message comCLG_SIG.15 (global CAN - Unlock by code) indicates whether the Control unit is equipped with CAN (comCLG_SIG.15 = 1) or not (comCLG_SIG.15 = 0). Configuration of the RCOS message comCLG_SIG see chapter "CAN activation by Coding. The cawINF_TBO parameter specifies the time to wait after the occurrence of bus-off is to perform a re-initialization. With cawINF_BTR = 2301H, the transmission rate of 500 kbps is set.

All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002

CAN - Overview

DS / ESA

Page 10-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.2 DPRAM layout Assigning RCOS message, configuration equates and CAN-H (DPRAM) in the following table: CAN Address Name 00HControl register 01HStatus register 02HCPU interface register 03HReserved 04HHigh speed Read low byte 05HHigh speed Read high byte 06H-07HGlobal Mask Standard 08H-0BHGlobal Mask Extended 0CH-0FHLast Message Mask 10-1EHMessage 1 1FHClockout register 20-2EHMessage 2 2FHBus Config. Register 30-3EHMessage 3 3FHBit Timing Register 0 40-4EHMessage 4 4FHBit Timing Register 1 50-5EHMessage 5 5FHInterrupt register 60-6EHMessage 6 6FHTestregister BSP0 70-7EHMessage 7 7FHTestregister BSP 1 80-8EHMessage 8 8FHTestregister BSP2 90-9EHMessage 9 9FHP1 Conf. A0 AEHMessage 10 AFHP2 Conf. B0-11 BEHMessage BFHP1 In C0-12 CEHMessage CFHP2 In D0-DEHMessage 13 DFHP1 Out E0-EEHMessage 14 EFHP2 Out F0 FEHMessage 15 FFHSerial reset Address

Data

cawINF_BTR

RCOS message / value 0x41 0x07 0x60

0xFF, 0xE0 0x00 0x00 cammsg_01 0x00 cammsg_02 0x40 cammsg_03 0x03 cammsg_04 0x23 cammsg_05

unused cammsg_07 cammsg_08 cammsg_09 0x41 cammsg_10 0x14 unused

cammsg_12 cammsg_13 cammsg_14 cammsg_15


DS / ESA

CAN - DPRAM layout

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The exact description of the meaning of each register can the document ECAN 82527 Stand alone Controller Area Network Component Target Specification Revision 1.5.1 September 1991 K8/EIS be removed.

In the following table you will find the Oldas for the data of the individual CAN messages: Data from

OLDAs

Address in CAN DPRAM

Message 1

caoM01_B0 ... 7

17-1EH

Message 2

caoM02_B0 ... 7

27-2EH

Message 3

caoM03_B0 ... 7

37-3EH

Message 4

caoM04_B0 ... 7

47-4EH

Message 5

caoM05_B0 ... 7

57-5EH

Message 6

caoM06_B0 ... 7

67-6EH

Message 7

caoM07_B0 ... 7

77-7EH

Message 8

caoM08_B0 ... 7

87-8EH

Message 9

caoM09_B0 ... 7

97 9EH

Message 10

caoM10_B0 ... 7

A7-AEH

Message 11

caoM11_B0 ... 7

B7-BEH

Message 12

caoM12_B0 ... 7

C7-CEH

Message 13

caoM13_B0 ... 7

D7-DEH

Message 14

caoM14_B0 ... 7

E7-EEH

Message 15

caoM15_B0 ... 7

F7-FEH

The OLDAs make the physical content of the DualPortedRAM Represents the means, where appropriate, fitting replacement data (eg: with message failure) are not activated at this OLDAs.


19 April 2002

CAN - DPRAM layout

DS / ESA

Page 10-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.3 Monitoring

Initialization = GSI .15 m co

G_ CL

0

co m C Se LG lb _S s t IG te st .15 ni = ch 1 t o unkd

fbbECA0_D good report fbbECA0_O good report fbbECA0_W good report

comCLG_SIG.15 = 1 and Self-test ok

No Access on RAM

CAN defective

Communication OK

Not applied CAN

camSTATUS0 = 1 fbbECA0_D = bad

camSTATUS0 = 0 fbbECA0_O = good fbbECA0_W = good

camSTATUS0 = 4

Co Sta ntroller tus =O K

C ont Was scooters S ning ta Stat tus = e

C Bu ont s rol O le ff r S

he K oll nt r = O C o = us at St ta

tus

Ke in au train f R f rifAM No Z ugriff on R AM

=

No communication No communication

Controller S tatus = Bus off

camSTATUS0 = 2 fbbECA0_O = bad

camSTATUS0 = 8 fbbECA0_W = bad

Figure CAN_05: CAN Status


DS / ESA

CAN - Monitoring

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

In the Message camSTATUS0 is bit-coded notes the state of the CAN module. The Initialization and all other actions are performed only if the global CAN Activation is enabled (comCLG_SIG.15 = 1). See also section CAN - Activation by Coding.

Bit camSTATUS0 bit

Importance

- xxxx xxxx 0000 0000 Block OK 0xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx1 module defective (DPRAM error in initialization or recovery for CAN or Access Error, that is, the contents of the Bit Timing Register 0 is wrong with cawINF_BTR match) 1 xxxx xxxx xxxx xx1x module not available (CAN module in the bus off) 2 xxxx xxxx xxxx x1xx block does not exist, global CAN - Activation not active (ComCLG_SIG.15 = 0) 3 xxxx xxxx xxxx 1xxx module not available (CAN module in the Warning state) 4 xxxx xxxx xxx1 xxxx not used 5 xxxx xxxx xxxx xx1x not used 6 xxxx xxxx xxxx x1xx not used 7 xxxx xxxx 1xxx xxxx not used - 0000 0000 xxxx xxxx module and communication can be monitored 8 xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx1 start is active: mrmSTART_B = 1 and dzmNmit> 0 or t < cawINF_INI after SG-Init. 9 xxxx xxxx xxxx xx1x trailing 10 xxxx xxxx xxxx x1xx bit is set when the chip drying the K15 anmK15 the lower Hysteresis anwK15_H_U below.

Bit is reset when the voltage-K15 of the upper anmK15 Exceeds hysteresis anwK15_H_O. 11 12 13 14 15

1xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx1 xxxx xxxx xxxx xx1x xxxx xxxx xxxx x1xx xxxx xxxx xxxx 1xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

not used not used not used not used not used

To hide the monitoring of CAN communication, the message is camSTATUS0 used. The suppression of the monitoring is used to in various operating conditions (during Start consciously in the wake and at low battery voltage) the fault memory to suppress the block but will continue to bus-off and warning, as well as access error monitored. There are two different types of fades using a CAN-related error fbbECA0_O and fbbECA0_W and the other quantitative intervention-related bugs such as fbbEEGS_1, fbbEASG_H, fbbEASG_P, fbbEASG_Q, fbbEASG_L, fbbEASR_Q, fbbEMSR_H and fbbEMSR_P concerns.


19 April 2002

CAN - Monitoring

DS / ESA

Page 10-6

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.3.1 Excluding the CAN monitor If the high byte of camSTATUS0 a bit is set (- and the effect of this bit in the mask cawCANAMSK allowed, see below), so no CAN is stored related defect. Only when all effective (cawCANAMSK!) bits are reset in the high byte, the delay time is cawINF_DLY started. Error in the path fboSCAN can be entered only when in another Consequently, the time cawINF_DLY has expired. The suppression of monitoring is also without previous triggering by camSTATUS0 after Steuergeräteinitialisierung for the period cawINF_INI active. Occurs during the time cawINF_DLY again a condition for the suppression of the monitoring lists, the time cawINF_DLY is restarted after the disappearance. With the mask cawCANAMSK it is possible to effect the individual bits in the high byte of camSTATUS0 to the prevention of error entries in fboSCAN permanently disable. It are relevant here only the bits in the high byte! Is it, for example, desired, to monitor the CAN To allow error during start-up, bit 8 must cawCANAMSK this mask to 0 be set, it would permit a monitoring CAN error during startup prevent, bit 8 must this mask are set to 1 (ie, regarding the impact to the fault memory are camSTATUS0 and cawCANAMSK "AND - linked" to the Display in camSTATUS0 has the mask cawCANAMSK but no effect).

10.3.2 suppression of errors of the external control device intervention This is analogous to the suppression of the CAN monitor only be here all the bits of camSTATUS0 considered. A possible active suppression can at the olda mrmAUSBL (= 1) are detected. The monitoring delay time is mrwCANAUSB here, the mask mrwCANAMSK. It is not possible that the CAN error suppression is enabled and the external ECU intervention not (ie cawCANAMSK also has an influence). This prevents but that CAN error messages are hidden the corresponding engagement timeout error be set.


DS / ESA

CAN - Monitoring

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.4 Data Exchange Each object is used at the end of its repetition caw .. _per from the CAN-handler edited. If an object is registered to receive and received by the CAN module also has, the data is transferred to the cammsg_xx message and sent to the application. If an object is registered for transmission, the corresponding message from the interaction layer is taken over, transfer the data to the CAN module and set the object as to send.

To exchange data between the application programs and the CAN module provides the CAN handler for each object, a maximum of 8 bytes long the message is available, wherein when received messages, a status byte is appended. This status includes the following Information:

Value of the status byte: 0000? Xxx 0000x? Xx 0000xx? X 0000xxx?

Importance 0 ... Receive timeout no 1 ... Receive timeout yes 0 ... Message without replacement data 1 ... Message with replacement data 0 ... Message is valid 1 ... Message is invalid (inconsistent) 0 ... Message data is new 1 Message ... data is old

The "Receive timeout" - flag is set if no new within the time caw .. _RTO Data has been received. This flag is reset again until a new Message has been received without inconsistencies. If the "timeout" - flag is set, then when every task is called, and not only checked after each receiving period if the message already was received. Otherwise, after the Bearbeitungswiederholzeit caw .. _per (quantization is 20ms) checked whether the flag "new data" in the CAN module (Message Control Register 1) is set. Is flag is set, ie - this is not the case, then the "Message data is old" since the last Processing no data was received. If the "new data" flag is cleared this and the data is copied from the DPRAM of the CAN module in the message. Immediately then it is checked whether that was "new data" flag is now set (ie during the Copying). If this is the case, the new data is further from the DPRAM Message copied because they might otherwise be inconsistent. If during this Copying again set the "new data" flag so the identifier "message is invalid (Inconsistent) "is set.

When a receive timeout or an inconsistent message occurrence is checked whether Applied replacement data for this object are (caw.. _INF> 0). If this is the case, then the Replacement data is copied to the message and the identifier "Message with replacement data" is set.


19 April 2002

CAN - data exchange

DS / ESA

Page 10-8

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

B it 3 "Tim eout"

t

Bit 2 "hot spare"

t

B it 1 "Inconsistent"

t

B it 0 "Missing fram e"

t

Message

Figure CAN_02: Status message at failure (bits 2 and 3 only if applied)

Bit 3 "Timeout"

t

Bit 2 "hot spare"

t

Bit 1 "Inconsistent"

t

Bit 0 "Missing frame"

t

Message

Figure CAN_03: Status message at failure (bits 2 and 3 only if applied) For all messages received a status is displayed in the Message camRCSTAT0. Is this bit is set, the associated message is in timeout, ie bit 3 of the status byte of the CAN message is displayed in this message. camRCSTAT0 bit 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13

Related CAN message Transmission 1 Wheel 1 Combi 1 Combination 2 Brake 1 GRA Air bag Brake 3 BSG_Last Clima 1 Transmission 2 Level 1

Related Parameters caw010_ADR caw020_ADR caw030_ADR caw040_ADR caw050_ADR caw060_ADR caw070_ADR caw080_ADR caw100_ADR caw110_ADR caw120_ADR caw130_ADR


DS / ESA

CAN - data exchange

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.5 Configuration of the messages The application-specific information for communications such as Number of Data bytes, identifier, device configuration data, etc. are in the parameter blocks cawxxy_ ... stored (shown abbreviated in the following table with ..).

xx ... message number (associated with cammsg_xx) y ... segment number

This parameter blocks are used for interaction - and driver layer for the placement of the corresponding objects in the CAN controller. Parameter Name Meaning caw .. _PEREmpfangsperiode n * main program period in the CAN-handler Treated Embassy. CAW .. _NSGAnzahl of segments in the transport layer for transmission Message must be formed. caw .. _RTOEmpfangstimeout, is specified as a time. 2550000us value indicates that be held no receive monitoring. caw .. _INFInformation TRUE FALSE; Send Message: INF tells whether the in PB addressed send object of the block to be reconfigured before sending must (multiple use of objects). Message received: INF shall indicate whether Replacement data should be used. caw .. _DT0 to substitute data bytes 0-7 caw .. _DT7 caw .. _ADRObjektadresse in the block if the object address caw ... _ADR = 0, the corresponding object in the CAN not initialized and cammsg_ .. not supplied. No address be assigned twice, otherwise two logical objects of the same Read physical object. caw .. _DTLDatenlänge of the object is fixed in DAMOS. caw .. _AB0Arbitration bytes 0 and 1, these data are 1:1 in the register of the CAN caw .. _AB1Controllers written. Arbitration register 2 and 3 are written with 0. Only relevant for received messages. These bytes of the message identifier is coded (see Arbitration 0, 1). The conversion of identifiers on Arbitrationbyte by rotating the bits 3 to the right. If bits 0, 1 and 2 are zero is divided by 8 be. caw .. _MSCMessage Configuration Byte Warning:

If an incorrect setting of the message parameter in a PB others can not involved messages are affected. Data from the parameter block are written without control 1:1 in the CAN controller! In the Steuergeräteinitialisierung be the internal ECU CAN messages (with direction received) filled with the replacement data, if applied in caw .. _INF that uses replacement data should be.


19 April 2002

CAN - Configuration of messages

DS / ESA

Page 10-10

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.6 Structure of messages Object base address +0 +1

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Control 0 Control 1

MsgVal RmtPnd

TxIE TxRqst

RxIE CPUUpd

IntPnd NEWDAT

MsgLst ID28 ID26 ID25 ID24 ID23 ID22 Id27 Id21 +2 Arbitration 0 ID20 ID19 ID18 ID17 ID16 ID15 ID14 ID13 +3 Arbitration 1 ID12 ID11 Id10 Id9 Id8 Id7 Id6 Id5 +4 Arbitration 2 Id4 Id2 Id3 Id1 Id0reserved +5 Arbitration 3 Data Length CodeDir Xtdreserved +6 Configuration +7 Data 0 +8 Data 1 +9 Data 2 +10 Data 3 +11 Data 4 DATA +12 Data 5 +13 Data 6 +14 Data 7 Message Identifier: ID28 (MSB) ... ID18 (LSB)

Example of a 5-byte message to be received: Parameter name

Importance

caw .. _per caw .. _NSG caw .. _RTO caw .. _INF caw .. _DT0 - 7 caw .. _DTL caw .. _ADR caw .. _AB0, 1 caw .. _MSC

1 1 20000 (= 20 ms) 1 0,1,2,3,4 5 16 87H, E0H 50H


DS / ESA

CAN - Structure of messages

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.7 version of the CAN data definition The CAN data definition defines the layout of the messages and places for different Vehicle concepts define the data flow. The label contains mrwMULINF0 encodes the version of the CAN data definition (see also sent message - Motor 2). The transmit and Reception status of certain messages is dependent on mrwMULINF0: mrwMULINF0 version CAN data hardinterpretation <05 05 06 07 08 09 10 11

up to 2.2 3.0 / 3.1.1 3.2.1 3.2.2 3.3.2 4.0.1 4.0.2 4.0.3

Message GRA send receive send send -

Message GRA_neu

Message Motor_ Flexia old

receive send receive

Message Motor_ Flexia new

send send send send send -

send send send

Application Note: In addition to changing mrwMULINF0 must when moving from Embassy GRA GRA_Neu on the labels caw060_AB0, caw060_AB1, caw060_DTL, caw060_MSC and cowFGR_BDT be adjusted.


19 April 2002

CAN - version of the CAN data definition

DS / ESA

Page 10-12

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.8 Embassies This chapter describes the CAN messages are described. The presentation is based on Memory layout of the CAN DPRAM (dual port RAM). 10.8.1 Overview - CAN Object Use CAN Nr.Mux 01 0201 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 ... 20 03 04

05 06 07 08 09 0A/10 0B/11 0C/12 0D/13 0E/14

EDC15 + & C FahrbetriebFreig.K. V M P C H Identifier R: Gear 1 (EGS) caw010.440H S: WFS010H S: Anf.-AW. - Kanal201H S: Engine 1280h S: Engine 2288H S: Engine 3380H S: GRA (ADR) 388H S: Engine 5480H S: Engine 6488H S: MSG 2caw170.500H S: Engine Flexia580H S: Engine 7588H S: MSG 3caw180.700H S: MSG transport 17A1H S: free ... S: free R: Combined 1caw030.320H R: Combined 2caw040.420H R: Airbag 1caw070.050H R: brake 1caw050.1A0H R: PSG 1caw190.112H R: GRA (LKS) caw060.388H R: PSG 2caw200.512H R: Airbag 1caw070.050H S: MSG 1caw160.100H R: brake 3caw080.4A0H R: ADR 1caw090.52CH R: all-wheel 1caw020.2C0H R: PSG 3caw210.712H R: BSG_Lastcaw100.570H R: Clima 1caw110.5E0H R: Level 1caw130.590H R: Gear 2 (ASG) caw120.540H 1-20 S: Multiplex 2see No.02 R: Transportkanal1s. SPEC. R: WFS011H Buf 01 Lauschkanal200H Buf 02 Lauschkanalbis 21FH

W.Rate 8/10ms 50-100ms unregelm 20ms 20ms 20ms 10/20ms 20ms 20ms 20ms 1 sec 20ms 20ms/handshake unregelm

20-32ms 200ms 20ms/Crash 7-20ms n-sync 20ms handshake 20ms/Crash handshake 7-20ms 20ms 10ms handshake 100ms 20ms 48ms 8/10ms see No.02 unregelm 50-100ms unregelm unregelm

0F/15


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.8.2 Sent message - Motor 1 Transmission period: 20ms Memory layout:

F_MOM

Message: Engine 1 S_EGSS_ABS

Bit 280H Identifier: Q_ASRS_KUPS_LGS0 S_KIKF_PWG MD_INN8 N_MOT_MO1 (low) 16 N_MOT_MO1 (high) 24 MD_IN_O_EX32 PWGPBM40 MD_ME_VERL48 MD_REL56 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: S_LGS: Empty gas switch; Bit address 0, bit Num. 1 RCOS message dimLGS (bit 9 of dimDIGpre1) F_PWG: Error PWG; Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, is set with a defective PWG path fboSPWG or fboSPGS S_KIK: Kickdown switch; Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1 Corresponds RCOS message dimKIK (bit 5 of dimDIGpre1prel) if no safety case exists (MrmSICH_F = 0) or no error fboSKIK is registered and in addition anmPWG = 100%. Does not apply to any of the conditions, so S_KIK is shipped with zero. mrmSICH_F

>1 fboSKIK

dimKIK

& anmPWG = 100%

S_KIK

Figure CAN_08: kickdown switch via CAN S_KUP: Clutch switch; Addr bit 3, bit Num. 1 Inverted RCOS message dimKUP (bit 7 of dimDIGpre1l). Is the evaluation of the condition the converter clutch (message transmission 1) for the Kupplungsbit activated (cowECOMTC.2 = 1), is the result also included in S_KUP! For special applications, with the application diwUKU_vgw = 1, a permanent default value 0 is sent to the Kupplungsbit.


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-14

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Q_ASR: Acknowledge bit ASR; Bit addr 4, Bit Num. 1 RCOS-error fbbEASR_Q - indicates that fbwEASR_QA within the error condition no bounce new data received from the brake control device (ABS). S_ABS: Status brake torque intervention; Bit Addr 5, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0, Corresponds RCOS message mrmCANSABS. It indicates that the desired torque intervention from the brake control unit (ASR / MSR intervention) can not be considered because mroM_EASRr <(mrmM_ELLR - mrwM_E_ToB) or mroM_EMSRr> (mroM_EBEGR + mrwM_E_ToB). The tolerance value mrwM_E_ToB prevents jitter on this bit. Furthermore, the bit is set when the ASR or MSR is engaged in the data set is not activated, or due to errors (CAN defective fbbECA0_D, plausibility violation ABS Speed fbbEMSR_P) has been disabled.

S_EGS: Status; gear torque intervention Bit Addr 6, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0, Does not indicate that the desired torque intervention by the gearbox control unit (EGS / ASG intervention) can be taken into account because mroM_EEGS <(mrmM_ELLR - mrwM_E_ToG) (EGS during intervention) or mroM_EASG> (mrmM_EBEGR + mrwM_E_ToG) (ASG during intervention) or the transmission torque intervention in the data set is not activated (cowFUN_EGS ≠2), or by of errors (bus-off, CAN defective, message timeout / inconsistency gearbox1 or gear 2, ASG clutch plausibility injury, ASG speed plausibility injury) disabled was, furthermore, this bit is set when re-ASG intervention requirement if the reconditions of admission are not yet occurred.


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-15

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

F_MOM: Moment data are inaccurate; Bit Addr 7, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0, This bit is set when the bit is set zmmF_KRIT.0. see Chapter monitoring Shutdown due to system error.

System specific Error paths zmmF_KRIT.0

>1 Motor1, bit F_MOM

fboSLTF 0

mrwF_MOMA.0

mrwF_MOM.0

fboSKW2 0

mrwF_MOMA.1

mrwF_MOM.1

fboSWTF fboSWTF & fboSKTF 0 anwWTFSCH2

mrwF_MOMA.2

mrwF_MOM.2

fboSKLI

Motor1 Byte = 0xFF MD_ME_VERL

0

>1

mrwF_MOMA.3

mrwF_MOM.3

zmmSYSERR.1

Figure CAN_10: Momentenanbabe inaccurate MD_INN: inner motor torque; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF RCOS message mroMD_SOLL The error flag value 0xFF is issued if no evaluable speed exists. (ZmmSYSERR.1; see Monitoring Concept "summarized System Error")

N_MOT_MO1: Engine speed; Bit addr 16 bit Num. 16, range 0-0x7FFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFFFF, RCOS message dzoNmit The error flag value 0xFF is issued if no evaluable speed exists. (ZmmSYSERR.1; see Monitoring Concept "summarized System Error")


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-16

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

MD_IN_O_EX: inner motor torque without external intervention (corrected); Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF, RCOS message mrmMD_FAHR The error flag value 0xFF is issued if no evaluable speed exists. (ZmmSYSERR.1; see Monitoring Concept "summarized System Error")

PWGPBM: Accelerator pedal position; Bit addr 40 bit Num. 8, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF, RCOS message mrmPWGPBM corresponds - with the appropriate application - the maximum of filtered pedal mrmPWGfi, unfiltered pedal mrmPWG_roh and from the GRA Amount determined inverse pedal mroPWGinv. The error flag value 0xFF is defective in PWG path fboSPWG or fboSPGS output.

MD_ME_VERL: mechanical loss torque; Bit addr 48 bit Num. 8, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF, RCOS message mrmMD_REIC, includes motor, air compressor - (only for bidirectional Interface) and generator losses. The error flag value 0xFF is with a defective WTF path fboSWTF unless KTF replacement for WTF and KTF i.O. is, in case of faulty LTF path fboSLTF or defective generator load path fboSKW2 issued, or if no evaluable speed is present. About the Label mrwF_MOM can be selected whether the error fboSLTF, fboSKW2 and fboSWTF to Error flag value 0xFF lead. Shown in Figure CAN_10.

MD_REL: Relative driver requested torque; Bit addr 56 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0xFF RCOS message mroMD_FAHx The error flag value 0xFF is issued if no evaluable speed exists. (ZmmSYSERR.1; see Monitoring Concept "summarized System Error")


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-17

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.8.3 Sent message - Engine 2 Transmission period: 20ms Memory layout: Message: Engine 2 MUX_CODE_MO2 S_GRA

S_OBDII

BitIdentifier: 288h MUX_INFO_MO20 T_WTF_MO28 S_NBS_KLBF_WTFS_BRKS_BRE 16 V_AKT_MO224 V_SOLL32 N_LLBAS40 MD_BEGR48 frei56 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: MUX_INFO_MO2, MUX_CODE_MO2: Multiplex information; Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, initial value 0, Construction of the multiplex information: MUX_COD_MO2MUX_INFO_MO2 00mrwMULINF0 (CAN Version) 01mrwMULINF1 (EDC coding) 10mrwMULINF2 (EGS coding) 11mrwMULINF3 / 10 (Maximum torque) The 4 Information to be changed in the interval mrwMULTIME.

T_WTF_MO2: Coolant temperature; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF, RCOS message anmWTF The error flag value 0xFF is issued with a defective WTF path fboSWTF if the KTF not a replacement value for a defective WTF is (anmWTF_SCH = 1) or the KTF-path fboSKTF is also defective. S_BRE: Brake switch; Bit addr 16 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS message dimBRE (bit 8 of dimDIGpre1)

S_BRK: redundant brake switch; Addr bit 17, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS message dimBRK

F_WTF: Error WTF; Bit addr 18 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, is set with a defective WTF fboSWTF path.


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-18

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

S_KLB: Status feedback bidirectional air interface; Bit addr 19 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS message dimKLB (at SG without bidirectional interface, the initial value 0 shipped) S_NB: State Normal Operation; Addr bit 20, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, In normal operation, the bit is set to 1. Normal operation is for a terminal 15, Completed initialization and no engine start procedure. S_OBDII: Status OBDII; Addr bit 21, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, EDC indicates with a value of 1, that an OBDII freeze frame is stored. S_GRA: Status GRA; Bit addr 22 bit Num. 2, S_GRA 00 01 10 11

Initial value 0, GRA state out, locked in a diagnostic or not applied a (GRA in control mode) overridden (mrmM_EPWG> mrmM_EFGR) free

In GRA-mode ACC (cowFUN_FGR = 9) S_GRA a different meaning (see Vehicle speed control). V_AKT_MO2: Vehicle speed; Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF, RCOS message fgmFGAKT The error flag value 0xFF is issued with a defective FGG path fboSFGG. V_cmd: Target speed at GRA-operation; Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF, RCOS message mrmFG_SOLL is output only with active GRA, otherwise the value is 0 output. The error flag value 0xFF is issued with a defective FGR control panel path fboSFGA. N_LLBAS: Desired idling speed; Bit addr 40 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, range 0-0xFF, RCOS message mrmN_LLBAS MD_BEGR: Limiting torque, inner maximum possible moment; Bit addr 48 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF, RCOS message mroMD_BEGR The error flag value 0xFF is issued if no evaluable speed exists. (ZmmSYSERR.1; see Monitoring Concept "summarized System Error")


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-19

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.8.4 Sent message - Engine 3 Transmission period: 20ms Memory layout:

free

Message: Engine 3 S_MSG_G S_DK

S_ECO

S_EGAS

free

Identifier: 380H S_NPRIS_DSP

S_PWGfreiVGL_B T_AUS PWG_ROH MD_AB_LOW MD_AB_MD_AB_HIGH V N_BAKT40 N_WUNSCH48 DK56 The gray fields are not supported.

Bit 0 8 16 24 32

Description: VGL_B: Vorglühmeldung; Bit address 0, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is set when pre-heating is necessary RCOS message gsmGLUEH S_DSP: Overtemperature protection by limiting the dynamic shift program Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 corresponds RCOS Message mrmB_DSP S_NPRI: Motor speed desired priority; Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed S_PWG: Accelerator pedal angle inaccurate; Bit addr 4, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is set at error in the path fboSPWG or fboSPGS S_DK: Throttle angle inaccurate; Bit Addr 5, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed S_MSG_G: Engine control unit blocked Bit Addr 6, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 corresponding inverted RCOS message xcmSt_frei T_AUS: Air temperature, range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 RCOS message anmLTF The error flag value 0xFF is issued in error in the path fboSLTF


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-20

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

PWG_ROH: Raw accelerator pedal position; Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 RCOS message mrmPWG_lwo; MD_AB_LOW: Wheel desired torque, low byte; Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 Olda mroMDW_CAN; MD_AB_HIGH: Wheel desired torque, high byte; Bit addr 32 bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Olda mroMDW_CAN;

MD_AB_V: Wheel torque desired sign bit; Bit addr 36 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is set when cycling desired torque is negative; S_EGAS: No E-GAS; Bit addr 38 bit Num. 1, initial value 0

S_ECO: No "motor off" on ECOMATIC; Bit addr 39 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message khmKWH_CAN;

N_WUNSCH: Motor speed desired; Bit addr 48 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 corresponds to the minimum value between the map and the map mrwNwunVE mrwBCV_KF.

dzmUMDRsta N_WUNSCH MIN

anmWTF mrwNwunVE

fgmFGAKT mrmBMEF mrwBCV_KF

Figure CAN_12: Formation of the CAN message N_WUNSCH DK: Throttle angle; Bit addr 56 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 is not processed; N_BAKT: Engine speed influence; Bit addr 40 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-21

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Depending on the water temperature is anmWTF from the characteristic mrwCWTFkor a value transmitted between 0-100% of the CVT, which influences the engine speed. This value is for the entire driving cycle off (constantly sent with mrwWTFaus) if during the starting procedure (mrmSTART_B = 1 to prevent a sudden change in operation) the water temperature, the air temperature, the atmospheric pressure or greater for administration of small Thresholds (mrwCWTF2, mrwCLTFsch, mrwCADFsch) or an error in the ADF or LTF-error paths occurs. In operation of this engine speed is influenced by an error in the WTF error path or when the water temperature a further administrable value mrwCWTF1 exceeds disabled (exceeding the threshold delay (mrwCWTFdly) and irreversible).

The value mroN_BAKT will be submitted in Engine3 message as a normalized value N_BAKT.

anmWTF

mroN_BAKT KL

mrwCWTFKOR mrwWTFaus S

anmWTF> mrwCWTF1

Q DELAY

mrwCWTFdly

>1

R

fboSWTF

mrmSTART_B Monoflop

S

anmWTF> mrwCWTF2

&

Q mroN_Baus

anmLTF> mrwCLTFsch anmADF
>1

R

fboSADF fboSLTF

Figure CAN_13: Formation of mroN_BAKT


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-22

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.8.5 Sent message - Engine 5 Transmission period: 20ms Memory layout: BitMessage: Engine 5Identifier: 480H MUX_CODE_MO5MUX_INFO_MO50 S_KKLS_KFK S_KLIO S_WCAT S_LOBDII S_LEGAS S_LGAZS_LKL8 M_VERB_L16 S_VOVM_VERB_H24 TV_KULU32 P_KMD40 S_MOTOR_TEXTfreiGRAfrei48 CHKSM56 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: MUX_INFO_MO5, MUX_CODE_MO5: Multiplex information; Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, initial value 0, Construction of the multiplex information: MUX_COD_MO5 00 01

MUX_INFO_MO5 mrwMDmax max. Torque / 10 [Nm] mrwNMDmax speed at max. Torque / 100 [Min-1] mrwTabTyp:

10 Bit 5 0 .. Otto 1 .. Diesel

Bit 4 0 .. Turbo 1 .. suction

Bit 0 .3 Number of cylinders

11mrwReserv The 4 * 20ms information is changed in the interval mrwMULANZ.

S_LKL: Charging status lamp; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, S_LGAZ: Status glow indicator; Bit Addr 9, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS message ehmDDIA or ehmFDIA (if ehmDDIA = 0) Corresponds to the state at the SG-pin SYS-O: 0 .. lamp OFF 1 .. Lamp ON

S_LEGAS: Status E-Gas Lamp will not be processed; Addr bit 10, bit Num. 1, initial value 0;


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

S_LOBDII: Status OBDII lamp; Addr bit 11, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS message ehmDMIL or ehmFMIL (if ehmDMIL = 0) Corresponds to the state at the SG-pin MIL-O: 0 .. lamp OFF 1 .. Lamp ON

S_WCAT: CAT warning is not processed; Addr bit 12, bit Num. 1, initial value 0;

S_KLI0: Air compressor OFF; Bit addr 13 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS message ehmDKLI0 or ehmFKLI0 (if ehmDKLI0 = 0) Corresponds to the state at the SG-pin KLI-O: 0 .. no requirement 1 .. Air compressor OFF

S_KFK: Status characteristic map cooling; Bit addr 14 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS message kmmKFK_CAN 0 .. no map or cooling system failure in characteristic field cooling Installed 1 .. map cooling in the FZG and no system error

S_KKL: Request air conditioning compressor power reduction; Bit addr 15 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, M_VERB_L: Low byte consumption; Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, Consumption (mrmVERB20 + mrmVZHB20 (heater)) since K15-A in 

M_VERB_H: High byte consumption; Bit addr 24 bit Num. 7, initial value 0, Consumption (mrmVERB20 + mrmVZHB20 (heater)) since K15-A in 

S_VOV: Overflow status consumption; Bit addr 31 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, The first time the overflow of consumption (0 .0 x7fff) This bit is set and no longer reset.

TV_KULU: Duty radiator fan control; Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8, initial value 0; RCOS message kumCAN_LUE The error flag value 0xFF is defective in error path fboSGER or fboSHYL output.


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-24

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

P_KMD: Coolant pressure; Bit addr 40 bit Num. 8, initial value 0; RCOS message anmKMD at cowVAR_KMD = 1 otherwise 0 The error flag value 0xFF is issued with defective refrigerant pressure path fboSKMD.

S_GRA: GRA-lamp Bit Adr.50,

Bit Num. 1,

Initial value 0;

Bit is set if the rested GRA is ON (dimFGL = 1)

S_MOTOR_TEXT: Motor text bits 0000 ... no error text display 0001 ... motor fault workshop (such as diagnostic lamp) 0010 ... exhaust workshop (MIL). If the engine and exhaust fault has sent 0001. 0011 ... speed to high (not used) 0100-1111 Reserved (not used) CHKSM: Checksum Bit addr 56 bit Num. 8, Initalwert 0 Valid range 0x00 .. 0xFF

If a fault in the fault memory registered debounced, calling for the diagnosis lamp control (FbmDIAL.0 = 1), and the delay time has expired fbwT_DIVER (fbmDIAL.5 = 1), then the DIAL-engine text bit set (0001). If an emission-related fault (fbmMIL.0 = 1 or fbmMIL.1 = 1) and the delay time is expired fbwT_MIVER (fbmMIL.5 = 1), or is a CAN-MIL request to (mrmCANMIL = 1) as the MIL-engine text (0010) bit is set, if the DIAL motor text bit is not driven. If both a MIL and a DIAL Requirement, so get the DIAL priority, since the text engine-bit sequence 0011, according to CAN Specifications which means "speed too fast" has. When actuator test behave Motor text bits equal to the respective lamp (engine text bits flashing when the actuator test).

fbmDIAL.0

&

fbmDIAL.5

Motortextbit 0 (DIAL)

>1

ehmDDIA> 50% fbmMIL.0 fbmMIL.1 fbmMIL.5 mrmCANMIL

>1 & &

Motortextbit 1 (MIL)

>1

ehmDMIL> 50%

Figure UEBEMTB1: Activation of motor-text bits


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-25

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.8.6 Sent message - Engine 6 Transmission period: 20ms Memory layout: Identifier:Bit 488H

Message: Engine 6 CHKSM0 S_Mom_Getr8 I_Mom_Getr16 H_Info24 S_Besch_GRA32 frei40 frei48

frei56 The gray fields are not supported. Z_Count Description: CHKSM: Checksum Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, Initalwert 0 Valid range 0x00 .. 0xFF S_Mom_Getr: Desired torque for transmission (EGS or without AG4 - Influence) Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 RCOS message mroMD_SOL6 I_Mom_Getr: Actual torque for transmission (EGS or without AG4 - Influence) Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 RCOS message mroMD_IST6 H_Info: Height Info Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 RCOS message anmADF The error flag value 0xFF is issued with a defective ADF path fboSADF. S_Besch_GRA: GRA-target acceleration Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 RCOS message mroRMP_gef Conversion: 0.024 x value - 3.984 m/sec2 (xcwUMRCSSB, xcwUMRCOSB) The error flag value 0xFF is issued if one of the following error (paths) defective is: fbbEFGA_F, fbbECRA_A, fbbECRA_B, fboSFGC

Z_Count: Message count; Bit addr 60 bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Valid range 0x00 .. 0x0F


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-26

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.8.7 Sent message - Engine 7 The transmission of the motor 7 - message can be suppressed with cowFUN_Mo7. Transmission period: 20ms Memory layout: Message: Engine 7 S_PTC

BitIdentifier: 588H freifreiST_VBEG S_VBEG S_LLD_H 0 Klemme_DFM8 H_Info16 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: S_LLD_H: Exceeding the maximum target idle speed Bit address 0, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is set when target idle speed mrmN_LLBAS> = the maximum, due to the Voltage level achievable, target idle speed mrwN_LLBSG. S_VBEG: Speed limit activated Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 ST_VBEG: Status speed limit active Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 S_PTC: Off PTC / glow plugs Bit Addr 5, Bit Num. 3, initial value 0 State bits are PTC / glow plugs turned off set as follows: cowKWHKERZ ehmFGSK2ehmFGSK1Bit 0.7 00% 0% 1 10% 0% 1 0% 100% 0 20% 0% 1 0% 100% 0 100% 100% 0 30% 0% 1 0% 100% 0 100% 0% 0 100% 100% 0

Bit 0.6 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0

Bit 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0

Instead ehmFGSK1 or ehmFGSK2 be ehmDGSK1 or ehmDGSK2 if its contents> 0 (See chapter Diagnostics - Actuator test institute) is evaluated (content> 50% Mimics a power amplifier driven). Warning: ehmDGSK1 and ehmDGSK2 not subject to the restrictions imposed by cowKWHKERZ! Klemme_DFM: DFM duty cycle signal Bit Addr 8Bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 RCOS message khmGENLAST The error flag value 0xFF is issued with defective generator load path fboSKW2.


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-27

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

H_Info: Height Info Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 RCOS message anmADF The error flag value 0xFF is issued with a defective ADF path fboSADF.


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-28

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.8.8 Sent message - MotorFlexia Transmission period: mrwFLEXPER With values> 5.1 sec sending the message can be suppressed in the application. Memory layout: Bit 580H Identifier: 0 Z_Count

Message: MotorFlexia free

I_RUSS8 I_VERSCHLEISS16 The gray fields are not supported. Description: Z_Count: Message count; Bit address 0, bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Counter is incremented for each new message; During Start (mrmSTART_B = 1) and in Nahchlauf (nlmNLact = 1), the message count is zero. Valid range 0x01 .. 0x0F I_RUSS: Soot index, value range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 High byte of RCOS message simOEL_BEL I_VERSCHLEISS: Wear index, value range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF; Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 Low byte of RCOS message simOEL_BEL

from CAN-version 4.0 following extension from bit 24 is used: 2 multiplexed data blocks; (0) with a straight, (1) for odd message count: (0) N_DREHZAHL_MAXMOM M_MAX_MOMENT P_MLE_L A_ZYLINDERA_VENTILE R_HUBRAUM

24 32 40 P_MLE_H 48 56

S_ANSG Description: N_DREHZAHL_MAXMOM: Speed for maximum torque Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8; Contains the Wet from mrwNMDmax M_MAX_MOMENT: Maximum torque Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8; Contains the Wet from mrwMDmax


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-29

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

P_MLE_ (L / H): Maximum engine power Bit addr 40 bit Num. 9; P_MLE_L represents the lower 8 bits, P_MLE_H the highest bit 9 of the Fixed value mrwLSmax (word)

A_VENTILE: Number of valves per cylinder Bit addr 49 bit Num. 3; Fixed value mrwAnzVent A_ZYLINDER: Number of cylinders Bit addr 52 bit Num. 4; Equal to the application value cowVAR_ZYL R_HUBRAUM: Capacity Bit addr 56 bit Num. 7; CAN representation of mrwHubraum S_ANSG: Intake Bit addr 63 bit Num. 1; cowFUN_LDR inverted => 0 = Turbo, 1 = teat

(1) N_OELNIVEAU V_NORMVERBRAUCH B_VERS_L B_RUTU S_BEF_KENN

C_HERST_CODE B_VERS_H

24 32 40 48 56

Description: N_OELNIVEAU: Oil level threshold Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8; Is equal value from mrwOelNiKF anmOTF

N_OELNIVEAU

mrmNfilt

KF

mrwOelNiKF

Figure CAN_14: Oelnivaeu

V_NORMVERBRAUCH: Normalized consumption per cylinder Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8; mrwNVerb

C_HERST_CODE: Manufacturer Code Bit addr 40 bit Num. 4; Always 0 (RBOS)


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-30

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

B_VERS_ (L / H): Evaluation factor Wear Index Bit addr 44 bit Num. 6; mrwBewVer B_RUTU: Evaluation factor soot or Turbo Bit addr 50 bit Num. 6; mrwBewRuss

S_BEF_KENN: Slope of the filling curve Bit addr 56 bit Num. 8; mrwStBKenn


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-31

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.8.9 Sent message - MSG_Transportprotokoll request-reply channel Memory layout: Message: MSG_TransportprotokollIdentifier: 201H, Repetition rate = bit asynchronous Request-reply channel DESTINATION0 OPCODE8 CHANNEL_ID16

Description: DESTINATION: Recipient of the message; OPCODE: Type of message; C0H Request (request), D0H Reply (positive response) D8H Negative Reply (negative response).

Channel_id: Channel identifier for data transmission; Channel identifier to offset 700H (local broadcast channel).


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-32

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.8.10 Sent message - MSG_Transportkanal1 Memory layout: Message: MSG_Transportkanal1

Bit

Identifier: 7A1H, Repetition rate = asynchronous TPCI1 TPCI2 / Data1 T1 / 2 Data T2 / 3 Data T3 / 4 Data T4 / 5 Data Data 6 Data 7

0 8 16 24 32 40 48 56

Description: 0 TPCI1 TPCI1 TPCI1 TPCI1 TPCI1 TPCI1

TPDU_Type DT AK CS CA CT DC

D TPCI1 TPCI2 T1, T1 * T2, T2 * T3, T3 * T4, T4 *

1 D TPCI2 TPCI2 TPCI2

2 D T1 T1 * -

TPCI bytes 34 DD T2T3 T2 * T3 * -

5 D T4 T4 * -

6 D -

7 D -

Data (1-7 byte optional) Transport Control Information Byte 1 Transport Control Information Byte 2 Acknowledgement Time Out for data telegrams maximum time interval between two transmission blocks minimum permissible distance between 2 telegrams maximum time within which a receiver telegrams expected.

TPCI1: Transport Control Information Byte 1; This byte contains in coded terms the nature of the message and control information. TPDU Type Data Acknowledge Connect Setup Connect Ack. Connect test Disconnect

DT AK CS CA CT DC

7 0 1 1 1 1 1

6 0 0 0 0 0 0

5 AR RS 1 1 1 1

TPCI byte 1 43 EOM 1 00 00 00 01

2

1

0

0 0 1 0

0 1 1 0

SN SN 0 0 0 0


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-33

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

AR

Acknowledge Request (Request = 0, No Request = 1)

EOM End of Message (Last packet transmission) RSReceive status (Receiver Ready = 1, Receiver Not Ready = 0) SNSequence Number (packet counters)

TPCI2: Transport Control Information Byte 2; TPDU Type

TPCI byte 2 7654321 Connect SetupCS ---- BS Connect Ack.CA-BS --DisconnectDC ---- BS (Required number of data messages until receipt) BSBlock Size

0


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-34

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.8.11 Sent message - GRA The message is in mrwMULINF0 = 5, 7 or 8 sent. Transmission period: 20ms Memory layout: Bit Identifier: 388H Z_Count0 ZU_VER ZU_BES T_WABT_SEVT_AUS S_HAUPT 8 CHKSM16 The gray fields are not supported.

Message: GRA free

F_BTL

Description: Z_Count: Message count; Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 Valid range 0x00 .. 0xFF S_HAUPT: GRA / ADR - Main switch Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, default 0 0 Disabled 1 Enabled RCOS message: dimFGL T_AUS: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Off" Bit Addr 9, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0, default value 1 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: dimFGA inverted T_SEV: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "set / decelerate" Addr bit 10, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, default 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: dimFGP

T_WAB: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "resume / accelerate" Addr bit 11, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, default 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: dimFGW ZU_BES: GRA / ADR accelerate Addr bit 12, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, default 0 0 Do not delay, Delay 1 ZU_VER: Delay GRA / ADR Bit addr 13 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, default 0 0 Do not accelerate, 1 Speed


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-35

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

F_BTL: GRA / ADR - control unit error Bit addr 14 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, default 0 0 ok, 1 error control lever RCOS message: fbbEFGA_F CHKSM: Checksum Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, Initalwert 0 Valid range 0x00 .. 0xFF

10.8.12 Sent message - GRA_Neu The message is sent when mrwMULINF0 = 10. Memory layout: Message: GRA_Neu free F_BTLT

F_BTL ZU_BES Z_Count free

Bit 38Ah Identifier: CHKSM0 ZU_VER T_BEST_VERT_AUS S_HAUPT 8 COD_SNDT_WAT_SET 16 ZU_LIMT_DSTT_TUPT_TDN 24 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: CHKSM: Checksum Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, Initalwert 0 Valid range 0x00 .. 0xFF S_HAUPT: GRA / ADR - Main switch Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Disabled 1 Enabled RCOS message: dimFGL T_AUS: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Off" Bit Addr 9, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: dimFGA

T_del: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "decelerate" Addr bit 10, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: dimFGP T_BES: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Speed" Addr bit 11, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: dimFGW ZU_VER: Delay GRA / ADR Addr bit 12, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Do not accelerate, 1 Speed


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-36

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

ZU_BES: GRA / ADR accelerate Bit addr 13 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Do not delay, Delay 1 F_BTL: GRA / ADR - control unit error Bit addr 14 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 ok, 1 error control lever RCOS message: fbbEFGA_F T_SET: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Set" Bit addr 16 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: dimFGP (logical OR) T_WA: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "resume" Addr bit 17, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: dimFGW (logical OR) COD_SND: Transmitter coding Bit addr 18 bit Num. 2, initial value 0 00 onboard supply control unit 01 steering column module 10 Motor-SG 11 not assigned Z_Count: Message count Addr bit 20, bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Valid values range 0x0 .. 0xF T_TDN: Tip-Down Bit addr 24 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not operated, 1 Tip down T_TUP: Tip-Up Bit addr 25 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not operated, 1 Tip up

T_DST: ADR - Tipschalter Distance desire Bit addr 26 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Not operated 00 key 01 Distance desire no 10 Distance desire greater 11 not assigned ZU_LIM: Limiter Bit addr 28 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter F_BTLT: Tiptronic control unit error Bit addr 31 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-37

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/13 Received message - brake 1 The activation of the evaluation can be pre-omen in two ways. About the conventional way (software switch) or by the CAN - Unlock by code. The corresponding RCOS message shows the current status (for configuration see the Chapter CAN Activation via coding). The evaluation is active in: comM_E_ASR = 2 (ASR intervention) or comM_E_MSR = 2 (MSR intervention) or comVAR_FGG = 3 (speed of CAN/Bremse1) associated record label: caw050 ... Memory layout:

A_EBV D_ABS

Message: Brake 1Identifier: 1A0H, Repetition rate = 5-10 ms bit S_ASRS_FDRS_EDSS_BAB A_MSR A_ASR0 F_SWA S_SWAS_BKVS_BLSL_BRKL_ASRL_ABS8 V_AKT_BR1 (low) F_BKV 16 V_AKT_BR1 (high) 24 MD_ASR_SL32 MD_ASR40 MD_MSR48 freiT_ASRB_COUNT_BR156 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: A_ASR: Requirement ASR intervention; Bit address 0, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS message mrmASRSTAT [5] The ASR intervention MD_ASR is therefore valid. (See chapter "External intervention amount"). A_MSR: Requirement MSR intervention; Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS message mrmMSRSTAT [5] (see section "External lot of intervention"). S_BAB: ABS braking is not processed; Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 S_EDS: EDS operation is not processed; Addr bit 3, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 S_FDR: FDR engaged; Bit addr 4, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message mrmFDR_CAN.0 Is only evaluated at comM_E_ASR = 2 (ASR intervention) or at comM_E_MSR = 2 (MSR Intervention). S_ASR: ASR switching interference is not processed; Bit Addr 5, Bit Num. 2, initial value 0


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-38

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

A_EBV: Current intervention electronic brake force distribution, will not be processed; Bit Addr 7, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 L_ABS: ABS lamp is not processed; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 L_ASR: Lamp ASR / FDR is not processed; Bit Addr 9, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 L_BRK: Bremskontrollampe is not processed; Addr bit 10, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 S_BLS: Driver brakes (so far, and without active brake booster: brake light switch); Addr bit 11, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message mrmFDR_CAN.1 Only evaluated if RCOS message comM_E_ASR = 2 (ASR intervention) or if RCOSMessage comM_E_MSR = 2 (MSR intervention) is set. S_BKV: Status of the active brake booster (so far, or act without BKV: Brake test switch.); Addr bit 12, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message mrmFDR_CAN.2 Only evaluated if RCOS message comM_E_ASR = 2 (ASR intervention) or if RCOSMessage comM_E_MSR = 2 (MSR intervention) is set. S_SWA: Schlechtwegausblendung is not processed; Bit addr 13 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 F_SWA: Status Schlechtwegausblendung is not processed; Bit addr 14 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 D_ABS: ABS in diagnosis is not processed; Bit addr 15 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 F_BKV: Error brake booster; Bit addr 16 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message mrmFDR_CAN.3 Only evaluated if RCOS message comM_E_ASR = 2 (ASR intervention) or if RCOSMessage comM_E_MSR = 2 (MSR intervention) is set.

V_AKT_BR1: ABS - reference speed (RCOS message mrmFG_ABS), is for the functional plausibility MSR fbbEMSR_P used, is at comVAR_FGG = 3 with mrwFGKORFA multiplied, as mrmFG_CAN sent to the speed of acquisition and as driving speed fgmFGAKT the MSG provided. The value 0xFF byte 3 indicates an error. Addr bit 17, bit Num. 15, initial value 0

MD_ASR_SL: ASR intervention torque slowly is not processed; Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0xFE


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-39

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

MD_ASR: ASR intervention torque quickly; Bit addr 40 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0xFE, RCOS message mrmASR_roh The Momentenrohwert mrmASR_roh will be sent without plausibility checks and has the Range 0x00 to 0xFF. The procedure is only performed if A_ASR is set. (See chapter "External intervention amount"). Only evaluated if RCOS message comM_E_ASR = 2 (ASR intervention) or if RCOS message comM_E_MSR = 2 (MSR intervention) is set.

MD_MSR: MSR intervention torque; Bit addr 48 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, RCOS message mrmMSR_roh The Momentenrohwert mrmMSR_roh will be sent without plausibility checks and has the Range 0x00 to 0xFF. The procedure is only performed if A_MSR is set, A_ASR is not set and mroMD_ASR includes Bitkomplement of mroMD_MSR. (See chapter "External intervention amount"). Only evaluated if RCOS message comM_E_ASR = 2 (ASR intervention) or if RCOS message comM_E_MSR = 2 (MSR intervention) is set.

B_COUNT_BR1: Message count; Bit addr 56 bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Range 0x00 to 0x0F T_ASR: Type ASR is not processed; Bit addr 60 bit Num. 1, initial value 0


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-40

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/14 Received message - brake 3 Activation of the evaluation with: cowFUN_AS3 = 2 (evaluation brake 3) associated record label: caw080 ... Memory layout: Message: brake 3

Identifier: 4A0H, Repetition rate = 7-20 ms bit VL (low) Reserved 0 VL (high) 8 VR (low) reserved 16 VR (high) 24 HL (low) Reserved 32 HL (high) 40 HR (low) reserved 48 HR (high) 56 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: VL: Left front wheel speed; is at cowVAR_FGG = 5 (v from brake 3 for front-wheel drive) is evaluated. The value 0xFF byte 1 indicates an error. Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 15, initial value 0 VR: Right front wheel speed; is at comVAR_FGG = 5 (v from brake 3 for front-wheel drive) is evaluated. The value 0xFF byte 3 indicates an error. Addr bit 17, bit Num. 15, initial value 0 at comVAR_FGG = 5 (v from brake 3 for front-wheel drive) is the average of the wheel velocity VL and VR with mrwFGKORFA multiplied, as mrmFG_CAN to the Sent speed detection and as fgmFGAKT available to the system provided. HL: Left rear wheel speed; is at comVAR_FGG = 6 (v from brake 3 for rear-wheel drive) is evaluated. The value 0xFF in byte 5 indicates an error. Bit addr 33 bit Num. 15, initial value 0 HR: Right rear wheel speed; is at comVAR_FGG = 6 (v from brake 3 for rear-wheel drive) is evaluated. The value 0xFF in byte 7 indicates an error. Bit addr 49 bit Num. 15, initial value 0 at comVAR_FGG = 6 (v from brake 3 for rear-wheel drive) is the average of the wheel speed HL and HR multiplied by mrwFGKORFA than mrmFG_CAN to the Sent speed detection and as fgmFGAKT available to the system provided.


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-41

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/15 Received message - Transmission 1 Activation of the evaluation with: cowFUN_EGS = 2 (EGS intervention via CAN) or cowECOMTC bit 1 (Ecomatic CAN) or Bit 2 set (clutch CAN) associated record label: caw010 ... Memory layout: Message: Gear 1 A_EGSS_KODA_LL S_WHP

A_OBDII

BitIdentifier: 440H, Repetition rate = 8 ms S_WKUPA_KL0A_WSS_SG0 S_GANG8 ÜB_FKT16 MD_INN_SOLL24 FW_I32 EGS_STAT40 freiMOT_A 48 MD_VERL_W56 The gray fields are not processed.

Description: S_SG: Circuit active Bit address 0, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message mrmEGS_akt, is required for parameter selection A_WS: Requirement transducer protection, will not be processed; Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 A_KL0: Off request air compressor; Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS message mrmCAN_KL S_WKUP: Status converter clutch; Addr bit 3, bit Num. 2, initial value 0 RCOS message mrmW_KUP With appropriate application (cowECOMTC.2) contains mrmCAN_KUP following value in the subsequently are also in dimKUP: S_WKUPmrmCAN_KUP 001 01mrwWKUP_VG 100 110

A_LL: Requirement desired idle speed increase is not processed; Bit Addr 5, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 S_KOD: EGS coding in EDC is OK. Denotes the value 1, that the motor-SG and the EGS are incompatible (see also Chapter monitoring concept fbbEASG); Bit Addr 6, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Evaluation is activated with cowECOMTC.5 = 1


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-42

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

A_EGS: Requirement EGS intervention; Bit Addr 7, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS-Messsage mrmEGS_CAN.5 is set; The EGS intervention MD_INN_SOLL is thus valid (See chapter "External intervention amount"). S_GANG: Information target gear; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 4, initial value 0, RCOS message mrm_P_N is 1 when S_GANG = 0 (P / N) mrmGTRGANGS_GANG 1-51-5 86 97 all other values1

S_WHP: Selector lever position; Addr bit 12, bit Num. 4, initial value 0, mrmWH_POSbS_WHP .01 .1 N .2 R .3 P

ÜB_FKT: Transfer function; Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, RCOS message mrmGTR_UEB. If the transmission is in neutral (mrm_P_N = 1) then mrmGTR_UEB with the default value mrwFVHVGWU occupied. MD_INN_SOLL: inner engine desired torque; Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0xFE, RCOS message mrmEGS_roh The Momentenrohwert mrmEGS_roh will be sent without plausibility checks and has the Range 0x00 to 0xFF. The procedure is only performed if A_EGS is set. (See chapter "External intervention amount").

FW_I: Driving resistance index is not processed; Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0x7F EGS_STAT: Gearbox emergency operation; Bit addr 40 bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Transmission - Anfahrdrehmomentenkennlinie is activated (possibly active EGS intervention is aborted), if bit 3 is set in EGS_STAT. Output to the Messages mrmEGS_CAN.8 and mrmEGSSTAT.8 A_OBDII: Status OBDII; Bit addr 44 bit Num. 4, initial value 0, With the bit 47, the MI-lamp is driven reversible; Figure in RCOS message mrmCANMIL


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-43

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

MOT_A: Engine; Bit addr 48 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, With this bit set, the engine should be switched off; RCOS message mrmCAN_ECO is 1 if MOT_A == 0; RCOS message mrmCAN_ECO is 0 if MOT_A == 1

MD_VERL_W: Converter torque loss; Bit addr 56 bit Num. 8, initial value 0, RCOS message mrmKUP_roh Error detection 0xFF


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-44

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/16 Received message - Gear 2 Activation of the evaluation with: cowFUN_ASG = 2 (ASG-intervention) or cowFUN_CVT = 1 (CVT intervention) cowFUN_MGB = 1 (rate-of-moments (MGB)) associated record label: caw120 ... Memory layout: Message: Gear 2 B_COUNT_GT2

A_FKU

A_MBRS_KSS OPERATING MODE

BitIdentifier: 540H, Repeat = 10 ms A_ZGFS_ECOS_SABS_LFR0 N_LL_SOLL8 dMD_MGB16 N_SYNC_WUN24 N_SYNC_WUN_INV32 T_SYNC40 A_LSL S_WUD A_GONA_SSTA_LHS 48 GANG56 The gray fields are not processed.

Description: S_LFR: LFR adaptation; Bit address 0, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Will Ship in RCOS message mrmLFR_Adp. S_SAB: Schubabschaltunterstützung is not processed; Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, initial value 0

S_ECO: Ecomatic-operation with vmax limit and torque limit or MGB Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message mrmASG_CAN.8

A_ZGF: Zwischengasflag; Addr bit 3, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, 0 .. no intermediate gas requirement 1 .. Between Gas request is active Is mapped in RCOS message mrmASG_CAN in bit 5.

B_COUNT_GT2: Message count; Bit addr 4, Bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Range 0x00 to 0x0F N_LL_SOLL: Desired idling speed; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 Requested by VL30 gear, shown in mroN_LLCAr is converted and as mrmN_LLCAN sent to desired idle speed calculation.


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-45

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

dMD_MGB: Limiting value for torque Gradientenbegrenzungs Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, error flag value 0xFF If (error-treated) displayed in the RCOS message mrmdMD_MGB. N_SYNC_WUN: Synchronization request speed Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 Low byte of the RCOS message mrmASG_roh Error code 0xFF N_SYNC_WUN_INV: Inverted synchronization request speed Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 High byte of the RCOS message mrmASG_roh Error code 0xFF T_SYNC: Synchronization time Bit addr 40 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 Error code 0xFF 20 * value = RCOS message mrmASG_tsy

A_LHS: Upshift lamp is not processed; Bit addr 48 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 A_SST: Starter is driven is not processed; Bit addr 49 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 A_GON: Gong is not processed; Bit addr 50 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, S_WUD: Suppressing warnings will not be processed; Bit addr 51 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, A_LSL: Shift Lock_Lampe is not processed; Bit addr 52 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, S_KSS: Motor run is not processed; Bit addr 53 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, A_MBR: Motor readiness is not processed; Bit addr 54 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, A_FKU: Fault lamp coupling, Bit addr 55 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, If this bit is set, the error fbbEEGS_F is reported. GAIT: Gear indicator is not processed; Bit addr 56 bit Num. 4, OPERATING MODE: loaded gear is not processed; Bit addr 60 bit Num. 4, All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-46

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/17 Received message - Combination 1 Activation of the evaluation with: comVAR_FGG = 4 (speed of CAN/Kombi1) or anwKMW_CAN = 1 (KMW CAN) or cowVAR_KO1 = 1 (reception package 1 for timeout monitoring.) associated record label: caw030 ... Memory layout: Message: Combination 1 Identifier: 320H, Repetition rate = 20-32 ms bit S_KMW S_HLVS_KM D_ODWS_ODS_TANK S_TUER 0 L_VGL S_BREMS8 free IN_TANK16 S_TANK V_AKT_KO1 (low) Q_V24 V_AKT_KO1 (high) 32 R_BLIL_BLIS_ADR40 V_DISP (high) 48 V_DISP (low) frei56 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: S_TUER: Door contact switch driver's door is not processed; Bit address 0, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, S_TANK: Low-level switch is not processed; Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, initial value 0, S_OD: Oil pressure switch is not processed; Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 D_ODW: dynamic oil pressure warning will not be processed; Addr bit 3, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 S_KM: Low coolant level is not processed; Bit addr 4, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 S_HLV: Hot lights-warning is not processed; Bit Addr 5, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 S_KMW: Fuel quantity warning signal; Bit Addr 6, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Expected to ship on nonzero in tlmKMW_CAN in application of anwKMW_CAN. L_VGL: Vorglühlampe; Bit Addr 7, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Will be shipped via Message gsmCANGL. S_BREMS: Status brake info is not processed; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 2, initial value 0


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-47

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

IN_TANK: Tank content is not processed; Bit addr 16 bit Num. 7, initial value 0 S_TANK: Tank warning (OBD) will not be processed; Bit addr 23 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Q_v: Source velocity is not processed; Bit addr 24 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 V_AKT_KO1: Driving speed; comVAR_FGG is at = 4 with mrwFGKORFA multiplied, as mrmFG_CAN sent to the speed of acquisition and as Speed fgmFGAKT the MSG provided. The value 0xFF in byte 4 indicates an error. Bit addr 25 bit Num. 15, initial value 0 S_ADR: ADR feedback of the display is not processed; Bit addr 40 bit Num. 4, initial value 0

L_BLI: Left turn signal will not be processed; Bit addr 44 bit Num. 1, initial value 0

R_BLI: Right turn signal is not processed; Bit addr 45 bit Num. 1, initial value 0

V_DISP (low, high): Displayed speed, including advance is not processed; Bit addr 46 bit Num. 10, initial value 0


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-48

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/18 Received message - Combination 2 Activation of the evaluation with: cowWTFCAN = 1 (WTF CAN) Furthermore, the activation for evaluation of the message can be achieved by RCOS messages comVAR_OTF and comVAR_FZG done. This is possible in two ways. About the conventional way (software switch) or by the CAN - Unlock by code (For configuration see the Chapter "CAN activation by coding"). The evaluation is active in: comVAR_OTF = 01xxh (OTF via CAN) or comVAR_FZG = 3 (UTF CAN)

associated record label: caw040 ... Memory layout: Message: Combination 2 free

S_58d S_58s

Identifier: 420H, Repetition = 200 ms bit S_WTFS_OTFS_UTF0 T_UTF_gef8 T_UTF_ugf16 T_OTF_KO224 T_WTF32 Klemme_58d40 Klemme_58s48 * Frei56 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: S_UTF: Error status UTF; Bit address 0, bit Num. 1; detailed description see chapter "outputs" S_OTF: Error status OTF; Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1; detailed description see chapter "outputs" S_WTF: Error status WTF; Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1; detailed description see chapter "outputs" T_UTF_gef: filtered outside temperature; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8; FFH means "error" detailed description see chapter "outputs" T_UTF_ugf: unfiltered outside temperature will not be processed; Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8; FFH means "error"


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-49

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

T_OTF_KO2: Oil temperature; Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8; FFH means "error" detailed description see chapter "outputs" T_WTF: Coolant temperature; Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8; detailed description see chapter "outputs"

Klemme_58d: Backlight is not processed; Bit addr 40 bit Num. 7; S_58d: Error status display lighting is not processed; Bit addr 47 bit Num. 1; Value "1" "not available or substitute value" at Klemme_58s: Switch Lighting is not processed; Bit addr 48 bit Num. 7; S_58s: Schlechtwegausblendung is not processed; Bit addr 55 bit Num. 1, "1" "not available or substitute value" at


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-50

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/19 Received message - Airbag 1 The activation of the evaluation can be done in two ways. About the conventional way with the software switch cowFUN_CRA or through the CAN activation by Coding. The RCOS Message comFUN_CRA shows the current status (for configuration see Chapter CAN activation by coding). The evaluation is active in: comFUN_CRA = 2 (CRA CAN) associated record label: caw070 ... Memory layout: Message: Airbag 1Identifier: 050H, Wiederholr. = 20ms/Crash bit S_CRINTS_ROLL S_SEBS_SEF S_HECK S_FRONT 0 S_GUWB S_GUSB S_GUWF S_GUSFfreiS_KIND S_DEAKT S_LAMP 8 COUNTfrei16 CHKSM24 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: S_FRONT: Front crash; Bit address 0, bit Num. 1, is not processed

Initial value 0

S_HECK: Rear crash; Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, is not processed

Initial value 0

S_SEF: Side crash driver; Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed S_SEB: Side crash passenger; Addr bit 3, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed

S_ROLL: Rollover; Bit addr 4, Bit Num. 1, is not processed

Initial value 0

S_CRINT: Crash intensity; Bit Addr 5, Bit Num. 3, initial value 0 Assignment of the crash levels croCR_STAT: CAN bits 5-7 crash-crash level designation 0000kein crash 0011Gurtstraffer 01x2US 1xx3RDW


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-51

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

S_LAMP: Airbag lamp; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 1, initial value 1 is not processed S_DEAKT: Airbag deactivated; Bit Addr 9, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed S_KIND: Child seat recognition; Addr bit 10, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed S_GUSF: Driver seat belt; Addr bit 12, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed S_GUWF: Seat belt warning drivers; Bit addr 13 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed S_GUSB: Passenger seat belt; Bit addr 14 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed S_GUWB: Seat belt warning passenger; Bit addr 15 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed

COUNT: Message count for live recognition; Addr bit 20, bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Valid values range 0x0 .. 0xF

CHKSM: Checksum; Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 Valid range 0x00 .. 0xFF


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-52

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/20 Received message - BSG_Last Activation of the evaluation with: cowVAR_BSG = 2 (evaluation BSG_Last) associated record label: caw100 ... Memory layout: Identifier: 570H, Repetition = 100 ms bit S_ZAS_50 S_ZAS_X S_ZAS_15 S_ZAS_S 0 freiS_LLBSG 8 U_BAT_BSG16 S_HZSI S_HZAU S_HZFR S_HZHE 24

Message: BSG_Last S_KLM_Lfrei

S_KLIAU S

free The gray fields are not supported.

Description: S_ZAS_S: ZAS_Klemme_S is not processed; Bit address 0, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Ignition lock S contact (key is inserted)

S_ZAS_15: ZAS_Klemme_15 is not processed; Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Ignition lock terminal 15 (ignition on)

S_ZAS_X: ZAS_Klemme_X is not processed; Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Ignition lock X (startup)

S_ZAS_50: ZAS_Klemme_50, will not be processed; Addr bit 3, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Ignition lock terminal 50

S_KLM_L: Klemme_L is not processed; Bit Addr 7, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Terminal L (Ladekontrollampe)

S_LLBSG: Desired idle speed increase; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 The bit is set when load management in BSG calls desired idle speed increase. RCOS message mrmBSG_Anf U_BAT_BSG: Battery voltage is not processed; Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 Voltage measurement from the load management


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-53

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

S_HZHE: Off Heizbare_Heckscheibe, will not be processed; Bit addr 24 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 The bit is set when load management in BSG shutdown the heated rear window overwhelmed. S_HZFR: Off Heizbare_Frontscheibe, will not be processed; Bit addr 25 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 The bit is set when load management in BSG shutdown the heated windscreen overwhelmed.

S_HZAU: Off Heizbare_Aussenspiegel, will not be processed; Bit addr 26 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 The bit is set when load management in BSG shutdown of the heatable outside mirrors overwhelmed.

S_HZSI: Off Heizbare_Sitze, will not be processed; Bit addr 27 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 The bit is set when load management calls the heated seats in the BSG shutdown.

S_KLIAUS: Switch off the air conditioning; Bit addr 31 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 The bit is set when load management in BSG shutdown of air conditioning calls RCOS message: mrmBSG_KLI In the case of message timeouts or inconsistent message replacement data from caw100_DTx processed.


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-54

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/21 Received message - Clima 1 The activation of the evaluation can be done in two ways. About the conventional way with the software switch cowFUN_KLI or through the CAN activation by Coding. The RCOS message comFUN_KLI shows the current status (for configuration see Chapter "CAN activation by coding"). The evaluation is active in: comFUN_KLI = 2 (air via CAN) associated record label: caw110 ... Memory layout: Message: Clima 1 freiA_KHL

S_FSP

BitIdentifier: 5E0H, Repetition = 20 ms S_KPZS_HFSS_HHSS_FZHS_KLB0 T_AU_UGF8 P_KLD16 L_KPR24 L_GBL32 KL_ANST40 freiS_ACSS_TE48 T_AU_UGF_SF56 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: S_KLB: Signal for idle speed increase Bit address 0, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message mrmCAN_KLI.0

S_FZH: Driver's desired heater Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message mrmCAN_KLI.1

S_HHS: Heated rear window is not processed; Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message mrmCAN_KLI.2

S_HFS: Heated windscreen is not processed; Addr bit 3, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message mrmCAN_KLI.3

S_KPZ: Compressor status, signal for idle speed increase Bit addr 4, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message mrmCAN_KLI.4

A_KHL: No desired heat output Bit Addr 5, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 no heating means that the thermostat is set to 'blue' RCOS message mrmCAN_KLI.5


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-55

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

T_AU_UGF: Outside temperature is unfiltered, not processed; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0

P_KLD: Air pressure signal Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 RCOS message mrmKMD on failure (P_KLD = Error flag 0xFFh) is used as a substitute value the default value used mrwKKL_VGW

L_KPR: Compressor load Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 RCOS message mrmMD_KLKr on failure (L_KPR = Error flag 0xFFh) is defined as Replacement value of the default value used mrwKPR_VGW

L_GBL: Fan load is not processed; Bit addr 32 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0

KL_ANST: Radiator fan control Bit addr 40 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 RCOS message mrmKLI_LUE on failure (KL_ANST = Error flag 0xFFh) is defined as Replacement value of the default value mrwKL_VGW used. S_TE: Temperature unit is not processed; Bit addr 48 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 S_ACS: AC switch is not processed; Bit addr 49 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 S_FSP: Fault memory entry is not processed; Bit addr 55 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 T_AU_UGF_SF: Outside temperature unfiltered bumper is not processed; Bit addr 56 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-56

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/22 Received message - GRA Activation of the evaluation with: mrwMULINF0 = 6 Related Record Label: caw060 ... Memory layout: Message: GRA free

F_BTL

ZU_BES

Bit 388H Identifier: Z_Count0 ZU_VER T_WABT_SEVT_AUS S_HAUPT 8 CHKSM16 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: Z_Count: Message count Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, initial value 0 Valid range 0x00 .. 0xFF S_HAUPT: GRA / ADR - Main switch Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Disabled 1 Enabled RCOS message: mrmGRA T_AUS: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Off" Bit Addr 9, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: mrmGRA T_SEV: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "set / decelerate" Addr bit 10, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: mrmGRA T_WAB: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "resume / accelerate" Addr bit 11, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: mrmGRA ZU_VER: Delay GRA / ADR, will not be processed Addr bit 12, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Do not accelerate, 1 Speed RCOS message: mrmGRA ZU_BES: GRA / ADR accelerate, will not be processed Bit addr 13 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Do not delay, Delay 1 RCOS message: mrmGRA F_BTL: GRA / ADR - control unit error Bit addr 14 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 ok, 1 error control lever RCOS message: mrmGRA CHKSM: Checksum Bit addr 16 bit Num. 8, Initalwert 0 Valid range 0x00 .. 0xFF


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-57

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/23 Received message - GRA_Neu Activation of the evaluation with: mrwMULINF0 = 9 or 11, Selection of the control panel with cowFGR_BDT (0 = 4-pos-BDT. / 1 = 6-pos-BDT.) associated record label: caw060 ... Memory layout: Message: GRA_Neu free F_BTLT

F_BTL ZU_BES Z_Count free

Bit 38Ah Identifier: CHKSM0 ZU_VER T_BEST_VERT_AUS S_HAUPT 8 COD_SNDT_WAT_SET 16 ZU_LIMT_DSTT_TUPT_TDN 24 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: CHKSM: Checksum Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, Initalwert 0 Valid range 0x00 .. 0xFF S_HAUPT: GRA / ADR - Main switch Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Disabled 1 Enabled RCOS message: mrmGRA T_AUS: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Off" Bit Addr 9, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: mrmGRA T_del: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "decelerate" Addr bit 10, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: mrmGRA T_BES: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Speed" Addr bit 11, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: mrmGRA ZU_VER: Delay GRA / ADR, will not be processed Addr bit 12, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Do not accelerate, 1 Speed RCOS message: mrmGRA ZU_BES: GRA / ADR accelerate, will not be processed Bit addr 13 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Do not delay, Delay 1 RCOS message: mrmGRA


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-58

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

F_BTL: GRA / ADR - control unit error Bit addr 14 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 ok, 1 error control lever RCOS message: mrmGRA T_SET: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "Set" Bit addr 16 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: mrmGRA T_WA: GRA / ADR - Tipschalter "resume" Addr bit 17, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not actuated, actuated 1 Tipschalter RCOS message: mrmGRA COD_SND: Transmitter coding Bit addr 18 bit Num. 2, initial value 0 00 onboard supply control unit 01 steering column module 10 Motor-SG 11 not assigned RCOS message: mrmGRA Z_Count: Message count Addr bit 20, bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Valid values range 0x0 .. 0xF T_TDN: Tip-down, is not processed Bit addr 24 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not operated, 1 Tip down T_TUP: Tip-Up, will not be processed Bit addr 25 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not operated, 1 Tip up T_DST: ADR - Tipschalter Distance desire, will not be processed Bit addr 26 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Not operated 00 key 01 Distance desire no 10 Distance desire greater 11 not assigned ZU_LIM: Limiter, will not be processed Bit addr 28 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not operated, 1 Tip up F_BTLT: Tiptronic control unit error, will not be processed Bit addr 31 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Tipschalter not operated, 1 Tip up


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-59

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/24 Received message - ADR 1 Activation of the evaluation with: cowVAR_ADR = 2 (Evaluation ADR 1) associated record label: caw090 ... Memory layout: BitIdentifier: 52CH, Repetition = 20 ms Message: ADR 1 MD_ADR0 V_SAS_ADRF_ADRZ_Count8 OBJ_ERFT_SETDIFF_VF_MD16 V_WUNSCH24 freiAUF_SAUF_UANZ_T 32 freiB_ADRPL_LS B_FAHR 40 DISTANZ48 CHKSM56 The gray fields are not processed (only for calculating the checksum).

Description MD_ADR: Torque requirement ADR Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 Value range 0-0xFF, Fehlerkennz. 0xFF RCOS message: mrmACC_roh Z_Count: Message count Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Valid range 0x01 .. 0x0F F_ADR: Defect ADR Addr bit 12, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 Defective 1 ADR; 0 ADR ok S_ADR: Status ADR Bit addr 13 bit Num. 2, initial value 0 00ADR not active 01ADR active 10ADR passive 11ADR in initialization mode

V_SA: Prevent fuel cut Bit addr 15 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed F_MD: Release torque requirement Bit addr 16 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 0 Momentenanf. not enabled; 1 Momentenanf. released


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-60

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

DIFF_V: Difference desired to actual speed Addr bit 17, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed T_SET: Multiple time gap Bit addr 18 bit Num. 4, initial value 0 is not processed OBJ_ERF: Detected object Bit addr 22 bit Num. 2, is not processed

Initial value 0

V_WUNSCH: Desired speed Bit addr 24 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 is not processed ANZ_T: Display time gap Adr.32 bit, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed AUF_U: Over request Bit addr 33 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed AUF_S: Switching request Bit addr 34 bit Num. 2, initial value 0 is not processed B_FAHR: Brakes driver Bit addr 40 bit Num. 1, is not processed

Initial value 0

PL_LS: Release switch implausible Bit addr 41 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed B_ADR: ADR braking Bit addr 42 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed DISTANCE: Distance Bit addr 48 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 is not processed CHKSM: Checksum Bit addr 56 bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 Definition see CAN specification V2.0


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-61

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/25 Received message - eavesdropping channel Memory layout: Message: eavesdropping channel

Identifier: 200H - 21FH (dynamic) Repetition rate = asynchronously DESTINATION OPCODE Channel_id

Bit 0 8 16

Description: DESTINATION: Recipient of the message; 01H represents the engine control unit.

OPCODE: Type of message; C0H Request (request), D0H Reply (positive response) D8H Negative Reply (negative response).

Channel_id: Channel identifier for data transmission; Channel identifier to offset 700H (local broadcast channel). 8/10/26 Received message - Transportkanal1 Memory layout: Message: Transportkanal1

Identifier: 7B4H, Repetition rate = bit asynchronous TPCI10 TPCI2 / Data18 T1 / Data 216 T2 / Data 324 T3 / Data 432 T4 / Data 540 Data 648 Data 756

Description: see Sent message MSG_Transportkanal1


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-62

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/27 Received message - Niveau1 Activation of the evaluation with: cowVAR_NIV = 2 (NIV intervention) associated record label: caw130 ... Memory layout: Message: Niveau1 ES_MSG ES_ESP S_WRNL freiNIV_PK VER_HL VER_HR VER_VL S_FSPE ST_SYS FZA_RES

BitIdentifier: 590H, Repetition = 48 ms CHKSM_NIV10 freiB_COUNT_NIV18 NIV_ZWST_NIV16 VER_VR ABS_FZ ANH_FZ VER_AK VER_IK 24 FZA_NIVTEXT32 ZU_BEL40 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: CHKSM_NIV1: Checksum Bit address 0, bit Num. 8, the initial value 0 Definition see CAN specification V2.0 B_COUNT_NIV1: Message count; Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 4, initial value 0 Valid; range 0x00 .. 0x0F Definition see CAN specification V2.0 S_WRNL: Warning lamp; Bit addr 13 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed ES_ESP: ESP constraint; Bit addr 14 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed ES_MSG: MSG constraint; Bit addr 15 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS message mrmHGB_Anf.0 Request the speed limit in the high-level. ST_NIV: Niveaustati; Bit addr 16 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed NIV_ZW: Intermediate level; Addr bit 20, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed NIV_PK: Parking level; Addr bit 21, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-63

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

VER_IK: Adjustment in the near future; Bit addr 24 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed VER_AK: Point set; Bit addr 25 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed ANH_FZ: Raising vehicle; Bit addr 26 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed ABS_FZ: Lowering vehicle; Bit addr 27 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed VER_VR: Adjustment VR; Bit addr 28 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed VER_VL: Adjustment VL; Bit Addr 29 Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed VER_HR: Adjustment HR; Bit addr 30 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed VER_HL: Adjustment HL; Bit addr 31 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed TEXT: Textbits; Bit addr 32 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed FZA_NIV: Vehicle level; Bit addr 36 bit Num. 1, initial value 0, RCOS message mrmHGB_Anf.1 FZA_RES: Vehicle Reserve; Bit addr 37 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed ST_SYS: System status; Bit addr 38 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-64

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

S_FSPE: Fault memory entry; Bit addr 39 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed ZU_BEL: Loading condition; Bit addr 40 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-65

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

8/10/28 Received message - Allrad1 Activation of the evaluation with: cowVAR_ALR = 2 (ALR intervention) associated record label: caw020 ... Memory layout: Message: Allrad1 EH_KUPS V_BEG S_WRNL GANG_PNG

BitIdentifier: 2C0H, Repetition rate = 8 ms NOTLO_KUP F_KUPS UET_SCH F_KUP_A 0 KUPS_M8 AB_PNGAZ_PNG16 freiSCH_VW SCH_AK 24 KUPS_H32 The gray fields are not supported.

Description: F_KUP_A: Error-wheel coupling Bit address 0, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed UET_SCH: Over temperature protection; Bit Addr 1, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed F_KUPS: Error status coupling stiffness; Addr bit 2, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed O_KUP: Clutch completely open; Addr bit 3, bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed NOTL: Emergency; Bit addr 4, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed S_WRNL: All-wheel drive warning light; Bit Addr 5, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed V_BEG: Speed limit Bit Addr 6, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 RCOS message: mrmHGB_Anf.4 Request the speed limit in the case of division by PNG. EH_KUPS: Unit of the coupling stiffness; Bit Addr 7, Bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed


19 April 2002

CAN - Embassies

DS / ESA

Page 10-66

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

KUPS_M: Coupling stiffness center (actual value); Bit Addr 8 bit Num. 8, the initial value 7FH is not processed AZ_PNG: PNG display; Bit addr 16 bit Num. 3, initial value 0 is not processed AB_PNG: PNG display flashing; Bit addr 19 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed GANG_PNG: Gang Information (PNG); Addr bit 20, bit Num. 4, initial value 0 is not processed SCH_AK: Circuitry active; Bit addr 24 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed SCH_VW: Circuit warning; Bit addr 25 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed KUPS_H: Coupling stiffness Rear (actual value); Bit addr 32 bit Num. 1, initial value 0 is not processed


DS / ESA

CAN - Embassies

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-67

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.9 CAN interpreter The CAN interpreter's task, the received CAN objects RCOS messages transform and perform error handling for the received messages.

cam STA TUS0

Error suppression

m rRNA USBL

cam EGS1 com M _E_EGS

cam EGS2 com M _E_ASG

cam KO1

cam KO2 anm OTF_VOR anm WTF

cam ASC1 com M _E_ASR com M _E_MS R

cam ASR3

cam ABG1

cam BSG1

cam GRA

cam KLI1

Evaluation Transmission 1

m RME GS _akt m RME GS _CAN m RME GS _roh m RMCA N_ECO m RMCA N_KUP m RMCA N_KL m RMCA NMIL m rm_P_N m RMW H_1NRP m rmGTR_UEB m rmGTRGANG m RMK UP_roh

Evaluation Transmission 2

m rRNA SG_roh m rRNA SG_tsy m rRNA SG_CAN m roN_LLCAr m rmN_LLCAN

Evaluation Combi 1

m rmFG_KO1 tlmK MW _CAN

Evaluation Combination 2

anm UTF_CAN anm WTF_CAN anm OTF

Evaluation Brake 1

m rRNA SRSTA T m rmFDR_CA N m rmFG_AB S m rmFG_AS R1 m rRNA SR_CA N m rRNA SR_roh m RMM SR_CAN m RMM SR_roh

Evaluation Brake 3

m rmFG_CAN

Evaluation Airbag 1

croCR_STAT

Evaluation BSG-load

m rrnB SG_Anf m rrnB SG_KLI

Evaluation GRA

m rmGRA

Evaluation Clim a 1

m RMCA N_KLI m RMK MD

Evaluation Eavesdropping channel

Evaluation Transportkanal1

Figure CAN_04: CAN interpreter All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002

CAN - CAN interpreter

DS / ESA

Page 10-68

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.10

Normalization of the messages

All amounts that are sent from the controller to the CAN bus, must previously in a Torque can be converted to correspond to the normalization of the CAN bus. The moment normalization (mrwMULINF3) is a 6-bit value normalized via the CAN bus sent (in Engine 2: MUX_INFO). The conversion is done using the following relationship: mrwMULINF 3Nm Mdmax- 10Nm All other moments that are received or transmitted on the CAN bus, are on this relative maximum torque and can take values in the range of 0 to 0xFF, the value 0xFF means that the conversion of quantity in Moment is faulty. The conversion is done in both directions using the following relationship: Mdist-MdistNm

 mrwMULINF3Nm The 255current speed is dzoNmit with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCS_N xcwUMRCO_N converted and limited to 0x7FFF. With a defective path is DZG fboSDZG the value 0xFFFF transferred. The PWG message is mrmPWGPBM with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCS_P xcwUMRCO_P limited and converted to 0xFE. With a defective PWG path fboSPWG or fboSPGS the value 0xFFh is transmitted. The water temperature is anmWTF with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCS_T xcwUMRCO_T converted and limited to 0xFE. With a defective water temperature sensor (path fboSWTF) and anwWTFSCH ≠0, the value 0xFFh is transmitted. Is the KTF replacement in defective WTF (anwWTFSCH = 0), then with a defective WTF KTF is transferred or 0xFF when the KTF is also defective (path fboSKTF). The current speed is fgmFGAKT with the slope and the xcwUMRCS_V Offset xcwUMRCO_V limited and converted to 0xFE. With a defective FGG path fboSFGG the value 0xFFh is transmitted. The GRA-set speed mrmFG_SOLL is with the slope and the xcwUMRCS_V Offset xcwUMRCO_V limited and converted to 0xFE. With a defective FGR control unit path fboSFGA the value 0xFFh is transmitted. The desired idle speed is mrmN_LLBAS with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCS_8 xcwUMRCO_8 limited and converted to 0xFE. The outside temperature is anmUTF with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCSLT xcwUMRCOLT converted and limited to 0xFE. The atmospheric pressure is anmADF with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCS_D xcwUMRCO_D converted and limited to 0xFE. With a defective ADF path fboSADF is the Value 0xFFh transferred. The generator load is khmGENLAST with the slope and the offset xcwUMRCSLA xcwUMRCOLA converted and limited to 0x = FE. With a defective generator load path fboSKW2 the value 0xFFh is transmitted.


DS / ESA

CAN - Scaling of the messages

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-69

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.10.1 Received moments From external control devices are the engagement moments mroMD_EGS, mroMD_ASR and mroMD_MSR also sent as indexed moments. Evaluation is carried out of those moments in the sub-task "External lot of intervention." 10.10.2

Sent moments

mrmM_EWUNF mrmM_ELLR

mroM_EWLBG MIN

dzmNmit

a

mroBI_FAHR

b

a b

mroBI_BEGR

b

a b

mroMD_FAHx

KF

mrwKFVB_KF

mrmM_EBEGR

a

mroMD_BEGR

KF

mrwKFVB_KF

a

mrmEMOTKOR mrmBI_SOLL

a b

mroMD_SOLL

PT1

KF

mrwKFVB_KF

mrmM_ESOL6

b

mrwPT1_BI

mroBI_SOL6

a b

a b

MIN

mroMD_SOL6

KF

mrwMD_MAX6

mrwKFVB_KF b a

mrmM_EIST6

mrmBI_SOLL

a ba b

a b

mroMD_WUN

MIN

mroMD_IST6

mroMDW_CAN

mrmMD_REIB mroFVHUEst mroMD_FAHx mroMD_SOLL

mrmMD_FAHR

mrmCASE_A.6 1

mrwMD_iakt.0 mrmM_EMOTX

mrmEMOTKOR

mrmBM_ERAU

mrmM_EAKT ldmP_Llin

a b a mroBM_Rfak b KF

mrwKFPkorr

1

anmT_MOT dzmUMDRsta

KF

mrwKFTkorr

Figure CAN_01: Conversion of moments transmitted All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 10-70

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroMD_SOLL or various other moments (about mrmBI_SOLL) are calculated from a corrected Engine torque amount mrmEMOTKOR calculated. The correction of mrmM_EMOTX (especially for the cold engine start-up and necessary) through 2 maps mrwKFPkorr (smoke, loading pressure compensation) and mrwKFTkorr (engine temperature and revolutions after start). 10.10.2.1 Calculation of the climate torque loss dzmNmit anmLTF anmKMD mrmKMD

mroMD_KL1

0 1 2

mrmMD_KLI KF

mrwKLMD_KF mroKLDO cowVAR_KMD

DT1

mrwKMD_.

mrwKLK_EIN mroMD_KLK mrwKLKHys. 1 mrmCAN_KLI.4

& >1 & mrmKLK_EIN DEAD TIME

mrwKLK_DLY

dimKLB ehmFKLI0 = 100% ehmDKLI0> 50%

ehmDKLI0 not equal to 0

Figure CAN_11: Calculation of air torque loss The climate torque loss mrmMD_KLI forms the short-term motor load at switching on the Air compressor and the burden upon in continuous operation. The torque requirement of the Air compressor is composed of the stationary torque and a dynamic Share. In the map mrwKLMD_KF the stationary moment mroMD_KL1 is calculated. To the Cover more torque requirement when switching a dynamic component is also mroKLDO calculated. With a positive edge of mrmKLK_EIN the dynamic branch is delayed by mrwKLK_DLY enabled. It is the memory of the DT1 element mrwKMD_. deleted, the read current value of mroMD_KL1 and led to the DT1 element. At the output mroKLDO this results in a step response that the increased demand when turning on the air conditioning covers. The function is in dimKLB = 1, or when the bit compressor state mrmCAN_KLI.4 (CAN Clima1 Embassy bit 1.4) and output of the hysteresis mrwKLKHys. on top Hysteresis mrwKLKHys2 (if this is the condition, apply with SW-switch mrwKLK_EIN = 1), and 100% or ehmDKLI0 ehmFKLI0 => 50% (if not equal to 0 ehmDKLI0) active. With the software switch cowVAR_KMD the input for the map is mrwKLMD_KF selected: Decimal 0 1 2

Message anmLTF anmKMD mrmKMD

Comment Air temperature [° C] Refrigerant pressure via PWM [bar] Refrigerant pressure via CAN [bar]


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-71

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10.10.2.2 Calculation of the frictional torque transmitted mrwKLK_UEB

mrwMD_KLI

mroMD_KLK mroMD_KLI

mrmMD_KLKr mrmMD_KLI khmGENLAST dzmNmit

mroMD_GEN KF

mrwDFMD_KL mroM_EREIB anmWTF a

mroBI_REIB b a mroMD_MOT b

KF

mrwREI_KF

KF

mroMD_ReiR

mrwKFVB_KF Adaptation CAN_09 mrmMD_Reib

mrmM_ELLR

mroBI_LLR

a b

a b

mrmMD_LLR

mrmMD_Rrel MAX

KF

mrwKFVB_KF zmmSYSERR.1

Figure CAN_07: Calculation of the frictional torque transmitted The moments mroMD_SOLL, mrmMD_FAHR and mroMD_BEGR are indexed - ie with a certain amount of fuel theoretically attainable moments (including the engine torque loss mroMD_REIB). The indicated engine torque mroMD_SOLL is from the limited amount of current mrmM_EMOTX which abuts against the influence of the smoothness regulator and the fuel cut-off is limited, determined. The light emitted by the motor effective torque is calculated accordingly: MDeffektiv = mroMD_SOLL - mrmMD_REIB. The indexed Driver torque mrmMD_FAHR out of the crowd mroM_EWLBG which from the sum of the driver's desired quantity mrmM_EWUNF (the maximum of the set of the drivability map mrmM_EPWG and EAF desired quantity mrmM_EFGR) and the Idle controller mrmM_ELLR with subsequent restriction by limiting amount mroM_EBEGR results determined.

If an external quantity intervention is present (mrmCASE_A.6 = 0), is with the mrmMD_FAHR inner motor torque mroMD_SOLL applied. This feature is about the label mrwMD_iakt.0 = 0 can be switched off. Furthermore, there is a correction factor from the map mrwMDKR_KF multiplied that formed as an input parameter speed and lambda value (about Has air mass and injection quantity). The indexed limiting torque mroMD_BEGR is from the limitation amount mroM_EBEGR determined and corresponds to the operating point of the maximum torque Quantity limiting path. The engine friction losses (mroMD_MOT) are from the Reibmengenkennfeld mrwREI_KF determined by water temperature and speed anmWTF dzmNmit.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 10-72

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The engine torque loss by the generator load mroMD_GEN (determined in a map mrwDFMD_KF) is not linearly dependent on the speed and directly proportional to the Generator load khmGENLAST (0 to 100%, will be read as a PWM signal). About the SW switches mrwMD_KLI can either be calculated in the MSG climate torque loss mrmMD_KLI or the compressor load received via CAN mrmMD_KLKr (Clima1 message Byte 4) multiplied by the ratio mrwKLK_UEB as climate torque loss be used (mrwMD_KLI = 0: mrmMD_KLI, = 1: mroMD_KLK). The sum of the engine torque loss, the air loss torque and the generator load Torque loss results in the total loss torque mroMD_REIR. About CAN is the adapted Torque loss mrmMD_REIB sent. For the forward speed related driving behavior characteristic field is in addition to the one Idle controller proportion decreased friction mrmMD_Rrel calculated. This is determined from Friction torque mrmMD_Reib - idle controller torque mrmMD_LLR (= f (mroBI_LLR, mrmM_ELLR). In addition mrmMD_Rrel is limited down to 0. When the speed signal not be evaluated is (zmmSYSERR.1 = 1; see Monitoring Concept "summarized System error "), mrmMD_LLR is set to zero.

mroMD_Soll mrmMD_RdiC mrmMD_KUP CONTROLS

mrwVMDMaxC mrwVMDMinC mrwVMDAdp1

mrmMD_Rdif

mroMD_Rdif

mroMD_ReiR

PT1

mrwPT1_VMD fgmFGakt == 0

CONTROLS

mrwVMDMax mrwVMDMin

mrmLFR_Adp == 0 mrmPWG_roh == 0

& dzmNmit <= mrmN_LLBAS + mrwN_LLDif

mroAdpfrei

dzmNmit> = mrmN_LLBAS - mrwN_LLDif khmGENLAST
mrmSTART_B = 0 TIMER

mrwVMDAdpt

mrmMD_Rdif

mrmMD_Reib

mroMD_ReiR mrmMD_RdiC

mrmMD_ReiC

Figure CAN_09: adaptation of the torque loss At idle, the indicated engine torque mroMD_Soll is equal to the actual friction torque. Therefore, in LL the raw mroMD_ReiR (from fuel-KF) with a Differential torque mrmMD_Rdif adapted.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-73

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Differential torque = moment of friction raw value - (indicated engine torque - converter torque loss (From gear 1 - Embassy)) mroMD_Rdif mrmMD_ReiR = - (mrmMD_Soll - mrmMD_KUP)

The differential torque mroMD_Rdif is filtered (mrwPT1_VMD) and limited (mrwVMDMin, mrwVMDMax). For transmission on the CAN (motor 1 - Embassy), the output is from the PT1 element with the borders mrwVMDMinC, mrwVMDMaxC limited. The raw score is mroMD_ReiR to the adapted Differzenzmoment mrmMD_Rdif or mrmMD_RdiC corrected and shipped as friction torque mrmMD_Reib or mrmMD_ReiC.

The adaptation is performed when: Speed fgmFGAKT = 0 PWG position mrmPWG_roh = 0 dzmNmit <= mrmN_LLBAS + mrwN_LLDif dzmNmit> = mrmN_LLNAS - mrwN_LLDif mrmSTART_B = 0 (debounced with mrwVMDAdpt) Adaptionssperrbit from the gearbox mrmLFR_Adp = 0 Generator load khmGENLAST
AND AND AND AND AND AND

On the transition to driving the output values mrmMD_Rdif and mrmMD_RdiC be frozen. In the wake friction torques mrmMD_Reib and mrmMD_ReiC be set to 0.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 10-74

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

10:11

Transport protocol

10.11.1 Overview For the exchange of data with other control devices, a transport protocol is implemented. This used for dynamic assignment of bidirectional transport channels between control units. It is a modification of the transport protocol in OSEK Communication (OSEK = Open Systems and interfaces for electronics in vehicles). For dynamic Agreement each control device is or request response channel, a fixed associated with that must be heard by all. A CAN node shares in this request message its forward channel with which he has selected from a list of identifiers. In response gets he delivered a return channel from the addressed controller. According transport protocol each control device associated with 4 transmit channels. For the MSG are: 1 Channel

Identifier 7A1H

2 Channel

Identifier 781H

3 Channel

Identifier 761H

4 Channel

Identifier 741H.

At the moment, can be used by MSG only the first channel. 10.11.2 protocol handler The protocol handler is used to communicate between an application of the MSG and a second handle control device. To this end, he builds on requirements of the application a channel on, transmits the transmitted data, receiving the data of the second control unit and delivers them back to the application. At the end of transmission of the handler closes the channel. The current Status of a transport channel is visible in the olda caoOSK.Sta. Value range of the olda caoOSK.Sta (dezimalkodiert): -

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =

Channel free Initialize reception Receive data Required data direction change to send receive, quick response Required data direction change to send receive, acknowledge Send initialize Send Data direction changes Send to receiving Initialize Channel Setup Perform Channel Setup Initialize Connection Setup Perform connection setup Initialize Channel Acknowledge Channel Acknowledge perform Initialize Connection Acknowledge Connection Acknowledge perform Initialize Disconnect Perform Disconnect


DS / ESA

CAN - transport protocol

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 10-75

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The communication protocol handler with the application via a 4-byte IOMessage, which has the following structure:

High Word

Low Word

High Byte

Low Byte Buffer address

High Byte Error Code

Low Byte Status

Range of values of the status bits (bit-coded): Set bit -

0x01 0x02 0x04 0x08 0x10 0x20 0x40 0x80

= = = = = = = =

Bit is cleared

Reduce activity connection Send Request of Application Remote Request Quick response called for slower data direction change Established connection initiating connection Received data already forming or receiving active Error occurred Clear connection with disconnect degrading connection with timeout Transmit mode, receive mode

If an error occurs as the type of error appears in the Error Code. Range of values: -

0x01 0x02 0x04 0x11 0x12 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17

= = = = = = = = = =

No channel free Negative response from the other controller Data length exceeds buffer length Timeout Channel Setup Timeout during connection setup Timeout when sending data Timeout when data changes in direction Timeout on Remote Channel Setup Timeout on Remote Connection Setup Timeout when receiving data

The IOMessage for communication of MSG with the Immobilizersteuergerät is camXCO2IMM. The high word is on the olda caoIMM2XCH the low word on caoIMM2XCL visible. For communication with immobilizer MSG camIMM2XCO is be used. The OLDAs loud caoXCO2IMH and caoXCO2IML.


19 April 2002

CAN - transport protocol

DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 11-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

11 follow-up 11.1 Overview In a follow-up from ignition is started, execute the following functions: parking on Quantity and ELAB, stop position adjust it, voltage stabilizer test, monitoring module test, Immobilizer lock on EEPROM, fan run, thermostat caster, fault storage off and main relay. The following state diagram shows the sequence of these functions. The functions stop position adjust it, voltage stabilizer test, test monitoring module and fan run are in the described respective subchapters and are shown here only as a state.


19 April 2002

Tracking index

DS / ESA

Page 11-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Initialization

Legend:

Load RC element

0

Electric fan, hydraulic fan, follower pump and coolant thermostat only allowed while driving

Driving

S

K15 from K15 & no error

Event

set nlmNLact set nlmDK_zu nlmUso_NAL = 0 ELAB from Fault memory cycles = 0 n (KL15aus) Mark Start timer mrwNCL_DA Off diagnostic nlmDK_auf = 1 for nlwNL_tDKS Tests not performed & dzoNmit = 0 & t> = mrwNCL_N0 & t> = nlwt_DKS & fgmFGAKT = 0 & anmKTF> mrwNL_MTKS & no sicherheitsrel. Error 3

2 Actuator Stop position adjust it

Olda nloNACHst = S

State

State transition

T

Olda bit nloNACHtr1.T or set nloNACHtr2. (T-16)

dzoNmit = 0

1

Start timer mrwNCL_N0

Error

2

Done & kumState = 5

1 Tests carried out put

18

mrwNCL_N0 runs & dzoNmit> 0

Tracking Waiting

6

Stop timer mrwNCL_N0

16 dzoNmit = 0 & t> = mrwNCL_N0 & t> = mrwNCL_DA & t> = nlwt_DKS &

Power amplifiers (Be applied)

[(FgmFGAKT
3 Voltage stabilizer test

Tests accomplished set

dzoNmit> n (KL15aus) + mrwNL_EdNT & no occurrence of Manifold vacuum

Finished 7 Electrical, hydraulic fan, Lag pump and Coolant thermostat release

Power amplifiers (be applied)

5 Entriegelungsb it treat

5 Property Status posted OR t> = mrwNCL_SP

4 Overtoring module test

Finished Property Status posted = FALSE Clear Realty status Entriegelungsbit Start timer mrwNCL_SP Realty status Entriegelungsbit not gesetzt8 19

Fehlera

all states except Main relay throw

6 Waiting for Unlocking save bit Written Realty status 9

trol bspeichfertig

Start Fehlerabspeicherung

0

t> = mrwNCL_SP 20

7

eicherung Fehlerabsp finished & Rhrl-fault

Fan run-

kumState = 7 Start Fehlerabspeicherung 17

Main relay throw

Start timer mrwNCL_SP Fault switchrtigfeicherungspe

10

8

9

Fault memory cycles = 2 12 t> = mrwNCL_SP 21

Waiting for Error memory-round

Error loading cycles +1

Throw main relay Main relay Report an error

11

Figure SONSNL01: Overrun © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA

Tracking index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 11-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

0 driving: As long as the ignition is turned on, is nlmUso_NAL = -1, so that, the Driving over mrmUsoll penetration on the amount actuator. The RC network is constantly loaded. Only when ignition is off dimK15 = 0 and the lag started if no error fbbEK15_P in the terminal 15 - was found to evaluation. In the wake of the motor is about nlmUso_NAL = 0 and = 0 ehmFEAB off and the diagnostic function of the K-line canceled. With nlmNLact = 1 other functions is informed that now the run is active (State transition 1). With nlmDK_zu = 1, the ARF function is caused, the Throttle valve to close to prevent Abstellschlagen. About the application can also be for each error prevents monitoring is recording (see Troubleshooting).

1 follower Wait: Once the speed = 0 is the minimum waiting time for mrwNCL_N0 Abstellschlagen started (state transition 2). Increases the speed again while mrwNCL_N0 runs this time should be re-reset (state transition 16). As soon as the waiting time mrwNCL_N0 is expired, the throttle valve using the interface message is nlmDK_auf reopened. For the minimum time nlwNL_tDKS is being serviced. Once this time has expired, the vehicle is stationary, the fuel temperature is greater than mrwNL_MTKS and no safety-related errors lie can live stable lisa pie stood Be monitoring module test performed. In these tests, the movement of the Actuator feedback module monitors installed, so do any of the following security-related error be present: fboSFGG, fboSUBT, fboSDZG, fbbERUC_R, fbbERUC_S, fbbERUC_U, fbbERUC_K, fboSKTF, fboSHDK, fboSHD1 and fboSMES (state transition 3). Occurs in fboSHD1 during testing as an error is discarded and not reported the test result. After at least the time mrwNCL_DA has elapsed, the speed = 0, and the time mrwNCL_N0 and nlwNL_tDKS has expired and at least one of the following three conditions is satisfied: the vehicle speed falls below an applicable threshold fgmFGAKT < mrwNL_FGM, an error in the path fboSFGG occurs or the function switch cowFGG_NL is equal to one, up to the radiator fan electrical and hydraulic fan), the follow-pump and the coolant thermostat all stages (applicative over ehwEST_ ...) off. In the EEPROM the immobilizer COUNTER2 is set and started to unload the RC element to 0. Also the throttle valve with the help of nlmDK_auf for an applicable time nlwNL_tDKS opened. If the voltage stabilizer test has taken place, may now the radiator fan (Electric and hydraulic fan), the follow-pump and coolant thermostat run (State transition 7). Increases the speed after the start of the caster during the time mrwNCL_DA the amount mrwNL_EdNT (based on the speed at the time of terminal 15 = OFF) immediately off the main relay (double fault) and trailing stops (State transition 17). Must In case of intake manifold vacuum (mrmLDFUaus) State transition 17 can not be executed.

2 actuator stop position adjust it: Can not be reached, the stop position, then any two following tests not be performed. (State transition 18). Once the stop position securely has been reached, the voltage stabilizer test is performed. To do this, wait until the fan or thermostat control for driving the fan power amplifiers, the follow-pump and the Coolant thermostat has switched off because the voltage stabilizer test twice in short all Amplifiers off, the still switched relay for the fan motors would thereby Suffer damage. For the same reason, all amplifiers that are not in the wake should be powered off (applicative over ehwEST_ ...). (State transition 4). 3 voltage stabilizer test: If the test is completed the monitoring module test is performed. The fan power amplifiers, the pump and the run-coolant thermostat may now switched be to ensure that the fan control starts with the fan run and overrun thermostat. (State transition 5).


19 April 2002

Tracking index

DS / ESA

Page 11-4

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

4 Monitoring Module Test: If the test is finished tracking Wait waits until the condition in Times mrwNCL_DA and mrwNCL_N0 finished elapsed. (State transition 6). Treat 5 Entriegelungsbit: Is the immobilizer EEPROM lt still locked, so is equal to the Fan run performed. (State transition 19). Is the immobilizer unlocked according to EEPROM so must be checked whether the Immobilizerstatus is already stored in the EEPROM. At most care must be serviced with timeout mrwNCL_SP. Only then can the Entriegelungsbit in Imobilizerstatus be deleted. (State transition 8). 6 Save Waiting for Entriegelungsbit: Again, care must be maintained until the Immobilizerstatus and thus the Entriegelungsbit is stored in the EEPROM. (State transition 9). The timeout for saving is again mrwNCL_SP. (State transition 20). 7 fan run: The end of the fan run or overrun thermostat is with ehmFGER = 0, ehmFHYL = 0, ehmFTST = 0 and = 0 ehmFZWP detected. (State transition 10). 8 Wait for the fault memory round: Once in the states 0-8 the Fehlerabspeicherung is constantly triggered new (state transition 0) may have to for a newly added Be tested mistake again if any errors have been saved. (State transition 11). Only If this is done, the main relay off. (State transition 12). The Timeout for storing error is again mrwNCL_SP. (State transition 21). 9 main relay throw: The error condition bounce time begins immediately off the main relay to run. (State transition 13). If the control unit is turned on, the error is debounced defective. The Fehlerabspeicherung must now again be allowed. (State transition 22).


DS / ESA

Tracking index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 11-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

dimK15 dzoNmit

mroUsoll, mroUist mroUist mroUsoll

ehmFEAB xcmImmoZ2

> 0 if a K15 without Realty

xcmImmo Sta.7

unlocked

edmIMM_W

Deleted Entriegelungsbit

Written Realty status (EEPROM)

nloFSP_S

Entriegelungsbit in EEPROM

remains 1 until error in the EEPROM otherwise Pulse

ehmFGER

Turns on fan motor - time kuot_NL mrwNCL_N0

nloNL_TN0

mrwNCL_DA

nloNL_TIM

mrwNCL_SP

nloNACHtr1

01

03

07

0F

1F

3F

7F

FF

1FF

3FF

FFF 7FF

nloNACHst

0

1

2

3

4

1

5

6

7

8

3FFF 1FFF 9

Figure SONSNL02: Temporal sequence of caster


19 April 2002

Tracking index

DS / ESA

Page 11-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Adjust it 11.2 actuator stop position 0

Start timer mrwNL_VTS

Beginning 0 in m, it

1 nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN

Stop location for Tracking tests prepare

t> = mrwNL_VT S

1 dsmUist_AG <= mrwNL_MST O

Start timer mrwNL_UM_t

nlmUso_NAL 0

2 in m, it


Waiting time for Pump adjust it

5

Legend:

S 3

State

Olda nloSTOPst =

S

t> = mrwNL_UM_t 4 Event State transition

3

4

End

Error

T

Olda bit nloSTOPtr.T set

Figure SONSNL03: adjust it stop actuator position One stop location for tracking tests to prepare: As actuator with mrwNL_UMIN is driven (state transition 1) has reached the stop position dsmUist_AG mrwNL_MSTO (State transition 2). The stop position is not reached in time mrwNL_VTS, then all farther tracking tests are not carried out (state transition 5). 2 Wait for pump adjust it: The actuator mrwNL_UM_t nor the time mrwNL_UMIN driven. (State transition 3). Only then the voltage stabilizer test must be started. (State transition 4).


DS / ESA

Tracking actuator adjust it stop location

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 11-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

11.3 voltage stabilizer test 0

Activate the normal mode Start analog conversion again Start timer mrwNL_DTS

Start timer mrwNL_DTS

Beginning 0

8

1

5

lower Stability limit test prepare

nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN

top Stability limit test prepare


t> = mrwNL_DTS

t> = mrwNL_DTS

Stop analog conversion Tune voltage divider down Switching to test mode Start timer mrwNL_W TS

Stop analog conversion Tune voltage divider upward Switching to test mode Start timer mrwNL_W TS

2

10

2

6

lower Stability limit test

nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_MUSM

top Stability limit test


t> = mrwNL_WTS

t> = mrwNL_WTS

Start timer mrwNL_STS

Start timer mrwNL_STS

4


12


3 lower Stability limit tested

t> = mrwNL_STS

7 top Stability limit tested

t> = mrwNL_STS

dsmUist_AG <= mrwNL_MST O

dsmUist_AG <= mrwNL_MSTO

fbeESTB_U good report if no errors are present, HD1.

fbeESTB_O good report if no errors are present, HD1.

Start timer mrwNL_PTS


6

4 by lower Stability limit Actuator level off


fbeESTB_U defective Report if no error HD1 present.

t> = mrwNL_PTS

17

18

Start timer mrwNL_UM_t

fbeESTB_O defective Report if no error HD1 present. Start timer mrwNL_UM_t 14

9 Waiting time for Pump adjust it


t> = mrwNL_UM_t

Legend:

8 Start timer mrwNL_PTS

S State

Olda nloSTABst =

S

Event

20

Actuator level off let


t> = mrwNL_PTS

State transition

T

Activate the normal mode Start analog conversion again

Olda bit nloSTABtr1.T or set nloSTABtr2. (T-16)

16

10 End

Figure SONSNL04: voltage stabilizer test © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

19 April 2002

Tracking voltage stabilizer test

DS / ESA

Page 11-8

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The test voltage stabilizer, the stabilizer monitoring circuit is checked. There The reference voltages in positive and negative direction ("down", and by ) Moved "up", which must cause a lot of shutdown by the hardware. In a further Sequence is checked whether the amount interlocking still by a target specification from the stop position can move. 1 Prepare the lower stability limit test: The actuator for the time mrwNL_DTS Stop location mrwNL_UMIN driven. (State transition 1). (Application Note: The time mrwNL_DTS can be applied to zero, because the previous program actuator Stop position was adjust it. This condition is only for compatibility with software to start position test present in the wake. If instead the program actuator stop position adjust it the Program start position test can be implemented as mrwNL_DTS must be applied> 0). After time mrwNL_DTS analog conversion is stopped, the monitoring circuit in the 5V Put the test mode, and the voltage divider, which monitors the supply voltage down tune. As soon as the voltage divider output and a reference voltage does not coincide switches the 5V monitor circuit from the actuator and all amplifiers. (State transition 2).

Test 2 lower stability limit: The actuator for the time to the start position mrwNL_WTS mrwNL_MUSM driven. (State transition 3 and 4). 3 lower stability limit tested: The actuator is controlled with the start position mrwNL_MUSM. (State transition 5). Is the actuator of the stop position mrwNL_MSTO, then the error fbeESTB_U well reported (state transition 6). This is not done within the time mrwNL_STS, the error fbeESTB_U is reported as defective, if no errors are present, HD1 (State transition 17). In order for the replacement reaction is effective in the next driving cycle must fbwESTB_UT according to chapter Error handling will be applied. 4 to the lower stability limit actuator level off: The actuator for the period mrwNL_PTS driven with mrwNL_UMIN. (State transition 7). Then, the control circuit is 5 V switched back to normal mode and run the analog conversion again. (State transition 8). 5 Preparing the upper stability limit test: The actuator for the time mrwNL_DTS Stop location mrwNL_UMIN driven. (State transition 9). (Application Note: The time mrwNL_DTS can be applied with zero). After the time mrwNL_DTS the Stopped analog conversion, brought the 5V monitoring circuit in the test mode and the Voltage divider that monitors tune up the supply voltage. Once the Does not match the voltage divider output and a reference voltage on the 5V Monitoring circuit from the actuator and all amplifiers. (State transition 10). Test 6 upper stability limit: The actuator for the time to the start position mrwNL_WTS mrwNL_MUSM driven. (State transition 11 and 12). 7 upper stability limit tested: The actuator is controlled with the start position mrwNL_MUSM. (State transition 13). Is the actuator of the stop position mrwNL_MSTO, then the error fbeESTB_O well reported (state transition 14). This is not done within the time mrwNL_STS, the error fbeESTB_O is reported as defective, if no errors are present, HD1. In order for the replacement reaction is effective in the next driving cycle must fbwESTB_OT according to chap. Error handling will be applied.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 11-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Let settle 8 actuator: The actuator is still used for the time of the stop position with mrwNL_PTS mrwNL_UMIN driven. The time mrwNL_PTS is required by the Digital setting knob to reset the integrator. The amount interlocking would otherwise despite a small U_Soll suddenly go towards start stop. (State transition 15). Only then is the 5V Switched back to normal operation monitoring circuit and the analog conversion again starts. (State transition 16). 9 Wait for pump adjust it: Since the actuator is moved in the event of an error, it is still controlled for the time mrwNL_UM_t with the stop position mrwNL_UMIN. (State transition 19). After this time, the actuator is again securely in stop position. (State transition 20).

mroUsoll, dsoUist_Ag mrwNL_MUSM

mrwNL_MSTO mroUist

mrwNL_UMIN 0

mroUsoll

nloTSTTIM

mrwNL_VTS

mrwNL_UM_t mrwNL_PTS mrwNL_WTS

mrwNL_DTS

3FF

nloSTABtr1

0

03

0F

3F

FF

nloSTABst

0

1

2

3

4

nloSTOPst

0

nloNACHst

1

FFF

5

2

2

3FFF

6

FFFF

7

8

10

3

3

4, ...

0, 1

Figure SONSNL05: adjust it Temporal sequence of stop position and stabilizer test


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 11-10

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

11.4 Monitoring module test (gate array test) Legend:

0

Start timer mrwNL_DTS

Beginning

S

Olda nloUEBMst =

State

0

S

Event nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN

1 State transition

Prepare

T

Olda bit nloUEBMtr.T set

t> = mrwNL_DTS Off communication with gate array 2


Communication with gate array interrupt

t> = 20ms Start timer mrwNL_MTS 4

3 nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_MUSM

Waiting with Interrupt. Communic.

t> = mrwNL_MTS Start timer mrwNL_UTS 6

4 nlmUso_NAL = mrwNL_MUSM

t> = mrwNL_UTS

Testing the Feedback unit

mrmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN Communication with gate array switch fbeERUC_W defect report if no HD1-fault is present. Start timer mrwNL_UM_t

dsmUist_AG <= mrwNL_MST O

11

mrmUso_NAL = mrwNL_UMIN Communication with gate array switch fbeERUC_W good report, if there is no HD1 Errors are present. Start timer mrwNL_PTS


Waiting time for Pump adjust it

8


Actuator level off let

13


t> = mrwNL_UM_t

t> = mrwNL_PTS nlmUso_NAL = 0

10

7 End

Figure SONSNL06: Monitoring module test © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA

Wake-monitoring module test (gate array test)

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 11-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The control module testing the monitoring circuit of the gate array is checked. There communication is set using the gate array, what a lot of disconnection by the Gate array must cause. Subsequently, it is then checked whether the amount of signal box still can move through a desired preset from the stop position. 1 Preparing: The actuator is for the time mrwNL_DTS with the stop position mrwNL_UMIN activated. (State transition 1). (Application Note: The time mrwNL_DTS can with zero be applied). After the time mrwNL_DTS the communication is to the gate array stopped. Then switches the gate array from the actuator. (State transition 2). 2 Communication with gate array interrupt: Before the actuator is controlled with start position is 20ms (1 main program flow) must be maintained to a shutdown by the Gate array to enable. (State transition 3 and 4). 3 Wait with interrupted communication: The actuator for the period mrwNL_MTS driven at the start position mrwNL_MUSM. (State transition 5 and 6). 4 Test of Feedback: The actuator is controlled with the start position mrwNL_MUSM. (State transition 7). Is the actuator of the stop position mrwNL_MSTO, then in the Error fbeERUC_W reported good (gate array OK) when no errors are present, HD1. , The actuator is controlled with the stop position mrwNL_UMIN and communicate with the gate array is started again. (State transition 8). If the actuator is not within the time mrwNL_UTS under mrwNL_MSTO, the error fbeERUC_W is reported as defective if no error HD1 present. The actuator is controlled with the stop position and the communication mrwNL_UMIN with the gate array is restarted. (State transition 11). In order for the replacement reaction in is the next driving cycle effect must fbwESTB_OT according to chapter applied error handling be.

6 Wait for pump adjust it: Since the actuator is moved in the event of an error, it is still controlled for the time mrwNL_UM_t with the stop position mrwNL_UMIN. (State transition 12). After this time, the actuator is again securely in stop position. (State transition 13). Let settle 5 actuator: The actuator is still used for the time of the stop position with mrwNL_PTS mrwNL_UMIN driven. The time mrwNL_PTS is required by the Digital setting knob to reset the integrator. The amount interlocking would otherwise despite a small U_Soll suddenly go towards start stop. (State transition 9). Only then the test is completed. (State transition 10).


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 11-12

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroUsoll, dsoUist_Ag mrwNL_MUSM

mrwNL_MSTO mroUist

mrwNL_UMIN 0

mroUsoll

nlmM_E_AUS

GA no communication

mrwNL_PTS

nloTSTTIM mrwNL_MTS

mrwNL_UTS

mrwNL_DTS

20ms

nloUEBMtr

0

03

nloUEBMst

0

1

nloNACHst

3

3F

3FF

0F 2

4

7FF

0FF 3

4

5

4

7

1, 5, ...

Figure SONSNL07: Temporal sequence of the monitoring module tests


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 12-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

12 pump control 12.1 Overview The fuel temperature correction functions, define position, quantity interlocking control, ELAB - Control and monitoring are system dependent. The following description applies to Distributor pumps.

mroUsoll mrmM_EPUMP

Position handicap

mroUsollv

Monitoring

ZUME20

ZUME03 ehmFEAB

dzmNmit mrmBEGaAGL mrmSASTATE

Speed synchronous

dsoUist_Ag dzmNmit mrmSTART_B mrmPWGfi anmWTF mrmM_EFGR ehmFEAB mrmM_EADR

Time sync

Figure ZUME07: Structure of the position specification


19 April 2002

Pump control - Overview

DS / ESA

Page 12-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

12.2 fuel temperature correction anmKTF CONTROLS

mrwKTF_OGR mrwKTF_UGR mrwKTF_BEZ anmKTF - mrwKTF_BEZ mrmM_EAKT dzmNmit

mrmM_EKORR KF

mrwKTF_KF

mrwKTF_GEW anmKTF
Figure ZUME01: fuel temperature correction As delivered by the injection pump fuel quantity is density dependent, a correction must the flow controller setpoint to be made to the desired amount of fuel to receive. This correction includes the leakage of the fuel injection pump. For this purpose, a Correction map mrwKTF_KF function of the current injection amount and mrmM_EAKT the speed dzmNmit a correction value determined and further calculated using the following formula: mrmM_EKORR = f (mrmM_EAKT, dzmNmit) * (anmKTF - mrwKTF_BEZ) If the fuel temperature anmKTF smaller than the reference temperature mrwKTF_BEZ, then the Correction amount mrmM_EKORR addition with a weighting factor mrwKTF_GEW muliplikativ corrected. mrmM_EKORR = mrmM_EKORR * mrwKTF_GEW The fuel temperature is lower anmKTF between the threshold limit mrwKTF_UGR and upper limit mrwKTF_OGR limited. Comment: Quantities, which are generated by the controller or by the smoothness Ruckeldämpfer not be taken into account.


DS / ESA

Pump control - fuel temperature correction

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 12-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

12.3 Position specification The speed synchronous part of the crowd control calculated from the actual driving - or Motor state and the calculated speed, the required reaction of the amount interlocking to to achieve the desired operating point and hold.

dzmNmit mroUsollv

mrmM_EPUMP

KF

mrwUSO_KF

mrmBEGaAGL CONTROLS

mrwBEAaMAX mrwBEAaMIN cowV_AGL_B == 1 mrmSASTATE = 4

Figure ZUME20: position preset

The amount determined desire of the idle controller mrmM_ELLR and synchronously Desired quantity mrmM_EWUN be after the start dropping as the current injection quantity mrmM_EAKT accepted. If the sum of the value of the limiting amount mroM_EBEGR is, from the time synchronous request only the amount corresponding reduced portion (Command desired amount mrmM_EWUSO) accepted. This part is called the operating point changing size included on the amount of input of the active Ruckeldämpfers into the system. Any ARD - Quantities are ignored in coasting mode after the time mrwSCHTIxG. After the addition of the synchronous speed and limited portion of results of the LLR, ARD and LRR occurs, the fuel quantity correction and implementation of the quantity desire in the Digital setting controller (DSR) required voltage setpoint mroUsoll by pumping map mrwUSO_KF. As directed by the LRR quantity forcing may occur <0, they must at mroM_APUMP are limited to 0. About the DAMOS - switch cowV_AGL_B is defined, whether the amount of compensation should be made multiplicative or additativ. Is cowV_AGL_B = 2 then the Limiting amount multiplicatively with the balance value mrmBEGmAGL adjusted (see Limit amount). Is cowV_AGL_B = 1 so the voltage setpoint is mroUsoll additativ with the balance value mrmBEGaAGL adjusted. The adjustment value is between the Threshold quantity adjustment lower limit mrwBEAaMIN and quantity adjustment limit mrwBEAaMAX limited.


19 April 2002

Pump control - position preset

DS / ESA

Page 12-4

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

12.4 Volume interlocking control The Regelwegsollwert is specified by the message and by various mroUsoll Influenced monitoring functions via the U_Soll monitoring mrmUso_UEB. When a crash is detected or the EGS coding in the engine control unit is out of order (Apply with cowECOMTC.5) is present or not a start-up operation and one of the following error occurs: - Regelweggeberüberwachung Monitoring of in coasting mode - Monitoring on permanent (negative) deviation

Faulty communication between and gate array - Monitoring of the gate array in the wake - DZG - or NBF - Overspeed

is the target value of control is zero (mrmUso_UEB = 0). In DZG - or NBF - overspeed setpoint monitoring zero (mrmUso_UEB = 0) before the error is detected as final defective. If there is no start condition before (mrmSTART_B) and the speed is zero (dzmNmit = 0), also the target value of control is zero (mrmUso_UEB = 0). If the Ecomaticeingriff accepted, is at: dimAG4 0UNDanmWTF => ecwWTF_O also the target value of control is zero (mrmUso_UEB = 0). When you state: dimAG4 = 1UNDdzmNmit

DS / ESA

Pump control - quantity control Interlocking

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 12-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrmUsoll

mroUsoll

a> = b a

Speed sync speed synchronous

a> = b a

b

b

a> = b a

b

ehmFEAB

a> = b a

b

-1

-1 mrmUso_MST

-1 mrmUso_EAB

ecmUso_ECO EAB control ZUME05

mrmUso_UEB

a> = b a

b

dzmNmitehmFEAB

nlmUso_NAL

>1 -1

& >1 fbbESEK_U

dzmUEBER.0 error conditiondzmNmit = 0

fbbEDZG_U prellungfbwEDZG_U. dzmUEBER.1 error condition-

&

prellungfbwESEK_U.

fbbEMEN_W fbbERUC_W -Defective communication fbbEHDK_H fbbEHDK_L fbbERUC_S Überwachungauf fbbERUC_Uzwischen Monitoring permanent uCund gate array fboSDZG fbbEMEN_K desDrehzahlgebers neg CNTRLDEV. Speed sync speed synchronous Overspeed detection: Overspeed detection: dzmN_SEK> dzmNmit> dzwDZG_NUS dzwNBF_NUS mroUsollv

ÜberwachungdesÜberwachungdes ruleuC displacement imSchubbetrieb transducer

Coding imMSG not i.O. fbbEASG_M (mitcowECOMTC.5 be applied) fbbEASG_I Crash cowECOMTC.6 fbbECRA_B Recognition: croCR_STAT> = crwCR_ST_B

Überwachungdes gate mrmSTART_B Arrayim trailing

InkonsistenzGetriebe2 Embassy

Figure ZUME03: Quantity interlocking control


19 April 2002

Pump control - quantity control Interlocking

DS / ESA

Page 12-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

12.5 ELAB control fbbERUC_U fbbERUC_W

>1 fbbEMEN_K fbbEMEN_W

S

Q &

R

dzmNmit <= mrwUW_NEAB

ehmFEAB (monitoring)

1

ehmFEAB

ehmFEAB (from start) mrmSTART_B = 0

Figure ZUME05: ELAB control If the errors negative deviation - cold quantity adjusting mechanism (fbbEMEN_K), negative Deviation - warm amount interlocking (fbbEMEN_W), faulty communication between gate array and control unit (fbbERUC_U) or faulty communication but between Gate Array and the tracking control unit (fbbERUC_W) which ELAB is not driven. If an error has occurred and the rotational speed falls below the speed dzmNmit mrwUW_NEAB threshold, may the error state is not changed. If no error message before and was ELAB is energized, this energized again only below the speed threshold mrwUW_NEAB.

12.6 ELAB released in the start-up operation mrmSTW_fr mroTS_ST = 2 (EAB test runs)

&


>1 cowV_DZG_2> 0 (2 speed sensors available) EAB = a

ehmFEAB

EAB = off

ehmFEAB

EAB monitoring activated (mroAKT_NL <> 0) mrmSTART_B -1 mrwEAB_TUS

mrmUso_EAB

Figure ZUME09_120: ELAB release After the starting minimum speed mrwSTNMIN1 exceed the initial amount and the ELAB is released in any case. For systems without a second speed sensor is only above the ELAB the starting minimum speed mrwSTNMIN1 released.


DS / ESA

Pump control - ELAB control

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 12-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

12.7 ELAB test If the test mrmBTSM flag is set, then when you start a ELAB test is performed when following conditions are met: mrmBTSM

&

dzoNakt = 0

mroTS_ST = mreTS_wn

anmWTF> mrwEAB_WMX

Figure ZUME06: Conditions for ELAB test

mrwEAB_MAD

mrmEAB_Dz

mroTS_ST <> 0 (EAB test: wait up to speed)

Figure ZUME08_120: Start dropping speed If these conditions are met, the test status mroTS_ST is set to "Waiting for speed". If the current speed dzoNakt the threshold mrwEAB_SDZ exceeds the test status mroTS_ST to "test runs" set off the ELAB and start dropping speed to the Threshold mrwEAB_MAD set. If during the trial period mrwEAB_TDA the current speed dzmNakt below the threshold mrwEAB_MID falls, the test is considered successful. The test mrmBTSM flag is cleared, the ELAB energized again, start dropping speed on the water temperature dependent Speed threshold set and re-set the starting amount. Expires test time, or increasing the current speed dzoNakt over the threshold mrwEAB_MAD, the ELAB is reported defective. The test status is set to "test failed", the ELAB again energized and one program cycle specified null set. , The test is in each subsequent start repeatedly, until he was again performed flawlessly.


19 April 2002

Pump control - ELAB test

DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 13-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

13 injection start control 13.1 Overview The start of injection control (SBR) is composed of three tasks together: the nominal value of education, the Process value and the regulation or control with monitoring. All tasks are in a fixed time frame performed.

dzmNmit mrmM_EAKT mrmM_EWUNL mrmM_EWUNR ldmADF anmLTF anmWTF mrmBM_RAU mrmM_EWUN mrmBM_MOM ldmBereich fboSLD1 sbwSB_Dyn

Of setpoint

sbmPHISOLL

SBR_02

Control / Control & Monitoring

anmUBATT ehmFEAB mrmSTART_B ehmSMVS

ehmFMVS

SBR_06 dzmSCHUB anmST_NBF sbmNBF_TO

Actual value calculation

sbmPHIIST

SBR_05

Figure SBR01: Structure of the injection start control Through the software switch cowFUN_SBR the injection start control is switched off (0 = off, 1 = on).


19 April 2002

Injection commencement control - Overview

DS / ESA

Page 13-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

13.2 Generation of setpoint sbmAGL_SBR CONTROLS

sbwSBRmxAG sbwSBRmiAG mrmBM_RAU mrmBM_EWUN mrmBM_MOM ldmBereich fboSLDS sbwSB_Dyn ldmADF

sboDYNStat

dyn. Advance

sbwSB_STA

& mrmSTART_B SBR_03

anmT_MOT sbwUEB_WT

sbmWTF

Basic characteristic space at dyn. Advance

sboSOLL1 sboSOLL2 sboSOLL3 sboSOLL4

anwWTFSCH sboSOLL5

sboSOLL6

KR

fboSWTF &

MIN

sbwSWDYxKR sbwSWDY_KL

fboSKTF mrmM_EAKT mrmM_EWUNL mrmM_EWUNR

sboM_E

sbmPHIsoll KR

Basic characteristic space

sbwSWGKxKR sbwSWGK_KL

cowSBR_ME

xcwSBRein xcwSBRaus

ldmADF

Basic setting about diagnosis

sboK2

dzmNmit KR

Height correction characteristic space

sbwSWADxKR sbwSWAD_KL anmLTF sboK3 KR

Air temperature correction map room

sbwSWLTxKR sbwSWLT_KL

sboKW4 ldmADF

SB-advance adjustment sboK4 correction after the start SBR_04

KF sbwSWSN_KF

dzmUMDRsta

ldmADF

KF sbwUMDR_KF sboUMDRs Revolutions Advance after start KF sbwUMRMEKF

anmRME_ON & cowFUN_RME.2

sboSST KR

Advance at start

sbwSWSTxKR sbwSWST_KL

sboSWBGR Limit KF sbwSWMX_KF

Figure SBR02: Setpoint Education © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA

Injection start control - Generation of setpoint

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 13-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The setpoint of the injection start control sbmPHIsoll is a function of speed, quantity, Water temperature, atmospheric pressure and air temperature The switch can cowSBR_ME as an input variable sboM_E either mrmM_EAKT or mrmM_EWUNL or mrmM_EWUNR be selected. Description of the software switch quantity input request cowSBR_ME: Decimal 1 2 3

Comment actual injection quantity (mrmM_EAKT) Desired Amount of idle quantity (mrmM_EWUNL) Desired quantity raw + idle quantity (mrmM_EWUNR)

The characteristic spaces are realized with group maps. The sampling points distribution names corresponding characteristic rooms and the input variables are shown in the following table. Nodes distribution name sbwDZstzv

Input dzmNmit

sbwSTDZstzv sbwMEstzv

dzmNmit sboM_E

sbwWTstzv

sbmWTF

Characteristic space sbwSWDYxKR sbwSWGKxKR sbwSWADxKR sbwSWLTxKR sbwSWSTxKR sbwSWDYxKR sbwSWGKxKR sbwSWADxKR sbwSWLTxKR sbwSWDYxKR sbwSWGKxKR sbwSWSTxKR


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 13-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

13.2.1 Dynamic advance

mrmBM_ERAU

-

mrmM_EWUN

sbwWUNHYS0 sbwWUNHYS1

mrmBM_ERAU

mrmBM_EMOM sbwRAUHYS0 sbwRAUHYS1 ldmBereich = 6 Status: (SboDYNStat)

>1

ldmBereich = 5

& ldmBereich <> 3

sbwSB_Dyn

& fbbELDSpR

>1 fbbELDSnR sbmWTF sbwWTFHYS0 sbwWTFHYS1 ldmADF sbwADFHYS0 sbwADFHYS1 sbwADF_W0 sbwADF_W1

Figure SBR03: dyn. Advance The dynamic advance adjustment is performed if all the following conditions are met: (MrmM_EWUN - mrmBM_ERAU)> sbwWUNHYS.

AND

(MrmBM_EMOM - mrmBM_ERAU)> sbwRAUHYS.

AND

(SbmWTF> sbwWTFHYS.)

AND

(LdmADF> sbwADFHYS.)

AND

(SbwSB_Dyn = 1)

AND NOT

((LdmBereich = 6) or (ldmBereich = 5)

OR

((FbbELDSnR OR fbbELDSpR) AND (ldmBereich not equal 3))) This will further calculation with the value from the map room of the dynamic advance. The status of the dynamic advance is issued in the Olda sboDYNStat. (0 = no dyn. Advance, 1 = dyn. Advance is performed) The dynamic adjustment morning off sbwSB_Dyn Through the application label will, if applied label to zero. Through the software switch cowSBR_ME is selected, whether as a lot of the current Injection quantity mrmM_EAKT, the requested quantity + idle mrmM_EWUNL amount, or the Desired quantity raw + idle mrmM_EWUNR amount to be used. The set Amount will be shipped via the Olda sboM_E.


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 13-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

13.2.2 setpoint corrections The default value is sboSOLL1 from the basic characteristic space sbwSWGKxKR (or sbwSWDYxKR each on whether dynamic advance is performed) determined. The correction of this Fundamental value is by the following variables: - 1, the correction value is obtained from the characteristic sboK2 sbwSWADxKR space, and

sboSOLL1 added. -The correction value 2 is obtained from the characteristic sboK3 sbwSWLTxKR space, and

sboSOLL2 added. -The correction value 3 sboK4 is formed from the map sbwSWSN_KF and after

Start dropping a water temperature-dependent number of engine revolutions sboUMDRs long additive fed. After this time, the current at this time Stored correction value and to zero over the ramp slope sbwKW4Ramp.

Due to the characteristic space sbwSWMXxKF is independent of quantity and a maximum height Injection start output depending on the water temperature and speed. The adjusted value sbmAGL_SBR (initialized with cowAGL_SBR) is a limit added. If the error path fboSWTF set and the fuel temperature sensor is not a replacement value for the water temperature sensor applied (anwWTFSCH = 1), the default value is sbwUEB_WT be used. Can initiate normalized Diagnostics enables basic setting as desired values xcwSBRein and xcwSBRaus be specified.


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page 13-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

13.2.3 advance after start To achieve an even idle at low temperature after the start, can the Start of injection for a water temperature-dependent duration be adjusted. The correction value 3 sboK4 for the start of injection setpoint is water temperature dependent (sbmWTF) and Depending on atmospheric pressure formed from the map sbwSWSN_KF and after the start of discharge (MrmSTART_B = 0) a water temperature-dependent (sbmWTF) number of engine revolutions sboUMDRs long additive fed.

The number of crankshaft revolutions since the start shedding delivers the message dzmUMDRsta. This value is the water temperature-dependent threshold sboUMDRs from the map sbwUMDR_KF (or sbwUMRMEKF with RME fuel - detection) compared. In Reaching the threshold is just the current correction value sboKW4 frozen and on the Ramp slope sbwKW4Ramp to zero. It also coincided with the blue smoke is reduced in height after the start, as now the Atmospheric pressure enters the map.

sboK4

sboKW4 RAMP

sbwKW4Ramp sboUMDRs dzmUMDRsta

a

a> b b

Figure SBR04: Early adjustment after start 13.2.4 advance at start When the label is applied to sbwSB_STA 1 during the starting phase (mrmSTART_B = 1), the value used for sboSOLL5 sboSST, calculated from the map space sbwSWSTxKR. If the label applied to zero no advance at the start is made. This correction is not relevant for VP37, since controlled there in the start-up operation. (See chap. Control)


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 13-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

13.3 Process value OT DZG_PER

sbmPHIIST

sbwRST_OFF

SB_MESS

Figure SBR05: Process value To detect the start of injection angle sbmPHIist [° CA] is the time between the Needle-movement sensor pulse and the subsequent speed pulse and the associated DZG - Period sbmNBF_TO detected. After the angle between two DZG - pulses sbwRST_WIN is known, by a proportional calculation of the angle between NBF - pulse and DZG Pulse can be calculated. From this value, the angular difference between DZG - pulse and top dead center (TDC) sbwRST_OFF subtracted. The result is used for controlling Injection start angle sbmPHIist [° CA], based on OT. sbmPHIIST  SB _MEASURING *sbwRST _WIN -sbwRST _OFF DZG _PER If after two turns NBF no pulse was detected, an overrun condition dzmSCHUB switched and instead of the SB - control a SB - performed control.

Averaging from injection start-actual value

Due to problems in the production of non-standard motor for the evaluation of Start of injection values is also filtered for diagnostic purposes of the SBR value provided (SbmPHImit [° CA]).

sbmPHIist

sbmPHImit PT1

sbwPHI_GF

Figure: SBR07_120


19 April 2002

Injection start control - Process value

DS / ESA

Page 13-8

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

13.4 Control b

sbwRST_MAX

a> = b

&

a

mrmSTART_B anmUBATT

1 KL

sboSSKv

sbwUBA_KL dzmNmit

sboSSK

sbmWTF

sbmKSB

mrmSTART_B

>1

KF

fboSMVS

CONTROLS

sbwSSK_KF

sbwRST_ ... sboSTWS

sboUBA

KF

sbwTWS_KF sboSKF mrmM_EAKT

KF

sbwSKF_KF

sbmNBF_T0

SB_IST Calculation

sboNAPI sboPANT sboIANT

sbmPHist

sbwRST_DEF

sboRA

sbmPHIsoll PI

I share

ehmFMVS

Limitation: sbwGR_ ... & Integrator freeze

PI controller Valuation factor sbwRST_VGW

ehmFEAB

dzmSCHUB fboSNBF fboSSEK

>1 anmST_NBF = 0 n
Figure SBR06: Control and monitoring The SB - regulator is a bypass - realize controller, ie - PI with the manipulated variable of the controller sboNAPI the control value sboUBA is corrected. The manipulated variable of the controller is subject to a Manipulated variable limiting the duty cycle sbwGR_MAX, or sbwGR_MIN. The I - Percentage sboIANT is frozen when the manipulated variable of the controller sboNAPI sboUBA plus tax value of the Limitations sbwGR_MAX exceeds, or falls below sbwGR_MIN. The control direction is in such a way that with increasing current in the solenoid valve (corresponding to decreasing EhmFMVS duty cycle) of the start of injection is shifted to late.


DS / ESA

Injection start control - control

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 13-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

For the PI - controller apply to the I - and P - parameters within the window [sbwPR_FEN, sbwIR_FEN] the sizes sbwPR_SIG and sbwIR_SIG and outside the sizes sbwPR_POS, sbwPR_NEG, sbwIR_POS and sbwIR_NEG (POS for positive and NEG for negative Control difference). The control value is comprised of two maps sbwSKF_KF, sbwTWS_KF as Won a function of speed, injection quantity, water temperature. In the start operation of the control value from the map sbwSSK_KF is taken. This Duty cycle is limited to the values sbwRST_MIN and sbwRST_MAX. Cold start acceleration over sbmKSB: In support of the cold start behavior is at Nominal variables sboSSKv ≥sbwRST_MAX in the start operation (mrmSTART_B <> 0) for adjusting the Injection begin early after the MVS - driven continuously output stage (sbmKSB = 1 Continuous-wave (100%), sbmKSB = 0 - control via PWM). When power is low, the drive duty to from the characteristic curve is sbwUBA_KL gained resized. In overrun dzmSCHUB below a speed threshold sbwUEB_NUS, with defective Speed encoder fboSDZG, with a defective needle movement sensor fboSNBF or if the NBF not evaluated is anmST_NBF, no PI - controller calculates more, but with a tax value of recently calculated I - share, weighted by the factor sbwRST_VGW added. To support the emergency stop is on activation of ELAB ehmFEAB the start of injection provided by early by issuing a fixed duty cycle sbwRST_DEF. Monitoring, see the chapter "Monitoring" concept.


19 April 2002

Injection start control - control

DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 14-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

14 ECU coding 14.1 Coding Contains the word cowFUNDSV0 in the first record a nonzero value, then successively all label cowFUNDSV0 to cowFUNDSV9 searched in all records until a Label corresponds to the value of the coding from the EEPROM. The data set for this label belongs is set and there are the function switch from the EEPROM into effect. Also, there is in each record 10 to cowMSKCLG9 cowMSKCLG0 label, each of the Label cowFUNDSV0 are assigned to cowFUNDSV9. When selecting a data set via a CowFUNDSVx label (x = 0, 1, ... 9) with the corresponding label of cowMSKCLGx Measuring channel comCLG_SIG set. It must be cleared after the correct coding of the error memory of the SG.

EPROM

EEPROM comDSV

cowFUNDSV0 Record 1

cowMSKCLG0

RAM comCLG_SIG

entered by VAG

cowFUNDSV9

cowMSKCLG9

cowFUNDSV0 Record 2

cowMSKCLG0

cowFUNDSV9

cowMSKCLG9

cowFUNDSV0 Record 3

cowMSKCLG0

cowFUNDSV9

cowMSKCLG9

cowFUNDSV0 Record 11

cowMSKCLG0

cowFUNDSV9

cowMSKCLG9

Figure CODE01: Formation of comCLG_SIG After selecting comCLG_SIG is subsequently to the correct records accessed. At the time of initialization of the SG will check how the switch cowFUNDSV0 in the default Record is in the EPROM. If this value is zero, then that record is considered as selected and the function switches of this record come into effect. This position covers the case application of a control device or a non-programmable control unit with only one Record from.


19 April 2002 Control unit coding - coding

DS / ESA

Page 14-2

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Description of the software switch record variant cowFUNDSV0 in the default record Decimal 0 1 ... 32750 32750 ... 32767

Comment Selection of the default record Variant number reserved

14.2 CAN activation 14.2.1 Overview The variable comCLG_SIG is bit-coded. The individual bits have the following meaning. Bit position 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F

Decimal 1 2 4 8 16 32 64 128 256 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768

Comment ASR / MSR / ESP intervention option Ambient temperature source (analog or default) Source ambient temperature (CAN or analog) v-signal from the brake control unit or conventional Source of the oil temperature Source of the crash signal Possibility of intervention by the climate control unit CAN open circuit

The table indicates which CAN functions are 'mode or deakiviert. This means a 0 to the corresponding bit position, that the signal from the, set value of the cow ... configured, Interface is used, a 1 indicates that the signal from the received CAN Messages will be used. Bit comCLG_SIG.15 15 is together with the label cawINF_CAB whether the control unit with CAN is equipped or not. Is cawINF_CAB = 1or comCLG_SIG.15.15 = 1, then the CAN Bus enabled. If both label to 0, the CAN bus is not enabled.


19 April 2002 Control unit coding - CAN-activation

DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 14-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

14.2.2 Signal Configuration comCLG_SIG.0

Bit for ASR / MSR / ESP

0

1

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

comCLG_SIG.1

UTF analog / preset

x

x

0

0

1

1

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

comCLG_SIG.2

UTF via CAN from the combi / analog

x

x

0

1

0

1

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

comCLG_SIG.3

v signal via CAN from brake

x

x

x

x

x

x

0

1

x

x

x

x

x

x

comCLG_SIG.6

Oil temp via CAN from combi

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

0

1

x

x

x

x

comCLG_SIG.7

Crash signal from airbag CAN

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

0

1

x

x

comCLG_SIG.10 air signal via CAN climate

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

0

1

comCLG_SIG.15 CAN activation

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

comM_E_ASR

Sharing ASR

cow

2

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

comM_E_MSR

Sharing MSR

cow

2

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

comVAR_FZG

Variant UTF switch

x

x

cow

3

4

3

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

comVAR_FGG

Variant switch FGG

x

x

x

x

x

x

cow

3

x

x

x

x

x

x

comVAR_OTF

Variant switch OTF

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

comFUN_CRA

Function switch CRA

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

cow

2

x

x

comFUN_KLI

Function switch climate

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

cow

2

anw 100

cow means that the corresponding label cow ... is copied to the massage ... com. From the table, the relationship between the message and passes comCLG_SIG Signal configurations com .... forth. Depending on whether the corresponding bit in comCLG_SIG is set, contains the signaling message com ... the value from the label cow ... or the tabulated Value.

14.2.2.1 speed Is comCLG_SIG.3 = 1 (owned by the data selected prior to the cowMSKCLGx be applied), then comVAR_FGG is set to 3 (Speed over brake1). Is comCLG_SIG.3 not set, the value applied in cowVAR_FGG in comVAR_FGG is taken.

3

comVAR_FGG

cowVAR_FGG

comCLG_SIG.3

Figure CODE02: speed by the brake control unit



DS / ESA

Page 14-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

14.2.2.2 ambient temperature Is comCLG_SIG.1 = 1 (owned by the data selected prior to the cowMSKCLGx be applied), then comVAR_FZG is set to 4 (UTF via analog input). Is comCLG_SIG.2 = 1, comVAR_FZG is set to 3 (UTF CAN). If both bits are set, as UTF has CAN higher priority and it is taken in comVAR_FZG 3. If both Bits are not set, so the applied in cowVAR_FZG value is applied to comVAR_FZG.

3 comVAR_FZG 4 cowVAR_FZG

comCLG_SIG.1 comCLG_SIG.2

Figure CODE03: ambient temperature from combi / analog input

14.2.2.3 oil temperature Is comCLG_SIG.6 = 1 (owned by the data selected prior to the cowMSKCLGx be applied), comVAR_OTF is set to 100h (OTF via CAN). Is not comCLG_SIG.6 set, the applied in anwOTF_KAN value is applied to comVAR_OTF. The default value is 100h, since this is an analogue channel setting. 100h anwOTF_KAN

comVAR_OTF

comCLG_SIG.6

Figure CODE04: oil temperature from the instrument cluster

14.2.2.4 crash signal Is comCLG_SIG.7 = 1 (owned by the data selected prior to the cowMSKCLGx be applied), comFUN_CRA is set to 2 (crash signal via CAN). Is not comCLG_SIG.7 set, the applied in cowFUN_CRA value is applied to comFUN_CRA.

2

comFUN_CRA

cowFUN_CRA

comCLG_SIG.7

Figure CODE05 Crash signal from airbag control unit via CAN



DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 14-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

14.2.2.5 ASR / MSR / ESP intervention Is where, elected by the coding label cowMSKCLGx or in the corresponding Massage comCLG_SIG set bit 0, comM_E_MSR and comM_E__ASR is set to 2 (ASRand MSR intervention via CAN) set. Is comCLG_SIG.0 not set, then the in cowFUN_ASR applied value in comM_E_ASR, and applied in cowFUN_MSR value in comM_E_MSR taken.

2

comM_E_ASR

cowFUN_ASR

comCLG_SIG.0

2

comM_E_MSR

cowFUN_MSR

Figure CODE06: ASR / MSR / ESP intervention

14.2.2.6 function request from the remote climate control module Is comCLG_SIG.10 set (by belonging to the selected data as of cowMSKCLGx be applied), comFUN_KLI is set to 2 (feature request from Klimastuergerät). Is comCLG_SIG.10 not set, the value applied in cowFUN_KLI in comFUN_KLI is taken.

2

comFUN_KLI

cowFUN_KLI

comCLG_SIG.10

Figure CODE07: function request from the climate control unit



DS / ESA

Page 14-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

14.2.3 Error Handling comM_E_ASR

Sharing ASR

0

2

x

x

x

comM_E_MSR

Sharing MSR

x

x

0

2

comVAR_FZG

Variant UTF switch

x

x

x

x

xx 0.1, 3 2

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

4

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

comVAR_FGG

Variant switch FGG

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

1.2

comVAR_OTF

Variant switch OTF

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

3.4, x 5.6 x0

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

comFUN_CRA

Function switch CRA

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

0

1

2

x

x

x

x

x

comFUN_KLI

Function switch climate

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

0

1

2

x

x

comCLG_SIG.15 CAN activation

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

0

1

fbbEASR_Q

Error message from brake

of Curr. of Curr. x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEMSR_H

physical plausibility MSR

x

x

of Curr. x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEMSR_P

functional plausibility MSR

x

x

of Curr. x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEUTF_H

UTF analog SRC high

x

x

x

x

out of act. x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEUTF_L

UTF analog SRC low

x

x

x

x

out of act. x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEUTF_U

UTF inaccurate

x

x

x

x

nude. from. from x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEUTF_N

UTF not installed

x

x

x

x

nude. from. from x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEUTF_S

UTF defect

x

x

x

x

nude. from. from x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEFGG_C

Error ID v-signal from brake linings x

x

x

x

x

x

x

of Curr. x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEFGG_Q

Message timeout v-brake signal x

x

x

x

x

x

x

of Curr. x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEFGG_F

v analog signal too large

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

nude. from x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEFGG_S

v analog signal implausible

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

nude. from x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEOTF_H

OTF analog SRC high

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

nude. from x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEOTF_L

OTF analog SRC low

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

nude. from x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEOTF_U

OTF inaccurate

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

of Curr. x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEOTF_N

OTF is not installed

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

of Curr. x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbEOTF_S

OTF defective

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

of Curr. x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

fbbECRA_Q

Error message from the airbag

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

out of act. x

x

x

x

x

fbbECRA_P

PWM signal plausibility crash

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

of Curr. from x

x

x

x

x

fbbECRA_C

Checksum error airbag

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

out of act. x

x

x

x

x

fbbECRA_Z

Plausibility message count airbag x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

out of act. x

x

x

x

x

fbbEKLI_K

KLI analogous short-circuit

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

nude. nude. from x

x

fbbEKLI_O

KLI analogous idle

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

nude. nude. from x

x

fbbEKLI_Q

KLI CAN plausibility

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

out of act. x

x

fbbEKMD_H

KMD analog SRC high

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

of Curr. from x

x

fbbEKMD_L

KMD analog SRC low

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

of Curr. from x

fbbECA0_D

Communication error

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

of Curr.

fbbECA0_O

CAN-bus error

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

of Curr.

fbbECA0_S

Communication error

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

of Curr.

fbbECA0_W

Ausblendbedingung CAN bus

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

x

of Curr.

100 x

x

From the table, the relationship between the configuration label comCLG_SIG and goes Effect on the error fbb .... forth. Depending on whether the corresponding bit in comCLG_SIG is set, a possible error in the corresponding bit fbb ... updated on or off.



DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page A-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Appendix A Umprogrammieranleitung Motor-specific data Description of Damosschalters number of cylinders cowVAR_ZYL: Decimal 4 5 6

Comment 4 cylinder 5 cylinder 6 cylinder

The number of cylinders affects the following parts of the program and data (examples): the Smoothness regulator, overrun detection in the SBR segment counter, calculating the constant DZGSpeed (dzwDNR_HI, dzwDNR_LO), the normalization constant of the air flow meter (ArwLMBNORM), and the angle between two speed pulses (sbwRST_WIN). Description of the software switch record variant cowFUN_DSV: Decimal 0 1 ... 32750 32750 ... 32767

Comment Application record Variant number reserved

At the time of initialization of the control device (SG) is in the first data in the EPROM examined how the switch is cowFUN_DSV. Is this on the value zero, then does this data set as selected and the function switch this record come into effect. This position covers the case of a Application control device or a non-programmable control unit with only one Record from. Contains the word cowFUN_DSV in the first record in the EPROM to a nonzero value, then is searched in the EPROM after that record whose switch cowFUN_DSV same value contains. This record is set and there are the function switch from the EEPROM the effect. It must be cleared after the correct coding of the error memory of the SG. Description of the software switch gear type cowVAR_GTR: Decimal 1 2 3

Comment Manual gearbox (Under braking is treated in LLR) Automatic hydraulic Automatic electrically


19 April 2002

Umprogrammieranleitung - Motor-specific data

DS / ESA

Side A-2

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Control engineering functions The controller initially distinguishes between routines that constant (time-synchronized) and such are processed with variable (speed-synchronous) call period. Time-synchronous algorithms are processed in the fixed time grid (daeHPPER). Through the Program structure ensures that the calling period of the speed-synchronous parts between 6 ms (computer time load) and 32 ms (interpretation of mathematics) remains. The following control algorithms are provided to the system are available: -

P controller with nonlinear coefficient I controller with nonlinear coefficient, time-synchronized I-Reger with nonlinear coefficient, speed synchronous Differentiator (DT1) time-synchronized, Differentiator (DT1) with nonlinear coefficient time-synchronized, Differentiator (DT1), speed synchronous Low-pass filter (PT1) time-synchronized, Low-pass filter (PT1) speed synchronous, PT2 element, time-synchronized (currently in force) D2T2 link speed synchronous, (currently in force) PDT1 link time-synchronized, PDT1 link speed synchronous,

Scaling exponent: All controller coefficients KP, KI and KD/T1 are in internal representation by a factor 2 ^ scaling exponent provided by which the result must be corrected at runtime. The scaling exponent is a function of the quantization of the input and output variables of the Controller and the required maximum value of the controller coefficients (additional with DT1 components the required minimum value of the time constant T1). Since the value in the conversion of each coefficient is included, but its value is not to apply. In the following, the data structures and their application for the individual routines, will be explained.


DS / ESA

Umprogrammieranleitung - Control engineering functions 19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Side A-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

P controller, the I-controller (time and speed sync) The coefficients KP [output / input] and KI [Output / (input * s)] are respectively represented by following structure provides: _FEN .. _SIG .. _NEG .. _pos .. _NEX ..

Window width small signal Small-signal negative large-signal positive large-signal Scaling exponent

If the magnitude of the error signal (setpoint - actual value) is smaller than the window width, the value is Small Signal .. _SIG as the coefficient used. For greater control differences is a function the sign between negative and positive large-signal .. _NEG large-signal .. _pos distinguished. The transition between large and small signal is continuous ie does not cause Jump in the output. Given:

P-window width, KPklein, KPgroßneg, KPgroßpos or I-window width, KIklein, KIgroßneg, KIgroßpos

Application: Input in physical quantities Application (example): P controller: arwPR_ .. ldwPR_ .. sbwPR_ .. mrwADP_ .. mrwLRP_ .. mrwFP2_ .. mrwFRP_ .. mrwFRM_ .. mrwF1W_ .. mrwF2W_ .. I controller: arwIR_ .. ldwIR_ .. sbwIR_ .. mrwADI_ .. mrwFI2_ .. mrwFIW_ ..

ARF LDR SBR ADR LRR FGR Hold FGR Ramp ON + FGR ramp ON FGR ramp WA FGR final phase WA ARF LDR SBR ADR FGR Hold FGR final phase WA


19 April 2002 Umprogrammieranleitung - Control engineering functions

DS / ESA

Page A-4

EDC15 +

0

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Time Synchronous DT1 Structure: _KOF .. _NEX .. _GF ..

Coefficient Scaling exponent Memory factor

For technical reasons, instead of the parameters of the differentiator KD [(output * S) / input] and T1 [s] the coefficient _KOF and the memory factor _GF enter, the to apply are as follows: Given: KD, T1 (T = constant = daeHPPER) Application: _KOF .. = KD / T1 _GF .. = E-T/T1 Attention! When changing the time constant T1 of the corresponding coefficient is _KOF .. mitzuändern! Application: ldwDR_ .. LDR (for PIDT1)


DS / ESA


bosch

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page A-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Time Synchronous DT1 element with nonlinear coefficient Structure: _GFP .. _FEP .. _sip .. _pos .. _GFN .. _FEN .. _SIN .. _NEG .. _NEX ..

Memory factor with positive feedforward Window width small signal at positive feedforward positive small-signal positive large-signal Memory factor with negative feedforward Window width small signal at negative feedforward negative small-signal negative large-signal Scaling exponent

This algorithm uses a segmented into four sections transfer function. The Transitions are continuous. For positive and negative input size change may have different Memory factors _GFP .. and .. _GFN be specified. (Zero is considered positive Input resizing counted.) Depending on the sign of the input value is .. _GFP or .. _GFN used to establish whether the small-signal coefficient _sip .. or .. or _SIN the large-signal coefficient to be .. or .. _pos _NEG used. (Note: In a skip at the input of the D-gain of the direction and magnitude of the jump is a function. The Gedächnisfaktor and thus the time constant is thus the sign of the current Input size dependent after the jump).

Given: daeHPPER)

KDposklein, KDposgroß, KDnegklein, KDneggroß, T1pos, T1neg, (T = constant =

Application: _GFP .. = _FEP .. = _sip .. = _pos .. = _GFN .. = _FEN .. = _SIN .. = _NEG .. =

e-T/T1pos Input in physical size KDposklein / T1pos KDposgroß / T1pos e-T/T1neg Input in physical size KDnegklein / T1neg KDneggroß / T1neg

Application: arwDV_ .. ldwWDV_ ..

ARF input taxes LDR input taxes



DS / ESA

Page A-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Speed Synchronous DT1 Structure: _KOF Coefficient .. _NEX Normalization exponent .. _aquadratischer Factor .. _blinearer Factor .. _cKonstante .. This algorithm determines at runtime the memory eT/T1 factor as a function of sampling time. For reasons of maturity, the value is determined by calculating a quadratic polynomial a * T2 + b * T + c approximated whose coefficients are entered under .. _a, _b .. and .. _c. The Calculation gives the memory factor in internal representation. The coefficients for Time constants T1> 20 ms are optimized by the least square error on e (T/T1), for time constants T1 <20 ms optimized by an ideal trend behavior at large Sampling times (ie first derivative of approximation = 1st derivative of eT/T1 at T = Tmax = 32 ms). Given: KD, T1

Application: .. _KOF = KD / T1

Application (example) mrwLLGWK_ ... mrwLLGKK_. T1 0.0100 0.0123 0.0151 0.0185 0.0228 0.0280 0.0344 0.0423 0.0519 0.0638 0.0784 0.0963 0.1183 0.1454 0.1786 0.2194 0.2696 0.3312 0.4070 0.5000

_c .. 22099 25127 27524 29303 31552 32034 32333 32515 32622 32685 32721 32742 32753 32760 32763 32765 32766 32767 32767 32767

Table 1: Näherungspolynomkoeffizienten Memory factor in internal representation

LLR hot / cold, clutch _b .. -9536 -10 009 -9943 -9437 -9652 -8322 -7063 -5924 -4926 -4070 -3347 -2744 -2245 -1833 -1495 -1219 -993 -809 -658 -536

to

_a .. 8645 8595 7996 7024 7531 5781 4323 3162 2273 1609 1125 779 535 365 248 167 112 75 50 33

Calculation

of

speed synchronous


DS / ESA


0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page A-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Time Synchronous PT1 Structure: _GF .. Memory factor Given:

T1 (T = constant = daeHPPER)

Application: _GF .. = E-T/T1 Exemplary application: fgwFGF_GF

FGG velocity filter

fgwBEF_GF

FGG acceleration filter

fgwVNF_GF

FGG V / N - filter

mrwPT1_ZPO

PWG - Filters rise above

mrwPT1_ZPU

PWG - Filter increase below

mrwPT1_ZNO

PWG - filter waste above

mrwPT1_ZNU

PWG - filter drop down

ldwLDF_GF

LDF - filter

kmwPT1_ZP

Thermostat filter increase

NOTE: T = 100ms

kmwPT1_ZN

Thermostat filter waste

NOTE: T = 100ms

Speed Synchronous PT1 Structure: _a ..

quadratic factor

_b ..

linear factor

_c ..

Constant

Given:

T1

Application: _a .., .. _b, _c .. The coefficients corresponding to the desired time T1 come closest are the Refer to Table 1 and to only change together. Application:

currently no



DS / ESA

Page A-8

EDC15 +

0

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Time Synchronous PT2 element Structure: _b2 .. Input rating b2 _B1 .. Input rating b1 _A2 .. Memory factor a2 _A1 .. Memory factor a1 Given:

T1, T2, (T = sampling time = daeHPPER)

Application: non-oscillatory PT2

_b2 .. =

(T2 * eT/T1 * (1-eT/T2) - T1 * eT/T2 * (1-eT/T1)) / (T1-T2)

_B1 .. =

(T1 * (1-e-T/T1) - T2 * (1-e-T/T2)) / (T1-T2)

_A2 .. =

-e-T/T1 * e-T/T2

_A1 .. =

e-T/T1 + e-T/T2

Given:

T1 (time constant) = 1/π0, D (damping factor) <1 T (sampling time) = daeHPPER π= Sqrt (1 - D2) / T1

Application: About Swinging PT2

_b2 .. =

eD * T/T1 * (eD * T/T1 - cos (π * t) + sin (π * t) * D / (π * T1))

_B1 .. =

1 - eD * T/T1 * (cos (π * t) + sin (π * t) * D / (π * T1))

_A2 .. =

-E-2 * D * T/T1

_A1 .. =

2 * e-D * T/T1 * cos (π * D)

Application:

not currently enabled


DS / ESA


bosch

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page A-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Speed Synchronous D2T2 member Structure: _T2 .. Time constant adjustment value _KD .. Differential gain _NEX ..

Scaling exponent

Given:

KD, T1, T2

Application: _T2 .. =

1/T2 - 1/T1

_KD .. =

KD * T1 / (T2) 2

Application:

not currently enabled

Time Synchronous PDT1 member (Lead Lag) Structure: _KOF Coefficient ...... _NEX ...... Normalization exponent _GF ...... Memory factor Laplace transfer function: F(s)

1TZs 1T1s

Given: TZ, T1 (T = constant = daeHPPER) Application: _GF ...... = E -T/T1 _KOF ...... = TZ / T1 Application: currently no Speed Synchronous PDT1 member (Lead Lag) Structure: _KOF ...... _NEX ...... _a ...... _b ...... _c ......

Coefficient Scaling exponent quadratic factor linear factor Constant

Input variables: - Max. Ramp Rate - Upper limit of the range - Lower limit of the range Laplace transfer function: F(s)

1TZs 1T1s



DS / ESA

Page A-10

EDC15 +

0

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Application: _KOF ...... = TZ / T1 _a .., .. _b, _c .. The coefficients corresponding to the desired time T1 come closest are the Refer to Table 1 and to only change together.


DS / ESA


bosch

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page A-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Amplifiers Power amplifier modules In the Label ehwCJ4_ANZ the number of available amplifiers is specified. The block CJ920 has 14 physical plus 2 dummy amplifiers, he wears than 16 logical output stages. The Block CJ420 has 4 logical amplifiers; EAB driver controls 1 Power Amplifier. Will uses less power amps must nevertheless the number of equipped amplifiers applied be, because otherwise all output stage fault can not be diagnosed. ehwCJ4_ANZ Number of power 2121 logical amplifiers available

The labels ehwCJ4_Nxx define the connection computer port pin to output stage for the Final stage diagnosis. Application EDC15VM +:

ehwCJ4_N01 ehwCJ4_N02

Value EDC15V + C0h C2h

Port EDC15V + 7.0

SG-pin EDC15V + 81

PinDesignation DKS 0

Importance

PWM parameters

PWM-capable

61

ARS 0

PWM-capable

ehwuCP0_FR ehwuCP0_TE = 1 ehwuCP1_FR ehwuCP1_TE = 1 ehwEST_T1 ehwEST_T1 ehwEST_T1 ehwEST_T1 ehwEST_T1 ehwEST_T1 ehwuCP2_FR ehwuCP2_TE = 1 ehwuCP3_FR ehwuCP3_TE = 1 ehwEST_T1 ehwGAP3_FR ehwGAP3_TE

7.1

ehwCJ4_N03 ehwCJ4_N04 ehwCJ4_N05 ehwCJ4_N06 ehwCJ4_N07 ehwCJ4_N08 ehwCJ4_N09

24 26h 28h 2Ah 2Ch 2eh C4h

2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 7.2

60 42 40 22 24 21 62

KTH-0 GRL-0 SYS-0 TAV-0 MIL-0 EKP-0 LDS 0

PWM-capable PWM-capable PWM-capable PWM-capable PWM-capable PWM-capable PWM-capable

ehwCJ4_N10

C6h

7.3

114

MVS-0

PWM-capable

ehwCJ4_N11 ehwCJ4_N12

3Ah B4h

2:13 gaPWM3

41 11

GSK2-0 HYL-0

PWM-capable PWM

ehwCJ4_N13 ehwCJ4_N14 ehwCJ4_N15 ehwCJ4_N16 ehwCJ4_N17

98h 9Ch F0h F0h B2h

XP1.12 XP1.14 gaPWM2

80 29 59

GSK1-0 KLI-0 ARS2-0

ehwCJ4_N18 ehwCJ4_N19 ehwCJ4_N20 ehwCJ4_N21 ehwCJ4_N22 -

20h 22h A2h 40h F0h CEh

2.0 2.1 XP2.1 3.0 7.7

79 23 43 120 9

MML2-0 MML1-0 KSK-0 EAB-1 GRS-0

digital digital PWM

PWM PWM digital digital PWM

ehwGAP2_FR ehwGAP2_TE = 0 ehwEST_T1 ehwEST_T1

ehwEST_T8


19 April 2002

Umprogrammieranleitung - Power Amplifier

DS / ESA

Page A-12

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The number of non-diagnosable amplifiers is given in ehwNDIG_NO: EDC15VM + ehwNDIG_NO0

Values of computer port pins: Port Value Port Value Port Value Port Value Port Value Port Value Port Value Port Value

1.0 00 2.0 20 3.0 40

1.1 02 2.1 22 3.1 42

1.2 04 2.2 24 3.2 44

1.3 06 2.3 26 3.3 46

1.4 08 2.4 28 3.4 48 4.4 68

1.5 0A 2.5 2A 3.5 4A

1.6 0C 2.6 2C 3.6 4C

1.7 0E 2.7 2E 3.7 4E 4.7 6E

1.8 10 2.8 30

1.9 12 2.9 32

1:10 14 2:10 34

X1.0

X1.1

X1.2

X1.3

X1.4

X1.5

X1.6

X1.7

X1.8

X1.9

X1.10

80

82

84

86

88

8A

8C

8E

90

92

94

X2.0

X2.1

X2.2

X2.3

X2.4

X2.5

X2.6

X2.7 xPWM1 xPWM2 xPWM3

A0 7.0 C0 8.0 E0

A2 7.1 C2 8.1 E2

A4 7.2 C4 8.2 E4

A6 7.3 C6 8.3 E6

A8 7.4 C8 8.4 E8

AA 7.5 CA 8.5 EA

AC 7.6 CC 8.6 EC

AE 7.7 CE 8.7 EE

B0

B2

1:11 16 2:11 36

1:12 18 2:12 38

1:13 1A 2:13 3A

1:14 1C 2:14 3C

X1.11 X1.12 X1.13 X1.14

96

98

9A

9C

B4

In addition, for most amplifiers / outputs (computer port 2, 3, 6 and 7) the possibility of early initialization (that is, before a consideration of ehwEST_xxx.12) set out below: 15 cowP2INEST cowP3INEST cowP7INEST cowP8INEST

14

13

12

11

10

GK2

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

EKP

MIL

TAV

DIA

GRL

TST

ML1

ML2

MVS

LDS

AR1

DKS

TDS

PBM

TQS

ISO-K

EAB GRS

If the corresponding bit is set, the corresponding output during initialization is placed on + Ubatt except that the bit is not set, on-Ubatt. Shaded fields are ignored.

Donor passwords ehwEST_ .. For each logical output stage there is a timer password ehwEST_ ... Each logical final stage, the is used must be applied. The low byte of the value of the physical is Power amplifier .. ehwCJ4_N entered. This is the link between logical and physical output stage applied. If more donors passwords applied as a logical output stages are present, occurs restart. In the high byte of the timer password ehwEST_ .. everyone used logic output stage shall include the type of use are applied:


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

1:15 1E 2:15 3E

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page A-13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Importance Not used amplifier Used amplifier digital power amplifier PWM - output stage Power stage not UBatt - corrected Amplifier UBatt - corrected Not limited PWM TV PWM TV limited btw 5 and 95% Initialisierungspegel UBatt Initialisierungspegel-UBatt Output not inverted Inverted output Driving software through access to power amp Put amplifier in the wake on level 15 bit Bit 14 in the wake place on-Ubatt Set Bit 14 in the wake of + Ubatt

Bit value 0100h 0200h 0400h 0800h 1000h 2000h 4000h

Value 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

8000h Application example: Record Label ehwEST_AR1 ehwEST_AR2 ehwEST_LDS ehwEST_ML1 ehwEST_ML2 ehwEST_GRS ehwEST_MVS ehwEST_DIA ehwEST_KLI ehwEST_EAB ehwEST_TST ehwEST_GK1 ehwEST_GK2 ehwEST_GER ehwEST_MIL ehwEST_GAZ ehwEST_TAV ehwEST_EKP ehwEST_GK3 ehwEST_AR3 ehwEST_HYL ehwEST_ZWP

SG-pin ARS 0 DKS 0 LDS 0 MML1-0 MML2-0 GRL-0 MVS-0 SYS-0 KLI-0 ELAB-1 TST-0 GSK1-0 GSK2-0 GER-0 CRB, MIL-0 HYL-0 -

EDC15 VV-5.1 CFC2H C1C0H CFC4H 000Ch 0000H C926H CBC6H C128H 619CH 4140h 7324H C12EH C12AH 03CEH C12CH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

F

E

1 1 1

1 1 1

1 1

D

C

B

A

9

8

1 1 1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1 1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1

1

1 1

1

1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1 1

1


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page B-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Appendix B Definition of group numbers The assignment ad group - measuring channel is to apply. Presentation of the individual channels can be seen as an example (on VAG tester, individual channels or measured values are missing or be applied otherwise): Channel 01 Mengenanpaßung Display group number 01 Engine speed

Injection quantity

U_Ist

Water temperature

Pedal position sensor

Switch positions 1

Water temperature

Channel 02 idle speed Display group number 02 Engine speed

7 65 43 2 10 Klimakompr. a Empty gas switch Kickdown switch erh idling speed

Channel 03 EGR Display group number 03 Engine speed

ARF_Sollwert

ARF_Istwert

Duty cycle ARF

SB_Istwert

Duty cycle SB

SB_Istwert

Water temperature

FGR switching states

FGR Fashion

Channel 04 beginning of injection Display group number 04 Engine speed

SB_Sollwert

Channel 05 starting quantity Display group number 05 Engine speed

Starting quantity

Channel 06 switch position Display group number 06 Speed

Switch positions 2 6

3

0

00 = FGR not in function 01 = OFF

76543210 Brake contact red. Bremsk. Coupling

GRA - L 02 = A + GRA - A 04 = ON GRA - (+) 08 = Retrieve GRA - W16 = brake Bremskontakt32 = Hold Kupplung64 = transition from A + GRA - + (LT2) 128 = transition from ON Kontrollk. (LT2) disabled 255 = FGR


19 April 2002

Definition of the group numbers

DS / ESA

Page B-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Channel 07 temperatures Display group number 07 Fuel temperature

Intake manifold

Water temperature

08 channel limit quantities 1 Display group number 08 Engine speed

Driver's desired quantity Drehmomentbegrenz. Smoke limit

09 channel limit quantities 2 Display group number 09 Engine speed

Amount GRA

Amount AG4

Atmospheric pressure

Boost pressure actual valuePedal position sensor

Boost pressure setpoint

Boost pressure actual valueDuty cycle LDR

Preheating time [s]

Battery voltage

Channel 10 air sizes Display group number 10 Amount of air

Channel 11 loader control Display group number 11 Engine speed

Channel 12 Preheating Display group number 12 Glühstatus

Water temperature

Channel 13 smooth-running control Display group number 13 LRR LRR injection amount of injection amount of injection quantity LRR LRR injection amount Cylinder 1Zylinder 2Zylinder 3Zylinder 4

Channel 14 smooth-running control Display group number 14 LRR LRR injection amount of injection quantity Cylinder 5Zylinder 6


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page B-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Channel 15 consumption Display group number 15 Engine speed

Injection quantity

Consumption MFA

Driver's desired quantity

Channel 16 cooling water heating Display group number 16 averaged load

Generator shutdown switch output KWH

Battery voltage 10 Relay f.1 candle Relay f.2 candles

Channel 17 CARB Mode 01, PID 01, Data A, B, C, D (Readiness) Display group number 17 Data A

Data B

76543210 LSB

Debounced number registered exhaust relevant error MIL status (0 .. OFF)

Data C

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Supported: Misfire monitoring Fuel system monitor. Comprehensive comp. reserved status: Misfire monitoring Fuel system monitor. Comprehensive comp. reserved

Data D

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Supported: Catalyst monitor.

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 status: Catalyst monitor.

not for diesel

not for diesel

EGR system monitor.

EGR system monitor.

Channel 18 speed Display group number 18 Speed

Status

Maximum Speed tracked 10 FGR-free (= 0), locked (= 1) Normalization constant FGG (0: NK1_FGG, 1: NK2_FGG)

0 = disabled HGB

Channel 19 Display group number 19 Start position

Stop position

Channel 20 Display group number 20 Number of revolutions

Injection quantity

U_ist

Pedal position sensor

ARF actual value

Duty cycle ARF

Switch 3

Channel 21 Display group number 21 ARF setpoint


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page B-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Channel 22 Display group number 22 SB setpoint

SB value

Duty cycle SB

Speed

LDR value

Duty cycle LDR

Atmospheric pressure

Intake manifold

Water temperature

FGR status

Speed Feedback

ADR Contacts

ADR Fashion

Channel 23 Display group number 23 LDR setpoint

Channel 24 Display group number 24 Fuel temperature

Channel 25 Display group number 25 Speed setpoint

76

32

0 ADR + ADR Hand brake

01 = stand-by 02 = Waiting time 03 = rules 04 = ADR operation canceled 255 = ADR locked

ADR - Active ADR - Resumption

Channel 26 Display group number 26 Master checksum Warning: The output to the VAG tester only occurs after completion of calculation! Displays the Tester, the values 0, then the calculation is not yet complete. The calculation is only carried out if the speed is zero. If the speed is greater than zero during the calculation stopping the calculation. It will resume when the speed back to zero achieved.

Channel 27 ADR-up time Display group number 27 Variable ADR

Fixed ADR-speed

Maximum speed


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page B-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Channel 28 variable ADR maximum speed Display group number 28 Variable ADR

Fixed ADR-speed

Maximum speed

Channel 29 fixed ADR-speed Display group number 29 Variable ADR

Fixed ADR-speed

Maximum speed

Channel 35 Electrical fuel pump Display group number 35 Power On EKP1) fuel temperature

Engine speed 1)

Duty cycle EKP

"Pump ON" or "Pump OFF"

80 channel control unit identification Display group number 80 Factory code

Date of manufacture

Change status

PAM-node

Station wagon 0/1

Climate

fld. No.

Change status ... xcwSGBlk3 Channel 125 CAN Info Display group number 125 Getr

0/1

ABS

0/1

0/1


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page B-6

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Assignment of Messages switch positions x (xcmSCHALTx): xcmSCHALT1 Bit 0: Bit 3: Bit 4: Bit 6: xcmSCHALT2 Bit 0: Bit 3: Bit 6: xcmSCHALT3 Bit 0: Bit 1: Bit 2: Bit 3: Bit 4: Bit 5: Bit 6:

xcmSCHALT4 Bit 0: Bit 1: Bit 2: Bit 3: xcmSCHALT5 Bit 0: Bit 2: Bit 3: Bit 6: Bit 7:

Message dimKLI dimLGS dimKIK

Air conditioning Empty gas switch Kick Down - switch increased idle speed (mrmN_LLBAS> mrmLL_ZIEL)

dimBRE dimBRK dimKUP

Brake contact redundant brake contact Coupling

dimBRE dimBRK dimKUP dimKIK dimKLI dimLGS

Brake contact redundant brake contact Coupling Kickdown signal Air conditioning Empty gas switch increased idle speed (mrmN_LLBAS> mrmLL_ZIEL)

dimBRE dimBRK dimKUP comFGR_opt

Brake contact redundant brake contact Coupling FGR / ACC via login enabled (comFGR_opt nonzero)

dimADP dimADM dimHAN dimADR dimADW

ADR Plus ADR minus Hand brake contact ADR a ADR recovery (LT2 control panel)


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page C-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Appendix C Scheduling The timing of the software (scheduling) in this document is already in some Functions have been briefly mentioned. However, for detailed consideration of temporal sequences a Overview of the different activation grid needed. All functions are softwarePartial functions (tasks) divided which uniquely a specific activation grid assigned (see table below).

Activation grid Function digital actuator controller (PI controller) Drehzahlinterrupt (acquisition and VBS) Analog value acquisition CAN transmit multiplexer DZG timeout monitoring Communications handler speed synchronous analog value evaluation Speed calculation speed synchronous computations DSR speed synchronous part LLR speed synchronous part ARD speed synchronous part LRR speed synchronous quantity calculation Setpoint determination for pump McMess speed synchronous output HTG acquisition with NBF McMess interpreter PWM crash signal evaluation GSK3 - Diagnosis fast analog value evaluation Digital inputs FGG calculation and detection Starting quantity ELAB test Mengenwunsch_PWG Mengenwunsch_FGR Mengenwunsch_HGB Mengenwunsch_ADR Limiting amount CAN Station Management CAN interaction layer: Receive Task CAN evaluate messages External lot of intervention OSEK transport protocol

Activation Time DZG pulse Time Time Time Time N_sync N_sync N_sync N_sync N_sync N_sync N_sync N_sync N_sync Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time

Period 1 ms 1.5 ms ... Â 1 ms 1 ms 2 ms 2 ms 6 ms ... 32 ms 6 ms ... 32 ms 6 ms ... 32 ms 6 ms ... 32 ms 6 ms ... 32 ms 6 ms ... 32 ms 6 ms ... 32 ms 6 ms ... 32 ms 6 ms ... 32 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10 ms 10ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms


19 April 2002

Scheduling

DS / ESA

Page C-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Function Ecomatic CAN engine output messages Parameter selection for ARD / LLR Tracking and monitoring Follow-up control ARF setpoint calculation of air mass ARF actual value of air mass ARF regulation, monitoring, output Boost pressure setpoint calculation Loading, Saugrohrdruckberechnung Loading, Saugrohrdruck-Regelung/Überwachung Start of injection of setpoint Start of injection controller Air compressor switch-off fast Amplifiers output Command interpreter immobilizer Command interpreter RB diagnosis Command interpreter KP2000 (CARB) MUX signal calculation Error handling OBDII slow analog value evaluation Background calculation DSR Output stage fault detection Control diagnostic lamp Glow time Cooling water heating Odometer Operating hours counter Air compressor shutdown Radiator fan control Fuel temperature correction Calculation for consumption signal (VBS) Engine mount control slow diagnosis Desired idle speed calculation Coolant thermostat control flexible service interval display electronic fuel pump / Tankabschaltv. EPROM test EEPROM handler

Activation Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Time Background Background

Period 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms 100 ms <100 ms <100ms


DS / ESA

Scheduling

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page C-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The circumferentially largest share of software sub-functions is timed and located in the 20 ms activation pattern ("main program disc"). This is in the above table apparent order processed. Basic rule for the order is to minimize the Throughput times by the sequence: inputs - processing - processing - outputs. When activating "n_sync" is the "speed-synchronous slice". This is Principle in sync with the speed encoder pulses - but performed by the operating system, a deliberately brought about the safety fence Software Activation of the minimum period of 6 ms. This serves mainly to limit the computational load. This construction results depending on the rotational speed of the following behavior: Activation of the "speed-synchronous slice" at different speeds for 4 cylinder Motor (4 DZG pulses / crankshaft revolution): Number of Period revolutions 0468 U / min 32 ms

Activation

Activation rate

time-controlled

(1/32 ms)

468 - 2500 U / min 32 ms - 6 ms DZG-synchronous (prescaler 1)

2 * fZünd

2500 - 5000 U / min 12 ms - 6 ms DZG-synchronous (prescaler 2)

1 * fZünd

5000 - 7500 U / min 9 ms - 6 ms

DZG-synchronous (prescaler 3)

0.66 * fZünd

7500-10000 r / min 8 ms - 6 ms

DZG-synchronous (prescaler 4)

0.5 * fZünd

time-controlled

(1/6 ms)

> 10000 U / min 6 ms

maximum throughput times "critical path" For the reactions of various ECU functions (eg controller) to external events arise according to the scheduling different maximum throughput times. For some relevant, selected examples ("critical paths") is in the following paragraphs of the ECU Software caused (maximum) cycle time be specified (without taking into account of filters). The processing times are composed of various proportions: Latency delay for an "upcoming" event (interrupt) to the Processing Repetition time period for periodic activations (equivalent at timed Tasks the max. Latency) Term

Execution time for the execution of a task run

The times given below (especially latency and maturities) are based on experience the predecessor ECU generation (EDC15V) and therefore do not "exact" values but rather dar. upper limits


19 April 2002

Scheduling

DS / ESA

Page C-4

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Path: Speed encoder pulse →Amount interlocking for the 4 cylinder engine at 468-2500 rev / min (prescaler 1) applies: + + + + =

Drehzahlinterrupt latency Drehzahlinterrupt runtime N_sync runtime digital positioning controller period digital positioning controller runtime maximum throughput time

0.1 0.1 1.5 1.0 0.1 2.8

ms ms ms ms ms ms

Path: HFM analog input →ARF-amplifier

+ =

fast analog value evaluation period Main program disc runtime maximum throughput time

20.0 ms 15.0 ms 35.0 ms

Path: pedal sensor →CAN output (motor 1 message)

+ + =

Analog value acquisition period * 8 (analog multiplexer) fast analog value evaluation period Main program disc runtime maximum throughput time

8.0 20.0 15.0 43.0

ms ms ms ms

20.0 15.0 12.0 1.5 1.0 0.1 49.6

ms ms ms ms ms ms ms

8.0 20.0 15.0 12.0 1.5 1.0 0.1 57.6

ms ms ms ms ms ms ms ms

Path: CAN quantities intervention →Amount interlocking

+ + + + + =

CAN reception task period Main program disc runtime N_sync period (at 1250 U / min) N_sync runtime digital positioning controller period digital positioning controller runtime maximum throughput time

Path: pedal sensor →Amount interlocking

+ + + + + + =

Analog value acquisition period * 8 (analog multiplexer) fast analog value evaluation period Main program disc runtime N_sync period (at 1250 U / min) N_sync runtime digital positioning controller period digital positioning controller runtime maximum throughput time


DS / ESA

Scheduling

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page D-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Appendix D List of environmental conditions Message numbers are used for administering of measurements in data set parameters (eg Environmental conditions in the signal path parameter). Each message number is determined with a Conversion parameters provided that the conversion from the internal representation to an external Representation sets. This conversion parameters are also with all those values using the is transmitted by means of an external interface, and for which no conversion characteristic is present (eg, external intervention quantity - CAN). The conversion by the conversion parameter according to the following formulas: Slope equal to 0: from internal to external: EXT = slope * INT + offset from external to internal: = INT (EXT - offset) / slope Slope equal to 0: Instead of multiplying the following shift operation used: EXT = INT OFFSET pushed around. If OFFSET is positive is pushed to the right. This conversion is specifically designed to Fehlerabspeicherung of status words introduced. For conversions for diagnosis (xcwUMRD. ..), output via KW71 protocol also applies: In slope 0 the high byte will be truncated. In slope equal to 0 is limited to a minimum of 0 and maximum of 255. For conversions for CAN (xcwUMRC. ..) also apply: In slope 0, the value is taken indefinitely if it available in the Transfer size fits. In slope equal to 0 is limited to the respective minimum and maximum values. The conversion parameters have the following structure:

Name xcwUMRFS .. xcwUMRFO .. xcwUMRDS .. xcwUMRDO .. xcwUMRCS .. xcwUMRCO ..

Description Slope for the error memory Offset for memory error Slope for diagnosis Offset for diagnosis Slope for CAN Offset for CAN

To convert the PIDs according to SAE J1979, the following parameters are used: Name Description xcwCARFS .. slope for the error memory xcwCARFO .. offset for memory error xcwCARDS .. slope for diagnosis xcwCARDO .. offset for diagnosis xcwCARCS .. slope for CAN xcwCARCO .. offset for CAN


19 April 2002

List of environmental conditions

DS / ESA

Page D-2

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The following translations ("..") are defined: xcwCAR .. DUmrechnung pressures for expenditure by OBD II xcwCAR .. dTUmrechnung temperature difference for issue by OBD II xcwCAR .. LUmrechnung air mass in g / s for output by OBD II xcwCAR .. MUmrechnung quantities for issue by OBD II xcwCAR .. NUmrechnung speeds for output by OBD II xcwCAR .. PUmrechnung accelerator pedal position for issue by OBD II xcwCAR .. TUmrechnung temperatures for issue by OBD II xcwCAR .. UDUmrechnung voltages for digital output according to OBD II xcwCAR .. VUmrechnung speeds for output by OBD II xcwCAR .. WUmrechnung angle for injection start by OBD II xcwCAR .. ZUmrechnung software timer output by OBD II xcwUMR .. _1Umrechnung 1 to 1 xcwUMR .. 256Umrechnung "High Byte" xcwUMR .. _BUmrechnung acceleration xcwUMR .. _DUmrechnung pressure [hPa] xcwUMR .. _EUmrechnung amplifier specifications xcwUMR .. _IUmrechnung currents xcwUMR .. _KUmrechnung refrigerant pressure [bar] xcwUMR .. KTUmrechnung fuel temperature f unnormalized measured value xcwUMR .. _LUmrechnung air mass xcwUMR .. LAUmrechnung load xcwUMR .. LTUmrechnung air temperature f unnormalized Meßwerteausgabe xcwUMR .. _MUmrechnung quantities xcwUMR .. MfUmrechnung amounts of finely xcwUMR .. MoUmrechnung moments xcwUMR .. MDUmrechnung changeset xcwUMR .. _NUmrechnung speeds xcwUMR .. _8Umrechnung speeds 8 bits xcwUMR .. nDUmrechnung pressure f unnormalized measured value xcwUMR .. nLUmrechnung air mass f unnormalized measured value xcwUMR .. nWUmrechnung angle f unnormalized measured value xcwUMR .. _PUmrechnung accelerator pedal position xcwUMR .. _TUmrechnung temperatures xcwUMR .. UAUmrechnung voltages analog (= supply voltage) xcwUMR .. UDUmrechnung tensions digital xcwUMR .. _VUmrechnung speeds xcwUMR .. VBUmrechnung consumption xcwUMR .. _WUmrechnung angle for injection start xcwUMR .. WTUmrechnung water temperature f unnormalized measured value xcwUMR .. _YUmrechnung v to N xcwUMR .. _ZUmrechnung software timer


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page D-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

The following list includes all defined message numbers (hexadecimal), its conversion xcwUMR .. (see above) as well as their name and the quantization: PID NR Message conversion Quant. Name 0x0004

mrmCLV

xcdCARBM

0.01% Calculated load value

0x0005

anmWTF

xcdCARBT

0x000B

ldmP_Llin

xcdCARBD

0x000C

dzmNmit

xcdCARBN

0x000D

fgmFGAKT

xcdCARBV

0x000E

sbmPHIist

xcdCARBW

0x000F

anmLTF

xcdCARBT

0x0010

xcmM_List

xcdCARBL

0x0011

anmPWG

xcdCARBP

0x0021

xcmKmMILon

xcdCARBE

0x0E00

edmRSTCD

xcdUMR1

0x0E02

mrmN_LLBAS

xcdUMRN

0x0E7F

ehmFMVS

xcdUMRE

0.01% solenoid valve plate

0x0E80

ehmFARS

xcdUMRE

0.01% Abgasrueckfuehrsteller1

0x0E81

ehmFLD_DK

xcdUMRE

0.01% boost pressure / throttle actuator

0x0E82

ehmFLDK

xcdUMRE

0.01% Abgasrueckfuehrsteller2

0x0E87

ehmFGRS

xcdUMRE

0.01% Gluehrelaissteller

0x0E88

ehmFAR3

xcdUMRE

0.01% 3 EGR valve

0x0E8A

ehmFTAV

xcdUMRE

0.01% Tankabschaltventil

0x0E8F

ehmFZWP

xcdUMRE

0.01% lag pump

0x0E91

ehmFKLI0

xcdUMRE

0.01% climate control output 0

0x0E95

ehmFEAB

xcdUMRE

0.01% Electric cut-off

0x0E96

ehmFDIA

xcdUMRE

0.01% diagnostic lamp

0x0E98

ehmFGER

xcdUMRE

0.01% Elektroluefter

0x0E99

ehmFGSK1

xcdUMRE

0.01% Gluehstift1 (Kuehlwasserheizung)

0x0E9A

ehmFGSK2

xcdUMRE

0.01% Gluehstift2 (Kuehlwasserheizung)

0x0E9B

ehmFMIL

xcdUMRE

0.01% MIL lamp

0x0e9C

ehmFGSK3

xcdUMRE

0.01% 3 EGR valve

0.1 K water temperature 1 hPa load or intake manifold pressure FEEDBACK 1 1/min 0.1 km / h Current Speed FEEDBACK 0.01 ° CA injection start actual angle 0.1 K air temperature 27 783 Current air mass in FEEDBACK mg / sec. mg / s 0.01% analog value pedal sensor 1 km EOBD km Counter MIL on 1 - Restart Code 1 1/min desired idle speed


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page D-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

0x0E9D

ehmFHYL

xcdUMRE

0.01% Hydroluefter

0x0EAC ehmFTST

xcdUMRE

0.01% Kuehlmittelthermostat

0x0EAF

ehmSMVS

xcdUMR256

1 - Solenoid valve plate

0x0EB0

ehmSARS

xcdUMR256

1 - Abgasrueckfuehrsteller

0x0EB1

ehmSLD_DK

xcdUMR256

1 - charge pressure / throttle actuator

0x0EB2

ehmSLDK

xcdUMR256

1 - Throttle Actuator

0x0EB7

ehmSGRS

xcdUMR256

1 - Gluehrelaissteller

0x0EB8

ehmSAR3

xcdUMR256

1 - 3 EGR valve

0x0EB9

ehmSEKP

xcdUMR256

1 - EKP

0x0EBA ehmSTAV

xcdUMR256

1 - TAV

0x0EBD ehmSHYL

xcdUMR256

1 - Hydroluefter

0x0EBF

ehmSZWP

xcdUMR256

1 - Follow-up pump

0x0EC1

ehmSKLI0

xcdUMR256

1 - Climate Control output 0

0x0EC5

ehmSEAB

xcdUMR256

1 - Electric cut-off

0x0EC6

ehmSDIA

xcdUMR256

1 - Diagnostic Lamp

0x0EC8

ehmSGER

xcdUMR256

1 - Elektroluefter

0x0EC9

ehmSGSK1

xcdUMR256

1 - Gluehstift1 (Kuehlwasserheizung)

0x0ECA ehmSGSK2

xcdUMR256

1 - Gluehstift2 (Kuehlwasserheizung)

0x0ECB ehmSMIL

xcdUMR256

1 - MIL lamp

0x0ECF mrmM_EPUMP

xcdUMRM

0x0ED0

ehmFARSi

xcdUMRE

Inverted 12:01% ARS

0x0ED1

ehmFLD_DKi

xcdUMRE

Inverted 12:01% LDS

0x0ED2

ehmD_FARS

xcdUMRE

0:01% ARS

0x0ED3

ehmD_FMVS

xcdUMRE

0:01% MVS

0x0ED4

xcmD_F_ML1

xcdUMRE

0.01% ML1

0x0ED5

xcmD_F_ML2

xcdUMRE

0.01% ML2

0x0ED6

xcmD_F_MIL

xcdUMRE

0.01% MIL

0x0ED7

xcmD_F_AR2

xcdUMRE

0.01% AR2

0x0ED9

xcmD_F_EKP

xcdUMRE

0.01% EKP

0x0EE0

aroREG_2

xcdUMR1

1 - ARF-state regulation / control / Shutdown

0x0EE1

klmSTAT

xcdUMR1

1 - klms shutdown status

0x0EE2

klmSTAT

xcdUMR256

1 - klms shutdown status

12:01 M_E injection quantity before mg / H pump characteristic field


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page D-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

0x0EE4

kumNL_akt

xcdUMR1

1 - Kuehlerluefter trailing

0x0EE8

ehmFEKP

xcdUMRE

0x0EFA

ehmSTST

xcdUMR256

0x0F00

anmWTF

xcdUMRT

0.1 K water temperature

0x0F01

anmLTF

xcdUMRT

0.1 K air temperature

0x0F02

anmKTF

xcdUMRT

0.1 K fuel temperature

0x0F03

anmWTF

xcdUMRWT

0.1 K water temperature

0x0F04

anmLTF

xcdUMRLT

0.1 K air temperature

0x0F05

anmKTF

xcdUMRKT

0.1 K fuel temperature

0x0F06

anmWTK

xcdUMRT

0.1 K water temperature (at Kuehleraustritt)

0x0F07

anmOTF

xcdUMRT

0.1 K Oeltemperaturfuehler

0x0F08

fgmFGAKT

xcdUMRV

0.1 km / h Current Speed FEEDBACK

0x0F09

mrmFG_SOLL

xcdUMRV

0.1 km / h travel speed SETPOINT

0x0F0A

fgmBESCH

xcdUMRB

0x0F0B

fgm_VzuN

xcdUMRY

0x0F0C

mrmV_SOLHN

xcdUMRV

0.01 HGB: tracked km / h target speed

0x0F0D

mrmV_SOLEE

xcdUMRV

0.01 HGB: maximum speed km / h

0x0F0E

anmWTK

xcdUMRWT

0.1 K water temperature (at Kuehleraustritt)

0x0F0F

anmHZA

xcdUMRT

0.1 K heating requirement

0x0F10

dzmNmit

xcdUMRN

1 1/min

0x0F11

dzmN_SEK

xcdUMRN

1 1/min secondary speed

0x0F20

dsmUist_Ag

xcdUMRUD

1.221 mV Regelgroesse for the positioner (U_IST)

0x0F21

mrmUsoll

xcdUMRUD

1.221 mV U setpoint for DSR

0x0F22

mrmUso_UEB

xcdUMRUD

1.221 mV U setpoint of the monitoring

0x0F23

mrmU_Stop

xcdUMRUD

1,221 mV Uist stop stop Amount interlocking test

0x0F24

mrmU_Start

xcdUMRUD

1,221 mV Uist start stop Amount interlocking test

0x0F2D

armM_LBiT

xcdUMRL

0.01% Electric Fuel Pump 1 - Kuehlmittelthermostat

0.085 acceleration m/s² 1/25600 - Relations between running speed at N

0.1 Current air mass FEEDBACK


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page D-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mg / stroke 0x0F30

armM_List

xcdUMRL

0.1 Current air mass FEEDBACK mg / stroke

0x0F32

armM_Lsoll

xcdUMRL

0.1 Setpoint for ARF regulation mg / stroke

0x0F40

ldmP_Llin

xcdUMRD

1 hPa load or intake manifold pressure FEEDBACK

0x0F42

ldmP_Lsoll

xcdUMRD

1 hPa setpoint for ATL / DK (loader)

0x0F4A

ldmGLTV

xcdUMRE

0.01% balance charger

0x0F50

sbmPHIist

xcdUMRW

0.01 ° CA injection start actual angle

0x0F51

sbmPHImit

xcdUMRnW

0.01 ° CA injection start actual angle-FilteredMeans

0x0F52

sbmPHIsoll

xcdUMRW

0.01 ° CA injection start-target angular

0x0F54

sbmWTF

xcdUMRT

0x0F55

sbmPHIist

xcdUMRnW

0x0F60

anmPWG

xcdUMRP

0.01% analog value pedal sensor

0x0F61

anmLMM

xcdUMRP

0.01% analog value air flow sensor / HFM

0x0F62

anmLDF

xcdUMRD

1 hPa analog value Lade-/Saugrohrdruck

0x0F63

anmADF

xcdUMRD

1 hPa Atmosphaerendruck

0x0F65

anmUBATT

xcdUMRUA

20.372 battery voltage mV

0x0F67

armM_List

xcdUMRnL

0.01% analog value air flow sensor / HFM

0x0F68

anmADF

xcdUMRnD

1 hPa atmospheric pressure of analog value

0x0F6A

anmKMD

xcdUMRK

0x0F70

dimDIGpre1

xcdUMR1

1 - Digital_Eingaenge_entprellt

0x0F71

dimDIGpre1

xcdUMR256

1 - Digital_Eingaenge_entprellt high

0x0F72

dimDIGpre2

xcdUMR1

1 - Digital_Eingaenge_entprellt

0x0F73

dimDIGpre2

xcdUMR256

1 - Digital_Eingaenge_entprellt high

0x0F74

camSTATUS0

xcdUMR1

1 - CAN controller status

0x0F7F

mrmSTATUS

xcdUMR1

1 - Application Status

0x0F80

mrmM_EAKT

xcdUMRM

0.01 Current injection quantity mg / stroke

0x0F81

mrmM_EAG4

xcdUMRM

0.01 AG4 intervention amount mg / stroke

0x0F82

mrmM_ESTAR

xcdUMRM

0.01 starting quantity mg / stroke

0.1 K injection start water temperature 0.01 ° CA injection start actual angle

10 hPa Kaeltemitteldruck climate


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page D-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

0x0F83

mrmPWGfi

xcdUMRP

0.01% Filtered PWG position

0x0F84

mrmM_EPWG

xcdUMRM

0.01 Wunschmenge_PWG mg / stroke

0x0F85

mrmM_EFGR

xcdUMRM

0.01 Wunschmenge_FGR mg / stroke

0x0F86

mrmM_EWUNF xcdUMRM

0x0F87

mrmPWGPBM

xcdUMRP

0.01% PWG for AG4 rueckgerechnet

0x0F88

mrmFGR_roh

xcdUMRM

0.01 Wunschmenge_FGR_unbegrenzt mg / stroke

0x0F89

mrmM_EMSR

xcdUMRM

0.01 Desired quantity MSR mg / stroke

0x0F8A

mrmM_EBEGR

xcdUMRM

0.01 limit amount mg / stroke

0x0F8B

mrmM_EWUN

xcdUMRM

0.01 Wunschmenge_t_synchron mg / stroke

0x0F8C

mrmM_EMOT

xcdUMRM

0.01 Motor torque amount mg / stroke

0x0F8D

mrmM_ELLR

xcdUMRM

0.01 amount of idle controller mg / stroke

0x0F8E

mrmM_EKORR

xcdUMRM

0.01 correction amount FUEL mg / stroke

0x0F8F

mrmBM_ERAU

xcdUMRM

0.01 volume of smoke mg / stroke

0x0F90

anmPW2

xcdUMRUA

4,888 mV Power supply pedal sensor

0x0F91

anmLM2

xcdUMRUA

4,888 mV supply air flow sensor / HFM

0x0F92

anmLD2

xcdUMRUA

4,888 mV supply Lade-/Saugrohrdruck

0x0F93

anmU_REF

xcdUMRUA

4,888 mV analog value U_ref

0x0F94

gsmGS_Pha

xcdUMR1

1 - Gluehphasenanzeige

0x0F95

gsmGS_t_VG

xcdUMRZ

Preheating time 10 ms after IPO3

0x0F96

mrmBM_EMOM xcdUMRM

0.01 Torque limiting amount mg / stroke

0x0F97

mrmADR_SOL

xcdUMRN

1 1/min working setpoint speed

0x0F98

mrmADR_SAT

xcdUMR1

0x0F99

mrmADRPWG2 xcdUMRN

0x0F9A

mrmF_STA1

xcdUMR1

1 - FGR status 1

0x0F9B

mrmF_STA2

xcdUMR1

1 - FGR status 2

0.01 Wunschmenge_Fahrer mg / stroke

1 - state ADR 1 1/min Filtered speed value from PWG


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page D-8

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

0x0F9D

mrmKLI_LUE

xcdUMRP

0.01% of Luefterleistungvorgabe Air conditioning

0x0FA0

xcmSCHALT1

xcdUMR1

1 - Switch 1 (0: KLI, 3: LGS, 4: KIK, 6: erh.LL)

0x0FA1

xcmSCHALT2

xcdUMR1

1 - Switch 2 (0: BRE, 3: BRK, 6: KUP)

0x0FA2

xcmSCHALT3

xcdUMR1

1 - Switch 3 (0: BRE, 1: BRK, 2: KUP, 3: KIK, 4: KLI, 5: LGS, 6: erh.LL)

0x0FB0

mrmM_ELD2

xcdUMRMD

12:01 Changeset cyl. 1 to Cyl. 2 mg / H

0x0FB1

mrmM_ELD3

xcdUMRMD


0x0FB2

mrmM_ELD4

xcdUMRMD


0x0FB3

mrmM_ELD5

xcdUMRMD


0x0FB4

mrmM_ELD6

xcdUMRMD


0x0FB6

khmGENLAST

xcdUMRLA

0x0FB7

khmNORAB

xcdUMR1

1 - shutdown KWH

0x0FB8

khmRELAIS

xcdUMR1

1 - Schaltausgaenge

0x0FB9

mrmMFAVER

xcdUMRVB

0x0FBE

xcmFGG_GRA

xcdUMR1

0x0FBF

mrmVERB

xcdUMRVB

0x0FC4

nloNACHtr1

xcdUMR1

1 - Transitions for tracking control

0x0FC5

nloNACHtr1

xcdUMR256


0x0FC6

nloNACHtr2

xcdUMR1


0x0FC7

nloNACHtr2

xcdUMR256


0x0FC8

nloSTOPtr

xcdUMR1

1 - Transitions for actuator stop position adjust it

0x0FC9

nloSTABtr1

xcdUMR1

1 - Transitions for Voltage stabilizer test

0x0FCA nloSTABtr1

xcdUMR256


0x0FCB nloSTABtr2

xcdUMR1


0x0FCC nloSTABtr2

xcdUMR256

1 - Transitions for

0:01% generator load

Z * 3.63 zuheizerkorr. Fuel consumption ml / h 1 - FGG, GRA status Z * 3.63 fuel consumption ml / h


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page D-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Voltage stabilizer test 0x0FCD nloUEBMtr

xcdUMR1

1 - Transitions for Ueberwachungsmodultest

0x0FCE nloUEBMtr

xcdUMR256

1 - Transitions for Ueberwachungsmodultest

0x0FDA khmNORAB

xcdUMR256

1 - shutdown KWH

0x0FDB mrmF_STA3

xcdUMR1

1 - FGR status 3

0x0FDC xcmSCHALT4

xcdUMR1

1 - Switch 4 (0: BRE, 1: BRK, 2: KUP, 3: FGR / ACC)

0x0FDD xcmSCHALT5

xcdUMR1

1 - Switch 5 (0: ADP, 2: ADM, 3: HAN, 6: ADR, 7: ADW)

0x0FFA

xcoStatus

xcdUMR1

1 - immobilizer status

0x0FFB

xcoStatus

xcdUMR256

1 - immobilizer status

0x0FFC

camRCSTAT0

xcdUMR1

1 - message status

0x0FFD

camRCSTAT0

xcdUMR256

1 - message status

0x0FFE

mrmPWGPBI

xcdUMRP

0x1001

fbmRDYNES

xcdUMR1

1 - Readinesszaehler LB

0x1002

fbmRDYNES

xcdUMR256

1 - Readinesszaehler HB

0x1003

fbmRyBits

xcdUMR1

1 - Readiness indicator bits

0x1006

xcmRdBits

xcdUMR1

Status Readiness COM/FUE/MIS/CAT/EGR/-/-/-

0x1007

xcmOBD_ANZ

xcdUMR1

Number of OBD-related defect

0x100A

fbmCPID1AB

xcdUMR256

1 - CARB Mode 01 PID 01 Data A

0x100B

fbmCPID1AB

xcdUMR1

1 - CARB Mode 01 PID 01 C Data

0x100C

fbmCPID1CD

xcdUMR256

1 - CARB Mode 01 PID 01 Data B

0x100D

fbmCPID1CD

xcdUMR1

1 - CARB Mode 01 PID 01 D Data

0x1200

edmSperre

xcdUMR1

0x1F0A

dimKLI

xcdUMR1

0x1F28

anmSTF

xcdUMRT

0x1F88

mroM_EASR

xcdUMRM

1 - ASR intervention moment

0x2050

mrmLDFUAGL

xcdUMRD

0.01% adjustment value SU-monitoring

0x2051

mrmLDFUaus

xcdUMR1

1 - Status Saugrohrunterdruckerkenn.

0x2052

mroLDFASTA

xcdUMR1

1 - Status LDF ADF balance

0x2211

mrmMD_FAHR

xcdUMRMo

0.01% PWG with consideration Property Status

0.01 Login Sperrenzaehler mg / stroke 1 hPa air input Intake manifold

10 ms driving moment


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

Page D-10

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

0x2212

mrmMD_Reib

xcdUMRMo

0.01 friction torque mg / stroke

0x2214

mroMD_GEN

xcdUMRMo

1 - calculated Generator torque loss

0x2215

mroMD_KLI

xcdUMRMo

1 - compressor load torque

0x2216

mroMD_MOT

xcdUMRMo

1 - Engine torque loss (excluding Klimakompr. and gen.)

0x3F60

mrmPWG_lwo

xcdUMRP

Leerlaufwegoptimiert pedal sensor - 1

0x4000

mrmASG_roh

xcdUMR1

0.1 K ASG raw Wunschdrehz. low Byte

0x4001

mrmASG_roh

xcdUMR256

0:01 ASG raw Wunschdrehz. high mg / H byte

0x4002

mrmASG_tsy

xcdUMRZ

0:01 ASG synchronization time mg / H

0x4003

mrmM_EASG

xcdUMRM

0:01 ASG desired quantity mg / H

0x4004

mrmASGSTAT

xcdUMR1

0:01 ASG status low byte mg / H

0x4005

mrmASGSTAT

xcdUMR256

0:01 ASG status high byte mg / H

0x4010

simOEL_BEL

xcdUMR1

12:01 Oelbelastung low byte mg / H

0x4011

simOEL_BEL

xcdUMR256

0x4012

anmOTF_VOR

xcdUMRT

0xA100

mroM_ELA1

xcdUMRMD

1 - absolute amount LRR cylinder 1

0xA101

mroM_ELA2

xcdUMRMD


0xA102

mroM_ELA3

xcdUMRMD


0xA103

mroM_ELA4

xcdUMRMD


0xA104

mroM_ELA5

xcdUMRMD


0xA105

mroM_ELA6

xcdUMRMD


0xA10B

mrmM_EEGS

xcdUMRM

1 - EGS amount

0xA10D

anmUTF

xcdUMRT

1 - ambient temperature

0xA10F

camSTATUS0

xcdUMR256

0xA120

comVAR_FZG

xcdUMR1

0xA202

edmMACHSUL

xcdUMR1

0.01 Oelbelastung high byte mg / stroke 0.1 K surrogate value oil temperature

0.1 CAN suppression mg / stroke 1 Variant UTF Message 1 1/min master checksum low word


DS / ESA


19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page D-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

0xA203

edmMACHSUH xcdUMR1

1 1/min master checksum high-Word

0xA20F

edoKMZ_STA

xcdUMR1

0xA210

edoKMZ_L

xcdUMR1

0xA211

edoKMZ_L

xcdUMR256

1 - low word high byte km level

0xA212

edoKMZ_H

xcdUMR1

1 - high word low byte km level

0xA213

edoKMZ_H

xcdUMR256

1 - High-level Word km high byte

0xDEE0 fboO_00

xcdUMR1

1 - Defective paths 1 to 16

0xDEE1 fboO_00

xcdUMR256

1 - Defective paths 9-16

0xDEE2 fboO_02

xcdUMR1


0xDEE3 fboO_02

xcdUMR256


0xDEE4 fboO_04

xcdUMR1


0xDEE5 fboO_04

xcdUMR256


0xDEE6 fboO_06

xcdUMR1


0xDEE7 fboO_06

xcdUMR256


0xDEE8 fboO_08

xcdUMR1


0xDEE9 fboO_08

xcdUMR256


0xDEEA fboO_10

xcdUMR1

1 - Defective paths 81-96

0xDF0E aroIST_5

xcdUMRL

0.1 M_L after conversion and mg / stroke normalization

0xE4E5

mrmT_SOLEE

xcdUMR1

0xE4E6

mrmADR_Neo

xcdUMRN

1 1/min upper Einschaltschw. (N) var ADR

0xE4E7

mrmADR_Nfe

xcdUMRN

1 1/min fixed operating speed

0xE4E8

mrmCAN_KLI

xcdUMR1

0xE4F0

anmRME

xcdUMRP

0xE528

armM_Lber

xcdUMRL

1 - Status km level 0.01% Low word km level low byte

1 ADR: Acceleration time

1 - Status air conditioning over CAN 0.01% analog value RME sensor 0.1 calculated air mass mg / stroke


19 April 2002


DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

Error

F.Ort F.Art

Monitored conditions

Appendix E List of error codes fboSABS

CAN bus fails. Message from ABS-SG fbbEASR_Q 468923RB: message timeout brake1 or Botschaftsinkonsistenz brake1 VAG: Data bus drive missing message from ABS-SG fbbEAS3_Q RB:?? message timeout Bremse3 or Botschaftsinkonsistenz Bremse3 VAG: Data bus drive missing message from ABS-SG fbbEMSR_P 468923RB: MSR functionally implausible VAG: Data bus drive missing message from ABS-SG fbbEMSR_H 475523RB: Open / short circuit to ground VAG: Data bus drive Implausible message from ABS-SG

fboSACC

Cruise controller via CAN fbbEACC_A RB:?? General plausibility error VAG:? fbbEACC_P RB:?? Implausible torque demand VAG:? fbbEACC_B RB:?? message count error VAG:? fbbEACC_Q RB:?? CAN error (timeout, Inkons.) VAG:? fbbEACC_F RB:?? error identification via CAN VAG:? fbbEACC_D RB:?? ADR defective CAN VAG:? fbbEACC_C RB:?? checksum error VAG:? fbbEACC_V RB:?? requirement under V threshold VAG:?

fboSADF

Altitude sensor fbbEADF_L

4583

23

fbbEADF_H

4583

23

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

Open / short circuit to ground Control unit defective Short circuit to positive Control unit defective


19 April 2002

List of error codes

DS / EAS

Page E-2

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

Error

F.Ort F.Art


fboSARF

Exhaust gas recirculation control difference fbbEARSpR 459323RB: pos. Deviation VAG: exhaust gas recirculation system Control difference fbbEARSnR 459323RB: neg control deviation VAG: exhaust gas recirculation system Control difference

fboSAR1

Exhaust gas recirculation - N18 fbbEAR1_K 459223RB: Short circuit to positive VAG: Exhaust gas recirculation-N18 Short circuit to positive fbbEAR1_O 45B9 23RB: Open / short circuit to ground VAG: Exhaust gas recirculation-N18 Open / short circuit to ground

fboSAR2

Change-over valve for intake manifold - N239 fbbELDK_K 05021CRB: Short circuit of the output stage VAG: Short circuit to positive fbbELDK_O 05021FRB: power amp at idle VAG: Open / short circuit to ground


DS / EAS

List of error codes

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

Error

F.Ort F.Art


fboSASG

Automatic Transmission fbbEASG_L 467223RB: Transfer function SRC VAG: Data bus drive missing message from gearbox SG fbbEASG_M RB:?? EGS coding in no MSG OK VAG:? fbbEASG_G 467223RB: Gang plausibility VAG: Data bus drive missing message from gearbox SG fbbEASG_H 467223RB: exceeded moment integral VAG: Data bus drive missing message from gearbox SG fbbEASG_Q 467223RB: message timeout gear 2 or Botschaftsinkonsistenz gear 2 VAG: Data bus drive missing message from gearbox SG fbbEASG_P 467223RB: plausibility with coupling VAG: Data bus drive missing message from gearbox SG fbbEASG_S RB:?? group error transmission error VAG:? fbbEASG_U 467223RB: Transfer function implausible VAG: Data bus drive missing message from gearbox SG

fboSBSG

CAN data network control unit fbbEBSG_Q 466423RB: message timeout VAG: engine control unit incorrectly coded

fboSCRA

Crash detection fbbECRA_A 4682

23

fbbECRA_B

4682

23

fbbECRA_P

4682

23

fbbECRA_Q

4682

23

RB: Crash-threshold GRA shutdown VAG: Please fault memory of the Read airbag SG RB: Crash-threshold fuel cut VAG: Please fault memory of the Read airbag SG RB: Implausible PWM signal VAG: Please fault memory of the Read airbag SG RB: message timeout VAG: Please fault memory of the Read airbag SG


19 April 2002

List of error codes

DS / EAS

Page E-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

fboSCVT

fboSDZG

fboSEP1

Error

F.Ort F.Art

CVT fbbECVT_L 46EA

23

fbbECVT_H

46EA

23

fbbECVT_Q

46EA

23


RB: Speed too small VAG: Power supply for solenoid valves electr. Fault in the circuit RB: Speed too large VAG: Power supply for solenoid valves electr. Fault in the circuit RB: Timeout VAG: Power supply for solenoid valves electr. Fault in the circuit

Encoder for motor speed - G28 fbbEDZG_U

0000

23

fbbEDZG_L

0000

23

fbbEDZG_D

4141

23

fbbEDZG_S

4142

23

Control unit incorrectly coded fbbEEEP_V466423 fbbEEEP_F

0414

09

RB:Overspeed VAG: No display RB:Plausibility with boost pressure sensor VAG: No display RB:Dynamic plausibility VAG: Encoder for motor speed - G28 Implausible signal RB: Static plausibility VAG: Encoder Engine speed - G28 no signal

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

Bad record version Engine control unit incorrectly coded GRA and speedometer to default Adaptation limit exceeded


DS / EAS

List of error codes

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

Error

boSEXM

CAN bus fails. Message from the gearbox SG fbbEEGS_A RB:?? message failure ASG VAG:? fbbEECO_L 022123RB: ECOMATIC switching signal message VAG: No display fbbEASG_I RB:?? inconsistency Getriebe2 Embassy VAG:? fbbEEGS_F RB:?? clutch failure from the gear-SG VAG:? fbbEAG4_L 470D 23RB: AG4 switching signal timeout VAG: signal for torque reduction Open / short circuit to ground fbbEEGS_1467223RB: message timeout gearbox1 or Botschaftsinkonsistenz gearbox1 VAG: Data bus drive missing message from gearbox SG fbbEASG_D RB:?? rpm threshold mrwASGnmax exceeded during ASG-intervention VAG:?

fboSEMI

Fault lamp (MIL Request) fbbEMIL_L466623

fbbEMIL_H

fboSFGA

F.Ort F.Art

4666

23

CCS switch - E45 fbbEFGA_X 029F 19 fbbEFGA_P

029F

19

fbbEADRnR

029F

11

fbbEADRpR

029F

11

fbbEFGA_A

029F

19

fbbEFGA_F

029F

19


RB: Open / short circuit to ground VAG: request error lamp Implausible signal RB: Short circuit to positive VAG: request error lamp Implausible signal

RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

LT2 2 contacts active undefined switch state LT2 no Vorschaltkontakt undefined switch state ADR neg deviation Control difference ADR pos. Deviation Control difference LT2 only Vorschaltkontakt undefined switch state Plausibility FRG_L undefined switch state


19 April 2002

List of error codes

DS / EAS

Page E-6

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

Error

F.Ort F.Art


fboSFGC

Cruise controller via CAN fbbEFGC_B RB:?? message count error VAG:? fbbEFGC_C RB:?? checksum error VAG:? fbbEFGC_Q RB:?? CAN error (timeout, Inkons.) VAG:? fbbEFGC_P RB:?? FGL implausible digital / CAN VAG:? fbbEFGC_S RB:?? coding does not match VAG:? fbbEFGC_Y RB:?? CAN error (timeout, Inkons.) VAG:?

fboSFGG

Speed signal fbbEFGG_H 461C 23

fbbEFGG_F

461C

23

fbbEFGG_Q

41F5

23

fbbEFGG_S

41F5

23

fbbEFGG_C

41F5

23

fbbEFGG_P

41F5

23

RB: Signal range VAG: Vehicle speed signal Signal too large RB: Frequency Range VAG: Vehicle speed signal Signal too large RB: FGG CAN: Embassy timeout VAG: Vehicle speed signal Implausible signal RB: FGG high level duration implausible VAG: Vehicle speed signal Implausible signal RB: FGG CAN: Error ID VAG: Vehicle speed signal Implausible signal RB: Plausibility speed and amount VAG: Vehicle speed signal Implausible signal


DS / EAS

List of error codes

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

fboSGRS

fboSGZS

fboSHZA

Error

F.Ort F.Art

Glow plug relay - J52 fbbEGRS_K 466A 23

fbbEGRS_O

466B

23

fbbEGZS_C

?

?

fbbEGZS_I

?

?

Glühkerzenüberwachung fbbEGSK_1?? fbbEGSK_2

?

?

fbbEGSK_3

?

?

fbbEGSK_4

?

?

fbbEGSK_5

?

?

fbbEGSK_6

?

?

fbbEGZS_H

?

?

fbbEGZS_P

?

?

Heating requirement fbbEHZA_L?? fbbEHZA_H

?

?


RB: Open / short circuit to ground VAG: Glow plug relay - J52 Short circuit to positive RB: Short circuit to positive VAG: Glow plug relay - J52 Open / short circuit to ground RB: coding word MSG = GZS! VAG:? RB: Short circuit to positive / earth VAG:?

RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

1 glow plug is defective ? 2 glow plug is defective ? 3 glow plug is defective ? 4 glow plug is defective ? 5 glow plug is defective ? 6 glow plug is defective ? Overcurrent on any GSK ? Transmission errors ?

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

Open / short circuit to ground ? Short circuit to positive ?


19 April 2002

List of error codes

DS / EAS

Page E-8

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path fboSIMM

Error

F.Ort F.Art

Engine control unit blocked fbbEIMM_F 463A 23 fbbEIMM_C

463A

23

fbbEIMM_P

463A

23

fbbEIMM_V

463A

23


RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

Immobilizer Engine control unit blocked Immobilizer Engine control unit blocked Immobilizer Engine control unit blocked Immobilizer Engine control unit blocked

fboSKBI

CAN bus fails. Message from the Combined fbbEKO1_Q 468823RB: message timeout Kombi 1 or Botschaftsinkonsistenz Kombi 1 VAG: Data bus drive defective fbbEKO2_Q 468A 23RB: message timeout Combination 2 or Botschaftsinkonsistenz Combination 2 VAG: Data bus drive missing message from instrument cluster fbbEKO2_W 468A 23RB: WTF about 2 Combined error VAG: Data bus drive missing message from instrument cluster

fboSKIK

Kickdown switch fbbEKIK_A467A

fboSKW2

23

RB: plausibility with PWG VAG: sender 2 for throttle position - G185 Signal too large

Load signal generator terminal DF fbbEKWH_L 045D 1BRB: generator load 0% VAG: Implausible signal


DS / EAS

List of error codes

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

Error

F.Ort F.Art


fboSLDF

Intake manifold pressure sender - G71 FbbELDF_L 449C 23RB: Open / short circuit to ground VAG: intake manifold pressure sender - G71 Open / short circuit to ground FbbELDF_H 449b 23RB: Short circuit to positive VAG: intake manifold pressure sender - G71 Short circuit to positive fbbELD2_L449D 23RB: Power supply too small VAG: intake manifold pressure sender - G71 Supply voltage fbbELD2_H449D 23RB: Power supply to large VAG: intake manifold pressure sender - G71 Supply voltage fbbELDF_P449E 23RB: plausibility with ADF VAG: intake manifold pressure sender - G71 Implausible signal

fboSLD1

Intake manifold pressure fbbELDSpR4626

23

fbbELDSnR

23

fboSLDK

fboSLDS

4626

RB: pos. Deviation VAG: boost pressure Control difference RB: neg control deviation VAG: boost pressure Control difference

Exhaust gas recirculation - N18 fbbELDK_S 050323RB: VAG: fbbELDK_D 050323RB: VAG:

Damper status line defective No display Control valve defective No display

Solenoid valve for charge pressure control - M76 fbbELDS_K 462223RB: Open / short circuit to ground VAG: solenoid valve for boost pressure control Short circuit to positive fbbELDS_O 462523RB: Short circuit to positive VAG: solenoid valve for boost pressure control Open / short circuit to ground


19 April 2002

List of error codes

DS / EAS

Page E-10

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

boSLMM

Error

F.Ort F.Art

Air flow sensor - G70 fbbELMM_L 449 023

fbbELMM_H 4491

23

fbbELM2_L

4492

23

fbbELM2_H

4492

23

fbbELM5_L

4490

23

fbbELM5_H

4491

23

fbbELM5_P

4065

23


RB: Open / short circuit to ground VAG: air mass meter - G70 Open / short circuit to ground RB: Short circuit to positive VAG: air mass meter - G70 Short circuit to positive RB: Power supply too small VAG: air mass meter - G70 Supply voltage RB: Power supply to large VAG: air mass meter - G70 Supply voltage RB: Open / short circuit to ground VAG: air mass meter - G70 Open / short circuit to ground RB: Short circuit to positive VAG: air mass meter - G70 Short circuit to positive RB: plausibility at speed VAG: air mass meter - G70 implausible control value

boSHFM

Air mass meter HFM plausibility - G70 fbbEHFM_L RB:?? HFM-sensitivity drift low VAG:? fbbEHFM_H RB:?? HFM-sensitivity drift high VAG:?

fboSLTF

Intake manifold temperature sender - G42 fbbELTF_L44A0 23RB: Open / short circuit to ground VAG: Encoder for Saugrohrtemp - G72. Short circuit to ground fbbELTF_H44A1 23RB: Short circuit to positive VAG: Encoder for Saugrohrtemp - G72. Open / short circuit to positive


DS / EAS

List of error codes

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

Error

F.Ort F.Art

boSPWG

Accelerator position sender - G79 fbbEPWG_L 467623RB: Open / short circuit to ground VAG: accelerator position sender - G79 Signal too low fbbEPWG_H 467723RB: Short circuit to positive VAG: accelerator position sender - G79 Signal too large fbbEPW2_L 467823RB: Power supply too small VAG: accelerator position sender - G79 Supply voltage fbbEPW2_H 467823RB: Power supply to large VAG: accelerator position sender - G79 Supply voltage fbbEPWP_L 000023RB: Plausibility empty gas switch VAG: No display fbbEPWP_P 000023RB: Plausibility potentiometer VAG: No display fbbEPWP_B 000023RB: Security event plausibility potentiometer VAG: No display fbbEPWP_A 467F 23RB: Plausibility General VAG: Encoder ½ accelerator position-G79 + G185 Implausible signal

fboSPGS

redundant pedal sensor fbbEPGS_L467923

fbbEPGS_H

467A

23

fbbEFPG2_L

4678

23

fbbEPG2_H

4678

23


RB: red. Pedal position sensor SRC low VAG: sender 2 for throttle position - G185 Signal too low RB: red. Pedal position sensor SRC high VAG: sender 2 for throttle position - G185 Signal too large RB: power red. PWG SRC low VAG: sender 2 for throttle position - G185 Supply voltage RB: power red. PWG SRC high VAG: sender 2 for throttle position - G185 Supply voltage


19 April 2002

List of error codes

DS / EAS

Page E-12

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

fboSTAD

Error

F.Ort F.Art

ADC fbbETAD_L 425E

23

fbbETAD_H

425E

23

fbbETAD_D

425E

23

fbbETAD_T

425E

23

fboSTHS

Coolant Temperature fbbETHS_L RB:?? Faulty Thermostat VAG:?

boSWTK

Coolant Temperature fbbEWTK_L RB??: VAG: fbbEWTK_H RB??: VAG:

fboSWTF

fboSAR3



Reference voltage SRC low Control unit defective Reference voltage SRC high Control unit defective Ramzellenüberwachung Control unit defective Empty gas test pulse error Control unit defective


Coolant Temperature - G82 fbbEWTF_L 44FF 23RB: Open / short circuit to ground VAG: sender Coolant temp. - G62 Short circuit to ground fbbEWTF_H 44FE 23RB: Short circuit to positive VAG: sender Coolant temp. - G62 Short circuit to positive fbbEWTF_S 407423RB: Operating VAG: sender Coolant temp. - G62 Implausible signal fbbEWTF_D 407423RB: Dynamic plausibility VAG: sender Coolant temp. - G62 Implausible signal

Exhaust gas recirculation fbbEAR3_K?? Short circuit to positive fbbEAR3_O?? Open / short circuit to ground


DS / EAS

List of error codes

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path fboSAUZ

fboSBRE

fboSCAN

fboSDIA

Error

F.Ort F.Art


Recognized combustion misfires fbbEAUZ_M 412C 23RB: VAG: fbbEAUZ_1412D 23RB: VAG: fbbEAUZ_2412F 23RB: VAG: fbbEAUZ_3413023RB: VAG: fbbEAUZ_4412E 23RB: VAG: fbbEAUZ_5413123RB: VAG: fbbEAUZ_6413223RB: VAG:

Brake pedal monitoring fbbEBRE_L 02E5 1D

Misfire multiple cylinders No display Misfiring cylinder 1 No display Misfiring cylinders 2 No display Misfire cylinder 3 No display Misfiring cylinder 4 No display Misfire cylinder 5 No display Misfiring cylinders 6 No display

RB:

Open / short circuit to ground Short circuit to positive

fbbEBRE_H

02E5

1C

RB:

fbbEBRE_P

02E5

1B

RB: Plausibility brake VAG: Implausible signal

23

RB: VAG: RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

Data cable broken fbbECA0_O 4688 fbbECA0_W

4756

23

fbbECA0_S

4777

23

Glow period warning lamp fbbEDIA_K466823RB: VAG: fbbEDIA_O466823RB: VAG: fbbEDIA_P466823RB: VAG:

CAN communication No display CAN communication No display CAN communication No error type detected

Open / short circuit to ground No display Short circuit to positive No display Implausible signal No display


19 April 2002

List of error codes

DS / EAS

Page E-14

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

fboSEAB

Error

Fuel cut fbbEEAB_K 461923 fbbEEAB_P

fboSEEP

fboSEKP

fboSGER

23

23

fbbECA0_D

425D

23

fbbEEEP_K

4680

23

Electric Fuel Pump fbbEEKP_K23 fbbEEKP_O

23

Electric fan fbbEGER_K 0404

1C 0404

1F

Encoder for regulating slide fbbEHDK_L 456 223 fbbEHDK_H

fboSHDK

461A

Control unit defective fbbEEEP_C4680

fbbEGER_O

fboSHD1

F.Ort F.Art

4562

23


RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

Stage defective No display Test at startup No display


U_IST balance No display CAN module defective No display EEPROM communication No display

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

Short circuit of the output stage Short circuit to positive Output stage idle Open / short circuit to ground

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:


RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

Open / short circuit to ground No display Short circuit to positive No display

Quantity adjuster (Regelweggeber) fbbEHDK_O 463223RB: VAG: fbbEHDK_U 463223RB: VAG:

Start stop No display Stop stop No display


DS / EAS

List of error codes

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-15

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

Error

boSHRL

Board voltage KL 30 fbbEHRL_S029C 1B

fboSHYL

fboSK15

F.Ort F.Art


RB: Deactivation of EDC VAG: Implausible signal

Hydraulic fan fbbEHYL_K

?

?

fbbEHYL_O

?

?

Supply voltage fbbEK15_P465823

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

Short circuit of the output stage ? Output stage idle ?

RB: Plausibility VAG: No display

fboSKLI

Engine / Klimak. - Shutdown electr. Connection fbbEKLI_K049C 1CRB: Short circuit of the output stage VAG: Short circuit to positive fbbEKLI_O049C 1FRB: power amp at idle VAG: Open / short circuit to ground fbbEKLI_Q RB:?? message timeout or Botschaftsinkonsistenz Clima1 VAG:?

boSKMD

Refrigerant pressure sensor fbbEKMD_L?? fbbEKMD_H?

fboSKNT

?

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:


Controller gate array monitoring fbbEKNT_H 425D 23RB: gate array hardware defect VAG: No display fbbEKNT_U 425D 23RB: Error switching to edge operation VAG: No display


19 April 2002

List of error codes

DS / EAS

Page E-16

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

fboSKTF

fboSKW1

Error

fboSMIL

04AA

23

Low heat output relay fbbEGK1_K 04A9 1C 04A9

1F

Quantity adjuster fbbEMEN_W 4631

23

fbbEMEP_W

4631

23

fbbEMEP_K

4631

23

fbbEMEN_K

4631

23

Fault lamp (MIL) fbbEMIL_K46B5 fbbEMIL_O

fboSMVS


Open / short circuit to ground No display Short circuit to positive No display Dynamic plausibility No display

High heat output relay fbbEGK2_K 04AA 23

fbbEGK1_O

fboSMES

F.Art

Donors for fuel temperature fbbEKTF_L44A2 23RB: VAG: fbbEKTF_H 44A3 23RB: VAG: fbbEKTF_P44A4 23RB: VAG:

fbbEGK2_O

boSKWH

cc

23 46B6

23

Valve for start of injection fbbEMVS_K 44FB 23 fbbEMVS_O

44FC

23

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

Short circuit of the output stage No display Output stage idle No display

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:



neg deviation / signal box hot No display pos. Deviation / signal box hot No display pos. Deviation / interlocking cold No display neg deviation / interlocking cold No display

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:


RB: VAG: RB: VAG:



DS / EAS

List of error codes

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-17

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

fboSNBF

Error

Needle lift sender fbbENBF_L44F5 fbbENBF_H

fboSNLF

fboSOTF

fboSRUC

fboSSEK

cc

44F7

F.Art


23

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:



Voltage stabilizer monitoring No display Voltage stabilizer monitoring No display Gate array monitoring module No display


Open / short circuit to ground No display Short circuit to positive No display OTF inaccurate CAN error or No display OTF via CAN error No display

23

Monitoring follow-up test fbbESTB_U 425D 23 fbbESTB_O

425D

23

fbbERUC_W

425D

23

Oil temperature sensor fbbEOTF_L40C5

23

fbbEOTF_H

40C6

23

fbbEOTF_S

40C5

23

fbbEOTF_P

40C5

23

Monitoring microcontroller fbbERUC_R 425D 23RB: VAG: fbbERUC_S 425D 23RB: VAG: fbbERUC_U 425D 23RB: VAG: fbbERUC_K 425D 23RB: VAG:

Needle lift sender fbbESEK_U 44F6

not detected error type No display Redundant thrust monitoring No display Monitoring module No display not detected error type No display

23

fbbESEK_D

44F6

23

fbbESEK_S

44F6

23


Overspeed No display Dynamic plausibility No display Static plausibility No display


19 April 2002

List of error codes

DS / EAS

Page E-18

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path fboSSBR

Error

fboSTST

fbbETAV_O

23

fboSZWP

?

Coolant thermostat fbbETST_K000023 0000

23

Board voltage KL 30 fbbEUBT_L 000023 0000

23

Reference voltage (2.5V) fbbEURF_L 425D 23 fbbEURF_H

fboSUTF

23

23

fbbEUBT_H

fboSURF

44F8

Tankabschaltventil fbbETAV_K?

fbbETST_O

fboSUBT

F.Art

Injection start control fbbESBRpR 44F823 fbbESBRnR

fboSTAV

cc

425D

23

Ambient temperature sensor fbbEUTF_P02731B fbbEUTF_H

??

?

fbbEUTF_L

??

?

Lag pump fbbEZWP_K? fbbEZWP_O

? ?

?


RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

pos. Deviation No display neg deviation No display

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:


RB: VAG: RB: VAG:


RB: VAG: RB: VAG:


RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

Reference voltage is too low No display Reference voltage too high No display

RB: UTF a data telegram VAG: Implausible signal RB: Open / short circuit to ground VAG:? RB: Short circuit to positive VAG:?

RB: VAG: RB: VAG:

Short circuit of the output stage ? Output stage idle ?


DS / EAS

List of error codes

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-19

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Error path

Error

cc

F.Art

fboSRME

RME-sensor fbbERME_L

?

?

fbbERME_H

?

?


RB: VAG: RB: VAG:



19 April 2002

List of error codes

DS / EAS

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page F-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Appendix F List of error bits PfadOL fboS_00 D860

fboS_02 D862

FehlOL D800 D801 D802 D803 D804 D805 D806 D807 D808 D809 D80A D80B D80C D80D D80E D80F D810 D811 D812 D813 D814 D815 D816 D817 D818 D819 D81A D81B D81C D81D D81E D81F

PfadNr 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

Pathname fboSRUC fboSDZG fboSABS fboSADF fboSARF fboSAR1 fboSAR2 fboSLDK fboSASG fboSBRE fboSCAN fboSEEP fboSEP1 fboSEXM fboSFGA fboSFGC fboSHUN fboSFGG fboSGER fboSGRS fboSGZS fboSHRL fboSHYL fboSIMM fboSK15 fboSKBI fboSKLI fboSKTF fboSKWH fboSKW2 fboSLDF fboSLDP

80h/Bit7 fbbERUC_K fbbEMSR_P fbbELDK_D fbbEASG_U fbbEBRE_P fbbEEGS_A fbbEFGA_F fbbEFGC_P fbbENIV_P fbbEFGG_P fbbEGZS_I fbbEGZS_P fbbEK15_P fbbEKTF_P fbbEKWH_M fbbELDF_P

40h/Bit6 fbbERUC_U fbbEDZG_S fbbEAS3_Q fbbEASG_P fbbEBRE_I fbbEECO_L fbbEFGA_A fbbEFGC_Y fbbEALR_Q fbbEFGG_C fbbEGZS_C fbbEGZS_H fbbEKWH_L -

20h/Bit5 fbbERUC_A fbbEDZG_D fbbEARSnR fbbELDK_S fbbEASG_G fbbEASG_I fbbEADRnR fbbEFGC_B fbbENIV_B fbbEFGG_S fbbEGER_2 fbbEGSK_6 fbbEKO1_Q fbbEKLI_Q -

10h/Bit4 fbbERUC_S fbbEDZG_L fbbEASR_Q fbbEARSpR fbbEASG_Q fbbECA0_S fbbEEEP_K fbbEEGS_F fbbEADRpR fbbEFGC_Q fbbENIV_Q fbbEFGG_Q fbbEGER_1 fbbEGSK_5 fbbEKO2_Q -

08h/Bit3 fbbEAR1_O fbbEAR2_O fbbEASG_M fbbEEEP_F fbbEAG4_L fbbEFGA_P fbbEFGG_F fbbEGER_O fbbEGRS_O fbbEGSK_4 fbbEHYL_O fbbEIMM_V fbbEKLI_O fbbEGK1_O fbbELD2_H -

04h/Bit2 fbbEAR1_K fbbEAR2_K fbbEASG_S fbbECAN_D fbbEEEP_V fbbEEGS_1 fbbEFGA_X fbbEGER_K fbbEGRS_K fbbEGSK_3 fbbEHYL_K fbbEIMM_P fbbEKLI_K fbbEGK1_K fbbELD2_L -

02h/Bit1 fbbEDZG_U fbbEMSR_H fbbEADF_H fbbEASG_H fbbEBRE_H fbbECA0_W fbbEEEP_A fbbEASG_D fbbEFGC_C fbbENIV_C fbbEFGG_H fbbEGSK_2 fbbEHRL_S fbbEIMM_C fbbEKTF_H fbbELDF_H -

01h/Bit0 fbbERUC_R fbbEADF_L fbbEASG_L fbbEBRE_L fbbECA0_O fbbEEEP_C fbbEFGC_S fbbEGSK_1 fbbEIMM_F fbbEKTF_L fbbELDF_L -


DS / ESA

List of error bits

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page F-2

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

PfadOL fboS_04 D864

fboS_06 D866

FehlOL D820 D821 D822 D823 D824 D825 D826 D827 D828 D829 D82A D82B D82C D82D D82E D82F D830 D831 D832 D833 D834 D835 D836 D837 D838 D839 D83A D83B D83C D83D D83E D83F

PfadNr 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63

Pathname fboSLD1 fboSLDS fboSLMM fboSHFM fboSLTF fboSSTF fboSOTF fboSPWG fboSPGS fboSTAD fboSTST fboSWTF fboSTHS fboSWTK fboSHZA fboSUTF fboSKIK fboSCRA fboSBSG fboSDIA fboSCVT fboSACC fboSKMD fboSMIL fboSNBF fboSSEK fboSSBR fboSIWZ fboSUBT fboSURF fboSMVS fboSEAB

80h/Bit7 fbbEPWP_A fbbEWTF_D fbbEUTF_P fbbEKIK_A fbbECRA_Q fbbEDIA_P fbbEACC_A fbbEMIL_M fbbEEAB_P

40h/Bit6 fbbELM5_P fbbEOTF_S fbbEPWP_B fbbEWTF_S fbbEUTF_S fbbECRA_P fbbECVT_Q fbbEACC_P fbbESEK_S fbbEDZG_I -

20h/Bit5 fbbELDSnR fbbELM5_H fbbEOTF_N fbbEPWP_P fbbETAD_T fbbEWTF_N fbbEUTF_N fbbECRA_B fbbEACC_B fbbESEK_D fbbESBRnR -

10h/Bit4 fbbELDSpR fbbELM5_L fbbEOTF_U fbbEPWP_L fbbETAD_D fbbEWTF_U fbbEUTF_U fbbECRA_A fbbEBSG_Q fbbEACC_Q fbbESBRpR -

08h/Bit3 fbbELDS_O fbbELM2_H fbbEHFM_H fbbEPW2_H fbbEPG2_H fbbETST_O fbbECRA_Z fbbEDIA_O fbbEACC_F fbbEMIL_O fbbEMVS_O -

04h/Bit2 fbbELDS_K fbbELM2_L fbbEHFM_L fbbEPW2_L fbbEPG2_L fbbETST_K fbbEWTF_B fbbECRA_C fbbEDIA_K fbbEACC_D fbbEMIL_K fbbEMVS_K fbbEEAB_K

02h/Bit1 fbbELMM_H fbbELTF_H fbbESTF_H fbbEOTF_H fbbEPWG_H fbbEPGS_H fbbETAD_H fbbEWTF_H fbbEWTK_H fbbEHZA_H fbbEUTF_H fbbECVT_H fbbEACC_C fbbEKMD_H fbbENBF_H fbbESEK_U fbbEUBT_H fbbEURF_H -

01h/Bit0 fbbELMM_L fbbELTF_L fbbESTF_L fbbEOTF_L fbbEPWG_L fbbEPGS_L fbbETAD_L fbbEWTF_L fbbETHS_L fbbEWTK_L fbbEHZA_L fbbEUTF_L fbbECVT_L fbbEACC_V fbbEKMD_L fbbENBF_L fbbEUBT_L fbbEURF_L -


DS / ESA

List of error bits

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page F-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

PfadOL fboS_08 D868

FehlOL D840 D841 D842 D843 D844 D845 D846 D847 D848 D849 D84A D84B D84C D84D D84E D84F

PfadNr 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79

Pathname fboSKW1 fboSZWP fboSML1 fboSML2 fboSGAZ fboSAR3 fboSGK3 fboSHD1 fboSRME fboSMES fboSNLF fboSHDK fboSKNT fboSAUZ fboSEKP fboSTAV

80h/Bit7 fbbEAUZ_6 -

40h/Bit6 fbbEAUZ_5 -

20h/Bit5 fbbEMEN_K fbbERUC_W fbbEHDK_U fbbEAUZ_4 -

10h/Bit4 fbbEMEP_K fbbEHDK_O fbbEAUZ_3 -

08h/Bit3 fbbEGK2_O fbbEZWP_O fbbEML1_O fbbEML2_O fbbEGAZ_O fbbEAR3_O fbbEGK3_O fbbEMEP_W fbbEKNT_U fbbEAUZ_2 fbbEEKP_O fbbETAV_O

04h/Bit2 fbbEGK2_K fbbEZWP_K fbbEML1_K fbbEML2_K fbbEGAZ_K fbbEAR3_K fbbEGK3_K fbbEMEN_W fbbEKNT_H fbbEAUZ_1 fbbEEKP_K fbbETAV_K

02h/Bit1 fbbEHDK_H fbbERME_H fbbESTB_O -

01h/Bit0 fbbEHDK_L fbbERME_L fbbESTB_U fbbEAUZ_M -


DS / ESA

List of error bits

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Appendix G List of olda's A anmADF anmBRE anmBSTZiO anmFPM_EPA anmFPM_LTI anmHZA anmK15 anmK15_ON anmKMD anmKTF anmKTF_Int anmKTF_PT anmKTF_Td anmLDF anmLMM anmLMM_1 anmLTF anmOTF anmOTF_VOR anmPG2 anmPGS anmPW2 anmPWG anmRME anmRME_ON anmSTF anmST_NBF anmTTF anmT_MOT anmUBATT anmUTF anmUTF_ANA anmUTF_CAN anmUTF_DIG anmUTF_STA anmU_PGS anmU_PWG anmU_REF anmWTF anmWTF_CAN anmWTK anmZHB_CNT anoBSTZiOH anoBSTZiOL anoBST_ZSH anoBST_ZSL anoKMD_roh anoKTF_Ini anoKTF_Int anoKTF_PT anoKTF_akt anoPBM_T5H anoPBM_T5P anoUTF_DIG anoU_ATM anoU_BRE anoU_HZA

P_ATM Atmosphaerendruck Battery voltage Operating hours at KTF-test start E2PROM low word Debouncing double Analogue PEG Empty gas test pulse active Heating requirement K15 K15 filtered value K15 current state of the hysteresis Kaeltemitteldruck about PWM T_K fuel temperature Sum KTF-change E2PROM Temp at KTF-good message via abs. Change E2PROM Duration of the last KTF-P tests P_L charge / intake manifold pressure Mass air flow filtered (HFM5 1ms) U_% penultimate analog value airflow meter KLM / HFM T_L air temperature of LTF T_o oil temperature Default value oil temperature Voltage supply PGS PGS redundant pedal sensor Voltage supply PWG PWG pedal sensor position (unfiltered) RME - Signal RME - signal on / off Intake manifold U_NBF voltage signal from NBF Temperature TTF T_W engine temperature U_bat battery voltage T_U ambient temperature from UTF-data telegram T_U ambient temperature of analog input UTF value from CAN Digital value outside temperature Status UTF-signal (0: OK / 1: error) Redundant voltage pedal sensor Voltage pedal sensor U_REF reference voltage T_W water temperature T_W CAN Kuehlmitteltemperatur T_WTF Water temperature 2 (on Kuehleraustritt) Consumption signal heater: Periodenzaehler (T = anmZHB_CNT * 20ms) Operating hours at KTF-test start Hi-byte Operating hours at KTF-test start low word Operating hours during initialization Hi-byte Operating hours during initialization low word Kaeltemitteldruck raw value [% TV] KTF at initialization Sum KTF-change Temp at KTF-good message via abs. Change KTF current reference for plausibility High level duration Kaeltemitteldrucksignal Period Kaeltemitteldrucksignal Digital value outside temperature (relevant bits 0-8) Raw Atmosphaerendruckfuehler Raw voltage BRE Raw heating requirement


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page G-2

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

anoU_K15 anoU_LDF anoU_LDF2 anoU_LMM anoU_LMM1 anoU_LMM1S anoU_LMM2 anoU_LMM2S anoU_LMM51 anoU_NBF anoU_PGS anoU_PGS2 anoU_PGSLT anoU_PWG anoU_PWG2 anoU_RME anoU_TAD anoU_TK anoU_TL anoU_TO anoU_TS anoU_TW anoU_TWK anoU_UBAT anoU_UREF anoU_UTF anoVORHEIZ anoWTFkomp armAGRstat

armARF_AGL armIST_4 armM_E armM_ERME armM_LBiT armM_Lber armM_List armM_Lsoll armRatio aro2ST1 aro2ST2 aro2STEU_B aroAB_VGW1 aroARFAGL aroAUS_B aroE aroEmax aroEmaxF aroEmaxG aroEueb aroFARFAB1 aroFARFAB3 aroFakKorr aroIST_1 aroIST_5 aroKorrmp aroLTF_aus aroML_aus aroM_Eroh aroPB_ena aroPSKW aroPkorr

Raw value of terminal 15 Raw Ladedruckfuehler Raw supply voltage LDF Raw mass air flow sensor Raw air mass meter (altalt) HFM5 1ms average about one segment (linearis) Raw supply voltage LMM HFM5 1ms average more than 2 segments Per cent raw value / supply HFM5 1ms Raw value Status NBF Raw red. Pedal position sensor Raw power red. Pedal position sensor Raw PGS LTI Raw pedal sensor Raw supply voltage PWG Raw RME - Sensor Raw AD voltage test Raw fuel temperature Raw air temperature Raw oil temperature Raw Saugrohrtemperaturfuehler Raw water temperature Raw water temperature 2 (on Kuehleraustritt) Raw supply voltage PWG Raw supply voltage PWG Raw UTF Difference anmWTF - anmOTF the heater compensation Compensation value for WTF with heater Status EGR Readiness Conditions (Bit 0: ARF Reg Bit 1: HFM / LDF Plaus.) ARF-balance value of diagnostic MLt air mass flow n + Linearization averaging Amount for ARF Amount for ARF M_L current air mass 2 HFM Calculated air mass M_L current air mass M_L setpoint for ARF regulation Relations computed / measured air mass WTF Corrected control value And WTF Pkorr-corrected control value Control actuator 1 from actuator 2 At power-down control with VGW Adjustment value limits ARF-shutdown Control deviation Permitted deviation = f (n, M_Lsoll) Factor Permitted deviation = f (n, M_Eakt) Basic value Tolerated deviation = f (n, M_Lsoll) Monitoring RA (0: vorl.negRA / 1: vorl.posRA / 2: UEaktiv) Abschaltbits case of errors Abschaltbits case of errors Correction factor U_LMM after power-up correction M_L after conversion and normalization. Temperature correction Output ARF turn-off hysteresis over LTF Output ARF turn-off hysteresis over air mass Amount for ARF after basic quantity selection Release status M_L air volume from height correction Corrected ADF


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page G-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

aroREG3pt1 aroREG_1 aroREG_2 aroREG_3 aroREG_4 aroREG_B aroRGIAnt aroRGPAnt aroRGpi aroRGst aroRGsteu aroRKSTAT aroSOLL_0 aroSOLL_1 aroSOLL_10 aroSOLL_11 aroSOLL_12 aroSOLL_13 aroSOLL_2 aroSOLL_3 aroSOLL_4 aroSOLL_5 aroSOLL_6 aroSOLL_8 aroSOLL_9 aroST1 aroST2 aroTVunbeg aroT_Korr aroTi_Ab aroTi_Ein aroUMDRp aroWTF_aus

PT1 filtered ARF Steller1 Control point + control value before monitoring Shutdown status TV ARF-digit 1 after KF arwREG1KF TV ARF-digit by 2 KF arwREG2KF Control over because a threshold quantity ARF-I-share ARF-P component Control value Control value by hysteresis Control value Control dampers status Basic value Setpoint after adjustment M_L air volume from height correction after ramp M_L air setpoint after height correction Speed step correction value = f (n, brake, gear) Setpoint after driving level correction Setpoint after Luftdruckkorr. Setpoint after Lufttemp.korr. Setpoint after Wassertemp.korr. Setpoint after limiting Correction value of the dynamic Vorst Pressure correction = f (P_ATM) * f (n, M_E) Water temperature correction = f (n, T_W) * f (M_E) Balance-corrected control value Balance and WTF-corrected control value Sampling rate before limitation Temperature correction value Debounce time for delayed ARF shutdown Unentprellte shutdown ARF Rotation threshold EGR correction in height Output turn-off hysteresis ARF about WTF

C camRCSTAT0 camSTATUS0 caoIMM2XCH caoIMM2XCL caoM01_B0 caoM01_B1 caoM01_B2 caoM01_B3 caoM01_B4 caoM01_B5 caoM01_B6 caoM01_B7 caoM02_B0 caoM02_B1 caoM02_B2 caoM02_B3 caoM02_B4 caoM02_B5 caoM02_B6 caoM02_B7 caoM03_B0 caoM03_B1 caoM03_B2 caoM03_B3 caoM03_B4 caoM03_B5

CAN0 Emfangsstatus for all messages CAN0 Status + suppression OSEK IO IMM2XCO Low Word OSEK IO IMM2XCO Low Word CAN Object 1 - Data 0 CAN Object 1 - Data 1 CAN Object 1 - Data 2 CAN Object 1 - Data 3 CAN Object 1 - Data 4 CAN Object 1 - Data 5 CAN Object 1 - Data 6 CAN Object 1 - Data 7 CAN Object 2 - Data 0 CAN Object 2 - Data 1 CAN Object 2 - Data 2 CAN Object 2 - Data 3 CAN Object 2 - Data 4 CAN Object 2 - Data 5 CAN Object 2 - Data 6 CAN Object 2 - Data 7 CAN Object 3 - Data 0 CAN Object 3 - Data 1 CAN Object 3 - Data 2 CAN Object 3 - Data 3 CAN Object 3 - Data 4 CAN Object 3 - Data 5


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page E-4

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

caoM03_B6 caoM03_B7 caoM04_B0 caoM04_B1 caoM04_B2 caoM04_B3 caoM04_B4 caoM04_B5 caoM04_B6 caoM04_B7 caoM05_B0 caoM05_B1 caoM05_B2 caoM05_B3 caoM05_B4 caoM05_B5 caoM05_B6 caoM05_B7 caoM06_B0 caoM06_B1 caoM06_B2 caoM06_B3 caoM06_B4 caoM06_B5 caoM06_B6 caoM06_B7 caoM07_B0 caoM07_B1 caoM07_B2 caoM07_B3 caoM07_B4 caoM07_B5 caoM07_B6 caoM07_B7 caoM08_B0 caoM08_B1 caoM08_B2 caoM08_B3 caoM08_B4 caoM08_B5 caoM08_B6 caoM08_B7 caoM09_B0 caoM09_B1 caoM09_B2 caoM09_B3 caoM09_B4 caoM09_B5 caoM09_B6 caoM09_B7 caoM10_B0 caoM10_B1 caoM10_B2 caoM10_B3 caoM10_B4 caoM10_B5 caoM10_B6 caoM10_B7 caoM11_B0 caoM11_B1 caoM11_B2 caoM11_B3

CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN CAN

Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object Object

3 - Data 6 3 - Data 7 4 - Data 0 4 - Data 1 4 - Data 2 4 - Data 3 4 - Data 4 4 - Data 5 4 - Data 6 4 - Data 7 5 - Data 0 5 - Data 1 5 - Data 2 5 - Data 3 5 - Data 4 5 - Data 5 5 - Data 6 5 - 7 Data 6 - Data 0 6 - Data 1 6 - Data 2 6 - Data 3 6 - Data 4 6 - Data 5 6 - Data 6 6 - Data 7 7 - Data 0 7 - Data 1 7 - Data 2 7 - Data 3 7 - Data 4 7 - Data 5 7 - Data 6 7 - Data 7 8 - Data 0 8 - Data 1 8 - Data 2 8 - Data 3 8 - Data 4 8 - Data 5 8 - Data 6 8 - Data 7 9 - Data 0 9 - Data 1 9 - Data 2 9 - Data 3 9 - Data 4 9 - Data 5 9 - Data 6 9 - Data 7 10 - Data 0 10 - Data 1 10 - Data 2 10 - Data 3 10 - Data 4 10 - Data 5 10 - Data 6 10 - Data 7 11 - Data 0 11 - Data 1 11 - Data 2 11 - Data 3


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

caoM11_B4 caoM11_B5 caoM11_B6 caoM11_B7 caoM12_B0 caoM12_B1 caoM12_B2 caoM12_B3 caoM12_B4 caoM12_B5 caoM12_B6 caoM12_B7 caoM13_B0 caoM13_B1 caoM13_B2 caoM13_B3 caoM13_B4 caoM13_B5 caoM13_B6 caoM13_B7 caoM14_B0 caoM14_B1 caoM14_B2 caoM14_B3 caoM14_B4 caoM14_B5 caoM14_B6 caoM14_B7 caoM15_B0 caoM15_B1 caoM15_B2 caoM15_B3 caoM15_B4 caoM15_B5 caoM15_B6 caoM15_B7 caoOSK1Sta caoOSK2Sta caoXCO2IMH caoXCO2IML comADF_fun comARF_fun comBYP_fun comCLG_SIG comDSV comEFUN comFGR_opt comFUN_CRA comFUN_KLI comKWH_ABS comLDR_fun comM_E_ASG comM_E_ASR comM_E_EGS comM_E_MSR comVAR_FGG comVAR_FZG comVAR_OTF crmCRSTpwm croCR_STAT croCRzaehl

CAN Object 11 - Data 4 CAN Object 11 - Data 5 CAN Object 11 - Data 6 CAN Object 11 - Data 7 CAN Object 12 - Data 0 CAN Object 12 - Data 1 CAN Object 12 - Data 2 CAN Object 12 - Data 3 CAN Object 12 - Data 4 CAN Object 12 - Data 5 CAN Object 12 - Data 6 CAN Object 12 - Data 7 CAN Object 13 - Data 0 CAN Object 13 - Data 1 CAN Object 13 - Data 2 CAN Object 13 - Data 3 CAN Object 13 - Data 4 CAN Object 13 - Data 5 CAN Object 13 - Data 6 CAN Object 13 - Data 7 CAN Object 14 - Data 0 CAN Object 14 - Data 1 CAN Object 14 - Data 2 CAN Object 14 - Data 3 CAN Object 14 - Data 4 CAN Object 14 - Data 5 CAN Object 14 - Data 6 CAN Object 14 - Data 7 CAN Object 15 - Data 0 CAN Object 15 - Data 1 CAN Object 15 - Data 2 CAN Object 15 - Data 3 CAN Object 15 - Data 4 CAN Object 15 - Data 5 CAN Object 15 - Data 6 CAN Object 15 - Data 7 OSEK Channel 1 Status OSEK Channel 2 Status OSEK IO XCO2IMM HighWord OSEK IO XCO2IMM Low Word Funkt.Sch ADF function Funkt.Sch ARF function Universal interface status (on / off) Status of activation signals via login Record variant Function switch from EEPROM (bit: -, -, -, -, -, KSK, FGG, FGR) Funkt.Sch FGR option Function switch CRA Function switch KLI Switch to switch off (0: dimKLI / 1: dimKWH) Funkt.Sch LDR function Of intervention for at ASG quantity intervention Of intervention for at ASR quantity intervention Of intervention for at EGS quantity intervention Of intervention for at MSR quantity intervention Function switch FGG UTF-function switch Function switch OTF Crash over stage PWM Crash-stage PWM signal crash crash sequences Counter


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page G-6

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

D daoDTx_SA dimADM dimADP dimADR dimADW dimAG4 dimBRE dimBREPLAU dimBRK dimDIGpre1 dimDIGpre2 dimeco dimFGA dimFGL dimFGM dimFGP dimFGV dimFGW dimGZR dimHAN dimK15 dimK15roh dimK50 dimKIK dimKLB dimKLI dimKUP dimKWH dimLGF dimLGS dimRKSTAT dioBREPLAU dioROH1 dioROH2 dsoARW_on dsoEpsilon dsoFQR_I dsoKi dsoKp dsoPIAnt dsoR_I_Hw dsoR_I_Lw dsoR_P_Hw dsoR_P_Lw dsoTist dsoTsoll dsoUist_Ag dsoUist_Fk dsoUist_Of dsoed_k dsox_k dsoy_k duoLFZ duoLFZMAX dzmABTAS dzmDNDT dzmDNDT2u dzmDZGANZ dzmDZGBLE dzmDZGerr

Segment address of trigger addresses ADR ON ADR A + ADR switch ADR WA switch Switching signal AG4 Condition of the brake after error handling Number dyn implausible. Bremszustaende - E2PROM redundant brake contact Debounced logic states d first digit. Corridors Debounced logic states d second digit. Corridors Ecomaticeingriff (1 = not act., 0 = Eco active / engine off) FGR OFF (digital) Delete Digital input FGR FGR ON (digital) FGR A + (digital) FGR control contact FGR WA (digital) Glow time ADR handbrake Terminal 15 Unentprellt terminal 15 Terminal 50 (1 = starter ON) Kickdown input Air compressor input KLI_B (1 = ON Air) Air compressor input Condition of the clutch according to error handling Kuehlwasserheizung shutdown Filtered state empty gas switch Empty gas switch Status line control flap Number dyn implausible. Bremszustaende Digitale_Eingaenge_roh Digitale_Eingaenge_roh Status Anti-reset windup Hysteresis Epsilon I component of the frequency controller Coefficient Ki Coefficient Kp PI component I-part HW (bits 31-16) I component LW (bits 23-8) P-part HW (* 2048) P component LW (* 2048) Period actual Period setpoint Uist (k) matched Issue of dswUist_Fk Issue of dswUist_Of Error E ^ (k) = Vset (k) - x ^ (k) Fuehrungsgroesse x (k) Fuehrungsgroesse y (k) Time difference between ether. Activation and act. Time maz. from the above output (McMess) sampling the current DZG-segment period Acceleration speed Acceleration mean value of 2 turns Number of DZG interrupts between two n-sync. Calculations Ausblendezaehler Dyn plausibility Vorl.def. Bit0 | | 1: Dyn, bit 2: Stats, bit 3: Ueberd.Bit8: Ueberd.enabled.


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page G-7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

dzmN_ARD dzmN_SB dzmN_SEK dzmNakt dzmNmit dzmSCHEDUL dzmSCHUB dzmSEGM dzmUEBER dzmUMDRK15 dzmUMDRsta dzmWACH dzoABTAS dzoDZGPERH dzoDZGPERL dzoNBFdreh dzoNBFperH dzoNBFperL dzoNBFramp dzoN_ARD dzoNakt dzoNmit dzoNmitalt dzoSEGM dzoVorRAMP

N speed for the ARD (doubly averaged) N speed at the time of NBF pulse N Speed of secondary speed sensor (McMess) current speed from the last period (ungemittelt) (McMess) Speed (simple average) Speed Synchronous Schedule Controller Numerator of DZG pulses between two NBF pulses (McMess) Segmentzaehler for DZG interrupt Overspeed detection of DZG (bit 0) / HTG (bit 1) Revolutions since a K15 Revolutions since the start shedding Overspeed detection of DZG (bit 0) Olda-sampling Olda DZG-period high Olda DZG-period low Spin the NBF speed NBF_Periode since last NBF_Impuls H NBF_Periode since last NBF_Impuls L Ramp in use bit / ramp end bit Olda-ARD speed (corpse mask) Olda-Current speed Olda-speed (VSO)

Olda segment number (Sync with NBF) NBF_Drehzahl before ramp E ecmDK_zu ecmUso_ECO ecoECO_STA edmCHKOBDH edmCHKOBDL edmCHKstat edmDIA_P edmEEinit edmIMM_W edmMACHSUH edmMACHSUL edmMSG_gsp edmM_E_AUS edmPW_cmax edmPW_dp edmPsh_erl edmSperre edmTIM_100 edmVB_FIL edmWFS_MRN edoAGL_CS edoCANESB edoCAN_F edoCKETK edoCKRSP edoCLGV edoCRED_WS edoCRED_ZS edoDSVCHK edoEEDSV edoEEFUN edoESBANZ edoGADID edoGAFRG

DK-Close by Ecomatic Usoll specification of Ecomatic evaluation Ecomatic operating condition checksum high-Word checksum low word Status word CARB Mode9 PID06h Diagnostic pointer for EEPROM handler PERFORMED EEPROM initialization Realty Write Master checksum high-Word Master checksum low word MSG permanently banned (0: no / 1: yes) EE -> WFS Amount of output from about self-diagnosis of GA PWG learned idle position EEPROM PWG measured synchronization tolerance EEPROM Status Message GSK3 protection Login barrier unit in xcwZBSperr 100ms timer synchronization Calculated consumption (filtered) from / for EEPROM WFS Marine status to EEPROM Checksum test AGL from EEPROM CAN-stimulus-frame Counter Olda output in the absence of CAN ETK Oldaausgabe Schreibversuchzaehler for response programming Number of the CAN variant Synchronous angle trigger Write Write trigger synchronously DSV test results DSV from EEPROM Function Switch + Test from EEPROM No. of Einsprungbedingungen Gate array identification Gate array question


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page E-8

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

edoGAFZ edoGAREQ edoGASTAT edoININR edoKMZ_H edoKMZ_L edoKMZ_STA edoLFZ edoLFZMIN edoMSKID0 edoMSKID1 edoRSTCD edoRSTDZ edoRSTSH edoRSTSL ehmBW1 ehmBW2 ehmBW3 ehmBW4 ehmBW5 ehmDAR1 ehmDAR2 ehmDAR3 ehmDARS ehmDDIA ehmDEAB ehmDEKP ehmDGAZ ehmDGER ehmDGRS ehmDGSK1 ehmDGSK2 ehmDGSK3 ehmDHYL ehmDKLI0 ehmDLDK ehmDLD_DK ehmDLD_DKk ehmDMIL ehmDML1 ehmDML2 ehmDMVS ehmDMVSk ehmDTAV ehmDTST ehmDZWP ehmD_FARS ehmD_FMVS ehmFAR1 ehmFAR2 ehmFAR3 ehmFARS ehmFDIA ehmFEAB ehmFEKP ehmFGAZ ehmFGEA ehmFGER ehmFGRS ehmFGRS_K ehmFGSK1 ehmFGSK2

Fehlerzaehler the gate array new question from the gate array, Gate Array Status 0000 -> OK. Initialization High word km level Low word km level Status km level Time difference between ether. Activation and act. Time min. from the above output Masks identifier LoWord Masks identifier HiWord Restart Code Exceeding of time [us] Startadresse_High Startadresse_Low Diagnostic output stages 1 .. 4 Diagnostic output stages 5 .. 9 Diagnostic output stages 17 .. 24 Amplifiers diagnostic word 25 .. 32 Amplifiers diagnostic word 33 .. 40 TV diagnosis ARF-digit 1 TV diagnosis ARF Regulator 2 TV diagnosis ARF-digit 3 Abgasrueckfuehrsteller TV Diagnostics Diagnostic lamp TV diagnosing electrical disconnection TV diagnosis Electric Fuel Pump TV diagnosis glow indicator TV diagnosis Elektroluefter TV diagnosis Gluehrelaissteller TV diagnosis Gluehstift1 TV diagnosis Gluehstift2 TV diagnostic heater TV diagnosis Hydroluefter TV Diagnosis air compressor output 0 Throttle Actuator TV diagnosis Ladedruck-/Drosselklappen-Steller TV Diag Ladedr.-/Drosselkl.-Steller Ubatt Correction TV control MIL lamp TV Diagnosis motor position 1 TV diagnosis alternator excitation / engine bearing 2 TV diagnosis solenoid valve plate TV Diag Magnetventilst. Ubatt Comp. TV diagnosis Tankabschaltventil TV diagnosis Kuehlmittelthermostat TV diagnosis lag pump TV triggering ARF-digit 1 TV control solenoid valve plate TV triggering ARF-digit 1 TV triggering ARF Regulator 2 TV triggering ARF-digit 3 Sampling rate ARF-digit TV triggering diagnostic lamp TV Control Electric cut-off TV control electric fuel pump TV triggering glow indicator TV control alternator excitation TV control Elektroluefter TV control Gluehrelaissteller Corrected UBatt TV control Gluehrelaissteller, TV control Gluehstift1 TV control Gluehstift2


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

ehmFGSK3 ehmFHYL ehmFKLI0 ehmFKSK ehmFLDK ehmFLD_DK ehmFLD_DKk ehmFLS2 ehmFMIL ehmFML1 ehmFML2 ehmFMVS ehmFMVSk ehmFTAV ehmFTST ehmFZWP ehmGER_O ehmMST_EAB ehmMST_LMP ehmSAR1 ehmSAR3 ehmSARS ehmSDIA ehmSEAB ehmSEKP ehmSGAZ ehmSGER ehmSGRS ehmSGSK1 ehmSGSK2 ehmSGSK3 ehmSHYL ehmSKLI0 ehmSLDK ehmSLD_DK ehmSMIL ehmSML1 ehmSML2 ehmSMVS ehmSTAV ehmSTST ehmSZWP ehmUKORR ehoTVAR1 ehoTVAR2 ehoTVHYL ehoTVZWP

TV control GSK3 TV control Hydroluefter TV control air compressor output 0 Kraftstoffkuehlung Sampling rate LDK Steller TV control Ladedruck-/Drosselklappen-Steller TV Anst. Ladedr. / Damper. Faders Ubatt Comp. TV control boost pressure plate 2 TV control MIL lamp TV control motor bearings 1 TV control engine mount 2 / ADR lamp TV control solenoid valve plate TV Anst. Solenoid valve plate Ubatt Comp. TV control Tankabschaltventil TV control Kuehlmittelthermostat TV control lag pump Elektroluefterendstufe unentprellt open TV control EAB in the amount interlocking test TV triggering glow indicator in the MST-test EST Status ARF-digit 1 EST Status ARF-digit 3 Status MVS Steller EST Status diagnostic lamp EST-state electrical disconnection EST-state electric fuel pump EST Status glow indicator EST Status Elektroluefter EST Status Gluehrelaissteller EST Status Gluehstift1 Status Gluehstift2 EST Status GSK3 EST Status Hydroluefter EST Status air compressor output 0 Throttle Actuator (not MB) EST Status Ladedruck-/Drosselklappen-Steller EST Status MIL lamp EST Status Motorlager1 EST-state motor position 2 / ADR lamp EST Status solenoid valve plate EST Status Tankabschaltventil EST Status Kuehlmittelthermostat EST-status tracking pump UBatt correction factor TV-FS ARS Steller TV final value DKS actuator Hydroluefter Lag pump

F fbmCPID1AB fbmCPID1CD fbmDIAL fbmMIL fbmRDYNES fbmRyBits fbmSDIAL fbmSMIL fbmWUC fbmZYKAKT

Carb mode 01, 01 Pid, Data A, Data B Carb mode 01, 01 Pid, Data C Data D DIA lamp (bit 0: Error, 1: NL-error, 2:. Cont, 3: LT1, 4: LT2, 5: Delay abg, 6: X, 7: GAZ) MIL indicator (bit 0: Error, 1: NL-error, 2: Cont, 3:. LT1, 4: LT2, 5: Delay abg, 6: X) Readyness 2 Bit Counter Indicator Readiness bits Request diagnostic lamp Fehlerbehandlg Requirements of MIL-cycle management WarmUp Cycle Indicator Cycle update Active


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page E-10

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

fboFS0FAA fboFS0FAE fboFS0FLZ fboFS0HFZ fboFS0HLZ fboFS0PFD fboFS0SLZ fboFS0STA fboFS0UB1 fboFS0UB2 fboFS0UB3 fboFS0UB4 fboFS0UB5 fboFS1FAA fboFS1FAE fboFS1FLZ fboFS1HFZ fboFS1HLZ fboFS1PFD fboFS1SLZ fboFS1STA fboFS1UB1 fboFS1UB2 fboFS1UB3 fboFS1UB4 fboFS1UB5 fboFS2FAA fboFS2FAE fboFS2FLZ fboFS2HFZ fboFS2HLZ fboFS2PFD fboFS2SLZ fboFS2STA fboFS2UB1 fboFS2UB2 fboFS2UB3 fboFS2UB4 fboFS2UB5 fboFS3FAA fboFS3FAE fboFS3FLZ fboFS3HFZ fboFS3HLZ fboFS3PFD fboFS3SLZ fboFS3STA fboFS3UB1 fboFS3UB2 fboFS3UB3 fboFS3UB4 fboFS3UB5 fboFS4FAA fboFS4FAE fboFS4FLZ fboFS4HFZ fboFS4HLZ fboFS4PFD fboFS4SLZ fboFS4STA fboFS4UB1 fboFS4UB2

FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP FSP

Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error Error

entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry entry

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4

-

Of fault current Debounced error type FLC Counter Haeufigkeitszaehler HLC-Counter Path number Even Loesch-Counter Status Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Of fault current Debounced error type FLC Counter Haeufigkeitszaehler HLC-Counter Path number Even Loesch-Counter Status Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Of fault current Debounced error type FLC Counter Haeufigkeitszaehler HLC-Counter Path number Even Loesch-Counter Status Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Of fault current Debounced error type FLC Counter Haeufigkeitszaehler HLC-Counter Path number Even Loesch-Counter Status Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Environmental Condition Of fault current Debounced error type FLC Counter Haeufigkeitszaehler HLC-Counter Path number Even Loesch-Counter Status Environmental Condition Environmental Condition

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

fboFS4UB3 fboFS4UB4 fboFS4UB5 fboOABS fboOACC fboOADF fboOAR1 fboOAR2 fboOAR3 fboOARF fboOASG fboOAUZ fboOBRE fboOBSG fboOCAN fboOCRA fboOCVT fboODIA fboODZG fboOEAB fboOEEP fboOEKP fboOEP1 fboOEXM fboOFGA fboOFGC fboOFGG fboOGAZ fboOGER fboOGK3 fboOGRS fboOGZS fboOHD1 fboOHDK fboOHFM fboOHRL fboOHUN fboOHYL fboOHZA fboOIMM fboOIWZ fboOK15 fboOKBI fboOKIK fboOKLI fboOKMD fboOKNT fboOKTF fboOKW2 fboOKWH fboOLD1 fboOLDF fboOLDK fboOLDP fboOLDS fboOLMM fboOLTF fboOMES fboOMIL fboOML1 fboOML2 fboOMVS

FSP error entry 4 - Environmental Condition 3 FSP error entry 4 - Environmental Condition 4 FSP error entry 4 - Environmental Condition 5 Geprueftpfad ABS Geprueftpfad ACC over CAN Geprueftpfad ADF Geprueftpfad ARF-digit 1 EPW Geprueftpfad ARF Regulator 2 Geprueftpfad ARF-digit 3 Geprueftpfad ARF Geprueftpfad CAN ASG message Geprueftpfad misfire detection Geprueftpfad brake signal Geprueftpfad CAN BSG1 message Geprueftpfad CAN controller Geprueftpfad crash detection Geprueftpfad CVT Geprueftpfad diagnostic lamp DIA Geprueftpfad speed sensor DZG Geprueftpfad electrical cut EAB Geprueftpfad EEPROM and configuration Geprueftpfad EKP Geprueftpfad EP1 Geprueftpfad amount External intervention Geprueftpfad FGR keypad Geprueftpfad FGR keypad Geprueftpfad vehicle speed sensor FGG Geprueftpfad glow indicator GAZ Geprueftpfad Elektroluefter Geprueftpfad heater Geprueftpfad Gluehrelaissteller GRL Geprueftpfad glow plug 3 Geprueftpfad HD1 Geprueftpfad Regelweggeber HDK Geprueftpfad air flow meter HFM Geprueftpfad main relay main relay Geprueftpfad Hunter Geprueftpfad Hydroluefter Geprueftpfad heating requirement Geprueftpfad immobilizer Geprueftpfad IWZ system Geprueftpfad terminal 15 Geprueftpfad instrument cluster Geprueftpfad kickdown switch KIK Geprueftpfad air compressor controller 0 KLI Geprueftpfad KMD Geprueftpfad switching to edge Geprueftpfad Kraftstofftemperaturfuehler KTF Geprueftpfad KW2 Geprueftpfad Kuehlwasserheizung Geprueftpfad LD1 Geprueftpfad Ladedruckfuehler LDF Geprueftpfad control flap Geprueftpfad Ladedruckfuehler LDF Geprueftpfad boost pressure / throttle actuator Geprueftpfad air flow meter LMM Geprueftpfad Lufttemperaturfuehler LTF Geprueftpfad amount interlocking MES Geprueftpfad MIL Geprueftpfad Motorlager1 Geprueftpfad Motorlager2 Geprueftpfad solenoid valve plate MVS


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page E-12

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

fboONBF fboONLF fboOOTF fboOPGS fboOPWG fboORME fboORUC fboOSBR fboOSEK fboOSTF fboOTAD fboOTAV fboOTHS fboOTST fboOUBT fboOURF fboOUTF fboOWTF fboOWTK fboOZWP fboO_00 fboO_02 fboO_04 fboO_06 fboO_08 fboO_10 fboO_CAT_P fboO_CAT_T fboO_COM_P fboO_COM_T fboO_EGR_P fboO_EGR_T fboO_FUE_P fboO_FUE_T fboO_MIS_P fboO_MIS_T fboSABS fboSACC fboSADF fboSAR1 fboSAR2 fboSAR3 fboSARF fboSASG fboSAUZ fboSBRE fboSBSG fboSCAN fboSCRA fboSCVT fboSDIA fboSDZG fboSEAB fboSEEP fboSEKP fboSEP1 fboSEXM fboSFGA fboSFGC fboSFGG fboSGAZ fboSGER

Geprueftpfad Nadelbewegungsfuehler NBF Geprueftpfad tracking tests Geprueftpfad OTF Geprueftpfad red. Pedal PGS Geprueftpfad pedal sensor PWG Geprueftpfad RME - Sensor Geprueftpfad microcontroller uC Geprueftpfad injection start control SBR Geprueftpfad inductive Sekundaerdrehzahlgeber (NBF) Geprueftpfad Saugrohrtemperaturfuehler STF Geprueftpfad AD test voltage TAD Geprueftpfad TAV Geprueftpfad thermostat diagnosis Geprueftpfad Kuehlmittelthermostat Geprueftpfad battery voltage BATT Geprueftpfad reference voltage U_REF Geprueftpfad UTF error path Geprueftpfad Wassertemperaturfuehler WTF (cylinder head outlet) Geprueftpfad Wassertemperaturfuehler WTK (Kuehleraustritt) Geprueftpfad lag pump Certified paths 1 to 16 Certified paths 17 to 32 Certified paths 33 to 48 Certified paths 49 to 64 Certified paths 65 to 80 Proven Paths 81-96 Number of paths "catalyst monitoring" Num. the tested paths "catalyst monitoring" Number of paths "comprehensive components" Num. the tested paths "compreh. components" Number of paths "EGR system monitoring" Num. the tested paths "EGR system monitoring" Number of paths "fuel system" Num. the tested paths "fuel system" Number of paths "misfire monitoring" Num. the tested paths "misfire monitoring" ABS fault path Error path ACC over CAN Error path Athmosphaerendruckfuehler ADF Error path ARF-digit 1 EPW Error path ARF Regulator 2 Error path ARF-digit 3 ARF error path Error path CAN ASG message Error path misfire detection Error path braking signal Error path CAN BSG1 message Error path CAN controller Error path crash detection Error path CVT Error path diagnostic lamp DIA Error path speed sensor DZG Error path electrical cut EAB Error path EEPROM and configuration Error path EKP EP1 error path EXM error path Error path FGR keypad Error path FGR over CAN Error path vehicle speed sensor FGG Error path glow indicator GAZ Path Elektroluefter


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

fboSGK3 fboSGRS fboSGZS fboSHD1 fboSHDK fboSHFM fboSHRL fboSHUN fboSHYL fboSHZA fboSIMM fboSIWZ fboSK15 fboSKBI fboSKIK fboSKLI fboSKMD fboSKNT fboSKTF fboSKW1 fboSKW2 fboSKWH fboSLD1 fboSLDF fboSLDK fboSLDP fboSLDS fboSLMM fboSLTF fboSMES fboSMIL fboSML1 fboSML2 fboSMVS fboSNBF fboSNLF fboSOTF fboSPGS fboSPWG fboSRME fboSRUC fboSSBR fboSSEK fboSSTF fboSTAD fboSTAV fboSTHS fboSTST fboSUBT fboSURF fboSUTF fboSWTF fboSWTK fboSZWP fboS_00 fboS_02 fboS_04 fboS_06 fboS_08 fboS_10 fboS_ND fboS_NP

Error path heater Error path Gluehrelaissteller GRL Error path glow plug 3 HD1 error path Error path Regelweggeber HDK Error path air flow meter HFM Error path main relay main relay Error path Hunter Path Hydroluefter Error path heating requirement Path immobilizer Error path IWZ system Error path terminal 15 Error path COMBI CAN message Error path kickdown switch KIK Error path C compressor controller 0 KLI Error path KMD Fault path switching to edge Error path Kraftstofftemperaturfuehler KTF KW1 error path KW2 error path Path Kuehlwasserheizung LD1 error path Error path Ladedruckfuehler LDF Error path control flap Error path Ladedruckfuehler LDF Error path boost pressure / throttle actuator Error path air flow meter LMM Error path Lufttemperaturfuehler LTF Error path quantity interlocking MES Path MIL-A Error path motor position 1 Error path motor position 2 Error path solenoid valve plate MVS Error path Nadelbewegungsfuehler NBF Error path tracking tests Error path Oeltemperaturfuehler OTF Red error path. Pedal PGS Error path pedal sensor PWG Error path RME - Sensor Error path microcontroller uC Error path injection start control SBR Error path inductive Sekundaerdrehzahlgeber (NBF) Error path Saugrohrtemperaturfuehler STF Error path AD test voltage TAD Error path TAV Error path thermostat diagnosis Path Kuehlmittelthermostat Error path battery voltage BATT Error path reference voltage U_REF UTF error path Error path Wassertemperaturfuehler WTF (cylinder head outlet) Error path Wassertemperaturfuehler WTK (Kuehleraustritt) Path trailing pump Defects paths 1 to 16 Defects paths 17 to 32 Defects paths 33 to 48 Defects paths 49 to 64 Defects paths 65 to 80 Defects paths 81-96 Number of bad paths Number of defined paths


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page E-14

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

fgmBESCH fgmDAT_SF fgmEE_SF fgmFGAKT fgmFVN_UEB fgm_VzuN fgoHPDA fgoHPDC fgoHPDD fgoHPDF fgoHPDS fgoRingSp fgoSTAT fgoTimek fgoZAEHLER fgo_GePer fgo_V_roh fgo_a_roh fgo_s_Roh

A current acceleration Distance factor driving speed measurement Distance factor f KTG from EEPROM V current speed Transfer function driveline V / N date Relations velocity / speed Recent high-level duration (only for KTG) High-level duration counter (only with KTG) High-level duration deviation (abs.) (only for KTG) Filtered high-level duration (only for KTG) Starting value high-level duration (only for KTG) current ring buffer content Status Time difference FGG Impulszaehler FGG period << NE FGG Geschwindigkeitsrohwert Beschleunigungsrohwert Raw speed

G gsmAGL_VGK gsmCANGL gsmDIA_GAZ gsmER_READ gsmGLUEH gsmGSK3_ST gsmGS_Pha gsmGS_Vor1 gsmGS_t_VG gsmGZS_Cok gsmPsh_erl gsoCO_Bit gsoCO_CBIT gsoCO_FL gsoCO_TO gsoDIA_STA gsoFMerker gsoGS_TV4 gsoGS_TVx gsoGS_t1 gsoGS_tGAZ gsoGS_t_NG gsoGZS_BUF gsoGZS_Cok gsoWTFAGL gsoZG_Erl

Balance value Vorgluehkennlinie Annealing Vorgluehlampenstatus over CAN 1 = Control glow indicator (for diagnostic lamp) Reported GSK3 error of control Gluhbit Message 1 = Annealing GSK3 status of GSK (error, data) Gluephasenanzeige GSK3 first Preheating phase active Preheating time after IPO3 GSK3 glow function enabled, encoding MSG = GZS GSK_3 Rueckmeldung of E2PROM Dealer GSK3 diagnosis Bitcounter Codierbitcounter GSK3 diagnosis Flatline Counter GSK3 diagnosis Timeout Counter Status of GSK3 status acquisition (WOM olda) Receive valid data frame (= 1) Drive duty in the Rest of firings Drive duty in the preheat Activation duration of the glow plugs with gswGS_TV1 Activation duration of the glow indicator (only with cowVAR_GAZ = 1) GZS afterglow after IPO2 Codierwortbuffer status HL = C1 = C2 LH, LL = C3 Coding successful (= FFh) GZS Reconciled WTF value f VG map Zwischengluehen (0: DISABLE 1: ALLOWED)

K khmGENLAST khmKWH_CAN khmNORAB khmN_LLKWH khoHE_AB khoHE_ZU khoRELAIS khoTL khoTMP_AN khoTMP_TIM khoTWAUS_O

KWH - filtered generator load CAN message not allowed for "motor off" over ECOMATIC KWH - status displays and shutdown conditions Raising the idling speed during active KWH KWH - generator load switch-off threshold KWH - generator load in threshold KWH - Switching status of the individual HE (relay) KWH - air temperature before khwKH_TLKL Out remaining time to Ecomatic active Timer out remaining time to Ecomatic active KWH - upper Wassertemperaturschwellwert


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-15

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

khoTWAUS_U kkoSTATE klmHYS klmL_HYS klmL_STAT klmN_LLKLM klmSTAT kloTMAX_AN kloTMIN_AN kloWTFschw kmmDiaStat kmmKFK_CAN kmmTMotBer kmmUTF_Ber kmmUTFkor1 kmmWTF_ra kmmWTFsoll kmoF_gr kmoF_kl kmoMotQab kmoMotQzu kmoPdiff kmoQint kmoTMotBer kmoTSTreg kmoTSTsteu kmoTUmgPT1 kmoUTFkor1 kmoUmgebQ kmoVerbPT1 kmoWTFPT1 kmoWTF_so1 kmoWTF_so2 kmoWTF_so3 kmoWTF_so4 kmoWTF_so5 kmoWTF_sor kmoWTFist kumCAN_LUE kumKMDneu kumNL_akt kumState kuoANFBA kuoEl_KB kuoEl_N kuoEl_N2 kuoEl_N3 kuoEl_NAbl kuoElnmin kuoHy_KB kuoHy_N kuoHy_N2 kuoHy_N3 kuoHy_NAbl kuoHynmin kuoKB_KVM kuoKB_reg kuoKB_steu kuoKLIBA kuoKLLFT kuoKMDgesp kuoSOdyn

KWH - lower Wassertemperaturschwellwert Status Kraftstoffkuehlung Air compressor shutdown Hystereseausgaenge Air compressor shutdown Hystereseausgaenge slowly Air compressor shutdown status slowly Raising the idle speed with air conditioning compressor Air compressor shut-off status max. Switch-off of the air compressor at start min. Switch-off of the air compressor at start Wassertemp.-threshold air compressor switch-off Status Thermotatdiagnose Bit Kennfeldkuehlung Model temperature calculated ambient temperature Correction term Deviation Water temperature setpoint kmmTMotBer> kmwTHSauf anmWTF> kmwTHStol Edition of the discharged Waermemenge Output of the supplied Waermemenge Output of the pressure difference Integrator input one tenth of the motor temperature limited drive duty of regulation Drive duty out of control uncorrected ambient temperature Correction term Issue of dissipated to the environment Waermemenge Output of the filtered consumption Output of the filtered water temperature Water temperature setpoint 1 Water temperature setpoint 2 Water temperature setpoint 3 Water temperature setpoint 4 Water temperature setpoint 5 Water temperature setpoint 6 Water temperature value Averaged over TV HYL and GER for CAN current Kaeltemitteldruck Kuehlerluefter trailing Status Kuehlerluefter trailing Anfahrbedarfsanforderung Kuehlbedarf of Elektroluefters Elektroluefter-base speed Minimum speed according to hysteresis Minimum speed 3 Elektroluefterdrehzahl after suppression Minimum speed for El-Luefter from KL Kuehlbedarf of Hydroluefters Hydroluefter-base speed Minimum speed according to hysteresis Minimum speed 3 Hydroluefterdrehzahl after suppression Minimum speed for Hy-Luefter from KL Kuehlbedarf from air loss torque-KL Kuehlbedarf (from control) Kuehlbedarf (out of control) Air requisition Kuehlanforderung over CAN stored Kaeltemitteldruck Value for Kuehlleistungsanhebung


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page E-16

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

kuoS_1 kuoS_2 kuoSchalt kuoVB_gesp kuoV_ist kuoV_ist2 kuoWTDIFF kuoWTFkrit kuoWTK_ra kuoWTK_so1 kuoWTK_so2 kuoWTK_so3 kuoWTK_so4 kuoWTK_so5 kuoWTK_so6 kuoWTKist kuoWTKkorr kuoWTKsoll kuoZusKB kuorel1 kuorel2

Control Kuehlerl. Driving Control Kuehlerl. Caster KMD saved (0: yes / 1 no) Stored consumption by KL15. Fahrgeschw. feedback Fahrgeschwindikeit for minimum speed Water Temperature - Water temperature at Kuehleraustritt critical water temperature Deviation If water temperature 1 If water temperature 2 If water temperature 3 If water temperature 4 If water temperature 5 If water temperature 6 Water temperature actual value Correction factor If water temperature of extra Kuehlbedarf relative Kuehlbedarf 1 relative Kuehlbedarf 2

L ldmADF ldmBereich LDME ldmGLTV ldmLDFP_dp ldmLDRSTAT ldmM_E ldmP_Llin ldmP_Lsoll ldmSWPLBEG ldmVZ_akt ldoFLDRAB1 ldoFLDRAB3 ldoGRmax ldoGRmin ldoIFRZ ldoKSTWt ldoLA_DIF ldoLDB_DPN ldoLDFP_St ldoLGU_STA ldoM_Est ldoN_Abs ldoREGMXpR ldoRGDAnt ldoRGIAnt ldoRGPAnt ldoRGPITV ldoRGSunv ldoRG_BER ldoRG_TV ldoRG_TV2 ldoRG_TVUB ldoRG_TVun ldoSWDYANT ldoSWPA_K1 ldoSWPLGKF ldoSWPLMAX

P_ATM current Atmosphaerendruck (from ADF or LDF) Switch-off of the LDR LDR deviation BiT TV loader balance Result LDF/ADF- plausibility LDR status boost pressure control M_E LDR quantity input (current / wish / desire raw) P_L current boost pressure (filtered) / air pressure Setpoint boost pressure P_L boost pressure setpoint value after limiting to maximum Activation of the LDR TV freezing Abschaltbits with errors (bits) Abschaltbits with errors (bits) upper limit controller lower controller limitation Integrator shall not exceed Switch-off after cold start Pressure difference LDF / ADF Speed-olda. Offset for P_ATM calculation Statusolda LDF/ADF- plausibility Status Ladergeraeuschunterdrueckung Amount for control Shutdown cold start and speed> S Olda max. pos. LDR deviation Olda LDR-D component Olda LDR I-share Olda LDR-P component Olda TV from PI controller (without D component) Olda unverzoegertes LDR switching signal Olda M_E / N range for monitoring TV tax share + share + PIDT1 Geraeuschunterd. TV 2 LS output TV tax component + PID before limitation TV tax component + PIDT1 share Olda Dynamic setpoint portion Olda Korrekturwert1 = f (P_ATM) Olda P_L of base map Olda Maximum setpoint


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-17

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

ldoSWPL_K0 ldoSWPL_K1 ldoSWPL_K2 ldoSWP_L ldoSWTL_K2 ldoSWTW_K0 ldoSW_TW ldoTV1 ldoTV2 ldoTVsteu

Corrected olda Relative pressure with KW0 Corrected olda Relative pressure with KW1 Corrected olda Relative pressure with KW2 Olda setpoint P_L Olda Korrekturwert2 = f (T_L) Olda Korrekturwert0 = f (T_W) Olda temperature input value TV control from one of the two GrundKF TV control to ADF correction TV control (definitively)

M mloEAKTPT1 mloZustand mlo_MLTV mrmACCDDE2 mrmACC_SAT mrmACC_roh mrmADRPWG2 mrmADR_Neo mrmADR_Nfe mrmADR_SAT mrmADR_SET mrmADR_SOL mrmASGSTAT mrmASG_CAN mrmASG_roh mrmASG_tsy mrmASRSTAT mrmASR_CAN mrmASR_roh mrmAUSBL mrmBEGaAGL mrmBEGmAGL mrmBI_SOLL mrmBMEF mrmBM_ASG mrmBM_EMOM mrmBM_ERAU mrmBSG_Anf mrmBSG_KLI mrmBTSM mrmB_DSP mrmCANMIL mrmCANSABS mrmCAN_ECO mrmCAN_KL mrmCAN_KLI mrmCAN_KUP mrmCASE_A mrmCASE_A1 mrmCASE_L mrmEAB_Dz mrmEABgsp mrmEGSSTAT mrmEGS_CAN mrmEGS_akt mrmEGS_roh mrmEMOTKOR mrmEXM_HGB mrmFDR_CAN

Filtered actual amount Zustandsolda Sampling rate for olda ACC DDE2 status ACC status ACC intervention amount Filtered speed value from PWG ADR maximum speed (variable) from EEPROM ADR fixed speed from EEPROM ADR Status stored ADR WA speed ADR target speed ASG - Status Status CAN message ASG Raw ASG desire speed ASG synchronization time ASR - Status Status CAN Message ASR Reatives ASR / CAN engaging torque raw CAN error suppression active yes / no Balance value for limiting amount add. Balance value for limiting amount mult. Target quantity consumption Reducing the limitation amount MIN (mroBMEF..) M_E limit amount at ASG ECO mode Torque limiting amount Amount of smoke BSG request LL Solldrehzahlerhoehung Off BSG request air conditioning Test flag Switching point reduction gear 1 = control of the MI-lamp through CAN-bit Status braking torque intervention Ecomaticeingriff (evaluated) of CAN message 1 = switch off the air conditioning compressor through CAN-bit Info 1 from Clima1 Embassy Converter clutch (evaluated) of CAN message ARD state bits of the active Ruckeldaempfung ARD status bits (extended) of active Ruckeldaempfung LLR state bits of the idle control upper speed threshold for ELAB test Stored quantity limitation and LDR from at EAB error EGS - Status Status CAN message EGS Transmission message: circuit active Relative EGS / CAN engaging torque raw M_E Korr.Menge for driving moment Exme: HGB amount acts on request quantity Status vehicle dynamics control (bit-coded)


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page E-18

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrmFGR_SAT mrmFGR_roh mrmFG_ABS mrmFG_CAN mrmFG_SOLL mrmFVHUEst mrmF_STA1 mrmF_STA2 mrmF_STA3 mrmGANG mrmGRA mrmGRACoff mrmGRA_UEF mrmGRApl mrmGTRGANG mrmGTR_UEB mrmHGB_Anf mrmHGB_Sta mrmINARD_D mrmKLI_LUE mrmKLK_EIN mrmKMD mrmKTF_ mrmKUP_roh mrmLDFUAGL mrmLDFUaus mrmLFR_Adp mrmLLIINIT mrmLLN_ANH mrmLLRIAnt mrmLLRPAnt mrmLLR_AGL mrmLLR_PWD mrmLLUTF mrmLLWTF mrmLL_ZIEL mrmMDW_ab mrmMD_BEGR mrmMD_FAHR mrmMD_KLI mrmMD_KLKr mrmMD_KUP mrmMD_LLR mrmMD_RdiC mrmMD_Rdif mrmMD_ReiC mrmMD_Reib mrmMD_Rrel mrmMSRSTAT mrmMSR_AKT mrmMSR_CAN mrmMSR_roh mrmM_EADR mrmM_EAG4 mrmM_EAKT mrmM_EARD mrmM_EASG mrmM_EBEGR mrmM_EEGS mrmM_EFAHR

FGR operating condition M_E FGR request unlimited amount Driving speed over CAN from the ABS Control unit Speed of CAN V setpoint travel speed for diagnosis Transfer function drivetrain after filtering FGR status 1 (0: dimFGL, 1: dimFGA, 2: dimFGP / dimFGM, 3: dimFGW, 4: dimBRE, 5: dimKUP, 6 :-/ dimFGP, 7 :-/ dimFGV) FGR status 2 FGR status 3 (0: S_HAUPT, 1: T_AUS, 2: t_del, 3: T_BES, 4: T_SET, 5: T_WA, 6 -, 7: dimFGL) current gear EDC Info GRA message GRA-shutdown due to CAN message errors GRA Off at fault in the transfer function driveline Plausibility info GRA message Actual gear over CAN from EGS Transfer function drivetrain over CAN from EGS HGB requirement over CAN (Niveau1 and Allrad1) HGB status ARD - D - initialization of Exme-PBM Kuehlbedarf from the air conditioner Air compressor on / off Kaeltemitteldruck over CAN Fuel temperature for starting quantity Clutch torque loss raw Balance value LDF - ADF Saugrohrunterdruckerkennung active Adaptionssperrbit from gearbox Initialization LLR I component Release for increase speed idle M_E I component of the LLR-PI controller M_E P component of the LLR-PI controller N balance value for idle speed correction LL Drehzahlerhoehung PWG plaus. (Y / n) LL Solldrehzahlerhoehung by UTF Water Temp.abh. LL Drehzahlerhoehung after START N idle target speed Moment of driving behavior characteristic field Limiting torque Driver torque Air torque loss Compressor load over CAN raw Clutch torque loss Idle moment Adaptation value friction torque for CAN Adaptation value friction torque Friction torque for CAN Friction torque Differential friction LLR moment MSR - Status MSR activity bit Status CAN message MSR Relative MSR / CAN engaging torque raw Quantity desired speed governor Intervention amount AG4 (McMess) M_E Current injection amount (without ARD) Current amount of ARD External intervention amount ASG Limiting amount External intervention amount EGS M_E driving quantity LRR


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-19

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrmM_EFGR mrmM_EHGB mrmM_EIST6 mrmM_EKORR mrmM_ELD2 mrmM_ELD3 mrmM_ELD4 mrmM_ELD5 mrmM_ELD6 mrmM_ELLBE mrmM_ELLR mrmM_ELRR mrmM_EMOT mrmM_EMOTX mrmM_EMSR mrmM_EPUMP mrmM_EPWG mrmM_EPWGR mrmM_ESOL6 mrmM_ESTAR mrmM_EVERB mrmM_EWUN mrmM_EWUN6 mrmM_EWUNF mrmM_EWUNL mrmM_EWUNR mrmM_EWUS6 mrmM_EWUSO mrmN_LLBAS mrmN_LLBAT mrmN_LLBSG mrmN_LLCAN mrmN_LLDIA mrmN_LLKLI mrmNfilt mrmPWGPBI mrmPWGPBM mrmPWG_lwo mrmPWG_roh mrmPWGfi mrmPW_OFFS mrmPW_cmax mrmPW_dp mrmRMPSLOP mrmSASTATE mrmSA_FAKT mrmSICH_F mrmSTART_B mrmSTATUS mrmSTA_AGL mrmSTW_fr mrmT_SOLEE mrmU_Start mrmU_Stop mrmUso_EAB mrmUso_MST mrmUso_UEB mrmVB_FIL mrmVERB mrmVERB20 mrmVZHB20 mrmV_HGBSW

M_E desired quantity of FGR HGB desired quantity ACTUAL amount for Motor6-IST-moment M_E correction quantity setpoint Differences amount cyl. 1 to Cyl. 2 Differences amount cyl. 1 to Cyl. 3 Differences amount cyl. 1 to Cyl. 4 Differences amount cyl. 1 to Cyl. 5 Differences amount cyl. 1 to Cyl. 6 Limited idle controller amount M_E amount of No-load control Amount of smoothness controller M_E injection amount according to the ARD M_E injection amount according to ARD with fuel cut-off External intervention amount MSR M_E injection quantity before pump characteristic field M_E desired quantity = f (PWG) of drivability map PWG - quantity raw (unfiltered) NOMINAL amount for Motor6-SET moment Start M_E resulting quantity value Relevant consumption amount M_E synchronous request quantity Command desired quantity for Motor6 message synchronously M_E driver's desired quantity from PWG or FGR Desired amount plus idle amount Desired quantity raw plus idle amount Command desired quantity for Motor6 Embassy Limited quantity request N desired idle speed LL-speed outputs, depending on battery voltage Desired idle speed BSG Idle speed setting via CAN (EGS2) N desired idling speed for diagnosis LL-speed outputs, depending on Clima1 CAN filtered speed PWG value for PWM output with consideration Realty status PWG value for PWM output AG4 Leerlaufwegoptimiert pedal sensor PWG raw PWG filtered pedal sensor position Offset Leerwegreduktion PWG learned idle position-x times LL PWG measured synchronization tolerance-x times LL GRA-target acceleration for A + / EIN-/WA ARD-flow shut-off when pushing (no boost bucking) Factor for ramp slope VE Sicherheitsfallbit Start bit State engine operating phase M_E balance value for start quantity correction Interlocking released for start ADR-up time from EEPROM UDIG U_Ist voltage at the starting stop UDIG U_Ist voltage at Stop stop UDIG setpoint DSR for EAB test UDIG setpoint DSR quantity interlocking test UDIG setpoint of the control path-monitoring Calculated consumption (filtered) Fuel consumption Consumption engine within the last 20ms Consumption heater within the last 20ms current maximum speed


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page E-20

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrmV_SOLEE mrmV_SOLHN mrmWH_POSb mrmW_KUP mrm_P_N mrmdMD_MGB mrmdM_EFF mroAB mroABM_E mroABN mroACC_A mroACC_OFF mroADR_ABB mroADR_AUS mroADR_HL mroADR_I_A mroADR_PSO mroADR_PWG mroADR_P_A mroADR_TAS mroADR_TSO mroADR_ZIL mroAG4AKT mroAKT_SWN mroASG_NRA mroASG_Nso mroASG_Nsy mroAUSZEZ1 mroAUSZEZ2 mroAUSZEZ3 mroAUSZEZ4 mroAUSZEZ5 mroAUSZEZ6 mroAUSZUM1 mroAUSZUM2 mroAUSZUpM mroAUSZZ1 mroAUSZZ2 mroAUSZZ3 mroAUSZZ4 mroAUSZZ5 mroAUSZZ6 mroAUSZ_dN mroAUSZsta mroAdpfrei mroBEG_P mroBEG_T mroBI_BEGR mroBI_FAHR mroBI_LLR mroBI_REIB mroBI_SOL6 mroBMEFATM mroBMEFKOC mroBMEFKT mroBMEFOEL mroBMEFTT mroBMELFT mroBM_EERH mroBM_EERS mroBM_EKTB mroBM_EMO2

HGB target speed from EEPROM HGB followed-set speed Lever-Info 1, N, R, P bit-coded (0:1 / 1: N / 2: R / 3: P) CAN - EGS clutch Speed info from the CAN Maximum torque gradient DELTA amount of Fuerungsformers Abregelfaktor Quantity factor Speed factor Plausbilitaetsfehler-Counter ACC off ADR termination condition ADR switch-off ADR startup in progress ADR I component Raw speed value from PWG Filtered speed value from PWG ADR P component Speed value from key query Raw speed value from key query ADR target speed AG4 - Statusanzeigebits HGB state of Hoechstgeschw.-limit. ASG-deviation ASG-speed setpoint ASG desired speed Dropouts result Z1 Dropouts result Z2 Dropouts result Z3 Dropouts result Z4 Dropouts result Z5 Dropouts result Z6 Number of assessed motor revolutions buffer1 Number of assessed motor revolutions buffer2 Number of assessed motor revolutions Aussetzerzaehler Z1 Aussetzerzaehler Z2 Aussetzerzaehler Z3 Aussetzerzaehler Z4 Aussetzerzaehler Z5 Aussetzerzaehler Z6 Minimum speed increase Ueberwachungsstatus (0: active) Enable adaptation friction torque Boost pressure or Atmosphaerendruck for mroPkorr Air temperature from LTF or STF for mroPkorr CAN - set quantity consumption CAN - driver's desired quantity consumption LLR consumption CAN - Reibmengenverbrauch Target amount for consumption Motor6 Embassy Atmosphaerendruckschutz Cooking protection quantity factor by IPO3 Quantity limitation over fuel temperature Oeltemperaturschutz Quantity limitation over tank temperature Quantity limit over charge air temperature Erhoehungsmenge Replacement quantity Changeset to limit = f (KTF) ASG-torque characteristic 2


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-21

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroBM_EMOM mroBM_ENSU mroBM_ERAU mroBM_ERDF mroBM_ERKT mroBM_ESE1 mroBM_ESER mroBM_ETUK mroBM_ETUR mroBM_EVSU mroBM_KTB mroBM_Rfak mroBM_VE mroBM_VERp mroBM_WT mroBSTZh mroBSTZl mroBTSSh mroBTSSl mroCASE_FF mroCASE_LL mroCASE_SR mroCVTSTAT mroDNDTfi mroDZ_GHI mroDZ_GLO mroEGSECST mroEGSERR mroEGSINT mroFGR_AB1 mroFGR_AB2 mroFGR_ABN mroFGR_KUP mroFMEBEG1 mroFMEBEG3 mroFPM_BED mroFPM_FEN mroFPM_ZAK mroFRamp mroFSchub mroFVHGTdi mroFVHSTAT mroFVHUEro mroFZug mroF_VERZ mroGANG mroGG mroHGBLLho mroHGB_RA mroHGI mroHGP mroHGmax mroHYSSTAT mroI_AKT mroKLDO mroLDFASTA mroLDFO_PS mroLDFU_PS mroLDFU_no mroLDFUabg mroLDFUdf1 mroLDFUdf2

Torque limiting amount Limiting quantity sub.Mengenreduktion Amount of smoke Smoke changeset ramped (PI / NPI) Limiting quantity BM_ERAU = f (KTF) M_E limitation amount before VE quantity limitation Limiting amount of quantity adjustment Turbo quantity kickdown Turbo quantity Limitation amount before sub.Mengenreduktion Delta Volume per 100 degrees C (mrwKTB_KF) Smoke Begr.mengenfaktor (mrmBM_ERAU / mrmM_EAKT) M_E rampenfoermig VE limitation amount M_E lower threshold VE limitation amount Erhoehungsmenge Betriebstundenzaehler high-word Betriebstundenzaehler low-word EAB-test threshold high word EAB-test threshold low word FF-state ARD speed synchronous part State LLR speed synchronous part SR-state ARD speed synchronous part Status CVT intervention Filtered acceleration speed AG4 - High speed gradient in phase AG4 - speed gradient in low phase EGS CAN status for Ecomaticauswertung CAN - exceeded EGS intervention time EGS intervention time integral FGR shutoff bit-coded 0-15 FGR shutoff bit-coded> 15 FGR-OFF cause Coupling through use of FGR Quantitative limit on errors (bits) Quantitative limit on errors (bits) PWG condition for status change PWG current plausibility window PWG plausibility state currently Ramp Rate Thrust limit Max Dif., Transfer function Status of FVHKF evaluation Transfer function used before PT1 filter Tensile limit Frequency Zuheizersignal nude. Gear nude. Transmission group Limit active despite end request (for LL) HGB deviation HGB I component of the PI controller HGB P component of the PI controller HGB controller limitation Hysteresestatus CAN - Interventions age-I component Output DT1 wg. Air compressor switch-on Status of the calibration Pressure from Saugrohrunterdruckheilungskennlinie Pressure from Saugrohrunterdruckkennlinie Monitoring for SU not allowed Determined value for EEPROM Pressure difference LDF ADF before adjustment adjusted pressure difference LDF ADF


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page E-22

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroLDFUdif mroLLRDAnt mroLLUTF mroLLpwg mroLLsoll mroLLumdr mroLRRI1 mroLRRI2 mroLRRI3 mroLRRI4 mroLRRI5 mroLRRI6 mroLRRIST mroLRRReg mroLRRSoll mroLRRegel mroLS_akt mroLS_aus mroLSausBg mroMDASGmx mroMDInAdt mroMDIntdt mroMDSchRA

mroMDSchSO mroMDW_CAN mroMDW_PWG mroMDWkorr mroMD_ASG mroMD_ASR mroMD_Areg mroMD_Arei mroMD_EGS mroMD_FAHu mroMD_FAHx mroMD_GEN mroMD_IST6 mroMD_KL1 mroMD_KLI mroMD_KLK mroMD_KOFT mroMD_MOT mroMD_MSR mroMD_Rakt mroMD_Rdif mroMD_ReiR mroMD_SOL6 mroMD_SOLL mroMD_VOR mroMD_VORl mroMD_VORm mroMD_VORr mroMD_WUN mroMDabAKT mroMDabBEG mroMDabFGR mroMEVerl mroMST_ST mroM_APUMP mroM_ARDFF mroM_ARDSR mroM_ARDSu

Normalized manifold vacuum LLR-D component Status LL increase by UTF Idle speed with defective PWG Idle speed from WTF, ADF map Rotation threshold for Leerlaufdrehzahlerhoehung M_E I component of the first LRR-PI controller M_E I component of the second LRR-PI controller M_E I component of the third LRR-PI controller M_E I part of the fourth LRR-PI controller M_E I part of the 5th LRR-PI controller M_E I part of the sixth LRR-PI controller LRRIst LRRRegelabweichung LRRSoll Regulate ARD SR timer activation ARD LS shutdown ARD LS lot of comparison and dead time EGS pilot limiting maximum selection ASG integrated moment MSR integrated moment Error = friction torque (without LLR)-max. Allowed Drag torque Maximum allowable drag torque CAN - Radwunschmoment corrected PWG moment of v-dependent FVHKF With transfer function valued PWG moment CAN - ASG-moment CAN - ASR moment ASG torque from regulator ASG torque + friction torque CAN - EGS moment Uncorr. Moment f CAN CAN - driving moment Calculated generator torque loss Actual torque for Motor6 Embassy Calculated air compressor torque loss from KF Compressor load torque Torque loss over compressor load of Clima 1 Correction factor f Momentenkorr. Engine torque loss (without Klimakompr., And gen.) CAN - MSR moment valued reduced friction Friction raw Friction over fuel-KF Desired torque for Motor6 Embassy CAN - nominal torque EGS feedforward EGS pilot control - idle moment EGS pilot control after minimal selection EGS feedforward - friction torque CAN - desired torque Is wheel torque without ARD Begrenzungsradmoment Current Reglerausgangsgroesse wheel torque Loss amount Statusolda amount interlocking test Pumps quantity before zero-flow correction Injection quantity ARD Fuehrungsformer Injection quantity ARD Stoerungsregler ARD quantity SR ext.


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroM_ARDWU mroM_EAKTf mroM_EASGr mroM_EASR mroM_EASRr mroM_EBG mroM_EBGvo mroM_EEGSr mroM_EEGSx mroM_EFAHf mroM_EHKF mroM_ELA1 mroM_ELA2 mroM_ELA3 mroM_ELA4 mroM_ELA5 mroM_ELA6 mroM_ELLBE mroM_ELRR mroM_EMSRr mroM_EPWGU mroM_ERAM mroM_EREIB mroM_ERKF mroM_ESAB mroM_ESTAG mroM_ESTER mroM_ESTF mroM_ESTI2 mroM_ESTIP mroM_ESTvo mroM_ESchf mroM_ESchu mroM_EStKo mroM_EWFr mroM_EWLBG mroM_EWUBE mroM_EXASG mroM_EXASR mroM_EXEGS mroM_EXMSR mroM_Edndt mroM_Lk mroN_BAKT mroN_Baus mroN_LLCA1 mroN_LLCA2 mroN_LLCAr mroODS_bed mroPWGBits mroPWG_R_I mroPWG_R_S mroPWG_Z mroPWG_Z_H mroPWG_neu mroPWGinv mroPWGmin mroPWLLPos mroPW_DAbd mroPW_Hist mroPW_MAX mroPW_Stat

limited current Menage ARD Fuehrungsformer Current amount of driving ASG-intervention rough Quantity ASR intervention moment ASR intervention moment raw Limitation amount before dn / dt limiting Limitation amount before shutdown through dual-mass flywheel EGS intervention torque raw CAN - Ext amount EGS intervention without feedforward control Driving crowd in front of start switch AG4 - intervention amount upshift field Absolute amount of cylinder 1 Absolute amount of cylinder 2 Absolute amount of cylinder 3 Absolute quantity of cylinders 4 Absolute amount of cylinder 5 Absolute amount of cylinders 6 limited amount of idle LRR amount MSR intervention moment raw PWG request unlimited amount Oeldruckschalter ramp value CAN - Resulting from Reibmenge mrwREI_KF AG4 - intervention amount Rueckschaltkennfeld Starting quantity correction Starting quantity by quantity adjustment Start quantity Startmengenerhoehung Start quantity Startmengenerhoehung Starting quantity after correction mroM_EstKo Start quantity IPO3 Starting quantity before shutdown through dual-mass flywheel filtered drag quantity unfiltered tow lot Korrtekturmenge f (dzmNmit, anmKTF) Desired quantity driver unlimited Desired Amount of idle amount is limited by limiting amount Request limit amount ASG-replacement quantity ASR spare moment CAN - External Volume intervention EGS MSR spare moment dn / dt limiting amount Temperature corrected M_L air mass Influencing motor speed Flag no influence N max. tolerated LL-speed increase Desired idle speed via CAN (EGS2) Raw N_LL preset via CAN Oeldruckschalter status Collected status bits PWG Status PWG ramp current condition Status PWG ramp target state Status PWG Status PWG healing PWG before ramp rueckgerechnete PWG position minimum measured voltage PGS Idle position 0% PWG Transition conditions DA-LLL PWG history "dead zone learn" maximum allowed offset PWG status "dead zone learn"


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page E-24

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroPW_cmax mroPW_dp mroPW_red mroPkorr mroRMP_gef mroSUEBST2 mroSUEBSTA mroTD_Sper mroTIC mroTSBKADF mroTSBKLTF mroTSB_STG mroTSBits mroTS_ST mroU_PGSx2 mroUist mroUsoll mroUsollv mroVEB_STA mroVERBS_h mroVERBS_l mroVERB_Z mroVGES20 mroVZN_STO mroV_RAMP mroVzuNfil mroWA_STAT mroWTF_TES mro_STBatt mro_STNBT mro_STNO mro_ZMsta mrodM_EMGB

learned idle position measured synchronization tolerance trained Leerwegreduktion corr. Intake manifold pressure for smoke control KF GRA-filtered target acceleration for A + / EIN-/WA Status red. Schubueberwachung Status red. Schubueberwachung ARD SR Status locking timer Timer Counter Uncorrected TSB slope TSB slope correction value TSB corrected slope TSB BitOLDA Test Status Factor 2-corrected red. Sensor voltage Uist Regelgroesse for the positioner U setpoint for DSR U setpoint before the monitoring M_E status VE limitation amount (0: OFF delay, 1:. A, 3: Init) Totaled consumption (hi-word) Totaled consumption (lo-word) Flow heater Total consumption during the last 20 ms V / N for activation of the FGR function FGR-ramp speed V / N filter The ADR WA function status Test Status WTF dyn. Plaus. Difference of the last mrwSTZUmit UBATT values Speed of temperature characteristics for the ZMS Temperaturabhaengige N upper threshold for ZMS Status for ZMS Max Mengengradient

N nlmDK_auf nlmDK_zu nlmEND_AUS nlmLUENL nlmLUENLrd nlmM_E_AUS nlmNLact nlmUso_NAL nloFSP_S nloNACHst nloNACHtr1 nloNACHtr2 nloNL_TIM nloNL_TN0 nloSTABst nloSTABtr1 nloSTABtr2 nloSTOPst nloSTOPtr nloTSTTIM nloUEBMst nloUEBMtr

Throttle on the overrun DK to follow-up in Amplifiers Abschaltbit Sharing Luefternachlauf Sharing Luefternachlauf delivery receipt Amount of output from about self-diagnosis of GA Wake-detection bit UDIG setpoint DSR caster Fehlerabspeicherung status States for tracking control Transitions for tracking control Transitions for tracking control Timer off delay time measurements Timer from speed = 0 for Abstellschlagen States for voltage stabilizer test Transitions for voltage stabilizer test Transitions for voltage stabilizer test States for actuator adjust it stop location Transitions for actuator adjust it stop location Timer for tracking tests States for Ueberwachungsmodultest Transitions for Ueberwachungsmodultest

O oloLZEIT

Runtime olda


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-25

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

P pkmPSGIDOK

PSG ID WFS status 0: id ok 1: stored 2: received 3: 1 Save 4: Save 2 S

sbmAGL_SBR sbmKSB sbmPHIist sbmPHImit sbmPHIsoll sbmWTF sboDYNStat sboIANT sboK2 sboK3 sboK4 sboKW4 sboM_E sboNAPI sboPANT sboRA sboSKF sboSOLL1 sboSOLL2 sboSOLL3 sboSOLL4 sboSOLL5 sboSOLL6 sboSSK sboSSKv sboSST sboSTWS sboSWBGR sboUBA sboUMDRs simOEL_BEL

Balance value of beginning of injection Cold start accelerator SB-Is-angle SB-Is-angle-average (by PT1 filter) SB-target angular T_W water temperature for SBR Olda status of dyn. Fruehverstellung Olda I component SBR Olda total correction value 2 Olda total correction value 3 Olda total correction value 4 Olda correction value 4 Olda amount for setpoint Education Olda sum of P and I components Olda P component SBR Olda deviation Olda TV by self-control map Olda setpoint after correction 1 Olda setpoint after correction 2 Olda setpoint after correction 3 Olda setpoint after correction 4 Olda setpoint after correction 5 Olda Sollwert6 Olda TV to SB-start-KF Olda TV to SB-start KF without Limit. Olda total correction value 5 Olda TV-dependent after T_W tax-KF Olda setpoint limitation Olda TV by Ubatt correction Olda rotation threshold Oelbelastung

T tlmKMW_CAN

Fuel quantity warning about CAN V

vsoDTW_TA vsoDTW_ZB vsoDTW_ZB1 vsoDTW_ZB2 vsoDTW_ZB3 vsoDTW_ZB4 vsoDTW_ZB5 vsoDTW_ZB6 vsoDTW_ZB7 vsoDTW_ZB8 vsoDTW_ZB9 vsoDTW_ZBA vsoDTW_ZBB vsoDTW_ZBC vsoDTW_ZBD vsoDTW_ZBE

Synchronization Display table Display table Display table Display table Display table Display table Display table Display table Display table Display table Display table Display table Display table Display table Display table

n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync n-sync


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

Page E-26

EDC15 +

0

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

vsoDTW_ZBF vsoDTZ_TA vsoDTZ_TI vsoDTZ_ZB vsoDTZ_ZB1 vsoDTZ_ZB2 vsoDTZ_ZB3 vsoDTZ_ZB4 vsoDTZ_ZB5 vsoDTZ_ZB6 vsoDTZ_ZB7 vsoDTZ_ZB8 vsoDTZ_ZB9 vsoDTZ_ZBA vsoDTZ_ZBB vsoDTZ_ZBC vsoDTZ_ZBD vsoDTZ_ZBE vsoDTZ_ZBF

Display table n-sync Synchronization t-synchronous Word synchronization t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous Display table t-synchronous

X xcmBYPSTAN xcmBYPSTAT xcmDATA_Er xcmD_F_AR2 xcmD_F_MIL xcmD_F_ML1 xcmD_F_ML2 xcmIHM2DIA xcmImmoSta xcmImmoZ2 xcmKmMILch xcmKmMILon xcmMSG_gsp xcmM_List xcmOBD_ANZ xcmPINDIA xcmPSGSET xcmR_THS xcmRdBits xcmSCHALT1 xcmSCHALT2 xcmSCHALT3 xcmSCHALT4 xcmSCHALT5 xcmSperre xcmSt_frei xcmWFS2DIA xcmWFSDATA xcoASW_ZB xcoASW_ZB1 xcoASW_ZB2 xcoASW_ZB3 xcoASW_ZB4 xcoASW_ZB5 xcoASW_ZB6 xcoASW_ZB7 xcoASW_ZB8 xcoASW_ZB9 xcoASZ_ZB xcoASZ_ZB1

Error status universal interface n-sync Error status universal interface n-and t-sync Status Message data from WFS invalid TV triggering ARF Regulator 2 TV control MIL lamp TV control motor bearings 1 TV triggering engine bearing 2 Info of IT at diagnosis over CAN condition (NACK, lock) Immobilizer status Immobilizer Zaehler_2 Status km Counter MIL on EOBD km Counter MIL on MSG permanently banned (0: no / 1: yes) WFS -> EE Air mass flow rate in mg / s for Freeze Frame Number of OBD-related defect PIN from diagnosis PSG ID WFS Anlernanforderung xcmR_THS = TRUE Readiness for diagnosis thermostat set! Status Readiness COM/FUE/MIS/CAT/EGR/-/-/Switch 1 (0: KLI, 3: LGS, 4: KIK, 6: erh.LL) Switch 2 (0: BRE, 3: BRK, 6: KUP) Switch 3 (0: BRE, 1: BRK, 2: KUP, 3: KIK, 4: KLI, 5: LGS, 6: erh.LL) Switch 4 (0: BRE, 1: BRK, 2: KUP, 3: FGR / ACC) Switch 5 (0: dimADP, 2: dimADM, 3: dimHAN, 6: dimADR, 7: dimADW) Login lock request Start Sharing Info WFS at diagnosis over CAN state (CNCoRSE) Pointer to read about CAN WFS data Start address of SG data -> ASCET channel A Display table ASCET n-sync Display table ASCET n-sync Display table ASCET n-sync Display table ASCET n-sync Display table ASCET n-sync Display table ASCET n-sync Display table ASCET n-sync Display table ASCET n-sync Display table ASCET n-sync Start address of SG data -> ASCET channel B Display table ASCET t-synchronous


DS / ESA

List of olda's

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page E-27

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

xcoASZ_ZB2 xcoASZ_ZB3 xcoASZ_ZB4 xcoASZ_ZB5 xcoASZ_ZB6 xcoASZ_ZB7 xcoASZ_ZB8 xcoASZ_ZB9 xcoASZ_ZBA xcoASZ_ZBB xcoASZ_ZBC xcoASZ_ZBD xcoASZ_ZBE xcoASZ_ZBF xcoASZ_ZBG xcoASZ_ZBH xcoASZ_ZBI xcoASZ_ZBJ xcoASZ_ZBK xcoASZ_ZBL xcoASZ_ZBM xcoASZ_ZBN xcoASZ_ZBO xcoASZ_ZBP xcoBYP_COS xcoBYP_COX xcoFLNR xcoKWPZUST xcoMWBNr xcoMWNr xcoRND_H xcoRND_L xcoSKC_H xcoSKC_L xcoSKC_M xcoStatus xcoTRGID_S xcoTRGID_X

Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Display table ASCET t-synchronous Bypass Ueberwachungszaehler n-sync Bypass Ueberwachungszaehler t-sync Currently edited Fehlerbitnummer State of the KWP2000 software for Program Flash Olda measured value block number Olda sample number Random number HighWord Random number lowword SKC HighWord SKC lowword SKC Middle Word Realty Test Status byte 2 Address trigger identifier ASCET channel A (S) Address trigger identifier ASCET channel B (X)

Z zmmDKTL zmmF_KRIT zmmHF2_DEF zmmSYSERR zmmUBATT

Monitoring throttle Failure criteria metering 2.HFM defective System error procedure based INJ filtered battery voltage


19 April 2002

List of olda's

DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page H-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Appendix H List of SG PINS Pins in alphabetical order: Abbr. ARS 0 ARS2-0 ARS-E ATD-E BAT BAT BAT + BAT + BLS-E

BTS-E CAN1-H CAN1-L CAN10 CAN2-H CAN2-L CAN20 CRA-E DKS 0 DKS-E DZG-A DZG-S DZG0 DZG1 DZG2 EAB-1 EKP-0 FGG1 GEN-0 GEN-E GRAGRA-A GRA-L

Pin K061 K059 K074 K013 K004 K005 K001 K002 K032

K065 K007 K006 K008 A082 A083 A084 K047 K081 K075 A093 A086 A102 A110 A094 A120 K080 K020 K079 K038 K067 K046 K014

Function ARF-digit Exhaust gas recirculation actuator, power output ARF-controller feedback signal Outdoor temperature data telegram Supply voltage minus Supply voltage minus Supply voltage plus Supply voltage plus Brake Light Switch

Brake test signal Controller Area Network, high-signal, input 1 Controller Area Network, Low-signal, input 1 Controller Area Network Screen 1 Controller Area Network, high-signal; Input 2 Controller Area Network; Low signal; Input 2 Controller Area Network Screen 2 Crash sensor input signal Throttle Actuator (EPW) Throttle actuator feedback signal Digitized KW-speed signal Speed sensor; Shield connection Speed sensor, mass Speed sensor signal Speed encoder supply Electrical shutdown Electric fuel pump relay Vehicle speed sensor signal Generator shutdown Generator load input Geschw.regelanlage, SET Geschw.regelanlage, AUS Geschw.regelanlage, deleting

Chapter / Art Output Output Digital inputs Ambient temperature

Record ehwEST_AR1

anwUTF_ ..

anwBAT_ .. Analog inputs Digital inputs Digital inputs CAN CAN

anwBRE_ .. diwBRE_ .. diwBRK_ ..

CAN CAN Analog inputs Output Digital inputs Speed encoder Speed encoder

Speed encoder Speed encoder Other Features Output Fahrgeschw. encoder Quantity calculation Analog inputs Digital inputs Digital inputs Digital inputs

GRA-S

K044 Geschw.regelanlage, SET +

Digital inputs

GRA-W

K045 Geschw.regelanlage, resumption

Digital inputs

GRL-0 GZR-E HBR-E

K042 glow relay K033 Glühzeitrückmeldung K064 brake switch input

Output Digital inputs Digital inputs

HFM0 HFM1 HFM2

K049 hot film air mass sensor, mass K068 hot film air mass sensor signal K030 hot film air mass sensor supply

Analog inputs Analog inputs

crw ...... ehwEST_AR2 diwRKS_ ..

ehwEST_EAB ehwEST_EKP fgwDA ..

diwFGM_ .. diwFGA_ .. diwFGV_ .. diwFGL_ .. diwADR_ .. diwFGP_ .. diwADP_ .. diwFGW_ .. diwADM_ .. ehwEST_GRS diwGZR_ .. diwHAN_ .. diwMIL_ ..

anwLMM_ .. anwLM2_ ..


19 April 2002

List of SG PINS

DS / ESA

Page H-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

HRL 0 HYL-0 HZA0 HZA1 ISO-K K15-E

K018 K011 K076 K017 K016 K037

K50-E KIK-E

A088 terminal 50, digital start info for SG K063 kickdown input signal

KKD-E KLI-B

A096 air compressor pressure sensor signal K029 climate signal, bidirectional

KLI-E KMW-E KSK-0 KTF0 KTF1 KTH-0 KUP-E KVS-A LDF0 LDF1 LDF2 LDS 0 LDS-E LGS-E

K034 K057 K043 A103 A111 K060 K066 K009 K052 K071 K031 K062 K056 K070

LTF0 LTF1 MES-0 MES-0 MIL-0 MML1-0 MVS-0 n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c. n.c.

K054 K073 A116 A121 K024 K023 A114 K003 K010 K025 K026 K058 K077 K078 A085 A090 A091 A092 A115 A117 A118 A119

Main relay Hydraulic fan Heating requirement, mass Heating requirement K-Line ISO protocol Terminal 15

Air input signal Fuel quantity warning Fuel cooling (low side) Fuel temperature sensor, mass Fuel temperature sensor signal Radiator thermostat - heating Coupling signal Electric fan Boost pressure sensor, mass Boost pressure sensor signal Boost pressure sensor, supply Boost pressure plate Charger plate feedback signal Pedal position sensor idle switch input signal

Air temperature sensor, mass Air temperature sensing signal Amount interlocking Amount interlocking MIL indicator light Solenoid valve control motor bearings 1 Solenoid valve for injection start not connected not connected not connected not connected not connected not connected not connected not connected not connected not connected not connected not connected not connected not connected not connected

Monitoring concept AusgangehwEST_HYL Analog inputs AnalogeingängeanwHZA_ ... Diagnosis AnalogeingängeanwK15_ .. DigitaleingängediwK15_ .. Quantity calculation DigitaleingängediwKIK_ .. anwPG2_ .. AnalogeingängeanwKMD_ .. DigitaleingängeehwEST_KLI diwKLB_ .. DigitaleingängediwKLI

Output Analog inputs Output Digital inputs Output

anwKTF_ .. ehwEST_TST diwKUP_ .. ehwEST_GER

Analog inputs

anwLDF_ .. anwLD2_ .. ehwEST_LDS

Output Digital inputs Digital inputs Analog inputs

Analog inputs Output Output Output Output Output

diwLGF_ .. diwLGS_ .. anwPGS_ .. anwLTF_ ..

ehwEST_MIL ehwEST_ML1 ehwEST_MVS


DS / ESA

List of SG PINS

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page H-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

NBF0 NBF1 ODG-E OTF0 OTF1 PWG10 PWG11 PWG12 PWG20 RES 1-E RES4-E RES5-E RME-E RFL-E RWG-M RWG-M RWG-R RWG-R RWG-Y SYS-0 TAV-0 TDS A TLS0 TLS1 TQS-A TTF10 TTF11 WTF10 WTF11 WTF20 WTF21 ZH1 0 ZH2-0 ZHB-A ZHB-E ZHR-E

A101 A109 A098 A105 A113 K050 K069 K012 K051 K019 A087 A095 K048 K048 A099 A107 A100 A108 A106 K040 K041 K027 K053 K072 K028 K055 K036 A104 A112 A089 A097 K021 K022 K035 K039 K015

Needle movement sensor, mass Needle movement sensor signal Oil pressure sensor input signal Oil temperature sensor, mass Oil temperature sensor signal Pedal sensor 1, ground Pedal sensor signal 1 Pedal sensor 1, supply Pedal sensor 2, mass Reserve digital input 1 Reserve digital input 4 Reserve digital input 5 RME-sensor signal Reversing light switch signal Regelweggeber, measuring coil tap Regelweggeber, measuring coil tap Regelweggeber, tap, reference coil Regelweggeber, tap, reference coil Regelweggeber, center tap Lamp system Tankabschaltventil (low-side) Speed signal output Low-level switches, mass Low-level switch input Speed Synchronous consumption signal Tank temperature sensor, mass Tank temperature sensor signal Water temperature sensor, mass Water temperature sensor signal Water temperature sensor 2, mass Water temperature sensor 2 (radiator outlet) Auxiliary heating 1, output Additional heating 2 Output Additional heating, control relays (low side) Additional heating, entrance Switching input - Zuheizersteuerung

Analog inputs Digital inputs

diwODS_ ..

Analog inputs

anwOTF_ ..

Analog inputs Analog inputs

anwPWG_ .. anwPW2_ ..

Analog inputs Digital inputs Monitoring concept Monitoring concept Monitoring concept Monitoring concept Monitoring concept Output Output Output

anwRME_ ..

ehwEST_DIA ehwEST_TAV

Digital inputs Output Analog inputs Analog inputs Analog inputs Analog inputs Analog inputs Output Output Output Digital inputs Digital inputs

anwWTF_ .. anwWTK_ ... ehwEST_GK1 ehwEST_GK2

diwKWH_ ..


19 April 2002

List of SG PINS

DS / ESA

Page H-4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Pins sorted by number: Abbr. BAT + BAT + n.c. BAT BAT CAN1-L CAN1-H CAN10 KVS-A n.c. HYL-0 PWG12 ATD-E GRA-L

Pin K001 K002 K003 K004 K005 K006 K007 K008 K009 K010 K011 K012 K013 K014

Function Supply voltage plus Supply voltage plus not connected Supply voltage minus Supply voltage minus Controller Area Network, Low-signal, input 1 Controller Area Network, high-signal, input 1 Controller Area Network Screen 1 Electric fan not connected Hydraulic fan Pedal sensor 1, supply Outdoor temperature data telegram Geschw.regelanlage, deleting

ZHR-E ISO-K HZA1 HRL 0 RES 1-E FGG1 ZH1 0 ZH2-0 MML1-0 MIL-0 n.c. n.c. TDS A TQS-A KLI-B

K015 K016 K017 K018 K019 K020 K021 K022 K023 K024 K025 K026 K027 K028 K029

Switching input - Zuheizersteuerung K-Line ISO protocol Heating requirement Main relay Reserve digital input 1 Vehicle speed sensor signal Auxiliary heating 1, output Additional heating 2 Output Solenoid valve control motor bearings 1 MIL indicator light not connected not connected Speed signal output Speed Synchronous consumption signal Climate signal, bidirectional

HFM2 LDF2 BLS-E

K030 hot film air mass sensor supply K031 boost pressure sensor, supply K032 brake light switch

GZR-E KLI-E ZHB-A TTF11 K15-E

K033 K034 K035 K036 K037

Glühzeitrückmeldung Air input signal Additional heating, control relays (low side) Tank temperature sensor signal Terminal 15

GEN-E ZHB-E SYS-0 TAV-0 GRL-0 KSK-0

K038 K039 K040 K041 K042 K043

Generator load input Additional heating, entrance Lamp system Tankabschaltventil (low-side) Glow relay Fuel cooling (low side)

Chapter / Art

Record anwBAT_ ..

CAN CAN Output

ehwEST_GER

Output Analog inputs Ambient temperature Digital inputs

ehwEST_HYL anwPW2_ .. anwUTF_ .. diwFGV_ .. diwFGL_ .. diwADR_ .. diwKWH_ ..

Digital inputs Diagnosis AnalogeingängeanwHZA_ ... Monitoring concept

Fahrgeschw. encoder Output Output Output Output

Output Output Digital inputs Analog inputs Analog inputs Digital inputs Digital inputs Digital inputs Output Analog inputs Analog inputs Digital inputs Analog inputs Digital inputs Output Output Output Output

fgwDA .. ehwEST_GK1 ehwEST_GK2 ehwEST_ML1 ehwEST_MIL

ehwEST_KLI diwKLB_ .. anwLM2_ .. anwLD2_ .. anwBRE_ .. diwBRE_ .. diwGZR_ .. diwKLI

anwK15_ .. diwK15_ ..

ehwEST_DIA ehwEST_TAV ehwEST_GRS


DS / ESA

List of SG PINS

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page H-5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

GRA-S

K044 Geschw.regelanlage, SET +

Digital inputs

GRA-W

K045 Geschw.regelanlage, resumption

Digital inputs

GRA-A CRA-E RME-E RFL-E HFM0 PWG10 PWG20 LDF0 TLS0 LTF0 TTF10 LDS-E KMW-E n.c. ARS2-0 KTH-0 ARS 0 LDS 0 KIK-E

K046 K047 K048 K048 K049 K050 K051 K052 K053 K054 K055 K056 K057 K058 K059 K060 K061 K062 K063

Digital inputs Analog inputs Analog inputs Digital inputs

HBR-E

K064 brake switch input

Digital inputs

BTS-E KUP-E GRAHFM1 PWG11 LGS-E

K065 K066 K067 K068 K069 K070

Brake test signal Coupling signal Geschw.regelanlage, SET Hot-film air mass sensor signal Pedal sensor signal 1 Pedal position sensor idle switch input signal

Digital inputs Digital inputs Digital inputs Analog inputs Analog inputs Digital inputs Analog inputs

LDF1 TLS1 LTF1 ARS-E DKS-E HZA0 n.c. n.c. GEN-0 EKP-0 DKS 0 CAN2-H CAN2-L CAN20 n.c. DZG-S RES4-E

K071 K072 K073 K074 K075 K076 K077 K078 K079 K080 K081 A082 A083 A084 A085 A086 A087

Boost pressure sensor signal Low-level switch input Air temperature sensing signal ARF-controller feedback signal Throttle actuator feedback signal Heating requirement, mass not connected not connected Generator shutdown Electric fuel pump relay Throttle Actuator (EPW) Controller Area Network, high-signal; Input 2 Controller Area Network; Low signal; Input 2 Controller Area Network Screen 2 not connected Speed sensor; Shield connection Reserve digital input 4

Analog inputs Digital inputs Analog inputs Digital inputs Digital inputs Analog inputs

anwLTF_ ..

Quantity calculation Output Output CAN CAN

ehwEST_EKP ehwEST_AR2

Geschw.regelanlage, AUS Crash sensor input signal RME-sensor signal Reversing light switch signal Hot-film air mass sensor, mass Pedal sensor 1, ground Pedal sensor 2, mass Boost pressure sensor, mass Low-level switches, mass Air temperature sensor, mass Tank temperature sensor, mass Charger plate feedback signal Fuel quantity warning not connected Exhaust gas recirculation actuator, power output Radiator thermostat - heating ARF-digit Boost pressure plate Kickdown input signal

diwFGP_ .. diwADP_ .. diwFGW_ .. diwADM_ .. diwFGA_ .. crw ...... anwRME_ ..

Digital inputs

Output Output Output Output Digital inputs

ehwEST_TST ehwEST_AR1 ehwEST_LDS diwKIK_ .. anwPG2_ .. diwHAN_ .. diwMIL_ .. diwBRK_ .. diwKUP_ .. diwFGM_ .. anwLMM_ .. anwPWG_ .. diwLGF_ .. diwLGS_ .. anwPGS_ .. anwLDF_ ..

diwRKS_ ..

Speed encoder


19 April 2002

List of SG PINS

DS / ESA

Page H-6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

K50-E WTF20 n.c. n.c. n.c. DZG-A DZG2 RES5-E KKD-E WTF21 ODG-E RWG-M RWG-R NBF0 DZG0 KTF0 WTF10 OTF0 RWG-Y RWG-M RWG-R NBF1 DZG1 KTF1 WTF11 OTF1 MVS-0 n.c. MES-0 n.c. n.c. n.c. EAB-1 MES-0

A088 A089 A090 A091 A092 A093 A094 A095 A096 A097 A098 A099 A100 A101 A102 A103 A104 A105 A106 A107 A108 A109 A110 A111 A112 A113 A114 A115 A116 A117 A118 A119 A120 A121

Terminal 50, Digital Home Info for SG Water temperature sensor 2, mass not connected not connected not connected Digitized KW-speed signal Speed encoder supply Reserve digital input 5 Air compressor pressure sensor signal Water temperature sensor 2 (radiator outlet) Oil pressure sensor input signal Regelweggeber, measuring coil tap Regelweggeber, tap, reference coil Needle movement sensor, mass Speed sensor, mass Fuel temperature sensor, mass Water temperature sensor, mass Oil temperature sensor, mass Regelweggeber, center tap Regelweggeber, measuring coil tap Regelweggeber, tap, reference coil Needle movement sensor signal Speed sensor signal Fuel temperature sensor signal Water temperature sensor signal Oil temperature sensor signal Solenoid valve for injection start not connected Amount interlocking not connected not connected not connected Electrical shutdown Amount interlocking

Quantity calculation Analog inputs

Speed encoder Speed encoder Analog inputs Analog inputs Digital inputs Monitoring concept Monitoring concept

anwKMD_ .. anwWTK_ ... diwODS_ ..

Analog inputs Monitoring concept Monitoring concept Monitoring concept Analog inputs Speed encoder AnalogeingängeanwKTF_ .. AnalogeingängeanwWTF_ .. AnalogeingängeanwOTF_ .. AusgangehwEST_MVS

Output

Other Features Output

ehwEST_EAB


DS / ESA

List of SG PINS

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page I-1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Appendix I Universal ASCET interface The Universal ASCET interface allows control interventions on specific control units sizes carried out. Thus, the calculation of a function to an external computer (by-pass Computer) to be outsourced. The engagement is enabled on a particular function, as the value of the corresponding message sent from the bypass machine value used. The Data consistency is an alternative writing of the bypass values in a double buffer realized. As input values for the bypass any computer control unit sizes can have its own Display table will be requested.

Activation The interface is enabled by the software switch cowFUN_BYP. This software switch is active only after SG-reset and a change during operation has no effect on the ASCET interface. Description of Damosschalters cowFUN_BYP: Decimal comment 0Schnittstelle inactive 1Schnittstelle active

The parameters xcwBYP_EIS (switch n-synchronous operation) and xcwBYP_EIX (switch for t-synchronous interaction), the bypass operations individually switched on and off. A Has change the switch during operation immediate impact on the bypass Functionality. Assigning the messages to the bit position depending on the version of the software, and can itself, for example, move when changing the number or selection. A maximum of 16 time and 16-n-synchronous messages are taken into account. The selection is However, for a fixed Delivered software and must prior to delivery to the competent Development are coordinated.


19 April 2002

Universal ASCET interface - activation

DS / ESA

Page I-2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Description of the bit-coded software switch xcwBYP_EIS - Bypass switch function n-synchronous: Bitpos. Decimal Message 01mrmM_EPUMP 12mrmM_EMOT 24mrmM_ELLR 38mrmM_ELRR

Value 1 LSB 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

Unit [Mg / stroke] [Mg / stroke] [Mg / stroke] [Mg / stroke]

Description of the bit-coded software switch xcwBYP_EIX - Bypass switch function t-synchronous: Bitpos. Decimal Message 01ehmFARS 12ehmFLDK 24ehmFLD_DK 38mrmM_ESTAR 416mrmM_EWUN 532mrmM_EWUNF 664mrmMD_Reib

Value 1 LSB 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.1

Unit [%] [%] [%] [Mg / stroke] [Mg / stroke] [Mg / stroke] [Nm]

Addresses The addresses of which the control unit, the calculated values are obtained from ASCET as follows calculated: Switch buffer n-sync Addr buffer 1: xcpBYP_BASIS xceW_S_OFF + + 1 + BITPOS. Addr buffer 2: xcpBYP_BASIS + xceW_S_OFF + 17 + BITPOS. Switch buffer t-sync Addr buffer 1: xcpBYP_BASIS xceW_X_OFF + + 1 + BITPOS. Addr buffer 2: xcpBYP_BASIS + xceW_X_OFF + 17 + BITPOS.

xcpBYP_BASIS xceW_S_OFF xceW_X_OFF Bit position

0F0E60h 04Ah 06Bh according to the table


DS / ESA

Universal ASCET interface - addresses

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page I-3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

Monitoring The interface to the ASCET bypass machine is monitored by checking the Monitoring counter that is incremented with each write access from the bypass machine. Varies this monitoring counters too many times not, the bypass operation is irrevocable (to disabled to control device reset). The number of times one after the other of the monitoring counter may remain unchanged, can xcwBYP_COS (for n-synchronous) or xcwBYP_COX (for tsynchronous) are applied. Has been detected in this manner, a communication error, the main by-pass switch is reported xcmBYP_FUN reset and the error fbbERUC_A. By resetting of the Main switch of the bypass operation will be canceled, so the usual driving functions switched.

Of intervention It is possible in principle to carry out interventions absolute or additive. In additive The Signed-range limits is exceeded, limited to surgery in these same. That is it can not happen that by the addition of two positive values results in a negative value (And in reverse for positive results).

Limiting the bypass values With the labels xcwMINA_xx, xcwMAXA_xx for synchronous angle and xcwMINB_xx, xcwMAXB_xx for time-synchronized, the values that are written to the message reproduction, limited. The endings xx stand for the corresponding bit position according to the table (see above).


19 April 2002

Universal ASCET interface - Monitoring

DS / ESA

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 1

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

EINAUS2B 9-4 EKP_01 5-73 CHARACTERISTIC AREA 1-6 LDR_01 4-1 LDR_03 4-2 LDR_04 4-4 LDR_04a 4-7 LDR_05 4-8 LDR_06 4-9 LDR_07 4-11 LDR_08 4-12 LDR_10 4-13 LDR_11 4-13 LDR_12 8-32 MERE01 2-2 MERE02 2-3, 2-4 MEREAD01 2-95 MEREAD02 2-95 MEREAD03 2-99 MEREAD04 2-103 MEREAD05 2-100 MEREAR01 2-141 MEREAR02 2-26 MEREAR03 2-149 MEREAR04 2-150 MEREAR11 2-142 MEREAR15 2-146 MEREAR16 2-146 MEREBG01 2-11 MEREBG02 2-12 MEREBG03 2-18 MEREBG21 2-17 MEREBG2A 2-16 MEREBG2B 2-15 MEREBG2C 2-15 MEREBG3A 2-21 MEREEX01 2-115 MEREEX02 2-119 MEREEX03 2-120 MEREEX04 2-121 MEREEX05 2-122 MEREEX08 2-123 MEREEX09 2-126 MEREEX10 2-128 MEREEX11 2-129 MEREEX12 2-114 MEREEX13 2-115 MEREEX14 2-123 MEREEX15 2-132 MEREEX16 2-137 MEREEX17 2-136 MEREEX18 2-116 MEREFV01 2-52 MEREFV02 2-53 MEREFV03 2-54 MEREFV04 2-56 MEREGG01 2-25 MEREGR01 2-67 MEREGR02 2-72 MEREGR03 2-74 MEREGR04 2-77 MEREGR05 2-79 MEREGR06 2-81 MEREGR07 2-83 MEREGR08 2-85 MEREGR09 2-85 MEREGR10 2-70

A Illustration ARF_01 3-1 ARF_02 3-9 ARF_03 3-12 ARF_04 3-13 ARF_05 3-16 ARF_06 3-18 ARF_07 3-20 ARF_09 3-21 ARF_10 3-22 ARF_11 3-22 ARF_12 3-25 ARF_13 3-26 ARF_15 3-3 ARF_16 3-23 ARF_17 3-10 ARF_18 3-24 ARF_19 3-17 ARF_20 3-2 ARF_21 3-4 ARF_22 3-5 ARF_23 3-6 ARF_24 3-7 CAN_01 10-69 CAN_02 10-8 CAN_03 10-8 CAN_04 10-67 CAN_05 10-4 CAN_07 10-71 CAN_08 10-13 CAN_09 10-72 CAN_10 10-15 CAN_11 10-70 CAN_14 10-29 CANLog02_128 CANLog04_128 CANLog12_128 CODE01 14-1 CODE02 14-3 CODE03 14-4 CODE04 14-4 CODE05 14-4 CODE06 14-5 CODE07 14-5 EANA05 9-13 EANA06 9-13 EANA07 9-13 EANA08 9-14 EINAUS01 9-1 EINAUS02 9-1 EINAUS04 9-10 EINAUS05 9-15 EINAUS06 9-26 EINAUS07 9-15 EINAUS08 9-28 EINAUS09 9-29 EINAUS10 9-12 EINAUS11 9-31 EINAUS12 9-22 EINAUS13 9-22 EINAUS14 9-16 EINAUS15 9-24 EINAUS16 9-11 EINAUS2A 9-5


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 2

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

MEREHG01 2-105 MEREHG02 2-111 MEREHG03 2-112 MEREHG04 2-113 MERELL01 2-24 MERELL02 2-27 MERELL03 2-30 MERELL04 2-33 MERELL05 2-38 MERELL06 2-29 MERELL07 2-34 MERELL3A 2-37 MERELL3B 2-37 MERELL3C 2-31 MERELL3D 2-32 MERELL3E 2-36 MERELR01 2-154 MERELR02 2-155 MERELR03 2-154 MERELW01 2-43 MERELW02 2-51 MERELW03 2-47 MERELW04 2-47 MERELW05 2-48 MERELW06 2-49 MERELW07 2-49 MERELW08 2-50 MERELW09 2-51 MERESA01 2-60 MEREST01 2-6 MEREST02 2-6 MEREST03 2-8 MEREST04 2-9 MEREST1A 2-7 MEREWU01 2-41 SBR_01 13-1 SBR_02 13-2 SBR_03 13-4 SBR_04 13-6 SBR_05 13-7 SONSEC01 9-3 SONSEC02 5-37 SONSEC03 5-37 SONSEC04 5-38 SONSEC05 5-39 SONSGEA1 5-64 SONSGZ01 5-1 SONSGZ02 5-5 SONSGZ03 5-3 SONSGZ04 5-7 SONSGZ05 5-14 SONSGZ06 5-14 SONSGZ07 5-2 SONSGZ08 5-3 SONSGZ09 5-4 SONSGZ10 5-16 SONSKK01 5-18 SONSKL01 5-21 SONSKL02 5-21 SONSKL03 5-22 SONSKL04 5-23 SONSKL06 5-24 SONSKL07 5-25 SONSKL08 5-25 SONSKL09 5-26 SONSKL10 5-26 SONSKL11 5-26 SONSKL12 5-26

SONSKL13 5-27 SONSKL14 5-27 SONSKL15 5-28 SONSKL16 5-28 SONSKL17 5-29 SONSKM01 5-40 SONSKM02 5-41 SONSKM03 5-42 SONSKM04 5-43 SONSKU01 5-44 SONSKU02 5-47 SONSKU03 5-48 SONSKU04 5-49 SONSKU05 5-53 SONSKU06 5-50 SONSKU07 5-50 SONSKU08 5-52 SONSKW01 5-30 SONSML01 5-35 SONSNL01 11-2 SONSNL02 11-5 SONSNL03 11-6 SONSNL04 11-7 SONSNL05 11-9 SONSNL06 11-10 SONSNL07 11-12 SONSSI01 5-63 SONSTD01 5-57 SONSTD02 5-59 SONSTD03 5-60 SONSTD04 5-62 SONSTD05 5-62 SONSZA01 5-69 SONSZA02 5-69 SONSZA03 5-70 SONSZA04 5-71 SYSFEHL01 8-53 SYSFEHL02 8-54 SYSFEHL04 8-57 SYSFEHL3 8-55 SYSFEHL3A 8-56 UEBE_03 8-68 UEBE_06 8-74 UEBE_07 8-8 UEBE_08 8-8 UEBEFB01 6-1 UEBEFB02 6-2 UEBEFB03 6-14 UEBEFB04 6-5 UEBEFB05 6-6 XCOM01 7-2 XCOM02 7-3 XCOM03 7-34 XCOM04 7-36 XCOM05 7-37 XCOM08 7-60 ZUME01 12-2 ZUME03 12-5 ZUME05 12-6 ZUME06 12-7 ZUME07 12-1 ZUME08_120 12-7 ZUME20 12-3

Record anwADF_MAX 8-4 anwADF_MIN 8-4 © All rights reserved by Robert Bosch GmbH, including in cases of proprietary rights applications. All rights of disposal such as copying and passing on to us.

DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 3

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

anwADF_VOR 8-4, 8-31 anwBAT_FG 8-4 anwBAT_MAX 8-4 anwBAT_MIN 8-4 anwBAT_VOR 8-4 anwFG_OTF 8-41 anwHZA_MAX 8-24 anwHZA_MIN 8-24 anwHZA_VOR 8-24 anwK15_GF 9-21 anwK15_H_O 6-3, 8-7, 9-21, 10-5 anwK15_H_U 6-9, 6-10, 8-7, 9-21, 10-5 anwK15_ONV 9-21 anwK15_VOR 9-21 anwKMD_DPL 9-24 anwKMD_GEB 8-61, 9-24 anwKMD_KL 9-24 anwKMD_MAX 8-61, 9-24 anwKMD_MIN 8-61, 9-24 anwKMD_VOR 8-61, 9-24 anwKMW_CAN 10-46 anwKTF_dT 8-27, 8-28 anwKTF_Imn 8-27, 8-28 anwKTF_Int 8-27, 8-28 anwKTF_MAX 8-27 anwKTF_MIN 8-27 anwKTF_T 8-27, 8-28 anwKTF_Tmn 8-27, 8-28 anwKTF_VOR 8-27 anwKTFPRDY 8-27, 8-28 anwLD2_MAX 8-30 anwLD2_MIN 8-30 anwLD2_VOR 8-30 anwLDF_MAX 8-30 anwLDF_MIN 8-30 anwLDF_VOR 8-30, 8-31 anwLM2_MAX 8-38 anwLM2_MIN 8-38 anwLMD_N1 8-38, 9-8, 9-14 anwLMD_N2 8-38, 9-8, 9-14 anwLMM_MAX 8-38, 9-14 anwLMM_MIN 8-38, 9-14 anwLTF_MAX 8-40 anwLTF_MIN 8-40 anwLTF_VOR 8-40 anwLTI_FS 8-52 anwLTI_PER 8-52 anwNBA_BAT 8-66 anwNBA_ZT 8-66 anwNBF_MAX 8-66 anwNBF_MIN 8-66 anwO_LUrKL 8-41, 9-12 anwO_VBtKL 8-41, 9-12 anwOTF_KAN 9-12, 14-4 anwOTF_MAX 8-41 anwOTF_MIN 8-41 anwOTF_VOR 8-41, 9-12 anwOTFaWTF 9-12 anwPG2_MAX 8-67 anwPG2_MIN 8-67 anwPGS_MAX 8-67 anwPGS_MIN 8-67 anwPW2_MAX 8-42 anwPW2_MIN 8-42 anwPW2_VOR 8-42 anwPWG_KL 2-51 anwPWG_MAX 8-42 anwPWG_MIN 8-42

anwREF_MAX 8-48 anwREF_MIN 8-48 anwREF_VOR 8-48 anwRME_MAX 8-51 anwRME_MIN 8-51 anwRME_VOR 8-51 anwSW_WTF 8-41 anwT_OTF 8-41 anwT_P_OTF 8-41 anwTAD_MAX 8-52 anwTAD_MIN 8-52 anwUBAT_KL 9-7 anwUTF_KL 9-5 anwUTF_UBm 8-49, 9-5 anwUTFAMAX 8-49 anwUTFAMIN 8-49 anwUTFAVOR 8-49 anwWSZ_DZ 8-51 anwWSZ_STM 8-51 anwWSZ_SZT 8-51 anwWTF_MAX 8-50 anwWTF_MIN 8-50 anwWTF_VOR 8-50, 9-13 anwWTFdelt 8-26, 8-51 anwWTFSCH 8-50, 9-11, 10-68, 13-5 anwWTFSCH2 8-57 anwWTK_MAX 8-50 anwWTK_MIN 8-50 anwWTK_VOR 8-50 arw2ST_KF 3-14 arw2STAUS 3-14 arw3STAUS 3-17 arwAB_TV 3-23 arwABdzo 3-23 arwABdzu 3-23 arwABldmax 3-23 arwABmeo 3-23 arwABmeu 3-23 arwABmint 3-23 arwABwunmx 3-23 arwANSTWKL 3-22 arwARF_var 3-13, 3-14, 3-15 arwEGRHyA 3-17 arwEGRnAus 3-17 arwEGRnEin 3-17 arwEmaxFKF 3-18, 8-2 arwEmaxGKF 3-18, 8-2 arwEueAUS 8-2 arwFAR1_hi 3-4 arwFAR1_lo 3-4 arwFAR1_MV 3-15 arwFAR1_NL 3-15 arwFAR1ab1 3-15 arwFAR1aus 3-15, 8-36 arwFAR2_hi 3-4 arwFAR2_lo 3-4 arwFAR2_MV 3-15 arwFAR2_NL 3-15 arwFAR2ab1 3-15 arwFAR2aus 3-15, 8-36 arwFAR2MAX 3-15 arwFAR2MIN 3-15 arwGR_MAX 3-14 arwGR_MIN 3-14 arwHFPMmax 8-38 arwHFPMmin 3-7, 8-38 arwHFPNo 3-7, 8-38 arwHFPNu 3-7, 8-38


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 4

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

arwHFPPo 3-7, 8-38 arwHFPPu 3-7, 8-38 arwHFPTo 3-7, 8-38 arwHFPTu 3-7, 8-38 arwHYSTaus 3-14 arwHYSTein 3-14 arwIR_FEN 3-14 arwIR_NEG 3-14 arwIR_POS 3-14 arwIR_SIG 3-14 arwKF_ena 3-8 arwKF_ena 3-8, 8-39 arwLDF_hi 3-5 arwLDFmax 3-6, 8-39 arwLDFmin 3-6, 8-39 arwLMBEKOF 3-3 arwLMBEKTD 3-3 arwLMBKOKF 3-4 arwLMBLIKL 3-4 arwLMBNORM 3-4 A-1 arwLMVGWKF 3-7, 8-39 arwM_E_hi 3-5 arwMEAB0KL 3-14, 3-21 arwMEAB1KL 3-14, 3-21 arwMEAB2KL 3-21 arwMEKORKL 3-10 arwMLBkKL 3-10 arwMLGRDKF 3-10 arwMLTVKL 3-16 arwn_PBhhi 3-6, 8-39 arwn_PBhlo 3-6, 8-39 arwn_PBlhi 3-6, 8-39 arwn_PBllo 3-6, 8-39 arwPAKORKF 3-10 arwPAKORKL 3-10 arwPR_FEN 3-14 arwPR_NEG 3-14 arwPR_POS 3-14 arwPR_SIG 3-14 arwPSKORKL 3-10 arwPSKRamp 3-10 arwRatmax 3-4, 8-39 arwRatmax 8-39 arwRatmin 3-4, 3-6, 8-39 arwREG0KL 3-13, 3-15 arwREG1KF 3-14, 3-15, G-3 arwREG1KL 3-13, 3-14, 3-15 arwREG2KF 3-14, 3-15, G-3 arwREGIVG1 3-14 arwREGIVG2 3-14 arwREGNLL1 3-19 arwREGTLL1 3-19 arwREGTVG1 3-14 arwREGUBAB 3-19 arwRK_HT 3-26, 3-27, 8-2 arwRK_LT 3-26, 8-2 arwRMEKL 3-2 arwSTPAKF 3-16 arwSTTVKF 3-16 arwSTTWKF 3-16 arwSWBAGMN 3-10, 3-16 arwSWBAGMX 3-10, 3-16 arwSWBSWMN 3-11 arwSWBSWMX 3-11 arwt_PBOBD 3-4 arwtAR1AR2 3-4 arwTLKORKF 3-10 arwTWKORKF 3-10

arwTWVEKF 3-10 arwUMDRpKL 3-10 arwVEGRDKF 3-10 arwVEKORKL 3-10 arwWTF_hi 3-5 arwWTF_lo 3-5 caw010_ADR 10-8 caw020_ADR 10-8 caw030_ADR 10-8 caw040_ADR 10-8 caw050_ADR 10-8 caw060_AB0 10-11 caw060_AB1 10-11 caw060_ADR 10-8 caw060_DTL 10-11 caw060_MSC 10-11 caw070_ADR 10-8 caw080_ADR 10-8 caw100_ADR 10-8 caw110_ADR 10-8 caw120_ADR 10-8 caw130_ADR 10-8 cawCANAMSK 10-6 cawINF_BTR 10-1, 10-2, 10-5 cawINF_CAB 8-71, 14-2 cawINF_DLY 8-7, 10-6 cawINF_INI 8-7, 10-5, 10-6 cawINF_TBO 8-7, 10-1 cowAGL_ADE 2-104 cowAGL_ADT 2-96 cowAGL_ADV 2-99 cowAGL_ARF 3-10 cowAGL_HGB 2-106 cowAGL_LLR 2-32 cowAGL_SBR 13-5 cowAGL_STA 2-6 cowAGL_UFK 8-71 cowAGL_UOF 8-71 cowAGL_VGK 5-8 cowAGLmBEG 2-19 cowARF_hys 3-13, 3-14 cowARF_ME 3-2 cowBEG_BOO 2-13 cowBEG_OEL 2-19 cowBEG_P_L 2-13 cowBEG_STF 2-13 cowECOMTC 5-6, 5-36, 8-15, 8-16, 10-13, 10-41, 12-4 cowFARFAB1 8-32, 8-53 cowFARFAB2 8-32 cowFARFAB3 8-32 cowFGG_NL 11-3 cowFGR_BDT 10-11, 10-57 cowFGR_RMo 2-70 cowFLDRAB1 8-53 cowFMEBEG1 2-22, 8-32, 8-53 cowFMEBEG2 2-22, 8-32 cowFMEBEG3 2-22, 8-32 cowFMEBEG4 2-22 cowFUN_ADF 9-10 cowFUN_ADR 2-96, 2-103, 2-144, 3-24, 8-18 cowFUN_ARF 3-1, 3-2 cowFUN_AS3 10-40 cowFUN_ASG 2-117, 10-44 cowFUN_ASR 2-117, 2-126, 14-5 cowFUN_BYP I-1 cowFUN_COM 7-57 cowFUN_CRA 8-8, 9-22, 10-50, 14-4 cowFUN_CVT 2-35, 2-133, 2-134, 2-137, 10-44


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 5

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

cowFUN_DPG 2-42 cowFUN_DSV A-1 cowFUN_EGS 2-117, 2-124, 10-14, 10-41 cowFUN_EKP 5-73 cowFUN_FDR 8-45 cowFUN_FGG 8-18, 8-72, 9-17 cowFUN_FGR 2-62, 2-63, 2-64, 2-65, 2-68, 2-88, 2-92, 2-94, 2-97, 2-144, 8-72, 10-18 cowFUN_FV2 2-97, 2-98 cowFUN_FVH 2-41, 2-55 cowFUN_HAQ 2-109 cowFUN_HUN 2-107, 2-108, 2-109, 8-24 cowFUN_HZE 5-33, 5-39 cowFUN_KFK 5-41 cowFUN_KLI 10-54, 14-5 cowFUN_KLS 5-45, 5-47 cowFUN_KMT 5-29, 5-41, 5-42, 5-43, 5-45, 5-49, 5-50, 5-55 cowFUN_KPZ 2-35 cowFUN_KSK 5-18 cowFUN_LDR 4-1, 10-29 cowFUN_LLA 2-33 cowFUN_MGB 2-57, 10-44 cowFUN_Mo7 10-26 cowFUN_MSR 2-117, 2-128, 14-5 cowFUN_RME 3-2, 3-21 cowFUN_SBR 13-1 cowFUN_TDS 9-28 cowFUN_VBS 9-29 cowFUNDSV0 14-1, 14-2 cowFUNDSV9 14-1 cowK50_var 2-8 cowKWHKERZ 5-31, 10-26 cowKWHTAUS 5-33, 5-34 cowLDR_ADA 4-10 cowLDR_ARW 4-5, 4-6 cowLDR_BEG 4-6 cowLDR_ME 4-1 cowLDR_MS 4-8 cowLDR_R_A 4-2, 4-6 cowMSKCLG0 14-1 cowMSKCLG9 14-1 cowP2INEST A-12 cowP3INEST A-12 cowP7INEST A-12 cowP8INEST A-12 cowPBMAUSW 2-119 cowRauchKR 2-13 cowRMXpRTF 8-32 cowSBR_ME 13-3, 13-4 cowSYS_LMP 6-23 cowV_AGL_A 3-10 cowV_AGL_B 2-19, 7-33, 12-3 cowV_ATK_A 3-10 cowV_DZG_2 9-16 cowV_GZS_V 5-8 cowV_LMM_S 3-3, 9-14 cowVAR_2HF 3-7 cowVAR_ADR 2-88, 10-59 cowVAR_ALR 10-65 cowVAR_BiT 4-5 cowVAR_BSG 8-6, 10-52 cowVAR_C5 2-37 cowVAR_FGG 9-17, 9-18, 9-19, 10-40, 14-3 cowVAR_FZG 7-17, 9-5, 14-4 cowVAR_GAZ 5-2, G-14 cowVAR_GSK 5-2, 5-7, 5-12, 9-27 cowVAR_GTR 2-28, A-1

cowVAR_KMD 10-24, 10-70 cowVAR_KO1 10-46 cowVAR_LDR 4-1 cowVAR_NIV 10-62 cowVAR_OBD 6-15, 6-20 cowVAR_PWG 2-32, 2-52, 2-53, 8-43, 8-46, 8-47, 8-52, 8-67, 9-3, 9-8, 9-9 cowVAR_ThU 5-58, 5-59, 5-61 cowVAR_ZYL 10-29, A-1 cowVARSGTV 5-3, 5-10 cowWTF_LTF 4-2 cowWTFCAN 5-45, 8-51, 10-48 crwCR_INV 9-22, 9-23 crwCR_ST_A 2-68, 9-23 crwCR_ST_B 8-10, 9-22, 9-23 crwCR_TOUT 8-10, 9-22, 9-23 crwCRmaxH 9-23 crwCRmaxL 9-23 crwCRminH 9-23 crwCRminL 9-23 crwKCRmaxH 9-23 crwKCRmaxL 9-23 crwKCRminH 9-23 crwKCRminL 9-23 crwPWM_ANZ 8-10, 9-22, 9-23 diwKIKPWG0 9-3 diwKIKPWG1 9-3 diwLGS_PGS 9-3 diwLGSofMX 9-3 diwMIL_ben 9-2 diwPBREdyn 8-5 diwtBREdyn 8-5 diwtBREiO 8-5 diwtBREsta 8-5 diwUKU_vgw 10-13 dzwDNR_HI 9-15, A-1 dzwDNR_LO 9-15, A-1 dzwDZG_AUS 8-58 dzwDZG_DPL 8-58 dzwDZG_FNS 8-59 dzwDZG_HDZ 8-58 dzwDZG_KMX 8-58 dzwDZG_MBE 8-58 dzwDZG_MVE 8-58 dzwDZG_MXP 8-58 dzwDZG_NDZ 8-58 dzwDZG_NUS 8-59 dzwDZG_Sek 8-59 dzwDZG_SPL 8-58 dzwDZG_UBD 8-59 dzwDZG_UNS 8-58 dzwHNR_HI 9-16 dzwHNR_LO 9-16 dzwHNR_NU 8-66 dzwNBF_BES 8-65 dzwNBF_F1 8-65 dzwNBF_F2 8-65 dzwNBF_F3 8-66 dzwNBF_F4 8-66 dzwNBF_M_E 8-65 dzwNBF_NUS 8-66 dzwNBF_RMP 8-65, 8-66, 9-16 dzwNBF_Tvg 8-65 dzwNBF_UND 8-65 dzwNBF_UNS 8-65 dzwNBF_Uso 8-65 ecwECOVPWG 2-119 ecwINIT_T 5-36, 5-37, 8-12


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 6

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

ecwN_LOW 5-37, 12-4 ecwWTF_O 5-38, 12-4 edwINI_ADE 2-104 edwINI_ADT 2-96 edwINI_ADV 2-99 edwINI_HGB 2-106 edwKMZ_ZYK 5-65, 5-66 ehwCJ4_ANZ A-11 ehwCJ4_N01 A-11 ehwCJ4_N02 A-11 ehwCJ4_N03 A-11 ehwCJ4_N04 A-11 ehwCJ4_N05 A-11 ehwCJ4_N06 A-11 ehwCJ4_N07 A-11 ehwCJ4_N08 A-11 ehwCJ4_N09 A-11 ehwCJ4_N10 A-11 ehwCJ4_N11 A-11 ehwCJ4_N12 A-11 ehwCJ4_N13 A-11 ehwCJ4_N14 A-11 ehwCJ4_N15 A-11 ehwCJ4_N16 A-11 ehwCJ4_N17 A-11 ehwCJ4_N18 A-11 ehwCJ4_N19 A-11 ehwCJ4_N20 A-11 ehwCJ4_N21 A-11 ehwCJ4_N22 A-11 ehwEST_AR1 A-13, H-1, H-5 ehwEST_AR2 A-13, H-1, H-5 ehwEST_AR3 A-13 ehwEST_DIA A-13, H-3, H-4 ehwEST_EAB A-13, H-1, H-6 ehwEST_EKP A-13, H-1, H-5 ehwEST_GAZ A-13 ehwEST_GER A-13, H-2, H-4 ehwEST_GK1 A-13, H-3, H-4 ehwEST_GK2 A-13, H-3, H-4 ehwEST_GK3 A-13 ehwEST_GRS 9-27, A-13, H-1, H-4 ehwEST_HYL A-13, H-2, H-4 ehwEST_KLI A-13, H-2, H-4 ehwEST_LDS A-13, H-2, H-5 ehwEST_MIL A-13, H-2, H-4 ehwEST_ML1 A-13, H-2, H-4 ehwEST_ML2 A-13 ehwEST_MVS A-13, H-2, H-6 ehwEST_T1 9-26, A-11 ehwEST_T8 5-15, 9-26, A-11 ehwEST_TAV A-13, H-3, H-4 ehwEST_TST A-13, H-2, H-5 ehwEST_ZWP A-13 ehwGAP2_FR 9-26, A-11 ehwGAP2_TE 9-26, A-11 ehwGAP3_FR 9-26, A-11 ehwGAP3_TE 9-26, A-11 ehwGSK3_Un 9-27 ehwGSK3_Uv 9-27 ehwMVS_KL 9-25 ehwNDIG_NO A-12 ehwNHYS 9-25 ehwUBK_KL 9-25 ehwuCP0_FR A-11 ehwuCP0_TE A-11 ehwuCP1_FR 9-26, A-11 ehwuCP1_TE 9-26, A-11

ehwuCP2_FR 9-25, A-11 ehwuCP2_TE 9-25, A-11 ehwuCP3_FR A-11 ehwuCP3_TE A-11 fbwEADRnRA 2-102, 8-4 fbwEADRpRA 2-102, 8-4 fbwEARSnRA 3-18, 8-2 fbwEARSpRA 3-18, 8-2 fbwEASG_DA 2-134 fbwEASG_PA 2-136, 2-139 fbwEASG_PB 2-136 fbwEASG_UA 2-55 fbwEASG_UB 2-55 fbwEASR_QA 8-13, 10-14 fbwEBRE_PA 8-5 fbwEBRE_PB 8-5 fbwEBSG_QA 8-6 fbwEBSG_QB 8-6 fbwEBSG_QT 8-6 fbwECA0_SA 8-71 fbwECA0_SB 8-71 fbwECRA_PA 8-10 fbwECRA_PB 8-10 fbwECRA_PT 8-10 fbwECRA_QA 8-9 fbwECRA_QB 8-9 fbwECRA_QT 8-9 fbwECVT_QA 8-17 fbwEDIA_PA 8-48 fbwEDZG_UA 8-59 fbwEFGC_YT 8-20 fbwEFGG_CA 8-18, 9-19 fbwEFGG_QA 8-18 fbwEGZS_PA 5-16 fbwEHFM_HA 3-7 fbwEHFM_HB 3-7 fbwEHFM_LA 3-6 fbwEHFM_LB 3-6 fbwEHRL_ST 8-23 fbwEKWH_LA 8-29 fbwELDF_PA 8-31 fbwELDF_PB 8-31 fbwELDF_PT 8-31 fbwELDSnRA 8-32 fbwELDSnRB 8-37 fbwELDSpRA 8-32 fbwELDSpRB 8-37 fbwELM5_PA 3-7 fbwEPWP_BA 8-45 fbwESBRnRA 8-67 fbwESBRpRA 8-67 fbwESEK_UA 8-66 fbwESTB_OT 11-8, 11-11 fbwESTB_UT 11-8 fbwEWHI_00 6-21 fbwEWHI_11 6-21 fbwEWLO_00 6-21 fbwEWLO_11 6-21 fbwFFRM_01 6-20 fbwFFRM_09 5-66 fbwPIDPF00 6-21 fbwPIDPF11 6-21 fbwRBP_CAT 6-16, 7-41 fbwRBP_COM 6-16, 7-41 fbwRBP_EGR 6-16, 7-41 fbwRBP_FUE 6-16, 7-41 fbwRBP_MIS 6-16, 7-41 fbwRDY_Cnt 6-16, 6-17, 6-25


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 7

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

fbwSRDYm1 7-17 fbwT_DIBLK 6-23, 8-48 fbwT_DIDRZ 6-23 fbwT_DIMAX 6-23 fbwT_DITES 6-23 fbwT_DIVER 6-23, 10-24 fbwT_MIDRZ 6-22 fbwT_MIMAX 6-22 fbwT_MITES 6-22 fbwT_MIVER 6-22, 10-24 fbwVERW_DT 6-15 fbwVERW_ET 6-15 fbwVERW_LI 6-15 fbwVERW_LS 6-15, 6-18, 6-19 fbwVERW_SZ 6-15 fbwVERW_ZB 6-15 fgwBEF_GF 9-20, A-7 fgwDA1_VGW 8-18 fgwDA1_VMA 8-18 fgwDA2_VGW 8-18 fgwDA2_VMA 8-18 fgwFGF_GF 9-17, 9-19, A-7 fgwKTG_ABW 9-18 fgwKTG_ANZ 8-18, 9-18 fgwKTG_GDF 9-18 fgwKTG_SFH 9-18 fgwKTG_SFL 9-18 fgwSF_KL 9-18 fgwVNF_GF 9-20, A-7 gswFHZ 8-48 gswGAZ_KL 5-2 gswGS_M_NG 5-10 gswGS_MEZG 5-10 gswGS_MZGV 5-10 gswGS_N_G 5-7, 5-8, 5-9, 5-10 gswGS_N_NG 5-10 gswGS_N_VG 5-7 gswGS_NGKL 5-10 gswGS_SGTV 5-3, 5-10 gswGS_T_1G 5-2, 5-10 gswGS_t_BG 5-9 gswGS_T_G 5-7, 5-8, 5-9 gswGS_t_SG 5-10 gswGS_t1KL 5-2 gswGS_T1ZG 5-10 gswGS_t2 5-2, 5-7 gswGS_T2ZG 5-10 gswGS_T3ZG 5-10 gswGS_TV1 5-2, G-14 gswGS_TV2 5-2 gswGS_TV3 5-2 gswGS_TWSG 5-7, 5-8, 5-9, 5-10 gswGS_VGKF 5-2, 5-7, 5-8 gswGS_VGWT 5-8, 5-10, 8-50, 8-51 gswGZS_TYP 5-15, 5-16, 5-17, 8-21 gswSYNC_HI 5-13 gswT_Delay 5-14, 5-15 gswt_Psh_E 5-12 gswt_ZGgsp 5-10 gswt_ZGmax 5-10 gswTO_INIT 8-22 gswTO_REL 8-22 gswTV_Code 5-15 gswTV_MAX 5-14, 9-27 gswTV_MIN 5-14, 9-27 gswTV4_KF 5-3, 5-10 gswWTFmiAG 5-8 gswWTFmxAG 5-8

khwGEN_MAX 5-39 khwKH_ABKL 5-32 khwKH_TLKL 5-33, G-14 khwKH_tSE 5-32 khwKH_tVER 5-32 khwKH_TVSE 5-32 khwKH_tVST 5-33 khwKH_TWHY 5-33 khwKH_ZUKL 5-32 khwKHGL 5-31 khwN_LLKWH 5-34 khwNULLAST 5-33, 8-29 khwPBMINV 5-31 khwUTF_FRZ 5-34 khwWTF_MIN 5-39 kkwHYSN_O 5-18 kkwHYSN_U 5-18 kkwHYSTK_O 5-18 kkwHYSTK_U 5-18 kkwKSK_on 5-18 kkwKSK_wns 5-18 kkwTEINMIN 5-18 klwKLM_NLL 5-19 klwTMAX_FR 5-21 klwTMIN_B 5-20, 5-23 klwTMIN_BS 5-20, 5-23 klwTMIN_C2 5-28 klwTMIN_CN 5-28 klwTMIN_ES 5-21, 5-22 klwTMIN_KU 5-29 klwTMIN_SF 5-25 klwTMIN_SG 5-26 klwTMIN_ST 5-25 klwTMIN_WT 5-27 klwWTab_KL 5-27 klwWTHyst 5-27 kmw_DZ_gr 5-58 kmw_HLGSK1 5-61 kmw_HLGSK2 5-61 kmw_HLGSK3 5-61 kmw_MePT1 5-61 kmw_Th_AbO 5-58 kmw_Th_AbU 5-58 kmw_ThHzKL 5-61 kmw_THSauf 5-60 kmw_THStol 5-60 kmwGRD_KF 5-41 kmwIAnt_mn 5-42 kmwIAnt_mx 5-42 kmwKOR2_KF 5-41 kmwKOR3_KL 5-41 kmwKOR4_KL 5-41 kmwKOR5_KL 5-42 kmwPT1_ZN 5-42, A-7 kmwPT1_ZP 5-42, A-7 kmwSO_VGW 5-41, 5-42 kmwSO_VGW3 5-41 kmwSO_VGW4 5-41 kmwST_VGW 5-43 kmwSTEU_KF 5-42 kmwTDZaehl 5-58 kmwTDZeit 5-58 kmwTST_max 5-42 kmwTST_min 5-42 kmwWTF_VGW 5-42 kmwWTK_max 5-43 kuwANF_KF 5-49 kuwEl_VGW1 5-51


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 8

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

kuwEl_VGW2 5-51 kuwEl_VGW4 5-51 kuwElLFTKL 5-51 kuwFG_VGW 5-47, 5-51 kuwFG_VGW3 5-51 kuwHy_VGW1 5-51 kuwHy_VGW2 5-51 kuwHy_VGW4 5-51 kuwHyLFTKF 5-51 kuwKlmftKL 5-49 kuwKOR1_KL 5-45 kuwKVM_KL 5-50 kuwLFTAUSW 5-52 kuwLU1max 8-11 kuwLU1min 8-11 kuwLU2max 8-11 kuwLU2min 8-11 kuwNL_tab 5-55, 5-56 kuwNLEl_KF 5-51 kuwNLF_KL 5-55 kuwNLGRDKF 5-55 kuwNLHy_KF 5-51 kuwNLKORKF 5-55 kuwNLOELKL 5-55 kuwNLpro 5-55, 5-56 kuwNLtmax 5-56 kuwNLtmin 5-56 kuwNLVGWmx 5-55 kuwPT1_WEN 5-45 kuwPT1_WEP 5-45 kuwra1 5-45 kuwra2 5-45 kuwrelVGW 5-45 kuwSO_VGW 5-45 kuwSOLL3KF 5-45, 5-46 kuwSOLL4KF 5-45 kuwSTEU_KF 5-47 kuwt_Start 5-51 kuwT1 5-45 kuwT2 5-45 kuwTV_KL 5-52 kuwTV1 5-45 kuwTV2 5-45 kuwWTFGR 5-51 kuwWTK_VGW 5-47 kuwWTKHys1 5-51 kuwWTKHys2 5-51 kuwWTSCHW 5-55 kuwZusKBmn 5-47 kuwZusKBmx 5-47 ldwDKvgwLD 4-12 ldwDR_FEN 4-9 ldwDR_FEP 4-9 ldwDR_gfKL 4-10 ldwDR_NEG 4-9, 4-10 ldwDR_POS 4-9, 4-10 ldwDR_SIN 4-9, 4-10 ldwDR_SIP 4-9, 4-10 ldwDRfakKL 4-10 ldwGRmaxKL 4-5, 4-6 ldwGRminKL 4-5, 4-6 ldwIR_FEN 4-9 ldwIR_NEG 4-9, 4-10 ldwIR_POS 4-9, 4-10 ldwIR_SIG 4-9, 4-10 ldwIRfakKL 4-10 ldwKSTWKL 4-13 ldwLA_ANZ 8-31

ldwLA_DLY 8-31 ldwLA_MAX 7-50, 8-31 ldwLDBdPKL 9-10 ldwLDBNAL 9-10 ldwLDBTAL 9-10 ldwLDF_GF 9-10, A-7 ldwLGU_DLY 4-7 ldwLGU_GF 4-7 ldwLGU_LDG 4-7 ldwLGUMEKL 4-7 ldwMXWKF 4-3 ldwN_Abs 4-13 ldwPAUEKF 4-3 ldwPR_FEN 4-9 ldwPR_NEG 4-9, 4-10 ldwPR_POS 4-9, 4-10 ldwPR_SIG 4-9, 4-10 ldwPRfakKL 4-10 ldwREG0KL 4-5, 4-12, 8-32 ldwREG1KL 4-5, 4-12, 8-32 ldwREGIVG1 4-12 ldwREGIVG2 4-12 ldwREGME3 4-12, 8-32 ldwREGME4 4-12, 8-32 ldwREGMXnR 8-32, 8-37 ldwREGN1 4-12, 8-32 ldwREGN2 4-12, 8-32 ldwREGN3 4-12, 8-32 ldwREGVGW1 4-12, 4-13 ldwREGVGW2 4-12 ldwRGDELt 4-5 ldwRMXpRKL 8-32 ldwSWBGKF 4-2 ldwSWBLDMN 4-3 ldwSWBLDMX 4-3 ldwTLUEKL 4-3 ldwTW_KF 4-2 ldwTWGRDKF 4-2 ldwVZAR_KL 3-23 ldwVZDZ_KL 3-23 mlwERR_KF 5-64 mlwERR_n 5-64 mlwERR_tda 5-64 mlwHYS1_S1 5-35 mlwHYS1_S2 5-35 mlwHYS2_S1 5-35 mlwHYS2_S2 5-35 mlwML_1_0 5-35 mlwML_1_1 5-35 mlwML_1_2 5-35 mlwML_2_0 5-35 mlwML_2_1 5-35 mlwML_2_2 5-35 mlwML_naus 5-35 mlwML_on 5-35 mlwML_over 5-35 mlwML_PT1 5-35 mlwML_spzt 5-35 mlwML_TVVG 5-35 mlwTV_KF 5-35 mlwUBATT 5-64 mrw_nWTF 2-37 mrw_tWTF 2-37 mrwABG_Bmn 8-9, 8-16 mrwABG_Bmx 8-9, 8-16 mrwABG_Cmx 8-9 mrwABG_Cog 8-9 mrwACC_Amx 8-3


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 9

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrwACC_Bmn 2-89, 8-3 mrwACC_Bmx 2-89, 8-3 mrwACC_Cmx 8-3 mrwACC_Cog 8-3 mrwACCAUS1 2-88 mrwACCAUS2 2-88 mrwADB_DEK 2-16 mrwADB_KF 2-16 mrwADB2_KF 2-16 mrwADR_dNA 2-102, 2-104, 8-70 mrwADR_dNM 2-97 mrwADR_dNP 2-97, 2-104 mrwADR_dWM 2-100 mrwADR_dWP 2-100 mrwADR_fmn 2-104 mrwADR_fmx 2-104 mrwADR_GF 2-97 mrwADR_KL 2-97 mrwADR_Nao 2-102 mrwADR_Nau 2-95, 2-102, 8-70 mrwADR_Neu 2-95, 2-97, 2-100 mrwADR_nRA 2-102, 8-4 mrwADR_Nsc 2-97 mrwADR_pRA 2-102, 8-4 mrwADR_SOL 2-96, 2-97 mrwADR_t_f 2-95, 2-97, 2-102, 2-104 mrwADR_t_L 2-103 mrwADR_t_R 2-102 mrwADR_VAK 2-95, 2-102 mrwADR_vmn 2-98 mrwADR_vmx 2-98 mrwALL_ASR 2-68 mrwALL_BER 2-66, 2-73, 2-75, 2-76, 2-93 mrwALL_DEF 2-65, 2-89, 2-93, 8-19, 8-20 mrwALL_FDR 2-68 mrwALL_IAV 2-86 mrwALL_LT2 8-19 mrwALL_MAX 2-93 mrwALL_MIN 2-93 mrwALL_SPZ 2-66, 2-73, 2-75, 2-93 mrwALL_TPV 2-76 mrwALL_TPZ 2-66, 2-73, 2-75, 2-76, 2-90 mrwANFAHKL 2-124, 8-12 mrwAnzVent 10-29 mrwARD_TIM 2-60 mrwASG_BGR 2-17, 2-113 mrwASG_Bmn 8-16 mrwASG_Bmx 2-140, 8-16 mrwASG_Nmi 2-134 mrwASG_Nmx 2-134 mrwASGnmax 2-133, 2-134, 2-139, E-5 mrwASGRAMP 8-12, 8-16 mrwASGvmin 2-135, 8-16 mrwASGvor 2-134 mrwASRRAMP 8-13, 8-14 mrwAUS_anz 5-71 mrwAUS_blk 5-69, 5-71 mrwAUS_dN 5-70 mrwAUS_KUP 5-68 mrwAUS_KUt 5-68 mrwAUS_max 5-71 mrwAUS_Mmi 5-68 mrwAUS_Mmx 5-68 mrwAUS_nKU 5-68 mrwAUS_Nmi 5-68 mrwAUS_Nmx 5-68 mrwAUS_Stt 5-68 mrwAUS_Vmx 5-68

mrwAUS_WT 5-68 mrwBATM_KF 2-19 mrwBCV_KF 10-20 mrwBDB_KF 2-16 mrwBDB2_KL 2-17 mrwBdn_ABS 2-22 mrwBdn_ANH 2-22 mrwBdn_KF 2-22 mrwBdn_v 2-22 mrwBdnF_GF 2-22 mrwBdnN_KL 2-22 mrwBdnS_GF 2-22 mrwBEAaMAX 12-3 mrwBEAaMIN 12-3 mrwBEAmMAX 2-19 mrwBEAmMIN 2-19 mrwBEG_ABS 2-22 mrwBEG_ANH 2-22 mrwBEG_NTO 2-19 mrwBEG_NTU 2-19 mrwBEG_ONS 2-19 mrwBEG_UNS 2-19 mrwBEG_ZMN 2-22 mrwBEG_ZMt 2-22 mrwBEHdspO 2-20 mrwBEHdspU 2-20 mrwBEM_KL 2-22 mrwBewRuss 10-30 mrwBewVer 10-30 mrwBKT_KF 2-20 mrwBLFT_KF 2-19 mrwBM_ERKT 2-17 mrwBMVE_KF 2-14 mrwBOEL_KF 2-19 mrwBPL_KF 2-19 mrwBRA_DEK 2-13 mrwBRA_KF 2-13 mrwBTS_BIN 5-72, 8-60 mrwBTS_MMX 5-72 mrwBTS_NMX 5-72 mrwBTS_TIK 5-72, 8-60 mrwBTS_TIN 5-72, 8-60 mrwBTT_KF 2-20 mrwBUE_KF 2-19 mrwBWT_ADF 2-19 mrwBWT_KF 2-19 mrwCADFsch 10-21 mrwCAN_KLI 5-34 mrwCANAMSK 10-6 mrwCANAUSB 8-12, 8-18, 9-19, 10-6 mrwCLTFsch 10-21 mrwCVTNLLM 2-35, 8-17 mrwCVTNmax 8-17 mrwCVTNmin 8-17 mrwCVTNtol 2-35 mrwCWTF1 10-21 mrwCWTF2 10-21 mrwCWTFdly 10-21 mrwDFMD_KF 10-72 mrwDIFSCHW 2-121 mrwDM_E_H 2-121 mrwDM_E_R 2-121 mrwdMGBAUS 2-58 mrwdMGBMIN 2-57, 2-59 mrwDN_EIN 2-34, 2-35 mrwDN_EIN2 2-34 mrwDN_EIN3 2-35 mrwEAB_MAD 8-60, 12-7


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 10

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrwEAB_MID 8-60, 12-7 mrwEAB_SDZ 8-60, 12-7 mrwEAB_TDA 8-60, 12-7 mrwEAB_TDZ 8-60 mrwEAB_TMX 8-60 mrwEAB_TUS 8-60 mrwEAB_WMX 8-60 mrwEGS_LAB 2-124 mrwEGS_TIM 2-124, 8-12 mrwEGSbegr 2-124, 8-12 mrwEGSRAMP 2-124, 8-12 mrwEKP_Dly 5-73 mrwEnd_Tmp 8-50 mrwF_MOM 8-57, 10-16 mrwF_MOMA 8-57 mrwFAS_AVD 2-69 mrwFAS_AVZ 2-69 mrwFAS_BAT 2-68 mrwFAS_BEG 2-68 mrwFAS_BNG 2-68 mrwFAS_BNK 2-68 mrwFAS_BVG 2-68, 2-93 mrwFAS_BVK 2-68, 2-88, 2-89, 8-3 mrwFAS_BVN 2-68 mrwFAS_CNM 8-18 mrwFAS_CNN 8-18 mrwFAS_CNV 8-18 mrwFAS_MZZ 2-68 mrwFAS_RAB 2-69, 2-86 mrwFAS_RAS 2-69, 2-86 mrwFAS_RSB 2-69, 2-86 mrwFAS_SRA 2-69, 2-86 mrwFAS_VDG 2-69 mrwFAS_VDK 2-69, 2-93 mrwFAS_VDU 2-69, 2-93 mrwFAS_VZM 2-68, 2-86 mrwFASBATt 2-68 mrwFEM_AVD 2-80 mrwFEM_BOD 2-80 mrwFEM_PEM 2-80 mrwFEM_RSK 2-80, 2-87, 2-93 mrwFEM_RSM 2-80, 2-87 mrwFEM_RSU 2-80 mrwFEP_AVD 2-78 mrwFEP_BOU 2-78 mrwFEP_FMG 2-78 mrwFEP_FMK 2-78 mrwFEP_MMP 2-78 mrwFEP_PAW 2-78, 2-84 mrwFEP_RSK 2-78, 2-87, 2-93 mrwFEP_RSP 2-78, 2-87 mrwFEP_RSU 2-78 mrwFGF_GF 2-25 mrwFGFVHKF 2-56, 2-71 mrwFGKORFA 9-19, 10-38, 10-40, 10-47 mrwFGR_KUP 2-68 mrwFGR_OFF 3-22 mrwFLEXPER 10-28 mrwFVH_KF 2-53 mrwFVHFIKL 2-54, 2-55 mrwFVHGDKL 2-55 mrwFVHMDRo 2-56 mrwFVHMDRu 2-56 mrwFVHUEob 8-15, 9-20 mrwFVHUEun 8-15 mrwFVHVGWU 2-55, 8-15, 9-20, 10-42 mrwGANG_2 2-25 mrwGANG_7 2-25

mrwGANGCAN 2-25, 2-26 mrwGRA_Bmn 2-65, 8-21 mrwGRA_Bmx 2-65, 8-21 mrwGRA_Cmx 2-65, 8-21 mrwGRA_Cog 2-65, 8-21 mrwGRDSCHW 2-120 mrwHGB_AB1 2-107 mrwHGB_AB2 2-107 mrwHGB_ABS 2-106 mrwHGB_ANH 2-106 mrwHGB_MAU 2-112 mrwHGB_NAS 2-111, 2-112 mrwHGB_NAU 2-112 mrwHGB_NIS 2-111, 2-112 mrwHGB_PWG 2-108 mrwHGB_VZN 2-113 mrwHGBdHNI 2-108 mrwHGBdPNG 2-109 mrwHGBvHNI 2-106, 2-108 mrwHGBvMAX 2-106, 2-113 mrwHGBvMIN 2-106 mrwHGBvPNG 2-106, 2-109 mrwHOT_NLL 2-36 mrwHubraum 10-29 mrwIFV_KF 2-116, 2-119 mrwKFPkorr 10-70 mrwKFTkorr 10-70 mrwKFVB_KF 2-123, 2-124 mrwKL_VGW 10-55 mrwKLK_DLY 10-70 mrwKLK_EIN 10-70 mrwKLK_UEB 10-72 mrwKLKHys2 10-70 mrwKLMD_KF 10-70 mrwKPR_VGW 10-55 mrwKTB_KF 2-13, G-21 mrwKTB_TD 2-13 mrwKTF_BEZ 12-2 mrwKTF_GEW 12-2 mrwKTF_KF 12-2 mrwKTF_OGR 12-2 mrwKTF_UGR 12-2 mrwLDFO_KL 8-36 mrwLDFPWMI 8-36 mrwLDFU_KL 8-36 mrwLDFU_mx 8-33, 8-35 mrwLDFU_ST 8-33, 8-35 mrwLDFU_tA 8-36 mrwLDFU_tB 8-36 mrwLDFUAGt 8-33, 8-35 mrwLDFUAMX 8-33, 8-35 mrwLDFUINt 8-33, 8-35 mrwLDFUnMI 8-36 mrwLL1G_ES 2-39 mrwLL2G_ES 2-39 mrwLL3G_ES 2-39 mrwLL4G_ES 2-39 mrwLL5G_ES 2-39 mrwLLA_MAX 2-32 mrwLLA_MIN 2-32 mrwLLBr_ES 2-39 mrwLLKG_ES 2-39 mrwLLKK_ES 2-39 mrwLLR_AB2 2-35 mrwLLR_ABS 2-31, 2-36 mrwLLR_AN2 2-35 mrwLLR_Anf 2-28 mrwLLR_ANH 2-31, 2-36


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 11

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrwLLR_AUS 2-28, 2-32, 8-17 mrwLLR_DNV 2-28 mrwLLR_EIN 2-28 mrwLLR_FAR 2-32 mrwLLR_MXk 2-39, 2-40 mrwLLR_MXw 2-39, 2-40 mrwLLR_NSF 2-32, 8-45 mrwLLR_PWB 2-32, 8-52, 8-67 mrwLLR_PWD 2-32, 8-42, 8-43, 8-52, 8-67 mrwLLR_SOL 2-32 mrwLLR_tTW 2-32 mrwLLR_TW 2-32 mrwLLR_UBR 2-28 mrwLLRK_VD 2-28, 2-39 mrwLLRVFOH 2-32 mrwLLRW_VD 2-28, 2-39 mrwLLW_KL 2-31, 2-37 mrwLLWK_ES 2-39 mrwLRR_BEW 2-156 mrwLRR_BGR 2-156 mrwLRR_HIG 2-155, 5-69 mrwLRR_LOW 2-155, 5-69 mrwLRR_MO0 2-157 mrwLRR_MO1 2-157 mrwLRR_MOR 2-156 mrwLRR_MU0 2-157 mrwLRR_MU1 2-157 mrwLRR_MUR 2-156 mrwLRR_N0 2-157 mrwLRR_N1 2-157 mrwLRR_NOR 2-156 mrwLRR_NUR 2-156 mrwLRR_OFR 2-156 mrwLRR_SEG 2-155 mrwLRR_TW 2-157 mrwLRR_V10 2-156 mrwLRR_V21 2-156 mrwLRR_V30 2-156 mrwLSmax 10-29 mrwLTW_KL 2-31, 2-32 mrwM_E_ToB 2-126, 2-128, 10-14 mrwM_E_ToG 2-124, 2-139, 10-14 mrwM_EH_KF 2-120 mrwM_EMAX 2-113, 2-124, 2-127, 8-12, 8-13, 8-14 mrwM_ER_KF 2-120 mrwM_HGB_d 2-108 mrwM_NBHNI 2-108 mrwM_NBPNG 2-109 mrwMAXMOM 2-56 mrwMD_KLI 10-72 mrwMDASGm2 2-134 mrwMDASGmx 2-134, 2-137 mrwMDIntAX 2-135, 2-137, 8-16 mrwMDIntMX 2-129, 8-14 mrwMDmax 10-22, 10-28 mrwMGBFAKT 2-57 mrwMIN_dT 8-50 mrwMIN_DZ 8-50 mrwMIN_Me 8-50 mrwMKOR_KF 2-13 mrwMSK_FGT 8-16 mrwMSR_Bmn 2-131 mrwMSR_Bmx 2-131 mrwMSRFG_L 2-130, 8-14 mrwMSRRAMP 8-13, 8-14 mrwMULANZ 10-22 mrwMULINF0 2-62, 2-64, 8-21, 10-11, 10-17, 10-34, 10 35, 10-56, 10-57

mrwMULINF1 10-17 mrwMULINF2 10-17 mrwMULINF3 2-89, 10-17, 10-68 mrwMULTIME 10-17 mrwN_LLBAT 2-34 mrwN_LLBSG 2-34, 10-26 mrwN_LLDif 10-73 mrwN_LLKLI 2-35 mrwN_NBHNI 2-108 mrwN_NBPNG 2-109 mrwNBATEIN 2-34 mrwNCL_DA 8-23, 8-36, 11-3, 11-4 mrwNCL_N0 8-23, 8-36, 11-3, 11-4 mrwNCL_SP 8-23, 11-4 mrwNIV_Bmn 8-24 mrwNIV_Bmx 8-24 mrwNIV_Cmx 8-24 mrwNIV_Cog 8-24 mrwNL_DTS 8-69, 11-8, 11-11 mrwNL_EdNT 11-3 mrwNL_FGM 11-3 mrwNL_MOSP 7-49, 8-62 mrwNL_MOST 7-48, 8-63 mrwNL_MSR1 8-63 mrwNL_MSR2 8-63 mrwNL_MSTO 8-64, 8-69, 11-6, 11-8, 11-11 mrwNL_MTKS 8-63, 11-3 mrwNL_MTS 8-62, 8-63, 8-69, 11-11 mrwNL_MTSA 8-63 mrwNL_MTSS 8-62 mrwNL_MUBS 8-63 mrwNL_MUS1 8-63 mrwNL_MUS2 8-63 mrwNL_MUSM 8-69, 11-8, 11-11 mrwNL_MUSP 7-49, 8-62 mrwNL_MUST 7-49, 8-63 mrwNL_NULL 8-64 mrwNL_PTS 8-69, 11-8, 11-9, 11-11 mrwNL_STS 8-69, 11-8 mrwNL_UM_t 8-69, 11-6, 11-9, 11-11 mrwNL_UMIN 8-69, 11-6, 11-8, 11-9, 11-11 mrwNL_UTS 8-69, 11-11 mrwNL_VTS 8-69, 11-6 mrwNL_WTS 8-69, 11-8 mrwNMDmax 10-22, 10-28 mrwNVerb 10-29 mrwNwunVE 10-20 mrwOelNiKF 10-29 mrwPBRA_KF 2-13 mrwPFI_AKT 2-53 mrwPFI_NEG 2-53 mrwPFI_POS 2-53 mrwPKOR_KF 2-13 mrwPT1_bes 2-87 mrwPT1_HGB 2-112 mrwPT1_VMD 10-73 mrwPT1_ZNO 2-53, A-7 mrwPT1_ZNU 2-53, A-7 mrwPT1_ZPO 2-53, A-7 mrwPT1_ZPU 2-53, A-7 mrwPT1SchN 2-116 mrwPT1SchP 2-116 mrwPW_diMX 2-44, 2-45, 2-47 mrwPW_dp 2-44, 2-49, 2-50, 2-51 mrwPW_Tmax 2-44, 2-45, 2-47 mrwPW_Tol 2-44, 2-47, 2-49, 2-50, 2-51 mrwPWc1max 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-47, 2-48, 2-50, 2-51 mrwPWc1min 2-44, 2-45, 2-48


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 12

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrwPWc2max 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-47, 2-48 mrwPWdUmax 2-44, 2-48 mrwPWG_BPA 8-45 mrwPWG_BPN 8-45 mrwPWG_BPP 8-45 mrwPWG_BPV 8-45 mrwPWG_dPS 8-46 mrwPWG_HRP 8-43, 8-46 mrwPWG_KIK 8-25 mrwPWG_LGT 8-43 mrwPWG_LLS 8-43 mrwPWG_LPA 8-43 mrwPWG_OPS 2-56, 8-43, 8-70 mrwPWG_Pbr 8-45 mrwPWG_PLL 8-43 mrwPWG_Pof 8-42, 8-43 mrwPWG_Pon 8-42 mrwPWG_PTL 8-43 mrwPWG_PVL 8-43 mrwPWG_Rau 8-42, 8-43, 8-46 mrwPWG_Run 8-42, 8-43, 8-46 mrwPWG_SfB 8-45 mrwPWG_SfE 8-46 mrwPWG_UPS 8-43 mrwPWG_VLS 8-43 mrwPWG_WOS 8-43, 8-46 mrwPWG_WUS 8-43, 8-46 mrwREI_KF 10-71, G-23 mrwReserv 10-22 mrwSA_OFF 2-60 mrwSchmxKF 2-116 mrwSCHU_KL 8-71 mrwSCHU1KL 8-70 mrwSH_MAME 9-29 mrwSH_MIME 9-29 mrwSH_TDPE 9-28 mrwSH_TQPE 9-29 mrwSH_VBBQ 9-29 mrwSH_VBKN 9-30 mrwSH_VBSF 9-30 mrwST_dPL 2-9, 8-58 mrwST_OFZ 2-9 mrwST_SPZ 2-9 mrwST_TKsw 2-7 mrwSTA_END 2-6 mrwSTA_MAX 2-6 mrwStBKenn 10-30 mrwSTINILL 2-29 mrwSTK_GM 2-7 mrwSTK_MI 2-6 mrwSTK_WZ 2-6 mrwSTMFRKL 2-7 mrwSTMGRKF 2-6 mrwSTMGxKF 2-6 mrwSTMKoKF 2-6 mrwSTNABKL 2-9 mrwSTNB_KL 2-8 mrwSTNMIN1 2-6, 2-9, 5-51, 8-58, 8-65, 12-6 mrwSTNMIN2 2-7 mrwSTNO_KL 2-8 mrwSTW_GM 2-7 mrwSTW_MI 2-6 mrwSTW_WZ 2-6 mrwSTZMSdU 2-8 mrwSTZMSN 2-8 mrwSTZMSt 2-8 mrwSTZMSt1 2-8 mrwSTZMSU 2-8

mrwSTZUmit 2-8, G-24 mrwT_HGBLL 2-108 mrwTabTyp 10-22 mrwTBATAUS 2-34 mrwTBATEIN 2-34 mrwTBATSTA 2-34 mrwTSADnKL 2-14 mrwTSADpKL 2-14 mrwTSB_KIK 2-17 mrwTSB_MEO 2-14 mrwTSB_MEU 2-14 mrwTSB_NO 2-14 mrwTSB_NU 2-14 mrwTSBgang 2-14 mrwTSTLKL 2-14 mrwUBATAUS 2-34 mrwUBATEIN 2-34 mrwUSO_KF 12-3 mrwUW_ARD 8-70 mrwUW_MdU1 8-64 mrwUW_MdU2 8-64 mrwUW_MNGR 8-64 mrwUW_MT_W 8-64 mrwUW_NEAB 12-6 mrwUW_RMA 8-62 mrwUW_RMI 8-62 mrwUW_SNGR 2-6, 8-71 mrwV_ANFAH 2-124, 8-12 mrwVBZHBC 9-6 mrwVEBsLKL 2-14 mrwVEBstgS 2-14 mrwVMDAdpt 10-73 mrwVMDErmx 10-73 mrwVMDMax 10-73 mrwVMDMaxC 10-73 mrwVMDMin 10-73 mrwVMDMinC 10-73 mrwVNF_VNX 2-25 mrwWA_PAV 2-82 mrwWA_RSW 2-82, 2-84, 2-87 mrwWA_VRO 2-82 mrwWA_VRU 2-84, 2-87 mrwWKUP_VG 10-41 mrwWTAD_KF 2-31 mrwWTCNTKT 2-7 mrwWTF_KL 8-50, 8-51 mrwWTFaus 10-21 mrwWTUMDKL 2-31 nlwNL_tDKS 11-3 phwK_HMAX 9-31 phwK_HMIN 9-31 phwK_MUXe 9-31 phwK_MUXS 9-31 phwK_MUXZ 9-31 phwK_TDvt 9-28 phwK_TMPS 9-31 phwK_TQvt 9-29, 9-30 sbwDZstzv 13-3 sbwGR_MAX 13-8 sbwGR_MIN 13-8 sbwIR_FEN 13-9 sbwIR_NEG 13-9 sbwIR_POS 13-9 sbwIR_SIG 13-9 sbwKW4Ramp 13-5, 13-6 sbwMEstzv 13-3 sbwPR_FEN 13-9 sbwPR_NEG 13-9


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 13

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

sbwPR_POS 13-9 sbwPR_SIG 13-9 sbwRST_DEF 13-9 sbwRST_MAX 13-9 sbwRST_MIN 13-9 sbwRST_OFF 13-7 sbwRST_VGW 13-9 sbwRST_WIN 13-7, A-1 sbwSB_Dyn 13-4 sbwSB_STA 13-6 sbwSKF_KF 13-9 sbwSSK_KF 13-9 sbwSWSN_KF 13-5, 13-6 sbwTWS_KF 13-9 sbwUBA_KL 13-9 sbwUEB_NMA 8-67 sbwUEB_NMI 8-67 sbwUEB_NUS 13-9 sbwUEB_RAN 8-67 sbwUEB_RAP 8-67 sbwUEB_WT 13-5 sbwUMDR_KF 13-6 sbwUMRMEKF 13-6 sbwWTstzv 13-3 siwOEL_rKF 5-63 siwOEL_tKF 5-63 xcw_N_Ende 7-57 xcw_n_Reiz 7-1, 7-57 xcw_twti 7-10, 7-58 xcwAdr1 7-13 xcwAdr6 7-13 xcwADRCARB 7-57 xcwAR1aus 7-31 xcwAR1ein 7-31 xcwAR2aus 7-31 xcwAR2ein 7-31 xcwAR3aus 7-31 xcwAR3ein 7-31 xcwBHardNr 7-58 xcwBSoftNr 7-58 xcwBYP_COS I-3 xcwBYP_COX I-3 xcwBYP_EIS I-1, I-2 xcwBYP_EIX I-1, I-2 xcwCAL_ID 7-53 xcwCAN_A 7-24, 7-25, 7-59 xcwCAN00_S 7-26 xcwCAN00_X 7-24 xcwCAN01_X 7-24 xcwCAN02_X 7-24 xcwCARDO_T 7-45 xcwCARDO_Z 7-45 xcwCARDOdT 7-45 xcwCARDOUD 7-45 xcwCARDS_T 7-45 xcwCARDS_Z 7-45 xcwCARDSdT 7-45 xcwCARDSUD 7-45 xcwCARFO_T 7-45 xcwCARFO_Z 7-45 xcwCARFOdT 7-45 xcwCARFOUD 7-45 xcwCARFS_T 7-45 xcwCARFS_Z 7-45 xcwCARFSdT 7-45 xcwCARFSUD 7-45 xcwDatum 7-58 xcwDIASCH 7-1, 7-9, 7-14, 7-57

xcwDrSchw 7-20, 7-30, 7-31, 7-59 xcwFehzmax 7-3, 7-58 xcwFreq 7-30, 8-48 xcwGRARF_N 7-31 xcwGRARF_T 7-31 xcwGREKP_M 7-31 xcwGREKP_N 7-31 xcwGREKP_T 7-31 xcwGRLDR_N 7-31 xcwGRLDR_T 7-31 xcwGRRDS_N 7-31 xcwGRRDS_T 7-31 xcwGRSBR_N 7-31 xcwGRSBR_T 7-31 xcwINF_M09 7-52, 7-53, 7-54 xcwK01_1 7-21 xcwK100auf 7-22, 7-32, 7-59 xcwK125c1 7-23 xcwK126c3 7-26 xcwK129c1 7-23 xcwK40_1 7-21 xcwKeybyt1 7-2, 7-57 xcwKeybyt2 7-2, 7-57 xcwKHSNr 7-58 xcwKSbyte1 7-57 xcwKSbyte2 7-57 xcwKSCheck 7-57 xcwKTF_ID 7-45, 7-47, 7-48 xcwLDF_ID 7-45, 7-50 xcwLDRaus 7-31 xcwLDRein 7-31 xcwLOG_0 7-27 xcwLOG_1 7-19 xcwLOG_7 7-27 xcwMaIoTim 7-20, 7-59 xcwMWB_KF 7-20, 7-22, 7-59 xcwPADE 7-19, 7-58 xcwPADV 7-19, 7-58 xcwPEEPROM 7-16, 7-58 xcwPFGG1 7-16, 7-58, 8-18 xcwPFGG2 7-16, 7-58, 8-18 xcwPFGROff 7-16, 7-58 xcwPFGROn 7-16, 7-58 xcwPHGBOff 2-106, 7-17, 7-58 xcwPIAglOn 7-19 xcwPID1C 7-41 xcwPKSKoff 2-20, 7-17, 7-58 xcwPKSKon 2-20, 7-17, 7-58 xcwPRDYm1 5-60, 7-17, 7-58 xcwRDS_p1 7-31 xcwRDS_p2 7-31 xcwSBRaus 7-31, 13-5 xcwSBRein 7-31, 13-5 xcwSBTV 7-30 xcwSGADR 7-1, 7-57 xcwSGBlk1 7-6, 7-58 xcwSGBlk2 7-9, 7-58 xcwSGBlk3 7-58, B-5 xcwSGfrID1 7-58 xcwSGSchw 7-20 xcwSTT_ID 7-45, 7-48, 7-49 xcwt_ini 7-1, 7-2, 7-58 xcwt_kw1 7-2 xcwt_kw2 7-2 xcwt_outbl 7-3, 7-4, 7-58 xcwt_outby 7-2, 7-3, 7-4, 7-58 xcwt_reabl 7-2, 7-3, 7-4, 7-58 xcwt_reaby 7-2, 7-58


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 14

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

xcwt_sync 7-2, 7-58 xcwUMRCO_8 10-68 xcwUMRCO_D 10-68 xcwUMRCO_N 10-68 xcwUMRCO_P 10-68 xcwUMRCO_T 10-68 xcwUMRCO_V 10-68 xcwUMRCOLA 10-68 xcwUMRCOLT 10-68 xcwUMRCOSB 10-25 xcwUMRCS_8 10-68 xcwUMRCS_D 10-68 xcwUMRCS_N 10-68 xcwUMRCS_P 10-68 xcwUMRCS_T 10-68 xcwUMRCS_V 10-68 xcwUMRCSLA 10-68 xcwUMRCSLT 10-68 xcwUMRCSSB 10-25 xcwWTF_ID 7-45, 7-46, 7-47 xcwZBSperr G-7

Error fbbEACC_A 2-88, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEACC_B 2-88, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEACC_C 2-88, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEACC_D 2-88, 2-90, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEACC_F 2-88, 2-90, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEACC_P 2-88, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEACC_Q 2-88, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEACC_V 2-88, 8-3, E-1, F-2 fbbEADF_H 8-4, E-1, F-1 fbbEADF_L 8-4, E-1, F-1 fbbEADRnR 2-102, 8-4, E-5, F-1 fbbEADRpR 2-102, 8-4, E-5, F-1 fbbEAG4_L 2-55, 2-122, 8-12, E-5, F-1 fbbEALR_Q 8-24, F-1 fbbEAR1_D 3-27, 8-2 fbbEAR1_K 8-2, E-2, F-1 fbbEAR1_O 8-2, E-2, F-1 fbbEAR1_S 3-25, 3-27, 8-2 fbbEAR2_K 8-2, F-1 fbbEAR2_O 8-2, F-1 fbbEAR3_K 8-2, E-12, F-3 fbbEAR3_O 8-2, E-12, F-3 fbbEARSnR 3-19, 8-2, E-2, F-1 fbbEARSpR 3-19, 8-2, E-2, F-1 fbbEAS3_Q 8-13, 8-18, 9-19, E-1, F-1 fbbEASG_D 2-134, 2-135, E-5, F-1 fbbEASG_G 2-133, 8-15, 8-16, E-3, F-1 fbbEASG_H 2-134, 2-135, 2-137, 8-16, 10-5, E-3, F-1 fbbEASG_I 8-16, E-5, F-1 fbbEASG_L 2-55, 8-15, 10-5, E-3, F-1 fbbEASG_M 8-15, E-3, F-1 fbbEASG_P 2-134, 2-135, 2-136, 2-139, 8-16, 10-5, E-3, F-1 fbbEASG_Q 5-38, 8-15, 8-16, 10-5, E-3, F-1 fbbEASG_S 8-16, E-3, F-1 fbbEASG_U 2-55, 8-15, E-3, F-1 fbbEASR_Q 8-13, 8-18, 9-19, 10-5, 10-14, 14-6, E-1, F-1 fbbEAUZ_1 E-13, F-3 fbbEAUZ_2 E-13, F-3 fbbEAUZ_3 E-13, F-3 fbbEAUZ_4 E-13, F-3 fbbEAUZ_5 E-13, F-3 fbbEAUZ_6 E-13, F-3

fbbEAUZ_M E-13, F-3 fbbEBRE_H E-13, F-1 fbbEBRE_I F-1 fbbEBRE_L E-13, F-1 fbbEBRE_P 8-5, 8-45, E-13, F-1 fbbEBSG_Q 8-6, E-3, F-2 fbbECA0_D 5-38, 8-71, 10-14, 14-6 E-14 fbbECA0_O 8-7, 10-5, 14-6, E-13, F-1 fbbECA0_S 8-71, 14-6, E-13, F-1 fbbECA0_W 8-7, 10-5, 14-6, E-13, F-1 fbbECRA_A 8-8, 10-25, E-3, F-2 fbbECRA_B 5-73, 8-8, 10-25, E-3, F-2 fbbECRA_C 8-9, 14-6, F-2 fbbECRA_P 8-10, 9-22, 14-6, E-3, F-2 fbbECRA_Q 8-9, 14-6, E-3, F-2 fbbECRA_Z 8-9, 14-6, F-2 fbbECVT_H 8-17, E-4, F-2 fbbECVT_L 8-17, E-4, F-2 fbbECVT_Q E-4, F-2 fbbEDIA_K 8-48, E-13, F-2 fbbEDIA_O 8-48, E-13, F-2 fbbEDIA_P 8-48, E-13, F-2 fbbEDZG_D 6-13, 8-58, E-4, F-1 fbbEDZG_I F-2 fbbEDZG_L 2-9, 6-13, 8-58, E-4, F-1 fbbEDZG_S 6-13, 8-58, E-4, F-1 fbbEDZG_U 6-13, 8-59, E-4, F-1 fbbEEAB_K 8-60, E-14, F-2 fbbEEAB_P 8-60, E-14, F-2 fbbEECO_L 2-55, 8-12, E-5, F-1 fbbEEEP_A F-1 fbbEEEP_C 8-71, E-14, F-1 fbbEEEP_F 8-72, E-4, F-1 fbbEEEP_K 8-72, E-14, F-1 fbbEEEP_V 8-71, E-4, F-1 fbbEEGS_1 2-55, 5-38, 8-12, 8-16, 10-5, E-5, F-1 fbbEEGS_A 2-55, 2-124, 8-12, E-5, F-1 fbbEEGS_F 10-45, E-5, F-1 fbbEEKP_K 8-61, E-14, F-3 fbbEEKP_O 8-61, E-14, F-3 fbbEFGA_A 8-19, E-5, F-1 fbbEFGA_F 8-19, 8-20, 10-25, 10-35, 10-36, E-5, F-1 fbbEFGA_P 8-19, E-5, F-1 fbbEFGA_X 8-19, E-5, F-1 fbbEFGC_B 2-65, 2-92, 8-20, 8-21, E-6, F-1 fbbEFGC_C 2-65, 2-92, 8-20, 8-21, E-6, F-1 fbbEFGC_P 2-64, 2-92, 8-20, E-6, F-1 fbbEFGC_Q 2-65, 2-92, 8-20, E-6, F-1 fbbEFGC_S 2-64, 8-21, E-6, F-1 fbbEFGC_Y 2-65, 8-20, E-6, F-1 fbbEFGG_C 8-18, 9-19, 14-6, E-6, F-1 fbbEFGG_F 8-18, 14-6, E-6, F-1 fbbEFGG_H 8-18, 9-17, 9-19, E-6, F-1 fbbEFGG_P 2-69, 8-18, E-6, F-1 fbbEFGG_Q 8-18, 9-19, 14-6, E-6, F-1 fbbEFGG_S 8-18, 9-18, 14-6, E-6, F-1 fbbEGAZ_K F-3 fbbEGAZ_O F-3 fbbEGER_1 8-11, F-1 fbbEGER_2 8-11, F-1 fbbEGER_K 8-10, E-14, F-1 fbbEGER_O 8-10, E-14, F-1 fbbEGK1_K 8-29, E-16, F-1 fbbEGK1_O 8-29, E-16, F-1 fbbEGK2_K 8-29, E-16, F-3 fbbEGK2_O 8-29, E-16, F-3 fbbEGK3_K F-3 fbbEGK3_O F-3


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 15

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

fbbEGRS_K 8-21, E-7, F-1 fbbEGRS_O 8-21, E-7, F-1 fbbEGSK_1 8-22, E-7, F-1 fbbEGSK_2 E-7, F-1 fbbEGSK_3 E-7, F-1 fbbEGSK_4 E-7, F-1 fbbEGSK_5 E-7, F-1 fbbEGSK_6 8-22, E-7, F-1 fbbEGZS_C 5-15, 5-16, 8-21, E-7, F-1 fbbEGZS_H 8-22, E-7, F-1 fbbEGZS_I 5-13, 8-21, E-7, F-1 fbbEGZS_P 5-15, 5-16, 5-17, 8-22, E-7, F-1 fbbEHDK_H 8-62, 8-64, 8-69, E-14, F-3 fbbEHDK_L 8-62, 8-64, 8-69, E-14, F-3 fbbEHDK_O 8-63, E-14, F-3 fbbEHDK_U 8-62, E-14, F-3 fbbEHFM_H 8-39, E-10, F-2 fbbEHFM_L 8-39, E-10, F-2 fbbEHRL_S 8-23, E-15, F-1 fbbEHYL_K 8-25, E-15, F-1 fbbEHYL_O 8-25, E-15, F-1 fbbEHZA_H 8-24, E-7, F-2 fbbEHZA_L 8-24, E-7, F-2 fbbEIMM_C 8-71, E-8, F-1 fbbEIMM_F E-8, F-1 fbbEIMM_P E-8, F-1 fbbEIMM_V E-8, F-1 fbbEK15_P 2-9, 8-25, 8-48, 9-17, 11-3, E-15, F-1 fbbEKIK_A E-8, F-2 fbbEKLI_K 8-26, 14-6, E-15, F-1 fbbEKLI_O 8-26, 14-6, E-15, F-1 fbbEKLI_Q 8-26, 14-6, E-15, F-1 fbbEKMD_H 8-61, 14-6, E-15, F-2 fbbEKMD_L 8-61, 14-6, E-15, F-2 fbbEKNT_H 8-62, 8-71, E-15, F-3 fbbEKNT_U 8-62, 8-71, E-15, F-3 fbbEKO1_Q 8-18, 8-26, 8-48, 9-19, E-8, F-1 fbbEKO2_Q 5-45, 8-26, 8-49, 9-5, E-8, F-1 fbbEKTF_H 8-27, 8-28, E-16, F-1 fbbEKTF_L 8-27, 8-28, E-16, F-1 fbbEKTF_P 8-27, 8-28, E-16, F-1 fbbEKWH_L 5-31, 5-33, 8-29, E-8, F-1 fbbEKWH_M F-1 fbbELD2_H 8-30, E-9, F-1 fbbELD2_L 8-30, E-9, F-1 fbbELDF_H 8-30, F-1 fbbELDF_L 8-30, F-1 fbbELDF_P 8-31, E-9, F-1 fbbELDK_D E-9, F-1 fbbELDK_S E-9, F-1 fbbELDS_K 8-38, E-9, F-2 fbbELDS_O 8-38, E-9, F-2 fbbELDSnR 8-32, 13-4, E-9, F-2 fbbELDSpR 8-32, 13-4, E-9, F-2 fbbELM2_H 3-7, 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbELM2_L 3-7, 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbELM5_H 3-7, 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbELM5_L 3-7, 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbELM5_P 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbELMM_H 3-7, 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbELMM_L 3-7, 8-38, E-10, F-2 fbbELTF_H 8-40, E-10, F-2 fbbELTF_L 8-40, E-10, F-2 fbbEMEN_K 8-64, 8-69, 12-6, E-16, F-3 fbbEMEN_W 8-64, 8-69, 12-6, E-16, F-3 fbbEMEP_K 8-64, E-16, F-3 fbbEMEP_W 8-64, E-16, F-3 fbbEMIL_K 8-40, E-16, F-2

fbbEMIL_M F-2 fbbEMIL_O 8-40, E-16, F-2 fbbEML1_K F-3 fbbEML1_O F-3 fbbEML2_K F-3 fbbEML2_O F-3 fbbEMSR_H 2-129, 8-14, 10-5, 14-6, E-1, F-1 fbbEMSR_P 2-126, 2-130, 8-14, 10-5, 10-14, 10-38, 14 6, E-1, F-1 fbbEMVS_K 8-61, E-16, F-2 fbbEMVS_O 8-61, E-16, F-2 fbbENBF_H 8-66, E-17, F-2 fbbENBF_L 8-66, E-17, F-2 fbbENIV_B 8-24, F-1 fbbENIV_C 8-24, F-1 fbbENIV_P 2-107, 8-24, F-1 fbbENIV_Q 8-24, F-1 fbbEOTF_H 8-41, 14-6, E-17, F-2 fbbEOTF_L 8-41, 14-6, E-17, F-2 fbbEOTF_N 8-41, 14-6, F-2 fbbEOTF_P E-17 fbbEOTF_S 8-41, 14-6, E-17, F-2 fbbEOTF_U 8-41, 14-6, F-2 fbbEOTFrd 8-41 fbbEPG2_H 8-43, 8-47, 8-67, 9-9, E-11, F-2 fbbEPG2_L 8-43, 8-47, 8-67, 9-9, F-2 fbbEPGS_H 8-43, 8-47, 8-67, 9-9, E-11, F-2 fbbEPGS_L 8-43, 8-47, 8-67, 9-9, E-11, F-2 fbbEPW2_H 2-97, 8-42, 8-43, 8-47, 9-9, E-11, F-2 fbbEPW2_L 2-97, 8-42, 8-43, 8-47, 9-9, E-11, F-2 fbbEPWG_H 2-32, 2-97, 8-42, 8-43, 8-47, 9-9, E-11, F-2 fbbEPWG_L 2-32, 2-97, 8-42, 8-43, 8-47, 9-9, E-11, F-2 fbbEPWP_A 2-32, 8-43, 8-46, 8-47, E-11, F-2 fbbEPWP_B 8-45, E-11, F-2 fbbEPWP_L 8-43, 8-46, E-11, F-2 fbbEPWP_P 8-43, 8-46, E-11, F-2 fbbERME_H 8-51, E-19, F-3 fbbERME_L 8-51, E-19, F-3 fbbERUC_A F-1, I-3 fbbERUC_K 8-68, 11-3, E-17, F-1 fbbERUC_R 8-68, 11-3, E-17, F-1 fbbERUC_S 2-6, 8-64, 8-69, 8-71, 11-3, E-17, F-1 fbbERUC_U 8-64, 8-68, 11-3, 12-6, E-17, F-1 fbbERUC_W 8-69, 12-6, E-17, F-3 fbbESBRnR 8-67, E-18, F-2 fbbESBRpR 8-67, E-18, F-2 fbbESEK_D 8-65, E-17, F-2 fbbESEK_S 8-65, E-17, F-2 fbbESEK_U 8-66, E-17, F-2 fbbESTB_O 8-69, E-17, F-3 fbbESTB_U 8-69, E-17, F-3 fbbESTF_H F-2 fbbESTF_L F-2 fbbETAD_D 8-43, 8-47, 8-52, E-12, F-2 fbbETAD_H 8-43, 8-47, 8-52, 9-9, E-12, F-2 fbbETAD_L 8-43, 8-47, 8-52, 9-9, E-12, F-2 fbbETAD_T 8-43, 8-47, 8-52, 9-9, E-12, F-2 fbbETAV_K 8-73, E-18, F-3 fbbETAV_O 8-73, E-18, F-3 fbbETHS_L 5-60, E-12, F-2 fbbETST_K 8-28, E-18, F-2 fbbETST_O 8-28, E-18, F-2 fbbEUBT_H 8-4, E-18, F-2 fbbEUBT_L 8-4, E-18, F-2 fbbEURF_H 8-48, E-18, F-2 fbbEURF_L 8-48, E-18, F-2 fbbEUTF_H 8-49, 14-6, E-18, F-2 fbbEUTF_L 8-49, 14-6, E-18, F-2


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 16

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

fbbEUTF_N 8-49, 9-5, 14-6, F-2 fbbEUTF_P 8-49, E-18, F-2 fbbEUTF_S 8-49, 9-5, 14-6, F-2 fbbEUTF_U 8-49, 9-5, 14-6, F-2 fbbEWTF_B 8-51, F-2 fbbEWTF_D 8-50, E-12, F-2 fbbEWTF_H 8-50, E-12, F-2 fbbEWTF_L 8-50, E-12, F-2 fbbEWTF_N 8-51, F-2 fbbEWTF_S 8-51, E-12, F-2 fbbEWTF_U 8-51, F-2 fbbEWTK_H 8-50, E-12, F-2 fbbEWTK_L 8-50, E-12, F-2 fbbEZWP_K 8-40, E-18, F-3 fbbEZWP_O 8-40, E-18, F-3

Error path fboS_00 6-13, F-1, G-13 fboS_02 F-1, G-13 fboS_04 F-2, G-13 fboS_06 F-2, G-13 fboS_08 F-3, G-13 fboS_10 G-13 fboS_ND G-13 fboS_NP G-13 fboSABS E-1, F-1, G-12 fboSACC E-1, F-2, G-12 fboSADF 3-5, 8-33, 8-36, 10-25, 10-27, 10-68, E-1, F-1, G-12 fboSAR1 3-5, E-2, F-1, G-12 fboSAR2 3-5, E-2, E-9, F-1, G-12 fboSAR3 E-12, F-3, G-12 fboSARF E-2, F-1, G-12 fboSASG 2-54, 2-55, 2-57, 2-59, E-3, F-1, G-12 fboSAUZ E-13, F-3, G-12 fboSBRE 2-28, 2-32, 2-68, 2-88, E-13, F-1, G-12 fboSBSG E-3, F-2, G-12 fboSCAN 2-88, 5-38, 10-6, E-13, F-1, G-12 fboSCRA E-3, F-2, G-12 fboSCVT E-4, F-2, G-12 fboSDIA E-13, F-2, G-12 fboSDZG 1-2, 2-22, 2-88, 2-102, 2-147, 2-155, 3-5, 3-7, 5-19, 5-25, 6-13, 8-58, 8-60, 8-62, 8-63, 8-65, 9-20, 10-68, 11-3, 13-9, E-4, F-1, G-12 fboSEAB 8-60, E-14, F-2, G-12 fboSEEP E-14, F-1, G-12 fboSEKP E-14, F-3, G-12 fboSEP1 E-4, F-1, G-12 fboSEXM 2-54, 2-55, E-5, F-1, G-12 fboSFGA 2-88, 2-90, 10-18, 10-68, E-5, F-1, G-12 fboSFGC 2-68, 10-25, E-6, F-1, G-12 fboSFGG 2-28, 2-54, 2-55, 2-69, 2-88, 2-108, 2-109, 5 19, 5-25, 5-43, 5-47, 5-51, 8-33, 10-18, 10-68, 11-3, E6, F-1, G-12 fboSGAZ F-3, G-12 fboSGER 5-43, 5-52, 10-23, E-14, F-1, G-12 fboSGK3 F-3, G-13 fboSGRS 5-16, E-7, F-1, G-13 fboSGZS 5-16, E-7, F-1, G-13 fboSHD1 11-3, E-14, F-3, G-13 fboSHDK 11-3, E-14, F-3, G-13 fboSHFM 3-4, 3-8, E-10, F-2, G-13 fboSHRL F-1, G-13 fboSHUN F-1, G-13

fboSHYL 5-43, 5-52, 10-23, E-15, F-1, G-13 fboSHZA 5-43, E-7, F-2, G-13 fboSIMM E-8, F-1, G-13 fboSIWZ F-2, G-13 fboSK15 E-15, F-1, G-13 fboSKBI E-8, F-1, G-13 fboSKIK 10-13, E-8, F-2, G-13 fboSKLI E-15, F-1, G-13 fboSKMD 5-29, 10-24, E-15, F-2, G-13 fboSKNT E-15, F-3, G-13 fboSKTF 10-17, 10-68, 11-3, E-16, F-1, G-13 fboSKW1 E-16, F-3, G-13 fboSKW2 10-16, 10-26, 10-68, E-8, F-1, G-13 fboSKWH E-16, F-1, G-13 fboSLD1 E-9, F-2, G-13 fboSLDF 3-5, 3-7, 8-33, 8-36, 8-58, E-9, F-1, G-13 fboSLDK E-9, F-1, G-13 fboSLDP 2-9, 3-7, 8-58, F-1, G-13 fboSLDS 3-5, E-9, F-2, G-13 fboSLMM 3-5, 3-7, E-10, F-2, G-13 fboSLTF 3-5, 3-7, 5-34, 5-42, 5-43, 8-33, 10-16, 10-19, E-10, F-2, G-13 fboSMES 11-3, E-16, F-3, G-13 fboSMIL E-16, F-2, G-13 fboSML1 F-3, G-13 fboSML2 F-3, G-13 fboSMVS E-16, F-2, G-13 fboSNBF 8-58, 13-9, E-17, F-2, G-13 fboSNLF E-17, F-3, G-13 fboSOTF 5-43, E-17, F-2, G-13 fboSPGS 2-45, 2-46, 2-119, 5-19, 5-25, 9-3, 10-13, 10 16, 10-19, 10-68, E-11, F-2, G-13 fboSPWG 2-45, 2-46, 2-88, 2-108, 2-119, 5-19, 5-25, 9-3, 10-13, 10-16, 10-19, 10-68, E-11, F-2, G-13 fboSRME E-19, F-3, G-13 fboSRUC E-17, F-1, G-13 fboSSBR E-18, F-2, G-13 fboSSEK 8-62, 8-63, 8-65, E-17, F-2, G-13 fboSSTF 3-5, F-2, G-13 fboSTAD E-12, F-2, G-13 fboSTAV E-18, F-3, G-13 fboSTHS 5-60, E-12, F-2, G-13 fboSTST 5-43, E-18, F-2, G-13 fboSUBT 11-3, E-18, F-2, G-13 fboSURF E-18, F-2, G-13 fboSUTF 5-29, 5-42, 5-43, 5-45, E-18, F-2, G-13 fboSWTF 5-34, 5-43, 5-45, 8-60, 10-16, 10-17, 10-68, 13-5, E-12, F-2, G-13 fboSWTK 5-45, 5-47, E-12, F-2, G-13 fboSZWP E-18, F-3, G-13

Measuring channel anmADF 4-6, 5-8, 5-23, 8-31, 8-33, 8-36, 9-7, 10-25, 10 27, 10-68, G-1 anmBRE 9-7, G-1 anmBSTZiO 8-27, 8-28, G-1 anmFPM_EPA 8-43, 8-46, 9-8, G-1 anmFPM_LTI 8-52, G-1 anmHZA 5-41, 9-7, G-1 anmK15 6-3, 6-9, 6-10, 8-7, 9-7, 9-21, 10-5, G-1 anmK15_ON 6-3, 9-21, G-1 anmKMD 5-50, 9-7, 9-24, 10-24, 10-70, G-1 anmKTF 2-20, 5-18, 8-27, 8-28, 8-32, 8-63, 9-7, 9-13, 12-2, G-1, G-23


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 17

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

anmKTF_Int 8-27, 8-28, G-1 anmKTF_PT 8-28, G-1 anmKTF_Td 8-27, G-1 anmLDF 2-9, 4-5, 8-31, 8-33, 8-36, 9-7, 9-10, G-1 anmLMM 9-7, G-1 anmLMM_1 G-1 anmLTF 3-4 anmLTF 3-4 anmLTF 2-13, 2-19, 3-4, 3-7, 3-14, 4-2, 4-3, 5-33, 5-34, 5-41, 5-49, 8-26, 8-33, 8-38, 9-5, 9-7, 10-19, 10-70, G1 anmOTF 2-19, 5-41, 5-63, 8-26, 8-32, 8-41, 9-7, 9-11, 9 12, G-1, G-2 anmOTF_VOR 8-26, 8-41, 9-12, G-1 anmPG2 9-7, G-1 anmPGS 8-43, 9-3, 9-7, 9-8, 9-9, G-1 anmPW2 9-7, G-1 anmPWG 2-42, 2-51, 2-52, 2-94, 5-20, 5-22, 8-25, 8-43, 8-45, 8-46, 9-7, 9-9, 10-13, G-1 anmRME 3-2, 3-21, 9-7, G-1 anmRME_ON 3-2, 3-21, G-1 anmST_NBF 8-65, 8-66, 9-7, 13-9, G-1 anmSTF 3-4 anmSTF 2-13, 3-4, 9-7, G-1 anmT_MOT 2-6, 2-7, 2-9, 2-19, 2-31, 2-32, 3-10, 3-16, 5 7, 5-8, 5-9, 5-64, 9-11, G-1 anmTTF 2-20, G-1 anmU_PGS 2-44, 8-43, G-1 anmU_PWG 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-47, 2-48, 2-49, 2-51, 8 43, 9-3, G-1 anmU_REF 9-7, G-1 anmUBATT 2-34, 2-68, 3-19, 5-8, 8-49, 8-63, 9-5, 9-7, 9 26, G-1 anmUTF 2-36, 2-37, 5-23, 5-29, 5-31, 5-32, 5-33, 5-34, 5-41, 5-45, 5-46, 5-51, 5-55, 5-61, 8-26, 8-49, 9-5, 9-7, 10-68, G-1 anmUTF_ANA 8-49, 9-5, 9-7, G-1 anmUTF_CAN 9-5, G-1 anmUTF_DIG 9-5, G-1 anmUTF_STA 2-36, G-1 anmWTF 3-5 anmWTF 1-2, 2-19, 2-28, 2-29, 2-31, 2-55, 3-5, 3-17, 4 2, 4-13, 5-19, 5-20, 5-27, 5-42, 5-43, 5-45, 5-46, 5-51, 5-55, 5-58, 5-60, 5-61, 5-62, 5-68, 8-26, 8-41, 8-51, 8 60, 9-7, 9-11, 9-13, 10-17, 10-21, 10-68, 10-71, 12-4, G-1, G-2, G-15 anmWTF_CAN 2-19, 5-19, 5-20, 5-27, 5-42, 5-43, 5-45, 5-46, 8-26, 8-51, G-1 anmWTK 5-51, 9-7, G-1 anmZHB_CNT 9-6, G-1 anoBST_ZSH 8-28, G-1 anoBST_ZSL 8-28, G-1 anoBSTZiOH G-1 anoBSTZiOL G-1 anoKMD_roh 8-61, 9-7, 9-24, G-1 anoKTF_akt 8-27, G-1 anoKTF_Ini 8-27, G-1 anoKTF_Int 8-27, 8-28, G-1 anoKTF_PT 8-27, 8-28, G-1 anoPBM_T5H 9-24, G-1 anoPBM_T5P G-1 anoU_ATM 8-4, 9-7, G-1 anoU_BRE 9-7, G-1 anoU_HZA 8-24, 9-7, G-1 anoU_K15 9-7, 9-21, G-2 anoU_LDF 8-30, 9-7, G-2 anoU_LDF2 8-30, 9-7, G-2 anoU_LMM 9-7, G-2

anoU_LMM2 8-38, 9-7, G-2 anoU_LMM2S 8-38 anoU_NBF 9-7, G-2 anoU_PGS 8-52, 8-67, 9-7, G-2 anoU_PGS2 8-67, 9-7, G-2 anoU_PGSLT 8-52, G-2 anoU_PWG 8-42, 9-7, G-2 anoU_PWG2 8-42, 9-7, G-2 anoU_RME 8-51, 9-7, G-2 anoU_TAD 8-52, 9-7, G-2 anoU_TK 8-27, 9-7, G-2 anoU_TL 8-40, 9-7, G-2 anoU_TO 8-41, 9-7, G-2 anoU_TS 9-7, G-2 anoU_TW 8-50, 9-7, G-2 anoU_TWK 8-50, 9-7, G-2 anoU_UBAT 8-4, 9-7, G-2 anoU_UREF 8-48, 9-7, G-2 anoU_UTF 8-49, 9-7, G-2 anoUTF_DIG G-1 anoVORHEIZ G-2 anoWTFkomp G-2 armAGRstat G-2 armARF_AGL 3-10, 3-16, 7-8, G-2 armIST_4 3-4 armIST_4 3-4, 8-39, G-2 armM_E 3-2, 3-10, 3-13, 3-14, 3-16, 3-21, G-2 armM_ERME G-2 armM_Lber 8-39, G-2 armM_LBiT 3-7, G-2 armM_List 2-13, 3-7, 3-14, 3-22, 8-38, 8-39, 9-14, G-2 armM_Lsoll 3-11, 3-14, 3-17, G-2 armRatio 3-4, 3-6, 3-7 armRatio 3-4, 3-6, 3-7, 8-39, G-2 aro2ST1 G-2 aro2ST2 G-2 aro2STEU_B G-2 aroAB_VGW1 3-19, G-2 aroARFAGL G-2 aroAUS_B 6-17, G-2 aroE 3-18, G-2 aroEmax 3-18, 8-2, G-2 aroEmaxF G-2 aroEmaxG G-2 aroEueb 6-17, G-2 aroFakKorr G-2 aroFARFAB1 G-2 aroFARFAB3 G-2 aroIST_1 G-2 aroIST_5 3-4, G-2 aroKorrmp G-2 aroLTF_aus G-2 aroM_Eroh 3-1, G-2 aroML_aus G-2 aroPB_ena 3-6 aroPB_ena 3-6, G-2 aroPkorr 3-16, G-2 aroPSKW G-2 aroREG_1 3-13, 3-14, 3-15, G-3 aroREG_2 3-13, 3-14, 3-19, 3-20, G-3 aroREG_3 G-3 aroREG_4 G-3 aroREG_B G-3 aroREG3pt1 G-3 aroRGIAnt G-3 aroRGPAnt G-3 aroRGpi 3-14, G-3 aroRGst 3-13, 3-14, G-3


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 18

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

aroRGsteu 3-13, 3-16, G-3 aroRKSTAT 3-26, G-3 aroSOLL_0 3-10, G-3 aroSOLL_1 3-10, G-3 aroSOLL_10 3-10, G-3 aroSOLL_11 G-3 aroSOLL_12 3-10, G-3 aroSOLL_13 3-10, G-3 aroSOLL_2 3-10, G-3 aroSOLL_3 3-10, G-3 aroSOLL_4 3-10, G-3 aroSOLL_5 3-11, G-3 aroSOLL_6 3-11, G-3 aroSOLL_8 G-3 aroSOLL_9 G-3 aroST1 G-3 aroST2 G-3 aroT_Korr G-3 aroTi_Ab G-3 aroTi_Ein 3-21, G-3 aroTVunbeg G-3 aroUMDRp 3-10, G-3 aroWTF_aus G-3 camRCSTAT0 7-23, 10-8, G-3 camSTATUS0 8-7, 8-12, 8-13, 8-71, 9-21, 10-5, 10-6, G3 caoIMM2XCH 10-75, G-3 caoIMM2XCL 10-75, G-3 caoM01_B0 10-3, G-3 caoM01_B1 G-3 caoM01_B2 G-3 caoM01_B3 G-3 caoM01_B4 G-3 caoM01_B5 G-3 caoM01_B6 G-3 caoM01_B7 G-3 caoM02_B0 10-3, G-3 caoM02_B1 G-3 caoM02_B2 G-3 caoM02_B3 G-3 caoM02_B4 G-3 caoM02_B5 G-3 caoM02_B6 G-3 caoM02_B7 G-3 caoM03_B0 10-3, G-3 caoM03_B1 G-3 caoM03_B2 G-3 caoM03_B3 G-3 caoM03_B4 G-3 caoM03_B5 G-3 caoM03_B6 G-4 caoM03_B7 G-4 caoM04_B0 10-3, G-4 caoM04_B1 G-4 caoM04_B2 G-4 caoM04_B3 G-4 caoM04_B4 G-4 caoM04_B5 G-4 caoM04_B6 G-4 caoM04_B7 G-4 caoM05_B0 10-3, G-4 caoM05_B1 G-4 caoM05_B2 G-4 caoM05_B3 G-4 caoM05_B4 G-4 caoM05_B5 G-4 caoM05_B6 G-4 caoM05_B7 G-4

caoM06_B0 caoM06_B1 caoM06_B2 caoM06_B3 caoM06_B4 caoM06_B5 caoM06_B6 caoM06_B7 caoM07_B0 caoM07_B1 caoM07_B2 caoM07_B3 caoM07_B4 caoM07_B5 caoM07_B6 caoM07_B7 caoM08_B0 caoM08_B1 caoM08_B2 caoM08_B3 caoM08_B4 caoM08_B5 caoM08_B6 caoM08_B7 caoM09_B0 caoM09_B1 caoM09_B2 caoM09_B3 caoM09_B4 caoM09_B5 caoM09_B6 caoM09_B7 caoM10_B0 caoM10_B1 caoM10_B2 caoM10_B3 caoM10_B4 caoM10_B5 caoM10_B6 caoM10_B7 caoM11_B0 caoM11_B1 caoM11_B2 caoM11_B3 caoM11_B4 caoM11_B5 caoM11_B6 caoM11_B7 caoM12_B0 caoM12_B1 caoM12_B2 caoM12_B3 caoM12_B4 caoM12_B5 caoM12_B6 caoM12_B7 caoM13_B0 caoM13_B1 caoM13_B2 caoM13_B3 caoM13_B4 caoM13_B5 caoM13_B6 caoM13_B7 caoM14_B0 caoM14_B1 caoM14_B2 caoM14_B3

10-3, G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 10-3, G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 10-3, G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 10-3, G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 10-3, G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 10-3, G-4 G-4 G-4 G-4 G-5 G-5 G-5 G-5 10-3, G-5 G-5 G-5 G-5 G-5 G-5 G-5 G-5 10-3, G-5 G-5 G-5 G-5 G-5 G-5 G-5 G-5 10-3, G-5 G-5 G-5 G-5


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 19

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

caoM14_B4 G-5 caoM14_B5 G-5 caoM14_B6 G-5 caoM14_B7 G-5 caoM15_B0 10-3, G-5 caoM15_B1 G-5 caoM15_B2 G-5 caoM15_B3 G-5 caoM15_B4 G-5 caoM15_B5 G-5 caoM15_B6 G-5 caoM15_B7 G-5 caoOSK1Sta G-5 caoXCO2IMH 10-75, G-5 caoXCO2IML 10-75, G-5 comADF_fun G-5 comARF_fun G-5 comBYP_fun G-5 comCLG_FUN 8-72 comCLG_SIG 2-117, 2-126, 2-128, 5-28, 7-18, 7-24, 7 26, 8-8, 8-72, 10-1, 10-5, 14-1, 14-2, 14-3, 14-4, 14-5, 14-6, G-5 comDSV G-5 comEFUN G-5 comFGR_opt 2-62, 2-63, B-6, G-5 comFUN_CRA 8-8, 8-9, 10-50, 14-3, 14-4, 14-6, G-5 comFUN_KLI 5-29, 5-33, 10-54, 14-3, 14-5, 14-6, G-5 comKWH_ABS G-5 comLDR_fun G-5 comM_E_ASG G-5 comM_E_ASR 2-117, 10-37, 10-38, 10-39, 14-3, 14-5, 14-6, G-5 comM_E_EGS 2-117, G-5 comM_E_MSR 2-117, 10-37, 10-38, 10-39, 14-3, 14-5, 14-6, G-5 comVAR_FGG 10-37, 10-38, 10-40, 10-46, 10-47, 14-3, 14-6, G-5 comVAR_FZG 7-18, 8-49, 9-4, 10-48, 14-3, 14-4, 14-6, G-5 comVAR_OTF 8-41, 10-48, 14-3, 14-4, 14-6, G-5 crmCRSTpwm 8-8, 8-10, 9-22, G-5 croCR_STAT 2-68, 8-8, 10-50, G-5 croCRzaehl 9-22, G-5 dimADM 2-94, 2-96, 2-97, 2-100, 9-2, B-6, G-6, G-26 dimADP 2-94, 2-96, 2-97, 2-100, 9-2, B-6, G-6, G-26 dimADR 2-94, 2-95, 2-96, 2-102, 2-104, 8-70, 9-2, B-6, G-6, G-26 dimADW 2-94, 2-100, B-6, G-6, G-26 dimAG4 2-119, 2-120, 2-121, 2-122, 9-2, 12-4, G-6 dimBRE 2-28, 2-32, 2-88, 3-10, 8-3, 8-70, 9-2, 10-17, B6, G-6, G-18 dimBREPLAU 8-5, G-6 dimBRK 2-88, 3-10, 8-3, 8-70, 9-2, 10-17, B-6, G-6 dimDIGpre1 9-2, 10-13, 10-17, G-6 dimDIGpre2 9-2, G-6 dimeco 5-6, 5-36, 5-37, 5-38, 5-73, 8-12, 9-2, 9-3, G-6 dimFGA 2-63, 2-64, 2-65, 2-88, 2-90, 2-93, 8-3, 8-19, 8 20, 8-70, 9-2, 10-34, 10-35, G-6, G-18 dimFGL 2-63, 2-64, 2-65, 2-86, 2-88, 2-90, 2-93, 8-3, 8 19, 8-20, 8-70, 9-2, 10-24, 10-34, 10-35, G-6, G-18 dimFGM 2-63, 9-2, G-6, G-18 dimFGP 2-63, 2-64, 2-65, 2-66, 2-89, 2-90, 2-93, 8-19, 8 20, 9-2, 10-34, 10-35, 10-36, G-6, G-18 dimFGV 2-63, 9-2, G-6, G-18 dimFGW 2-63, 2-64, 2-65, 2-66, 2-89, 2-90, 2-93, 8-19, 8-20, 9-2, 10-34, 10-35, 10-36, G-6, G-18 dimGZR 5-13, 8-21, 9-2, G-6

dimHAN 2-94, 2-95, 2-96, 2-102, 2-104, 8-18, 8-70, 9-2, B-6, G-6, G-26 dimK15 2-9, 2-46, 2-47, 5-73, 6-3, 6-10, 7-54, 9-2, 11-3, G-6 dimK15roh G-6 dimK50 2-6, 2-8, 5-7, 5-8, 9-2, G-6 dimKIK 2-17, 2-113, 8-25, 9-2, 9-3, 10-13, B-6, G-6 dimKLB 5-19, 5-49, 9-2, 10-18, 10-70, G-6 dimKLI 2-36, 5-29, 5-32, 5-33, 5-39, 5-49, 9-2, B-6, G-5, G-6 dimKUP 2-28, 2-54, 2-55, 2-135, 2-139, 2-144, 5-36, 5 68, 8-15, 8-16, 8-70, 9-2, 9-3, 10-13, 10-41, B-6, G-6, G-18 dimKWH 5-32, 5-33, 5-39, 9-2, G-5, G-6 dimLGF 8-70, 8-71, 9-2, 9-3, G-6 dimLGS 2-52, 8-43, 8-71, 9-2, 9-3, 10-13, B-6, G-6 dimRKSTAT 3-25, 9-2, G-6 dioBREPLAU 8-5, G-6 dioROH1 9-2, G-6 dioROH2 9-2, G-6 dsoUist_Ag 8-62, 8-63, 8-64, 9-26, G-6 dsoUist_Fk G-6 dsoUist_Of G-6 duoLFZ G-6 duoLFZMAX G-6 dzmABTAS G-6 dzmDNDT G-6 dzmDNDT2u 2-22, G-6 dzmDZGANZ G-6 dzmDZGBLE G-6 dzmDZGerr 8-58, G-6 dzmN_SB 8-58, G-7 dzmN_SEK 8-58, 9-16, G-7 dzmNakt 2-45, 2-48, 2-155, 8-60, 9-15, 12-7, G-7 dzmNmit 3-4, 3-6 dzmNmit 1-2, 2-6, 2-7, 2-8, 2-9, 2-13, 2-14, 2-16, 2-19, 2-20, 2-22, 2-25, 2-28, 2-29, 2-34, 2-35, 2-71, 2-94, 2 95, 2-97, 2-98, 2-100, 2-102, 2-108, 2-109, 2-120, 2 123, 2-134, 2-143, 2-155, 2-156, 3-4, 3-6, 3-7, 3-8, 3 10, 3-13, 3-14, 3-16, 3-19, 4-2, 4-3, 4-5, 4-10, 4-12, 5 3, 5-6, 5-7, 5-8, 5-9, 5-32, 5-37, 5-41, 5-45, 5-50, 5-51, 5-63, 5-68, 5-69, 5-72, 5-73, 7-54, 8-7, 8-15, 8-33, 8 35, 8-36, 8-38, 8-58, 8-59, 8-62, 9-10, 9-15, 9-31, 10 5, 10-71, 10-73, 12-2, 12-4, 12-6, 13-3, G-7, G-23 dzmSCHEDUL G-7 dzmSCHUB 13-7, 13-9, G-7 dzmSEGM 2-155, 9-16, G-7 dzmUEBER 8-59, 8-66, G-7 dzmUMDRK15 2-9, G-7 dzmUMDRsta 2-31, 3-10, 9-11, 13-6, G-7 dzmWACH G-7 dzoABTAS 8-58, G-7 dzoDZGPERH 9-16, G-7 dzoDZGPERL 9-16, G-7 dzoNakt 9-15, 12-7, G-7 dzoNBFdreh 8-65, G-7 dzoNBFperH G-7 dzoNBFperL G-7 dzoNBFramp G-7 dzoNmit 2-9, 2-34, 2-37, 2-119, 2-124, 5-20, 5-22, 5-23, 5-25, 5-26, 5-32, 7-57, 8-18, 9-8, 9-10, 9-15, 9-26, 10 15, 10-68, G-7 dzoNmitalt G-7 dzoSEGM 8-58, 9-16, G-7 dzoVorRAMP G-7 ecmDK_zu 3-15, G-7 ecmUso_ECO 5-36, 5-37, 5-73, G-7 ecoECO_STA 5-36, G-7


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 20

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

edmCHKOBDH 7-54, 7-55, G-7 edmCHKOBDL 7-54, 7-55, G-7 edmCHKstat 7-54, G-7 edmDIA_P G-7 edmEEinit G-7 edmIMM_W G-7 edmM_E_AUS G-7 edmMACHSUH G-7 edmMACHSUL G-7 edmMSG_gsp G-7 edmPsh_erl 5-12, G-7 edmPW_cmax 2-44, G-7 edmPW_dp 2-44, G-7 edmSperre G-7 edmSTAUSNL 3-26, 8-2 edmTIM_100 G-7 edmVB_FIL G-7 edmWFS_MRN G-7 edoAGL_CS G-7 edoCLGV G-7 edoCRED_WS G-7 edoCRED_ZS G-7 edoDSVCHK G-7 edoEEDSV G-7 edoEEFUN 9-17, G-7 edoGADID G-7 edoGAFRG G-7 edoKMZ_H 5-65, G-8 edoKMZ_L 5-65, G-8 edoKMZ_STA 5-65, G-8 edoLFZ G-8 edoLFZMIN G-8 edoRSTCD G-8 edoRSTDZ G-8 edoRSTSH G-8 edoRSTSL G-8 ehmBW1 G-8 ehmBW2 G-8 ehmBW3 G-8 ehmBW4 G-8 ehmBW5 G-8 ehmD_FARS G-8 ehmD_FMVS G-8 ehmDAR1 G-8 ehmDAR2 G-8 ehmDAR3 G-8 ehmDARS G-8 ehmDDIA 10-22, G-8 ehmDEAB G-8 ehmDEKP G-8 ehmDGAZ G-8 ehmDGER G-8 ehmDGRS 5-13, G-8 ehmDGSK1 10-26, G-8 ehmDGSK2 10-26, G-8 ehmDGSK3 G-8 ehmDHYL G-8 ehmDKLI0 10-23, 10-70, G-8 ehmDLD_DK G-8 ehmDLD_DKk G-8 ehmDLDK G-8 ehmDMIL 10-23, G-8 ehmDML1 G-8 ehmDML2 G-8 ehmDMVS 7-30, G-8 ehmDMVSk G-8 ehmDTAV G-8 ehmDTST G-8

ehmDZWP G-8 ehmFAR1 3-4 ehmFAR1 3-4, 3-13, 3-14, 3-15, 3-19, 3-23, 3-24, 7-31, 8-36, G-8 ehmFAR2 3-4 ehmFAR2 3-4, 3-13, 3-14, 3-15, 3-24, 7-31, 8-36, G-8 ehmFAR3 3-14, 3-24, 7-31, 8-36, G-8 ehmFARS G-8, I-2 ehmFDIA 6-23, 10-22, G-8 ehmFEAB 11-3, 13-9, G-8 ehmFEKP 5-73, 7-31, G-8 ehmFGAZ G-8 ehmFGEA 5-64, G-8 ehmFGER 5-51, 5-52, 11-4, G-8 ehmFGRS 5-13, 5-14, 5-15, 5-16, 8-21, 8-22, 9-27, G-8 ehmFGRS_K 5-14, 5-15, 5-16, 8-21, 8-22, 9-27, G-8 ehmFGSK1 5-31, 5-34, 5-61, 10-26, G-8 ehmFGSK2 5-31, 5-34, 5-61, 10-26, G-8 ehmFGSK3 5-31, 5-32, 5-34, 5-61, G-9 ehmFHYL 5-51, 5-52, 11-4, G-9 ehmFKLI0 5-19, 5-20, 5-21, 10-23, 10-70, G-9 ehmFKSK 5-18, G-9 ehmFLD_DK 7-31, G-9, I-2 ehmFLD_DKk G-9 ehmFLDK G-9, I-2 ehmFLS2 G-9 ehmFMIL 6-22, 10-23, G-9 ehmFML1 5-35, G-9 ehmFML2 2-94, 5-35, G-9 ehmFMVS 13-8, G-9 ehmFMVSk G-9 ehmFTAV 5-73, G-9 ehmFTST 5-45, 11-4, G-9 ehmFZWP 11-4, G-9 ehmGER_O G-9 ehmMST_EAB G-9 ehmMST_LMP G-9 ehmSAR1 G-9 ehmSAR3 G-9 ehmSARS G-9 ehmSDIA G-9 ehmSEAB 9-25, G-9 ehmSEKP G-9 ehmSGAZ G-9 ehmSGER G-9 ehmSGRS G-9 ehmSGSK1 5-34, G-9 ehmSGSK2 5-34, G-9 ehmSGSK3 G-9 ehmSHYL G-9 ehmSKLI0 G-9 ehmSLD_DK G-9 ehmSLDK G-9 ehmSMIL G-9 ehmSML1 G-9 ehmSML2 G-9 ehmSMVS G-9 ehmSTAV G-9 ehmSTST G-9 ehmSZWP G-9 ehmUKORR G-9 ehoTVAR1 G-9 ehoTVAR2 G-9 ehoTVHYL G-9 ehoTVZWP G-9 fbmCPID1AB 6-16, G-9 fbmCPID1CD 6-16, G-9 fbmDIAL 6-23, 10-24, G-9


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 21

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

fbmMIL 6-22, 10-24, G-9 fbmRDYNES 6-17, 6-25, 7-17, G-9 fbmRyBits 6-17, G-9 fbmSDIAL G-9 fbmSMIL G-9 fbmWUC 6-15, G-9 fbmZYKAKT G-9 fboFS0FAA G-10 fboFS0FAE G-10 fboFS0FLZ G-10 fboFS0HFZ G-10 fboFS0HLZ G-10 fboFS0PFD G-10 fboFS0SLZ G-10 fboFS0STA G-10 fboFS0UB1 G-10 fboFS0UB2 G-10 fboFS0UB3 G-10 fboFS0UB4 G-10 fboFS0UB5 G-10 fboFS1FAA G-10 fboFS1FAE G-10 fboFS1FLZ G-10 fboFS1HFZ G-10 fboFS1HLZ G-10 fboFS1PFD G-10 fboFS1SLZ G-10 fboFS1STA G-10 fboFS1UB1 G-10 fboFS1UB2 G-10 fboFS1UB3 G-10 fboFS1UB4 G-10 fboFS1UB5 G-10 fboFS2FAA G-10 fboFS2FAE G-10 fboFS2FLZ G-10 fboFS2HFZ G-10 fboFS2HLZ G-10 fboFS2PFD G-10 fboFS2SLZ G-10 fboFS2STA G-10 fboFS2UB1 G-10 fboFS2UB2 G-10 fboFS2UB3 G-10 fboFS2UB4 G-10 fboFS2UB5 G-10 fboFS3FAA G-10 fboFS3FAE G-10 fboFS3FLZ G-10 fboFS3HFZ G-10 fboFS3HLZ G-10 fboFS3PFD G-10 fboFS3SLZ G-10 fboFS3STA G-10 fboFS3UB1 G-10 fboFS3UB2 G-10 fboFS3UB3 G-10 fboFS3UB4 G-10 fboFS3UB5 G-10 fboFS4FAA G-10 fboFS4FAE G-10 fboFS4FLZ G-10 fboFS4HFZ G-10 fboFS4HLZ G-10 fboFS4PFD G-10 fboFS4SLZ G-10 fboFS4STA G-10 fboFS4UB1 G-10

fboFS4UB2 G-10 fboFS4UB3 G-11 fboFS4UB4 G-11 fboFS4UB5 G-11 fboO_00 6-13, G-12 fboO_02 G-12 fboO_04 G-12 fboO_06 G-12 fboO_08 G-12 fboO_10 G-12 fboO_CAT_P 6-16, G-12 fboO_CAT_T 6-16, G-12 fboO_COM_P 6-16, G-12 fboO_COM_T 6-16, G-12 fboO_EGR_P 6-16, G-12 fboO_EGR_T 6-16, G-12 fboO_FUE_P 6-16, G-12 fboO_FUE_T 6-16, G-12 fboO_MIS_P 6-16, G-12 fboO_MIS_T 6-16, G-12 fboOABS G-11 fboOACC G-11 fboOADF G-11 fboOAR1 G-11 fboOAR2 G-11 fboOAR3 G-11 fboOARF G-11 fboOASG G-11 fboOAUZ G-11 fboOBRE G-11 fboOBSG G-11 fboOCAN G-11 fboOCRA G-11 fboOCVT G-11 fboODIA G-11 fboODZG G-11 fboOEAB G-11 fboOEEP G-11 fboOEKP G-11 fboOEP1 G-11 fboOEXM G-11 fboOFGA G-11 fboOFGC G-11 fboOFGG G-11 fboOGAZ G-11 fboOGER G-11 fboOGK3 G-11 fboOGRS G-11 fboOGZS G-11 fboOHD1 G-11 fboOHDK G-11 fboOHFM G-11 fboOHRL G-11 fboOHUN G-11 fboOHYL G-11 fboOHZA G-11 fboOIMM G-11 fboOIWZ G-11 fboOK15 G-11 fboOKBI G-11 fboOKIK G-11 fboOKLI G-11 fboOKMD G-11 fboOKNT G-11 fboOKTF G-11 fboOKW2 G-11 fboOKWH G-11 fboOLD1 G-11


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 22

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

fboOLDF G-11 fboOLDK G-11 fboOLDP G-11 fboOLDS G-11 fboOLMM G-11 fboOLTF G-11 fboOMES G-11 fboOMIL G-11 fboOML1 G-11 fboOML2 G-11 fboOMVS G-11 fboONBF G-12 fboONLF G-12 fboOOTF G-12 fboOPGS G-12 fboOPWG G-12 fboORME G-12 fboORUC G-12 fboOSBR G-12 fboOSEK G-12 fboOSTF G-12 fboOTAD G-12 fboOTAV G-12 fboOTHS G-12 fboOTST G-12 fboOUBT G-12 fboOURF G-12 fboOUTF G-12 fboOWTF G-12 fboOWTK G-12 fboOZWP G-12 fboS_00 6-13, F-1, G-13 fboS_02 F-1, G-13 fboS_04 F-2, G-13 fboS_06 F-2, G-13 fboS_08 F-3, G-13 fboS_10 G-13 fboS_ND G-13 fboS_NP G-13 fboSABS E-1, F-1, G-12 fboSACC E-1, F-2, G-12 fboSADF 3-5, 8-33, 8-36, 10-25, 10-27, 10-68, E-1, F-1, G-12 fboSAR1 3-5, E-2, F-1, G-12 fboSAR2 3-5, E-2, E-9, F-1, G-12 fboSAR3 E-12, F-3, G-12 fboSARF E-2, F-1, G-12 fboSASG 2-54, 2-55, 2-57, 2-59, E-3, F-1, G-12 fboSAUZ E-13, F-3, G-12 fboSBRE 2-28, 2-32, 2-68, 2-88, E-13, F-1, G-12 fboSBSG E-3, F-2, G-12 fboSCAN 2-88, 5-38, 10-6, E-13, F-1, G-12 fboSCRA E-3, F-2, G-12 fboSCVT E-4, F-2, G-12 fboSDIA E-13, F-2, G-12 fboSDZG 1-2, 2-22, 2-88, 2-102, 2-147, 2-155, 3-5, 3-7, 5-19, 5-25, 6-13, 8-58, 8-60, 8-62, 8-63, 8-65, 9-20, 10-68, 11-3, 13-9, E-4, F-1, G-12 fboSEAB 8-60, E-14, F-2, G-12 fboSEEP E-14, F-1, G-12 fboSEKP E-14, F-3, G-12 fboSEP1 E-4, F-1, G-12 fboSEXM 2-54, 2-55, E-5, F-1, G-12 fboSFGA 2-88, 2-90, 10-18, 10-68, E-5, F-1, G-12 fboSFGC 2-68, 10-25, E-6, F-1, G-12 fboSFGG 2-28, 2-54, 2-55, 2-69, 2-88, 2-108, 2-109, 5 19, 5-25, 5-43, 5-47, 5-51, 8-33, 10-18, 10-68, 11-3, E6, F-1, G-12

fboSGAZ F-3, G-12 fboSGER 5-43, 5-52, 10-23, E-14, F-1, G-12 fboSGK3 F-3, G-13 fboSGRS 5-16, E-7, F-1, G-13 fboSGZS 5-16, E-7, F-1, G-13 fboSHD1 11-3, E-14, F-3, G-13 fboSHDK 11-3, E-14, F-3, G-13 fboSHFM 3-4, 3-8, E-10, F-2, G-13 fboSHRL F-1, G-13 fboSHUN F-1, G-13 fboSHYL 5-43, 5-52, 10-23, E-15, F-1, G-13 fboSHZA 5-43, E-7, F-2, G-13 fboSIMM E-8, F-1, G-13 fboSIWZ F-2, G-13 fboSK15 E-15, F-1, G-13 fboSKBI E-8, F-1, G-13 fboSKIK 10-13, E-8, F-2, G-13 fboSKLI E-15, F-1, G-13 fboSKMD 5-29, 10-24, E-15, F-2, G-13 fboSKNT E-15, F-3, G-13 fboSKTF 10-17, 10-68, 11-3, E-16, F-1, G-13 fboSKW1 E-16, F-3, G-13 fboSKW2 10-16, 10-26, 10-68, E-8, F-1, G-13 fboSKWH E-16, F-1, G-13 fboSLD1 E-9, F-2, G-13 fboSLDF 3-5, 3-7, 8-33, 8-36, 8-58, E-9, F-1, G-13 fboSLDK E-9, F-1, G-13 fboSLDP 2-9, 3-7, 8-58, F-1, G-13 fboSLDS 3-5, E-9, F-2, G-13 fboSLMM 3-5, 3-7, E-10, F-2, G-13 fboSLTF 3-5, 3-7, 5-34, 5-42, 5-43, 8-33, 10-16, 10-19, E-10, F-2, G-13 fboSMES 11-3, E-16, F-3, G-13 fboSMIL E-16, F-2, G-13 fboSML1 F-3, G-13 fboSML2 F-3, G-13 fboSMVS E-16, F-2, G-13 fboSNBF 8-58, 13-9, E-17, F-2, G-13 fboSNLF E-17, F-3, G-13 fboSOTF 5-43, E-17, F-2, G-13 fboSPGS 2-45, 2-46, 2-119, 5-19, 5-25, 9-3, 10-13, 10 16, 10-19, 10-68, E-11, F-2, G-13 fboSPWG 2-45, 2-46, 2-88, 2-108, 2-119, 5-19, 5-25, 9-3, 10-13, 10-16, 10-19, 10-68, E-11, F-2, G-13 fboSRME E-19, F-3, G-13 fboSRUC E-17, F-1, G-13 fboSSBR E-18, F-2, G-13 fboSSEK 8-62, 8-63, 8-65, E-17, F-2, G-13 fboSSTF 3-5, F-2, G-13 fboSTAD E-12, F-2, G-13 fboSTAV E-18, F-3, G-13 fboSTHS 5-60, E-12, F-2, G-13 fboSTST 5-43, E-18, F-2, G-13 fboSUBT 11-3, E-18, F-2, G-13 fboSURF E-18, F-2, G-13 fboSUTF 5-29, 5-42, 5-43, 5-45, E-18, F-2, G-13 fboSWTF 5-34, 5-43, 5-45, 8-60, 10-16, 10-17, 10-68, 13-5, E-12, F-2, G-13 fboSWTK 5-45, 5-47, E-12, F-2, G-13 fboSZWP E-18, F-3, G-13 fgm_VzuN 2-16, 2-54, 2-55, 2-105, 4-5, 4-10, 5-20, 5-22, 9-20, G-14 fgmBESCH 2-71, 9-20, G-14 fgmDAT_SF 9-18, G-14 fgmEE_SF 9-18, G-14 fgmFGAKT 2-19, 2-25, 2-28, 2-56, 2-69, 2-78, 2-80, 2 87, 2-89, 2-94, 2-95, 2-102, 2-105, 2-111, 2-112, 2 124, 2-135, 2-147, 2-156, 5-20, 5-22, 5-23, 5-27, 5-41,


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 23

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

5-47, 5-49, 5-51, 5-65, 5-66, 5-68, 8-15, 8-16, 8-18, 8 33, 8-35, 8-60, 9-17, 9-19, 9-20, 10-18, 10-38, 10-40, 10-47, 10-68, 10-73, 11-3, G-14 fgmFVN_UEB 2-54, 2-55, 8-15, 9-20, G-14 fgo_s_Roh G-14 fgoHPDA 9-18, G-14 fgoHPDC 8-18, 9-18, G-14 fgoHPDF 9-18, G-14 fgoHPDS 9-18, G-14 fgoRingSp G-14 fgoSTAT 9-18, G-14 fgoTimek G-14 fnmAGL_FN 7-8 gsmAGL_VGK 5-8, 7-8, G-14 gsmCANGL 10-46, G-14 gsmDIA_GAZ G-14 gsmER_READ 5-15, G-14 gsmGLUEH 5-6, 10-19, G-14 gsmGS_Pha 5-10, 5-12, G-14 gsmGS_t_VG 5-2, 5-6, 5-7, 5-8, 5-9, G-14 gsmGS_Vor1 5-12, G-14 gsmGSK3_ST 5-15, 5-16, 5-17, 8-22, G-14 gsmGZS_Cok 5-15, 5-16, G-14 gsmPsh_erl 5-12, G-14 gsoCO_Bit 5-13, G-14 gsoCO_CBIT G-14 gsoCO_FL G-14 gsoCO_TO 8-22, G-14 gsoDIA_STA 5-13, G-14 gsoFMerker G-14 gsoGS_t_NG 5-10, G-14 gsoGS_t1 5-2, 5-7, G-14 gsoGS_tGAZ G-14 gsoGS_TV4 5-3, 5-10, G-14 gsoGS_TVx G-14 gsoGZS_BUF 5-16, 8-21, 8-22, G-14 gsoGZS_Cok 5-15, G-14 gsoWTFAGL 5-8, G-14 gsoZG_Erl 5-10, G-14 khmGENLAST 10-26, 10-68, 10-72, 10-73, G-14 khmKWH_CAN 5-39, 10-20, G-14 khmN_LLKWH 2-32, G-14 khmNORAB 5-31, 5-32, 5-33, 5-34, G-14 khoHE_AB 5-32, G-14 khoHE_ZU 5-32, G-14 khoRELAIS 5-31, 5-32, G-14 khoTL G-14 khoTMP_AN G-14 khoTMP_TIM G-14 khoTWAUS_O G-14 khoTWAUS_U G-15 kkoSTATE 5-18, G-15 klmHYS 5-20, 5-27, G-15 klmL_HYS G-15 klmL_STAT G-15 klmN_LLKLM 2-37, 5-19, G-15 klmSTAT 5-20, 5-29, G-15 kloTMAX_AN 5-22, G-15 kloTMIN_AN 5-22, G-15 kloWTFschw 5-27, G-15 kmmDiaStat 5-58, 5-62, G-15 kmmKFK_CAN 5-43, 10-23, G-15 kmmTMotBer 5-58, 5-60, G-15 kmmUTF_Ber G-15 kmmUTFkor1 5-58, G-15 kmmWTF_ra 5-42, 5-45, G-15 kmmWTFsoll 5-42, 5-45, G-15 kmoF_gr G-15

kmoF_kl G-15 kmoMotQab 5-58, 5-61, G-15 kmoMotQzu 5-58, G-15 kmoPdiff 5-58, G-15 kmoQint G-15 kmoTMotBer G-15 kmoTSTreg 5-42, G-15 kmoTSTsteu 5-42, G-15 kmoTUmgPT1 G-15 kmoUmgebQ 5-58, G-15 kmoVerbPT1 5-58, G-15 kmoWTF_so1 5-41, G-15 kmoWTF_so2 5-41, G-15 kmoWTF_so3 5-41, G-15 kmoWTF_so4 5-41, G-15 kmoWTF_so5 5-41, G-15 kmoWTF_sor 5-42, G-15 kmoWTFist G-15 kmoWTFPT1 5-58, G-15 kumCAN_LUE 10-23, G-15 kumKMDneu 5-29, 5-50, G-15 kumNL_akt 5-43, 5-51, G-15 kumState 5-55, G-15 kuoANFBA 5-49, G-15 kuoEl_KB G-15 kuoEl_N 5-50, G-15 kuoEl_N2 G-15 kuoEl_N3 G-15 kuoEl_NAbl G-15 kuoElnmin G-15 kuoHy_KB G-15 kuoHy_N 5-50, G-15 kuoHy_N2 G-15 kuoHy_N3 G-15 kuoHy_NAbl G-15 kuoHynmin 5-51, G-15 kuoKB_KVM G-15 kuoKB_reg 5-47, G-15 kuoKB_steu 5-47, G-15 kuoKLIBA 5-49, G-15 kuoKLLFT 5-49, G-15 kuoKMDgesp G-15 kuorel1 5-45, 5-46, G-16 kuorel2 5-47, G-16 kuoSchalt G-16 kuoSOdyn 5-45, G-15 kuoV_ist 5-47, 5-51, G-16 kuoV_ist2 5-51, G-16 kuoVB_gesp 5-55, G-16 kuoWTDIFF G-16 kuoWTFkrit 5-51, G-16 kuoWTK_ra 5-47, G-16 kuoWTK_so1 5-45, G-16 kuoWTK_so2 5-45, G-16 kuoWTK_so3 5-45, 5-46, G-16 kuoWTK_so4 5-45, G-16 kuoWTK_so5 5-45, G-16 kuoWTK_so6 G-16 kuoWTKist 5-47, G-16 kuoWTKkorr 5-45, G-16 kuoWTKsoll 5-45, G-16 kuoZusKB 5-49, G-16 ldmADF 3-5 ldmADF 2-13, 2-16, 2-19, 2-31, 3-5, 3-10, 4-3, 5-49, 5 64, 9-10, 13-4, G-16 ldmBereich 4-12, 4-13, 13-4, G-16 LDME 4-5, 8-32, G-16 ldmGLTV 4-5, G-16


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 24

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

ldmLDFP_dp 7-50, G-16 ldmLDRSTAT G-16 ldmM_E 4-1, 4-2, 4-3, 4-12, G-16 ldmP_Llin 3-4, 3-6 ldmP_Llin 2-13, 3-4, 3-6, 3-7, 4-5, 4-6, 8-38, 9-10, G-16 ldmP_Lsoll 4-5, 4-6, G-16 ldmSWPLBEG G-16 ldmVZ_akt 3-23, 4-11, G-16 ldoFLDRAB1 G-16 ldoFLDRAB3 G-16 ldoGRmax 4-5, 4-6, G-16 ldoGRmin 4-5, G-16 ldoIFRZ 4-6, G-16 ldoKSTWt 4-13, G-16 ldoLA_DIF 8-31, G-16 ldoLDB_DPN G-16 ldoLDFP_St 8-31, G-16 ldoLGU_STA 4-7, G-16 ldoM_Est G-16 ldoN_Abs G-16 ldoREGMXpR 8-32, 8-37, G-16 ldoRG_TV 4-7, G-16 ldoRG_TV2 G-16 ldoRG_TVUB G-16 ldoRG_TVun 4-7, G-16 ldoRGDAnt G-16 ldoRGIAnt G-16 ldoRGPAnt G-16 ldoRGPITV 4-5, G-16 ldoRGSunv 4-5, G-16 ldoSW_TW G-17 ldoSWDYANT G-16 ldoSWP_L G-17 ldoSWPA_K1 G-16 ldoSWPL_K0 G-17 ldoSWPL_K1 G-17 ldoSWPL_K2 G-17 ldoSWPLGKF G-16 ldoSWPLMAX G-16 ldoSWTL_K2 G-17 ldoSWTW_K0 G-17 ldoTV1 G-17 ldoTV2 G-17 ldoTVsteu 4-5, 4-8, G-17 mlo_MLTV 5-35, G-17 mloEAKTPT1 G-17 mloZustand 5-35, G-17 mrm_P_N 2-36, 2-37, 2-55, 8-15, 10-42, G-20 mrmACC_roh 10-59, G-17 mrmACC_SAT 2-89, G-17 mrmACCDDE2 2-90, G-17 mrmADR_Neo 2-94, 2-95, 2-97, 2-98, 2-99, 2-100, 7-19, G-17 mrmADR_Nfe 2-94, 2-104, 7-19, G-17 mrmADR_SAT 2-96, 2-97, 2-103, 3-24, G-17 mrmADR_SET 2-100, 2-101, G-17 mrmADR_SOL 2-96, 2-97, 2-98, 2-103, 2-104, 8-70, G17 mrmADRPWG2 G-17 mrmASG_CAN 2-135, 2-139, 2-140, 10-44, G-17 mrmASG_roh 2-134, 2-135, 2-137, 8-70, 10-45, G-17 mrmASG_tsy 2-134, 2-140, 10-45, G-17 mrmASGSTAT 2-17, 2-113, 2-134, 2-135, 2-136, 2-137, 2-139, 2-140, G-17 mrmASR_CAN 2-126, 2-127, G-17 mrmASR_roh 2-126, 2-127, 2-129, 2-130, 8-13, 10-39, G-17

mrmASRSTAT 2-68, 2-126, 2-127, 2-128, 2-129, 2-130, 8-13, 10-37, G-17 mrmAUSBL 2-134, 8-13, 8-26, 8-41, 8-49, 8-51, 10-6, G17 mrmB_DSP 2-20, 10-19, G-17 mrmBEGaAGL 7-8, 12-3, G-17 mrmBEGmAGL 2-19, 7-8, 12-3, G-17 mrmBI_SOLL 2-56, 2-57, 2-89, 2-116, 2-123, 2-124, 2 126, 2-128, 2-134, 10-70, G-17 mrmBM_ASG 2-17, 2-136, G-17 mrmBM_EMOM 13-4, G-17 mrmBM_ERAU 13-4, G-17, G-21 mrmBMEF 2-20, G-17 mrmBSG_Anf 5-34, 10-52, G-17 mrmBSG_KLI 5-28, 10-53, G-17 mrmBTSM 5-72, 8-60, 12-7, G-17 mrmCAN_ECO 5-36, 10-43, G-17 mrmCAN_KL 5-28, 5-33, 5-50, 10-41, 10-54, 10-70, G17 mrmCAN_KLI 5-33, 5-50, 10-54, 10-70, G-17 mrmCAN_KUP 10-41, G-17 mrmCANMIL 6-22, 10-24, 10-42, G-17 mrmCANSABS 10-14, G-17 2-143, 2-145, 2-146, 2-147, 2-148, 2-149, 2-152, 2-153, 10-71, G-17 2-145, 2-146, 2-149, 2-152, G-17 mrmCASE_L 2-28, 2-29, 2-39, 2-40, G-17 mrmdM_EFF G-20 mrmdMD_MGB 2-57, 2-59, 8-16, 10-45, G-20 mrmEAB_Dz 2-8, G-17 mrmEABgsp 8-60, G-17 mrmEGS_akt 2-26, 2-144, 5-21, 10-41, G-17 mrmEGS_CAN 2-123, 2-124, 2-125, 2-144, 10-42, G-17 mrmEGS_roh 2-124, 8-12, 10-42, G-17 mrmEGSSTAT 2-123, 2-124, 2-125, 2-130, 8-12, 10-42, G-17 mrmEMOTKOR 2-123, 10-70, G-17 mrmEXM_HGB 2-106, 2-108, G-17 mrmF_STA1 G-18 mrmF_STA2 G-18 mrmF_STA3 G-18 mrmFDR_CAN 2-68, 8-45, 10-37, 10-38, G-17 mrmFG_ABS 2-130, 10-38, G-18 mrmFG_CAN 9-19, 10-38, 10-40, 10-47, G-18 mrmFG_SOLL 2-75, 2-86, 2-87, 2-107, 10-18, 10-68, G18 mrmFGR_roh 2-71, 2-75, 2-78, 2-84, 2-86, 2-89, 2-116, 2-119, 3-22, G-18 mrmFGR_SAT G-18 mrmFVHUEst G-18 mrmGANG 2-14, 2-25, 2-28, 2-55, 2-143, 2-146, 2-147, 2-149, 8-15, G-18 mrmGRA 2-55, 2-64, 2-68, 10-56, 10-57, 10-58, G-18 mrmGRA_UEF 2-55, 2-68, G-18 mrmGRACoff 2-65, 2-68, 2-92, 8-21, G-18 mrmGRApl 2-64, G-18 mrmGTR_UEB 2-54, 2-55, 8-15, 10-42, G-18 mrmGTRGANG 2-25, 2-26, 2-54, 2-55, 8-15, 10-42, G18 mrmHGB_Anf 2-107, 2-108, 2-109, 8-24, 10-62, 10-63, 10-65, G-18 mrmHGB_Sta 2-106, 2-107, 2-108, 2-109, 2-113, G-18 mrmINARD_D 2-118, 2-120, 2-122, 2-147, G-18 mrmKLI_LUE 5-49, 10-55, G-18 mrmKLK_EIN 5-39, 10-70, G-18 mrmKMD 5-50, 10-55, 10-70, G-18 mrmKTF_ G-18 mrmKUP_roh 10-43, G-18


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 25

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mrmLDFUAGL 8-33, 8-35, G-18 mrmLDFUaus 3-15, 8-30, 8-31, 8-36, 11-3, G-18 mrmLFR_Adp 10-44, 10-73, G-18 mrmLL_ZIEL B-6, G-18 mrmLLIINIT 2-29, 2-39, 2-118, G-18 mrmLLN_ANH 2-33, 2-34, 2-35, G-18 mrmLLR_AGL 2-32, 7-8, G-18 mrmLLR_PWD 2-32, 8-46, G-18 mrmLLRIAnt G-18 mrmLLRPAnt G-18 mrmLLUTF 2-36, 2-37, G-18 mrmLLWTF 2-37, G-18 mrmM_EADR 2-29, 2-94, 2-98, 2-101, 2-102, 2-103, 2 116, 2-143, 2-144, 2-147, 8-18, 8-36, 8-70, G-18 mrmM_EAG4 2-120, 2-121, 2-122, G-18 mrmM_EAKT 3-4, 3-5 mrmM_EAKT 2-1, 2-13, 2-14, 2-60, 2-76, 2-78, 2-80, 2 84, 2-91, 2-108, 2-109, 2-120, 3-4, 3-5, 4-12, 5-3, 5 10, 5-41, 5-45, 5-63, 5-68, 5-72, 8-18, 8-65, 9-29, 9 31, 12-2, 12-3, 13-3, 13-4, G-18, G-21 mrmM_EASG 8-16, 8-70, G-18 mrmM_EBEGR 2-1, 2-22, 2-89, 2-139, 10-14, G-18 mrmM_EFAHR G-18 mrmM_EFGR 2-29, 2-71, 2-75, 2-78, 2-80, 2-82, 2-84, 2 86, 2-89, 2-90, 2-105, 2-116, 2-143, 8-36, 8-70, 10-18, 10-71, G-19 mrmM_EHGB 2-105, 2-106, 2-108, 2-109, 2-112, 2-113, 2-116, G-19 mrmM_EIST6 2-4, G-19 mrmM_EKORR 12-2, G-19 mrmM_ELD2 2-156, G-19 mrmM_ELD3 2-156, G-19 mrmM_ELD4 G-19 mrmM_ELD5 G-19 mrmM_ELD6 2-156, G-19 mrmM_ELLBE G-19 mrmM_ELLR 2-1, 2-40, 2-118, 2-124, 2-126, 2-128, 2 134, 10-14, 10-71, 10-72, 12-3, G-19, I-2 mrmM_ELRR G-19, I-2 mrmM_EMOT 2-60, 2-156, 10-70, 10-71, G-19, I-2 mrmM_EMOTX 2-60, 10-70, 10-71, G-19 mrmM_EMSR 8-70, G-19 mrmM_EPUMP 2-60, G-19, I-2 mrmM_EPWG 2-41, 2-53, 2-56, 2-57, 2-58, 2-90, 2-94, 2-97, 2-102, 2-105, 2-116, 2-118, 10-18, 10-71, G-19 mrmM_EPWGR 2-42, 2-56, 2-58, 2-97, 2-118, G-19 mrmM_ESOL6 2-4, G-19 mrmM_ESTAR 2-7, 2-9, G-19, I-2 mrmM_EVERB 9-31, G-19 mrmM_EWUN 2-1, 2-14, 2-40, 2-57, 2-58, 2-94, 2-97, 2 101, 2-105, 2-106, 2-116, 2-117, 2-118, 2-121, 2-122, 2-123, 2-125, 2-127, 2-130, 2-136, 2-138, 2-143, 2 144, 3-23, 10-71, 12-3, 13-3, 13-4, G-19, I-2 mrmM_EWUN6 2-116, G-19 mrmM_EWUNF 2-105, 2-106, 2-116, 2-117, 2-118, 2 121, 2-122, 2-123, 2-125, 2-127, 2-130, 2-136, 2-138, 2-143, 2-144, 10-71, G-19, I-2 mrmM_EWUNL 2-14, 2-118, 13-3, 13-4, G-19 mrmM_EWUNR 2-118, 13-3, 13-4, G-19 mrmM_EWUS6 G-19 mrmM_EWUSO 2-1, 2-143, 2-145, 2-151, 12-3, G-19 mrmMD_BEGR G-18 mrmMD_FAHR 2-134, 10-16, 10-71, G-18 mrmMD_KLI 10-70, 10-72, G-18 mrmMD_KLKr 10-55, 10-72, G-18 mrmMD_KUP 2-134, 10-73, G-18 mrmMD_LLR 2-134, 10-72, G-18 mrmMD_RdiC 10-73, G-18

mrmMD_Rdif 10-72, 10-73, G-18 mrmMD_Reib 2-133, 2-134, 2-137, 10-72, 10-73, G-18, I-2 mrmMD_ReiC 10-73, G-18 mrmMD_Rrel 2-56, 2-116, 10-72, G-18 mrmMDW_ab 2-56, 2-58, 2-71, G-18 mrmMSR_AKT 2-29, 2-116, 2-118, G-18 mrmMSR_CAN 2-127, 2-128, 2-129, 2-130, 2-131, G-18 mrmMSR_roh 2-128, 2-129, 2-130, 8-13, 10-39, G-18 mrmMSRSTAT 2-68, 2-126, 2-127, 2-128, 2-129, 2-130, 2-131, 8-13, 10-37, G-18 mrmN_LLBAS 2-28, 2-29, 2-31, 2-32, 2-34, 2-35, 2-38, 2-40, 2-143, 2-146, 2-147, 2-156, 5-37, 10-18, 10-26, 10-68, 10-73, B-6, G-19 mrmN_LLBAT 2-34, G-19 mrmN_LLBSG G-19 mrmN_LLCAN 2-35, 8-17, 10-44, G-19 mrmN_LLDIA 2-32, 7-31, G-19 mrmN_LLKLI 2-35, G-19 mrmNfilt 2-25, 2-145, G-19 mrmPW_cmax 2-44, 2-45, 2-47, 2-48, 2-49, 2-50, 2-51, G-19 mrmPW_dp 2-44, 2-47, 2-49, 2-50, 2-51, G-19 mrmPW_OFFS 2-44, 2-51, 9-3, G-19 mrmPWG_lwo 2-42, 2-51, 10-20, G-19 mrmPWG_roh 2-28, 2-29, 2-42, 2-53, 2-56, 2-119, 2-143, 2-144, 8-36, 8-46, 10-16, 10-73, G-19 mrmPWGfi 2-53, 2-54, 2-56, 2-108, 2-119, 8-46, 8-70, 10-16, G-19 mrmPWGPBI G-19 mrmPWGPBM 2-119, 10-16, 10-68, G-19 mrmRMPSLOP 2-87, G-19 mrmSA_FAKT G-19 mrmSASTATE 2-60, G-19 mrmSICH_F 2-29, 2-32, 2-52, 2-94, 2-97, 8-45, 10-13, G-19 mrmSTA_AGL 2-5, 2-6, 7-8, G-19 mrmSTART_B 3-4 mrmSTART_B 2-9, 2-22, 2-34, 2-37, 2-45, 2-48, 2-94, 2 95, 2-102, 2-147, 2-155, 3-4, 3-10, 4-13, 5-10, 5-18, 5 25, 5-31, 5-32, 5-33, 5-36, 5-37, 5-39, 5-51, 5-68, 8-7, 8-29, 8-33, 8-62, 10-5, 10-21, 10-28, 10-73, 12-4, 13 6, 13-9, G-19 mrmSTATUS G-19 mrmSTW_fr G-19 mrmT_SOLEE 2-94, 2-96, G-19 mrmU_Start 8-63, G-19 mrmU_Stop 8-62, G-19 mrmUso_EAB G-19 mrmUso_MST 8-63, G-19 mrmUso_UEB 8-62, 8-69, 12-4, G-19 mrmV_HGBSW 2-105, 2-106, 2-107, 2-110, 2-111, 2 112, 7-8, G-19 mrmV_SOLEE 2-106, 2-113, G-20 mrmV_SOLHN 2-106, 2-111, 2-112, G-20 mrmVB_FIL 5-51, 5-55, 9-31, G-19 mrmVERB 4-5, 4-10, 5-61, 9-31, G-19 mrmVERB20 9-31, 10-23, G-19 mrmVZHB20 9-31, 10-23, G-19 mrmW_KUP 2-134, 10-41, G-20 mrmWH_POS 3-10 mrmWH_POSb 2-22, 2-33, 2-68, 3-10, 10-42, G-20 mro_STBatt 2-8, G-24 mro_STNBT 2-8, G-24 mro_STNO 2-8, G-24 mro_ZMsta 2-6, 2-8, G-24 mroAB G-20 mroABM_E 2-157, G-20


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 26

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroABN 2-157, G-20 mroACC_OFF 2-90, G-20 mroAdpfrei G-20 mroADR_ABB 2-102, G-20 mroADR_AUS 2-102, G-20 mroADR_HL G-20 mroADR_I_A 2-96, 2-97, 2-98, 2-101, G-20 mroADR_P_A 2-98, G-20 mroADR_PSO 2-97, G-20 mroADR_PWG 2-97, G-20 mroADR_TAS 2-101, G-20 mroADR_TSO 2-101, G-20 mroADR_ZIL G-20 mroAG4AKT 2-122, G-20 mroAKT_SWN 2-110, G-20 mroASG_NRA G-20 mroASG_Nso 2-134, G-20 mroASG_Nsy 2-134, G-20 mroAUSZ_dN 5-70, G-20 mroAUSZEZ1 G-20 mroAUSZEZ2 G-20 mroAUSZEZ3 G-20 mroAUSZEZ4 G-20 mroAUSZEZ5 G-20 mroAUSZEZ6 G-20 mroAUSZsta 5-69, G-20 mroAUSZUM1 5-69, G-20 mroAUSZUM2 5-69, G-20 mroAUSZUpM G-20 mroAUSZZ1 G-20 mroAUSZZ2 G-20 mroAUSZZ3 G-20 mroAUSZZ4 G-20 mroAUSZZ5 G-20 mroAUSZZ6 G-20 mroBEG_P G-20 mroBEG_T G-20 mroBI_BEGR G-20 mroBI_FAHR 2-123, G-20 mroBI_LLR 10-72, G-20 mroBI_REIB 2-123, G-20 mroBI_SOL6 G-20 mroBM_EERH 2-19, G-20 mroBM_EERS 2-22, G-20 mroBM_EKTB 2-14, G-20 mroBM_EMO2 2-17, G-20 mroBM_EMOM 2-16, G-21 mroBM_ENSU 2-20, 2-22, G-21 mroBM_ERAU 2-13, 2-14, G-21 mroBM_ERDF G-21 mroBM_ERKT 2-14, G-21 mroBM_ESE1 2-14, G-21 mroBM_ESER G-21 mroBM_ETUK 2-17, G-21 mroBM_ETUR 2-14, 2-17, G-21 mroBM_EVSU 2-19, G-21 mroBM_KTB 2-13, G-21 mroBM_Rfak G-21 mroBM_VE 2-14, G-21 mroBM_VERp 2-14, G-21 mroBM_WT G-21 mroBMEFATM 2-19, G-20 mroBMEFKOC 2-19, G-20 mroBMEFKT 2-20, G-20 mroBMEFOEL 2-19, G-20 mroBMEFTT 2-20, G-20 mroBMELFT 2-19, G-20 mroBSTZh 5-72, G-21

mroBSTZl 5-72, G-21 mroBTSSh 5-72, 8-60, G-21 mroBTSSl 5-72, 8-60, G-21 mroCASE_LL 2-39, G-21 mroCVTSTAT 8-17, G-21 mrodM_EMGB 2-57, 2-58, G-24 mroDNDTfi G-21 mroDZ_GHI 2-121, G-21 mroDZ_GLO 2-120, G-21 mroEGSECST 5-38, G-21 mroEGSERR G-21 mroEGSINT G-21 mroF_VERZ 9-6, G-21 mroFGR_AB1 2-92, 2-107, G-21 mroFGR_AB2 2-92, 2-107, G-21 mroFGR_ABN 2-64, 2-68, 2-69, 2-88, 2-92, G-21 mroFGR_KUP G-21 mroFMEBEG1 G-21 mroFMEBEG3 G-21 mroFPM_BED 8-43, 8-46, 8-47, G-21 mroFPM_FEN G-21 mroFPM_ZAK 2-53, 8-46, 8-47, G-21 mroFRamp G-21 mroFSchub G-21 mroFVHGTdi 2-55, G-21 mroFVHSTAT 2-55, G-21 mroFVHUEro 2-54, 2-55, G-21 mroFZug G-21 mroGANG G-21 mroGG G-21 mroHGB_RA G-21 mroHGBLLho 2-108, G-21 mroHGI G-21 mroHGmax 2-112, G-21 mroHGP G-21 mroHYSSTAT 2-124, 2-126, 2-128, G-21 mroI_AKT 2-75, G-21 mroKLDO 10-70, G-21 mroLDFASTA 8-35, G-21 mroLDFO_PS 8-36, G-21 mroLDFU_no 8-33, 8-36, G-21 mroLDFU_PS 8-36, G-21 mroLDFUabg 8-33, G-21 mroLDFUdf1 8-33, G-21 mroLDFUdf2 8-33, 8-35, G-21 mroLDFUdif 8-36, G-22 mroLLpwg 2-32, G-22 mroLLRDAnt G-22 mroLLsoll 2-31, G-22 mroLLumdr 2-31, G-22 mroLLUTF G-22 mroLRRegel 2-155, 2-157, G-22 mroLRRI1 G-22 mroLRRI2 G-22 mroLRRI3 G-22 mroLRRI4 G-22 mroLRRI5 G-22 mroLRRI6 G-22 mroLRRIST G-22 mroLRRReg G-22 mroLRRSoll G-22 mroLS_akt G-22 mroLSausBg G-22 mroM_APUMP 2-60, 12-3, G-22 mroM_ARDSu G-22 mroM_ARDWU G-23 mroM_EAKTf G-23 mroM_EASGr 2-134, 2-139, G-23


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

0

bosch

EDC15 +

Page 27

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

mroM_EASR 2-126, 2-127, 10-14, G-23 mroM_EASRr 2-126, 10-14, G-23 mroM_EBEGR 12-3 mroM_EBG 2-22, G-23 mroM_EBGvo 2-22, G-23 mroM_Edndt 2-22, G-23 mroM_EEGSr 2-124, G-23 mroM_EEGSx G-23 mroM_EFAHf G-23 mroM_EHKF G-23 mroM_ELA1 2-156, G-23 mroM_ELA2 G-23 mroM_ELA3 G-23 mroM_ELA4 G-23 mroM_ELA5 G-23 mroM_ELA6 2-156, G-23 mroM_ELLBE G-23 mroM_ELRR 2-155, G-23 mroM_EMSRr 2-128, 10-14, G-23 mroM_EPWGU 2-57, 2-58, G-23 mroM_ERAM G-23 mroM_EREIB 2-123, G-23 mroM_ERKF G-23 mroM_ESAB G-23 mroM_ESchf 2-116, G-23 mroM_ESchu 2-116, G-23 mroM_ESTAG G-23 mroM_ESTER 2-6, 2-8, G-23 mroM_ESTF G-23 mroM_ESTI2 G-23 mroM_ESTIP 2-5, 2-6, G-23 mroM_EStKo G-23 mroM_ESTvo G-23 mroM_EWFr 2-116, 2-119, G-23 mroM_EWLBG 10-71, G-23 mroM_EWUBE G-23 mroM_EXASG 2-135, 2-137, G-23 mroM_EXASR 2-127, G-23 mroM_EXEGS 2-124, G-23 mroM_EXMSR 2-130, G-23 mroM_Lk 2-13, G-23 mroMD_Areg 2-134, 2-137, G-22 mroMD_Arei G-22 mroMD_ASG 2-134, 2-137, G-22 mroMD_ASR 8-13, 10-39, 10-69, G-22 mroMD_EGS 10-69, G-22 mroMD_FAHu G-22 mroMD_FAHx 10-16, G-22 mroMD_GEN 10-72, G-22 mroMD_IST6 10-25, G-22 mroMD_KL1 10-70, G-22 mroMD_KLI G-22 mroMD_KLK 10-72, G-22 mroMD_KOFT G-22 mroMD_MOT 10-71, G-22 mroMD_MSR 2-128, 8-13, 10-39, 10-69, G-22 mroMD_Rakt 2-56, G-22 mroMD_Rdif 10-73, G-22 mroMD_ReiR 10-72, 10-73, G-22 mroMD_SOL6 10-25, G-22 mroMD_SOLL 10-15, 10-70, 10-71, G-22 mroMD_VOR 2-133, 2-134, 2-137, G-22 mroMD_VORl G-22 mroMD_VORm 2-134, G-22 mroMD_VORr G-22 mroMD_WUN G-22 mroMDabAKT 2-71, G-22 mroMDabBEG 2-71, G-22

mroMDabFGR 2-71, G-22 mroMDASGmx 2-134, G-22 mroMDInAdt 2-134, 2-135, 2-137, G-22 mroMDIntdt 2-129, G-22 mroMDSchRA 2-116, G-22 mroMDSchSO 2-116, G-22 mroMDW_CAN 10-20, G-22 mroMDW_PWG G-22 mroMDWkorr 2-56, G-22 mroMEVerl G-22 mroMST_ST 8-63, G-22 mroN_BAKT 10-21, G-23 mroN_Baus G-23 mroN_LLCA1 2-35, G-23 mroN_LLCA2 2-35, G-23 mroN_LLCAr 8-17, 10-44, G-23 mroODS_bed G-23 mroPkorr 2-13, G-20, G-24 mroPW_cmax 2-44, 2-48, 2-49, 2-50, G-24 mroPW_DAbd 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-47, 2-48, G-23 mroPW_dp 2-44, 2-49, 2-50, G-24 mroPW_Hist 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-47, 2-48, 2-49, G-23 mroPW_MAX 2-44, 2-51, G-23 mroPW_red 2-51, G-24 mroPW_Stat 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-50, G-23 mroPWG_neu G-23 mroPWG_R_I G-23 mroPWG_R_S G-23 mroPWG_Z 8-47, G-23 mroPWG_Z_H G-23 mroPWGBits G-23 mroPWGinv 2-119, 10-16, G-23 mroPWGmin 2-45, 2-47, G-23 mroPWLLPos 2-44, 2-50, 2-51, G-23 mroRMP_gef 10-25, G-24 mroSUEBST2 8-70, G-24 mroSUEBSTA 8-70, G-24 mroTIC G-24 mroTS_ST 8-60, 12-7, G-24 mroTSB_STG 2-14, G-24 mroTSBits 2-17, G-24 mroTSBKADF G-24 mroTSBKLTF G-24 mroU_PGSx2 2-44, 2-45, 2-46, 2-47, 2-48, 2-49, G-24 mroUist G-24 mroUsoll 8-60, 8-70, 8-71, 9-26, 12-3, 12-4, G-24 mroUsollv G-24 mroV_RAMP 2-82, 2-84, 2-87, G-24 mroVEB_STA 2-14, G-24 mroVERB_Z 9-6, 9-29, G-24 mroVERBS_h G-24 mroVERBS_l G-24 mroVGES20 G-24 mroVZN_STO G-24 mroVzuNfil 2-25, 2-28, 2-143, 2-146, 2-149, G-24 mroWA_STAT 2-101, G-24 mroWTF_TES 8-50, G-24 nlmDK_auf 3-15, 11-3, G-24 nlmDK_zu 3-15, 11-3, G-24 nlmEND_AUS G-24 nlmLUENL 5-55, G-24 nlmLUENLrd G-24 nlmM_E_AUS G-24 nlmNLact 2-94, 5-55, 5-65, 6-3, 8-36, 10-28, 11-3, G-24 nlmUso_NAL 11-3, G-24 nloFSP_S G-24 nloNACHst G-24 nloNACHtr1 G-24


19 April 2002

Index

DS / ESA

Page 28

0

EDC15 +

bosch

Y S01 281/120 - VG2

nloNACHtr2 G-24 nloNL_TIM G-24 nloNL_TN0 G-24 nloSTABst G-24 nloSTABtr1 G-24 nloSTABtr2 G-24 nloSTOPst G-24 nloSTOPtr G-24 nloTSTTIM G-24 nloUEBMst G-24 nloUEBMtr G-24 pkmPSGIDOK G-25 sbmAGL_SBR 7-8, 13-5, G-25 sbmKSB 13-9, G-25 sbmPHIist 13-7, G-25 sbmPHImit 13-7, G-25 sbmPHIsoll 13-3, G-25 sbmWTF 13-3, 13-4, 13-6, G-25 sboDYNStat 13-4, G-25 sboIANT 13-8, G-25 sboK2 13-5, G-25 sboK3 13-5, G-25 sboK4 13-5, 13-6, G-25 sboKW4 13-6, G-25 sboM_E 13-3, 13-4, G-25 sboNAPI 13-8, G-25 sboPANT G-25 sboRA G-25 sboSKF G-25 sboSOLL1 13-5, G-25 sboSOLL2 13-5, G-25 sboSOLL3 G-25 sboSOLL4 G-25 sboSOLL5 13-6, G-25 sboSOLL6 G-25 sboSSK G-25 sboSSKv 13-9, G-25 sboSST 13-6, G-25 sboSTWS G-25 sboSWBGR G-25 sboUBA 13-8, G-25 sboUMDRs 13-5, 13-6, G-25 simOEL_BEL 5-63, 10-28, G-25 tlmKMW_CAN 10-46, G-25 xcmBYPSTAN G-26 xcmBYPSTAT G-26 xcmD_F_AR2 G-26 xcmD_F_MIL G-26 xcmD_F_ML1 G-26

xcmD_F_ML2 G-26 xcmDATA_Er G-26 xcmIHM2DIA G-26 xcmImmoSta G-26 xcmImmoZ2 G-26 xcmKmMILch 5-66, G-26 xcmKmMILon 5-66, G-26 xcmM_List G-26 xcmMSG_gsp G-26 xcmOBD_ANZ G-26 xcmPINDIA G-26 xcmPSGSET G-26 xcmR_THS G-26 xcmRdBits G-26 xcmSCHALT1 B-6, G-26 xcmSCHALT2 B-6, G-26 xcmSCHALT3 B-6, G-26 xcmSCHALT4 B-6, G-26 xcmSCHALT5 B-6, G-26 xcmSperre G-26 xcmSt_frei 10-19, G-26 xcmWFS2DIA G-26 xcmWFSDATA G-26 xcoBYP_COS G-27 xcoBYP_COX G-27 xcoFLNR G-27 xcoMWBNr G-27 xcoMWNr G-27 xcoRND_H G-27 xcoRND_L G-27 xcoSKC_H G-27 xcoSKC_L G-27 xcoSKC_M G-27 xcoStatus G-27 zmmBM_ADD 2-13 zmmDKTL 3-15, G-27 zmmF_KRIT 2-22, 2-116, 3-15, 8-53, 8-54, 8-55, 8-56, 8 57, 10-15, G-27 zmmHF2_DEF 3-7, G-27 zmmSYSERR 2-9, 2-88, 2-124, 2-129, 2-130, 2-135, 2 139, 5-2, 5-3, 7-20, 7-30, 7-31, 8-74, 10-15, 10-16, 10 18, 10-72, G-27 zmmUBATT 5-64, G-27 zmmVEAKTIV 2-13, 2-14, 2-16


DS / ESA

Index

19 April 2002

EDC15+-Funktionsbeschreibung-P12-VG2.de.en.pdf

Recommend Documents